(Ielts Share) 101 Ielts Listening Tests

IELTS Listening Practice Test 1
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
Example
What information does the girl want to know?
A. transportation
B. flight
C. London
1. Which is the first recommended transportation by the man?
A. taxi
B. underground
C. coach
2. What’s the reason of the girl for not hiring a private car?
Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

A. bad weather ,
B. having lost her driving license
C. too expensive
3. What’s the minimum coach fare?
A. £12
B. £14
C. £16
4. The disadvantage of taking a coach from airport is_
A. unsafe.
B. too many people.
C. too long time.
Questions 5-10
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for

each answer.

SHUTTLE RESERVATION
Name: Echo Grey
Age: 21
Nationality: 5 ___________________
Flight No.: 6 ___________________
Arrival time: 3:05 p.m.
Heathrow airport, terminal: 7 ___________________
Seat reservation:
To: Cambridge
Ticket: single and 8 _________________
Departure time: 16:10
Fare: £18 including 9________________
Payment: American Express
Credit card number: 10_________________________

SECTION 2
Questions 11-18
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

AND/OR A NUMBERfor each answer.
Health Centre East Centre West Centre
near to
Location out of town
11_____________
Appointment system not bad more 12___________
13___________ modern 14_______________
15____________
8 doctors
doctors
Dr. Jerry is good with
Doctor resource Dr. Sam is good with
16___________
children.
Home visit time 17____________ 10 a.m- 5 p.m.
Charge £8.00 18_______________
Questions 19 and 20
Choose TWO letters, A-E. Which TWO groups of Patients get free
medication from Health Centre?
A. children under 10

B. U.K. residents
C. overseas students
D. pregnant or retired patients
E, people over 70 years old
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Orientation Schedule
Monday
meet at door of 21______________ at 9 a.m.
visit 22_________________ in the

afternoon.
Part I: Campus Tour

Tuesday
Computer Centre: to get 23___________
24_____________ apply for membership

Wednesday
meet at Auditorium in 25____________
course coordinator course requirement
26______ and optional courses assessments:
27____________ 80% assignment
Part II: Course

2 8________ group work exam: open-book
Arrangement
Thursday
go to department office to:
get a 29_____________________
hand in optional course form
Part III: Friday Time: 5 p.m

Welcome Party Venue: 30____________ on the third floor

SECTION 4
Question 31
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
31. How many species in oceans are there according to latest search?
A. 23,000
B. 230,000
C 2,300,000
Questions 32-34
Choose your answer from the box and write the letters A-E next to
questions 32-34.
32. Crustacean
33. Music and fish
34. Species for environmental protection
A 2%
B 10%

C 20%
D 50%
E 5%
Questions 35 and 36
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

The main threats to marine life are:
overfishing
35__________________
pollution
Contaminations in enclosed sea:
chemicals
36_________________
pollution from dense coastal population
Questions 37-40

“The Census of Marine Life” indicates:
There are over 37____________ invasive species in the Mediterranean Sea.
The area with 38___________________ has a high rate of speciation.
The two countries, 39______________, have the most marine species in the
world.
There will be around 40_____________ fish species in the world according

to the survey.
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. A
2. B
3. B
4. C
5. American
6. BA188

7. 5
8. super save
9. coffee
10. 3339 5183 7799 6047
Section 2
11. City Hall
12. efficient
13. Medical facilities
14. standard
15. 12
16. Ioin trouble
17. 9a.m.-Sp.m.
18. £9.50
19-20. A, D
Section 3

21. Student Union
22. library
23. username and password
24. Sports Centre
25. 10 a.m.
26. compulsory (courses)
27. attendance
28. presentation
29. curriculum
30. Common Room
Section 4
31. B
32. C
33. D
34. A

35. degraded habitats
36. garbage
37. 600′
38. .coral reefs
39. Australia and Japan
40. 22,000

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
PART-TIME JOB APPLICATION

Example Answer
Type of job: Part-time
Student’s name: 1______________
Student’s major: 2______________
Contact number: 3______________
Intended minimum pay: 4______________ per hour
Questions 5-7
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
Councilor
Job Cleaner Cashier
assistant
Place 5 _______ Student Union 7 _________
Problem Too early 6 ________ Yoga Class

Questions 8-10

each answer.
Job available: Teaching assistant

Place: 8________________
Duties: to supervise student attendance
to send out 9 ________
Date of interview: 10______________ 10 a.m.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15

each answer.
Bank Application Form
Name: 11________________
Occupation: 12________________
Date of Birth: 6th July 1987
Address: 25 13______________
Postal Code: 14 ________________

Email: 15 ________________
Questions 16-20
Complete the notes below

answer.
Type of Account: 16 _______________
Bank supply: 17 _______________

without 18 ______ service
Opening sum: 19 ____________ including cash and

travel’s check
Open time: 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. Monday to Saturday

9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Sunday
Statement: 20 ______________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Complete the table below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.

STUDENT FEEDBACK FORM
Faculty: Politics and Economics
Course Name: 21 _________________
Date: 20th March – 20th June
Subject advisor: 22 _________________
Advantages Disadvantages
too many
Handouts and clear and on time perfect 23____________
equipment’s 24____________ poor printer
balanced design too much reasearch work

25 _____________ good organization in the
26_____________
good for
27____________ need more different
Practical training
learn more knowledge training places
quick feedback from time of open-book exam

28_____________
29________________ is too short

too many essays
mobility teaching method

Other comments need to strengthen our 30________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -36
1. In the past men played football in winter just for_

A. releasing energy.
B. enjoying climate.
C. training team spirit.
1. Football used to be regarded as a rough sport for aristocrat in

A. the Victorian era.
B. the Renaissance.
C. the Shakespeare’s time.
1. The official football league of controlling violence is

A. the police office.
B. the Football Association.
C. the football union.

1. Which of the following is related to the origin of tennis?
A. city hall
B. theatre
C. church
1. Cricket became a popular sport with upper classes in

A. the eighteenth century.
B. the nineteenth century.
C. the twentieth century.
1. “To play the game” has the same meaning with_

A. “to be fair”.
B. ‘to be unfair”.
C. “that’s not cricket”.
Questions 37-40
Complete the sentences below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
1. The true sport of British royal family is ___________________.

2. Two kinds of horse racing are ___________________ and steeplechase.
3. The world’s most famous steeplechase in Britain is called

_______________________.
4. The biggest social event for horse racing is ________________________.

Answer keys:
1. Andy Kahn
2. Educational Studies
3. 0114 7281
4. £10
5. Computer Lab
6. Afternoon seminar
7. Campus canteen
8. international Language Centre
9. handouts
10. 7th May
11. Jenny Chen
12. a university student
13. Woodside
14. A38D6
15. skylight1987@msn.com
16. Student Account

17. Cash Card
18. overdraft
19. £2,200
20. monthly
21. Global Economy
22. Robert Hansen
23. words
24. new multimedia
25. Course structure
26. first module
27. future job
28. Assessment
29. Presentation
30. writing skills
31. A
32. B

33. B
34. C
35.
36. A
37. h6rse racing
38. flat race
39. The Grand National
40. The Royal Ascot
BONUS EXERCISE: GAP-FILLING
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about a part-time job.
You will see there is an example that has been done for you. On this occasion
only the conversation relating to this will be played first.

Student: Good afternoon. May I come in?
Agent: Yes. Come in please.
Student: Well, is this the [……………………………]for students?
Agent: Yes. How can I help you?
Student: Mm… I’m looking for a part-time job in the [……………………].

Do you have anything available at the moment?
Agent: Yes. Of course. Before checking the job [……………………………]let’s

get some personal information from you first. OK?
Student: Yes.
Agent: Well, what’s your full name?
Student: Mv full name is Andy Kahn.
Agent: Can you spell your last name?
Student: It is K-A-H-N, Kahn.
Agent: OK, Andy. Are you a [………………………]student in our university?
Student: Yes.
Agent: What’s your major and faculty?

Student: I’m studviner Educational Studies in the Education […....……].
Agent: Good choice. Did you bring your student [……………]or your library
card?
Student: I have my union card. Do you need it?
Agent: Yes. I need to copy it now.
Student: Oh, here it is.
Agent: OK. And can you tell me your mobile phone number?
Student: Oh, I just lost my mobile phone yesterday.
Agent: I’m sorry.
Student: May I leave my home phone?
Agent: Yes. Of course.
Student: It is [……………………………].
Agent: Fine. Let’s talk about the pay. What’s your [……………………………]for
the pay?
Student: Er. I think it should be about at least 10 Dounds per hour.
Agent: OK. I think it is not [……………………………]to look for a position for

you.

Agent: Well, let me check the [……………………………]position on the list…
here, a position in Computer Lab is available now.
Student: In the Computer Lab?
Agent: Yes.
Student: What’s the position?
Agent: A cleaner.
Student: And what are the working hours?
Agent: The Computer Lab opens at [……………………………]and it needs to be

cleaned before[……………………………]. So you should be there at 6:30 in the
morning.
Student: At 6:30 in the morning? Oh, I cannot get up so early, sorry.
Agent:OK, let’s check the afternoon time. There is a job working as

a[…………………] assistant in the Student [………………] on three afternoons
per week – that’s Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
Student: Oh, I have three afternoon [……………………] in those three

afternoons. I’m so sorry.
Agent: Well, there is a position as a […………………] working from 2 o’clock to

5 o’clock on Thursday afternoons.
Student: What is the place?

Agent: In the campus [……………………………], is this OK?
Student: I’m afraid that I have to attend Yoga class at that time.
Agent: Well, and there is a position as a teaching [……………………………]at

the InternationaLLanguage Centre.
Student: That sounds interesting. My [……………………………]is education.
Agent: Well, they need a language teaching assistant to [………………………]

student [……………………………]and send out [……………………………]in
three evenings a week on Monday, Thursday and Friday.
Student: Great. Well, could you arrange an interview for me?
Agent: How about next Wednesday morning, at 10 o’clock?
Student: Is that [……………………………]?
Agent: Right.
Student: That’s fine. 10 o’clock on 7th May. Thank you very much.
Agent: You’re welcome. Good-bye.
Student: Good-bye.
SECTION 2

You will hear a student enquiring for some information about opening a bank
account.
Clerk: Good morning. What can I do for you?
Customer: Good morning. I’d like to open an [……………………………].

Could you give me some [……………………………]?
Clerk: Well, let’s fill in the [……………………………]form first.
Customer: OK.
Clerk: What’s your full name?
Customer: My name is Jenny Chen.
Clerk: Is your last name spelt C-H-E-N?
Customer: That’s right.
Clerk: Fine, Jenny. Are you a student or do you have a job now?
Customer: I should [……………………………]this year, but I took off last

year, so I am still a university student now.
Clerk: Fine. And your birthday?
Customer: I was born on [……………………………].
Clerk: And your current address?

Customer: I will move into a new house, so…
Clerk: Just tell me your new address.
Customer: It’s on 25 [……………………………]Avenue.
Clerk: Woodside, one word?
Customer: Yes.
Clerk: Do you know the postcode?
Customer: Let me think, erm… it is [……………………………].
Clerk: A83? Are you sure it is not A38?
Customer: Oh, yes, it is A38D6.
Clerk: Right. OK. Do you have a mobile phone?
Customer: Yes. My number is [……………………………].
Clerk: The last one is your email.
Customer: My email is [……………………………].
Clerk: Right.

Clerk: Right. Did you bring the documents we need? Such as [………………] or
letter from university?
Customer: Yes. Here they are.
Clerk: What type of account do you want to open?
Customer: I’m not sure. Could you give me some [……………………………]?
Clerk: I see. How about the Student Account? It’s a kind of current account.
Customer: Student Account? Does it have a high interest?
Clerk: I’m afraid not. If you want to have a high interest account,
maybe[…………] is a good choice. But you have to deposit at least[………… ]
when you open your account.
Customer: Oh. How about the annual interest of Student Account?
Clerk: It varies from time to time. At present it is [……………………………]
Customer: Right. I will take the Student Account.
Clerk: That’s fine.
Customer: And can I get a Cash Card?
Clerk: Certainly. I will supply you with a Cash Card.
Customer: Great. May I apply for [……………………………]?

Clerk: I’m afraid you cannot. The Cash Card doesn’t have service of overdraft.
Customer: Yes. I see.
Clerk: How much money do you want to deposit now?
Customer: I have […………………………] in cash and [……………………] in

traveler’s checks.
Clerk: So the total is [……………………………]?
Customer: Right.
Clerk: Fine. Please sign your name here where I have marked an “X”.
Customer: OK. Thank you.
Clerk: And this is your [……………………………].
Customer: Thanks. Can you tell me the opening time of the bank?
Clerk: The bank opens from 9 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on Monday to Saturday,…
Customer: And closes on Sunday?
Clerk: Oh, no, on Sunday the bank often closes at 3 p.m. The last thing is
the[……………………]. How often do you want to receive your statement?
Customer: Once a month.

Clerk: OK. Monthly. How about the other things, anything do you want to
know?
Customer: No. Thanks for your help. Good-bye.
Clerk: Bye-bye.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between two students about the course feedback
form.
Jack: Hi, Ana, what are you doing?
Ana: I’m filling in the [……………………] form.
Jack: What form?
Ana: The student feedback form for our course.
Jack: Oh, I really forgot that. What’s the date for [………………………]that in?
Ana: Tomorrow morning.
Jack: Oh, no. Have you finished?
Ana: Just beginning.
Jack: Great. If you don’t mind we could do it together.

Ana: Of course. Do you bring your form?
Jack: Yes.
Ana: OK, let’s begin with the top first.
Jack: It is a Course Name, Politics and […………………………]?
Ana: No. It is our […………………………].
Jack: Oh, sorry.
Ana: According to the course data from the [……………………………]March

to twentieth June, I think the name of the course should be [……………………]
Economy.
Jack: Are you sure that it is economy not economics?
Ana: Definitely.
Jack: Alright. The next item is the name of our subject [……………………].
Ana: Professor Robert Hansen.
Jack: Right. I like him very much.
Ana: Me too. He is very [……………………………].
Jack: Yeah. Just like me.

Ana: Yeah. Nice and [……………………………].
Jack: Yes. Let’s see the first point on the [……………………………]form

“handouts and equipment”. What’s your opinion?
Ana: I think the handouts are very good. I mean they are clear and sent out on
time.
Jack: Yes. I agree. But do you think the words of [……………………………],

well, may be too many words.
Ana: What do you mean?
Jack: I mean I have to spend so much time reading them just like reading a
book.
Ana: Right. Let’s put that down.
Jack: How about teaching [……………………………]?
Ana: I do really love the new multimedia. It is perfect.
Jack: Yes. I agree, but the printer…
Ana: It is really bad. Too old and sometimes it doesn’t work.
Jack: Should we suggest a new printer [……………………………]of the old

one?
Ana: Why not? Let’s turn to the second item. It is “course structure”.

Jack: ‘ I do really like Robert’s [……………………………]design of the course.
Ana: Yes. I agree. He organised it very well.
Jack: Do you remember he sent out the course outline on the first class?
Ana: Yes, it is very clear.
Jack: I think it is a very good beginning and it is very important for a class.
Ana: Right. I gain [……………………………]from him after the first class.
Jack: What about suggestions with [……………………………]?
Ana: Maybe…
Jack: What?
Ana: Don’t you think we have too much [……………………………]work in the

first module?
Jack: Research work?
Ana: Yes. We only had one research in the s,econd module.
Jack: You are right. Let me put that down.
Ana: The next one is “practical training”. Well, I think it is a good chance for
our future job, right?

Jack: Yes. I agree. I learned more [……………………………]from that than
from lecturers.
Ana: Right.
Jack: What about suggestions for [……………………………]?
Ana: I think the department should supply more different places for us
instead of just one.
Jack: Yes. Let’s eo on the next one “assessment”. What’s vouv opinion?
Ana: Fine. I cot my feedback really quickly of my [……………………………].
Jack: Yes. Me too.
Ana: But I think the exam time should be [……………………………].
Jack: Which type of exam?
Ana: Open-book.
Jack: Yes. I agree with you. Only 30 minutes is not enough.
Ana: Yes. Anything else?
Jack: What do you think about [……………………………]?
Ana: Too many.

Jack: Right. There are three essays in one module.
Ana: Yes.
Jack: On “other comments” what should we write?
Ana: Jack, what do you think about the teaching?
Jack: I like Robert’s teaching [……………]. It is very [………………………].
Ana: Yes, me too. And I think we should advice Robert to help us

to[………………………] our writing skills.
Jack: Right. That’s all?
Ana: Yes. That’s all.
SECTION 4
In this section you will hear a lecture about sports in Britain.
Having a drink at the [……………………………], going for a walk in the country

or watching sports on the television – these are all main ways in which many
British people like to relax on weekends or [……………………………]. Such
activities tell us about how modern British people like to spend
their [……………………]; but if you look more closely, we can see these
activities are not just recent […………………], but are deeply[…………………]
in the British culture over many [……………………………]. Today we will talk
about some sports which we see played [……………………………]the world and
were born in Britain.

Let’s begin with football. As we all known Britain is the place of origin
of[…………………] football. The idea of sports having [……………………]– like
the football season – also comes from the natural [……………………………]of
an agricultural[……………………………], where the timing of harvests and the
general weather[……………………………]how people spent their time. Football
is played in early spring when the weather is wet and not too cold. In winter,
bad weather kept people in doors and they had not so much work to do on
their [……………………]. So men used to doing hard work,[…………………]
labour found they needed to [……………………………]their energy and so got
together regularly to play [……………………………]and fast games like
football. Meanwhile, during the [……………………………]football has been
regarded as a rough sport for the [……………………………]young men
although all [………………]classes used to join in on the local football match.
Today, violence is still [……………………………]with football.
“Football [………………]“, supporters of rival teams, sometimes clash before,
during and after matches and run riot through the city or town, breaking
windows and beating each other up. Of course the football […………………]
gets a lot of attention. Nowadays, before some big matches when trouble
is [……………………………], police usually patrol the streets, pubs close to the
football courts and some shops even lock their doors and[………………………]
their windows. The Football [……………………………] was set up
in[…………………]. It is the league or association that the[………………………]
compete in, for a trophy title known as the FA Cup. The Football Association
put out a series of [……………………………]to control violence so as to ensure
a successful match.
A more [……………………………]sport that is very popular in the world is

tennis. Wimbledon, a town near London, is where the world’s top players
gather to compete. It has been one of the major sports events of the
British [……………………………]. As we all know tennis was invented in

Britain but few people know tennis owes its [……………………………]to the
church. According to the records by the [……………………………]century,
people were making a game of[……………………………]a ball off the side of
their local churches or [……………………………], first using the hand and later
a [……………………………].
Football, archery, tennis and other sports were frequently played

in [……………………………].
In England, the sound of summer is said to be the sound of “leather on willow”

– the ball hitting a [……………………………]bat. Cricket was one of the very
first team sports in Britain to be played according to the same organised rules
nationally. Before the Victorian era, and in modern Britain, people from all
walks of life play cricket, but in the [……………………………], cricket became a
sport [……………………………]with the upper classes. It was a kind of a “snob”
game played by boys who attended public schools. And then the sport became
popular in the public school [……………………………]in the colonies of
Australia, New Zealand, India and Pakistan. British English is full
of [……………………] to the sport, those who are not[……………………]with
the game will be [……………………………]by it. Such as “that’s not cricket”
means “that’s not fair” and “to play the game” means “t£ be fair”.
The true sport of British Kings (and Queens) is not skiing

or [……………………………], but horse racing. National horse races have been
held throughout Britain for hundreds of years. The horse at the heart
of [……………………………]life was a symbol of [……………………………]and
wealth and necessary to traveling, hunting and [……………………………]. The
sport of riding a horse is still considered
rather [……………………………]or [……………………………]sport because the
average British family cannot afford to own a horse. Meanwhile, there are

stables which rent horses and offer riding courses at […………………]prices.
So certainly, almost everyone can afford to place a bet on a horse race now and
then. As a sport of kings, kings and[……………………………]alike enjoy betting
on the horses. The Queen, who likes riding, also likes betting on the horses and
often [………………] some major races. Although she is[…………………]rich,
she gets very excited when the horse she has placed her money on wins.
There are two kinds of [……………………………]: the flat race. where horses
and riders compete on a flat, oval track; and the [……………………………],
which is racing either across the countryside, or around a course designed to
represent the [……………………………]you might overcome in the countryside.
The Grand National which is set up in[……………………………]and it’s the
world’s most famous [……………………………]. However, some horses are
usually injured and badly hurt horses are sometimes shot. Animal lovers
cannot[……………………………]that animals should be hurt and killed for
people’s entertainment. The biggest social event [……………………………]to
horse racing is The Roval Ascot. where people[……………………………]and
show off how fashionable they are as well as watching the races and place their
bets. Women especially wear very [……………………………]
and[……………………]hats and dress designed for the occasion. Television and
newspapers will often comment on their [……………………………].

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Label the map with the following places:

Write the appropriate letter on your answer sheet.
Questions 5-10
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

5. What time does the library open?
6. What time does the cafeteria close at weekends?

7. When does the sports centre open?
8. When can the outdoor athletics field be used?
9. When will Saturday’s football trials probably end?
10. When will Neil go to watch the trials?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15

11. How many London underground lines are there?
12. In which two ways are the lines distinguished from each other?
13. Which zone is Heathrow airport in?
14. On which forms of transport can a one-day Travel card be used?
15. How much cheaper is a typical journey using an Oyster card?
Questions 16-20
Complete the gaps using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each.

16. Put your ticket into the __________________when you want to use an
automatic gate.
17. People with _____________________ can use a bigger gate to enter

and leave stations.
18. People usually use ___________________ to get from ground level to

the trains.
19. ____________________ tell people where to go if they are changing

lines.
20. You can find maps in many __________________ at the official

website.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE

WORDS for each answer.
21. Where is the student from?
22. What does the adviser suggest the student create to manage her time?
23. What does the adviser give the student to help her with time management?
24. What is the problem many students have with the library?

25. Why does this problem exist?
Questions 26-30
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE

26. The student says she is ______________ when she is studying at home.
27. As a result, it might be better for her to __________________from

Monday to Friday.
28. The main problem with the student’s assignments Is that they fail to
_______________________
29. The adviser has a list of people who, for ___________________

grammar and spelling mistakes.
30. The adviser suggests ____________________ with another student

after lectures over a coffee.
SECTION 4
Questions 37-35
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS for each gap.

31. Many organisations will pay for the cost of a volunteer’s _____________
to Africa.
32. The presenter describes volunteering as ______________________

than just travelling there.
33. Jobs lasting over a year generally offer a ____________________ to

cover expenses.
34. People without ________________________ or extensive education

can expect to cover their own costs.
35. The employment of ________________________ is preferred by

organisations since projects are long-term.
Questions 36-40

36. Which two things are uncommon in rural areas?
37. Which areas generally have more conservative populations?
38. What two new things will your body need to adapt to?
39. Where do many volunteers and travellers relate their experiences?
40. What do you need to work in African countries?

Answer keys:
Section 1, Questions 1-10
1. B
2. I
3. E
4. C
5. 8 a.m.
6. 7 p.m.
7. 7 a.m.
8. (during) daylight hours
9. (at around/ about) 3 p.m.
10. after lunch
11. 12/twelve
12. name, colour
13. (zone) 6
14. underground, bus(es)

15. 10%
16. slot
17. baggage
18. an escalator/escalators
19. Signs
20. foreign languages
21. Germany
22. (a) schedule

23. (a) leaflet
24. closed/ closes at weekends
25. not enough staff/ too few staff/ no extra staff
26. easily distracted
27. work/study longer hours
28. answer the question
29. a small fee
30. checking notes
31. flight

32. more meaningful
33. (basic) stipend
34. specific skills
35. local people
36. running water, electricity
37. rural ‘
38. food, water
39. online diaries
40. (official) work permit
SECTION 1
Simon: Hi Neil! How are you? You look a little [……………………………].
Neil: Hi Simon! I am. You’re familiar with the campus, aren’t you? I can’t
figure out where anything is.

Simon: Well, let me give you a hand, then. Which [……………………………]do
you need to know?
Neil: First, I need to know where the [……………………………]is. I haven’t

registered yet.
Simon: Alright. You know where the north gate is, don’t you?
Neil: Yes. It’s up that way – about [……………………………].
Simon: Sorry, Neil. I’m afraid it’s in that direction and it’s about 500 metres
away.
Neil: Well, that begins to [……………………………]why I cant find anything!

So, the south gate…
Simon: North. Then it’s a little towards the west gate. You can’t miss it,
because it’s really big and has a large sign on it.
Neil: OK. I’ll take your word for it. The second place I need to find is
the[……………………………].
Simon: That’s in the south-west part of the [……………………………]. It’s easy

to see because there’s the outdoor [……………………………]stadium nearby.
Neil: OK. Next, I need to know where Churchill Building is. That’s where I
have my[……………………………]tomorrow.
Simon: That’s back by the library. You know the building – the McDonald
Building – where our[……………………………]is?

Neil: Yes, that’s right by the east gate, isn’t it?
Simon: Right. Well, the Churchill Building is [……………………………], well,

almost opposite that.
Neil: Not that small building directly opposite?
Simon: No, the larger one beside it.
Neil: Got it. OK. Last one. Where’s the [……………………………]? I know it’s
next to the[……………………………].
Simon: And can you see the bookshop? •
Neil: Well… hang on… It’s right there – here in the centre of the campus!
Simon: A great central [……………………………], if you ask me!
Neil: What time is the library open?
Simon: It’s open from [……………………………].
Neil: And the cafeteria?
Simon: 8 a.m. until 7 p.m.
Neil: Is that every day? Someone said that it isn’t open so long at the
weekends.
Simon: No, it’s every day.

Neil: And the sports centre?
Simon: Now, if I [……………………………]rightly, that opens at 7 a.m. and

closes at 9 p.m., but the outdoor [……………………………]field can only be
used during daylight hours since there’s no [……………………………].
Neil: You play sports, don’t you, Simon?
Simon: I do. I’ve signed up for the football team trials this coming weekend
and I was on the athletics team at school.
Neil: When are the trials? I don’t play football, but I enjoy watching.
Simon: They’re on Saturday, starting at [……………………………]. The

organisers said that we should [……………………………]to be there
until [……………………………], probably until around three.
Neil: Well, I’ve got things to do in the morning, but I’ll come along after lunch.
I hope you[……………………………]until then!
Simon: So do I! I think that in the morning, they’ll be aiming to sort out the
people with[……………………………]from the no-hopers. Then, in the
afternoon, they’ll be sorting out who’s the best.
Neil: OK. Well, good luck with that. I’ll see if Leslie wants to come along.
Simon: OK. See you Saturday.
SECTION 2

Presenter:
Welcome to this latest lecture on living in London. Today, we’re going to look
at[…………………] and I’d like to start with the London [……………………]
system – also called “the tube” because of the shape of the […………………].
First, you need to learn your lines. There are 12 different [……………………],
each with its own name, for example, the Piccadilly line, the [………………].
Each line is a different colour on the map of the underground system. You can
find the map in the ticket hall at each underground[………………………], and
usually on the [………………………] as well. Sections of the map are also
displayed in the [……………………………]of the underground trains. Before
you begin, it helps to know which line you are starting on and on which line
your[……………………………]can be found. If they are on different lines, look
at the map to see where the two lines cross, and note the name of
the [……………………………]where they meet – that is where you have to
change trains. If the two lines do not cross, keep looking until you find a third
line that crosses both of the other two. Then you will need to change
trains[……………………………].
You can buy a [……………………………]from one of the automatic machines or

from the ticket office. Either way, you need to know the name of
the [……………………]you are going to. You also need to know whether you
want a “single” ticket, which is valid just to get you to your[……………………]
or a “return”, which gets you there and back again. Fares are based on
a[……………………………]: the more zones you travel through, the more
expensive your fare is. There are six zones, with zone 1 covering central
London and zone 6 covering the[……………………………]of the system,
including, for example, Heathrow[……………………………]. Most of the
underground maps show which stations are in which zones. A single ticket for
travel through all […………………] currently costs[………………]. Depending

on how far you are travelling and how many[…………………………] you need
to make, it may be cheaper to buy a one-day. Travel card, which gives
you [……………………………]travel on all London underground and
bus[…………………………] the day you buy it. A one-day Travel card covering
all six zones currently costs [……………………]. You can also buy an Oyster
card. This is the best option if you are going to be in London for a long time.
You get a [……………………] on all tickets — usually about […………………] —
and you don’t have to [……………………………]to buy tickets. Just buy credit
for your card and then use it as [……………………………]when you enter and
leave underground stations at the start and finish of your journeys.
At underground stations you must pass through an [……………………………].

Put your ticket into the slot to the right of the gate. When the gate opens, pass
through. As you pass through, your ticket will [……………………………]from
another slot on the top. Pull your ticket out and take it with you; you need it at
the end of your [……………………………]. This is the same procedure for
Travel cards. With Oyster cards, you hold your card over the card reader
at[……………………] automatic gates. If you have [………………………]with
you, you can go through a special, larger gate where you can pass through
more easily. Show your ticket to an[……………………………]and ask him or
her to let you through this gate.
Most stations have long [……………………………]leading to and from the

trains. Try to stand to the right-hand side, leaving space for people to walk past
you on the left. When changing trains, get off at the station where the line you
are on crosses the line you need. Follow the signs for the line you need, and
the [……………………………]you want to go in. When you leave the system,
you must pass through an automatic gate again to leave the station. Put your
ticket in the slot as before. If you bought a [……………………………]or a Travel
card, your ticket will pop up for you to collect again, so that you can use it later.

If you bought a [……………………………], or if you are. on the return trip of
your return ticket, your ticket will stay in the [……………………………].
To find out more about the London underground, check the official
website:[……………………………]. This site also has the map and information
in[……………………………]foreign languages. Now, let’s move on to…
SECTION 3
Adviser: Good afternoon. How can I help you?
Student: Good afternoon My name is Helena Schwarz. I have an [……………]

at three.
Adviser: Ah, yes. Come in. Please, take a seat. … Now, what can I do for you?
Student: Well, I need some advice about my stûdies. I’m a [……………………]

student – from Germany – and, well, I heard that this is the place to come.
Adviser: It certainly is. So, what kind of problems are you having? It’s quite
normal for students to meet problems, [……………………………]overseas
students who might not be[……………………………]with the British way of life
or education system.
Student: Well, ray first problem is the [……………………………].
Adviser: That’s a common problem, even with British students.

Student: It seems to me that the biggest difference between university
and[……………………………] school is that university students have to do a lot
of work on their own, and it’s sometimes useful to get [……………………]on
how to take control of your time and work effectively. ‘
Adviser: You’re right. The obvious thing to do is to make a [………………]and

stick to it. Bear in mind that there is enough time to do the work and enough
time for[……………………………]activities.
Student: You mean that I shouldn’t overload myself.
Adviser: Right, but [……………………………], be careful to spread your work

out over the weeks and months. Don’t do anything for a while, then
get [……………………] because you have little time to get [……………………]
finished.
Student: Yes, that’s clear.
Adviser: We get a lot of students coming to us with that problem, so we’ve

produced a leaflet about it. You should have [……………………………]one
during [……………………………], but sometimes … well, here you are.
Student: Thank you. I’ll read it carefully later.
Adviser: OK. And feel free to come back if you have any questions about it.
Student: OK. My second problem is with research.
Adviser: Are you going to complain that the library isn’t open at the weekends?

Student: How did you guess?
Adviser: We get so many students complaining about that. We are trying to get
that[…………………], but… well, to be honest, the library [……………………]
already work long shifts and unless we can get extra staff, the library has
to[……………………………]closed at the weekends.
Student: I understand, but…
Adviser: I know. It makes [……………………………]your time even more

important.
Make sure that you get all the books you need from the library before the
weekend. Then,[……………………………]some of your weekend time to
making notes from the books at the weekend.
Student: The problem is that I’m easily [……………………………]when I’m

working at home rather than in the library.
Adviser: Well, an [……………………………]strategy is to work longer hours

during the week, when the library is open, and do no work at all at the
weekends. Sometimes, it’s very useful to forget about studies for a day or two
each week.
Student: Yes. That might be better for me. I can [……………………………]on

my work in the library and then leave the weekends free. Also, I have some
problems – with my essay assignments. Could you have a look at these and tell
me what you think?

Adviser: Certainly… Ah, I see. Well, even if you plan your writing [……………],
this can come to nothing if the assignment doesn’t actually answer the
question. That really is the most important thing to remember. You must read
the question[……………………………]care¬fully and give it a great deal of
thought before you even start planning or writing your first draft. It’s
also [……………………………]to check your work for[…………………].
Everybody makes them, and they can [……………………] the professor
marking the work. So, always take time at the end to check what you have
written. Many overseas students ask a British student to check their work for
them. I have a short list of people who will do this for a small fee if you’d like it.
Student: That’s OK. I have [……………………………]British friends. I’m sure I

can bribe them to check my grammar and spelling. Good. Anything else?
Adviser: Yes, there is. I find it hard to keep up sometimes in [………………].
Student: Do you have any tips for me? I was thinking of recording them using
an[……………………………]. Then I can listen to it again [……………………]
and…
Adviser: Well, a lot of people find them useful, but some people point out that
you might never actually have time to listen to the recording again. Something
else you could try is checking your notes with a friend after the lecture. Go for
a [……………………………]or something.
Student: Yes. That’s a good idea. Thanks. Thank you very much for your help.
Adviser: That’s what I’m here for!
SECTION 4

Presenter:
Good morning, everybody. I’m Jane Winter and I’m here to tell you a little
about the[……………………………]of volunteer work in Africa. If you’re
looking for volunteer work in Africa there are plenty of [………………………]
available. Let’s look at the different types of volunteer opportunities available
in Africa, what to [……………………………]when volunteering in Africa and
stories from [……………………………]who have worked in Africa. Volunteering
means something different to almost every [……………………………]you come
across. Some[……………………………]will cover your flight and cost of living
while you are working and some are true “volunteer” projects and […………]
you to cover all costs for the[……………………………] of the experience. If you
are looking for a more[……………………………]way to spend a few months in
Africa than simply travelling around,[……………………………]is a wonderful
way to spend your time. Most jobs that last less than a year or so are going to
be the ones you have to pay for. Jobs that require a[……………………………]of
more than a year will often offer a basic [……………………………]to cover
some of your costs.
Whether you get paid and how much you get paid will also depend on
your[………………] and how much they are in [……………………………].’Most
paid volunteer opportunities in Africa are available to those who have a
university[……………………………]and/or a practical skill. Engineers, doctors,
nurses,[………………………], emergency relief [……………………………]and
teachers are among the most asked for by volunteer agencies. If an
organisation doesn’t require you to have[……………………………]then you will
usually have to pay your own [……………………………]as a volunteer. In
general most organisations working in Africa try and [………………………]as
many local people as possible rather than [……………………………], since the
projects should continue long after you have [……………………………]home.

So don’t take it personally if your[……………………………]to help people in
Africa is rejected, it may just be that a[……………………………]is better suited
to do the job.
What should you expect when you volunteer to work in Africa? Conditions are
usually basic. Most volunteer [……………………………]take place in rural
areas where you may not have ready[……………………………]to running water
and electricity. Housing can be very basic and you will likely be staying
with [………………………]. A word about cultural [……………………………]. As
in most countries in the world rural communities are usually more traditional
than[………………………] centres. As you will be working closely with the local
population you will have to dress and behave in [……………………………]with
what is acceptable locally. General pace of life and work is much slower than in
the west. Don’t expect any organisation to run[……………………………]and
without [……………………………]. Getting sick can be a problem. If you’re
spending more than just a few weeks in Africa, especially sub-Saharan Africa,
your chances of
getting [……………………………]or [……………………………]will also increase.
Make sure you take all the medicine and [……………………………]you need.
The organisation you work with should [……………………………]you about
health issues and don’t forget that local nurses and doctors will have plenty of
experience with these common [……………………………]—probably more than
your doctor at home. Initially you may also have some problems getting used
to different food and water.
Anyone who has [……………………………]in Africa will probably tell you that
the biggest impact their [………………………]had was not on the community
but on [……………………………]. Spending time immersed in another culture
will change the way you look at life and is part of the[………………………]of
volunteering. Before you decide to volunteer in Africa you may be interested to

learn what the [……………………………]experiences are of people already in
the field. Later, we’ll look at a selection of volunteer stories and experiences
from[…………………]. There are many volunteers and [……………………]who
keep online diaries of their experiences. These contain some [………………]
tips about working, travelling and living in Africa. Before that, just a quick
word about work pex*mits in Africa. Many people who travel around Africa
may wish to stay and work. But just as in[……………………………]or the US,
every [……………………………]country will require you to get an official work
permit. In most cases these laws exist to stop foreigners getting jobs that local
people may be [……………] for. Unemployment is bad enough[……………]
Africa so don’t take a job that a local person could do. Now, let’s look at a few
people’s experiences…

SECTION 111
Questions 1-4

each answer.
University Clubs Monday Tuesday Wednesday
Name of club film climbing Chess

Extra activities discussions 1 __________ 2 ___________
Current number of
3 ___________ 40 55
members
Contact Events organizer 4 __________ Maths tutor
Questions 5-10
Details of climbing club:
5. meets___________________.
6. excursion to France in the _______________________ .
7. subscriptions paid ____________________.
Benefits:
8. discounts on ______________________.
9. annual __________________.

10. free entrance to climbing ________________ in Cardiff.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-20
Which features are available at the following halls of residence?
Choose FIVE answers below and write the correct letter A-G next to
Questions 11-15.
List of Features
A. cleaning Included
B. all meals included
C. private showers
D. modern building
E. parking spaces
F. single sex
G. sports facilities
Halls of Residence

11. Brown Hall
12. Blake Residence
13. Queens Building
14. Parkway Flats
15. Temple Rise
Questions 16-20
Label the map below.
Write the correct letter A-G next to Questions 16-20.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
21. Jenna and Marco must complete their project by__________________.
22. The project will be a study of the increase in __________________.
23. The project will be assessed by ________________________.
24. Jenna and Marco agree they need a __________________ for the
project.
Questions 25-27
Choose THREE letters, A-G.
What THREE things do Marco and Jenna have to do now for the project?
A. interview some people
B. handout questionnaires
C. choose their subjects

D. take photographs
E. use statistical software
F. do some work in the library
G. contact some local companies
Questions 28-30
28. Why did Jenna and Marco agree to work together?
A. because they both wanted to work with someone
B. because they each have different skills
C. because they have worked together before
29. Why does Marco suggest that he writes the analysis?
A. He needs more practice with this kind of writing.
B. He is better at English than Jenna.
C. He has more experience of this than Jenna.
30. Why does Jenna offer to do the presentation?

A. Her tutor wants her to do the presentation.
B. Marco is very nervous about giving presentations.
C. She wants to divide the work on the project fairly.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Of which US news source is each of the following statements true?
Write the correct letter A, B or C next to Questions 31-35.
News Sources
A. television
B. internet
C. the press
31. It is more popular at the weekend than during the week.
32. It has affected the popularity of local radio.
33. It has recently been able to expand internationally.

34. It is offering more varied reporting than previously.
35. It has suffered from government intervention.
Questions 36-40
Complete the summary below.
Advertising and Newspapers
In the USA, newspapers are being increasingly inventive about the way they!
attract advertisers and their 36__________________ now exceeds that of
other industries. Advertising has increased because of a good relationship with
the 37___________________ sector. In addition, newspapers now run
more adverts which include 38_________________. These have been
found to raise readership of the papers and create more sales for the
39__________________. There are also an increasing number of more
expensive 40___________________ adverts.
Answer keys:
1. weekend trips
2. competitions
3. 125
4. club secretary

5. twice a/per month
6. spring
7. weekly
8. equipment
9. magazine
10. exhibition
11. G
12. F
13. C
14. B
15. A
16. B
17. A
18. C
19. E
20. D
21. March 25th

22. older workers
23. (a)senior lecturer
24. timetable
25/26/27. (in any order) B,D,C
28. B
29. C
30. A
31. C
32. B
33. C
34. A
35. A
36. profit margin
37. retail
38. Vouchers
39. Clients
40. full-page/full page

SECTION 1
You will hear a new student, Tom, talking to a student representative called
Rachel about university clubs.
Rachel: Hi, welcome to Freshers Week. I’m Rachel. Can I help you?
Tom: Oh, hi – yes. Erm -I was hoping to find out about some clubs I could join.
Rachel: Well, all the club stands are here in this hall. What were you interested
in?
Tom: Urn – not sure. I wanted to do something where I could meet people.
Rachel: Well, take this [……………………………]with details of all the clubs

and see what you think. It’ll probably [……………………………]on what day
you’re free. Like on Mondays there’s the [……………………………], then on
Tuesdays you’ve got the climbing club – that’s really good, I’m in that – then
on [……………………………]you’ve got chess, if you want something a bit
more[……………………………]! But you should look through carefully because
all the clubs run extra[……………………………]as well as their normal
meetings.

Tom: Oh, yes I see. [as if reading] So it looks like the film club
has [……………………………] after the films – I’d quite like to go to those.
Then climbing – [……………………………], it says here that the University has
its own climbing wall – that’s [……………………………]– and they go on
weekend trips. Cool. And it says the [……………………] club normally just
does games with whoever […………………] but it also runs […………………]
sometimes. But I bet you’ve got to be pretty good to do that.
Rachel: Yes, I think so!
Tom: And how many people are in the clubs? Are they all really full?
Rachel: Well, obviously they’re all different so, for example, the film club has
just[……………………………]its membership from eighty five to a hundred and
twenty five but I think they’re hoping to [………………………]it to a hundred
and fifty. The climbing club’s quite small – [……………………………] people –
and the chess club is fairly healthy at fifty five.
Right. OK, so who do I see if I want to join these dubs?
Rachel: Well, if you go round the stands and speak to the people there.
For the film club that’s the event’s [……………………………]– urn, for climbing
you’ll need the club [……………………………]and the chess club
is [……………………………]by one of the Math’s tutors. OK?
Tom: Yup. I think I’ll start with the climbing club – it sounds good.
Rachel: Oh well, as I said, I’m in that so I might be able to help you a bit.

Tom: OK. It says in the leaflet that they get together [……………………………].
Is that right?
Rachel: Yes. Oh, you must join. It’s really good fun. We go away quite a bit to
North Wales and every year we have a special [………………………], usually to
France, which is where we’re going this year in the [……………………………].
The weather’s too [……………………………]in the autumn.
Tom: Wow! That sounds good – but it must cost a lot.
Rachel: Yeah, but we try and save up for it through [……………………] so

rather than having a huge sum to pay in the month we go we […………………]
those weekly so it spreads it out.
Tom: Good idea. I think I’ll definitely join.
Rachel: There are quite good [……………………………]you get from joining. I

mean, you need that don’t you? And the University clubs normally try and do
deals with[……………………………], so it’s really worth joining. Like in the
climbing club they’ve got a special [……………………]with one of the shops in
town so if you show your card you can get money off [……………………………].
Don’t think the [……………………………]extends to clothes though.
Tom: That’s really worth it then. I’ll go over and talk to them now.
Rachel: OK. Hope you do join. Oh, and another thing I meant to say. If you do
become a member, you automatically [……………………………]a magazine
once a year. It’s quite useful and interesting because it goes out to all the
national climbing clubs. And the other thing is, if you come to

every [………………], then you can get a [……………………………]ticket to the
big [……………………]that’s held in Cardiff every year. So – hope to see you…
Tom: Yeah, thanks … (fade)…
SECTION 2
You will hear an accommodation officer telling students about different halls
of residence.
Accommodation Officer:
Good afternoon and welcome to Stanton University. I’m here to tell you about
the[……………………………]halls of [………………………] we have available
should you choose to come here. We aim to offer [……………………………]in
Halls to all first year students and you’ll find there’s a good […………………]to
choose from.
First of all, there’s Brown Hall, which, as you’ll see, is not the
most [………………] of buildings but it is very popular with some students. It’s
got a good [………………]of community, some nice [………………………]
kitchens and, unlike the other halls, it has recently had a gym built in
its [……………………………]. Another option is Blake Residence, which is built
like a large house and so everybody cooks and eats together. It has its
own[……………………]-off bit of private garden and is even
more[……………………………] because this is an all-girls residence, although
of course boys are[…………………] to visit the Hall and, I
understand, [……………………] take part in cooking dinner! The largest hall
we have is Queens Building and this has been[………………………]recently.
The original parking area has been built on so that the hall now has a

large [……………………………]and each bedroom now has its own shower
room, which many students regard as a real [……………………………]. A
further option is the Parkway Flats, which won an award for design in its day
and this building now has a[……………………………]order on it. This has
meant that only a[……………………………] amount could be done to upgrade
it and the surrounding area is important so parking is not […………………]
around the Flats. However, the Flats do have many extra [……………………]
such as a special computer room, a small library and a[…………………………]
restaurant. The cost of breakfast, lunch and dinner is[……………………………]
in the fees for this hall so it does look a bit more expensive. The last residence
we can offer you is Temple Rise, which again is [……………………………]more
expensive than other halls as the rooms are larger. This has got very lovely
views[………………………] to the coast and this more than […………………]for
the fact that bathrooms here are [……………………………]between six
students. However, the hall has[……………………………]staff who clean the
rooms once a week so this is perhaps an[……………………………]option for
the [……………………………]amongst you.
Now if I can just show on this wall map here where they all are, you might like
to go and have a look round. If you come into the main university [……………],
at the first[……………………………]you’ll find that Brown Hall is on the
corner[……………………………]the theatre. So you’re nice and near the station
here – though I think it can get a bit noisy with [……………………………]. The
same [……………………………]to Blake Residence, which is directly facing the
junction to the university entrance. These Halls are often used
by [……………………………]students and such like as they’re out all day so
don’t notice the noise. Anyway, if you then walk along Campus
Road [……………………………]the main Circle, you’ll see the library on the
corner and [……………………………]is just past that as you head north. You
will find that it is [……………………………]here and you may get fewer

visitors! By the way the Circle is quite a [……………………………]of the
campus as it’s set into the hills and has a [……………………………]new sports
centre in the middle – it’s worth going to look around it.
Now, the Parkway Flats are on the [……………………………]corner to the

library, facing the Circle, as you head towards the main buildings. The main
buildings are only about a[……………………………]walk from here and places
in these halls go quickly so my advice is to[……………………………]your place
as soon as possible. Then Temple Rise is[……………………………]the Circle,
next to the sports centre, but further from the main university buildings. Now,
if you’d like to go off and… (fade)…
SECTION 3
You will hear two students, Jenna and Marco, discussing a Business Studies
project they have to do
Jenna: Come on Marco. We’ve got to get on and sort out this [………………]
for Professor Barclay.
Marco: Hang on. I want to make sure we’ve got all the information. Now…
(sitting down)… where are we?
Jenna: Well, today we need to sort out [……………………………]what we’re

going to do and how we’re going to [……………………………]the work up.
Marco: OK. How long have we got, by the way?

Jenna: Um… the end of [……………………………]is April 6th and he said to
hand it in on week 8, so that’s March 25th at the latest because the beginning
of that week is 21st. So not long!
Marco: Right. Have you got the notes there?
Jenna: Yes, he wants us to do a [……………………………]small-scale study,

like the last one, on whether or not [……………………………]were offering
more benefits to staff. We’ve now got to look at the rise in older workers.
Should be fairly [……………………………].
Marco: Yeah, as long as we keep it small. Who’s marking it?
Jenna: Don’t know – sometimes he gets the PhD students to mark it for him.
Marco: Oh actually it just says here ‘a [……………………………]lecturer’. I

suppose it’s too much for Professor Barclay to do them all.
Jenna: Yeah. Anyway, how are we going to go about this?
Marco: Well, we have to [……………………………]how big we want it to be and

who we’re…
Jenna: (cutting him oft)… Yeah, but I think we must sort out a [……………] for
the project otherwise nothing will get done.
Marco: OK. Do you want to do that?
Jenna: Alright. IH do it as soon as we finish here.

Marco: OK – what do we have to do now for the project? What’s the best way
to go about it? Um… well, Professor Carter [……………………………]we set up
a focus group to get some[……………………………]interviews but I think that’ll
take a lot of time.
Jenna: Yeah, I agree. If we did a focus group, we’d have to spend time deciding
who to[……………………………]in it and it’s not necessary to do one anyway.
Marco: Oh, fine.
Jenna: And, if you agree, I think we should get in [……………………………]

with the businesses on the list Professor Carter gave us and ask them if they’re
prepared to [……………………………].
Marco: Sounds good – then we can go there, give them […………………………]

and collect them later.
Jenna: Exactly.
Marco: OK. Then do we need to book one of those study rooms in

the[…………………] so we can work together to input the data? Perhaps not, as
I[……………………………]just one of us could just sort it out, actually.
Jenna: Yes, that would be easier. A lot of what we’re doing

is [……………………], so it’ll be writing up rather than [………………………].
No software for that I’m afraid! ,
Marco: And I think it would look better if we had [……………………………]

shots of some of the staff because we’re citing [……………………………]as a
factor in [……………………………], aren’t we?

Jenna: Yeah. OK. I’ll factor that all in when I sort everything out tonight.
Marco: I’m glad we decided to work together. I think it’s going to work out
well.
Jenna: Yes, well, given that we had to work in pairs on this […………………], I
think we were right to choose each other.
Marco: We complement each other [……………………………]as we’re each

good at what the other isn’t! In fact, we should have tried working together
before!
Jenna: Yes! Now, how shall we [……………………………]the work? I’ll do

the[……………………………], shall I?
Marco: Oh – OK.
Jenna: It’s just that it might be [……………………………]because I’m used to

doing it – although your English is better than mine. I need more practice at
reading, really.
Marco: OK. I’ll do the [……………………………]then. If that’s OK with you?
Jenna: Yeah, sure. I don’t mind speaking in public but I hate preparing all the
notes for them. Thing is, the [………………………]said one person should do
the whole[………………………] and he’s said he [……………………………]me
to do it because I haven’t done one yet.
Marco: No, that’s fine. Now… (fade)…

SECTION 4
You will hear a media studies tutor giving a lecture about news sources.
Lecturer:
OK, now many of you will have heard about the [……………………………]death
of newspapers as people increasingly [……………………………]the TV and
the [……………………………]for their news. Today I want to look at the USA,
which has very advanced news [……………………………], to see if this is
actually true.
In the USA the main news sources without [……………………………]are TV,

the internet and the press – that is traditional newspapers. And, although they
are each [……………………………]and[……………………………], they are also
changing. Obviously TV news has been around for a while, and the early
evening [……………………………]when people get in from work are very
popular. I [……………………………]we traditionally think of the morning
newspaper arriving on our [……………………………]with the daily news.
Interestingly, this is not borne out by the[……………………………], which
show that [……………………………]in the US is much higher when people have
time to relax, when they’re not working, especially on Sundays. The internet is
also a popular weekend [……………………………]but shows
no [……………………………]with weekday access. So people are using the
different sources in different ways. Interestingly,[……………………………]has
been hit less by the grip of quite strong local newspapers than by the internet,
which is seen to offer a better [……………………………]. But just because the
internet is seen as the new force in news media does not mean it
is [……………………………]. Television has, of course, been global for a while,
but now [……………………………]changes, which have fuelled the rise of

online news, have also [……………………………]newspapers to print
and [……………………………]editions across the world. In fact, internet news,
which is seen as the big [……………………………]for traditional markets, does
not offer that much[……………………………]. Often the sources are the
online [……………………………]of the newspapers, whereas television, in
order to offer something [……………………………], has had to come up with a
much more [……………………………]bag of reporting from hard news to light
reports on [……………………] events. Another issue is [………………………]–
the internet is virtually [……………………………]so anything can be reported
there, whether true or not. [……………………………]on newspapers have
fought along hard battle to fight[……………………………]and to retain the
freedom of the press. Television, however, is seen as critical
to […………………] power and has become subject to[…………………]controls
about what it can or cannot say.
Now one very [……………………………]in keeping newspapers alive and well

in the USA has been their approach to [……………………………]. Obviously
newspapers are heavily[……………………………]on advertising revenue and
they have become more and more[……………………………]in what-they offer,
in order to make sure that advertisers use them, and not other
news [……………………………]. This has meant that, contrary to
popular[…………], newspapers now have a [……………………………]higher
profit[……………………………]than the rest of American industry. So how
have they[……………………]to raise advertising [……………………………]in
this way? Well, they have put a lot of effort into developing and maintaining a
very strong[……………………………]with the retail trade. And they’ve come up
with a winner. A critical tool in their sales plan has been suggesting that
the [……………………………]they run can have vouchers. This has
been [……………………………]effective because they have found that, not only
do more people buy the paper to get the [……………………………]but also that

this[……………………………]means much higher sales for the clients who
advertised. As well as doing this, the newspapers have also
introduced […………………]sales campaigns over the last few years. This has
resulted in a [……………………………]and continuing rise in the number of
advertisers prepared to pay the [……………………………]for full-page ads. So,
what I would like… (fade)…[……………………………]

SECTION 1
Questions 1-10
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND /OR A NUMBER for

each answer
Architecture 21 conference
Conference dates 1__________________
Conference venue 2__________________
Reservations phone no. 3__________________
Student rate per day 4__________________
Contact person 5__________________

Must act fast!
Closing date for talks 6__________________
Summary should have 7__________________
Maximum length 8__________________
Also send 9__________________

Email address 10_________ @uniconf.edu.au
SECTION 2
Question 11
Write NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS OR A NUMBER for the answer.
The house was built between 11_____________________
Question 12
Tick one letter A-C.
It was originally constructed as a/an:
A. family home
B. office
C. public house

Questions 13 -15
Write NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS for each answer.
The house contains art from: 13________________
Until recently, the art gallery was: 14________________
Tomorrow’s talk will be on: 15________________
Questions 16-20
Write NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS for each answer.
Breakfast is served in the cafeteria or: 16_________________
You can choose between an English breakfast or: 17__________________
A car park was built because of an increase in: 18_______________
The garden contains many: 19__________________
The animals at Apsley House are all: 20___________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21 Which college does Chris suggest would be best?
A. Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music
B. The Henry Music Institute
C. The Academy in London
22 What entry requirements are common to all the colleges?
A. an audition
B. an essay
C. an interview
23 How much does the course at Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music

cost?
A. £6,000 a year
B. £7,000 a year
C. £8,000 a year
24 What other expenses are payable to the colleges?
A. application fee

B. insurance
C. train fare
25 When is the deadline for Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music?
A. January 9th
B. January 19th
C. January 30th
Questions 26-30
Which facilities do the colleges have?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 26-30.
Facilities
A. large gardens
B. multiple sites
C. practice rooms
D. recording studio

E. research facility
F. student canteen G technology suite
G. technology suite
Colleges
26. Northdown College
27. The Academy in London
28. Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music
29. The Henry Music Institute
30. The James Academy of Music
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35

answer.
THE HEALTH BENEFITS OF ART AND MUSIC

31. According to the speaker, art and music can benefit patients’ emotional,
______________ and physical well-being.
32. Florence Nightingale first noted the improvements in the year

______________.
33. The results of many studies did not prove a link between health and art as
they were rarely __________________.
34. The American study looked at the effects of architecture on patients’

_________________.
35. The patients who were in a ward with a __________________ were not
in hospital for as long and needed less medication.
Questions 36-40
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Recent Research Projects
Type of Effect on Other

Type of patient
art/music patients improvements
heart rate
Unborn babies 36 _________ mother felt relaxed
increased

improvements in
Cancer patient 37 __________ 38 _________
well-being
Hip replacement
39 _________ eased anxiety 40 staff _______
(elderly)
Answer keys:
1. 18TH – 20TH OCTOBER
2. THE PACIFIC HOTEL
3. 0793332266
4. $60
5. PROFFESORBURT.
6. LAST FRIDAY
7. AN INTERESTING TITLE
8. 300 WORDS
9. BRIEF CV/ SHORT CV (CURRICULUM VITAE)

10. INFO
11. 1771-1778
12. B
13. ALL OVER EUROPE
14. CLOSED TO THE PUBLIC
15. THE ART GALLERY
16. YOUR ROOM
17. VEGETARIAN FOOD
18. VISITORS
19. WILD ANIMALS
20. VERY FRIENDLY
21. B
22. C
23. A
24. A
25. B

26. E
27.B
28. C
29. G
30. D
31. SOCIAL
32. 1860
33. STRICTLY CONTROLLED
34. RECOVERY TIME
35. NICE VIEW
36 .LIVE MUSIC
37. ARTISTIC PICTURES
38. (FELT) LESS PAIN
39. (SOOTHING) CLASSICAL (MUSIC)
40.STAFRFELT / WERE) HAPPIER

SECTION 1
Secretary: School of […………………………….]. Professor Burt’s office.
Student: Oh! Good morning. I was wondering if you could give me some
information about the forthcoming Architecture 21 [……………………….]–
dates,[……………………….]procedures, costs… that sort of thing.
Secretary: Well… the conference runs from the 18th to the 20th of October.
Student: 18th to the 20th of October… Oh good. I’ll still be here then and um…
where[……………….] is it being held? Is it at the […………………………….] as
in previous years?
Secretary: No, it’s actually being held at the Pacific Hotel – we’ve
rather[…………………….]the university conference […………………………….],
so we’ve opted for this new venue.
Student: Right. Paradise Hotel.
Secretary: No. The Pacific – that’s P-A-C-I-F-I-C.
Student: Oh right. And […………………………….]we can get accommodation

at the hotel?

Secretary: Yes, but you’ll need to contact them direct to [……………………….]
that. I’ll give you the number for hotel […………………………….]. Have you
got a pen ready?
Student: Yes, go ahead.
Secretary: It’s area code zero seven and then nine triple three, double two
double six.
Student: And what’s the registration fee?
Secretary: Individual fees are […………………………….]for the three days,

or[…………………………….]a day if you only want to attend for one day.
Student: Are there any student […………………………….]?
Secretary: There’s a 50% concession for students, so that’s $150 for the three
days, or S60 a day.
Student: And am I too late to offer to give a talk?
Secretary: Oh, I’m pretty sure you’ve missed the […………………………….]for

that.
Student: Oh, really? But I’ve only just […………………………….]here in

Australia – is there any way I could have a paper […………………………….]?
Secretary: Well, you’d need to talk to Professor Burt, the conference [……….].
I can put you through, if you like.

Student: That’d be great. Oh and can I just check the spelling of his name. Is
that B-U-R-T?
Secretary: Yes, that’s correct.
Prof. Burt: Professor Burt speaking.
Student: Oh, hello. My name’s John Helstone. I’m an [……………………….]

student at London University. I’m here in Australia for three months, looking
at energy-saving house[…………………………….].
Prof. Burt: Right.
Student: I’m interested in giving a talk on my […………………………….]at the

conference but I believe I may have […………………………….]the deadline.
Prof. Burt: Well, strictly speaking you have. The closing date was last Friday.
Student: Oh, no!
Prof. Burt: But we may be able to include your paper if it fits into
our […………………………….]… but you’ll have to be quick.
Student: OK. What do I need to do?
Prof. Burt: Send me a summary of your talk. And make sure you include
an[……………….] title for the talk. Something to [………………….]people’s
attention.

Student: OK. Interesting title. Right. I’m looking at ways of [……………….]
buildings for […………………………….]climates that don’t rely on the need to
include[…………………………….], so I’m sure I can come up with something.
Prof. Burt: Yes, quite. But remember: the outline should be no more
than[…………………………….].
Student: Right. I’U try to keep it down to 300 words, but would 400 be OK?
Prof. Burt: No, not really, because we have to print it in the […………….]and
we just don’t have the space.
Student: Sure, I understand.
Prof. Burt: And also, can you send me a short CV – the usual stuff – name,
age,[…………………….], that sort of thing.
Student: Right. OK, short CV.
Prof. Burt: Actually, you can email it to me. That’d be [……………………….].
Student: Sure. What’s your email address?
Prof. Burt: Well the best thing would be to send it to the

conference[…………….] officer at info … that’s I-N-F-0 at [………………….].
Student: Right. I’ll do that straight away.
SECTION 2

Good afternoon, everyone, and welcome to Apsley House. My name’s Henry
James and I’m the [……………….] of this, I must say, […………………….]old
house. My staff and I will do all that we can to ensure that your stay here at
Apsley House is both[……………………….]and relaxing.
If you look at the schedule I’ve […………………………….]you will see that we

have planned a number of different activities for you. But what I’d like to do
today is to introduce the house to you. So let’s first deal with the history of the
house.
Apsley House is known as one of the […………………………….]houses in

England. It was originally [………………….] and constructed by the Scottish
born[……………….] Robert Adam between the years [……………………….]
and [………………….], and from day one was the office of the Duke of
Wellington. Back then it was a [……………….]house, but in [……………….]it
opened to the public for the first time.
The Duke of Wellington was an avid […………………………….]of art, and if

you look to the room to your left… {PAUSE) Can everyone see that alright?
Yes? Good. You will see a rather large art[…………………………….]. The
viewing gallery is […………………………….]long and houses a wide range of
art from all over Europe. Until recently, the gallery was closed to
the[…………………………….], but I’m pleased to say that it is now open and
you are free to visit anytime you wish. If you take a look at
the […………………………….] you will see that I’ll be talking to you about the
gallery tomorrow after breakfast, so if you’re interested in art please be here
by […………………………….]for the talk.
This room here, to your right, is the [………………….]. Breakfast is served

from[……………….], although you can request […………………………….]in

your room if you prefer. The dining hall serves a traditional English breakfast,
although[…………………………….]food is available on request. Just let
the […………………………….]staff know the previous evening. Outside you
will find a […………………………….]garden. A section of the garden
was […………………………….]into a car park in […………………………….]to
make way for the growing number of visitors. Nevertheless, much of
it […………………………….]and is an ideal place for you to wander and enjoy
the peace and quiet, or simply sit and read.
There are a lot of animals in the garden, including birds, [………………….],

rabbits, oh, and not to forget Felix the cat. Now don’t be […………………….] if
the animals come up to you. They are used to people and very friendly.
Anyway, dinner will be served at seven, so in the[…………………………….]
please feel free to simply wander and enjoy the[…………………………….]
Apsley House has to offer.
SECTION 3
(A =Anna; C = Chris)
A: Hi Chiis! What are you doing here? I thought you were [………………….] to
be revising for your finals in the library?
C: Yeah, well I […………………………….]it was time for a break. I really wasn’t

being very[…………………………….]so thought I’d come and have
a […………………………….]and some fresh air to see if that’d help. What are
you doing with all those […………………………….]?
A Well I’m trying to decide which university to apply to for my MA in Music.

The choice is really[…………………………….]!

C: Well that certainly is a big pile of prospectuses. Maybe talking about it will
help you at least[…………………………….]it down? I’ve got some time, and to
be honest, it’ll be a welcome[…………………………….]from my dissertation.
A: Great! Thanks Chris. So far, the universities that […………………………….]

the most are The Academy in London, Leeds […………………………….]of
Contemporary Music and The Henry Music […………………………….], which
is also in London.
C: I’m not an expert but wouldn’t The Henry Music Institute be the best as it’s
the one that everyone’s heard of?
A: Well… yes and no. Leeds Conservatory of […………………………….]Music is

also pretty famous and although The Academy in London is less well- known,
they’ve got some[…………………………….]modules on offer.
C; But still, it’s always good to have a […………………………….]name on your

CV, even if Leeds Conservatory of […………………………….]Music and The
Academy in London are good… What about the entry requirements? That
might help you to make a […………………………….].
A: Well, funny you should say that as I was just looking at them. The
Academy in London requires an […………………………….]as does The Henry

Music Institute.
C: Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music doesn’t?
A: No, they want […………………………….]to compose a piece of music

instead, before[…………………………….]an interview.

C: Don’t the others require you to do that? Compose, that is?
A: No, the others ask you to write an […………………………….]stating why you

want to join the course first of all, but if I pass that stage then I’ll also have
to […………………….] a face-to-face interview like the other two places with
the head of school. Assuming that goes OK, then I’ll be [……………………….]
onto the course.
C: Right. Sounds tough!
A: I know, but I […………………………….]it’s for a Master’s degree so I wasn’t

expecting it to be easy.
C: What about the fees? Are they all the same?
A: Well, […………………………….], the fee structures are very different.
C: Why’s that?
A: I really don’t know, but, for example, The Henry Music [………………….] is
the most expensive at £8,000 a year, next comes The Academy in London and
the cheapest is Leeds[…………………………….]of Contemporary Music.
C: Mmm… How much are they exactly?
A: Well, for a full-time course lasting one year it’s […………………………….]at

The Academy in London and […………………………….]at Leeds Conservatory
of Contemporary Music.

C: OK. Well, what other expenses do you have to take into [………………….],
like train fares for example? If you’re going to be travelling home and back
during the holidays, that’s got to be a factor.
A: I’m not worried about that, though […………………………….]is an added

cost as I’ll need to make sure my […………………………….]is covered.
However, all of them require me to send in a[…………………………….]for the
charges for applying before they’ll process my application.
C: Is that normal?
A: Apparently…
C: Can I have a look?
A: Yes, of course. Here you are.
C: Ummmm.
A: What is it?
C: Well, I think you might have a problem.
A: Why? What is it?
C: Well it says here that the deadline is […………………………….]. That’s next

week.
A: Where? Let me see… you’re right! Which […………………………….]is this?

C: The Henry Music Institute…
A: Oh no! What am I going to do?
C: Make your […………………………….]now?
A: Is the closing date the same for all of them?
C: Let’s check… Look here, Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music is on

the 19th but The Academy in London isn’t until the [……………………….] of
this month.
A: Ok, I’d better hurry up and make a decision.
A: Right, now, apart from those three […………………………….]I also wanted

to have a quick flick through Northdown College’s and the one from The James
Academy of Music.
C: Look here it is; […………………………….]at Northdown College.
A: What does it say?
C: Well, it has a library with a […………………………….]historical research

section that’s world famous.
A: That’s all very interesting, but it’s not going to make me go there.
C; OK, The Academy in London has four […………………………….]all around

central London. They all have large common rooms and there’s one 24
hour […………………………….]at the biggest site.

A: That’s nice, but for me the most important thing is somewhere
to [………….].
C: Yes, of course.
A: Right, now where did I see it… OK, here it is. Look, now this is good. Leeds
Conservatory of Contemporary Music has over 100 teaching and
practice […………………………….]. What a luxury! Here there are only ten and
it’s really difficult to find one […………………………….]so I often have to play
in the gardens.
C: Oh dear!
A: Anyway, that’s the past and this place looks great!
C: Well what about The Henry Music Institute? Look, there’s a new suite with
the latest that[…………….] has to offer and a small museum [……………….] to
the history of music. That’s really impressive!
A: I don’t think I’m really that interested in using […………………………….]

while making music, so that’s not a selling point really. But look, this place is
interesting. The James[…………………………….] of Music. It comes
recommended by lots of people in the music[…………………………….], and all
of its courses have a business […………………………….]as well as having a
professional studio for recording albums.
C: Wow! That sounds really cutting-edge. So are you any closer to making
a[…………………………….]now?
SECTION 4

(P = Professor McKinley; M – Michael)
P: Hello everyone. Before we continue with our […………………………….]on

the history of music and art, we’ll be listening to Michael’s [………………….]
on how music and art are being used to help with the healing process in
the […………………………….]. Michael, are you ready to begin?
M: Yes, I think so… Thanks professor. Right. Good morning all. As Professor
McKinley just stated, I’ve been doing some […………………………….]into the
healing powers of art and music, and I’d like to present my findings to you
today. I intend to [………………………….] the positive effects of music and art
on patients’ [……………….], social as well as physical[…………………….].
Let’s begin by going back in time to the most famous of nurses, Florence
Nightingale. Way back in […………………………….], Florence Nightingale
wrote in her Notes on Nursing that brightly[…………………………….]flowers
and art helped her patients to recover more quickly. Although
her […………………………….]were viewed with […………………………….]at
the time, she was – we believe – the first of many health […………………….] to
state this. Over the following years, there were many other studies that tried to
prove that a link between art, music and health[…………………………….], but
very few of them were strictly […………………………….], so the results were
variable, and therefore […………………………….]. However, one American
study was different. In the […………………………….], some research took
place into the effects of[…………………………….]on the recovery time
of [………………….] who were in hospital for a gall [……………….]operation.
Half of the patients were kept in hospital wards with
windows […………………………….]some trees. The other half were left in
rooms that faced onto a […………………………….]. It was found that the ones
with a nice view left hospital a day earlier and needed

fewer […………………………….]. This study was groundbreaking as it was the
first that used […………………………….]conditions that could be measured
statistically and without […………………………….].
M: Now I’d like to bring you up-to-date and take a closer [……………….]look
at three research projects on three very different types of patient. The
first […………………………….]the health of unborn babies. In the study, which
took place at a hospital in London, babies were played live music and their
heart rates were monitored. A healthy baby’s heart would beat
around […………………………….]times a minute, but researchers found that
their heart rate[…………………………….]by up to 15 beats a minute on average
without the mother’s[…………………………….]changing. This is a good sign
that the baby is healthy. In addition, the mothers that took part in
the […………………………….]also said they felt more relaxed.
Another study looked at cancer patients who were visiting as day patients to
receive their[…………………………….]treatments. They were treated in a room
that had[…………………………….]pictures hanging on the wall. The pictures
were changed each week so that the patients would not have to look at the
same ones week after week. When questioned[…………………………….],
patients said that they felt less pain because the images helped take their mind
off the […………………………….]they were receiving. They also noted
general[…………………………….]in their well-being.
Finally, the last study […………………………….]the treatment of a group of

elderly patients who were in hospital to have a hip […………………………….]
operation, and so they needed to stay for around […………………………….].
The researchers played them 30 minute tracks of[…………………………….]
classical music, but not every day, and then monitored their[……………….]
using a questionnaire. When asked to rate how they felt both with and without

music, the patients […………………………….]stated that they felt less anxious
on the days when they had the music playing. There was a
second […………………………….], but completely understandable result from
the research. The staff liked the music so much that they said they too felt
happier and that they would be less likely to leave the[……………………….] for
a job elsewhere if it were to continue. Now that has to be a good thing, which
will also have a positive effect on the quality of the[…………………………….]
patients receive.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5

answer.
Your Best Furniture
Example Answer
Information about special offer Press two
ITEM REQUIRED PRICE
Bed 1 ________ size £189

2___________ White colour £69

Round with
Dinner table 4__________
3___________
Wardrobe 5___________ £399
Questions 6-10
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

Customer’s Details
Name: Daniel Kahn
Address: Hill House
6____________ 16th
Contact number: 4478 0135
Delivery time: 1:00 p.m. – 2:00 p.m. on next 7_______
Total cost: £760
Payment: 8________________
Delivery Fee: Free
Delivery transport: 9________________

Reference number: 10________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

TULIP HOT SPRING GARDEN RESORT
Location: 11_________________ close to Peak Mountains
Hot spring was exploited 12_______________ metres under the ground,
Temperature of Tulip hot spring is 13__________________
Notice for tourists:
Adjust water temperature before bathing.
Do not bath immediately after drink
Do not take your 14_____________ when bathing.
There are:
56 different water sports.

21 different 15 _________________
Questions 16-20
Complete the map below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.

SECTION 3
Questions 21 and 22
21. The conversation may take place in a _____________
A. university.
B. bookstore.
C. canteen.
22. The topic of the first lecture is ______________
A. local snack.
B. study strategies.
C. social life.
Questions 23 and 24
Choose TWO letters, A-E,
Which TWO main factors are important for students’ successful study?
A. using time effectively

B. doing researching
C. taking more lectures
D. working independently
E coping well with stress
Questions 25-30
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS FOR each answer.
25___________ lecture
Prepare for lecture ahead

Listening to lecture
check notes after lecture
PowerPoint
26______________
Group work
need a 27_________________
approach: 28_______________
Reading online materials
method of analyzing

29 a good ________________
Writing essay
30 do __________ before handing in
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40

The Antarctic Polar View project maps Antarctic sea Ice by using 31_______.
Problems to navigate through the water:
the safety of the ship
32____________ the efficiency of the ship
NVSAT Satellite:
Collect data
Identify difference between open water and 33___________________
Scientists can see surface of sea clearly by using 34__________________
Helicopter:
Advantage: can map the sea in the air

Disadvantages: 35 much more_________________
36_________________________
The colour of the map is 37____________________
Problem of sending pictures in Antarctic ship: 38____________________
Measure to the problem: com press images into 39___________________

format
The equipment scientists need for mapping is a 40___________________

on ship.
Answer keys:
1. King
2. Light
3. 6 chairs
4. £229
5. European design
6. Dave Lane
7. Sunday

8. Credit Card
9. Truck
10. FC0418
11. north suburb
12. 3,000
13. 65®C
14. jewellery
15. SPA pools
16. Villa Part
17. Merry Water World
18. Leisure Centre
19. Sports Centre
20. Restaurant
21. A
22. B 23-24 D E

25. record
26. Presentation(s)
27. username and password
28. skimming
29. draft plan
30. proof-reading
31. satellites
32. the speed of the ship
33. (the) sea ice
34. radar
35. difficulty
36. time consumption
37. (shades of) grey
38. Internet connection M’
39. JPEG2000

40. laptop
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation between a customer and a clerk about furniture
information.
Clerk 1: Thank you for calling Your Best […………………………….]Information

Line. In order to deal with all calls […………………………….], we offer you a
number of options. Please listen carefully and press your required number. If
you want to know about our latest[…………………………….], please press 1. If
you want to hear about our new[…………………………….], please press 2. If
you want to make a complaint, please press 3.
Clerk 2: Good afternoon. What can I do for you?
Customer: Good afternoon. I’d like to know some […………………………….].

Clerk 2: Fine. What about furniture would you like to know?
Customer: First of all, I’d like to know about beds. I’d like to buy a new bed.
Clerk 2: Yes. And what kind of bed do you want?
Customer: Do you have a […………………………….]one?
Clerk 2: Of course. What colour do you like?
Customer: I prefer white.
Clerk 2: Let me check. Yes, we have a new one from [………………….] that
came in last week.
Customer: How much is it?
Clerk 2: It is […………………………….].
Customer: Do you have any discount at this moment?
Clerk 2: If your total cost is over […………………………….]you will get

a[…………………………….].
Customer: Great.
Clerk 2: Do you want this bed?
Customer: Yes. And I need a light.

Clerk 2: Where will you fix it in your house?
Customer: My bedroom.
Clerk 2: On the […………………………….]?
Customer: Yes. Oh, I hope it’s white too.
Clerk 2: We have a set of white furniture. How about the light?
Customer: How much is it?
Clerk 2: It is very cheap, only […………………………….]if you take the bed.
Customer: OK. I will take them both.
Clerk 2: Fine. And anything else?
Customer: I want to buy a new dinner table for my dining room.
Clerk 2: What’s your […………………………….]?
Customer: Do you have a round one?
Clerk 2: Yes.
Customer: And with four chairs, no, six that’s better.
Clerk 2: Right. Round with chairs.

Customer: What’s the price of it?
Clerk 2: The domestic one is […………………………….], but the imported

one is[…………………………….].
Customer: The same style?
Clerk 2: Yes.
Customer: I will take the first one.
Clerk 2: OK.
Customer: The last thing I need is […………………………….].
Clerk 2: Wardrobe? Oh, we have some new styles.
Customer: Really? I prefer a […………………………….]design.
Clerk 2: You are so lucky. We got a new one from Italy.
Customer: Great. How much is it?
Clerk 2: It is […………………………….].
Customer: A little expensive.
Clerk 2: Yeah, but it is white.

Customer: Really? That’s fine. I will take it.
Clerk 2: A good choice. Are you our member?
Customer: Yes.
Clerk 2: OK, can you tell me your […………………………….]?
Clerk 2: Let me take down your details first.
Customer: OK.
Clerk 2: What’s your full name?
Customer: Daniel Kahn.
Clerk 2: Could you spell the last name?
Customer: K-A-H-N.
Clerk 2: Right. And your address?
Customer: Hill House, […………………………….].
Clerk 2: Could you spell the street name?
Customer: D-A-V-E.
Clerk 2: Fine. And your contact number?

Customer: […………………………….].
Clerk 2: Well, what time do you want your furniture to arrive?
Customer: How about next week?
Clerk 2: OK. Morning or the afternoon?
Customer: Afternoon.
Clerk 2: How about […………………………….]. on Saturday?
Customer: Sunday is better.
Clerk 2: OK. On Sunday.
Customer: Fine. How much is it all together after [……………………….]?
Clerk 2: Let me see. The total price is [……………………….], after discount

is…[………………….].
Customer: OK. May I pay by credit card?
Clerk 2: Of course you can.
Customer: Oh, does this price include […………………………….]fee?
Clerk 2: Because you are our […………………………….]and live not far from
us, the fee is free.

Customer: That’s so great.
Clerk 2: We have a truck to deliver all your orders to your house next Sunday.
Can you take down your […………………………….]number?
Customer: Yes. Please tell me.
Clerk 2: […………………………….].
Customer: Great. Thank you very much.
Clerk 2: You are welcome. Good bye.
Customer: Good bye.
SECTION 2
Receptionist: Good afternoon. How can I help you?
Customer: Good afternoon. I’d like to enquire about some information[........]

resort.
Receptionist: What kind of resort would you prefer?
Customer: I want a hot spring resort and it is better to have some indoor or
outdoor water[……………….].
Receptionist: OK. Let me check. How about Tulip Hot Spring Garden Resort?

Customer: Tell me some details, please.
Receptionist: Fine. It is […………………………….]in the north suburb near

Peak Mountains. Covering about […………………………….]acres of green land
with refreshing[…………………………….], the resort provides various kinds
of […………………………….]for sports, entertainment, leisure and meetings.
And the best part is its hot spring.
Customer: Great. Could you give me some introduction about the hot spring?
Receptionist: The millennium […………………………….]of the Tulip hot

spring was[…………………………….]3,000 metres deep under the ground. It is
sulphur hot spring. The major […………………………….]is sulphur.
Customer: I heard that when sulphur is […………………………….], it’s armless

to the human body.
Receptionist: Yes. It plays a […………………………….]role in softening the

skin,[…………………………….]the skin and beautifying the skin. It can lower
blood[…………………………….]and reduce blood fat.
Customer: That’s so great. How about its temperature?
Receptionist: It’s 65°C. There are some […………………………….]about the

hot spring.
Customer: Attentions?
Receptionist: Yes. The hot spring water contains various […………………….]

which come out first in black colour, change to clear water [………………….]

with a mineral smell. Adjust water […………………………….]to one’s comfort
before bathing.
Customer: OK.
Receptionist: And do not bath immediately after drinking and please take
your[…………………………….]off when you are bathing.
Customer: Fine. How about water activities?
Receptionist: Merry Water World has […………………………….] different

water sports for tourists. You can experience four different […………………….]
rooms and 21 different SPA[…………………………….]. For a change, one can
try the standard swimming pool, tennis courts and the […………………….].
Customer: Can you tell me the location?
Receptionist: Let me show you the map of the resort.
Customer: Fine.
Receptionist: Now we are standing at the […………………………….]of the

Main Hall. It is at the bottom of your map and […………………………….]to our
left is Villa Part. There are[…………………………….]villas and suites which
have their own hot springs.
Customer: Fine.
Receptionist: The large building with a big […………………………….]behind

the Main Hall is Merry Water World – the water sports centre.

Customer: Yes. I know.
Receptionist: On the top left of the map is the Leisure Centre. There are sauna
bath for women,[…………………………….]theatre, kids room, video games
room, VIP room, tea house and beauty salon.
Customer: Great. And where is the tennis court?
Receptionist: It is in the Sports Centre which is located between […………….]

and the Tulip Garden.
Customer: Tulip Garden?
Receptionist: Yes. You can appreciate the beautiful tulips in the garden.
Customer: Fine. Can you tell me what kinds of sports are there in the centre?
Receptionist: There is tennis court, […………………………….], table tennis,

shooting, arrow shooting, and […………………………….].
Customer: Do you have a restaurant?
Receptionist: Of course. The building next to Garden is the restaurant.
Customer: What dishes does it serve?
Receptionist: We have French food, Spanish food, Indian food and [………….].
Customer: That’s so great.

Receptionist: If you want to book a villa, fill in the form.
Customer: Thank you very much.
Receptionist: You are welcome.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation about a student’s study.
Professor: Good morning, everyone. Welcome to the Study Centre of The

Cardiff University. I am Professor Jody, your student study [………………….].
I know as a new student you will meet some […………………………….]with
your studies and life. So we will have three[…………………………….]lectures:
study [……………………….] on today, social life and local[…………………….]
on next Monday and Tuesday. I will introduce you to some study skills and
answer your questions. Well, first of all, let’s talk about some[………………….]
which can affect your study. What problems do you meet as
a[…………………………….]?
Student 1: Yes, professor, what’s the biggest difference between university

and[…………………………….]school regarding study?
Professor: A good question. I think the biggest […………………………….]is

that a university student will have to do a lot of work on their own, such as
doing research.
Student 1: Do you mean we should read and think […………………………….]?

Professor: Yes. That’ the first important factor of being a […………………….]
university student.
Student 2: Fine.
Student 1: How about taking more […………………………….]? I heard that

they can help our studies. Is that right?
Professor: Some students prefer to attend more extra lectures to

improve[…………………………….]. But in fact, it might affect their own study.
My advice is to use your[…………………………….]time. I mean you should
know how to take control of your time and work […………………………….].
Student 1: Fine.
Professor: Another factor is to […………………………….]your stress. Many

students usually have a feeling of […………………………….], particularly for
overseas students. There is no family or friends here so maybe [……………….]
and heavy studies can lead to a great stress. So I[…………………………….]if
you come in contact with such troubles, it is a good way to make some new
friends or take up some social […………………………….]on the weekends.
Student 2: How do we know about the social activities, professor?
Professor: You may get the activity […………………………….]from the Student

Union.
Student 2: Fine.

Professor: Well, let’s talk about some study […………………………….]. Where
should we begin?
Student 1: How about listening to a lecture?
Student 2: Yes. I am worried about that too.
Professor: OK. If you cannot keep up with the […………………………….]why

not prepare a recorder or something like that to record the lecture.
Student 2: Good idea.
Professor: And I think you should prepare lecture […………………………….]in

advance and then check your notes with other students after the lecture if you
cannot take them all at the lecture.
Student 1: Great. And how about […………………………….]. Do we have to do

many presentations?
Professor: Yes. You will do presentations nearly on all subject lectures.
Student 1: Should we use […………………………….]?
Professor: Yes. Of course.
Student 2: And can we choose a partner to do presentation together?
Professor: Maybe or maybe not. Sometimes you can have a group presentation
but you have to do it by yourself on most lectures.

Student 2: OK. I know.
Student 1: Professor, I know we have to spend a lot of time reading [………….].

I want to know if we can get them from the Internet.
Professor: Sometimes you can read materials at the computer home.
Student 2: Really?
Professor: Yes. But, you must have a […………………….] and[……………….]

from The Computer Centre.
Student 2: Fine.
Professor: And usually you will have many […………………………….]journals

to read, so a right reading method is very important.
Student 1: What kind of method?
Professor: The approach I use is […………………………….]. It means to skim

the book first to see what’s important and what isn’t.
Student 2: Do we need to […………………………….]a skill of analysing

reading?
Professor: Yes. That’s the next important method of reading. The method can
help you to remember what you have read.
Student 2: Fine. And how about the […………………………….]?

Professor: You will write a lot of essays as your assignment.
Student 2: […………………………….]?
Professor: Yes.
Student 1: How about the strategy of writing essays?
Professor: First you should make a good draft plan for writing, and
pay[………………….] to the [………………….].
Student 2: Deadline?
Professor: Yes.
Student 2: Can we extend that?
Professor: You could ask for your personal […………………………….],
Student 2: Fine.
Professor: And before handing in your work to your tutor or [……………….]

you should do proof reading first to check form, grammar, spelling and
references.
Student: OK.
Professor: If you meet some other problems with your study you can ask your
tutor for help. Well, any other questions?

SECTION 4
You will hear a conversion about technology.
(Christine = C; Andrew Flemming = A)
C: Welcome to “The Magic Earth”. I’m […………………………….]. Today, we

have invited a[…………………………….]Andrew Flemming – the leader from
“The British[…………………………….]Survey” – to give us an introduction
about “using[…………………………….]to map Antarctic sea ice”. Welcome
Andrew Hemming.
A: Thank you Christine. Well, as you know, cruising in the Southern Ocean
isn’t always plain sailing. But as it is becoming important to find better ways
of […………………….] safely and avoiding future […………………………….]
because of increasing visitor ships, the Antarctic Polar View project is
using […………………………….]to map the sea ice to help ships find the best
way in the vast […………………………….]. There are very
large […………………………….]of heavy ice in the water which might look
beautiful and white with[…………………………….]dancing on top of it, but I
believe you do not want to hit it very fast with a ship. Otherwise your ship will
be […………………………….], and therefore[…………………………….]through
it is an important problem, not only in terms of the safety of the ship, but in
terms of the speed of the ship, and the […………………………….]of the ship.
So you could have another choice for example, take a quicker
and […………………….] rather than spending an […………………………….]
amount of time going through an area of very thick ice. The quickest way to
travel is to clear water […………………………….], but it is a difficult task to
find these routes. The area we’re dealing with is absolutely [………………….].
The only way of […………………………….]that area of ocean effectively is by

using satellites. Therefore, we use a satellite named NVSAT which is a satellite
that[…………………………….] information and picks up […………………….]
in ocean surface […………………………….]and that helps us to see the
difference between open water and the sea ice. Radar allows
the [………………….] team to see straight through the clouds down to
the [……………………….] of the sea. With detailed images, it’s even possible to
see cracks in the surface which can lead to […………………………….]ice falls.
Wherever possible we would use[…………………………….]quite a lot and put
them up in the air to map the ice and look for where we might find what we
call leads, you know, which are large areas of clear water that the ship might be
able to move through. But it is certainly a much more difficult and
time¬[…………………………….] operation.
C: So does the image that you get from the Polar View map give
good[…………………………….]of what you’re actually seeing out there on the
sea?
A: Yes, it does. We cannot yet know clearly about the [……………………….] of

the sea ice, but one of the science […………………………….]that we were doing
last summer was looking at doing some of that work using satellites as well, so
that’s going to be quite an exciting[…………………………….]. The map was
coloured in various […………….]. But it didn’t take long to spot the difference
between the dark smooth open water and light[……………………….] areas of
sea ice. The first step is to take the image merely, which has to be sent to the
ship.
C: How about others?
A: Internet connection in the Antarctic and on ships is [………………………….]

poor.

And that has meant that we have to […………………………….]the image a lot,
cut a lot and delete some of the details in the image as a result.
C: Have you solved the problem?
A: Yes. The normal way that we are doing this is by […………………………….]

the images into a foi’mat known as […………………………….]. JPEG 2000
allows us to, No. 1, compress the[…………………………….]a lot more, and
secondly it allows us to maintain the[…………………………….]position of the
image. So, it knows where the image is and allows us to[…………………….]
that on a map.
C: And how long does this take?
A: I tested this January over a very narrow dial-up […………………….]

connection and it took a few minutes. Sure. For us it’s made an
enormous [……………….], I mean we now know […………………….]well the
kind of sea ice conditions we’re likely to[…………………………….], so it’s a
fantastic and useful system. We just need a laptop on the ships.
C: That’s great. Thanks for Andrew’s introduction, and… (fade)

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4


each answer.
SUMMER TOUR RESERVATION
Example Answer
Nationality: American
Name: Ariel Lee
Contact number: 1______________
Trips have: main resorts

2______________
special activities
Fee: $20 – $35 per person
Leave time: 7:00 a.m.
Transport: minibus or 3 _______
At peak season: tourists have to 4 ________
Complete the table below

each answer.
Number of
Place Date Main Resort
seats
5______National
Sydney 12th January 25
Museum
Birds-watching
6______ 25th January 7_______ Bush-walking
Melbourne Church
Melbourne Exhibition
Melbourne 8_______ 20
Melbourne Exhibition
Diving and swimming

Taking photo of 10
9_______ 23rd February 30
Taking photo of 10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13

11. The main reason for opening bank account is _______________
A. to pay bill easily.
B. to keep money safe.
C. to pay tuition fee.
12. The occupation of the client at present is ______________________
A. professor.
B. dentist.
C. student
13. The recommended bank account by clerk is ____________________
A. Current Account.
B. Deposit Account.
C. Savings Account.
Questions 14-19

Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each
answer.
Credit Card Solo Card 14_____________
Annual interest rate 15 ___________ 5.5%
Overdraft
16 ___________
Supply 17 Pay
Moblie service
________________
Deposite at least
18 ____________ No limitation
19 _______________
Question 20
Answer the question below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS OR A NUMBER for the answer.
What time do the most banks open on Saturdays?
_________________________________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23

21. How many parts does a paper include?
A. Three parts
B. Four parts
C. Five parts
22. How many words does a paper need?
A. 1,000-3,000
B. 3,000-4,000
C. 3,000-5,000
23. What’s the tutor’s point about the Internet resources?
A. Critical
B. Negative
C. Positive
Questions 24 and 25
Choose TWO letters, A-E. What does the tutor warn the student about the
paper ?

A. paper deadline
B. research data
C. plagiarism
D. library resources
E. research method
Questions 26-30
AUTHOR TITLE PUBLISHER
Drake Wister 26____________ Cambridge University Press
The Strategy of
27______________ 28_____________
Marketing
Hilary Justice The Economics
29______________ 30____________ Cambridge University Press
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34

CREDIT CARD FRAUD
Criminals need a chip and 31_________________ to steal credit card’s

details.
Methods of copying a magnetic stripe:
to 32_______________________
to use an entire counterfeit
to use a 33___________________
£100 for equipment and 34________________________
Questions 35-40

answer.
The terminals have a function of 35_______________ to credit fraud

Professionals in the U.K. use 36_________________ to monitor the cash
machines.
A magnetic strip on the credit card is designed for 37__________________

customers.
Most banks arrange a 38__________________ between convenience and

security.
The fraud rate has fallen by 39_____________________.
Evidence indicates fraud has always related to 40___________________.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about travel.
Man: Good afternoon. The Australia Travel […………………………….], how

can I help you?

Woman: Good afternoon. I’d like to know some information about trips to
different[…………………………….].
Man: OK. Can you tell me some of your details first?
Woman: Of course.
Man: What’s your […………………………….]?
Woman: I’m a first year student.
Man: Are you an […………………………….]?
Woman: No. I’m from New York.
Man: So you are American?
Woman: Yes.
Man: What’s your full name?
Woman: My name is Ariel Lee.
Man: Tell me your contact number please?
Woman: It is […………………………….]. And my address?
Man: No. We just need your contact number.

Woman: OK. Can you introduce me some […………………………….]?
Man: Obviously it […………………………….], but always places of famous

main resorts, such as Sydney, Melbourne or some places like that.
Woman: Just tour resorts? I mean does that include other [………………….]?
Man: Yes. Besides main resorts we will […………………………….]for you to

enjoy some local[…………………………….]and some special activities.
Woman: So, how much does it cost?
Man: Usually, it varies between […………….] dollars and[………………….]

dollars per head, depending on the place.
Woman: And what is the departure date and time?
Man: It depends on […………………………….]. But try to keep the departure

time
fixed.
Woman: When?
Man: 7 o’clock in the morning.
Woman: And how about the transport?
Man: We have minibus or coach depending on the number of […………….].

Woman: May I need a […………………………….]?
Man: Yes. You know summer holidays are coming. So I suggest that our
tourists reserve a seat in [……………………….].
Woman: Is there a […………………………….]for that?
Man: I’m sorry. We do not have any discounts during peak season.
Woman: Could you tell me some details of the trips?
Man: Yes, the first place is Sydney. That’s on the […………………………….].

We’ll have twenty-five people in a minibus.
Woman: Fine. Going to which attraction?
Man: We will visit one of the most famous theatres in the world.
Woman: The Sydney Opera House?
Man: Right. You can […………………………….]to watch an opera there.
Woman: Really? What’s the name of the opera?
Man: I’m not sure. Let me cheek the House’s […………………………….]. And
then you can visit the National Museum to know about the history and
customs of Australia.
Woman: Great.

Man: In the evening you can enjoy some […………………………….]if you like.
Woman: Fine.
Man: We’re going to the Blue Mountains on the […………………………….].
Woman: Blue Mountains? Is it a blue mountain?
Man: The mountain got its name for blu? fog. It is usually [………………….]
by a blue fog.
Woman: That’s so interesting.
Man: Yes. It is a popular place for young men because they are so cool and
you can enjoy lots of sports there, such as […………………………….], bush-
walking and […………………………….].
Woman: How many people will go there together?
Man: You will take a coach that has about […………………………….].
Woman: Fine.
Man: And the next place is Melbourne on the tenth of February with about
twenty people in the minibus.
Woman: What’s the resort? You could […………………………….]the famous

Melbourne Church and maybe you might have a chance to attend a
local […………………………….]if they hold it as usual.

Woman: Fine. Do you have some tours to the beach?
Man: Yes. One of the most famous coral reefs in the world is the
Great Barrier Reef and we arrange that on the […………………………….].
Woman: I’m looking forward to visiting there.
Man: Yes. Many people like there. There are some interesting water sports,
such as diving and[…………………………….]in the water or just taking photo
of coral.
Woman: Great. I guess there will be many people.
Man: Yes. But our coach is only for thirty people all together.
Woman: That’s so great. Can you book a seat for me now?
Man: Yes. And I will confirm your […………………………….]number later by

telephone, OK?
Woman: Right. Thank you very much.
Man: You’re welcome. I hope you will enjoy the trip.
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation in a bank.

Man: Good morning. I’d like to open a […………………………….], please.
Woman: Good morning. What kind of account do you want to open?
Man: I’m not sure. Perhaps you can give me some […………………………….].
I only want to[…………………………….]money in the bank and pay all kinds of
bills easily.
Woman: Fine. I’ve got the […………………………….]form here. First of all,

can I have your full name please?
Man: Richard Lee. • .
Woman: Fine, Richard, what’s your […………………………….]?
Man: I’m studying a Doctor degree now although I was a […………………….]

before coming here.
Woman: Well, so you are a student.
Man: What kind of account can you suggest for me?
Woman: How about a Deposit Account?
Man: What’s the difference between that and a […………………………….]?
Woman: There are many differences such as the interest rate, […………….]
and service and so on.
Man: Fine. I will take your […………………………….].

Woman: OK. Let’s talk about the main two account cards of the Deposit
Account.
Man: Fine.
Woman: One card is called the […………………………….]and the other one is

named Master Card.
Man: Which one is better for me?
Woman: Let me introduce you to some differences of the two cards.
Man: OK.
Woman: The first one is annual […………………………….].
Man: Which one is higher?
Woman: Of course. It is the Master Card. At present its rate is [……….],

but the Solo Card is only […………………….]Man: How about the other
differences?
Woman: The service supplied with the two cards.
Man: Could you speak […………………………….]?
Woman: We usually supply Internet service and mobile service of all cards, of
course including the Solo Card.

Man: Yes. I’d like to ask for the service of mobile and oh, does Solo Card have
an[…………………………….]?
Woman: I’m sorry. But Master Card has such a service.
Man: Fine.
Woman: If you want to take more money out of the bank than you have in it –
be very careful – you should not do this without the bank [………………….]
and you will have to pay some charge.
Man: Do you mean interest?
Woman: No. I mean the […………………………….].
Man: How much is that charge?
Woman: According to the bank rules the minimum fee is about 2%.
Man: Fine.
Woman: The last item of the two cards is the […………………………….]. There
is no limitation of this Solo Card, but if you want to get Master Card you
should deposit a[…………………………….]sum of fifteen hundred pounds in
the first time.
Man: Oh. What’s the […………………………….]of money?
Woman: What do you mean?

Man: I mean I cannot deposit cash when I open a bank account.
Woman: Don’t worry! We […………………………….]cash and check or even

money order.
Man: Great.
Woman: So which card do you decide to open?
Man: I’d like to open the […………………………….].
Woman: A good choice. How often would you like to receive your [………….]?
Man: Monthly please.
Woman: OK. The last one you should know is the opening time. Banks usually
open from[…………………………….]. until […………………………….]. from
Monday to Friday, but most branches open until 3:30 p.m. on Saturdays.
Man: OK, I see. Thank you very much.
Woman: You’re welcome.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between a student and her tutor about the
assignment.

Student: Good morning. Oh, it just hit twelve. Good morning. Mrs. Potter, may
I come in?
Tutor: Oh, Jerry, of course. Come in and take a seat please.
Student: Thank you.
Tutor: Well, how about your […………………………….]?
Student: Do you mean my paper?
Tutor: Yes.
Student: I still think about the draft, but I hope you can give me some help
and[…………………………….].
Tutor: Of course. How long will it take you to finish your draft?
Student: Er… I’m not sure, may be three days?
Tutor: My advice is that you should spend a lot of time on your draft. As you
know a good beginning is very […………………………….]for a paper. A good
draft can help you outline your paper even benefit your […………………….].
Student: OK. I will try my best to write up my work. Mrs. Potter, how many
parts in a paper?
Tutor: Generally speaking, there are four parts and [……………………….].
Student: So there are five parts?

Tutor: Right. Contents, introduction, main body…
Student: And conclusion?
Tutor: Yes, and […………………………….].
Student: So how about the words […………………………….]of my paper?
Tutor: According to […………………………….]you have to write at least three

thousand words and not over five thousand.
Student: OK. Three to five thousand.
Tutor: Right. How about your research?
Student: I haven’t begun to do the […………………………….].
Tutor: Why?
Student: Because I’m not sure about the research […………………….]. I mean
I cannot decide to use which one now.
Tutor: I remember I suggested you to use the method of interview.
Student: Yes, but I think maybe […………………….]is better for my work.
Tutor: Really? Tell me your reason.

Student: I have to spend some time of the day on a part-time job, so I think
maybe a questionnaire is a good way to […………………………….]the data that
I need.
Tutor: Fine. Oh, do you search […………………………….]or data from the

Internet?
Student: Yes. I think it is a good way to collect data and as you know it can
help me save lots of time.
Tutor: Jerry, in fact, many students do most of their research on the Internet.
You might think that it is an easier way to get […………………………….]but
most data are from highly[………….] resources. So be [………….………….].
Student: OK, I will pay attention to that.
Tutor: Then, there are some things you should consider when you write the
paper.
Student: OK.
Tutor: Be careful with your references and […………………………….]and do

not share other people’s work. I mean you should write clearly
about […………………………….]and do not forget to acknowledge the original
writers. Otherwise, you will be failed for […………………………….].
Student: OK, I’ve got it.
Tutor: The other point is…

Student: Deadline?
Tutor: No. Deadline is the date of handing in your work. You’d better hand in
on time. But if you have a […………………………….]excuse you can ask
for […………………………….].
Student: Fine. Sorry to interrupt you.
Tutor: That’s OK. The other point you should pay […………………………….]to
is your research data.
Student: OK. I will write them clearly. Oh, Mrs. Potter could you [………….] to
me some good reference books about the topic of my paper?
Tutor: Fine. Let’s check the reference book list. The first one is Drake Wister’s
book.
Student: Right. What’s the title?
Tutor: Global Economy.
Student: Is it the one published by […………………………….]University

Press?
Tutor: Right. And I think Victoria Smith’s book is a good choice.
Student: What’s that title?
Tutor: The Strategy of Marketing.

Student: And which […………………………….]?
Tutor: London Press.
Student: Fine. How about others?
Tutor: The book called The Economics Tendency is a good one for your paper.
Student: Really? And the writer and the publisher?
Tutor: The writer is Hilary Justice and the publisher is Oxford University
Press.
Student: Can I borrow it from the […………………………….]? ,
Tutor: Of course.
Student: Great.
Tutor: And the last one that is […………………………….]to your work is the
book of William Hanna.
Student: How do you spell his surname?
Tutor: H-A-N-N-A.
Student: OK. And the title of his book?
Tutor: Business […………………………….]published by Cambridge University

Press.

Student: OK.
Tutor: But you cannot borrow the book from library.
Student: Why?
Tutor: Because it belongs to the closed […………………………….]you have to

read it in library. •
Student: OK. Thank you very much.
Tutor: You’re welcome.
SECTION 4
You will hear a cofiversion about credit card fraud.
Host: Hello. In today’s […………………………….]we have invited Ken Farrow

– a Head of Financial Crime at Lloyds TSB to introduce some information
about credit card[…………………………….]. Welcome Farrow.
Farrow: Thanks Catherine.
Host: Has a Chip and PIN given new chances for thieves to steal the details of
our credit cards?
Farrow: Maybe. In the past there were typically […………………………….]

ATMs in the U.K. when people’s PIN could be collected and now there’s
hundreds of thousands of points of sale[…………………………….]. It’s a fraud

where criminals capture details and then make a[…………………………….]
strip card copy.
Host: How easy is to do this?
Farrow: One way is to modify a terminal so that’s what’s been happening often
in the pas with[………………….]– the same can be done for [……………….]
and [……………….] terminals. The other way is to […………….]it with an
entire counterfeit. There’ve been [………………….] in America and in Europe
with[…………….] fake ATMs being set up. The last way is to set up
a[……………….] camera; and have somebody using […………………….]of
hand to swipe your card through another machine so that you don’t even need
to[………………….]the main machine.
Host: If someone decided to set up a little device to modify one of these hand
held PIN pads, how easy would that be to do?
Farrow: Usually it wouldn’t be […………………………….]too hard, you just

need about[…………………………….]to prepare for some equipment’s and raw
parts, but it would take some[…………………………….]time and effort.
The […………….] themselves have a function of tamper […………………….]. If
you try to open the casing, the machines will shut down and make
them […………………………….], but there’s only so much they can do against
a […………………………….]attacker compared with an ATM. Well once a card
is copied and the PIN is […………………………….], crooks can make a fake
card and use the PIN to withdraw money.
Host: Do all Cash machines accept these cards in the U.K.?

Farrow: Cash machines in the U.K. may not […………………………….]these
cards but many machines abroad will.
Host: Why?
Farrow: It depends on our radar. We can […………………………….]know what

they are doing while […………………………….]can’t break the Chip at the
moment so what they are doing is to use the old method to skim
the […………………………….]strips on the cards. However, they’ve realised
that they cannot […………………………….]in the U.K., so they go on to
the[…………………………….]and to other countries in the Far East and use
them where ATMs are not […………………………….]for Chip use.
Host: Right, so they can take old style card and use it abroad and get the cash
out more easily?
Farrow: That’s right. There is a magnetic strip […………………………….]to the

card for customers who are travelling.
Host: So what are you doing about this increase of use

in […………………………….]cash machines of card that have been stolen here?
Farrow: What we’re doing is to gradually […………………………….]our

security blanket. That means we will […………………………….]the card usage
whether it’s in the U.K. or abroad. If we feel there’s something wrong we will
contact and confirm with the customer. We’re up against[…………………….]
crime and organized crime is trying to get one step ahead of us and we’re
trying to keep one step ahead of them.

Host: Yes. How does […………………………….]work in U.K. machines?
Because sometimes fake card will work there as well, won’t they?
Farrow: When a bank is looking at its […………………………….]it has to

balance up convenience to customers with security.
Host: Yes. So what are you doing to make things more secure?
Farrow: I think the Chip and PIN […………………………….]has really

improved and if you look at the […………………………….]in fact hard fraud
has […………………………….]by 24% over the last period. I think you can say
this programme has done well.
Host: Yes. I can see the […………………………….]but there has been a huge
amount of[…………………………….]in the press this week. Some banks have
stopped using PINs – doesn’t that […………………………….]the public’s trust
in this new system? And some people even think the new system
is […………………………….]for new fraud.
Farrow: I don’t think so. I’m not going to […………………………….]on

particular cases. What I would say is that usually the [……………………….] of
crime has always been with the old[…………………………….]not with the new.
Host: So new technology seems to be working well.
Farrow: That’s right.
Host: OK, thanks for your professional introduction. See you next time.
Farrow: See you.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
FLAT FACILITIES REPAIRS
Example Answer
The reason for dialing: complain
Full name: 1__________________
Address: International House
Room number: 2__________________
Register number: 3__________________
Length of stay: 4__________________
Questions 5-7

ITEM PROBLEMS
tap in bathroom 5 __________________
6 ________________ Broken
TV set 7 __________________
Questions 8-10
8. Time of repairing is at _________________________.
9. Telephone number of the repair man is _______________________.
10. The repairing fee is ________________________.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15

answer.

The Edge Climbing Centre
The Climbing Centre was rebuilt in 11 _______________
Facilities:
12________: 13 meters articulated wall; minus 450 rotation.
Bouldering area: a mixture of flat panels and featured walls.
A small 13 ______: easy standard.
Relaxing place: offer a 14__________________
Changing areas: on the upper floor
Locker keys: get from 1__________________
Questions 16-18

answer.
Entry
Membership Period Annual fee Course fee
requirement

6 months: £18
12 months:
Golden 18 ages and above 6-12 months free
16______
Silver 18 ages and above 1 year £20 17______
Bronze 18________ 1 year £20 £1
Questions 19-20
Write TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Opening time: 10:00 a.m. -10:30 p.m. on Monday to

Friday
19______________ on Saturday and

Sunday
Training course: Outdoor course
20______________: beginners

SECTION 3
Questions 21-28
each answer.
PLACE FUNCTION
21_______________ Supply library information: Apply for library card
22_______________ Supply computers to search information of books
Leisure Bar Supply ___________________
24_______________ Dictionaries; Course books; Literature materials
25_______________ Important books
Periodical Room Current issues; Newspapers; Magazines; 26_______________
27_______________ Photocopier and printer
Conference Room Work table and 28__________________
Questions 29-30
Choose TWO letters, A-E. Which of the TWO following warnings are to
students?
A. Reference book
B. Recalled book

C. Back newspaper
D. Library Card
E. Student locker
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
Holidays and Festivals
The main religion in Britain is 31______________________.
Traditional Christmas activities:
Christmas Pantomime – a comical musical play
32 ___________________ gives a speech on TV and radio.
33 ___________________ is on the day after Christmas.
The most important Christian holiday in Britain is

34____________________

Questions 25-40

each answer.
35 _________ in November
set off fireworks

England Holoday
cook 36 _______
North Ireland Holiday St. Patrick is on 37 _________
38 _________
First Footing
Scotland Holiday
Halloween:
put a candle in 39________
Eisteddfod:
The highlight is to 40________

Wales Holiday
the best two poets.
Answer keys:

Sections 1
1. Kevin Green
2. 16C
3. KG 6037
4. two months
5. leaking
6. stove door
7. no sound
8. 5 p.m.
9. 6543 3747
10. free
11. 1998
12. Main Hall
13. warm-up wall
14. cafe

15. reception
16. £30
17. £1
18. 14-17 ages
19. 10:00 a.m. – 8
20. Indoor course
21. Reception
22. Computer Section
23. drink and snacks
24. Reference Room
25. Closed Reserve Room
26. journals
27. Photocopy Room
28. multimedia equipment

29 . B
30. D
31. Christian

32. Queen
33. Boxing Day
34. Easter
35. Bonfire Night
36. potatoes and sausages
37. 17th March
38. New Year’s Eve
39. pumpkins
40. crown
SECTION 1
You will hear a telephone conversation about house facilities.
Agent: Good morning, Campus Flat Agency, how can I help you?
Kevin: Good morning, I’m ringing to [………………….]about problems with

my flat’s facilities.

Agent: Fine. May I take down your details first?
Kevin: Yes.
Agent: What’s your name?
Kevin: Kevin Green.
Agent: OK, Kevin. And your address?
Kevin: I live in […………………………….]House in the South Area.
Agent: Your room number?
Kevin: My room number is […………………………….].
Agent: On which floor?
Kevin: The third floor.
Agent: OK, third floor, room 16C. Are you a […………………………….]student

at university?
Kevin: Yes, I am.
Agent: What’s your registration number?
Kevin: It is […………………………….].

Agent: OK. What’s your […………………………….]?
Kevin: Computer Science.
Agent: How long is your flat lease?
Kevin: I’m not sure. Let me check. It is one year.
Agent: How long have you been in the flat?
Kevin: Just two months.
Agent: Well, what are the problems that you’ve been having?
Kevin: The first thing is the […………………………….].
Agent: Let me take the notes. Tap in your bathroom. What’s wrong with it?
Kevin: It is leaking. I’d really hope to get that […………………………….]right

now.
Agent: OK. How about this afternoon?
Kevin: That’s great.
Agent: Anything else?
Kevin: The next one is the stove in the kitchen.

Agent: What’s the trouble with it?
Kevin: You know the […………………………….]is not a new one when we move
into the flat.
Agent: Yes. Does it work?
Kevin: No, the door of stove is […………………………….].
Agent: OK. How about repairing next week?
Kevin: Fine. And the last point is the problem of TV set.
Agent: What’s the […………………………….]with TV set?
Kevin: It had no sound from the day before yesterday.
Agent: Fine.
Kevin: I do hope you can repair it as soon as […………………………….]. You

know there will be a very good football match tomorrow evening. We all hope
to watch it.
Agent: OK. How about we repair it at the same time with your stove?
Kevin: Great.
Agent: Anything else?
Kevin: No. Just […………………………….].

Agent: OK. We will get a repair man over to you tomorrow afternoon, are you
available at that time?
Kevin: I will return to the flat at about […………………………….].
Agent: So how about 5 o’clock?
Kevin: Fine.
Agent: You can contact the repair man if your time will be changed.
Kevin: OK.
Agent: His phone number is […………………………….].
Kevin: Right.
Agent: Do you have any questions?
Kevin: Let me think, yes, how about the repair fee?
Agent: Usually, the price is at least […………………………….], but you just use
two months, so we offer free repair.
Kevin: That’s so great. Thank you very much.
Agent: You are welcome. Goodbye.
Kevin: Goodbye.

SECTION 2
You will hear a lecture about a sports centre.
Welcome to the […………………………….]Climbing Centre, I’m Jason White,

manager[…………………….]. I’d like to give you an introduction about the
climbing centre. The Edge Climbing Centre was opened in […………………….],
and reconstructed and[…………………………….]its original size in 1998. The
Edge is a founder member of the[…………………………….]of British Climbing
Walls and supports the work of the British[…………………………….]Council.
As you know [………………….]is a great activity for keeping fit and healthy. So
we aim to provide a climbing experience that is[…………………………….],
imaginative and challenging. Let’s begin with our[…………………………….].
The first one I’d like to introduce you to is the Main Hall. With
over[……………….]the main hall packs in a huge […………………………….]of
climbs on featured and flat panels. Our facilities are […………….]developing
and feature a 13 meters […………………………….]wall that can rotate to minus
45°. Easier routes can be top- roped; other routes have quick-draws in place of
the lead [……………….]. We think we have every angle […………………….]!
Our Bouldering area is one of the best of its kind in the country. A mixture of
flat panels and […………………………….]walls provide overhanging cracks,
flakes, pockets and comers. There are angles to suit everyone from the
beginner to the most […………………………….]climber. Located just next to
our bouldering area is a small[…………………………….]wall. You can climb at
an easy standard to get those bones moving. There are lots of big holds
small [………………….]. In addition, it is also[…………………………….]with
top-ropes that are ideal for […………………………….]techniques to novices.
Our café is a relaxing place to have a rest between climbs, with plenty of
choice. We sell tea, coffee and soft drinks, as well as a range
of […………….]cakes. The Edge has two changing areas located on the upper

floor. There are also […………………………….], washing facilities and lockers.
Locker keys are available from […………………………….].
At the Edge you can pay per visit or save on course fees by becoming our
member. We have three types of memberships. Gold Membership is ideal for
regular visitors. Our gold[…………………………….]packages are available for 6
or 12 month periods. You should pay[…………………………….]for half year
and […………………………….]for one year. You do not need to pay any course
fees. The fee of our 12 months’ […………………………….]package is £20.
Climbers have to pay £1 for each course. Both gold membership and silver
membership is offered to climbers over the age of 18. [……………………….],
younger climbers aged from 14 to 17, should try the [………….]membership
which is more suitable. It has the same[…………………………….]and price as
the silver membership. We open at[…………………………….]in the morning
to [………………….]in the evening from Monday to Friday, we are open until 8
o’clock in the evening on weekends. Please pay[…………………………….], we
don’t open on bank holidays. We also offer training courses which
are [………………….]for inexperienced climbers on Monday and Wednesday
evening. You can choose outdoor course or indoor course depending on your
needs. Usually the indoor course is […………………………….]for beginners. If
you want to know more details about it please visit our […………………….].
Miss Morris will give you a hand. Thanks for[…………………………….]the
introduction lecture of the Edge Climbing Centre. I hope you will enjoy our
facilities in the future.
SECTION 3
You will hear lecture about a university library.

Well, first of all, welcome to the […………………………….]tour of university
library. I’m David White-a library staff here. I know all of you are new
students. You will probably need some sort of […………………………….]to
help you to use the library [………………….]for your study and research.
Today, I’d like to introduce you to the different parts and[………………….]of
the library. Now, let’s start our tour from the[…………………………….]here. As
you can see there are […………………………….]. First of all, I will introduce
you to the ground floor.
There are three parts of the […………………………….]floor. The first one we

face now is Reception. It […………………………….]library information to all
visitors. As a new student, you should apply for your library card first before
using library […………….]. Remember to take one [………………….]photo
and your union card when you come here to register. Next to it is Computer
Section on the right of entrance. As you see there are[………………….]for
students to search library resources such as[…………………………….]books.
You can also search library information by using your own[……………….]in
the house, but you should get your […………….]and[………………….]when
you register in the Computer Centre tomorrow. The last section on the ground
floor is the [……………….]. We make sure there is no food or drink in our
reading room. If you are hungry you can go to Leisure Bar on the corner of
ground floor. It is a [………….] place. Drinks and snacks are [……….]there.
The large section on the second floor located in the centre is

called […………….]. You will find all kinds of textbooks, literature materials,
or dictionaries in the room. Near to it is a small room called Closed Reserve
Room. According to library rules important reference books cannot
be [………………….] from the library so students have to sit in the Closed
Reserve Room to read.

The room opposite to the Closed Reserve Room is the […………………….]. We
offer various current or back newspapers, magazines and journals. There is a
small room called Audio-visual Room next to it. You can find tapes or CDs or
watch videos in there. If you want to photocopy some [………………….]you
can go to the Photocopy Room on the right corner beside the stairs. We offer
five computers, four […………………………….]and four laser printers there.
You should [………………….]money in your library card first and
then[………………….]your card before using the photocopier or printer. There
are some rules. The first rule is that we do not accept [……………………….].
The second rule is to[…………………………….]your session to half hour at a
time when photocopier is busy or printer is busy. The last important rule is
that please do not start printing less than[…………………………….]before the
library closes.
The Reading Room and Meeting Room are both […………………………….]on

the top floor. Now we are in the big Reading Room with glass roof. As you see
it is very[…………………………….]and […………………………….]here. You can
read books while enjoying[…………………………….]. The last section I wish to
introduce to you is the Conference Room. There are some different size rooms
with a round work table and[…………………………….]equipment for teachers
and students to do group work.
Okay, let’s talk about some warnings. First of all you can [……………….]any
reference books if they are on […………………………….], but the available
time is only 48 hours. If you cannot come to the […………………………….]to
take your reserve books you will miss out. Then, if your book is recalled by the
library you have to return it within seven working days,[………………….]the
book is overdue, and you will have to pay a fine. The other thing is your Library
Card. All records of using library resources are in your card. I hope you can
keep your card safely, […………………………….]do not leave it in your student

locker. If you lose it please come to our […………………………….]to report the
loss and apply for a new one in order to avoid further [……………………….].
Good, that’s the end of the tour of the library. You can look
around […………………………….]now, and if you have any questions please
ask the[…………………………….]at the Reception.
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about British holidays.
British celebrate many […………………………….], historical, social and

cultural holidays[…………………………….]the year. Some holidays marked on
calendar are[…………………………….]throughout the country. Others are
based on local customs and[…………………………….]which reflect the variety
of experience in different[…………………………….].
Britain remains mainly a Christian nation but most Britons do not go

to[…………………………….]regularly or […………………………….]in Christian
worship. Because of[…………………………….]and changing beliefs, most of
the world’s religions are practiced in Britain such as Hindu, Judaism, Muslim
faith and Sikh. Christmas is the biggest and best loved British holiday. While
Christmas has a Christian meaning – it […………………………….]the birth of
Jesus Christ. People usually celebrate Christmas by decorating homes
and[…………………………….]with coloured lights and Christmas trees
and[…………………………….]and exchanging gifts.
There are three […………………………….]Christmas activities in Britain. One

is the Christmas Pantomime – a comical musical play. Another British
Christmas tradition is to hear the Queen give her […………………….]speech
over the television and radio. The British Queen is also the Queen of other

nations, such as Canada and Australia, and so her speech
is[…………………………….]to her millions of subjects throughout the world.
The third British Christmas tradition, which is also celebrated in countries
with British […………………………….], is Boxing Day, which falls on the day
after Christmas. People used to give Christmas gifts or money to
their […………………………….]on Boxing Day. However, a new Boxing Day
custom has […………………………….], it is shopping. But for most people, it is
a day for visiting, eating and relaxing.
For church goers the […………………………….]is Easter, not Christmas. It is

the most important Christian festival in Britain. Easter […………………….]the
crucifixion and[…………………………….]of Jesus Christ. Easter is in the
spring when universities and schools are closed for breaks. During the Easter
period Christians attend many church[…………………………….]and charity
activities. Easter Eggs are the main[…………………………….]of Easter. As time
goes on, nowadays, people give each other[…………………………….]or candy
for Easter.
There are some local […………………………….]and holidays in England,

Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland. People can know about the different
culture and[…………………………….]of the four nations of the United
Kingdom. Many festivals and customs have been […………………………….],
adopted and used to serve political or religious functions in times
of […………………………….]. Special days in England and Wales show their
national pride in their […………………………….]languages and cultures and
remind people that there is much more to the U.K. than “the English and
England”.
One truly English holiday in England is called Bonfire Night –

[…………………………….]in early November. English people celebrate this

event in the traditional way. Small children with a straw[……………….]called
the “Guy” appear on […………………………….]. They beg for money from
passing adults. They buy lots of […………………………….]to set off on Bonfire
Night. Most communities have public […………………………….], where people
gather to cook[…………………………….]and sausages in the fire and watch
fireworks performing. The biggest Bonfires Night celebration is held in the
small […………………………….]town of Lewes, where torchlight parades wind
through the narrow streets.
Northern Irish Catholics […………………………….]the birthday of the patron

saint of Ireland, St. Patrick, on 17th March each year. Patrick was a Catholic
bishop who lived in the 5th century and is thought to have
brought […………………………….]to Ireland. He lived in Great Britain, but
was […………………………….]by Irish raiders and became as a slave at the age
of 16. He eventually escaped and returned to Britain. However he accepted
the[…………………………….]of the Irish and returned to Ireland to begin his
successful[…………………………….]career.
Most British people welcome the coming of the New Year, in Scotland, New
Year’s Eve is called[…………………………….](31st December) – is the major
winter celebration, but Christmas is very quiet. How Hogmanay is celebrated
varies throughout […………………………….], but one widely practiced custom
is “First Footing”. There is a […………………………….]belief that the first
person to cross the […………………………….]of a household in the New Year
can bring luck and […………………………….]: the appearance of a
young, […………………………….]dark haired and handsome man is
considered […………………………….]lucky. First footers usually bring a bottle
of […………………………….], a lump of coal or a peat as a gift and given a
“dram of[…………………………….]” as their reward.

Halloween (31st October) is another Scottish festival that comes from the great
feast of the[…………………………….]Celt. It is particularly connected to
ghosts. At parties people dress up in strange costumes and [……………….]they
are witches. They cut horrible faces in[…………………………….]and put a
candle inside which shines through the eyes. Children[…………………….]in
white sheets knock on doors at […………………………….]and ask if you would
like a “trick” or “treat”. Usually hosts give them something nice, such as coins
or candy; otherwise, they make lots of noise on front door.
Wales has some of the oldest and richest […………………………….], musical

and[…………………………….]traditions in Europe. The most famous festival
in Wales is the Eisteddfod. In each August, Welsh people hold a
large […………………………….]to remind people that Wales has had a very
special […………………………….]. The highlight of the festival is to crown the
two bards who have written the best poems of the festival. Nowadays, the
Eisteddfod is the largest popular festival of music making and poetry writing
in[…………………………….].
The British calendar is full of holidays and festivals which show the different
cultures and[…………………………….]of the people who make up Britain.
Such holidays and festivals not only remind people of how cultures change
and […………………………….]each other but also give people a chance to
share in the rich cultural heritage of the […………………………….].

SECTION 1

Questions 1-5
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
The applicant wants to apply for a visa to Australia (Example)
VISA APPLICATION FORM
Name: Kelly 1 _______________
Address: 106 2________________, Hawaii.
Nationality: 3 ___________________.
Age: 4___________________.
Marital status: 5 ___________________.
Questions 6-8
Choose the correct letter, A, B, or C.
6. According to the applicant, who lives in Australia?
A. His cousin.
B. His uncle.

C. His sister-in-law.
7. The applicant wants to visit Australia because he wants to_.
A. do some travelling.
B. develop his business.
C. work.
8. The applicant can have a visa for_.
A. 6 months.
B. 12 months.
C. 30 days.
Questions 9-10

each answer.
9. The applicant must go to the visa office between _______________ and

________________.
10. What two things must the applicant take to the visa office? ___________
and ______________.

SECTION 2
Questions 11-16

each answer.
HOW TO KEEP OFF BURGLARS FROM YOUR HOME
Don’ts Do’s
Use a 12 for your window.
How to secure If you are beyond the earshot of your

11 durine the night
the window neighbours, install (Example) a
plexiglass sheet.
Open the door to Install a 13 _______ in the front door

How to secure anyone
Prepare a stepping ladder or stepping
the door
14 _____________ box for the kids.

Make a valuables
16___________
Leave them where
How to secure
they can be seen
your valuables Engrave your valuables.
15__________
Questions 17-18
Circle the correct letter, A, B or C.
17. To ensure safety in your courtyard, you should install a light_
A. near the door.
B. near each of your windows.
C. somewhere high out of reach.
18. Why is there a need to trim hedges or bushes in your courtyard?
A. Because they may be used by burglars as good hiding places.
B. Because they do not help in creating an occupancy illusion.
C. Because they may block the views from the windows or peepholes.
Questions 19-20

Choose TWO letters, A-E.
What may help in creating an occupancy illusion when one is on vacation?
A. Turn on your TV all day long.
B. Ask a neighbour to park in your driveway.
C. Close all your shades.
D. Unlock your garage door.
E. Have someone house*sit your home.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
each answer.
Forms of dog training Examples
▪ sit
Obedience training
▪ 21 __________________
Spoken training ▪ 22 __________________
▪ patrol
Guard training
▪ 23 __________________

▪ knock someone down
Attack training
▪ 24 _________________
Search training ▪ 25 _________________
Questions 26-30
Write the appropriate letters A-C against 26- 30.
According to the speakers, for which the following kinds of training most
useful?
small dogs A
intelligent dogs B
large dogs C
Example Answer
Obedience training B
Physical training 26 _________________
Search training 27 _________________
Attack training 28 _________________
Barking 29 _________________
Biting 30 _________________

SECTION 4
Questions 31 -33
Complete the table below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Features of the Research on How Children Learn to Speak
People have an 31_________________ in children’s learning.
32______________ It leads us to a greater understanding of language.
33______________ Researchers encounter great difficulties.
Questions 34-36
Complete the notes below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Discussing Topics of the 1st Part of the Talk
Start by talking about 34_______ with the use of diaries, recordings and tests
included, then discuss 35_______, which including: speech in infants under
one year-children become aware of their own language; speech in children
under 5 years – their linguistic 36________ becomes possible.
Questions 37-40

each answer.
Focus of the 2nd Part of the Talk
A review of 37______________ to development of linguistic skills including

teaching 38_______________ language and 39_________________.
And also some thoughts about approaches to develop children’s awareness of

40__________________.
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. Okamura
2. Kingstone Street
3. Japanese
4. 32
5. Married
6. C
7. B
8. A

9. Monday; Friday
10. photos; passport
11. Leave windows open
12. pickproof locking device
13. peephole
14. you don’t know
15. from the window
16. inventory
17. C
18. A
19-20. B, E (in either order)
21. stay
22. speak
23. bark
24. bite
25. sniff

26. C
27. B
28. C
29. A
30. B
31. interest
32.important
33. complex
34. research methods
35. (language) learning process
36. analysis
37. educational approaches
38. spoken
39. reading
40. writing/written language

SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a conversation between a visa officer and an
applicant.
V = Visa officer; A = Applicant
V: Good morning, visa office. How can I help you?
A: Good morning. I’d like to apply for a visa to [……………………….], please.
V: Certainly, sir. I’ll just get a form and then I’ll need to take some details
down. OK. Here we go. Right, can I have your name, please?
A: Yes, it’s [……………………….]. Kelly Okamiưa.
V: And how do you spell that, please?
A: K, E, double L.„
V: No, your family name, please.
A: Oh, sorry. It’s O-K-A-M-U-R-A.
V: O-K-A-M-U-R-A. And your address?

A: [……………………….]. Kingstone Street. Hawaii.
V: Kingstone Street. Hawaii?
A: Yes, that’s correct.
V: So you’re an [……………………….]?
A: Actually, 1 was born in Japan, but moved to Hawaii [……………….]ago.
V: And can I have your age please, Mr. Okamura?
A: I’m 32.
V: And are you married?
A: Yes. I am. My wife’s [……………………….].
V: And will your wife accompany you to Australia?
A: Yes, she will. In fact that’s the reason we want, to go. Her sister lives
in [……………………….].
V: Do you have any relatives living in Australia?
A: I used to have an uncle, but he died several years ago. Now there’s only
my[……………………….]and my wife’s cousin.
V: So the purpose of your trip is to visit your wife’s [……………………….]. Am

I correct?

A: Well, not exactly. Mainly because I have mv own trading company and I will
be looking for business [……………………….]. Although I do want to do
some [……………………….]as well. You know, see some of the sights, that sort
of thing. Although 1 don’t intend to work in Australia.
V: And your wife? What will she be doing?
A: She’ll be studying English. She wants a [……………………….].
V: And how long do you plan to stay?
A: About one year, I guess.
V: Well, I’m afraid a standard [……………….] visa is only valid

for [………………….], although in vour case we can issue you with a business
visa. Business visas last for[……………….]. But you will be able to renew it. We
can give your wife a twelve-month visa though.
A: Six months is OK. So what do I need to do now?
V: Come along to the office any time during [……………………….]. But it must
be office hours. We close at 5:30. And bring along two passport size photos and
your [……………………….]of course. Your wife will also need two photos. So
that’s four passport size photos in total.
A: OK. Thank you for your help. Bye.
V: Bye.

SECTION 2
You will hear an informative talk given by Micỉưiel on how to keep out
burglars and keep your home safe.
Michael: Keep them out! There’s no [……………………….]way to keep out a

burglar, but every little bit of [……………………….]helps. Even if you can’t
afford a security system, you can take a few minutes to make your home a little
safer. Some relatively simple steps will greatly[……………………….] the odds
of a break-in, which means you can enjoy more peace of mind. And isn’t’ that
what ‘home’ is all about?
Think like a [……………………….]: If you were one, how would you get into
your home?[……………………….]your home from the inside and out, day and
night. You might even try a ’mock’ break-in, trying window [……………….]and
locks on the house’s[……………………….]. To keep out a burglar, the first
thing to do is to secure the windows. Though windows are [………………….]
easy to break, the loud noise of[……………………….]glass will deter a thief if
you’re near other houses.
Don’t leave vour windows open (luring the night whether you’re at home or
away. That’s a[……………………….]precaution, but a surprising number of
people forget to do just that.
Use a [……………………….]locking device for vour windows. Make sure the

frames are solid.
Tf you’re [……………………….]the earshot of your neighbours, they won’t hear

the glass breaking. Consider installing a [……………………….]sheet for the
more accessible windows.

This will make entry through them more difficult.
Your doors should also be [……………………….]. If you don’t have a peephole,

install one in the front door. If you have one, make sure that you and your
family are in the habit of using it. Don’t open the door to anyone you don’t
know, [……………………….]at night. If the[……………………….]is out of the
reach of your children, keep a [……………………….]or stepping box by the
door for them to use.
If there’s any glass within two feet of your front door lock, consider a locking
device that would be out of reach if that glass is broken.
Now, a few tips on how to protect your [……………………….]. Don’t leave vour
valuables (stereo, computer, jewellery, etc.) where they can be seen from the
window. If you don’t want to hide everything from sight,
consider [……………………….].
Make a valuables [……………………….]. Keep a record of your expensive and

personally[……………………….]items-not. just a listing, but a photographic
or [……………………….]record if possible. Store this inventory at another
location. This is helpful for both the police and the insurance agency
to [……………………….]the stolen goods.
Use an [……………………….]pen to mark these items with some kind of

personal identifying information, such as your [……………………….], in an
inconspicuous place. This also helps record your [……………………….]in case
of any other mishap, such as fire or flood.
Don’t stop your security [……………………….]at the outside walls of your

house. Your yard areas (if any) also [……………………….]your attention. In

general, don’t leave anything around the yard that might help
a [………………….] get into your house: ladders,[……………………….]boxes or
any garden tools should be put away, preferably in a locked cabinet.
Install a light in your yard that is [……………………….]to movement. Place it

high and out of reach.
Trim hedges or bushes that are near doors or windows. These can be good
hiding places.
Don’t place outdoor [……………………….]tables nearby the house. These

could become an easy stepladder to the roof.
When you are on [………………….], create the occupancy [………………….].

Maybe you laughed at your mother for leaving the lights on and the radio
playing while she left for vacation, but she had the right idea. Those steps
aren’t quite enough, so try these [……………………….]:
Buy electronic timers that turn lights on and off at different times. Hook up a
timer to your TV for a few hours each evening. Turn up the volumes, too- not
enough to annoy the[……………………….], just enough that a lurker at the
windowsill couldn’t miss hearing it.
Have your newspaper and mail delivery [……………………….]. If you don’t

have time to do this, ask a neighbour to pick them up for you.
Ask a neighbour to park in vour driveway or parking place.
Think about having someone house-sit vour home. If he’s a relative or friend,
he may cost you no more than the contents of your [……………………….]. You

can also find professional house-sitters, or house-sitting services that find
someone to stay while you’re away.
Leave your shades as they are normally, or at least don’t close up every one.
One sign of a[……………………….]house is closed [………………….]during the
day. Lock your[……………………….]door with a padlock.
SECTION 3
In this section, you are going to hear a [……………………….]between Anne

and Merton. In the first part of the conversation, they are talking about the
commands of training dogs.
A = Anne; M = Merton
A: So, that research paper we have to do next is the one about different styles
of[……………………….]. How do you think you’ll approach writing it?
M: You know. I’ve been thinking about it, and I feel that the best way to write it
is to[……………………….]the paper into two main parts. In the first part, we’d
be[……………………….]some examples of each style of training dogs…
A: Right, first, what the styles are. After that we can talk about how each style
can be used so that the dogs learn something different from each one.
M: Indeed. Maybe we could draw a chart and [……………………….]examples

of each style of training, one at a time. So, the different kinds of training would
be… simple[……………………….]training…

A: There you would have things like teaching them to sit or stay in one place,
and so on…
M: Right, so [……………………….]here would be simple audio commands, like

‘speak’.
A: Yes, basic commands are just spoken words, aren’t they? And then there
would be the more[……………………….]training…where the dogs are trained
to know a [……………………….]place well. [……………………….]and barking
ai’e probably the best examples because most people have seen them in many
places… especially in homes.
M: And this would lead us to the [……………………….]training, which is

physical as well as spoken… training the dog to knock someone down, and
even bite if they have to.
A: Right, so there’s another category as well…. ‘sniffing’ dogs, which make up

the searching[……………………….]. I’ve read that in the UK, every major
airport or[……………………….]building has these dogs to search for all kinds
of
M: I can believe that. Well, we have a good list to build on. We’re finally getting
started now. so let’s try to figure out when each type of dog training should be
used. I guess we can start by trying to [……………………….]out the best
situation for each type of dog training.
A: Hmm, what do you mean?
M: What I mean is whether each type of training should be used with different
kinds of dogs. We could use basic [……………………….]training, for example,

and ask whether it’s more useful for a small dog, a medium¬sized dog, and so
on. In this case, I’d say obedience training is best with small dogs, because they
tend to get [……………………….]easily and this wall help keep them out of
trouble.
A: Okay, that makes sense.
M: Then, let’s look at physical training. Even though some people think it’s
ideal for every breed of dog. I think it’s better suited to the larger kinds. Small
dogs usually just aren’t smart enough to understand the physical commands,
and they can even get hurt from them: The[……………………….]‘sniffing’
training is the same… I think it’s better with the more[……………….]breeds of
dogs and it’s hardly ever useful with really small dogs. Attack training,
however, can be useful for every kind of large dog as long as the dog
is[……………………….]well and given a lot of attention and care.
A: All right, and what about guard training? Barking is an ideal way for small
dogs to guard a home. I know they aren’t big enough to stop a person, but
making some noise is often all a dog needs to do. Other kinds
of [………………….] training like biting, though, are different… I’d always plan
to teach that to a smart dog, giving them a chance to use their[…………….]
and defend their homes.
M: I’d have to agree…trainers often just teach large dogs to bark at a person
when they think something isn’t right, but if the dogs know’ how to
use [……………………….]skills in a bad[……………………….]they could save
their owner’s life someday.
A: Yes, I suppose that different people would have different needs for their
pets.

M: Right, and different trainers would recommend different [……………….]
for different breeds.
SECTION 4
In this section, you will hear a lecture given by Dr Jesperson, about children’s
languageacquisition.
Today, in our series of lectures on human language, we are going to be looking

at the way in which children [……………………….]language. The study of how
people learn to speak has[………………….] to be one of the most [………….],
important and complex[………………….]of language study. So let’s look at
these three features in turn.
Firstly, why is it fascinating? This stems from the natural interest people take
in the developing[……………………….]of young children. People
are [……………………….]by the way in which children learn, particularly their
own children!
Secondly, it is important to study how we acquire our first language, because

the study of child language can lead us to a greater understanding of language
as a whole. The third point is that it’s a complex study and this is because of
the [……………………….]difficulties that are[…………………….]by researchers
as soon as they [……………………….]to explain language development,
especially in the very young child.
In today’s lecture we will cover a number of topics. We will start by talking

about research methods. There are a number of ways that researchers
have [………………….]children’s language and these include the use
of [……………………….], recordings and tests, and we’ll be looking at. how

researchers make use of these various methods. We will then go on
to[……………………….]the language learning process, starting with
the [……………………….]of speech in young [……………………….]during the
first year of life. This is the time[……………………….]with the emergence of
the skills of speech [……………………….], in other words,
an [……………………….]of the child’s awareness of his or her own ability to
speak. We will continue with our examination of the language learning
process, this time by looking at language leai*ning in the older child, that is in
children under five. As they mature, it is possible to begin [………………….] in
conventional [……………………….]terms, and so in our analysis we will look
at […………………….], grammatical and semantic development in pre¬school
children.
In the second part of the talk I would like to review some

educational […………….]to the question of how linguistic skills can
be [……………………….]. In other words, how can we assist the young child to
learn language skills at school? Initially we will look at[………………….]that
arise in relation to spoken language: we will then look at reading and review a
number of approaches that, have been [……………………….]in relation to the
teaching of reading. Finally we will conclude today’s talk with an account of
current thinking about the most [……………………….]area of all, the
child’s [……………………….]of written language.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5

Complete the form below.

each answer.
SOCIOLOGY RESEARCH PROJECT SURVEY
Example Answer
Survey on: commuting center
Age: 1 ___________________
Postcode: 2 ___________________
COMPUTER FACILITIES ALREADY USED
Where? 3 ___________________
SPORTS FACILITIES ALREADY USED
Where? 4 ___________________
EDUCATION FACILITIES ALREADY USED
Where? 5 ___________________
Questions 6-10


each answer.
IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE COMMUNITY CENTRE
New sports: 6_________ and________.
Classes organized only for: 7____________________.
Education classes: 8________ and _________.
Willing to pay about: 9£ _________ for new classes.
Possible frequency of visits, if improvements made?
10 ___________ a week
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
11. The Dark which makes up Hampstead Heath is
A. very large.

B. fairly large.
C. fairly small.
12. According the sPeaker. Hampstead underground station is
A. the shallowest in the system.
B. the deepest in the system.
C. the oldest in London.
13. The speaker suggests that after their walk people might want to •
A. have a meal in the famous restaurants.
B. avoid Hampstead village as it is very busy.
C. visit Hampstead village to look at the shops.
14. The houses in the Vale of the Heath are built
A. on the edge of the heath.
B. on the heath itself.
C. opposite the heath.
15. The speaker advises walkers to remove their headphones to

A. hear the silence away from the traffic.
B. ensure they are not being followed.
C. listen to the noises in the park.
Questions 16-20
Which activity can be done at each of the following locations on the heath?
Choose FIVE answers below and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 16-20.
Activities
A. have picnics
B. go fishing
C. view London
D. have a swim
E. attend concerts
F. watch plays
C. have snacks

Locations on the Heath
16. Kenwood House
17. grassy slopes
18. open-air stage
19. ponds
20. Parliament Hill
SECTION 3
Questions 21 -25
How do the speakers describe the green urban planning options?
Choose FIVE descriptions from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next
to questions 21-25.
Descriptions
A. dangerous
B. too expensive
C too many objections

D. disruptive
F. Unpractical
G. unsuccessful
21. green belt
22. decentralization
23. newtowns
24. brownfield sites
25. pedestrianized zones
Questions 26-28
26 Which area is jack having the most problems with?
A. Understanding the statistics.
B. The lack of material.
C. The selection of statistics.
27 What has been central to Curitiba’s success?

A. Central government intervention.
B. Working together with residents.
C. Giving responsibility to strategists.
28 Why does the transport system work so well?
A. There are cheap fares for the poor and elderly.
B. Bicycles can use the bus lanes.
C. There is a low car ownership.
Questions 29 and 30
Which does the tutor suggest are the TWO areas Jack needs to focus on?
A. the amount of parkland
B. the employment strategy
C. the pedestrianized zones
D. the recycling scheme
E. the suburban areas

SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
ECONOMICS COURSE GUIDELINES
During lectures
Students:
will receive information about economics and the 31 ______________ to

concentrate on
will be provided with information about the subject will be provided with a
framework for further study
will have an opportunity to be taught by a 32 _______________ in the field
will take part in the learning culture in 33___________________.
Common problems students have with techniques used in lectures
may not develop 34 _________________: no immediate questions

newer techniques help improve 35 __________________ more than
lectures
How to avoid problems and make learning easier
leave time to read 36____________________ on the booklist
test yourself with quizzes
if you have had a 37___________________, revise what you previously

learned
use the web to do more 38____________________.
check the sources of information on the web are 39_________________.
40___________________ with your classmates
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. 59
2. HA87UP
3. (LOCAL) LIBRARY
4. SWIMMING POOL

5. (FURTHER EDUCATION) COLLEGE
6. BADMINTON, YOCA
7. PENSIONERS
8. ARTS AND CRAFTS
9. 2
10. 3 TIMES
11. A
12. B
13. C
14. B
15. C
16. G
17. A
18. E
19. D

20. C
21. E
22. F
23. B
24. A
25. D
26. C
27. B
28. A
29. C
30. D
31. PRIORITIES
32. RESEARCHER
33. HIGHER EDUCATION
34. STUDENT UNDERSTANDING

35. LEARNING OUTCOMES
36. ALL ITEMS
37. CAP YEAR
38. BACKGROUND RESEARCH
39. RELIABLE
40. DISCUSS IDEAS
SECTION 1
(K = Katie; R = resident)
K: Hi, good afternoon sir, er … excuse me! Could you spare a minute please?
R: Oh, hello. Sorry, I was in a world of my own … I didn’t hear you there.
K: No problem. My name’s Katie and I’m a second year […………….]student.

We’re doing a research project on the [……………………….]of community
centres to local[……………………….]. May I ask, are you a resident of Molton?

R: Yes, I am.
K: That’s perfect. Would you mind answering some questions about

the[……………………….]you use? It won’t take very long…
R: Of course, I’d be happy to answer any questions you have. […………….]!
K: Great! OK. the first questions are to do with you. So can I ask how old you
are? We need to know for [……………………….]purposes later.
R: Well, I’d like to say 16 but I’m 59, 60 next week in fact.
K: Congratulations for next week! Now I just need your postcode, and then
we’ll get started.
R: Right, well that’s an easy one. It’s [……………………….].
K: 7-A-8 … H-Q-P, was that right?
R: No my dear, it’s H-A-8-7-U-P.
K: Right… OK. Sorry for the confusion.
R: That’s quite alright. Now what about these questions?
K: Yes, let’s get started … So one of the most important things we need to know
is which of the facilities you already use.
R: Right OK.

K: OK, what about computer facilities? Do you currently use public computers
anywhere in town?
R: Yes. I do. I go to my [……………………….].
K: Great,… just jotting that down. OK, what about local sports facilities?
R: Yes, I get down to the [……………………….]at least twice a week.
K: And education facilities? Are you currently attending any courses?
R: Yes, I go to Spanish classes every Friday at the further […………….]college.
K- That’s great! I must say, you’re very active.
K: OK, we’re halfway through. The next bit is all about how the [……………….]
centre could be […………….], if at all, that is.
R: I see. Well, I’ll give it a go!
K: Well firstly, I’d like to find out your views on sports facilities. Which sports
do you think the community centre should offer that it doesn’t already?
R: Mmm… Well, I’m not going to say swimming as there’s no point having two
pools in a town of this size. Let me think … um, what, about [……………….]? I
know it’s very popular these days. Yes, yoga and [……………………….]. 1 used
to play you know.
K: Really?

R: Yes, and 1 was quite good though I’m probably a bit [……………….]now. It’s
been years.
K: OK, do you think the classes should be split into groups?
R: Yes, that’s a good idea. I know that if there were classes only
for [………………….]. I’d definitely be more likely to play. I’m not a fast as I
once was, you know.
K: OK, I’ll just write that, down … Great! Now, we’re nearly done. I just need to
ask you some questions about [……………………….]. What kind of classes do
you think the centre should offer that it doesn’t already?
R: Well, I [……………….]the kind of thing that’s no longer [……………….]at

the local college, em … things like arts and crafts. Those kinds of classes have
now closed as they weren’t financially [……………………….], apparently.
K: Yes, I heard about that. It was such a [……………………….]. Those kinds of

classes are so important for the [……………………….]well-being of those
most [……………….]in a community. OK, I’ve written that down. Now, I need
to ask you whether you would be willing to pay for any of the […………….]we
were just talking about.
R: Umm, as long as it wasn’t too much, I have nothing against […………….].

Something like two pounds per class seems like a [……………………….]rate for
an old man like me!
K: OK, era … and lastly then, I just need to know how regularly you think you
will use the new facilities if the community centre makes the changes you have
suggested.

R: Well, T’d say three times a week, which is more than I go at the moment. I
only bother on[……………………….]and [……………………….], as there’s
nothing else on during the week that interests me. But I
would [……………………….]get out of the house more if they were to make
those kinds of changes.
SECTION 2
Hi and welcome to the walking audio tour service, which

offers [……………………….]audio tours of over 30 walks around London. The
full list of the walks is [……………………….]on our website. You have chosen
the [……………………….]Heath Tour Part 1, which was, in fact, the first, of the
walking tours that were recorded. Your walk takes you through part of the
heath, a huge, wild, open [……………………….]where Londoners
and [……………….] to the city can come and enjoy some [……………….]and
refreshing exercise. The heath is one of the gems of north London. When you
enter the parkland, you will feel as if you are walking in the
wild [………………….], but you are actually still in an [……………………….].
The walking tour begins here at the exit to Hampstead underground station,
which is the[………….] station on the London Underground […………….]. We
hope that you enjoy your experience, whether you are on your own or sharing
your walk with a[……………………….]… So let’s begin your tour. We hope you
enjoy it!
If you turn right as you exit Hampstead [……………………….], and stay on the
right hand side of the road, the main [……………………….], Heath Street, will
take you up the hill to the heath itself. You are now walking away from the
main shops and cafes in Hampstead village, but you can return to visit, these

after vour walking tour for some window shopping. The village is busy during
the [……………………….]and the evenings.
Now back to Heath Street. As the road winds [……………………….]up Heath

Street, you will pass some shops and [……………………….]on your way to the
heath. When you reach the top, the first part of the heath that you will see on
your right is the Vale of the Heath, which has some[……………………….]
houses, built on the Heath itself beside a large [……………………….]. If you go
along a little further you will come to a fork in the road, where one road –
North End Way – turns to the left and goes northwest away from the heath;
and on your right is[……………………….]Road, which turns north-east,
cutting through the parkland. Walk along this latter road a little way and look
for the first opening on your right, where a path[……………………….]you
down into the wild parkland.
As you descend along the [……………………….], you will find that the noise of
the[……………………….], that is just on your left, disappears completely. You
might want, to take off your headphones to eniov the [……………………….]of
the sounds of the parkland. Don’t imagine that there is only silence! There is
the noise of the trees and the[……………………….]that hves there. As you walk
along the path, you will come across[……………………….]paths coming from
the right to join the path that you are on, but keep going until you come to the
first fork in the path. Now take the path that goes to your left, which will bring
you shortly to the open spaces around Kenwood House.
You can either walk through the woods and enjoy being among the trees, or
you can[……………………….]the other [……………………….]the heath has to
offer. You are now at Kenwood House, which is a [……………………….]open to
the public. It has been used as the setting for [……………………….]well-known
films, and is used as a venue for a wide range of[……………………….]. For

some fight [……………………….], there is the cafe at Kenwood House. Below
Kenwood House itself, you can see the [……………………….], which are an
ideal place for picnics and for children to run around and play games. Just
beyond this picnic area is an open air [……………………….]where music
concerts are held in the summer months. You might even see the stage being
prepared for a concert while you are there.
You might want to explore this part of the heath at your [……………………….].
But before you leave the heath altogether there are two
other [……………………….]features that are worth visiting. On the east side of
the heath are several large ponds for [……………………….]and mixed bathing.
And if you woidd like a view of London, you can visit [……………………….]
Hill, which gives you a good [……………………….]of London that is in fact
protected by law.
SECTION 3
(J – Jack; T – tutor)
J: Hi! Am I bothering you? Is it OK to see you now?
1. Hi Jack! No bother. Please come in. As your tutor this year, it’s my [………….]
to oversee your assignments. Now, where are my notes? Oh yes, here they are.
OK. I see that we were going to look at your case study on the […………….] of
urban planning in the[……………………….]and how to make it as ‘green’ as
possible. How’s it all going?
J: Actually, I’m pretty happy with it. Can I talk you through it to make sure I’m
on the right track?
T: Of course, please do. I’ll stop you if I have any questions.

J: OK, well I started by giving an overview of what ‘green’ urban planning has
been up until now. Firstly, there’s the idea of a green belt. This is the one that
everyone’s heard of. but I found that while it. was [……………………….]for a
short time and in limited cases, it grossly over[……………………….]things.
T: Well that’s a good and practical start. What else did you look at? I hope that
you also considered the idea of [……………………….]?
J: Yes, that was really interesting, as although there were no [……………….] to

it and it looked good on paper, it just, didn’t work in practice.
T: Yes, a conundrum indeed. However, I think you’ll find that there are many
fads that come and go in this area. It isn’t the first and it won’t be the last to
simply [……………………….]off the face of the planet. Well this is all very good
so far. What did you look at next?
J: I then researched the [……………………….] fad of building new towns on

new sites, but I found that although there are [……………………….]cases of
success, they[……………………….]to cost too much time and monev to build.
T: Keeping to that theme, have you [……………………….]the idea of

brownfield sites? That is sites that [……………………….]had another use,
being converted into[……………………….]areas?
J: Like the idea of buildings that were once banks being turned into
restaurants? That kind of thing?
T: Yeah, that’s right.
J: No, I hadn’t thought of that.

T: WTell. I’d sav it’s a pretty important option in most, urban areas today •
Even though there have been [……………………….]with safety, if the land
were [……………….] in any way, at least it. tends to [……………………….]no
objections from local residents.
J: OK, thanks. I’ll make sure I put that in.
T: Anything else?
J: Well, I’m not sure about this last one, but 1 thought the idea
of [……………….] central areas was an interesting [……………………….]. Do
you think it’s valid here?
T: Oh, it’s certainly not a bad idea. The only thing is that it would
probably[……………………….]the problem of [……………………….]in inner
city areas and would[……………………….]local residents’ sleep, if the
construction work were to happen during the night. The use of
loud [……………………….]to re-pave the area would be inevitable.
J: Yes, I take your point, but in some older cities, I think it’s one of the few
viable[……………………….].
T: Well as long as you state that, then it can definitely be included.
J: OK, so that’s my introduction to urban planning [……………………….], but

now I come to the main part, which is the case study. It was really difficult to
choose as there are so many good examples, but in the end I settled
on […………….], which is the capital of the south[……………………….]state of
Parana.

T: Ah, yes. Nice choice. How’s the research coming along?
J: Well, to be honest, I’m finding the amount of [……………………….]a bit too

much. There’s such a diverse range of [……………………….]that it makes it
almost impossible to be[……………………….].
T: Well, tell me a bit more about what you’ve [……………………….], and then
we’ll see if we can come up with a plan to tackle the problem.
J: Well, it’s fascinating. Local authorities managed to achieve so much since

the[………….], principally because rather than waiting for
central[…………….] initiatives they chose a cohesive [………………….]where
residents were consulted. Then they took their ideas and [……………………….]
them into local government planning to come up with a plan everybody was
happy with.
T: A ha! A bottom-up [……………………….]. Do go on …
J: Well, the transport system is a real example of the town’s [……………….]

image. Even though they have one of the highest number of cars per person in
the country, they also have the highest number of people
using [……………………….]. This is because poor and elderly residents are
able to benefit from a [……………….]that allows them to use the system for
less. This has led to low levels of pollution which also encourages [………….]to
use bicycles more.
T: Well, that’s really [……………………….]Jack. Well done. But I do have some

suggestions to help you with [……………………….]your case study.
J: Please…

T: If you are going to prove Curitiba’s success, you need to refer
to [……………………….]. You mentioned [……………………….]only areas in
your introduction, how about that,?
J: Yes, OK.
T: And what about the amount of parking for all of those cars?
J: I didn’t come [……………………….]that in my research, but I can look it up.
Yeah, I think it’s important.
J: And what about considering where people live in [……………………….]to

their place of work? If they live in the [……………………….], how about
mentioning how far they need to travel in order to get to work?
T: And don’t forget about their recycling [……………………….], including how

easy it is and how much they recycle, making sure you include statistics to back
it up.
J: OK, got it.
T All in all Jack, you’ve really done your [……………………….]and I very much
look forward to receiving your final draft.
J: Thanks professor. You’ve been a great help.
SECTION 4

Good morning everyone and welcome to the Stanley University School
of [……………………….]. I will be one of your [……………………….]on the
course and my name is Professor Whitefield. Before the [……………………….]
year really gets underway, I would like to take you through some of what you
can [……………………….]and to give you some general course information.
Firstly, you’ll be attending lectures during which you will receive information
about[……………………….]and the [……………………….]that you will need to
focus on. The. lectures will provide you with information about the subject in a
relatively [……………………….]format. In addition, they should also provide a
suitable [……………………….]for further study. Typically, this is also the first
time that students get the chance to meet a researcher at the[……………….] of
the discipline. Traditionally, lectures are seen as an[……………………….] part
of the learning culture for higher education, in which[……………………….]
study is viewed as an induction into academic [……………………….]and a way
of viewing the world.
However, although all I have said until now is true, every year undergraduate
students experience problems with the [……………………….]used in lectures.
Being[……………………….]will hopefully help you with [……………………….]
to these issues. The first problem is that there is little [……………………….] for
the development of student understanding. That is, if you misunderstand
something, there is no[……………………….] opportunity to ask. Secondly,
when newer teaching[……………………….]are used, such as problem -solving,
learning outcomes are improved. However, these will still not replace the
validity of listening and learning from an[……………………….].
Nowr, before you start [……………………….]there are several things that you
can do in order to make the learning process, and [……………………….]your
student life at the university, easier. First and [……………………….], be

prepared! You will be given a reading list. Don’t just throw it away or forget
about it; make sure you leave enough time to go through all items on it. Once
you’ve done that, an ideal thing to do would be to test yourself on
the [……………………….]. Prepare a mini [……………………….]w’hile reading,
and go back to it before the lecture and just check you knowr the answers. Now
for most of you, this won’t be the first time that you’re studying economics, but
you may have taken a gap year or had a [……………………….]of time working.
If this is so, and even if it isn’t in fact, it always makes sense to go back and
refresh your memory on those [……………………….]theories you learned
about, before, as we’ll[……………………….]be referring to them.There’re just a
couple more ideas I’d like to[……………………….]before I’ll take any questions
you may have. We are lucky enough to be living in a [……………………….], so
use resources like the web to do some extra background research. There’s no
shortage of information nowadays, but just be sure that, you’re
using[……………………….]. Finally, and this is an important one: make sure
you discuss ideas with your peers. They are in the same boat as you after all,
and you will probably find that it helps make your learning
more [……………………….]. All in all, take charge of your learning and you
will find that you [……………………….]. Now, do you have any questions
before we go on to…

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Choose the correct letter A, B or C.

Example
When will the New Year Party be held?
A. December 29th
B. December 30th
C. December 31st
1. The best place for holding the party is _______________
A. restaurant.
B. common room.
C. stadium.
2. How much does everyone should pay?
A. £15
B. £50
C. £15.50
3. How many days should they choose menu in advance?
A. a week

B. three days
C. seven working days
4. How much deposit should they pay in advance?
A. £70
B. £80
C. £90
Questions 5-10
ORDER MENU
Fruit juice
Appetizer 5 _________________________
6 _________________ Roast dinner

Vegetable salad: carrot, tomato, patato,
corn,
Vegetables
7 ____________, lettuce, cucumber
9 _________________________
8 _________________ Mango pudding

Drinks Coffee, 10 ________________, Cola
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13

answer.
Registration time: 9:00 a.m. 4:00 p.m. Monday – Friday
11 __________________ Saturday
Registration position: Bring: Main Building, 12 _____________
Bring: 13 ___________ and passport photo
Questions 14-17
COMPUTER CENTRE RULES

Opening hour: 9:00 a.m.-11:00 p.m.
No 14 ________________ and noise in Computer Centre
Students can put their bags in 15 ______________________.
No occupying a locker for 3 days
Computers can be 16____________________________ 3 days in

advance
Students can use 17_______________________ and printer.
Questions 18-20
Write the correct letter, A-H, next to questions 18-20.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-26


answer.
Dissertation Requirements
Word limitation: 21 ________________ not includes
22 ________________ and contents
Deadline for dissertation 23 _________________________
Check list of 24 _________________________
Tutorial time: 1 :00 p.m – 2:00 p.m
on Tuesday 25 __________ on Friday
Printed by 26 ________________________
Questions 27-30
What’s the dissertation timetable ?
Write the correct letter, A-G, next to questions 27-30.
A. Do research

B. Choose topic
C. Hand in
D. References
E. Proof-reading
F. Write up work
G. Draft plan
27 ______________
Draft plan
28 ______________
29 ______________
30 ______________
Hand in work
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -40

each answer.
The driest continent is 31 _________________.
The Australia is about 32 _________________ times larger than Britain.
Three main structural features of Australia:
The Great Western Plateau The Central Eastern Lowlands
The 33 ___________________
The hottest month of Australia is 34 ___________________
The flag of Australia indicates its historical relationship with 35__________
English is Australia’s official language just by 36__________________ not

by law.
37__________________ of Australian are migrants.
Australian employees have paid annual leave; sick leave and 38_________
Australia’s own history and culture are mainly affected by the 39_________
The Australian government carried a 40_____________________ policy

to finance arts.

Answer keys:
1. B
2. A
3. C
4. A
5. Tomato soup
6. Main Course
7. Pea, onion
8. Dessert
9. Chocolate cake
10. Sprite
11. 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m.
12. Room 214
13. Student Card
14. smoking

15. (student) locker
16. reserved
17. photocopier
18. D
19. C
20. E
21. 18,000-20,000
22. acknowledgement
23. 30th July
24. tutor arrangement
25. 2:00 p.m.-3:00 p.m.
26. laser printer
27. D
28. A
29. F
30. 30 E

31. Antarctica
32. 25
33. Eastern Highlands
34. January
35. Britain
36. usage
37. 1/4
38. long-service leave
39. Asia
40. tax deduction
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about the New Year’s Party.
Woman: Hi, Sam. Let’s try and get it [……………………….]today, OK?

Man: Yeah, sure. It’s time we started working out. details.
Woman: Exactly. What should we begin with?
Man: Date.
Woman: OK. When is the best time to hold the New Year’s Party?
Man: How about the [……………………….]?
Woman: I’m afraid that’s a bit late.
Man: Yeah, the day before?
Woman: Fine. 29 of December.
Man: And what about a venue?
Woman: In a restaurant? Which restaurant were we in last year?
Man: Let me think. It is [……………………….]. But I don’t think it. was a good
choice.
Woman: Why?
Man: The venue is too small. And we have about. [……………………….]more

than last year.
Woman: You are right.

Man: So how about our common room on the second floor?
Woman: Great idea.
Man: And then let’s think about [……………………….]…
Woman: All staff and all students.
Man: How about last year students?
Woman: What do you mean?
Man: I know someone who has [……………….] already but still stay in the city,
he might, want to come to the next month’s Graduation [………………….].
Woman: Fine. I will confirm the person later.
Man: Right.
Woman: How about the cost? [……………………….], is that OK?
Man: What? Fifty?
Woman: No, fifteen.
Man: Right.
Woman: The next one is the food and drink. In my mind, it’s better for us to
book them from a restaurant.

Man: Definitely. Which one do you prefer?
Woman: How about Tulip Garden?
Man: OK. And we should choose menu and pay in advance by […………….].
How many days in advance? A week?
Woman: A week is not enough. I think at least, seven working days.
Man: OK.
Woman: How much is the deposit?
Man: I’m not sure. Maybe [……………………….]?
Woman: I think it’s a little too much.
Man: Seventy pounds?
Woman: Right.
Woman: Well, let’s talk about the menu.
Man: Yes. Appetizer first. What was it last year?
Woman: I remember there was fruit juice and onion soup. Do you want to
change?
Man: Yes. I didn’t like that soup.

Woman: Mavbe we can order [……………………….]soup instead of onion
soup. Is that OK?
Man: Good.
Woman: And the next one is Main Course.
Man: How about, chicken or beef?
Woman: I prefer roast, dinner.
Man: Good idea.
Woman: And the third one is [……………………….].
Man: How.about a vegetable salad?
Woman: Fine. What vegetables do you prefer?
Man: Carrot and tomato?
Woman: Yeah, and potato and corn?
Man: Yes. I like corn. It is good for the eyes.
Woman: Really?
Man: Yes.

Woman: And pea and onion…
Man: OK. And how about lettuce and [……………………….]?
Woman: Yes. Ladies usually like that.
Man: That’s perfect.
Woman: Then for dessert, how about [……………………….]chocolate cake?
Man: Why not? And ice cream?
Woman: I think mango pudding is better.
Man: OK. Mango [……………………….]and chocolate cake.
Woman: The last one is drinks.
Man: I think almost everyone likes coffee.
Woman: Yes. And Sprite and Cola?
Man: Fine.
Woman: Do you think if we should prepare for some [………………….]?
Man: We can take some photos, print them and give them to all people at the
end of the party as a [……………………….].

Woman: Good idea.
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation about a Computer Centre in campus.
Man: Hi, Mary, how are things going?
Woman: Fine. And you?
Man: Actually, I’m [……………….]about the Computer Centre.
Woman: What’s the matter?
Man: Because I didn’t attend the Computer Centre meeting yesterday.
Woman: I can tell you the information about it.
Man: Really? You are so nice.
Woman: Well, What do you want to know?
Man: ErỂ.. when is the [……………………….]time of Computer Centre?
Woman: It is at 9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday this week.
Mạn: Today is Friday, right?
Woman: Yes.

Man: Oh, no.
Woman: Don’t worry. You can register tomorrow morning.
Man: But. tomorrow is Saturday.
Woman: Yes. On Saturday, the registration time is [……………………….].
Man: That’s so great.
Woman: Yes.
Man: Do you know where the register office is?
Woman: Yes. [……………………….]on the second floor of the Main Building.
Man: Two forty or fourteen?
Woman: Fourteen. And you should take some documents when you go there.
Man: What kind of documents? A fee?
Woman: No. We are registered students, so we needn’t pay any fee.
Man: Great.
Woman: You need to take your Student Card and one [……………….] photo.
Man: OK.

Woman: And on the meeting, the lecturer told us some rules of the Computer
Centre we have to know.
Man: What kind of rules? Is that very important?
Woman: Yes. The first, one is opening hours.
Man: I hope it closes late.
Woman: Right. It opens at [……………………….]as usual, and closes at 11 in

the evening.
Man: Perfect. ‘
Woman: There is no smoking and noise in Computer Centre.
Man: Fine. Can I take some snacks?
Woman: You can only eat something in the lounge.
Man: Then, can I take my bag into the Computer Centre?
Woman: There is a student locker in the [……………………….]. You may put

your bag in the locker. So do remember to take a lock.
Man: Fine.
Woman: And do not occupy a locker for more than 3 days.
Man: Yes. May I reserve a computer?

Woman: Yes. There is a [……………………….]system in the Computer Centre.
You can reserve it three days in advance.
Man: Fine. I’d like to know if’ there is a [……………………….]or printer in the
Computer Centre.
Woman: Of course. On the second floor. But, remember to take your Student
Card.
Man: Why?
Woman: Because none of the machines take coins.
Man: Fine.
Woman: And do not use them [……………………….]before the centre is

closed.
Man: Alright.
Man: Well, can you tell me where the Computer Centre is? In the
main [……………………….]?
Woman: Do you have a campus map?
Man: No.
Woman: Well» I will draw a map for you. Do you have a pen?
Man: Yes.

Woman: Well, this is the [……………………….], and the first, building you can
see is the Teaching Building.
Man: Yes.
Woman: On your left is a small [……………………….]of our university.
Man: Great. I just want to buy some books and CDs.
Woman: Then, go east, and you can see a small gym opposite to the bookstore.
Man: A gym? Does it have a tennis court?
Woman: Sorry, I don’t know.
Man: Fine.
Woman: On the other side is the Student Union. And. there is a lab on the east
side of it.
Man: If I want to join some [……………………….]I can go the Student Union,

right?
Woman: Right,
Man: Oh, does the campus have a [……………………….]?
Woman: Yes. It is near to lab and not far from the Teaching Building.
Man: Great. How about the parking fee?

Woman: Sorry, I’m not sure, maybe [……………………….]per hour.
Man: OK. And where is the Computer Centre?
Woman: It is opposite to the Student Union between the Library on the left
corner and the Canteen on your right.
Man: OK. Thank you very much.
Woman: Good luck.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation about student’s dissertation meeting.
Professor: Good morning, everyone. Today, I’d like to give you

an [………….]to ask questions about […………….] and timetable on writing
your final [……………….]. So anything you’d like to ask first?
Ariel: Professor, what about the word limit?
Professor: Well, you know generally, the words of final dissertation of the
master degree are limited between 18 to 20 thousand.
Ariel: Oh, does that include words of [……………………….]?
Professor: Yes. Of course.
Sky: And contents?

Professor: No. The word does not include the [……………………….]and
contents.
Sky: What is acknowledgement?
Professor: It is a few words of thanks that you write at the beginning of the
dissertation to the people who have helped you.
Ariel: How about its words?
Professor: No more than [……………………….].
Ariel: Right.
Sky: Professor, when is the hand-in date?
Professor: The deadline is on [……………………….].
Sky: Is it a fixed hand-in date? 1 mean if I cannot hand in my work before

30th July, how…?
Professor: Sky. I’m [……………………….]that you have to hand in your work

on time[……………………….]that you have some sort of accidents
or [……………………….].
Sky: OK.
Ariel: How do I hand in my work?

Professor: You could give your work to your tutor at [……………………….]or
send email to department.
Sky: Professor, when can I know who my tutor is?
Professor: You can check the lists of tutor arrangements.
Sky: Online?
Professor: Yes. Or you could go to our department office to check.
Ariel: Fine.
Ariel: How many tutorials do we have in a week?
Professor: Usually, there are two [……………………….]per week.
Ariel: How long do they last? Two hours?
Professor: No. One hour on afternoons.
Sky: Both on weekends?
Professor: No. One is from [……………………….]. on Tuesday the other is

from 2 p.m. to 3 p.m. on Friday.
Ariel: How about the requirements for the format?
Professor: You can check the requirements online, but one of the most
important things is to have a [……………………….].

Ariel: Printer?
Professor: Yes. We usually keep all [……………………….]on file, so you must

print your work by laser printer.
Ariel: Fine.
Professor: Let’s talk about the dissertation [……………………….].
Ariel: OK.
Professor: On the first week of May you should begin to prepare for writing.
The first point is to choose the topic.
Ariel: Can we choose the topic by ourselves?
Professor: Of course. Your tutor will give you some [……………………….]and

you can narrow a topic by yourself.
Ariel: Great.
Professor: And then you can work on your [……………………….]references.
Ariel: Right.
Professor: You can ask your tutor to give you a reference list and then borrow
reference books from our library.
Sky: And the next point is to prepare for [……………………….]plan?

Professor: Definitely. You should write a draft first and then discuss it with
your tutor at tutorial.
Ariel: If the draft is OK, what should we do next?
Professor: You will begin to do research to collect data to […………………….]

your work.
Ariel: OK.
Ariel: Can we choose the research [……………………….]by ourselves?
Professor: It is better for you to take your tutor’s advice.
Ariel: OK.
Professor: When your data is enough for your work you will begin to write up
your dissertation.
Sky: How many parts does a dissertation [……………………….]?
Professor: Usually, your work must have introduction, main body

and [……………………….]. You should talk about it with your tutor.
Ariel: And then can we hand our dissertation in?
Professor: No. You should do [……………………….]before handing in your

work.
Ariel: OK.

Professor: Anything else?
Ariel: No.
Professor: Right.
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about Australia.
Australia is the world’s smallest [……………………….]and largest island. It is

one of the oldest land [……………………….]and flattest of the continents. After
Antarctica. Australia is the second[……………………….]continent. Most areas
of Australia are [……………………….]or arid. Almost 40 per cent is north of
the Tropic of Capricorn. On its western coast is the Indian Ocean and on its
east the Coral and Tasman seas of the South Pacific Ocean. Australia is the
only nation which [……………………….]an entire continent. It is about 25
times larger than Britain and almost double the [……………………….]areas of
Pakistan and India. There are three main[……………………….]characters: the
first one is the Great Western Plateau. It covers most of Western Australia,
much of the Northern Territory and South Australia, and part
of[……………………….]Queensland. Its average [……………………….]is about
300m. East of the plateau, [……………………….]from the Gulf of Carpentaria
in the north to eastern South Australia and the western [……………………….],
is the great [……………………….]belt known as the Central Eastern Lowlands.
The belt’s average elevation is 150m and, at Lake Eyre in South Australia, it
drops to about [……………………….]below sea level. The last one is the
Eastern Highlands, better known as the Great [……………………….]Range,
following the eastern coast south from far northern Queensland to
southern [……………………….], nearly over[……………………….] from the

coast and sometimes forming part of it. Their average[……………………….]is
less than 910m although peaks exceed [……………………….]in the rugged
south-eastern area, called the Australian Alps.
Nearly a third of Australia is north of the Tropic of Capricorn and the rest is
the[……………………….]. Low rainfall and clear sky is a feature of
the [……………………….]on most of the continent. In Australia summer is
from December to February,[……………………….], March to May, winter,
June to August., and spring, September to November. For most of the country,
January usually is the [……………………….]month in summer. The flag of
Australia is the only one to fly over a whole [……………………….]. The small
union Jack [……………………….]the historical link with Britain, the large star
has[……………………….]for each of the states and one star for
the [……………………….], and the small stars form the Southern Cross –
a [……………………….]feature of the southern[……………………….]night sky.
Australia has no official or traditional national costume. Green and gold have
been used traditionally by Australian Olympic and
other [……………………….]teams for most of the[……………………….], and
have became the national colours formally in [……………………….]. The
official language is English – by usage, not. law. It has its
own [……………………….]and slang but does not differ importantly from
other forms of English, except, in accent. Spelling generally follows the British
form. Australia is one of the most [……………………….]countries in the world,
with about [……………………….], of the population living in the 10 largest
cities and only 15 per cent of Australians live in rural areas. Australians have a
high standard of living by world standards. Australia is a [……………………….]
society with about a quarter of the population [………………….]. The first
European settlement of the continent-by the British – began
in [……………………….], on the site now [……………………….]by Sydney.

Settlement schemes during the next [……………………….]helped increase
Australia’s population to about[……………………….]by the end of World War
II. Over 5 million migrants have[……………………….]in Australia since,
helping to more than double its[……………………….]population. Nowadays,
most Australians work for wage or salary. They usually work about 35-40
hours per week. Employees can get paid [……………………….]leave (about 4
weeks), sick leave and long-service leave. They also have
about[……………………….]public holidays per year. Most people retire at the
age of 60-65. The average Australian [……………………….]has a life
expectancy of about. 79 and the male about 73. Most Australians many in their
late 20s. On average, couples have [……………………….].
Many [……………………….]of the arts in Australia have their roots in Europe,

but its Asian neighbours have made a main impact on its own history and
culture.[……………………….]Australian trends are developing, and the vigor
and originality of the aits in Australia often surprise visitors. In the
late [……………………….]and early[……………………….]the great problem
facing the arts was the same in other nations-increased costs and a decrease in
government [……………………….]. But increasing public
interest[……………………….]the [……………………….]to carry them through
difficult times. The Australian government has developed tax deduction
policies to [……………………….]greater financial support of the arts. A tax
deduction is available for [……………………….]of property to public libraries,
museums and art [……………………….]. The Australia council is a funding
agency of the government. The [……………………….]spends
over [……………….] dollars per year. More is spent by state governments. The
Australia council board supports [……………………….]art forms and central
council programmes support research, education and[……………………….]
arts.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-7

each answer.
TRAVEL AGENCY
Example Answer
Name of tour Magic One Day
Departure time: 1 ________ on Saturdays
Return time: 6:00 p.m
Transportation: 2 ______________ or minibus
Group size: 15 – 25 tourists

Cost: 3 _________ per person including
4 ______________________
Peak season: tourists need to 5 ____ 2 days ahead.
Payment: 6 _______________________
Reference number of tour: 7 ______________________
Questions 8-10
Which THREE attractions can tourists visit at present in Edinburgh?
A. City Hall
B. Old Castles
C. Zoo
D. Art Studio
E. Royal Palace
F. Seabird Centre
G. Aquarium

Questions 11-15

each answer.
CAMPUS CLINIC
Patient’s name: Mary Nixon
Faculty 11 ________________
Registered No. 12 ________________
Date of birth: 20th November, 1987
Nationality: 13 ________________
Address: 14 ________________
Case history: 15 ________________
Questions 16-18
16. Which of these describes Mary’s problem?

A. sneeze
B. sore throat
C. nausea
17. How long does Mary’s symptom last?
A. one week
B. two weeks
C. three weeks
18. What’s wrong with Mary according to the doctor?
A. She got headache.
B. She got allergy.
C. She was exhausted.
Questions 19 and 20
Which TWO things does the doctor suggest?
A. to have a rest at home

B. to have a check in a hospital
C. to stop eating seafood
D. to eat more fruits
E. to take some medicine
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
21. The orientation meeting _____________
A. took place last term.
B. will take place next month.
C. took place last week.
22. How many lectures will a student have in a week?
A. one
B. two
C. three

23 The number of students in one group is______________
A. 2-3.
B. 3-5.
C 5-6.
24. Who will give the group a mark according to its representative’s
presentation?
A. subject advisor
B. tutor
C. dean
25. According to the lecturer, postgraduate course is ____________
A. relaxed.
B. intensive.
C. interesting.
Questions 26-30
Answer the questions below.

Write NO MORE THAN THREE words for each answer.
26. What’s the main assessment of course?
27. Who can choose the topic of essay?
28. Where can students find their tutors’ names?
29. What should students use when they borrow materials from library?
30. Where can students get the username and password?
SECTION 4
Questions 31 and 32
31. Which of the following animals is the slowest?
A. koala
B. sloth
C. tortoise
32. What does algae reward sloth?
A. skin

B. protection
C. nutrition
Questions 33-38

answer.
THE LIVES OF SLOTH
Sloth has a short snout, big round eyes, a 33___________________ tail,

and small ears. The favorite activity of sloth is to 34_on trees. Sloth is also
classified as 35________ just like horses and cattle. Average body
temperature of sloth is 36____________Fahrenheit. 37__________will
affect sloth’s body temperature. Sloths get everything on tree, even
38_________________ which comes from juicy leaves and morning dew.
Questions 39 and 40

answer.
39. How long does sloth digest its food?
40. What substance can help to resolve food in sloth’s stomach?

Answer keys:
1. 8:00 a.m.
2. coach
3. 18 pounds
4. guide fee
5. reserve a seat
6. cash
7. FC864
8-10. B, E, F
11. Art
12 MN0918
13. American
14. 17th King street
15. gastritis
16. A

17. A
18. B
19-20. B, E
21. C
22. C
23. B
24. A
25. B
26. assignment
27. student(s)
28. on their website
29. Library Card
30. The Computer Centre
31. B
32. C

33. stubby
34. sleep
35. herbivore
36. 93
37. Surrounding temperature
38. water
39. one month
40. bacteria
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation between a clerk and a tourist about a short trip.
You will see there is an example that has been done for you. On this occaswn,
only the conversation relating to this will be played first.

Clerk: Good morning. Wonderful […………………………….]. How can I help
you?
Tourist: Good morning. I’d like to know about the information about your
short trip. What’s the name of the trip?
Clerk: Magic One Day.
Tourist: Right. Could you […………………………….]me to the torn?
Clerk: Of course. And we will give you a […………………………….]latest trip.

if you book the
Tourist: Fine. When is the next one going?
Clerk: We have a trip every Saturday, which usually o’clock in the morning
departs at 8:00
Tourist: And when will we come back?
Clerk: About 6:00 o’clock in the afternoon.
Tourist: Fine. IIow about the type of […………………………….]?
Clerk: We like to keep our tours small, so we offer a coach or [……………….].
Tourist: That’s great. So how many tourists are there in one group?
Clerk: Usually, we take about 15 to 20 […………………………….]. But you

know it is a peak time now, so the number is up to 25 tourists.

Tourist: Well, that sounds good. So how much is the tour price?
Clerk: As I said I will give you a 5% discount, so the cost is [………………….]

for each person.
Tourist: Great. Does it include lunch?
Clerk: No, but the guide fee has been included.
Tourist: Do I need to book a seat?
Clerk: Yes. At peak season, in order to ensure your position, seat […………….]
is needed. So the tourist has to reserve a seat at least [……………….]before
leaving.
Tourist: OK. And how about the […………………………….]?
Clerk: You don’t need to pay any fees […………………………….].
Tourist: Fine. How about payments? Cash or credit card?
Clerk: Because we collect money just before departing, the only [………….] we
accept is cash.
Tourist: Fine. I see.
Clerk: That’s OK. And let me confirm you with your customer reference
number.
Tourist: Fine.

Clerk: That is […………………………….].
Tourist: Right. I write it down.
Clerk. How about other things do you want to know?
Tourist: Er, yes. I’d like to know what […………………………….]we will visit
during the tour.
Clerk: Well, let me check the time […………………………….]. We will start at

8 o’clock, and will arrive at […………………….]about 10 o’clock. The first
resort we will visit is Old Castles, the most famous Scottish [………………….].
It is the home of the Scottish Crown Jewels the oldest Royal Regalia in Britain.
Tourist: Well. May I take photos?
Clerk: Of course.
Tourist: I heard that the City Hall is a good place. Will we go there?
Clerk: The next tour does not […………………………….]that place.
Tourist: OK. –
Clerk: And then we will go to see St. Giles’ Cathedral with [………………….]
years history. It is […………………………….]for its stained glass, Rieger organ
and beautiful Thistle chapel.
Tourist: Great. Is it near to the zoo?

Clerk: Yes. After lunch you will visit Roval Palace. It is a good place to know
about[……………………….] family’s life, but it has a rule with no photo.
Tourist: Right.
Clerk: But, you can pick some […………………….]in the local[……………….]

shops closed to the palace.
Tourist: Great.
Clerk: And about 4 o’clock, we will get to the Seabird Centre.
Tourist: Do you mean the […………………………….]?
Clerk: No. They are different places.
Tourist: OK. Does it have an animal […………………………….]?
Clerk: Sure. You can appreciate the play of […………………………….]and sea

lion.
Tourist: It sounds good.
Clerk: About 6 o’clock we will return. If you need other information, please
read our tour[…………………………….].
Tourist: Fine. Thank you very much.
Clerk: You are welcome. Good-bye.

Tourist: Good-bye.
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation between a doctor and a student.
Mary: Good afternoon, doctor. May I come in?
Doctor: Yes. Come in.
Mary: I’m a […………………………….]in the university and 1 don’t feel very

good.
Doctor: OK, sit down please. I need to record some basic […………….] about,
you first.
Mary: Fine.
Doctor: What’s your full name?
Mary: Mary Nixon.
Doctor: Is your surname [……………………….]N-I-X-O-N?
Mary: That’s right.
Doctor: Well. Mary, what’s your major?
Mary: T’m studying Art.

Doctor: A good choice. Tell me your […………………………….].
Mary: Registered number? Sorry, I’m not sure… may be…
Doctor: Did you bring your Union Card of Library Card?
Mary: Yes. I brought it.
Doctor: OK. Well tell me the number on your card.
Mary: It is MN0918.
Doctor: And your birthday?
Mary: I was born on […………………………….].
Doctor: Where are you from?
Mary: I come from New York.
Doctor: Oh, we are from the same city.
Mary: Really?
Doctor: Yes. Where do you live? Campus […………………………….]?
Mary: Actually, I wall move out from […………………………….]flat tomorrow.

I rent a house in North-West with three friends.

Doctor: Fine. Tell me your present address.
Mary: It is […………………………….].
Doctor: OK. And your contact number?
Mary: 3678259.
Doctor: Right. Now, let’s get some of your […………………………….]

background.
Mary: OK.
Doctor: Have you ever had any serious […………………….]or accidents?
Mary: I got gastritis when I was in middle school.
Doctor: Did you have an operation?
Mary: No. I just took medicine and had some […………………………….].
Doctor: Anything else?
Mary: No, nothing.
Doctor: So, Mary, what’s your trouble?
Mary: Well, recently I’ve been having some trouble with my head and eyes and
nose…

Doctor: Oh, no.
Mary: I think I’ve got a […………………………….]flu.
Doctor: Maybe or maybe not. Describe your problem [……………………….].
Mary: OK. Since last week I’ve been […………………………….]and sometimes

I can’t stop and even later I began to feel […………………………….].
Doctor: Do you get a fever?
Mary: No.
Doctor: Did you attend any […………………………….]activities during the last,

week?
Mary: Let me think… no, nothing special… yeah, I had a camping last Monday.
Doctor: To where?
Mary: Eastern mountain. You know there are lots of beautiful flowers. We
took many photos there.
Doctor: So your […………………………….]has lasted for one week?
Mary: Yes. But sometimes I’m fine. I don’t know why.
Doctor: Do you have any allergies?

Mai’y: I remember I got […………………………….]to mango when I was child,
but now I’m fine.
Doctor: How about flowers? I mean […………………………….]?
Mary: You mean I’m allergic to pollen?
Doctor: Yes.
Mary: What, should I do?
Doctor: I suggest you take some medicine first and drink more water.
Mary: OK.
Doctor: And then if your […………………………….]are getting worse I suggest

you go to a[…………………………….]to check.
Mary: OK. Thank you very much.
Doctor: I hope you will recover soon.
Mary: Thanks. Goodbye.
Doctor: Goodbye.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between a new student and a lecturer.

Student: Good morning. May I come in?
Lecturer: Yes. come in please.
Student: I’m a new student and I’m looking for the office of [……………….]
faculty. Is this the right place?
Lecturer: Yes, this is the Faculty of Engineering. How can I help you?
Student: I know there was an […………………………….]meeting last Friday.

but I did not[…………………………….]that meeting, so T’m wondering if
someone could give me some information about… you know the campus life or
course […………………………….]or something like that.
Lecturer: Yes. Sit down please. Where should we begin?
Student: Firstly, how many lectures do I have to attend every week?
Lecturer: You know there are not too many lectures of [……………………….]
courses. Let me check. Oh, you have lectures on Monday. Wednesday and
Friday afternoon, from 2p.m. to 4p.m.
Student: How often do I have to attend […………………………….]in a week?
Lecturer: Well, there is only one group seminar on Thursday morning

at[…………………………….].
Student: You mean the group?

Lecturer: Yes.
Student: How many people are there in one group?
Lecturer: About 3 to 5.
Student: Fine.
Lecturer: You will discuss about 20 minutes and then the [……………….] of
your group will give a short presentation.
Student: A presentation?
Lecturer: Right.
Student: Do all members in group have a chance to give a [………………….]?
Lecturer: Maybe. And then your subject […………………………….]will give you

a mark.
Student: A mark? Does that mean the representative’s mark is all members’
mark?
Lecturer: That’s right.
Student: How about […………………………….]?
Lecturer: The postgraduate attendance is only […………………………….]. But

a few students will be […………………………….]in our faculty.

Student: Fine. Should I choose the time? Because I have a [……………….]job.
Lecturer: I am afraid not. You know the postgraduate course is very […..….].
We do not suggest that our students do any jobs
Student: Yes, I see. I will spend time on my course. Oh, how many[……….]
courses are there in the coming academic year?
Lecturer: You have three modular courses from September to June next year.
Student: OK.
Lecturer: Anything else can 1 help you with?
Student: I’d like to know some information about the course […………….].
Lecturer: Well, beside presentation you will have an exam at the end of the
term.
Student: An exam? What type of exam?
Lecturer: It’s an […………………………….]exam.
Student: Fine.
Lecturer: But your main […………………………….]is assignment.
Student: You mean homework?

Lecturer: Yes. You will have to write an assignment with 6 to 7 thousand words
every month.
Student: […………………………….]?
Lecturer: Yes.
Student: Oh. How about the topic?
Lecturer: Your tutor mil give you some […………………………….]on the topic
based on some course hand outs or […………………………….]books, but you
have to narrow the topic by yourself.
Student: So can I choose the topic of essay by myself?
Lecturer: Yes, of course.
Student: Great.
Lecturer: You must pay […………………………….]to your essay deadline. All

assignment work must be […………………………….]in before the deadline
your tutor gives you.
Student: When should I visit my tutor?
Lecturer: You should check your tutor’s name and contact number on our
website.
Student: Fine.

Lecturer: Do you have a […………………………….]?
Student: No. I have not applied for one.
Lecturer: I think you should register for a Library Card first. Because you need
it when you borrow reference books from library.
Student: OK. I will apply for one tomorrow morning.
Lecturer: Anything else?
Student: The last thing is how can I get my [………….] and[……………….] of

our university’s website.
Lecturer: First you should go to The Computer Centre to register and then they
will give you a username and password.
Student: That’s fine. Thanks for your […………………………….].
Lecturer: You are welcome. See you later.
Student: See you.
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about an animal living in South American.
Welcome to Magic Animal Time. Today I’d like to give you an introduction to
a[…………………………….]called sloth. Native to Central and South American

rain forest, the sloth is the […………………………….]animal on the earth. It
needs 12 seconds to finish one step even slower than [……………………….].
Algae grows on its brown[…………………………….]back because
its […………………….] lifestyle. Even the fur of sloths is […………………….]to
their lifestyle. Sloths usually hang upside down so their stiff, [……………….]
fur grows differently from the coats of most[…………………………….]. Horses’
hair, for example, grows from the back, so[…………………………….]will run
off. Below this tough top layer, a[…………………………….]downy layer of hair
provides additional protection from[…………………………….]insects.
The greenish cast of the sloth’s […………………………….]fur is caused by

symbiotic algae that grow in […………………………….]running along the
length of each of the mammal’s outer hairs. The sloth hosts
the […………………………….], and the algae return the favour by
providing[……………….] that the sloth either […………………………….]by
licking its fur or absorbs through its skin. The […………………………….]green
colour makes the sloth look just like a clump of dry leaves hanging ửom
a […………………………….]– the perfect jungle camouflage. And the longer a
sloth lives, the greener it gets.
Sloths have a short and flat, head, a snout that is short in length, big round
eyes, long tree-[…………………………….], a stubby tail and small ears and
though some have called them[…………………….], they have the cutest face
that looks like they are always smiling just like koala in […………………….].
Sloths spend most of the day […………………………….]. Curling up in a tree

notch or hanging from a branch with all four legs closed together, their heads
tuck between their front, legs. People[…………………………….]see them much
move even when they are […………………………….]. Only at feeding time,
sloths move slowly and […………………………….], hand over and through

the […………………………….], searching for leaves, fruits, and twigs. They
even mate and give bứt.h while […………………………….]from their long,
curved daws. Sometimes a sloth will die hanging upside down from a tree limb
and remain so after death, until they[…………………………….]or are forcibly
removed.
Why do sloths have such an unusual […………………………….]? It’s the

strategy they evolved to[…………………………….]as tree-
[…………………………….]plant eaters in a place with many predators.
Most domestic […………………………….], such as cattle, horse, and sheep,

graze all day long. Because they feed on nutrient poor [……………………….],
they must eat. almost constantly. Sloths are also […………………………….]as
herbivores, and their diets are also low in[…………………………….]; but rather
than […………………………….]all day long, they have become masters at
conserving energy.
As any […………………………….]knows, maintaining muscle requires

large[…………………………….]of food energy • far more than a sloth’s
vegetarian diet can provide. Sloths are relatively […………………………….]and
usually spend most of their day hanging upside down, so they can get by with
half as much […………………….]mass as similar sized [………………….].
Hence, they don’t, need to eat too much. In addition, because of heavy muscle
sloths weigh far less than other mammals. This makes it possible for them to
climb on thin branches high in the tropical forest […………………………….],
where thev can more easily find food and avoid heftier [……………………….].
Keeping a high body […………………………….]also takes energy. Sloths fall

this need by maintaining a lower average body temperature than
other […………………………….]. Dogs, cats, horses, sheep, and cows all have

average body temperatures between about 100 and 103°F, but a
sloth’s […………………………….]body temperature is about 93°F.
Equally important, a sloth’s body temperature […………………………….]with

the surrounding temperature. Like snakes and frogs which are
“[……………….]” creatures, a sloth’s body temperature is highest on warm,
sunny days and lowest at night and on rainy days. Sometimes a sloth takes
a [……………….] in the morning to warm up. Then, during the [……………….]
time of the day, it hides in the shade so it won’t overheat. During a 24-hour
period, a sloth’s body temperature may vary as much as [……………….]. If the
body temperature of a [……………………….], a cat, or a dog varies just 5°F, it
can be life[…………………………….].
Because […………………………….]have difficulty moving over land, they

spend most of their time in the trees. They can get just about everything they
need high above the forest floor – even water. which comes from
eating […………………………….] leaves and ticking up drops of morning dew.
Short bursts of [……………...….] followed by long periods
of[……………….]make sloths less vulnerable to large raptors such as
harpy[………………….]and other carnivores such as […………………….].As
long as sloths remain […………………………….]quiet and still, they’re nearly
impossible to detect.
At feeding time, a sloth reaches out, grabs an […………………………….]branch

with its flexible feet, and tugs until the food is within reach of
its […………………………….]. After pulling the vegetation into its mouth, the
sloth clips the leaves with its hard, tough hps and slowly[………………….]them
with large, peg-like teeth. A sloth […………………….] its food just as it does
everything else – very slowly. People usually digest, their food in about a day,
but […………………………….]can take about a month to finish the process. As

soon as a sloth [………………….] a mouthful of [……………………….]plants,
the bacteria in its stomach and […………………………….]begin breaking down
the food. It takes many hours for the […………………………….]to digest the
tough plant material that makes up a sloth’s diet. Only then can the
sloth […………………………….]the nutrients it needs to five and grow.
So do you have a new understanding about the slow but not lazy animal? Next
week we will talk about… (fade)

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5

each answer.
Accommodation Request Form
Example Answer
Type of accommodation: Homestay
Full name: 1 ________________ Lee
Age: 2 ________________

Present address: International House
Room: 3 ________________
Reasons for applying for homestay: to know about local culture
to 4_______________
Contact number: 8141 9680 (home)
5 _________________(mobile)
Questions 6-10

each answer.
Accommodation requirements:
a nice landlady
own 6___________________
no young children
near to 7____________________
The 8 ___________________ will be £140, including 9_bill.

Accommodation required date:

10__________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Guide for Peak District
Peak District’s location: five miles from Sheffield 11 ____________
Main attractions:
Bakewell Town is known for local food: 12 ____________
Chatsworth House has formal gardens and 13 ____________
The heart of Peak District is the Peak District 14 ____________
The most famous cavern in Castleton is called 15 ____________
Questions 16-20

each answer.
16__________________ must be accompanied by an adult on walking and

cycling.
Tourists can pick 17_____________________ in some specialist shops.
Chatsworth’s art collection has 18______________________ years’

history.
Eyam village is also called 19_________________________
Eyam Hall has 20___________________________ workshops.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
21. Harper’s paper is about ______________
A. energy crisis.
B. environment protection.
C. computer technology.
22. The research method that the professor recommends is

A. interview.
B. questionnaire.
C. presentation.
23. Harper is worried about ______________
A. essay deadline.
B. questionnaire data.
C. course stress.
Questions 24-26
Choose the correct letter.
Write A if professor says REMAIN
Write B if professor says REWRITE
Write C if professor says REMOVE
What suggestions does professor make?
24. purpose ___________
25. structure ___________

26. personal experiences ___________
Questions 27-30
ESSAY REQUIREMENT
To hand in essay by 27 ________________
To print essay by 28 ________________
Before handing in: to do 29__________________ e.g. grammar and

spelling; to check proper 30___________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40

each answer.
BRITISH MEDIA
Newspapers began to appear in the 18-19th Century.

31_______________ is British oldest daily newspaper.
The legal rule of advertisement that all the British media must follow is
32_____________________.
There are over 33__________________ different newspapers in Britain.
The press that publishes serious articles is 34_____________________.
The most leftwing newspaper is 35 _________________________.
A feature of the tabloid press is a girl picture on 36__________________.
The oldest soap shop was located in the northern city of 37_____________
in England.
British newscasts get good reputation for the 38____________________

of reporting.
British viewers usually use the time of 39_______________________ to

make a drink.
Audience have to buy a 40_______________________.

SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about homestay registration between a student

and an accommodation advisor. You will see there is an example that has
been done for you. On this occasion only the conversation relating to this will
be played first.
Aaron: Good morning-.
Advisor: Good morning.
Aaron: I’d like to apply for a homestay. (Example)
Advisor: Right, sit down please. Well, I need to take down your […………….]
first.
Aaron: OK.
Advisor: What’s your full name?
Aaron: My name is Aaron Lee.
Advisor: Do you spell your first name A-A-R-O-N?
Aaron: Yes.
Advisor: OK, and your age?
Aaron: I’m […………………………….]years old.

Advisor: So you are a […………………………….]in our university?
Aaron: Yes.
Advisor: What’s your present address?
Aaron: I live in student […………………………….]– International House.
Advisor: In which area?
Aaron: North Campus.
Advisor: Your room number?
Aaron: It is […………………………….].
Advisor: OK. Aaron, are you […………………………….]with your flat now?
Aaron: Actually, my flat is alright, but I hope to move into a local family to
have more[…………………………….]to know about local culture and to
improve my English.
Advisor: Right. Tell me your contact number?
Aaron: My home number is […………………………….], and my mobile phone

is[…………………………….].
Advisor: Well, Aaron, can you tell me your […………………………….]about

homestay? Such as food or facilities, something like that.

Aaron: Yes. Firstly, I prefer to live in a […………………………….]house with a
nice landlady and I hope she would be good at cooking.
Advisor: Ali’ight. How about others?
Aaron: And I’d like to have my own bathroom and […………………………….]. I

don’t want to share with others.
Advisor: OK, no problem. Anything else?
Aaron: Oh… yeah… you know, one of my friends, Chris, who lives in a family
with[…………………………….]…
Advisor: Yeah.
Aaron: They are too noisy and my friend cannot study. So I hope there are no
young children in my homestay house.
Advisor: OK fine. Do you need a garage?
Aaron: I don’t drive now and maybe I would need it in future. Oh, yes, 1 hope
that, the house would be near to […………………………….].
Advisor: OK. Not far from campus. Anything else?
Aaron: No.
Advisor: Well, let’s talk about the rent and the […………………………….].
Aaron: OK.

Advisor: Usually, the rent of homestay is about a […………………………….]per
week and you will have to pay two weeks’ rent as a deposit in advance.
Aaron: Does the rent include all bills?
Advisor: No. It only includes the water fee. You have to pay
your […………………….] bill and telephone bill and cable bill if you need.
Aaron: Right.
Advisor: When would you like to move in?
Aaron: As soon as possible. Well, I hope to see a house this weekend. How
about this Saturday?
Advisor: Is it […………………………….]?
Aaron: Right.
Advisor: OK. 1 know. Do you have any other questions?
Aaron: No, that’s all. Thanks for your help.
Advisor: You are welcome. Good-bye.
Aaron: Good-bye.
SECTION 2

You will hear a lecture about a famous natural resort in England.
Welcome, everybody, to the guide for the Peak District. Situated in the heart of
England and[…………………………….]part of six counties, the Peak District is
a place of[…………………………….]natural beauty. It is just five miles from the
Sheffield City Centre.
A short break, or longer holiday, will allow you to […………………………….]

some of England’s most […………………………….]scenery and in the towns,
villages and[…………………………….]– among the prettiest in the country –
you will find a warm and[…………………………….]welcome wherever you go.
Every taste is […………………………….]for and many exciting activities are
available. Here are some […………………………….]of the most popular places
to visit. For the most active people, the following areas offer you
excellent[…………………….] for walking, strolling, […………………………….],
caving, cycling, and hang-[…………………………….].
The first place I’d like to introduce you to is Bakewell. This beautiful little town
is[…………………………….]for a certain local […………………………….]– the
famous Bakewell pudding. Q12 It’s very delicious. And steeped in history,
Bakewell’s oldest building dates back to Henry VIlI’s reign. Just south of the
town is the […………………………….]Haddon Hall, a[………………….]Tudor
Manor House complete with gardens, heralded as the most[………………….]
in England. On Sheffield’s […………………………….], lies the ‘Palace of the
Peak’. Chatsworth is quite […………………………….]the UK’s most stunning
country house and a ‘must see’ for any visitor. The […………………………….]
ground alone – with their formal gardens, fountains and maze – are worth a
visit.

At the heai’t of the Peak District lies the Peak District National Park, the first of
Britain’s National Parks, […………………………….]in 1951, to safeguard
and[…………….] this beautiful region not only for future [………………….]
but also for visitors to enjoy in the present. Whether you’re exploring, getting
out in the great outdoors or simply relaxing, […………………………….]the
Peak District and the Peak District National Park, you’ll be taking home
wonderful […………………………….]!
A regular train service from […………………………….]travels through the

scenic Hope Valley, home to the […………………………….]villages of
Hathersage, Edale & Castleton. Hathersage is the final resting place of little
John, while Edale marks the […………………………….]start of the Pennine
Way. Castleton has some of the greatest show […………………………….]in
Europe and the only […………………………….]Norman Keep in Derbyshire.
The most famous cavern is ‘Blue John Cavern’. The natural [………………….]
caverns are home to eight of the fourteen known varieties
of […………………………….]Blue
[…………………………….]John stone, which can be seen in its natural state

among stalactites and […………………………….].
Further south, the [………………….] grit stone edges and[………………….]

valleys of the Derbyshire Dales offer endless opportunities for walking and
cycling. Please be aware that all children must be […………………………….]by
an adult. There, many charming villages and larger market towns are famous
for[…………………………….]shops offering everything from hand-made
chocolates and[…………………………….]to antiques, designer clothing
and […………………………….]to tackle the great outdoors! You could pick up
some wonderful […………………………….]for your friends.

Perhaps the most magnificent and certainly the best known stately home in
England, Chatsworth is home to a […………………………….]art collection
which represents 4.000 years of European culture
and […………………………….], from ancient Greece to modern works by
British artists. Everything about Chatsworth is on an impressive scale, from
the[……………………….] interiors to the […………………………….] gardens
and the 1,000 acre, ‘Capability’ Brown-designed estate is one of the most
beautiful and historic man-made[…………………………….]in Britain.
The last resort I hope to […………………………….]you is the beautiful village

of Eyam where there is a tragic tale. In […………………………….]a tailor in
this small village received some cloth ridden with […………………………….]
fleas from London. The village decided to[…………………………….] itself but a
third of the villagers died. That’s known as the famous ‘[……………….]village’.
There are several reminders of this dramatic event and Eyam Hall tells a vivid
story of those fearful months. Eyam Hall is a small but charming[…………….]
manor house with cafe and craft workshops in the centre of Eyam.
It. has been over […………………………….]since the Britain’s first national

park was[…………………………….]in 1951. Every year lots of visitors from all
over the world come here to relax and enjoy the natural beauty. So if you feel
tired and […………………………….]about your work, study or even the life
lives why not visit the Peak District?
You will find what you need there.
SECTION 3
In this section you will hear a talk between a student and a professor.

Harper: Good afternoon, Professor George.
George: Good afternoon, Harper, let’s talk about your [……………….]draft,

OK?
Harper: Yes. Actually, professor George, I… I just […………………………….]to

change my essay topic to energy […………………………….]…
George: Oh, I don’t thinlc you need to change the topic. You know[…….….]
protection is much better than that one.
Harper: Oh, Really? I’m glad to hear that. In your mind that’s a good work?
George: Yes. I think so. But, there is still lots of work that need to be done…
Harper: Oh yes…of course. I am just very […………………………….]to hear

what you think of it.
George: Well, the first one, which research […………………………….]will you

take?
Harper: I’d like to use a […………………………….].
George: I don’t think that’s a good choice.
Harper: Why?
George: Because you will have lots of […………………………….]data to check.

That will be a huge work.

Harper: Yeah, I think you are right.
George: How about an interview?
Harper: OK, I will think about it. Professor George, I think 1 have a problem
with the[…………………………….].
George: You mean the deadline?
Harper: Yes. I’m […………………………….]I can’t hand in my work before the

essay[…………………………….].
George: Why?
Harper: You know I have to spend a lot of time on my part-time job.
George: Harper, I don’t think you’ve given me a good reason. You know I
can’t[……………….] your deadline except you get […………………………….].
Harper: But, Professor George, I….
George: This is our rule. I hope you can cope well with your timetable, OK?
Harper: OK.
George: Harper, generally speaking, your essay is a good work, but I’m worried
about some parts.
Harper: Yes. Could you give me some […………………………….]about my

work?

George: Well, let’s start with the purpose. I think it is not bad.
You […………….], your idea and the reason for this work, but…
Harper: What should I do?
George: It’s better for you to make them clearly. I mean to [………………….]
them.
Harper: OK. The purpose needs to be stronger. Oh, what’s your […………….]
about the structure?
George: I think your structure is very clear. I do really say, well-done and go
ahead.
Harper: Thanks very much. I am so glad to hear that.
George: That’s OK.
Harper: How about other problems with my […………………………….]?
George: How do you think your personal […………………………….]as

background[…………………………….]your work?
Harper: Oh, it is just my question. I’m not sure whether I should write them.
George: I can see why you put it here but it really isn’t relevant, to
your[……………….]. My advice on that is that you take them out.
Harper: I think you are right. Anything else?

George: No. Just go ahead.
Harper: Yes. How about other […………………………….]? Such as format or

something like that?
George: Well, let me see, oh, yes, your way of handing it in.
Harper: I heard we must send our essays to you by email, is that right?
George: Yes. That’s right. Before your […………………………….], let me check.

It is … oh, here, it is on […………………………….].
Harper: Right. I will hand in my essay on time.
George: Good. And you have to print your work by […………………………….].

Harper: Why?
George: We will store all of our students’ work, so good quality is very
important.
Harper: OK. Oh, Professor George, should I do the proof-reading before

handing in my essay?
George: Yes. Proof-reading is necessary. You should check your grammar or

spelling or format before handing in your work.
Harper: OK.
George: And your references. You must make your […………………………….]

clearly, and that’s very important.

Harper: OK, I know. Thanks very much for your help. Professor George.
George: A pleasure. How about your presentation… (fade)
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about British Media.
The United Kingdom has one of the world’s oldest […………………………….]

newspaper industries. In the late […………………………….]and early
nineteenth century, as the British economy began to [……………………….], as
literacy levels rose through the introduction of[…………………………….], more
and more newspapers began to appear. The Times. which first appeared
in […………………………….], is the United Kingdom’s oldest daily newspaper.
While The […………………………….], which is still published every Sunday,
began[…………………………….]in 1791, making it the world’s oldest national
newspaper. The different main […………………………….]newspapers – The
Times, The Observer, The[…………………………….]– still suggest that the
function of the paper is to offer the[…………………………….]objective reports
about what is happening in the country. The function of […………………….]
the government is one of the reasons why a free press is[…………………….] so
important to the functioning of[…………………………….]democracy.
Besides politicians businessmen paid more […………………………….]to the

power of the press. They used press to […………………………….]their
products and services to[…………………………….]customers, so the
advertising business was born. In Britain, most[…………………………….]is
carried in newspapers: companies use the press to sell products, people use the
press to look for a job, or to buy a house. All the British media must follow
Advertising Codes which […………………………….]that advertisements

are[…………………………….], honest and […………………………….], have a
sense of responsibility for […………………………….]and society and respect,
the principles of fair competition.
British newspaper culture is […………………………….]in the extent to which

class and educational differences are […………………………….]in the
newspapers people read. In other developed countries like Japan and the
United States, newspaper reading is a habit of mainly middle-class, however,
in Britain the “lower classes” are also regular readers. There are more
than […………………………….]different newspapers which cater for a wide
range from[…………………………….]to educational views. Britain has one of
the highest levels of newspaper sales per head of population in the world.
Although most newspapers are[…………………………….]independent of
political parties, they also express some political views.
The quality uress not only publishes most serious and in-
depth […………………………….]of particular political and social issues but
also […………………………….]reviews about high culture for readers
with […………………………….]and middle class. The most leftwing of these
newspapers is The Guardian : you will often hear people on TV or in daily life
refer to “Guardian readers” – this is a kind of short hand to suggest someone
who is […………………………….]and[…………………………….]in their
politics, and interested in society and social[…………………………….], such as
will be soft on crime or quite […………………………….]and interested in green
politics.
The other […………………………….]of national newspapers is the “tabloids”

which people usually call it “the gutter press’1. It often carries
some […………………………….]about famous person whether in
politics, […………………………….]or sport, etc. The stories are short, easy to

read and usually rely more on […………………………….]than fact. One feature
of the[……………….] press which has become a national [………………….] is
the Page 3 Girl – a picture each day of pretty, scantily clad young woman.
The […………………………….]media – television and radio –

are[…………………………….]important to British national life. According to
record, British people spend 4-5 hours a day watching TV. Whether you are
working, chatting with friends or family[…………………………….]will usually
be about programmes that were watched the evening before. Even newspapers
also carry […………………………….]of programmes which are being
broadcast. If a […………………………….]does not participate in television
viewing he or she usually is looked as “out”. News, entertainment, and sport
are British people favourites. However[…………………………….], comedy and
game programmes fall in and out favour, Britain has two long-
running […………………………….]operas. The oldest and most popular soap
shop was[…………………………….]in the northern city of Manchester in
the […………………………….].
Compared with American soap operas, British soaps present gritty

and[…………………………….]accounts of the everyday life of Britons. They are
of very high quality and are popular abroad: whether in New Zealand or
Canada, you can keep up with your favourite characters.
Daily news and weather […………………………….]are also popular viewing.

British[…………………………….]are famous for the quality of their reporting.
While, there are not many channels for […………………………….], so an
interesting [……………………….]appears: during [………………….] popular
programmes, the national utility companies have to make special preparations
becauduring [………………………….] breaks , a surge of demand for electricity

is created when […………………………….] of British viewers rush out of
the[…………………………….] to make a cup of tea.
The British Broadcasting Corporation – more familiarly known as

the[…………………………….]or even “the Beeb” – is Britain’s main public
service[…………………………….]. It began in 1927 as a public service radio
station, and later moved into TV. The BBC has two channels. BBC
1 […………………………….]in shows with broad appeal, such as sport,
entertainment, drama, kid’s shows and current […………………………….].
BBC 2 caters for special interest […………………………….]and so
broadcasts[…………………………….]and shows aimed at particular social
groups, such as the elderly, the[…………………………….], homosexuals, and
so on. The BBC is funded by licence fees and viewers must buy
a […………………………….] each year for their TV set. The BBC is no longer
just about TV showrs. Nowadays it is a multimedia business with
wide[…………………………….]and educational interests.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-10
omplete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer

COMPUTING TECHNOLOGY 25th CONFERENCE
Contact University: (Example) New South Wales University
Conference date: 1 ___________________
Conference venue: 2 ____________________
Reservation phone No.: 3 ____________________
Cost: $360 for 4 days
Student rate: $180 for 4 days or 4 __________
Contact person: 5 __________________
Candidate’s name: John Helatone, a computing technology

student from 6 ____________ University
Take action fast!
Closing date for talk: 7_________________
Send outline including: 8_________________
Maximum length: 300 words
Also send: 9_________________

E-mail address: 10___________@annuconf.edu.au
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Complete the notes as you listen. Use NO MORE THAN THREE

Weekly Cooking Corner – Gingers
Ginger is a spicy-tasting root related to the bamboo family and has a variety of
uses in the kitchen. (Example)
The Chinese used ginger principally for 11___________________.
Ginger was first grown in 12__________ and _______________
Spice traders were able to get 13__________________ for ginger.
Ginger was introduced to Australia in the 14____________ century.
Questions 15-17
Complete the table below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Ginger Production in Australia

Cause Effect
High rainfall in Queensland 15 _________________
Australian ginger was not price

High 16 ______________
competitive
17 __________________ Supplies of ginger ran low
Questions 18 – 20
Complete the fact sheet below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
FACTS ABOUT BUDERIM COOPERATIVE
Cooperative was formed with 18 £______________ and two wooden vats

and 19_______________ of raw ginger.
40% of ginger is used in 20_________________.
60% of ginger exported to Asia, Europe and elsewhere.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 -25
each answer.

Opinions about Global Temperature
Scientists want to know whether global warming is caused by 21_________
Insulation may cause the Earth to 22___________________________
There are many 23 _________________________ on the global climate.
The 24_________________________________ does not remain static.
We cannot understand the global climate without understanding 25 ______.

Questions 26-27
Complete the table. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Method used to measure temperature Location of instruments
From thermometers in buoys in the sea
When water is drawn through the

in the sea
26___________ of ships
ATSR (infra-red detector) 27__________________
Questions 28-30
Choose THREE letters, A-F
Which THREE advantages of the ATSR are mentioned by Dr Parkinson?
A. Is located In two places

B. measures very accurately
C. produces large amounts of data
D. correct to within 3 degrees centigrade
E.can view 500 kilometers at a time
F.lasts two and a half years
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
each answer.
How to Make Personal Control of One’s Health
31_____________________ should take charge of their health.
The single greatest threat to health is 32__________________.
Disturbing findings about men’s health • the group who was at most risk of
early death is 33 _____________________.
Possible causes are:
drinking too much alcohol;

heavy smoking;
34 _________________
no adequate exercise.
Environmental factors affecting health:
air or water pollution
the threat of 35______________ is most under-rated.
Personal control of one’s health:
A well-funded education campaign will help enhance

36_________________
and many illnesses could be prevented by

38________________________.
Do exercises for 38______________________ so you may find someone

to join you.
Make adequate 39______________________to prevent sports injury.
Reduce injuries by using 40____________________ techniques.

Answer keys:
1. 15-18 September/ 15th to 18th September

2. (the) Pacific Hotel
3. 07 9444 1233
4. $50 a day
5. (Professor) Dorfman – .
6. London
7. last Friday
8. (an) interesting title
9. (a) short/brief CV
10. Admin
11. medicine /medical purposes
12. China; India (in either order)
13. a good price / (a) lot of money
14. (early) 20th
15. Perfect / Ideal (conditions)
16. production cost(s) / cost of production
17. The Second World War/ World War II
18. 25
19. 14 tons
20. Australia
21. human activities
22. get warmer

23. influences
24. Earth’s temperature
25. (the) oceans
26. Engines
27. (in) space/(in) orbit/ above us / on the Earth
28- 30. B; C; E (in any order)
31. Patients
32. smoking
33. young men
34. heavy diet
36. (the) sun
36 .public health (standards)
37 .healthy lifestyle (choices)
38. fun / a pleasure
39. warm-up
40. cross-training

SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a series of telephone conversations between an

overseas student and some people involved in turn. He wants to confirm
some information for an international conference on computing technology.
H = Helstone; O = Operator; A = Assistant; D = Professor Dorfman [phone

rings] [phone rings]
O: New South Wales University. Good morning.
H: Oh, good morning. Can you put me through to the School of

Computing[…………………………….], please?
O: Certainly.
A: School of Computing Technology. Professor Dorfman’s office.
H: Oh! Good morning. I was wondering if you could give me some information
about the forthcoming Computing Technology
25th […………………………….]? Dates,[…………………………….]procedures,
cost…that sort of thing?
A: Certainly.

H: When exactly is the conference?
A: Well, the conference runs for four days from the 15th to the 18th of
September.
H: 15th to 18th September… Oh, good. I’ll stilj be here then and urn…,
where[…………………………….]is it being held? Is it at
the […………………………….]as in previous years?
A: No, it’s actually being held at the Pacific Hotel – we’ve

rather […………………………….]the university
conference […………………………….]so we’ve […………………………….]for
this new venue.
H: Right, Paradise Hotel.
A: No. Pacific Hotel.
H: Oh, right. And […………………………….]we can get accommodation at the

hotel?
A: Yes, but you’ll need to contact them directly

to […………………………….]that. I’ll give you the number for
hotel […………………………….]. Have you got a pen ready?
H: Yeah, go ahead.
A: It’s area code (07) and then 9. triple 4. 1-2. double 3.

H: 0-7-9. triple 4. 1-2. double 3. And what’s
the […………………………….]fee?
A: Individual fees are […………………………….]for the 4 days, or $100 a day if

you only wanted to
attend for one day. ,
H: Are there any student […………………………….]?
A: Oh. sure. There’s a […………………………….] concession for students, and

that’s $180 for the four
davs, or […………………………….].
H: And am I too late to offer to give a talk?
A: Oh, I’m pretty sure you’ve missed the […………………………….]for that.
H: Oh, really? But I’ve only just […………………………….]here in Australia –

is there any way I could
have a paper […………………………….]?
A: Well, vou’d need to talk to Professor Dorfman. He’s the

person[…………………………….]the
conference this year. I can out you through if you’d like.
H: Oh, yes please. Thafd be great. Oh, and can I just check the spelling of his

name? Is that D-O-R-F-M-A-N?
A: Yes, that’s correct.
D: Professor Dorfman speaking.
H: Oh, hello. My name’s John […………………………….]. I’m a

computing[…………………………….]student at London University. I’m here in
Australia for 3 months, looking at […………………………….]application of
computing and information technology.
D: Right.
H: I’m interested in giving a talk on my […………………………….]at the

conference but I believe I may have missed the deadline.
D: Well, strictly speaking you have. The closing date was last Friday.
H: Oh, no!
D: But we may be able to include your paper if it fits into

our […………………………….], but you’ll have to be quick.
H: OK. What do I need to do?
D: Send me an outline of your talk. And make sure you include

an […………………………….]title for the talk. Something to attract the
delegates’ […………………………….].
H: OK. Interesting title. Right.

D: The outline should be no more than […………………………….], though.
H: Right. I should be able to keep it down to 300 words but would 400 be OK?
D: No, not really because we have to print it in

the […………………………….]and we just don’t have the space.
H: Surel I understand.
D: And also, can you send me a short CV – the usual stuff, name,
age, […………………………….]. That sort of thing.
H: Right. Include a brief CV.
D: Actually, you can […………………………….]it to me. That’d be quicker.
H: Sure. What’s your e-mail address?
D: Well the best thing would be to send it to the

conference […………………………….]officer. The address is admin – in lower
case. You know, in small letters.
H: Right.
D: So that’s a-d-m-i-n at annuconf dot e-d-u dot a-u.
H: Right. I’ll do that straight away. Thank you very much. You’ve been very
helpful.
D: OK. Well, we hope to see you in […………………………….], then.

SECTION 2
You will hear a guide talk about cooking ginger on the radio broadcast.
Presenter:
Hello and welcome to Cooking Corners. And this week we’re looking at that
most[…………………………….]and aromatic of plants: a fairly recent addition
to the list of Australian[…………………………….]produce,
but […………………………….], a great favourite today – ginger. And in the
studio to tell us all about it is Jennifer Johnson.
Jennifer:
Ginger is one of my […………………………….]favourite spices and I’ve got a

number of wonderful […………………………….]to share with you later on in
the […………………………….]. So what is ginger? Well, actually it’s
a […………………………….]root with an aromatic flavour; its related to
the […………………………….]family and Example has a hundred different uses
in the kitchen. The Chinese have cultivated it for years, […………………….] to
use in medicine, though you are probably more familiar with
its [………………….] uses. But first, lets take a brief look at its history before
we look at how it can be used, because it has a very interesting history.
Ginger […………………………….] in the southern provinces of China and in
India, where it had been used in medicine and food for
over […………………………….]. The early traders who came upon the plant
took it to many parts of the world such as[…………………………….], the West
Indies, Central America, East Africa and even Indonesia.

Ginger became […………………………….]popular because of its exotic,
aromatic properties and was highly valued by
spice […………………………….]in the 17th and 18th centuries because they
were able to sell it back in Europe for a very good price. Although Australia is
now the largest[…………………………….]of ginger in the world, it wasn’t
grown in[…………………………….]until the early 20th century.
Apparently some pieces of raw ginger found their way to an area

about[…………………………….] north of Brisbane in Queensland earlier this
century. The[…………………………….]high rainfall and humidity in this area
produce conditions which are perfect for growing ginger. So it became
well […………………………….], but in the early days the[………………….] high
cost of production placed it at a […………………….] in the market by
comparison with the much cheaper […………………………….]produced.by
other countries with lower production costs.
Then in 1941 the supply of ginger to Australia […………………………….]to run

out. Remember… this was in the middle of the Second World War when
everything was in short[…………………………….]. This provided a
perfect […………………………….]for the Queensland growers to expand their
production and sales. Five local farmers got together and formed
a[…………………………….]association in a place called Buderim. They started
with only[…………………………….]between them. (That was in the days when
Australian currency was pounds, not dollars.)
So they set up the company with two […………………………….]vats and 14

tons of raw ginger, but they went on to become the most […………………….]
ginger farmers in the world.

In fait nearly all the world’s ginger now comes from the Buderim ginger factory
in Queensland. 40% of the […………………………….]is used in Australia and
the remaining[…………………………….] is exported overseas to places like
Europe, North America, south Africa, and even to Asia, where it originated in
the first place.
So now let’s move on to look at ways of using ginger in the kitchen…
SECTION 3
You will hear an interview about global warming.
I = Interviewer; P = Dr Parkinson
I:’ Dr Parkinson, global warming was the threat of the [……………………….]

but it seems to have […………………………….]out of people’s minds – why do
you think that is?
P: Yes, in a way you’re right. I think […………………………….]have become

occupied with the task of trying to find out whether it really is happening and,
if so, whether it’s caused by human[…………………………….].
I: A greenhouse effect is, after all, a natural […………………………….]…
P: Yes, as we know, naturally occurring gases float above us, acting

as[…………………………….]that prevent heat being radiated into space.
I: And the fear is that the insulation might get thicker…

P: Yes…and because of this, the Earth might get warmer.
I: The latest […………………………….]we’ve heard is that the [……………….]

will increase by about a third of a degree every ten years. What are your
feelings?
P: Well…this prediction is difficult to make. You see the global [……………….]

is the result of a web of influences. Who is to say that a simple action such as
adding[…………………………….]to the atmosphere will not have
several[…………………………….]which might even cancel each other out?
I: And I understand that the […………………………….]is hard to verify

whatever…
P: Precisely.
I: Why is that?
P: Because the Earth’s temperature surges and […………………………….]

naturally. In fact the best way of detecting global […………………………….]
change is to measure the temperature of the oceans as accurately as possible.
I: And this avoids the sort of seasonal […………………………….]of the

temperature of land mass.
P: Yes – in fact an understanding of the oceans is crucial to understanding how

the global climate works. The ocean […………………………….]heat around the
globe, it’s like a great[…………………………….]of heat – a tiny change in sea
surface temperature[…………………………….]a huge change in the amount of
heat it is storing.

I: And now, I understand you are looking at ways of refining
this […………………….]of ocean temperature.
P: Yes. For a long time, we’ve measured it by placing […………………….] in

buoys bobbing in the oceans and also when ships draw water through their
engines.
I: It’s also been done by satellite, hasn’t it?
P: Yes. But now data from a more […………………………….]system is being

collected. This is the European along-track scanning […………………….]or
ATSR, a much simpler name. The ATSR orbits the Earth above us.
I: And what stage are you at with this?
P: Well, it’s been up there two and a half years now. Its an infra-
red[……………….] that senses the Earth’s temperature with great[………….]
and this is what we need. We have to be able to[…………………………….]out
random changes in temperature.
I: I believe there are other advantages as well.
P: There are several… Every few days it covers the entire Earth. So it produces
large[…………………………….]of data. It measures the temperature from two
angles, which allows[…………………………….]for any effects that the
intervening […………………………….]may be having on its readings. Its field
of view has a width of […………………………….]and it measures the
temperature to 0.3 degrees […………………………….].
I: And it should go on for years?

P: Yes.
I: Thank you, Dr Parkinson, for talking to us today… And now over to…
SECTION 4
You will hear an extract from a talk about preventive medicine, especially,
how students can look after their own health.
Good morning. I’m Dr Pat Plant, and I’m here to talk to you
about[……………….] medicine in its widest and most personal […………….].
In other words, I’m here to tell you how the patients should wrest control of
their health away from the [……………….] of medicine and take charge of
their own medical[…………………………….]. I want to talk about staying out
of the hands of the doctor.
When a patient takes […………………………….]for her or his own health – and

let’s decide the patient is male for now – men are in fact more at risk
than […………………………….]anyway. When the patient takes over his own
health […………………………….]he must decide what he wants to do. The first
thing, of course, is to give up the demon […………………………….]. Smoking is
the worst threat to health, and it’s […………………………….]damage. I have
colleagues who are […………………………….]to treat smokers. If you want to
stay well, stay off[……………….] and smoking in all its […………………….].
Our department has recently completed a survey of men’s health. We looked at
men in different age groups and[…………………………….], and we came up
with a […………………….] insight. Young men, particularly working class
men, are at considerable risk of premature death because of
their[…………………………….]. As a group, they have high risk factors: they
drink too much alcohol, they smoke more heavily than any other group, their

diet is […………………………….]heavy in[…………………………….]fats, and
they don’t get enough exercise.
We did a smaller survey in which we looked at […………………………….]

factors which affect health. I had privately expected to find air or water
pollution to be the biggest[………………….], and they must not
be […………………………….]. However, the effects of the sun emerged as a
threat which people simply do not take sufficiently[…………….]. Please
remember that too much sunlight can cause[…………………………….]
damage.
Given this information, and the self-destructive things which people,

particularly young men, are doing to themselves, one could be […………….]
for feeling very depressed. However, I believe that a […………………….]
education campaign will help us improve public health standards and will be
particularly [………………….] for young men. I’m an[……………………….]. I
see things improving, but only if things that you as students can do to improve
your [……………………….].
So now I’d like to issue a qualification to everything I say. People will still get
sick, and they will still need doctors. This advice is just to reduce
the […………………………….]of sickness – it would be great if disease
was […………………………….], but it’s not. However, we have power.
In the late 1980s the Surgeon-General of the United States said

that […………….] of our illnesses could be avoided by healthy [……………….]
choices. I now want to discuss these choices with you.
You should try to make keeping fit fun! It’s very hard to go out and
do[…………………………….] by yourself, so it’s wise to find a sport that you

like and do it with other people. If you swim, you can
consider […………………………….]diving or snorkelling. If you jog, try to find
a friend to go with. If you walk, choose pretty places to walk or have a reason
for walking. Your exercise […………………………….]should be a pleasure, not
a[…………………………….]. The university is an excellent place to find other
people who share sporting […………………………….]with you, and there are
many sports teams you can join. This[…………………………….]raises the issue
of sports injuries, and different sports have[…………………………….]injuries.
As well as accidental injuries, we find[…………………………….]strain injuries
occurring in sports where the same motion is frequently[…………………….],
like rowing and squash. The parallel in working life is[……………………….]
strain injury which may be […………………………….]by typists or other people
who perform the same action hour after hour, day after day.
In this context, therefore, the most important thing to […………………….]

before any sport is to warm up […………………………….]. Do stretching
exercises, and aim at all times to increase your […………………………….]. Be
gentle with yourself, and allow time to prepare for the game you have chosen
to play. Don’t be fooled by the term ‘warm up’, by the way. It’s every bit as
important to do your warm-up […………………………….]on a hot day as on a
cool one.
I think one of the […………………………….]is that all sports can borrow from
each other. Many sports programmes are now encouraging players to
use […………………………….]techniques, that is to borrow training techniques
from other sports. Boxers have been using cross training for years: building
up […………………………….]by doing road work and weight training, while
honing their skills and […………………………….]. Other sports which require
a high level of eye – hand […………………………….]are following this trend, so
you see table tennis players running and jogging to improve

their […………………………….], and[…………………………….]doing flexibility
exercises which can help them[…………………………….]the ball better. All of
these results are good, but the general sense of[…………………………….]is
best, and is accessible to us all, from trained[…………………………….]to
people who will never run […………………………….]in less than 15 seconds.
Good health is not only for those who will achieve athletic [………………….]!

SECTION 1
Questions 1-7
Complete the following notes by using A NUMBER or NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDSfor each answer.
University Geography Field Trip
Time: next week (a two-day trip)

(Example)
Destination: the Warrangamba Dam and

1_______________

Matching course:
Environmental Science
Departing time of coach: at 2_next Monday
Length of journey there: 3 _____ roughly and three hours back
First day’s activity: 4 _________________
Spending the night: in 5 ______________
Meals provided: in the form of 6 ___________
Sydney’s daily water consumption: equal to the water to fill 7_____

full-size.
Olympic swimming pools
Second day’s activity: go to the water plant to see how to purify
the water for drinking
Questions 8-10
Choose THREE letters, A-F
Which THREE things does Cesar recommend bringing?
A. binoculars

B. camera
C. penknife
D. map
E. raincoat
F. mobile phone
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
11. The last programme in the present series is _______________.
12. ___________________ has been rewarded as ‘Consumer of the Month’

for her persistent effort to see through a result of a complaint.
13. She took ___________________ of photographs on her tour in Europe.
14. What happened to her photos after she gave them to Top-Class Photo
Services for developing ?

15. The photo services compensated her ______________ for the loss in the
end.
Questions 16-20
Choose the correct letter, A-D.
16. What is the problem that many listeners write about?
A. Sale prices.
B. Bad quality stuff.
C. Faulty goods.
D. Bad assistant.
17. How much was the sale price of the belt that Mr Alvin liked?
A. $200.
B. $100.
C. $150.
D. $300.
18. Why should the consumer make a complaint about bad articles or service?

A. To cause a fuss.
B. It won’t do what is claimed for.
C. Ask the shopkeeper for a favour.
D. The shopkeeper should be responsible for it.
19. What should a consumer do when complaining in person?
A. Get a receipt for what you buy.
B. Speak to someone in authority.
C. Talk directly to the assistant.
D. Ask to see the seller.
20. What should a customer do when complaining on the phone?
A. Speak directly to the owner.
B. Ask for the manager.
C. Write a complaining letter.
D. Find out with whom you discuss the matter.
SECTION 3

Questions 21-22

answer.
Student Record Card
Name: David Simons
Address: 15 Market Ave., Hornsby
Student Number: 21 _______________
Prerequisites completed
YES NO
Screen Studies Course: √
18 credit points: √
If no, reasons:
22______________
Question 23

Write TWO DATES for the answer,
23. The final date of the examination should be _______ or __________
Questions 24-25
Choose the correct letters, A-D.
24. Dr Richardson explains that the set exercises
A. require reference to a wide range of resources.
B. should be at least 250 words in length.
C. focus on key terms and concepts in media studies.
D. do not have answers.
25. Dr Richardson explains that essays 1 and 2
A. are to be the same length.
B. should both be analytical.
C. both emphasize studies of audiences.
D. should be especially easy for David.

Questions 26-28
Complete the table by writing ONE or TWO appropriate letters (M, T, A or

J) as explained below.
mechanical M
theoretical T
analytical A
journalistic J
How does Dr Richardson describe each of the assignments ?
Assignments Description
Set exercises 26____________
Assignment 1 27____________
Assignment 2 A (Example)
Assignment 3 28____________
Question 29
Choose the correct answer.

29. Which two time slots does Dr Richardson suggest David use for his essay?
A. The six o’clock and the midmorning.
B. The breakfast and the six o’clock.
C. The midmorning and midnight.
D. The midday and the ten o’clock.
Question 30
Answer the question below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for the answer.
30. What will David do before he decides which part of the programmes to
use?
SECTION 4
Question 31
Choose the correct letter, A – C.
31. What does John Upton compare a computer virus to?
A. A biological organism.

B. A corrupt programme.
C. An irritating person.
Questions 32-35
Complete the flow chart. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Question 36

Choose the correct letter, A-C.
1. What does the speaker find surprising?

A. The rise in the number of software infections.
B. The determination of those who develop viruses.
C. The fact that people blame their own computers.
Questions 37-40
List FOUR ways of combating viruses. Write NO MORE THAN THREE

37 _____________________________
38 _____________________________
39 _____________________________
40 _____________________________
Answer keys:
1. (the) Water Treatment Plant
2. 8 o’clock/ 8 am
3. 2.5 hours

4. visit (the) dam / see dam functioning
5. (a) youth hostel
6. breakfast (and) supper / evening meal ‘ .
7. 600
8-10. B; E; F (in any order)
11. Consumer’s Choice
12. Patty Ching
13. 10 roll of films/ 360 photos
14. vanished / disappeared
15. $2,000 /2,000 dollars
16. A
17. B
18. D
19. B
20. D

21. C97H85
22. has / got an exemption /(has) practical experience
23. June 20(th); June 25{th) (in either order)
24. C
25. B
26. M
27. T ; A (in either order)
28. J
29. A
30. collect a sample / collect sample programmes
31. A
32. (the) first model
33. Core Wars
34. entertainment
35. pastime
36. 6
37-40. be (very) careful; avoid trouble; understand them / viruses; be (well)
prepared (in any order).

SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a conversation between Rachel and Cesar. They
are discussing a field trip for the following week.
You will see that there is an example which has been done for you. On this
occasion only the conversation relating to this will be played first.
R = Rachel; C = Cesar
R: Hi, Cesar. How are you?
C: Good, thanks, Rachel. I’m fine. I was going to ring you tonight so it’s a good
thing I’ve run into you. I wanted to […………………………….]vou about the
field trip – the two day field trip next week.
R: What field trip?
C: The […………………………….]field trip to the Warragamba Dam and the

Water[…………………………….]Plant. It’s a […………………………….]part of
the first year[…………………………….]Science course. Didn’t you know about
it?

R: Nol I must have missed that piece of information; this is news to mel But
give me the details, please!
C: Sure! Well, we have to meet outside the Library next Monday at 7 in the
morning or vou can meet us at 7:45 at the bus station in time to catch
the […………………………….]which departs at 8 o’clock.
R: Oh, alright. And how long does it take to get to this place?
C: Well, once we’re on the […………………………….], it will take

about[…………………………….]. Er…, no! Actually more like two and a half
hours at that time of day. And it could take as long as three hours to come back
the next day because of the evening traffic.
R: And what’s the […………………………….]of the trip?
C: Didn’t you get the course outline? You don’t seem to know anything about
this course!
R: Well, remember, I only started at the university a month ago, so I joined the
course two weeks late and I’ve been trying to catch up ever since!
C: Oh, of course! Well, we spend the first day visiting the dam. I believe we
actually go inside the wall of the dam, which is really quite [……………….]– to
see the dam[………………….], you know, how much they […………………….]
the water supply each day, depending on how much water is
needed […………………………….]in Sydney.
R: Oh. OK. And um, so, if this is a two-day trip, where are we staying? Not
camping by the dam, I hope!

C: No, no. Not camping. They do actually have some […………………………….]
cabins near the dam for visiting groups, but we’re spending the night in a
youth hostel, in a town nearby. That’s all been […………………………….]by the
university.
R: And what about meals? Should we take our own food along?
C: No, you won’t need to do that. The […………………………….]provides two

meals, breakfast and an evening meal and we can find a cheap place to buy
lunch.
R: Greatl So, is this the only dam that […………………………….]water for

Sydney?
C: There are a couple of others too, but this is the main one.
R: Well, with a population of over four and a half million people, I suppose we
douse thousands of litres each day.
C: Absolutelyl In fact, […………………………….]to my notes here, they pump

the water through something like […………………………….]of pipes and
canals and store the water in 262 service[…………………………….]. And each
day we use enough water to fill[…………………………….]Olympic swimming
pools.
R: And what’s happening on the second day?
C: Urn…well, we’re coming back to town and going to the Water Treatment
Plant to see how they[…………………………….]the water for drinking.

R: Oh, that should actually be quite interesting. I’ll bring my [……………….].
C: Yes, that’s a good idea because we’re […………………………….]to include

original photos for the final piece of work at the end of the course. And make
sure you bring a notebook and pen or pencil.
R: OK. I’ll do that.
C: You’ll probably need some good walking shoes and spare clothes, too. And I
would[…………………………….] that vou bring a […………………………….]
coat of some sort because the chances of it raining are pretty good next week.
And a hat, perhaps?
R: Sorry, nol I draw the line at a hat!
C: Fair enough. And by the way, do vou have a […………………………….]?
R: I do actually.
C: Well, bring that along because that way we can [………………….] more
easily.
R: Provided that mobiles work up there, of coursel
C: That’s a pointl
R: Do I need a map?
C: No, I wouldn’t bother. We won’t need to do any map reading.

R: OK, then. See you on Monday, and thanks very much for letting me know.
SECTION 2
You will hear an extract from a radio programme called ‘Consumer’s Choice’
which gives advice to consumers on how to make complaints.
D = Denis; W – Wendy
D: Hello, everyone. Welcome again to ‘Consumer’s Choice1, which is the last in

our present series. Isn’t that right, Wendy?
W: Yes, that’s right. But we’ll be back again after summer break with
a[…………………………….]. We’ll tell you more about that later. But, first, in
today’s[…………….], we start off with the missing […………………………….].
We’ll tell you a story of Miss Patty Ching, one of our [……………………….].
We’ll tell you how she has[…………………………….]for our ‘Consumer of the
Month’ award with her[…………………………….]. Denis?
D: Thank you, Wendy. Well, Miss Patty Ching went on a holiday to Europe last
month. This was her first ever trip abroad and one for which she’d been saving
for […………………………….]. Her tour took her around 12 countries in 21
days. And being a keen […………………………….], she took lots of
photographs; 10 rolls of film, to be exact. About […………………………….].
When Patty got back home, she gave all her photos to Top-Class Photo Services
for developing. And they […………………….]. She never saw them again. Of
course, she was furious with the company and […………………………….]. They
apologised and offered her[…………………………….]: 10 free rolls of film. This
made her even more angry. And she[…………………………….]this
completely […………………………….]offer and asked

for[…………………………….]. The company refused her request. So Patty
wrote them a letter, telling them to pay up in 10 days or she would take them
to court. She received no reply. So she did take them to court.
But […………………………….]before the case was due to be heard, she
received a cheque for […………………………….]. Top- Class had obviously
made their minds up on how the judge would decide. Patty’s case provides a
lesson to all of us. If we want our rights as[…………………………….], we’ve got
to fight for them. So for her […………………………….]and spirit we name
Patty our ‘Consumer of the Month.’
W: Thank you, Denis. And now I’d like to deal with the problem that many of
our[……………………….] write about – sale prices. When we go to a sale and
see a sign on something saying …………….] off or [……………….]reduced to
100, how do we know the prices really have been reduced? One of our
listeners, Mr Alvin Lok tells his story: ‘In a department store where I
sometimes shopped, I saw a leather belt priced at[…………………………….],
too expensive to me. But I liked it and thought I might buy it next time the
store had a sale. The store did have a sale. And I went back to look for the belt.
It was there all right, but the […………………………….]on it now read 200
dollars reduced to 150. The sale price was actually higher than
the […………………………….]/ What can we, as consumers, do in a case like
this? The answer to Alvin’s question is that at the moment all we can do is
to[…………………………….]to the store’s […………………………….]and bring
these cases to the attention of the public. Bad […………………………….]might
help to put a stop to this[…………………………….]practice. Of course making a
fuss about[…………………………….]goods or bad service is never easy. Most
people dislike making a fuss. But if something you have bought is faulty or
does not do what was claimed for it, you are not asking for a favour to get it
right. It is the shopkeeper’s […………………………….]to take the complaint
seriously and to replace or repair a faulty […………………………….]or put

right poor service, because he is the person with whom you have entered into
an agreement. The[…………………………….]may have a part to play but that
comes later. So it’s quite proper and reasonable to make a complaint about
faulty goods or bad service.
D: Well, Wendy, what do you think is the right way to do that?
W: Well, the most important thing about making […………………………….], I

think, is that they should be made to a […………………………….]person in
authority. Go back to the shop where you bought the goods, taking with you
any [……………….] you may have. Ask to see the shop [……………………….]
in a large store. In a small store the assistant may also be the owner or you
can […………………………….]directly. In a chain store ask to see the manager.
If you telephone, ask the name of the person who […………………………….]
your enquiry, otherwise vou may never find out who dealt with the complaint
later.
Even the […………………………….]person finds it difficult to stand up in a

group of people to complain, so if you do not want to do it in person, write a
letter. Stick to the facts and keep a copy of what you write. At this stage you
should give any […………………………….], but you should not need to give
receipts or other papers to prove you bought the […………………………….]. If
you are not […………………………….]with the answer you get, or if you do not
get a reply, write to the managing director of the firm, shop,
or […………………………….]. Be sure to keep copies of your own letters and
any you receive.
D: Well, thank you for your good advice. It’s nice for every [………………….] to
take an action when he or she gets bad goods or service. And of course, the
Consumer’s Choice will continue to press for the government to bring in laws

similar to those in other countries to[…………………………….]consumers by
making it […………………………….]to cheat them in this way. And now I’d like
to tell you about our new consumer […………………………….]which came into
operation last month. So far we have received…
SECTION 3
You will hear Dr Richardson discussing the requirements of a course and the
writing of an essay with a student.
R = Dr Richardson; D = David Simons
[doorbell rings]
R: Enter, please.
D: Good afternoon, Dr Richardson.
R: Good afternoon. You’re David Simons, is that right? .
D: Yes. I’ve an appointment to talk about the course […………………….]with

you.
R: Fine. Now why don’t you take a seat over there and I’ll just get some details
from you. First, can I have your home address and your student number?
D: That’s 15 Market Avenue, Hornsby and my student number

is […………………….].

R: OK. Now I see here that you’ve already completed 18 […………………….],
but that you haven’t done the Screen Studies course which is normally
a […………………………….]for this course. Why is that, David?
D: Oh, the course coordinator gave me an […………………………….]because

I’ve worked for a couple of years in the movie and television business and
they […………………………….]mv practical experience fulfilled the same
requirements.
R: Fine. Shall we go over the course requirements first, and then you can bring
up any queries or problems you might have. It might be most useful to start
with a few dates. The final examination will be in the last week of lune, that’s
the week of the […………………………….]. But the final date hasn’t been set It
should be the 25th or the 20th.But you don’t have to worry about that yet.
Before that, as you can see in your study guide, there are[…………………….]
assignments and some set exercises. I’ll deal with these first. These set
exercises are […………………………….]with defining concepts and key terms.
They do have fixed answers not in the wording but in the content. To that
extent they are quite[…………………………….], and provide
an […………………………….]for you to do very well as long as your answers
are very specific and clear.
D: Yes, I see there are about twenty terms here. How long should the answers
be?
R: You shouldn’t exceed […………………………….]for each term.
D: Right, that looks easy enough. And the third assignment seems
fairly[…………………………….]too. lust a […………………………….]type

review of a recent development in television. It’s not so different from what
I’ve done in my work.
R: Yes, it should be fairly easy for you, but don’t exceed […………………….] on
that one. Essays 1 and 2 are the long ones. The first essay should be about
2,000 words and the second 2,500 to 3,000, and
the […………………………….]for both should be […………………………….]. In
the first one, your focus should be on TV and the audience, and you
should[………………….] consider the theoretical issues, […………………….] in
relation to trying to understand […………………………….]studies. In the
second, I’ll want you to focus on analysing television programmes.
D: Should I concentrate on one particular type of programme for that?
R: Not necessarily. But you must be careful not to […………………………….]

yourself here. A[…………………………….]between two programmes or even
between two channels is fine, or a focus on one type of programme, such as a
particular series, works well here.
S: So if I wanted to look at […………………………….]news programmes, that

would be OK? ‘
R: Yes, there would be no problem with that. In fact it’s quite a popular choice,
and most students […………………………….]it very well.
S: Good. I’ll probably do that, because it’s the area I want to work in later.
Later during the course, Dr Richardson gives David some advice and warnings
about his essay.

[doorbell rings]
R: Ah, come in and sit down, David. You wanted to talk to me about your
second essay, is that right?
D: Yes, Dr Richardson. I just want your comments on what I’m planning to do.
I’m doing the essay on the differences between TV news […………………….] at
different hours of the day.
R: How many time slots are you planning to consider?
D: Well, I think I’d look at all of them. That’d be five slots. The breakfast news,
the[…………………………….]news and the midday news, that’s three. Then
there’s the[…………………………….]news, then ten o’clock and midnight
programmes, so thats six, not five.
R: Mm, that’s rather a lot. And you’d have a lot of different [………………….]
to consider. Why don’t you just do two. Say the midmorning and then six
o’clock? That should give you two fairly contrasting […………………………….]
with two main audience […………………………….].
D: Oh, just two then?
R: Yes, I think that’d be much better. Now how many actual programmes do
you plan to work with?
D: I suppose you think analysing a whole week of news programmes would be

too many.

R: Well, that depends on how much of each programme, if you […………….]
on one particular type of news item, say the sports news or local items, it might
be alright.
D: Yes, I can see that would be a good idea. I won’t make a decision now,
before I collect a sample of programmes over a whole week. I’ll look at them
and see what items appear[…………………………….]the week.
R: Yes, that’s a sound approach. Now we’re getting close to the deadline. Can
you finish it in time?
D: Yes, I think so. I’ve […………………………….]the reading and I know what

my basic approaches, so it’s really just a […………………………….]of pulling it
all together now.
R: Fine, David. I’ll look forward to reading it.
SECTION 4
You will hear an extract from a students presentation about computer

viruses.
T = Tutor; J = John Upton
T: Well, good afternoon. Last week we were looking at the [………………….]

effects that computers have had on our […………………………….]. This week
we’ll talk about one of the negatives – computer […………………………….]. In
today’s session John Upton will be sharing some of the findings of
his […………………………….]project. So, over to you, John…

J: Thanks. Mr Yardley asked me to talk to you about the project I did from last
term. Actually, it’s really very […………………………….]to do this research
project about computer viruses. OK. So what is a computer virus? Well, it is a
software […………………………….]that has been designed, tested
and […………………………….]by a human programmer with the
single[…………………………….]of corrupting and destroying useful
programmes. Put in simple terms, it’s away of causing lots of trouble
for […………………………….]people, just to be a[…………………………….]!
It’s known as a virus because, although it’s not
a[…………………………….]organism, it functions in a similar wav, in that it
seeks out a host; that is, a body, in which to live and multiply – your computer
– with the end result of[…………………………….]that host.
Let’s go back 50 years. In […………………………….]in the early days of

computer technology, John Van Neumann […………………………….]the first
model of a computer virus programme in his paper Theory
and […………………………….]of Complicated Automata. Soon after this paper
was […………………………….], we find reference to a game known as ‘Core
Wars’. Core Wars was initially created for intellectual entertainment by three
Americans working on large[…………………………….]computers. Remember,
in those days computers were the size of a couple of rooms. By
the [……………….] for the small sum of $2[…………………………….]anyone
could get details on how to play ‘Core Wars’ and very soon after, we see
the […………………………….]of a new pastime, one where people spent time
creating […………………………….]that could […………………………….]the
game and destroy other programmes. In this way, the first computer viruses
were born.
Like their […………………………….]counterparts, computer viruses are picked

up through[…………………………….]habits. Virus programmes are

often […………………………….]placed within useful programmes in the public
domain, or they’re included in software which is not official – that is software
you might have […………………………….]on the black market, which, of
course you don’t do!
It seems quite hard to […………………………….]that anyone would go to this

level of deceit to[…………………………….]corrupt the data of others, but the
rise in the number of computer software […………………………….], and the
amount of lost data that we are seeing these days, is proof that these virus
programmers are going to […………………………….]to do just that. They are
going out of their wav to create programmesthat hide
inside[…………………………….]software applications and cause all sorts of
errors that the[…………………………….]end – user will then mistake
for […………………………….]failure – in other words they will think that the
problem lies with their own computer.
So, what can we do to combat these people? Well, the first thing is
to[…………………………….]that virus
programmers […………………………….]because people are not always careful
about where they get their programmes from. So, number one, be very careful.
And I don’t just mean that you should be careful about the source of
your[…………………………….], you also need to take care with e-mails and
avoid any messages which are […………………………….]looking. For instance
a message that says ‘I love you1 or ‘win $50’. So the second golden rule is
‘[…………………………….]. Now there are other things we can do to protect
ourselves. We can try to find out exactly how the viruses work, how
they[…………………………….]their aims. In other words, we need to
understand them. And, of course, there is a good selection of anti-virus
software available on the market now as well as on the Internet
to […………………………….]the virus [………………….], so another way of

protecting ourselves and our computers is to be well [………………….]. And
before I leave you, let me just say that if you ever run into one of
those […………………………….], tell them what you think of them!

SECTION 1
Questions 1-10

answer.
ORDER FORM
Example Answer
Reason for calf: problems with WEBSITE
Name: 1________________ Freeman
Title of book: 2________________
Author: Richard 3_______________
Type of book: 4________________

Price: 5 £_______________
Payment method: 6 _______________
Delivery address: 7_______________ , London N22
Delivery type: 8 _______________
Delivery date: 9 _______________
Delivery instructions: If out leave with a 10 ___________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
11. What will wake people up in the home of the future?
A. Body temperature.
B. The sound of an alarm clock.
C. The movement of the bed.
12. What will shoes be able to do by themselves?
A. Walk faster.

B. Play music.
C. Float on air.
13. What kind of clothes will people be wearing?
A. Clothes that make us more intelligent.
B. Clothes that can interpret how we are feeling.
C. Clothes that are powered by electricity.
14. What can the house do?
A. Control the shower temperature.
B. Turn off the taps.
C. Wash your back.
15. What will the Internet be able to do?
A. Understand when you are worried
B. Project what’s in your fridge.
C. Help find something youVe lost.
16. What will the fridge do when people are low on milk?

A. Deliver the milk.
B. Send an email to the shop.
C. Defrost some in the freezer.
Questions 17-20
Write the correct letter, A-F, next to questions 17-20.
The living room of the future

SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Choose FIVE letters, A-H.
Which FIVE things has Sally already done?
A. emailed four businesses E. read A Starting Success
B. written up results F. skimmed a document

C. contacted three businesses G. borrowed a book
D. started writing the assignment H. researched data
Questions 26-30
Complete the flow-chart below.
Choose FIVE answers from the box and choose the correct letter, A-G, for
questions 26-30.
A. beginning
B. choices
C. document
D. language
E. opening
F. questions
G. scales
How to write a questionnaire
Keep your 26______________ simple
Try to make the 27_____________ of the document interesting.

Make sure that the 28________________ uses standard terms that aren’t
too formal or informal
Limit or avoid open questions.
Use simple 29_______________ to make it quicker for the recipient.
Put your 30_______________ in a logical order.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40

each answer.
Impact of Urbanization
The effects of urbanization:
Example: in the U.S.
only 31______________ of land built on
loss of 32_____________ far larger
Could impact on world 33_____________ in future

Research methods:

a weather 34______________ for clouds was used
land use divided into 35__________________.
data used to calculate the 36_______________ of all areas

Results:
urban areas often built on the 37__________________.
a second study confirmed that prime land is being converted
38__________________ of vegetation is lost per annum

The future:
countries such as 39_______________and need to do investigations
stop investing in infrastructure in areas of fertile land
encourage people to move by giving them 40__________________.
SECTION1
(H=helpdesk worker,’ C=customer)

H: Good morning. How can I help?
C- I’d like some help with […………………………….]a book. I’ve tried your
website, but it says it’s offline at the moment and to call this number.
H:’ Oh yes. I do […………………………….]. We’ve been having

some[…………………………….]with it, but I can take the order over the phone
if you like.
C: That would be great. It’s a gift you see.
H: Can I take your name please?
C: Yes, of course. It’s […………………………….].
H: Is that Zara with an ‘s’ or a ‘z’?
C: With a ‘Z’. Z-A-R-A.
H: Just writing that down. Right. What was the title of the book you’d like me
to order?
C: I think it’s called Future Words… no hang on, sorry that’s Future Worlds.
H: OK, just typing that in … I can’t seem to find it. Do you know the name of
the[…………………………….]? I’ll do a search.
C: Yes, it’s by a man called Richard Watson.
H: Watson as in W-A-T-S-O-N?

C: Yes, that’s right.
H: Oh yes, here it is. It’s only just been […………………………….]. It’s a self-
help book. Is that right?
C: Yes.
H: Now, it costs £12.99.
C: Yep, that’s fine.
H: OK. How would you like to pay?
C: Is a […………………………….]OK?
H: No, sorry. We only accept […………………………….].
C: Oh dear … Em, Just let me check to see if I have it with me … Oh yes, here it
is.
H: Can you read me the…[…………………………….]H: Right almost done.

Now, I just need the[…………………………….]details.
C: Right. I’ve got my friend’s address here. It’s62 Green Gardens, London
N22.
H: Just typing that in … […………………………….].
C: No, it’s number 62.

H: Now what kind of delivery would you like?
C: What are the options?
H- There are two. The free delivery option takes five days or you can pay an
extra[…………………………….]to have it sent out first class tomorrow. That
would come to a total of[…………………………….].
C: Umm … Well my friend’s birthday is next week, so it should get there in

time with the free delivery so I think I’ll take that.
H: Right. That means that it will be […………………………….]on the 21st

February anytime from 8 am to 6 pm. Is that OK?
C-‘ Well, I know my friend leaves early for work, so would it be possible for
him to pick it up from the local post office […………………………….]?
H: I’m afraid that won’t be possible but I could add some

special […………………………….]for it to be left with someone else, a
neighbour perhaps?
C: Actually, yes. I have met the old lady who lives next door and she’s bound to
be home. Could you leave it with her?
H: Fine. I’ll add that if he’s not home then the [……………………….]should be
left with the neighbour.
C’ That’s great! Thanks very much for your help.
H- My pleasure. Thank you for …

SECTION 2
Welcome to the Homes of the Future online […………………………….]. I will
be your virtual guide around the homes you could soon be living in. Let’s begin
our tour in the bedroom. Firstly, the bed is […………………………….]to gently
rock you awake in the mornings. There’ll be no more rude […………………….]
by an alarm clock, and it will also know what time you need to wake up as it
will get that information directly from your Personal Digital[………………….],
that is, your PDA, which will be inserted into you.
Let’s move to the […………………………….]. Those are vour musical shoes that
generate music while you walk. The music will change according to how fast
you’re walking; calm music for a[…………………………….]stroll
and [………………….] beats for when you’re in a hurry. You’ll feel like you’re
walking on air. What’s more, vour clothes are also[…………………………….].
They sense how you’re feeling and then change colour.
The[…………………………….]that they’re made of also converts your body
heat into a[…………………………….]electricity generator for some of
the […………………………….]that are now inside you, like your PDA, for
example.
Moving on to the bathroom … So. after waking up. you need a shower. There’s
no need to turn on any taps as the house will know exactly
what […………………………….]you like the water in the mornings, though
you’ll still have to wash yourself!
From the bathroom, we move into the kitchen. Now, we’ve all had
that[…………………………….]feeling when you can’t find your keys just as
you’re about to go out. Well, in the home of the future you wouldn’t need
to […………………………….], all vou need to do is an Internet search. All items

are now […………………………….]with a tracking device so that they will light
up and […………………………….]to vou where they are. Just in case the object
is […………………………….], the house will project its position on your fridge.
Speaking of your fridge, this is now as […………………………….]as your

clothes. Not only does it keep a record of when you’re running low on
everyday […………………………….] like milk, but it emails vour
local [……………………….] store, which will […………………………….]them
for you. It can also help with planning meals if you have friends over for dinner
by moving the chicken from the […………………………….]so that it’ll thaw in
time.
Lastly, here we are in the living area, which, you’ll be pleased to hear, is still
the heart of the family home. Let’s enter the room. Now, to the left of
the […………………………….]is the main seating area with a sofa, and
directly […………………………….]the entrance is an[…………………………….].
The sofa backs onto the wall and the armchair faces to the left, across
the […………………………….]table to a blank wall. So. ‘where is the TV?’ I hear
vou ask. Well, this entire wall is the television. The whole thing is
a […………………………….]screen designed to show your TV, surf the Internet
or, when it’s not in use, it displays anything you want it to from family pictures
to […………………………….]works of art.
On the opposite wall to the sofa is a […………………………….], which still has

a real fire nothing beats that now, does it? But the rug in front of the fire now
also […………………………….]the temperature, and either opens or closes
the […………………………….], so as not to overheat the room. It still has its
normal uses though, as you can see, the cat likes it very much and
is[…………………………….]up on it, happy as can be.

What else is on offer? Well, for entertainment the family still reads books, so
there is a[…………………………….]on the wall to the right of the entrance. But
what about the computer? Well, it’s inside your head and [………………….] by
those intelligent clothes you’re wearing. Imagine this: as you’re sitting relaxing
on the armchair, you’ll be able to reach out and put your hot drink on the
coffee table in front of the armchair. You[…………………………….]remember
that you need to send work an email. That same coffee table holding vour cup
is also a touch […………………………….]keyboard for you to type your email
and then click ‘send’. All you need to do to […………………………….]it is say
’email’ and the image of a keyboard will appear.
Well, I hope you’ve enjoyed your tour around the home of the future and that
you’ll come visit again soon. Bye-bye.
SECTION 3
(S = Sally! P = Professor James)
S: Hi Professor James, have yougot a minute? You see I’m having a bit of
trouble getting started on my graduate […………………………….] assignment.
P: Well, ok, as long as it doesn’t take longer than […………………………….]as I

have ameeting to get to at […………………………….].
S: Yep fine. It shouldn’t take long atall.
P: OK, Sally. Tell me what you’ve done so far and we’ll go from there.
S: Well, as you suggested I chose three local businesses and [……………….]

them via telephone to introduce myself.

P: That’s good.
S: Well, the thing is, I couldn’t get past the […………………………….]of two of
them .Do you have any suggestions?
P: What about following up with a letter stating what time you’ll be calling
again?
S- Oh, that’s a good idea. I hadn’t thought of that.
P: So, tell me about the one you have contacted.
S” Right, well, he was very […………………………….]actually. He received the

survey I[…………………………….]him and has already sent it back. I’ve had a
very quick look at it. but haven’t had a […………………………….]to write it up
vet.
P: So far so good. Carry on …
S: Well, apart from that, I’ve also found a lot of […………………………….]that

exist on the starting […………………………….]graduates begin on once they
finish studying. There’s some really interesting stuff out there. Did you know,
for example, that your[…………………………….]engineer earns nearly as much
as a[…………………………….]graduate?
P: Yes, I did.
S: Gosh, I had no idea.
P: Having second thoughts about a career in human resources are we?

S: No, but I was […………………………….]. Anyway, getting back to where I
was. I’ve gone to the library, but the books you […………………………….]have
already been taken out, apart from one that is, it’s called … A Starting Success.
I haven’t read it vet, but I’ve taken it out and it’s on mv list of things to Hn
P- Have you come up with a plan yet?
S: Yes, and I’ve written mv […………………………….]as well as my

introduction, but that’s where I’ve got […………………………….]. I don’t really
know how I’m going to be able to present all of the information as there’s so
much of it…
P: Well firstly, I’d recommend you start with […………………………….]what

the employer said. Now can I have a look at the […………………………….]you
wrote?
S: Yes, here it is.
P: Thanks … Oh dear. Well it’s no wonder you’re […………………………….]

with information. You’ve […………………………….]a lot of information, which
can be overwhelming.
S: Oh dear! That took me ages… and does that mean I can’t use it?
P: Afraid so … but don’t worry if you’ve got a pen and paper, I’ll quickly give
you some[…………………………….], and then you can re-jig it to get the
information you’re looking for.
S: OK, just a minute … I know there’s a pen in here somewhere. OK, got it.

P: Right, well, first and foremost you need to be clear. There’s no point having
a[…………………………….]worded document […………………………….]that
no one understands. Use language that is simple.
S: Right, got that. What next?
P: You need to catch the reader’s attention at the start of the document.
And vou need to find the right […………………………….]between formal and

informal language. Your […………………………….]isn’t an official document,
but more of a living one that serves a[…………………………….], so neutral
language is best.
S: OK, just writing that down … OK.
P: The next one’s what your […………………………….]was this time – try not
to use open- ended questions, or you’ll find it impossible to [………………….]
your results.
S: Yep, I think I’ve learned my lesson there. What else?
P: Scales really do make the job of completing the […………………………….]

easier for , the[…………………………….]by saving them lots of time
and […………………………….]writing. ‘[…………………………….]
S: I take your point. Anything else?
P: Ah ha. One last thing, make sure you’ve thought about the logic of your
questions. There’s nothing worse than trying to make choices about things that
seem to have.no order.

S: Right… got it. I see where I went wrong now and will try to do better next
time.
P: Don’t worry. It’s a very easy […………………………….]to make, and one that
many people come […………………………….]the first time they do this kind
of […………………………….]. OK, Sally, I really must rush. I’m late for
my […………………………….].
S: Of course, thanks for your help. I’ll see you in class tomorrow. Bye!
SECTION4
Hi, good morning everyone. I’m here today to present my findings on the
process of[………………….] and its impact on the […………………………….].
As you know, urbanization […………………………….]the movement of people
from the countryside to the cities. As this […………………………….]continues,
the cities of the world continue to grow. I will[…………………………….]how
this growth is eating away at the planet’s most[…………………………….]land.
My research has focused on two studies that looked at land use in

the […………………………….]. These have shown that since
its […………………………….], only three per cent of all land in the United
States has been built on. However, the same studies have also shown that
the[………………….] loss of productive land is […………………………….]
much, much greater. This isn’t so much of a problem in America as it has a
relatively low ratio of people to land. However, most other countries are not so
blessed, the impact of which could have dire[…………………………….]for the
future. The real […………………………….]here is if this pattern were to
be […………………………….]by developing countries, it could have a major
effect on the world’s food supplies in the next […………………………….].

In order to reach this conclusion, several research methods
were [……………….]. A group of scientists in the United States used a
weather […………………………….] that normally maps […………………….]
cloud cover at night. However, on nights when there were no clouds, they used
the satellite to map the generation of heat from city lights. They then took the
data and […………………………….] land use into three […………………….]
urban,[…………………………….]and non-urban land use. Next,
they […………………………….]how active the vegetation is in each region by
using different satellites. When they combined this information
with […………………………….]statistics and weather conditions, they came up
with a number for total […………………………….]for all areas.
So what did the results of this process of land […………………………….]show?

Well, firstly, they proved that although only a tiny […………………………….]of
the land in the United States is urbanized, and […………………………….]of
land is used for agricultural[…………………………….], the land which has
been built on actually has the best soils. These were
independently […………………………….]by a second team of scientists in San
Francisco, whose results show that this process is happening even faster in
the[…………………………….]corner of the United States. This means that land
that is extremely productive from an […………………………….]point of view, is
being taken over by lawns, golf courses and a few scattered trees. As a direct
result of urbanization, the researchers in[…………………………….]calculated
that every year £1 million tonnes of plants are ‘lost’ in the U.S.
So what does this mean for the future? Well, I have come up with some of my
own ideas for[…………………………….]. Countries should calculate whether
urbanization is happening on their […………………………….]lands too;
especially if they have large populations[…………………………….]to the
amount of land available, like India and China, for example. If it is, then every

effort should be made to stop the process from happening. This can be done in
many ways. One of them is to stop investing in the […………………………….]of
those areas. If people don’t have the facilities they need, they won’t want to live
there. But in my[…………………………….], the main solution here is to offer
people financial[…………………………….]to move away from fertile land to
areas that are less valuable in agricultural terms.
I hope you’ve enjoyed my […………………………….]this morning. Thanks for

your kind attention. I will now take any questions…

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4

AND/OR A FIGURE for each answer.
1. On which day and date does the woman want to fly to Toronto?
2. What class does the woman want to fly in?

3. What is the lowest price for a ticket on the days the customer has chosen?
4. What do the ticket prices include?
Questions 5-8
Complete the following information about the flight times using NO MORE
THAN ONE WORD OR A TIME for each gap.
Outward flight Return flight

Airline Stopover
Departure Arrival Departure Arrival
Air Canada 10:00 10:00 16:00 18:00 Vancouver
Qantas 5 _______ 10:15 9:00 11:00 6 ______
Pacific 7 _______ 11:15 8 _______ 06:10 Los Angeles
Questions 9-10

WORDS for each answer
9. What is the customer’s full name?

10. Which company does she work for?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14

WORDS for each gap.
11. A tenancy agreement is a ______________ between the tenant and the

landlord.
12. An assured short-hold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the ____________________.
13. Tenants should keep a __________________ of the tenancy agreement.
14. ____________________ is a list of all the items in the property.
Questions 15-17
Decide which THREE of the following statements about deposits are correct
and write the appropriate letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. They are special to England. ‘
B. They are generally equal to one months’rent.-. ,
C. They can be used instead of one months’rent.

D. They can cover unpaid bills when you leave accommodation.
E. They can cover the cost of damage to furniture.
F. They are not payable when you use an accommodation agency.
G. They can cover the legal costs of tenancy disputes.
Questions 18-20
Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict a tenant (other
than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on your answer
sheet in any order.
A. By moving into the property.
B. By moving a member of his /her family Into the property.
C. By applying to your educational institution for your eviction.
D. By waiting until the tenancy agreement expires.
E. By giving you notice that you have to leave.
F. By giving you at least 4 weeks’ notice that you have to leave.
C. By getting a court to issue an order for you to leave.
H. By contacting a law centre or the Citizens’ Advice Bureau.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21. What did Klara originally want to do her project on?
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day?
23. Which facilities might influence housing prices?
24. What did Klara’s friend suggest including information on?
25. Where could Klara get such information from?
Questions 26-30

WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
26. In the middle part, Klara needs to use a ____________________.
27. The professor suggests ___________________ of the bibliography.
28. The professor suggests that headings are _____________________.
29. How much longer does Klara have to finish the project?

30. What’s the last thing Klara needs to do before giving the professor her
project?

9. What is the customer’s full name?
10. Which company does she work for?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14

WORDS for each gap.
11. A tenancy agreement is a _________________ between the tenant and

the landlord.
12. An assured short-hold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the ____________________.
13. Tenants should keep a ______________________ of the tenancy

agreement.
14. _______________________ is a list of all the items in the property.
Questions 15-17

Decide which THREE of the following statements about deposits are correct
and write the appropriate letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. They are special to England. ‘
B. They are generally equal to one months’rent.-. ,
C. They can be used instead of one months’rent.
Questions 18-20
Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict a tenant (other
than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on your answer
sheet in any order.
A. By moving into the property.
B. By moving a member of his /her family Into the property.
C. By applying to your educational institution for your eviction.

D. By waiting until the tenancy agreement expires.
E. By giving you notice that you have to leave.
F. By giving you at least 4 weeks’ notice that you have to leave.
C. By getting a court to issue an order for you to leave.
H. By contacting a law centre or the Citizens’ Advice Bureau.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21. What did Klara originally want to do her project on?
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day?
23. Which facilities might influence housing prices?
24. What did Klara’s friend suggest including information on?
25. Where could Klara get such information from?

Questions 26-30

26. In the middle part, Klara needs to use a ____________________.
27. The professor suggests ___________________ of the bibliography.
28. The professor suggests that headings are _____________________.
29. How much longer does Klara have to finish the project?
30. What’s the last thing Klara needs to do before giving the professor her
project?
SECTION 4
Questions 37-33
Answer the following information about British Education Scholarships

using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each
gap.
British Education Scholarships
available to all overseas students
for students at 31______________ level

2000 awarded each year
full award, 32_______________award or partial award
worth up to 33______________
Questions 34-35
Answer the following questions about Commonwealth Scholarships using NO

MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
34. Where should you apply for this scholarship?
35. How much is each scholarship worth?
Questions 36-35
Complete the following information about Foreign Office Scholarships

using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
Foreign Office Scholarships
awarded jointly by the Foreign Office and HE institutions
usually awarded for 36___________________
not employed by government or 37________________
course must be in field of 38_________________

Questions 39-40

Answer the following questions about Overseas Students Research Awards
39. Which cost is covered by these awards?____________________
40. Which organization provides these awards?_________________
Answer keys:
1. Thursday 16th
2. business
3. $3200
4. taxes (and) surcharges
5. 13:45 {or 1:45 p.m.)
6. Vancouver
7. 18:15 (or 6:15 p.m.)
8. 22:25 (or 10:25 p.m.)
9. Mary-Anne Reece
10.ABC Stocks
11. written legal agreement

12. first six months
13. copy
14. An inventory
15-17. IN ANY ORDER
B, D, E
18-20 IN ANY ORDER D, F,G
21. voting patterns
22. (in) newspapers.
23. schools
24. crime rates/ statistics
25. (the) police
26. uniform approach
27. changing the format
28. short
29. a/1 month
30. (final) proofreading
31. postgraduate

32. fees-only
33. £20000
34. office
35. £5000 to £15000
36. taught postgraduate courses
37. (an) international organisation
38. development
39. fees
40. Ministry of Education
SECTION 1
Customer: Good morning. I’d like to book a flight to [……………………….],

please.
Travel Agent: Certainly. Flying from Sydney?

Customer: Yes. On Thursday, please.
Travel Agent: […………………………….]? Right. … There are three flights that

day. Do you prefer flying with any particular […………………………….]?
Customer: I’ve heard that Air Canada is good, but expensive. Is there a
big[…………………………….]in prices between the airlines? I’ll be flying
business class.
Travel Agent: Yes, there is. Air Canada is the most expensive airline
at[…………………………….]for business class depending on the date of return.
Qantas is[…………………………….]and Pacific, the budget airline, charges
between[…………………………….].
Customer: Wow! That’s quite a difference in prices! I’m returning on from

Wednesday 22nd, so could you check the return prices for me?
Travel Agent: Sure. Let me just enter the return date into the computer. … OK.
… Air Canada has tickets for [……………………….]. Qantas has them for
$4200. Pacific has tickets for $3200. Those prices all include taxes
and […………………….].
Customer: OK. Before I make a decision, I would like to know the [………….]
and arrival times – in both directions.
Travel Agent: Of course. Let’s look at Air Canada first. … Leaves Sydney at 10
a.m. and arrives in Toronto at 10 a.m. […………………………….]. There s a
stopover in Vancouver. The Qantas flight leaves Sydney at 13:45 and arrives at
10:15 a.m. There’s also a […………………………….]in Vancouver, but it’s

shorter than the Air Canada one. Pacific flies via Los Angeles and leaves at
18:15. arriving at 11:55 p.m.
Customer: Oh, that doesn’t sound very […………………………….]– flying by

Pacific, I mean.
Travel Agent: Well, budget airlines do offer cheaper tickets, but they are often
not so[…………………………….]in other ways.
Customer: How about the return flights?
Travel Agent: Let me check. … The Air Canada flight leaves Toronto at 16:00
and arrives at 18:00 local time. The Qantas flight leaves at 9 a.m. and arrives at
11 a.m. local time in Sydney. Pacific … The Pacific flight leaves Toronto at
22:25 and arrives at 06:10 local time in Sydney. Again, not
very […………………………….]timing.
Customer: No, it isn’t. Are the stopovers the same as on the [……………….]
journey?
Travel Agent: Yes, they are.
Customer: Well, I have a business […………………………….]on Wednesday

22nd in the morning, so unfortunately, I can’t take the Qantas flight. The
Pacific flight times are too[…………………………….], so I’ll take the Air
Canada flight, even though it’s more expensive.
Travel Agent: Right. I’ll book that for you, shall I? Do you have your[………….]
with you?

Customer: Yes, I do. … Here you are.
Travel Agent: Thank you. I’ll just enter your details. … OK, could you just
check this[…………………………….]? Make sure that I’ve spelt your name
correctly and have written your passport number correctly too…. Will you be
paying by […………………………….]?
Customer: Yes, I have a company credit card…. Here you are. … Oh, my name
is Reece with a ‘c’ not an ‘s’.
Travel Agent: Oh, I’m sorry! I’ll correct that. R, double E, C, E.
Customer: And my given names are […………………………….]. Mary hyphen

Anne – with an ‘e’ – oh, you’ve got that. Sorry.
Travel Agent: OK. Mary-Anne, joined together with a hyphen. Is the passport
number OK?
Customer: Yes. Could you give me an […………………………….]invoice,

please? I need it for my company.
Travel Agent: Certainly. Shall I use the company name as it appears on thp
credit card –[…………………………….]?
Customer: Yes.
Travel Agent: OK. Thank you. Could you sign here? … And here? … Thank you.
I’ll just[…………………………….]your ticket.
Customer: Thank you.

SECTION 2
Presenter: Good afternoon, everyone. I’m here to give you a talk
on[………………….] agreements and other […………………………….]. If you
rent a flat or a house, or bedsit, you will have a ‘tenancy agreement’ or ’lease’.
This is a written legal[…………………………….]between you, the tenant, and
the […………………………….]owner, the[…………………………….]. Tenancy
agreements should normally contain information about the amount of rent,
the length of the tenancy and what rights you and your landlord will have
under the law. In most cases, you will have an ‘[……………………….] short-
hold tenancy’ which means that your landlord cannot ask you to leave without
a […………………………….]during the first six months. Although these rights
offer you some protection, it is still your responsibility to check the tenancy
agreement thoroughly and make sure you agree with the terms. Do not sign
the tenancy agreement if you do not know what all of it means. If you do not
fully understand your rights, show your tenancy agreement to
an […………………………….]in the accommodation office or student welfare
office at your […………………………….]or college and ask for help. You can
also get help from a housing advice centre, law centre or […………………….]
Bureau. When you do sign the tenancy agreement, make sure you get a copy to
keep for yourself, in case you need to check any […………………………….]later
on. The landlord may also, ask you to sign an […………………………….]: a list
of all the items in the property – pieces of[…………………………….], kitchen
items, etc. If so, make sure you get a copy of this as well. Check that it is correct
and that any […………………………….]damage to these items is included
before signing it. If your landlord does not […………………………….]an
inventory, you should make one yourself and send a copy to the landlord.
Let’s take a look at [……………….]. Before you move into private[………….],

you will probably be asked to cay, a deposit[………………….] to one month’s

rent. Make sure you get a receipt for any deposit or fees you have paid. When
you leave the accommodation, if you have paid all your bills
and[…………………………….] no damage to the […………………………….],
your full deposit will be paid back to you. If you are renting through an
accommodation […………………………….], you may also be asked to pay fees
for preparing tenancy agreements and […………………………….]. You should
also keep a written record of all the rent payments that you make, as you make
them. If you have a […………………………….]with your landlord, or you get
behind with your rent, you should get advice as soon as possible. Remember
that if you live in the same building as your landlord, or you have a room in a
student or […………………………….], or university/college accommodation,
then this will affect how secure your tenancy will be. If you do not share any
living space with the landlord or a member of their family, apart from means
of[……………………….] like an entrance hall or a […………………………….],
or are a student living in halls of […………………………….], or any other type
of accommodation where an educational […………………………….]is the
landlord, you will have basic[…………………………….]from eviction. Your
landlord will have to end your tenancy first, either by waiting for the end of
the […………………………….]term you agreed for the tenancy or by giving you
at least four weeks’ written notice in writing ta.Quit or through getting a court
order, before you have to leave. If you share living space – for example, a
kitchen, living room or bathroom – with your landlord or are in a student or
youth hostel, you will be what is[…………………………….]an excluded tenant’,
which means that you are outside the[…………………………….]of the UK law
which regulates […………………………….]and will not have security of tenure.
All the landlord has to do to evict you is to give you notice, although they must
give you a […………………………….]amount of time in which to leave.
If you have problems with accommodation, contact the accommodation office

or students’ union at your university or college. If you need specialist

or […………………………….]help, contact a law centre in your local Citizens
Advice Bureau who will be able to tell you your rights as a tenant and the rights
of your landlord.
SECTION 3
Professor: Good morning, Klara. Take a seat. Right, I’ve read your first draft of
your[…………………………….]on housing. Well done.
Klara: Thank you. I know it’s only a first draft though, so I’m sure you have
some[…………….] on how it can be improved. I was very [………………….] at
first, because it wasn’t my first choice of topic. I had wanted to do something
on[…………………………….]patterns, but getting information … well, it didn’t
look[…………………………….]within the time frame.
Professor: Don’t worry. I think that you have made a good choice. Yes,
a[…………………………….]of the factors influencing housing prices. Very
topical!
Klara: Definitely! There seems to be something about [……………………….] in

the newspapers every day. I just wanted to compare the
different [……………….] you know, location, the proximity of [……………….]
such as schools
Professor: As I said, a good choice of topic. Now, the first part is very well
done. You clearly[…………………………….]what you are going to look at, why
and how.
Klara: Do you think that I have covered enough points there?

Professor: I think so. Did you have anything else in mind – you know,
something else you’d like to cover?
Klara: Well, a friend [……………………….]that I might include crime rates.
Professor: Actually, that’s a very good idea. You might consider it. It is
something that many people take into account – […………………………….]or
otherwise, when choosing a place to live. Nowadays the police
are […………………….] to keep quite detailed[…………………………….]on
crime and you can get them fairly easily. I mean, it’s easy enough to ask for
them, but it might take a while for the police to get them to you.
Klara: OK. I’ll make a note of that – contact police for crime statistics.
Professor: Now, I have to say that I found the […………………………….]part

more difficult to get through.
Klara: Oh! I thought I had done that rather well.
Professor: Don’t worry – it’s not […………………………….]. It’s just that…

well, try to take a uniform […………………………….]. Use one for
each […………………………….]people use when choosing housing. That way,
you’re […………………………….]like with like, rather than different things.
Klara: Ah, I see. So, I should stick with one as far as possible. Yes, that does
seem[…………………………….]. So, I don’t really need to get more data or
write much more? Instead, I need to change … I’ve got it.
Professor: It just makes it a lot easier to read – that’s the main thing.

Klara: Yes, of course. How about the […………………………….]?
Professor: Based on the information you’ve […………………………….], I think

that you’ve done very well. You’ll have to see if the new information you
include changes your[…………………………….]at all. It probably won’t make a
big difference, but you might see[…………………………….]in some areas.
Klara: OK. Do you think that I used appropriate headings? And is

the[…………………………….]OK? I know that a lot of professors look long and
hard at that, whilst most students think it unimportant.
Professor: Yes, professors find the bibliography very useful – it tells us where
you are getting your information from and whether those sources
are […………………………….]. Your bibliography is fine, but you might
consider changing the format. Here’s a printout of the most
widely […………….] format. You can keep that.
Klara: Thank you. And the headings?
Professor: I made a few notes. Here are some suggestions. Don’t feel that you
have to use them – I won’t be […………………………….]! But some of vour
headings are[…………………………….]whereas others are relatively short – as
they should be.
Klara: Thank you. I’ll take a look at these later.
Professor: How long did you work on the whole thing?
Klara: Well, two months. Perhaps an average of three hours a day – not more
than that. Probably, oh, […………………………….].

Professor: That’s about what I would recommend. Anything less
than[…………………………….]is going to be […………………………….]to the
project. You’ll probably need another 50 hours’ work on it in total, you’ve still
got a month, so you should manage it easily.
Klara: Yes, a couple of hours a day. Easy!
Professor: I’d suggest that you come back to see me in … oh, about, let’s say,
three weeks’ time? Then you should be […………………………….]finished and
I can have another look before you do your firm proofreading before handing it
in.
Klara: OK. I’ll see you after one of the […………………………….]to make an
appointment. Is that OK?
Professor: Certainly. Thanks, Klara.
Klara: Thank you, professor.
SECTION 4
Presenter: Welcome to this presentation on […………………………….]and

funding. If you are hoping for help with funding your studies in the UK, you
need to get working on this as soon as you can – it is almost impossible to
make […………………………….]for financial support once you have left your
own country. Start by […………………………….]with your own Ministry of
Education or [……………………….] of Education. Your local British Council
office can[…………………………….] details of awards available including those
offered by UK[…………………………….]themselves. You’ll also find
information and a scholarships[…………………………….]on their website. The

main scholarship schemes available for[…………………………….]students
include British Education Scholarships, Commonwealth Scholarships, Foreign
Office Scholarships and Overseas Students Research Awards.
British Education S-Cholarships are […………………………….]awards

enabling talented international students to study in the UK at […………….]
level. Only students studying for at least one [……………….] year
are […………………………….]. About[…………………………….]new
scholarships are currently awarded each year and there are plans to expand
the programme further. There are […………………….] of scholarship. The first
is a full award, where all the fees, a living […………………………….]and travel
to and from the UK are paid for. Then there is a fees-only award, where all or
part of the fees are paid. Finally, there is a […………………………….]award,
where a […………………………….]of the fees and the allowances are paid. The
value of the scholarship will vary, depending on the type of the award, the
length of the course and the country from which the student comes, but it is up
to a maximum of […………………………….]. Contact the British Council or the
British[…………………………….]in your own country for details. You must
be[…………………………….]in your home country when you apply.
Commonwealth Scholarships are awards mainly for postgraduate study,

although funding for[…………………………….]study may be possible if there
are no suitable undergraduate courses in your home country. You must be
a […………………………….]of a Commonwealth country, including the UK. A
university degree, or […………………………….], is usually required. Apply to
the British Council office in your country. You must be [………………….] in
your own country when you apply. About […………………………….]of these
scholarships are awarded each year and their value ranges from [………….]
to [………….].

Foreign Office Scholarships are a joint […………………………….]by the
Foreign Office and certain UK higher education […………………………….].
The awards are normally given for taught postgraduate courses. In rare cases,
an award may be made for undergraduate study if the course is not available at
an institution in your home country. They are[…………………………….]by the
Foreign Office and participating UK higher education institutions. You must
normally be under […………………………….]of age. You must be resident in a
developing country, and you must not be currently employed by
your[…………………….] or by aiLinternational […………………………….]–
You should be planning to study a subject related to development and
be […………………………….]in English. Apply directly to one of
the […………………………….]institutions. You can ask for a list of
participating institutions from the British [……………….] in your country or
your local British Council office. Only about […………………………….] of these
awards are made each year and their value ranges from […………………….]
to […………………………….]
Overseas Students Research Awards are awards for full-time [……………….]

study, for a period of one year. They make up the difference between home
and.overseas students’ fees. They are funded by the […………………………….]
of Education. You must be a postgraduate research student at a publicly
funded higher education institution in the UK. You will need
to[…………………….] academic [………………….]and research[…………….].
Application forms are available from UK higher education institutions, so
contact the one where you want to study. For further information, contact the
OSRA office via their website- www.osra.org. Actually, you can email them
at[…………………………….]. On average, 1000 of these scholarships are
awarded each year and the maximum amount is […………………………….]per
scholarship.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Complete the following information
Surname 1____________________
Given name Garba
Local address 2____________________
Home address Lagos, Nigeria
Date of birth 3____________________
Course 4____________________
Questions 5-7

WORDS/NUMBERS for each answer.
5. How many other UK universities have libraries open 24 hours?

6. What size photocopies are available at the library?
7. How many entries are there on the library database?
Questions 8-10

WORDS for each gap.
8. It is not necessary to be _______________ on the lower floor of the

library.
9. What is on the upper floor of the library?
10. It is not always necessary to make an appointment to use the

________________ room.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13

11. Students on courses lasting over a year are usually given until
_________________ to leave the country.
12. You should send your application ______________________ before

your permission expires.

13. Your application must only include _____________________
documents.
Questions 14-16
Decide which three things ALL applicants MUST send when extending their
leave to remain. Write the appropriate letters in boxes 14, 15 and 16 in any
order.
A. Your passport.
B. Your children’s passports.
C. Your Police Registration Certificate.
D. A letter from your college or university saying that you are on a full-time
course of study, or that you will be beginning one.
E. Bank statements covering the past three months.
F. A recent passport-sized photograph of yourself.
G. Recent passport-sized photos of your children.
Questions 17-20

AND/OR NUMBERS for each answer.

17. Where can you download the FLRS application form?
________________________
18. Which postal service should you use when sending your application?
________________________
19. Which organization has a 24-hour emergency line?
________________________
20. How long do people have to appeal a decision?
________________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

WORDS for each gap.
21. The professor already knows something about Clare from her
________________.
22. The professor wants to ask Clare about her experience and
___________________.
23. Clare studied ___________________ at University.

24. Clare felt she would be more _______________________ if she was
further from her family.
25. Clare chose Infrastructure as one of her _____________________

optional courses.
Questions 26-30

26. What did Clare want to concentrate on in her studies?
_________________________
27. During which time of the year did she work abroad?
_________________________
28. What didn’t she like in India?
_________________________
29. What did the workers have to remove to make the roads in Sierra Leone?
_________________________
30. What Masters’ course does Clare plan to take?
_________________________

SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Complete the information in the table using NO MORE THAN THREE

Parts Geography Industries
Manufacturing
mostly lowland upland
England farming services
in 32__________
mountains lochs oil electronics

(33___________) biotechnology
Scotland
31______
UK glens (valleys) fishing forestry
Electronics auto parts

35___________
34___________
Wales healthcare
mountains lakes
professional services
Northern Ireland beautiful countryside tourism
Questions 36-40


36. What kind of weather do many foreigners think Britain has?
________________________
37. Which is the driest month in London?
________________________
38. Which part of Britain tends to be drier?
________________________
39. Where is snow usual in winter?
________________________
40. When is the weather generally most variable?
________________________
Answer keys:
1. Buwal
2. 16 Bridgeway. Road
3. 25th May 1983
4. M.Sc. Engineering

5. one/1
6. A4
7. (about) half a million/ 500000
8. silent
9. books (and) reports
10. video and DVD
11. 31st October
12. one/1 month
13. (the) original
14-16. IN ANY ORDER A, D,F
17. Home Office website
18. recorded delivery
19. Immigration Advisory Service
20. (a) few days
21. application form

22. academic background
23. geography
24. independent
25. third year
26. human geography
27. (the) summer
28. (the) climate
29. vegetation
30. Development Studies
31. Great Britain
32. north and west
33. lakes
34. coastline
35. food processing
36. rain (and) fog

37. April
38. (the) east
39. (parts of) Scotland
40. early spring
Student: Good morning. I’d like to join the library, please.
Librarian: Of course. Can I just see your […………………………..]?
Student: Here you are.
Librarian: Thank you. Let me just check – your first name is Garba – G A R B
A – and your surname is Buwal – B U W A L.
Student: That’s right.
Librarian: Can I just get some […………………………..]information from you

for our database? It won’t take long.
Student: Sure.

Librarian: Could I have your address, please?
Student: Here? In Newtown?
Librarian: Yes.
Student: […………………………..].
Librarian: Is Bridgeway written as one word?
Student: Yes, it is.
Librarian: Thank you. Which city are you from? Just the city – I don’t need
the full address.
Student: I’m from Lagos in Nigeria.
Librarian: And your date of birth?
Student: […………………………..].
Librarian: Which course are you on?
Student: M.Sc. Engineering.
Librarian: Thank you. That’s all the […………………………..]I need. Your

library card will be ready tomorrow. Would you like to pick it up here or shall I
send it to your[…………………………..]?
Student: I’ll pick it up here. Could I just ask you a few questions?

Librarian: Of course. What would you like to know?
Student: I heard that the library is open 24 hours a day – is that correct?
Librarian: It will be from […………………………..], but now we’re only open

from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. because this week is only for […………………………..]–
there are no formal classes at the university.
Student: I see. It’s very unusual to have a library that’s open 24 hours.
Librarian: We are only the second university in the UK to offer this service. It
was[……………………..] popular when we introduced it on […………………..]
last academic year.
Student: What […………………………..]are available here? I missed the

orientation, I’m afraid.
Librarian: Well, you can see the three […………………………..]over there by

the large desk. The one nearest us is a colour copier.
Student: How much does it cost to make copies?
Librarian: Five pence for black and white and […………………………..]for

colour. Only A4 sized copies are available. On the other side of the room, by
the windows, you can see the computers. They have a database of all books,
newspapers, magazines and […………………………..]in the library – about half
a million […………………………..]in all.
Student: Are they connected to the Internet?

Librarian: No. We found that too many students wanted to use them.
Besides, it’s cheap and easy for students to get an Internet connection in
their[…………………………..].
Student: Those stairs lead to the rest of the library?
Librarian: Yes. On this floor, we have newspapers and magazines.
Users are not required to be […………………………..]in this part of the library,

but we do ask that noise be kept to a […………………………..]. Upstairs, there
are all the books and reports.
Student: What’s that room at the end there?
Librarian: You mean at the […………………………..]end of the room to my

desk? That’s the video and […………………………..]. We have a small selection
of videos and DVDs that students can view, but usually
an […………………………..]needs to be made in advance. However, this is not
necessary if the room is not in use.
Student: Well, thank you very much.
Librarian: My pleasure.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Hello everyone. I’m here to talk to you about [……………………..]

your leave to remain in the UK. Let me just check that you are all from outside

the[…………………………..]Economic Area. If you are from the EEA,
this[…………………………..]does not apply to you. OK. Let’s begin.
The very first thing to do is to take note of the date that your
entry […………………………..]is valid until, or the date that your ‘leave to
remain’ in the UK will run out. This is the date when your
current […………………………..]to be in the UK will expire. By this date you
should either leave the UK or […………………………..]your permission to be
here. As a part of the[…………………………..]to attract more international
students to the UK, many international students are now given permission to
be in the UK for the full […………………………..]of study. Students
on […………………………..]of 12 months or more that end during
the[…………………………..]will usually be given permission to be in the UK
until[…………………………..]. Students on courses that do not follow the usual
autumn to summer[…………………………..]will usually be given a period that
includes two months at the end of the course, for packing up and
making […………………………..]to leave.
However, some students are not given permission to be here for the whole of
their course at the very beginning. If this has […………………………..]to you,
you will have to apply for an[…………………………..]of your permission to be
here. Start preparing for the[…………………………..]about two months before
your permission […………………………..]. Howeverr you should not normally
make the application until one month before vonr permission runs out. To
apply to stay longer in the UK, you must take or send certain documents to the
Home Office. The Home Office is the name we give to what people in most
other countries call the […………………………..]Ministry. They must be the
originals and not[…………………………..].

Which documents do you need to send? Your completed […………………..]
form – form FLRS. Your passport and passports for
each […………………………..], if they are applying to extend their stay in the
UK with you. If your […………………………..]shows that you are required to
register with the police, you must also send your Police Registration Certificate
and[…………………………..]for each dependant, if they are applying
to[…………………………..]their stay in the UK with you. You also need to send
a letter from your college or university stating that you are still enrolled on a
full-time course of study, or that vou will be beginning another one.
Bank […………..] covering the past three months, or other [………………..]
that you have enough money to continue to pay your fees
and[…………………………..]yourself and any dependants. A recent passport-
sized[…………………………..]of yourself and similar photos of any of your
dependants aged 16 or over, if they are applying to extend their stay in the UK
with you.
FLRS stands for Further Leave to Remain Student. To get this form, you
can[…………………………..]it from the Home Office website or ask at your
college or[…………………………..]. When you are preparing to fill out the
form, it is a good idea to read the […………………………..]Notes. You could
also ask a student adviser or[…………………………..]officer at your institution
for help. Now, where should you send your[…………………………..]? You can
only send your application by post. Send your documents to: FLRS,
Immigration and Nationality […………………………..], Sunshine House, 28
Wellington Road, London, W1A 2BY. Send your documents by
recorded […………………………..]and keep the receipt, as well as photocopies
of everything you send. You can expect to wait at least four weeks and
sometimes […………………………..]longer before a decision on the application
is made.

I have some good news about the application […………………………..].
According to new regulations, even if you do not have all these documents
available, you must still make sure that you apply before your current
permission to be in the UK […………………………..]. Enclose as many of the
documents as you have and include a letter […………………………..]what is
missing, why it is missing and when you will be able to send it to the Home
Office. You will then be[…………………………..]to have made your application
in time. If your permission to be in the UK has already
expired, […………………………..]either a student adviser or welfare officer at
your college or university or the […………………………..]Advisory Service on
their 24-hour[…………………………..]line Oil 7378 9191 or via their website –
www.iasuk.org. Please note that if you do make a late application, and the
application is […………………………..], you cannot appeal against that
decision.
If your application was made in time and if your application is refused, you
will[…………………………..]a letter from the Home Office telling you why. The
letter will also tell you whether or not you have the right
to […………………………..]against the decision. If you made your original
application in […………………………..]– before your current leave to ‘remain
had expired – then you should automatically be given the right to appeal. If
you have the right to[…………………………..], you will only have a few days in
which to exercise this right. You should therefore ask for […………………..]
advice about the appeal process as soon as possible from a lawyer, a student
adviser or welfare officer at your college or university or the Immigration
Advisory Service.
SECTION 3
Professor: Good morning. Your name is Clare Sanders, isn’t it?

Student: That’s right.
Professor: Well, Clare, as we […………………………..]in the letter, in this

interview I’d like to talk about some of the things that you mentioned in
your […………………………..]form, such as your experience and academic
background.
Clare: I see.
Professor: Now, for your […………………………..]degree, you studied

geography, right?
Clare: That’s correct. At the Scottish National University.
Professor: SNU is a very prestigious university. Apart from that, were there
any other[…………………………..]that you chose to study there?
Clare: Well, your correct in suggesting that the main reason I went there was
due to the[…………………………..]quality of the university, but there were two
other reasons. The first was that it is reasonably far from my home. I wanted to
be as [……………..] as possible from my family […………………………..]I was
studying and felt that that was one way of[…………………………..]that aim.
The other reason was that the university offered an[…………………………..]of
summer work in developing countries and that’s something I was very keen on.
Professor: That would be the Livingstone Project?
Clare: That’s right.

Professor: I’d like to return to that in a minute. Let me just check
the[………………………….. ]courses you took in your third year.
Clare: The two […………………………..]courses were Methodology in

Geography and Statistical[…………………………..]and I chose Infrastructure,
Development Issues and Geology in addition to those.
Professor: I see. You clearly decided to focus more on the human geography
side of things.
Clare: Yes. I Had worked on […………………………..]projects abroad for two

summers as part of the […………………………..]Project. The first project was
in India and the second was in Sierra Leone.
Professor: Could you tell me the main aims of the projects and how
you[…………………………..]?
Clare: The Indian project was to ensure that a village had […………………..]
supplies of fresh water and adequate […………………………..]. On that project,
my role was to help lay pipes and put together […………………………..]pieces
of equipment. The project in Sierra Leone involved improving
the […………………..]. The aim was to create[…………………………..]roads
between villages so that they could receive aid and so that they could
get […………………………..]products, particularly fruit and vegetables, to
the[…………………………..]and larger towns. My job was to help choose the
best route for the roads, […………………………..]any impact on the
environment whilst[…………………………..]efficiency.
Professor: How did you find the experiences?

Clare: The Indian […………………………..]was helpful in that it was my first
experience abroad and I got to see how small development projects can really
make a […………………………..]. However, I found
the […………………………..]… well, it was extremely hot and humid and we
were doing a lot of physical work, so it was well, it made you appreciate
air[…………………………..], for a start! The second project … well, I enjoyed
that a lot more. There was some […………………………..]work, but we had
some machinery to help us clear paths through […………………………..]. I
really enjoyed being able to put what I had learned into[……………………..].
For example, we had to choose a route on a map first of all, according to
the […………………………..] of hills and valleys. Then we had to explore the
ground and check that it was really a suitable route.
Professor: And now you’ve decided to take a Masters’ Degree in Dpyplnpment

Studies as a result. Great. Well, I just have a few more questions regarding…
SECTION 4
Presenter: Welcome to this […………………………..]lecture on the geography
of the United Kingdom. The UK, with a total population of
over […………………………..], consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
Great Britain comprises England. Scotland and Wales. England is the largest
country of the UK, with some […………………………..]people. It is mainly a
lowland country, with some […………………………..]areas in the north and
west. The capital is London with about […………………………..]people. There
are many manufacturing industries and farming is […………………………..],
but the economy is increasingly service-based, and London is one of the
world’s leading centres for banking, […………………………..]and other
financial[………………..]. High-tech industries have […………………………..]
many of the more traditional ones. In Scotland, 5 million people live in an area

not much smaller than England. The country […………………………..]vast
open spaces and is one of the last areas of[…………………………..]natural
beauty in Europe, […………………………..], lochs – that is ‘lakes’ – and glens
– that is ‘valleys’. Modern industries including oil, electronics and
biotechnology, as well as more traditional industries such as fishing
and[…………………………..], drive the economy. The largest city is Glasgow,
but the capital is Edinburgh. Wales is home to 3 million people, and
its […………………………..]is characterised by […………………………..],
mountains and lakes. Cardiff is the capital and largest city. Key industries
include electronics, auto components, food processing, health care, and
professional services. More Japanese [………………………..] have set up shop
in Wales than anywhere else in Europe. About […………………………..]people
live in Northern Ireland, the capital of which is Belfast, the largest city.
Residents enjoy beautiful countryside. Many new hotels are[………………..] to
cater for increasing numbers of tourists and business[…………………………..].
The climate in the UK is […………………………..]: summers are fairly cool and

winters are quite mild. And […………………………..]what many foreigners
believe, British weather is not rain and fog – it is actually more comfortable,
more varied and more interesting than that. What you can
look […………………..] in the way of rain, sun, […………………………..]and
even daylight depends on where you will be living. Here are some
typical […………………………..]for London. January is the coldest month
at […………………………..]whilst July is the hottest at 17°C. Rainfall varies
from 56mm in April to 81mm in December. Although the UK is quite
small[…………………………..], the climate varies from one area to another. In
general, the west is wetter and milder than the east, and northern areas
are […………………………..]cooler than southern ones. For example, compare
the following […………………………..]with the London figures: Edinburgh
14’C in July and […………………………..]15°C in the same month. Edinburgh:

4°C in January and Manchester: 5°C in the same month. Barts of Scotland
usually get snow in winter, whereas you might live in London for several years
without seeing a[…………………………..]snowfall.
International students who are used to tropical or […………………………..]

climates are often intrigued by the sheer […………………………..]of the
weather in the UK. Weather in the early spring tends to be
especially […………………..]. You could be treated to rain, snow, thunder and
lightning, hail, and […………………………..]spring sunshine – all in the course
of a single day.
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-test-96/

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Choose the correct answer, A, B, C or D.
1. How did the student get the university prospectus?
A. From the woman.
B. From the Internet.
C. From a friend.

D. During a visit to the university.
2. What is the A-level requirement for the course?
A. BBB.
B. BBC
C. BCC.
D. There is no clear requirement.
3. What A-levels is the student taking?
A. He doesn’t say.
B. He hasn’t started his A-levels yet.
C. Politics, a language and another subject.
D. Economics, geography and history.
4. Who can use the language lab?
A. Only students who have chosen to study a language.
B. Only students who are preparing for work abroad.

C. Students who have chosen one of the five languages offered on the course.
D. Any student.
Questions 5-7

WORDS/NUMBERS for each answer.
5. Who decides the country in which the student will work in year three?
6. How many students went to work in either Singapore or Brunei this year?
7. What is the advantage of translating or checking translations?
Questions 8-10

WORDS for each gap.
8. The women points out that the student can teach English and __________
together.
9. First year students can study a language or do a project, but are

_____________ on one.
10. There are no department ______________________ for first-year

students.
SECTION 2

Questions 11-15
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for
each answer.
11. According to Mr Singh, on which thing do many people make superficial

observations?
__________________________________________________
12. According to Mr Singh, how quickly do cultures change?
__________________________________________________
13. How many children does Mr Singh have?
__________________________________________________
14. According to Mr Singh, what are young Indians not concerned about?
__________________________________________________
15. According to Mr Singh, what great advantage do young Indians have?
__________________________________________________
Questions 16-20

WORDS for each gap.
16. According to Mr Singh, the biggest problem for young Indians is that their
parents them ___________________ too much at school.
17. What is becoming more widely available to people in India?
18. Mr Singh believes that the best way to be successful is to be

__________________________ .
19. Mr Singh believes that Western methods plus the

_____________________________ are an excellent mix.
20. Mr Singh says his generation could only dream, but the new one can
____________________________ too.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21. When is the deadline for handing in dissertations?
22. What should the word count exclude?
23. Who must approve the dissertation topic?

24. How long should the research take?
25. What will the students probably spend the second half of April doing?
Questions 26-30
Complete the following statements using NO MORE THAN THREE

WORDS for each gap.
26. The professor recommends referring to _________________

dissertations.
27. The students already have a printed ___________________ to help

them with their dissertations.
28. Helen Trailforth’s book is named _______________________
29. The library has a ______________________ for getting books back

from other students if you need them.
30. The professor says that questionnaires may not get interviewees real
________________________.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
Complete the notes using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.

Lack of preparation can lead to contamination, e.g. forgetting to remove 31
_______________ or including the 32_______________of material.
The 33______________ at the processing facility removes contaminants,
but processors may refuse 34___________________ materials.
Questions 35-37

WORDS for each gap.
35. MRF is short for _____________.
36. At the MRF, trucks are______________.
37. Trucks leave the materials on the_________________.
Questions 38-40

38. What are the two types of sorting? ________________
39. What closes the recycling loop? ________________
40. What is the current recycling rate? ________________
Answer keys:

1B
2C
3D
4D
5 (the) student
6 none/ 0
7 (quite) well paid/ (the) pay
8 do aid work
9 (only) assessed
10 scholarships
11 rock music
12 very slowly
13 two/ 2
14 politics
15 mobility
16 push/are pushing
17 education
18 creative
19 Indian value system
20 achieve
21 28th May
22 contents, references, bibliography
23 (your) personal tutor
24 8-10 weeks
25 (extra) research
26 other/ previous students
27 research guide
28 Dissertation Research Techniques
29 recall system
30 feelings and opinions

31 container lids
32 wrong type
33 sorting process
34 heavily contaminated
35 material recovery facility
36 weighed
37 tipping floor
38 manual (and) automatic
39 buying recycled products
40 . 33.9%
SECTION 1
Student: Good afternoon. I’m […………………………..]applying to your
university and would like to ask you some questions.
Woman: Of course. Take a seat. Which course were you thinking of applying
for?
Student: South-east Asian Studies.

Woman: I see. Po you have a copy of the university […………………………..]?
Student: Yes. I do. I […………………………..]it.
Woman: So, you know that it’s a four-year course, including one year living
and working in the region.
Student: Yes. The A-level […………………………..]requirement is BCC, right?
Woman: Yea, but on […………………………..]our students have 3 Bs.
Student: Are there any […………………………..]on the subjects that I take at

A- level?
Woman: No, but we find that students studying politics, economics

history,[……………………..] or languages tend to find their first year easier. A
background in at least two or three of those subjects is [……………………..].
Student: I see. I’m not studying […………………………..]or languages, but I

am taking the other three at A-level. Are languages an important part of the
course? You see, I’m not very good at them.
Woman: Languages are not a […………………………..]part of the course-they

are optional each year. However, because students spend a year abroad, we
strongly […………………………..]that students take one for at least a
year […………………………..]. Howeyer, there is a language lab that students
are free to use during the day […………………………..]of the subjects they are
taking.
Student: Which languages are offered?

Woman: We have five on offer – Vietnamese, Burmese, Thai, Indonesian
and Tagalog. They can be taken in the first, second and fourth years. During
the third year, students are[…………………..] to learn the basics of the
language spoken wherever they are spending their year [……………………..].
Student: I see. Can I spend my year abroad in any conntry in

the […………………………..]I choose?
Woman: Yes, as long as you can […………………………..]your tutors that it

will benefit your studies. This year most students have gone to Vietnam,
Thailand, or the Philippines. Fewer have gone to […………………………..],
Burma, Malaysia, Laos or Cambodia. None went to[…………………………..]
or […………………..].
Student: What do students generally do during their year abroad?
Woman: The vast majority help on aid projects, […………………………..]

helping with water supply and […………………………..]in rural areas. Others
get involved in teaching English or in business – particularly
the […………………..] side of things. A small minority get jobs translating or
checking […………………………..]. That’s quite well paid, but your language
skills have to be up to scratch.
Student: Good. I was […………………………..]by the idea of teaching English

or doing aid work.
Woman: Very often, it’s possible to do both. That way you can also develop a
wider range of skills.

Student: Thank you for your help. Can I just check the [……………………..]
courses for year one?
Woman: The only choice in year one is a language or a project where the
student creates a[…………………………..]of background information on the
countries of the region. Actually, many students do both, since they find the
project […………………………..]to their general understanding of the region
and the languages are obviously useful […………………………..]for going
abroad. However, students are only […………………………..]on either the
language or the project and are free to choose which one.
Student: Got it. And could you tell me about the […………………………..]that
are available from the department? It says in the […………………………..]that
there are some in addition to the ones offered by the university.
Woman: Sure. Actually, I’ve printed out a list. … Here you are.
Nothing is available for first year students, but thereafter scholarships are
awarded for high overall grades and also for linguistic skills. There is a
smaller […………………………..]award for non-academic contributions.
Student: Well, thank you very much for your help.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Welcome to our […………………………..]on Indian Youth. Are
young Indians different from their elders? Smarter? Lazier? Less obedient? We
have invited an Indian[…………………………..], Mr Singh, to share his views
with us. Mr Singh, many Indians[…………………………..]that the new

generation of Indians is too […………………………..]and has lost touch with its
culture. What’s your opinion on that?
Mr. Singh: Whenever a country […………………………..]there

is […………………..] that the new generation will be dramatically different
from those that […………………………..]it, in particular more Westernised.
Much of that speculation is based on[…………………………..]observations
regarding rock music and the like. However most studies show that new
generations […………………………..]much, though not all, of the core values
of their culture. Cultures change very slowly. What is changing quickly is the
environment in which they live, their […………………………..], opportunities
for advancement, and[…………………………..]. Young Indians certainly have
more opportunities today.
Presenter: Where does your information come from?
Mr Singh: I have two., children in their early twenties. I see their […………..]
at close quarters. I often travel to both […………………………..]
and […………………………..]places in India, and I see the young people there.
The current generation has, by and large,[…………………………..]politics as a
primary concern. They have grown up with a TV and a[…………………………..]
either at home or in the vicinity. They have watched MTV but they still go the
temple, and most of them seriously believe that God exists. Regarding
the[…………………………..] that Mr Singh mentioned, for the first time, it
is[…………………………..] in India for a kid to say that he or she wants to be
an actor, a singer, a fashion designer, a writer, a cricket player as
a […………………………..] without parents losing sleep. It also means that
they have many choices of role model. When I look at young people around
me, I see more hope than […………………………..].

Presenter: Mr Singh, what is the main […………………………..]that young
people in India have?
Mr Singh: The biggest advantage_the youth of India have

is […………………………..]. It is very easy for them to move about the country
and follow opportunities – an edge the Chinese youth, for example, do not
currently have. Also, young Indians are quickly […………………………..]to
new technologies, and English is now being more widely […………………..]
and spoken than ever, before. India’s youth have a very unique advantage,
a [………………..] of mobility, language and knowledge of [………………..].
Add to that a country that has an[…………………………..]spirit and a very
clear intent to adapt to Western culture.
Presenter: Are there any problems, as far as you can see?
Mr Singh: I think that the biggest overall problem is with […………………..],

but as far as things that directly affect the younger generation are concerned, I
think that the main problem is that parents from the growing middle class are
pushing their children ever harder at[…………………………..]activities. They
believe this is the only way to stand out and[…………………………..]in a
system which is cutthroat because of the exploding[…………………………..]
and as education becomes more and more […………………………..]to the
masses. However, many parents are granting their children more choice,
particularly in the area of choosing their own careers. The youth of today
are […………………………..]more aware of the choices available to them.
Presenter: Do you think that competition is a problem?
Mr Singh: Not at all. It leads to […………………………..]. The younger

generation is more creative. Competition […………………………..]that

creativity is likely to be the best way to get ahead. Though it is
largely […………………..] that the culture-and-value-system-torch-bearing
youth are losing their way, I still believe that relates to a small [……………..].
The combination of the Indian value system and the Western [……………..] is
a winning one and if the Indian youth can […………………………..]to achieve
the right balance, global organisations will want their skills.
Presenter: Mr Singh, you sound very confident?
Mr Singh: I am. Every generation will experience change. This will be

more[…………………………..]especially in the context of development. Simply
put, young Indians are more aware about the world they live in. They are
more […………………………..]. They are consumers in the true sense. They are
exposed to […………………………..]TV, the Internet, freer access to
social […………………………..], and mobility. They are global citizens.
Adoption of styles and fashion from anywhere, particularly America, is quick.
But as several[…………………………..]have shown, this openness
and […………………………..]does come with some sense of humility and
purpose. Uesl confident that they can dream and[…………………………..]. My
generation could only dream.
SECTION 3
Professor: Welcome back to the new term, Martin and Amanda. I hope you’ve
had a good break and that you’re looking forward to writing
your […………………………..]. In this tutorial, I’d like to give you
the […………………………..]to ask questions on writing the dissertation, such
as[…………………………..], dates and who to see when you need help. I know
that it’s all available on the […………………………..]website, but sometimes

students just like to check or confirm information… or sometimes they need a
little more detail. So, is there anything you’d like to ask?
Martin: Is there a […………………………..]hand-in date yet? On the

website it said that one hadn’t been […………………………..]on yet.
Professor: I’m glad you asked that question. I just heard this morning that
the[…………………………..] has been decided and it is [……………………..].
That’s a week later than we had originally planned.
Amanda: What about the word limit? The website gave a very broad range.
What was it, Martin? 10,000 to 20,000 words?
Martin: I believe so, Amanda.
Professor: Well, I believe that was a typing error. It should be [………………..]

words, but feel free to write a little more if you need to. However, make sure
that your dissertation is at least 10,000 words long, not [……………………..]
the contents, references and[…………………………..].
Amanda: Right. Thank you. And we can choose any topics we like, can’t we?
Professor: Any from year 3. And do remember to get your topic approved by
vour[…………………………..] tutor – oh, that’s me, isn’t it? – before you start
writing. I’d hate to have to tell you your topic was […………………………..]
after you’d spent a lot of time on it!
Amanda: What would you like us to show you […………………………..], apart

from the title?

Professor: Well, I’d like to see a basic bibliography first, along with an outline
of your[…………………………..]. You should get that done by the end of
January – this month in other words.
Martin: According to the website, the research should

take […………………………..], so that takes us from, well, until mid-April,
basically.
Professor: Yes, you should have the […………………………..]pretty much done

by the time you return from the Easter break.
Martin: It seems like a reasonable amount of time, but I bet

it[…………………………..]fast.
Professor: It certainly does. You’ll probably find that you need to do some
extra research during the, second half of April. Ideally, you’d be writing then,
but very few students get all the information they need and
the […………………………..]tutors almost always need to make some
farther […………………………..]. That’s why it’s really important to get the
bulk of your research done by mid-April.
Martin: I see. If we get into trouble or can see that we re going to get
into[…………………….] with our research, we should […………………………..]
contact you ASAP.
Professor: Absolutely.
Amanda: Do you think that we should look at what other students have done
in the past, in order to get a better idea of what to do and what to write?

Professor: It can be helpful, but what often happens is that students rely too
much on what they read, so I would only use other students’ – [……………..]
students’ work as a reference.
Amanda: Got it.
Martin: I know that we have the research guide to help us- But are there any
other books or sources that you would […………………………..], I mean, to
help us with planning a dissertation and the organisation and so on?
Amanda: Yes. I wanted to ask you that too.
Professor: There are several available from the library. I wouldn’t bother
buying any. My personal […………………………..]is “Dissertations and You”
by Roger Kline. Another good one is “Mastering Your Dissertation” by Helen
Blondel. There’s a book about research[…………………………..]… Oh, what’s it
called? It’s something simple like “Research Techniques for Dissertations”.
The author is Helen Trailforth. Oh, I know! It’s called “PisBertatiQn Research
Techniques”. Very good book. There’s more than one copy of each of those in
the library. One is for […………………………..]only and yon.know about the
recall system if a book is being[…………………………..]by someone else and
vou want it. don’t you?
Amanda and Martin: Yes.
Professor: Good. Very good. Anything else?
Amanda: Well, now that you’ve mentioned research […………………………..],

I’ve got a question. Questionnaires. A good idea, professor?

Professor: The general […………………………..]is that they are not very
helpful, though some[…………………………..]researchers beg to differ. Clear
them with me first, if you decide to go ahead and use them. You see, you need
to be very […………………………..]about the questions that you ask and order
of the questions. Questionnaires very often lead people towards giving certain
answers rather than getting at their true feelings and opinions.
Amanda: Martin? Anything else?
Martin: No. I’m happy. Thank you, professor.
Amanda: Yes, thank you so much.
Professor: My pleasure.
SECTION 4
Presenter: Have you ever wondered where your […………………………..]end
up after they get picked up from the curb, after you’ve left them at a recycling
drop-off centre or when your[…………………………..]has come to empty your
recycling […………………………..]? Well, this presentation will tell you.
The story begins when a resident places their […………………………..]out for

recycling in a special bin, brings their […………………………..]to one of the
recycling drop-off centres or when a business puts their used materials in their
recycling dumpster. It is very important that[…………………………..]and
employees properly prepare their recyclables for collection.
Improper […………………..]of materials, for example not removing container
lids or [………………….] the wrong type of material causes […………………..].
Although some contamination is to be expected – and is removed during the

sorting process at the processing […………………………..]– processors may
not accept materials that are heavily[…………………………..]and these will be
disposed of.
After materials are put out for recycling, the recycling truck comes to pick
them up. Recyclables brought to the drop-off centres should be placed in
the [………………….] bins. The large containers are […………………………..]
periodically or whenever they are full. Businesses and multi-family residences
collect on the days decided by the […………………………..].
The trucks that collect recyclables from the curb and drop – off centres then
drive the[…………………………..]to a material recovery facility –
or […………………………..]. When the trucks arrive at the MRF, they are first
weighed at the station to […………………………..]the weight of materials
delivered to the facility. Next, the trucks […………………………..]to the tipping
floor where they dump their materials. Items are […………………………..]in
specific areas to facilitate the sorting process.
After the different materials are dumped on the […………………………..]at the

MRF, they are fed onto different […………………………..]belts according to
the type of material. The materials then proceed up the different conveyor
belts and are subject to both […………………………..]and […………………..]
sorting. Individuals manually remove any large objects such as a lawn chair
or […………………………..]can, along with any […………………………..]. After
the initial manual sort, the materials pass by a magnet that [………………..]
the metal cans, and then through an air sorter to […………………………..]the
remaining materials. Once the materials are sorted, they are compressed into
bales that are shipped to[…………………………..], who will then use these
materials to create […………………………..]. Plastics can be recycled into
items such as clothing, lumber, park benches, and playground[……………..].

Metal and glass containers are often recycled into new containers, and paper is
recycled into new paper products, such as copy paper, toilet
paper,[……………..], and newspaper.
Remember to close the recycling loop: buy recycled both at home and at work,
as this is the only way that recycling truly […………………………..]. Find out
more about buying recycled products. Remember: if you’re not buying
recycled, you’re not really recycling!
So, how are we doing? Let’s take a brief look at our recycling rate information.
All[…………………………..]are required to maintain a minimum recycling rate
of 25% of the total[…………………………..]solid waste generated annually. We
are required to annually report on recycling activities and file a report with the
Department of […………………………..]Quality or DEQ. These reports are due
to the DEQ on April 30th of each year for the[…………………………..]calendar
year. Based on information received to date, last year
we[…………………………..]a recycling rate of […………………………..]%, 2.8%
higher than the previous year. Paper recycling was up 36% as was the recycling
of [……………..]and […………………..]. Our target is a recycling rate of over
50% by […………………………..].

SECTION 1
Questions 1 and 2
abel the map below.

Write the correct letter A-H next to questions 1 and 2.
1. Elderly woman: _________________

2. Thieves’ car: ___________________
Questions 3-5
3. When Mrs Reynolds saw the thieves, she
A. ran after them.
B. telephoned the police.
C. went to help the elderly woman.

4. The elderly woman was
A. badly hurt.
B. unhurt.
C. very upset.
5. Which woman had once had her bag stolen in the past?
A. the elderly woman
B. Mrs Reynolds
C. Mrs Reynolds’ friend
Question 6
Choose TWO letters, A-F.
6. The bag contained
A. a purse.
B. £50.
C. a cheque book.
D. a cheque card.

E. a bus pass.
F. a door key.
Questions 7-10

answer.
Distinguishing
Age Build Hair colour
marks
younger
about 17 7 _____ 8 _____ None
man
older man About 9 ___ medium brown a 10 ___ on chin
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
11. The Bridge Hotel is located in
A. the city centre.

B. the country.
C. the suburbs.
12. The newest sports facility in the hotel is
A. a swimming pool.
B. a fitness centre.
C. a tennis court.
13. The hotel restaurant specialises in
A. healthy food.
B. local food.
C. international food.
Questions 14 and 15
Choose TWO letters, A~E.
Which TWO business facilities are mentioned?
A. internet access
B. mobile phone hire

C. audio-visual facilities
D. airport transport
E. translation services
Questions 16-20

each answer.
SHORT BREAK PACKAGES

Cost (per
Length of stay person per Special features
night)
16 £ Full cooked breakfast
2 days
___________ Entertainment in the 17
As above, plus:
3 days £60
▪ a 18 _____________
As above, plus:
19 £ ▪ 2 days’ free beauty therapy

5 days
__________
▪ full-day membership of a
20___________.

SECTION 3
Questions 21 and 22

answer.
21. Last year, Dina got a grade __________________ for the Theory and
Practice option.
22. Dina has some free time because her ___________________ has been
cancelled.
Question 23
Choose ONE letter, A-E.
Which book does Dina advise against?
A. Brown: Observing Theory in Practice
B. Jespersen: Theory’s Crucible
C. Piresi: On Giants’Shoulders’
D. Willard: Practical Theories in the Social Sciences

E. Williams: Knowledge Theory
Questions 24-30

answer.
How to use the Recall System
Take a 24_______________ from librarian’s desk.
Complete the details of the book. Write your 25______________ address

on back. Hand it in at the 26_________________.
Check mail in your department twice a day to see if book is ready to collect. It
normally takes 3 days.
Cost: 27_______________per book.

Dina’s advice on organising a study group to work on an
assignment
Find two or three people on the course who live near you.
Divide up the reading load.
Take it in turns to 28_______________ what you have read for the others.
Explain your 29________________to each other.
Write first draft of essay.

Exchange drafts and 30_________________.
Write final version of essay.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
PEREGRINE FALCONS
31. The Peregrine falcons found in_are not migratory birds.
32. There is disagreement about their maximum_.
33. When the female is guarding the nest, the male spends most of his time
Questions 34-37

each answer.
Age of falcons What occurs

20 days old The falcons 34__________
28 days old The falcons are 35________
2 months old The falcons 36________permanently
1-12 months old More than half of falcons 37_______
Questions 38-40
Procedures used for field research on Peregrine falcon chicks
First: catch chicks
Second: 38________________ to legs
Third: 39________________ of chicks
Fourth: take blood sample to assess level of pesticide
Fifth: check the 40 _______________ of the birds
Answer keys:
1. C

2. C
3. C
4. B
5. A
6. A (and) E (in either order, both required for 1 mark)
7. slim
8. black
9. 35
10. (small) scar
11. C
12. B
13. C
14&15. A D (in either order)
16. 75
17. evening(s)
18. (four-course) dinner

19. 52
20. golf club
21. A +/plus
22. lecture
23. 8
24. pink slip
25. department {al)
26. information Desk 29 25p/pence
27. summarise/summarize
28. essay plan(s)
29. (give) feedback
30.
31. Australia
32 (flight/flying) speed / speed of flight
33. looking/searching for food
34. start/begin to fly / start/begin flying
35. (full/adult) size / full adult size / full(y) grown

36. leave (the/their) nest(s)
37. die
38. attach (identification/ID/aluminium/ aluminum) rings
39. note (the) sex
40. (general) health
SECTION 1
You will hear a woman called Mrs Reynolds being interviewed by a police
officer about an incident she saw the previous evening.
M: Well, if you can just tell me everything you remember. It doesn’t matter
how[…………………………..] it seems. What may seem [……………………..] to
you may not be unimportant to us.
F: OK, I’ll do what I can, officer. Well, as I said, I’d iust come out of the cinema
on the High Street, so it was about […………………………..]. Just before 8 in
fact. I’d been to see a film with a friend and she’d just gone off home. So I was
just [……………..] there wondering what to do, whether to go and have a cup
of coffee somewhere or not. I was just standing there[…………………………..]

my own business when I […………………………..]heard someone
shouting […………………………..]opposite me outside the library.
Not […………………………..], just shouting. It sounded like the voice of an
elderly woman. “They’ve got my bag! They’ve got my bag!”, she
was […………………..]. Then these two men raced past me, going like the
wind, straight down the street and round the corner into […………………..]. It
all happened so quickly I think they must have had a car waiting for them
there because I heard one[…………………………..]at top speed. Well, I didn’t
know what on earth to do; whether to try and[…………………………..]them,
whether to ring the police or whether to go and see if she was all right. Another
woman was running up behind me so I […………………………..]back at her to
go and call the […………………………..]. Anyway, when I got to the woman,
she seemed to be all right, thank […………………………..]. A bit shaken, but
OK. I think I was much more upset than she was.
All in all, she was pretty […………………………..]. I don’t think I would have
been, but[…………………………..]it had happened to her once before so maybe
that’s why you know, I’ve got a friend who […………………………..]to go out
alone anywhere after[…………………………..]now. What’s this town coming
to?
Well, anyway, she just kept saying, “I didn’t see a thing, I didn’t see a thing.”
One of them had just […………………………..]her from behind and as she put
out her hand to steady herself, the other one had just taken the bag from under
her arm. And then he[…………………………..]across the road. I asked her
what she’d had in it, and she said she’d had her […………………………..]with
about £15 in it, but no cheque book or cards or things like that. And luckily she
had her front door key in her pocket. Oh. and she’d had her bus pass taken too.

M: Let’s get back to the two men, if we can. Just tell me everything you
can[…………………………..]about them.
F: Well, there was a younger one and an older one.
M: Well, let’s start with the younger one, shall we?
F: Well, age first then. He only […………………………..]about 17-not more.

Something like that. Neither very tall nor small. Sort of slim build. Not
anybody you’d […………………………..]. Nothing particularly special about
him. An […………………………..]looking sort of bloke. He had curlv black hair
which was quite long. But apart from that, as I say, not someone you’d notice
in a crowd. Nothing really […………………………..]about him at all. But the
other one, the older one, he was different.
M: Different?
F: Yes, different, I feel as if I’d know him anywhere again. I got more of a look
at him because he ran across the road more slowly than
the […………………………..]. I remember being surprised because he was
quite a bit older than the other one. I’d say about 35. Funny, because you don’t
think of people of that age […………………………..]handbags in broad daylight
like that, do you? He was quite a bit smaller than the other man.
And […………………………..]build.
M: What did he look like? You didn’t give the officer much [………………..]
last night.
F: Well, I did get quite a good look at his face. No beard or [………………..]–
clean shaven and quite smart-looking really. He had light brown hair cut very

short. A sort of army[…………………………..]. And there was another thing.
Thinking about it all last night over and over again, Pm almost sure he had a
small scar on his chin. I didn’t tell the other[…………………………..]that last
night, but in my mind each time I see his face, I can see one.
M; A scar on his chin? That could be important. Thank you, Mrs Reynolds.
You’ve been really helpful. If you really think you’d […………………………..]
him again, then what we’d like you to do later this morning, if you can, is to
come down to the police station and look at a few[…………………………..]for
us…(Fade out)
SECTION 2
You will hear a recorded message giving information about an English hotel.
Welcome to the Bridge Hotel Information Line. The Bridge Hotel is part of the
Compact Group, which is a large […………………………..]of family-owned
hotels offering a warm friendly atmosphere and high quality service
at […………………..] prices. All of them cater for a[…………………………..]of
people-from business to leisure clients.
Set in a quiet […………………………..]area on the attractive outskirts of

Belford. about 3 miles from the city centre, the Bridge Hotel is a popular
choice for […………………………..]. After recent […………………………..]and
expansion, it now has 25 double rooms and[…………………………..]. All 45 are
en suite with TV and coffee-and tea-making[…………………………..].
The Bridge Hotel is set in three and a half […………………………..]of grounds

with an open-air swimming pool and four […………………………..]. There is
also a newly opened gym with[…………………………..]suite, which is

considered one of the best equipped in the area. Non-resident membership is
available. We have a fully […………………………..]restaurant for residents
and […………………………..], which provides a wide range of dishes with a
particular focus on dishes from around the world.
For the [……………….] business customer, we have [………………..]business

rooms with phone links allowing full Internet access. Our […………………..]
facilities cater for up to […………………………..]and we are able to offer
transport to guests to and from Birmingham Airport at a small extra cost.
There now follows information about short break packages.
Welcome to the Bridge Hotel Short Breaks Information Line. We offer three
packages: 2-day, 3-day and 5-day.
The 2-day costs £75 per person per night and includes full cooked breakfast
and evening entertainment. Very popular for weekend [……………………..].
The 3-day break costs […………………………..]per person per night and in

addition to offers for the 2-day break, includes one four-course dinner. This
allows guests to enjoy the full range of hotel facilities.
The 5-day break costs [………………..] par person per night and, in addition to
offers from the 2-and 3-day breaks, includes free [………………..]on two days
and a full-day pass to a golf club. This […………………………..]is particularly
popular with couples who want a completely […………………………..].
If you would like more information about these special packages, call
Extension[…………………………..]to speak to our Customer Service Manager,
John Martin. Thank you for calling the Bridge Hotel Information Line.

SECTION 3
You will hear three students talking about their study programmes.
M: Hi, Elaine, I was hoping I’d see you here. How’re things?
F1: All right. You?
M: Not bad, but I’m beginning to worry about that […………………………..].
F1: What, the one on Theory and Practice?
M; Yes.
Fl: When’s it got to be in by?
M: Next Thursday, and I just can’t get to grips with it.
Fl: Yes, it’s a […………………………..]one. I’m hoping to get down to it over

the weekend. I tell you what, there’s Dina. Let’s see if she has any pearls
of […………………………..]on the subject. She took the Theory and Practice
option last year, didn’t she? And got an A+for it. I think.
M: How does she do it?
Fl: Let’s ask her. Hi, Dina. Hard at work?
F2: Not exactly. The lecture’s iust been […………………………..], so I’ve

suddenly got a free morning on my hands.

Fl: That’s lucky. You’ve met Neil, haven’t you?
F2: Yes.
Fl: We were just talking about the theory and […………………………..]

assignment we’ve got to hand in next. Can we just pick your [………………..] a
moment?
F2: How far have you got with it?
Fl: Well, still at the reading stage really.
F2: Are you? Well, one bit of advice I’d […………………………..] give is not to
spend hours wading through that […………………………..]volume by
Jespersen: it really isn’t very helpful-I think the only […………………………..]
they keep it on the reading list is that the library has got so many copies of it.
Personally, I found the […………………………..]source was Piresi; have you
read her yet?
FI: Piresi? I don’t think so.
F2: That’s a great book, it must be on your reading list.
M: Right.
F2: Another one I found very useful was the […………………………..]called

something like ‘Practical theories’ , by, was it Williams? Or Willard. Yes, Wil-
lard. Also, if you want to look at case studies, that small book of Ron Brown’s
has got some interesting[…………………………..]in-you know the one I mean?

M: Ron Brown, yes. I looked for it in the library but it was out on loan.
F2: Yes it’s a very […………………………..]book. Did you try the recall system?
M: The what?
F2: Don’t you use the […………………………..]? You should, you know. You
iust have to take a[…………………………..]slip from any of the librarians1
desks, fill the details of the book in, put your […………………………..]address
on the back- your departmental address not your home address-and hand the
slip in at the Information Desk. Then check the mail in your department twice
a day, say at 10 in the morning and 3 in the afternoon, for a slip telling you the
book is ready to […………………………..]. Last week I recalled a book
at […………………………..]and got the slip telling me it was ready just 4 hours
later. That was […………………………..]; it usually takes about 3 days.
M: I didn’t know you could do that. Is it expensive?
F2: No, there’s a […………………………..]charge – 25 pence a book. I think.

It’s well worth it if you’re preparing for an assignment. Are you going to be
working together on it?
M: Erm, I’m not sure.
F2: I would, if I were you. You get so much more out of the assignment that
way.
M: But surely the […………………………..]would notice that our essays were

the same?

F2: No, no. I’m certainly not suggesting you should actually write the thing
together. I’m talking about when you first start on a big assignment. T think
it’s a good idea to find two or three others on the course who live near you,
and […………………………..]up the reading-load between you. Then you can
meet up again a few days later and take it in turns to […………………………..]
your reading for each other. At the next stage we go round the
group […………………………..]our essay-plans. which makes it easier
for […………………..] then to go off and write the first draft of their essay on
their own. Later on we usually exchange drafts and give[…………………..] in
the group, before finally writing our essays individually.
M: Do you really do all that?
F2: Usually, yes. It makes the whole thing much easier and
more [………………..].
M: Right. Well, I think I need another coffee before getting started. Can I get
you one?
F2: Yes, why not.
SECTION 4
You will hear a talk by a university lecturer in Australia on a type of bird
called a peregrine falcon.
I’m Professor Sam Richards, and I’ve come as the third […………………..]on
this course in Australian birds of prey. My job is to keep a […………………..]
scientific eye on the state of Tasmanian [………………..], so I’ll start by giving

you some background to these[…………………………..]birds of prey before I
speak briefly on my own project.
Peregrine […………………………..]are found on all continents with the

exception of Antarctica. So don’t go looking for them at the […………………..].
They are found almost everywhere in Australia and it’s interesting to note that
the name, peregrine, […………………………..]that they are wanderers-that
they move from place to place following the […………………………..]-and
indeed, in most parts of the world they are […………………………..]birds. But
not in Australia, however, where they prefer to stay in one place.
They are known to be the world’s fastest […………………………..]and they

have been tracked by radar diving down towards the ground
at […………………..] an hour.
However, a number of text books claim that their flight speed can go as high
as[…………………..] an hour, so there is still some […………………………..]
about iust how fast they can actually fly.
Female peregrine falcons, like all other Australian falcons, are larger than their
male[…………………………..]; in fact the female is almost a third larger than
the male in the case of peregrines. While she stays close to the nest
to […………………………..]the eggs and the young chicks, the male is
mostly […………………………..]looking for food.
Peregrines typically lay two or three eggs per nest and, after the eggs
have[…………………………..], when the chicks are about 20 days old, they
start to flv. So they fly at a very young age. By the time they are
just […………………………..], they have already reached full adult size: in
other words, they are fully grown. Soon after this, at about 2 months

after[…………………………..]from the egg, they leave the nest for good. From
this point on they are on their own. Unlike their parents, which have learned
how to […………………………..], the young falcons are not good
at […………………………..]themselves and so during the first year
about [……………………..] of them die. Once the birds have [………………..]
to live to breeding age, at two years old, they generally go on to live for another
six or seven years.
When we come across […………………………..]with young chicks, the first

thing we do is catch the chicks before they are able to fly. We have to catch
them at an early age. We then attach[…………………………..]rings to their
legs. These rings are made of colour- coded[…………………………..]and they
allow us to identify the birds through[…………………………..]later in their
lives. Thirdly, because we need to know how many[…………………………..]and
how many female chicks are being bom, we note the sex of the chicks. Noting
the sex of the birds is a […………………………..]part of our research, as I
will[…………………………..]later. The next thing to do is to take a blood
sample from the chicks. We take the blood sample so that we can check the
level of […………………………..]in their bodies. Peregrine falcons can
build […………………………..]quantities of pesticides in their blood stream by
feeding on smaller […………………………..]which in turn feed on crops, grown
on farms where pesticides are used. Finally we check the birds [……………..],
really checking the birds for their general health. This whole [……………..]
only takes a few minutes; in fact, most of our time in the field is actually spent
trying to find the nests, not on the data […………………………..]itself.
Well, that’s all I have for you today. If you’d like to do some farther reading…

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS or A NUMBER for each

answer.
APPLICATION FOR RAILCARD
Example
Type of Card Required: Young Person’s Railcard
First Name: 1_______________
Surname: 2_______________
Date of Birth: 3_______________
Permanent Address: 158 Kingwood Close,

Norwich
Postcode: 4 _______________
Telephone Number: 5 _______________

Term-time Address: Housewalk Terrace,
London Postcode: WF1 4NN
Questions 6-9
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS or A NUMBER for each,

answer.
Types of Ticket Restrictions Cost

London Day Out outside peak hours 6£
Super Advance Return must hook seat 7 in advance £23
Saver outside peak hours 8£
9____________ no restrictions £60
Question 10
Circle the correct letters A-C.
10. How much does the student actually pay for his ticket to London?
A. £7.66
B. £15.34
C. £33.34
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
11. Who are mentors?

A. New students.
B. Second or third-year students.
C. University teachers.
12. How often should mentor groups meet?
A. Once a week.
B. Once a fortnight.
C. Once a month.
13. What is it essential to do at the first meeting?
A. Explain your problems.
B. Make new friends.
C. Agree when to meet again.
Questions 14-17
List FOUR things which students may be given information about. Write NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
14 ____________________
15 ____________________
16 ____________________
17 ____________________

Questions 18-20
omplete the sentences below.
18. Your mentor will show you how to obtain a free_____________
19. Mentoring is useful for people who are_______________for the first

time.
20. Your mentor may give you advice on how to_____________________.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
What did each person say was the principal cause of stress for them?
Choose from the list of possible causes in the box.
Example Answer
Ramon team work
21. Kikuko
22. Boris
23. Etienne
24. Nagwa
Questions 25-27

List THREE parts of one’s daily routine that can help reduce stress.
List of Possible Causes of Stress
A. bad management
B. dual-career family
C. fear of unemployment
D. new technologies
E. working surroundings
F. powerlessness
G. too much work
25 ________________
26 ________________
27 ________________
Questions 28-30
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS in each space.
Cause of stress Strategy for reducing stress

Overwork 28_______________

fear of job 29_______________
new technologies 30_______________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-36
31. The speaker compares a solar eclipse today to a
A. religious experience.
B. scientific event.
C. popular spectacle.
32. The speaker says that the dark spot of an eclipse is A simple to predict.
A. simple to predict.
B. easy to explain.
C. randomly occurring.
33. Concerning an eclipse, the ancient Chinese were
A. fascinated.
B. rational.
C. disturbed.

34. For the speaker, the most impressive aspect of an eclipse is the A
exceptional beauty of the sky.
A. exceptional beauty of the sky.
B. chance for scientific study.
C. effect of the moon on the sun.
35. Eclipses occur rarely because of the size of the
A. moon.
B. sun.
C. earth.
36. In predicting eclipses, the Babylonians were restricted by their
A. religious attitudes.
B. inaccurate observations.
C. limited ability to calculate.
Questions 37-40

Date of
Scientists Observation
Eclipse
37 ________ who accurately predicted an

1735 Halley
eclipse
Janssen and
1868 discovered 38
Lockyer
1878 Watson believed he had found 39__________
realized astronomers had misunderstood

1919 Einstein
40____________
Answer keys:
1, Stephen
2. Krockers
3. 3rd February 1979/February 3 1979
4. NR4 6JF
5. 456 321
6. 18
7. one day
8. 29.30

9. Open (ticket)
10. B
11. B
12. B
13. C
14. academic systems
15. study techniques/techniques for studying
16. university facilities
17. social activities
18. e-mail account
19. away from home
20. pass (your) exams
21. C
22. G
23. D
24. E
25. a balanced diet/vary your diet
26. drink less coffee

27. take regular exercise
28. manage time better/manage your time
29. make plans/set money aside/ update your CV
30. do training courses
31. C
32. B
33. C
34. B
35. A
36. C
37. (the) first person
38. (a) new element/helium
39. (the) lost planet/ (the) planet/Vulcan
40. gravity

SECTION 1
(C = Clerk; S = Stephen)
C: Central station, Norwich, Sue Brown speaking. Can I help you?
S: Is that the […………………………..]?
C: Yes.
S: Er…is there a card that you can buy railway tickets and allows you to
get […………………………..]on it?
C: You mean a […………………………..]? Yes, there are various types. There’s

the Young Person’s Railcard and the Senior Citizen’s Railcard, for example.
S: Well, I’d like a Yong Person’s Railcard, but I’m over 21. Is that OK? Do I
still […………………………..]?
C: Yes, you’re eligible from 18 to 25.
S: Great. And how much does it cost?
C: […………………………..].
S: OK…and can I get it over the phone?
C: Well, I can take your details and process it now over the phone, but you’ll
need to come in to collect the card.
S: Yeah, that’s fine.
C: OK, so I just need to take down some details. First of all, can I have your
name?

S: Stephen Krockers.
C: OK, so first name Steven…Is that Steven with a “v”?
S: No, with “ph”.
C: Right…and can you give me your […………………………..]again?
S: That’s Krockers.
C: Crocker with a “c”?
S: No, I’ll have to spell it for you, K-R-O-C-K-E-R-S.
C: Right, thank you. Now, you said you were over 21-can I ask for your exact
date of birth, please?
S: Yes, sure. It’s the third of February.
C: Yes.
S: And the year’s […………………………..].
C: 1979. OK, lovely. So the next thing I need to know is your [………………..].
S: Right, I’d better give you my parents’ address then. I’m […………………..]
moving soon.
C: Yes, that’ll be fine.
S: It’s 158, Kingwood Close…
C: Is Kingwood one word or two?

S: One.
C: Right.
S: Norwich.
C: And can you tell me the […………………………..], please?
S: It’s […………………………..].
C: NR4 6JS?
S: No, F for Freddie.
C: Right, and the next thing I need is your telephone number.
S: Do you mean my parents’ number?
C: Yes, the number at your permanent address.
S: OK, it’s Norwich […………………………..].
C: And are you living at that address now?
S: No, in term-time I’m in lodgings. But like I said, I might be moving soon.
C: Never mind, just give me the address where you’re staying now.
S: Right, it’s 62, Housewalk Terrace, Wakefield.
C: And the postcode?
S: […………………………..].

C: Right,that’s fine.
S: And I want to get a ticket…can I do that now, and get the discount, or do I
have to wait until the card’s ready?
C: No, you can book the ticket now, and […………………………..]it at the same
time as you get the card.
S: OK. So I want a return ticket to London next week…how much will that
cost?
C: Well, it […………………………..]on what sort of ticket you get. There are

four different kinds… I’ll go through them for you. Right,
the […………………………..]one’s the London Day Out. That’s good if you’re
just going away for the day…it includes some bus and tube travel in London,
but you have to travel outside peak hours. That costs £18.00.
S: OK…
C: Now, the next one’s called the Super […………………………..]Return. You

can travel on any train with that, but you have to book vour seat one dav
ahead. Actually it’s better to book earlier if you can, because there’s only a
limited number of tickets.
S: OK..and how much is that?
C: It’s £23.
S: That doesn’t sound too bad. What about the other types of tickets?
C: They’re more […………………………..]. There’s one called the Saver which

again you can use on most trains outside peak hours,
that’s […………………………..]. But you don’t need to buy it in advance, you
can get it on the day you travel.
S: Mmm, that’s a bit expensive.

C: And finally, there’s the Open ticket, and with that you can travel on any
train on any day of the week, and you don’t need to book ahead, but that
costs […………………………..].
S: £60! Right, I’ll have a Super Advance. Now, I’d like to leave next Friday
morning on the 8:30 train and come back on Sunday at 10 p.m. And… you said
that usually costs £23?
C: That’s right.
S: So how much do I save with the […………………………..]?
C: You get a third off…a third off £23 is £7.66. so you’ll pav £15.34 . But then
this time you have to pay for the railcard too…that’s […………………………..]
plus 18.00…so altogether you’ll have to pay […………………………..].
S: And when can I collect them?
C: They’ll be ready by […………………………..], they should be at the bookings

office after about 10:00 a.m.
S: Oh…I don’t know if I can make it on Wednesday. You can’t post them, can
you?
C: No, you have to collect your railcard in person and sign it, and I nearly
forgot to tell you, you need a […………………………..]photograph for it. If you
don’t have one, there’s a machine on the station.
S: No, I think I’ve got one somewhere. I needed some for my

college […………………………..]. I think I had one left over.
C: Good. So is there anything else?
S: No, that’s great. Thanks a lot. Bye!
C: Goodbye.

SECTION 2
Hi! It’s good to see you all here today and what a pity the weather is so bad for
your first day at university! It could at least have stayed [………………………..]
today! Now, my name is Pat Baker, I work for student […………………………..]
and I’m going to tell you all about our […………………………..]scheme for new
students. We’ve had it in place for a few years now and people starting at
university for the first time in general find it a
very […………………………..]experience at these meetings. What happens is
this: each of you, if you want to join the […………………………..], will be
assigned a mentor-that is, someone who’s been studying here for a year or two
and who can show you the ropes, in other words, show you how things work,
give you advice if you need it and just generally be […………………………..]
contact for you in the university. Of course you’ll have your […………………..]
and lecturers who will also help you with […………………………..] problems,
but this is someone at 37our own age who has been through the same
experience quite recently.
What the […………………………..]does is to have a group of usually two or

three students and he or she […………………………..]meetings preferably
about once every two weeks-we generally find that more than that is just too
often-where you chat about your problems, […………………………..]life or just
about things in general and your mentor will give you the benefit of his or her
experience.
If you’re joining this scheme, you’ll be meeting your mentor today just
after […………………………..]. If you haven’t signed up by the way, it’s not too
late. Come and see me after the talk. Don’t be […………………………..]about
this first meeting: It’s going to be quite short so you won’t have time to tell
your mentor all your […………………………..]-you’ll just get to know each
other a little bit and, most importantly, fix a time and a place for your next
meeting, which you can have when you’re feeling more [……………………..]
and not so […………………………..]by the newness of it all.
Mentors, as I’ve said, have been through the same […………………………..]as

you quite recently, so they can understand your problems. They’ll be able to
tell you about […………………………..]systems, which are so different at
university from what you were used to at school. Also, because at university
you are much more independent and you have to spend so much time studying

on your own, they can suggest […………………………..]for studying which will
help you to keep Q15 up-to-date with your work.
This university is an […………………………..]place, so another thing which

they’ll be able to help with is university […………………………..]– you know,
anything from sports halls to libraries to medical services and they can
probably help you get […………………………..]in all sorts of social activities,
too -parties, clubs, sports, whatever.
So, as you can see, this is a pretty useful scheme, but it does rely on
people […………………………..]. The telephone’s pretty useful if you have one,
but students are busy people and often out doing things, so [………………..] is
probably better. Your mentor will be able to show you how to get an e-mail
account.. .they don’t cost anything to students. They’re free. For people who
have never been away from home before, a mentor is a useful contact
and […………………………..]-somewhere between a friend and a parent. And
no doubt as the year […………..] and you start getting [……………………..]
around exam time, your mentor will be ready with usefal tips on the best wav
to pass your exams- after all, they did the same ones either last year or the year
before and they […………………………..] them!
SECTION 3
Disc Jockey: And now, after that old favourite from “The
Corrs” […………………..] ”1 never loved you anyway”, we have Dr. Greenhill to
talk to us today about stress in the […………………………..]. Is it getting
worse, Dr. Greenhill?
Dr. Greenhill: I’m not sure whether it’s getting worse or just that more people
are talking about it. Certainly lots more people are […………………………..]
about it. I’ve just completed a study of […………………………..]workers from
20 different countries. And I’ve taken a multi¬cultural [……………………..] to
the subject.
Disc Jockey: And what have you found?
Dr. Greenhill: That broadly speaking the cause of stress are […………………..]
all over the world. For example, Ramon from Mexico City says that
society […………………………..]people by individual success. But, he says,

increasingly work is […………………………..]in teams. This means there’s
a [……………….] between personal goals and the need to […………………..]
with one’s colleagues. He finds this an acute source of stress, actually.
Then there’s Kikuko, from Osaka, Japan, who says she’s under a lot of stress
because the company she’s worked for 30 years is in […………………………..].
She says it’s because her […………………………..]made a number of
bad […………………………..], but really what worries her most is that she
might lose her job. You know, she’s in her 50s and at that age it’s not easy to
find another one. She says that she also feels […………………………..]and
that’s getting her […………………………..]too.
Well, then there’s Boris, from Odessa in the Ukraine. He puts overwork at the
top of his list of […………………………..]. Then there
are other factors. Both he and his wife have full-time jobs so that when they get
home they don’t get to relax much either.
I guess that’s a problem most of us can relate to!
Disc Jockey: We always hear about computers, e-mail and cell phones as
things which get people tearing their hair out. Is this true?
Dr. Greenhill: Mmm. In many cases, yes, but not so much as you might think-
only […………………………..] of […………………………..]give this as the main
cause- Etienne from Quebec. Canada, is one-though he also mentions change
and the feeling of being a victim of […………………………..]beyond his
control. Other people talk about the amount of work which comes with
continual change as being more stressing than new […………………………..]
themselves. People feel they lack […………………………..]in their working life.
But we must remember that in many places it’s really lack of new technology
that puts people under most […………………………..]. Take Nagwa from
Sohag in Egypt, for example. She says that for her the main source of stress
was working in noisy, hot, […………………………..]conditions day out and
with no end in sight. So it seems, we can’t win either way!

Disc Jockey: So, what can we as individuals do to make things easier for
ourselves?
Dr. Greenhill: Well, I’ve talked to a number of […………………………..]about

this- doctors and […………………………..]– and here are a few suggestions for
reducing stress without you having to change your job! First, vary vour diet:
fish, pasta, vegetables, fruit and so on. Try not to live off sandwiches and fast
food-a […………………………..]diet in other words. Also, we tend to drink too
much coffee. […………………………..], the drug in coffee, gets us
more [………………..]. So, if you want to feel less […………………………..],
drink less coffee. It’s tough at first but you’ll notice the difference [………..]
just a few days. Finally, take regular exercise. It’s a great way of relaxing and of
course it makes you more healthy too!
For particular cause of stress there are various things you can do. If your
problem is that you think you’ve got too much work on your [……………..],
what you probably need to do is […………………………..]time better. You have
to learn to deal with the things which are really vital. Don’t waste time
on […………………………..]. There are courses to help you with this. If you are
worried about […………………………..], make plans so that if it happens you
are ready for it. Do things like set money aside and update vour cv so
it’s […………………………..]to new employers. As for new technologies, do
training courses so that you feel at home with them and so that you don’t
feel […………………………..]of them. So in the end the best way to deal with
stress is for you to take control of your life and not allow yourself to be a victim
of […………………………..].
Disc Jockey: Thank you, Dr. Greenhill on fighting stress, and, just when you
thought you could relax, here’s Dolly Parton working 9 to 5…
SECTION 4
Good evening and welcome to this month’s […………………………..]Club
lecture. I’m Donald Mackie and I’m here to talk to you about the [……………..]
in history.
A thousand years ago a total eclipse of the sun was a […………………………..]

religious experience, but these days an eclipse is more likely to be viewed as a

tourist [……………………..] than as a scientific or […………………………..]
event. People will […………………………..]travel miles to be in the right place
at the right time to get the best view of their eclipse.
Well. What exacdy causes a solar eclipse-when the world goes dark for a few
minutes in the middle of the day? […………………………..]speaking, the dark
spot itself is easy to explain: it is the […………………………..]of the
moon […………………………..]a different and, to all intents and purposes, a
seemingly […………………………..]part of the globe.
In the past people often […………………………..]an eclipse as a danger

signal […………………………..]disaster and in fact, the Chinese were
so […………………………..]bv these events that they included among their
gods whose job was to […………………………..]eclipses. But whether or not
you are […………………………..]or take a purely scientific view, our earthly
eclipses are special in three different ways.
Firstly, there can be no doubt that they are very beautiful. It’s as if a deep
blue […………………………..]has fallen over the […………………………..]sky
as the sun becomes a black void […………………………..]by the glow of its
outer atmosphere.
But beyond this, total eclipses […………………………..]a second more

compelling beauty in the eves of us scientists…for they offer a
unique [……………………..] for research. Only during an eclipse can we study
the […………………………..]and other dim things that are normally lost in the
sun’s glare.
And thirdly, they are rare. Even though an eclipse of the sun [………………..]
somewhere on earth, if you sit in your garden and wait, it will
take […………………………..]on average for one to come to you. If the moon
werp any larger eclipses would become a monthly […………………………..]: if
it were smaller, they simply would not be possible.
The ancient […………………………..]priests, who spent a fair bit of time

staring at the sky, had already noted that there was
an […………………………..]pattern in their recurrence but they didn’t have
the […………………………..]to predict an eclipse […………………………..]. It
was Edmund Hailey, the English […………………………..], who knew his

maths well enough to […………………………..]the return of the comet
which, […………………………..]bears his name.
In 1735, Edmund Hallev became the first person to make an accurate

prediction of an eclipse.
This brought eclipses firmly into the scientific […………………………..]and

they have since allowed a number of important scientific […………………..] to
be made. For instance, in the eclipse of 1868, two scientists-Janssen and
Lockyer, were observing the sun’s atmosphere and it was
these […………………………..]that ultimately led to the discovery of a
new […………………………..]. They named the element helium after the Greek
god of the sun. This was a major find, because [……………………..] turned out
to be the most [……………………..] element in the universe after hydrogen.
Another great […………………………..]involved Mercury…IH just put that up
on the board for you now. See – there’s Mercury – the planet closest to the
Sun-then Venus, Earth, etc. For centuries, scientists had been unable to
understand why Mercury […………………………..]to rotate faster than it
should. Some […………………………..]suggested that there might be an
undiscovered planet causing this unusual […………………………..]and even
gave it the name ‘Vulcan”. During the eclipse of […………………………..], an
American astronomer, James Watson, thought he
had […………………………..]this so-called “lost” planet. But, alas for him, he
was later […………………………..]to admit that he had been wrong about
Vulcan and […………………………..]his claim.
Then Albert Einstein came on the scene. Einstein suggested that rather than
being wrong about the number of planets, astronomers were actually wrong
about […………………………..]. Einstein’s theory of relativity-for which he is
so famous-[…………………………..]with Newton’s law of gravity in just the
right way to explain […………………………..]odd orbit. He also realized that
a […………………………..]test would be possible during the total eclipse
of […………………………..]and this is indeed when the theory was finally
proved correct.
So there you have several examples of how eclipses have helped

to […………………………..]our understanding of the universe, and now let’s
move on to the […………………………..]…

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Example
When Julie phones, Mike is
A. on his lunch break.
B. on his tea break.
C. C. in a meeting
1. Which type of policy do they choose?
A. bronze
B. silver
C. gold
2. How much does the policy cost for group cover?
A. £50
B. £20
C. £40

3. How will they pay?
A. credit card
B. debit card
C. cash
4. How much did the camera cost?
A. $1000
B. £1000
C. $600
Questions 5-10

each answer.
TRAVEL INSURANCE DETAILS
Name(s) Mike Wood
Address 5 ________________
D.O.B. 6 ________________
Emergency contact number 7 ________________
Main policy holder 8 JULIE ___________

Date of departure 9 ________________
Date of return 10 _______________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
11. Humans have long been using the stars to
A. navigate rivers.
B. draw sea maps.
C. sail long distances.
12. The building constructed by the first Europeans at the observatory was
A. a village.
B. a windmill.
C. a fort.
13. In the cloakroom, people are advised not to leave
A. coats.
B. expensive items.
C. bags.

14. The museum does not allow visitors to stay after
A. 5.30.
B. 5.15.
C. 4.30.
15. The family ticket allows entrance to
A. four adults only.
B. three adults and three children.
C. two adults and two children.
Questions 16-20
Which attraction matches the questions?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-F, next to
questions 16-20.
ATTRACTIONS
A. Powerhouse
B. Sound house
C. Discovery Centre
D. Lace Study Centre
E. Vector lab

F. Observatory
16 Which of the tickets gives people a discount?
17 Which of the venues is located near the recreation area for children?
18 Which part should people visit if they are interested in clothes?
19 Which part offers an unusual service for a museum?
20 Which place houses all of the attractions mentioned?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-22
Choose the correct letter A,B or C.
21. What is Simon worried about?
A. Professor Francisco
B. a headache
C. an essay
22. What does Therese not like about Simon’s notes?
A. They’re in a list.
B. They’re in a spidergram.
C. They’re in a spidergraph.

Questions 23-26
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD for each
answer.
Motivation for participating in extreme sports
External influences:
23 _____________ attention
24 modern ______________.
Internal influences:
adrenalin rush
wanting to push themselves – 25 _ need
element of 26
Questions 27-30

each answer.
Sources for essay
Author Title Content

research project on about
Hans German 27 __________ 28 ___________ in
extreme sports
Richard Bell 29 _________ overview of thrill seeking

Unknown 30 _________ theories and principles
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -40
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
Answers to world problems
Problem Cause Solution
pollution of air,
new alternatives to 33_________ and
31 ________
32______ practice respect for nature
and _______
alternatives to fossil fuels

34_____________ previous bad
such as hydrogen
depletion 35___________
36___________ in cars
unequal wealth 37________ and

solidarity among nations
distribution _______of leaders

Questions 38-40
Choose THREE letters A-F.
Which THREE of the following are mentioned a$ potential obstacles to the

solutions?
A. new technologies
B. unpopular changes
C. research and development
D. the cost involved
E. how laws are made
F. financial inequality
Answer keys:
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. A
5. 17 HANLEY CARDENS
6. 230770
7. 0793245098
8. BENNETT

9. 17TH JULY
10. 1ST AUGUST
11. C
12. B
13. B
14. A
15. C
16. F
17. B
18. D
19. C
20. A
21. C
22. A
23. MEDIA
24. CULTURE
25. PSYCHOLOGICAL
26. Competition
27. CROSSING BORDERS
28. 200 PARTICIPANTS
29. MOTIVATION THEORIES
30. THE MIND FILES

31. WATER, SOIL
32. TRADITIONAL FARMING
33. ORGANIC FARMING
34. NATURAL RESOURCE
35. MANAGEMENT
36. TECHNOLOGY
37. CREED, CORRUPTION
38-40 B,D,F
SECTION 1
(J – Julie; M = Mike)
J: Hi Mike! It’s Julie. Listen, I know you’re really […………………………..], but

we need to book our […………………………..]. We’re leaving in a couple of
days after all.
M: Yeah sure. I’m on my lunch break, so go ahead!
J: OK, well my first question is what type of insurance do we need? I wasn’t

sure which to choose. Do we want the […………………………..], silver, gold
or […………………………..]type of policy?
M: What’s the difference?

J: Well the first only covers medical […………………………..], the second
covers medical and our […………………..], and the gold all of that
plus [………………..], and the platinum covers everything, including [……..]
expenses.
M: OK, well if we’re travelling in two days’ time, we don’t really need the
cancellation […………………………..], do we? What do you think?
J: Well, personally, the only thing that’s really necessary is the […………..].
M: Yeah, but would you think that if you had everything stolen?
J: Yeah, maybe you’re right. Let’s get the gold.
M: Sorry, don’t you mean the silver? I thought we agreed that we don’t need
the cancellation cover.
J: Oh veah. You’re right. Silver it is.
M: So, how much is that going to cost us?
J: Well, there are two of us so let’s see … it’s … […………………………..]for

single cover and […………………………..]for a group of up to three people.
M: But there are only two of us.
J: I know, but it’s still cheaper than doing two […………………………..]

policies. That would cost £50.
M: OK. Group cover it is.
J: Right, now, how are we going to pay? If we pay by debit card, there’ll be a
five per cent [……………………..] but I only have a […………………………..]
and there’s a two and a half per cent charge for that. They don’t have an office
in central London so we can’t pay by […………………………..].

M: Oh really? What a pain!
J: OK. well. I’ll iust have to use mv credit card then.
M: Great. That’s […………………………..] then. What else is there?
J: Well, you know that new expensive […………………………..]you bought and

you were hoping to take some great pictures with?
M: Yes…
J: Well, the policy only covers […………………………..]up to the value of £200

and didn’t you say it cost […………………………..]?
M: No. I bought it for $1000.
J: Yeah, but that’s still more than […………………………..]isn’t it?
M: Well at the time that was around […………………………..]but it’s worth less
than that now, maybe only £300.
J: So … to cover it you’d need to pay extra.
M: Mmm …
J: I just need to check your personal details to complete this online form and
then we’ll be sorted.
M: OK. What do you need to know?
J: Firstly, I need to make sure I’ve got your full name. It’s Mike Wood, right?
M: Yep.
J: Right…, next I need your address.

M: It’s 17 Hanley Gardens. Hanley spelt H-A-N-L-E-Y.
J: Just writing that down … 17 Hanley Street…
M: No, Gardens!
J: Oops! My mistake! OK, what’s your date of birth?
M: That’s […………………………..].
J: Right, so now I need an emergency contact number. It’s your mobile right?
M: Yes, it’s […………………………..].
J: Was that 0-8-9?
M: No, 0-9-8. Anything else?
J: Well, they need the main […………………………..]. Who would that be?
M: I think that would be you, since you’re paying for it with your card.
J: Of course! So I just type in Julie Bennett… Hang on just typing B-E- N-N-E-
T-T. OK, we’re just about done. All I need to do is enter the dates of departure
and return.
M: Well, we leave on Friday, which is the 16th.
J: No it isn’t. It’ll be the 17th.
M: Are you sure? Let me check my calendar … Oh yes, the 17th.
J: Right, so Friday the […………………………..]and returning on Friday the

31st.

M: Hang on; if we fly out on Friday the 31st in the evening, it’ll be the morning
of Saturday the 1st by the time we get back with the
time […………………………..]. We don’t want our policy to run out before we
land now, do we?
J: No, we don’t! OK, so return date is Saturday the lst of August. OK, my
goodness that certainly took longer than I […………………………..]it to. I hope
our trip is worth it!
M: Trust me Julie, you’ll love it there, especially as you’ll have your

own […………………………..].
J: Yes, OK. See you in a couple of days then. Bye!
M: See ya!
SECTION 2
Could I have your […………………………..]please … gather round, gather

round. My name is Patricia and I’ll be your guide around The
Sydney […………………………..]. Now, as you all will know, man has been
interested in the night sky for a very long time. Indeed, before
the […………………..] of the compass, it was used by […………………………..]
to navigate their wav across the world’s oceans, a kind of’star’ map you could
say.
Now the site of the […………………………..]on Observatory Hill has its own
interesting story. Before the […………………………..]arrived, it belonged to
the Cadigal people, who may have even […………………………..]the arrival of
the new visitors from here, as this is the highest natural point in Sydney
Harbour. The early Europeans then built a […………………………..]on the site
though it didn’t last for long due to its […………………………..]position. A
little while after that, the land was used to build a fort, which was to finally
become the […………………………..]that you see before you today.
Now, let’s take a look inside. To the left of the main entrance is
the […………………………..]where you can leave your coats and bags, but
please make sure you don’t leave any […………………………..]or valuables as

staff cannot be held […………………………..]. The museum is open during the
day until 5 pm, so please collect belongings no later than 5.15 and
please […………….] the building by 5.30. No new […………………………..]
will be allowed after 4.30 pm. After you’ve left your […………………………..],
you’ll need to buy your tickets from the ticket desk […………………………..]
behind you, before continuing on the rest of the […………………………..]. The
normal price is $8 for an adult and $6 for a child, though groups of up to four
people can save money bv buying a […………………………..]. This must
contain at least one adult and one child but no more than two children per
adult. I’ll wait for you on the other side of the ticket […………………………..]
by the coffee shop, while you all get your ticket.
So, I hope you enjoyed the tour but before I leave you I just want to draw
your […………………………..]to one more thing. Your Observatory ticket
also […………………………..]you to visit another of Sydney’s famous sights at
a […………………………..]. You’ll find lots on to keep the children [………..].
For example, they’ve got sound […………………………..] where you can have a
go at being a DJ. This is called the […………………………..], and you’ll find it
up on the second floor, just after the kid’s playground. Look for signs for the
Vectorlab […………………………..]if you get lost. For those of you interested in
fashion and design, the Lace Study Centre should not be [………………..].
You’ll get the chance to look at one of the country’s best [……………………..]
all in one place. However, like most […………………………..], only a fraction of
their collections are actually on display, but in the museum’s nniqno Discovery
Centre, you can take the […………………………..]to go behind the scenes and
see parts of the collection that are not on […………………………..]. All of these
attractions can be found under one roof at Sydney’s famous [………………..]
museum. 1 do hope you are able to go and enjoy the experience. You won’t
be […………………………..]!
SECTION 3
(T = Therese; S = Simon)
T: Hey Simon. You look down. How are you getting on with
your […………………………..]for Professor Jones?
S: Not very well I’m afraid. I can’t seem to get mv head around it. T mean, it’s
such a […………………………..]that I really haven’t got a clue where to start.

T: Oh poor you! I’m actually free now so I can give you a hand if you like? You
have until the end of this week, don’t you?
S: Yeah, I have to hand the essay in on Friday afternoon, but the Professor
wants to see my […………………………..]on Wednesday morning!
T: Today is Tuesday so that’s tomorrow! You had better get a move on! Let’s
have a look.
S: Thanks. I’m just trying to […………………………..]some ideas, but I haven’t

got very far.
T: Let me see… Well firstly I think that writing your ideas in a list like that
really isn’t going to help. Remember how we were taught to
do […………………………..]at the beginning of the year?
S: Diagrams?
T: No, not […………………………..], SPIDERgrams! It’s supposed to mimic the

way our […………………………..]process information rather than
simply [………..] them to come out in some kind of […………………………..]
order. They’re also sometimes called Spidergraphs because of how they look,
like a spider!
S: OK, I’ll start over again.
T: Right, now our essay is on people’s […………………………..]for

participating in extreme sports. There are two sides to this really; the external
and internal […………………………..].
S: Right, so let’s look at the […………………………..]influences first of all.
T: So what kind of things make people want to do […………………………..]?
S: Well, the first thing that comes to mind is the amount of media attention on
the topic. There are always stories about people taking part in the
latest […………………………..].

1. Exactly. Now let’s think about this more carefully. Why does so
much […………………………..]in the media?
S: I don’t know. I’ve never really thought about it.
T: Well, according to the […………………………..]materials out there, it’s a

reflection of […………………………..].
S: Of course. Yes, you’re right.
T: Now, what about the […………………………..]that come from within the

person?
S: I suppose the most obvious thing to say is the […………………………..]rush.
T: Right, but what else?
S: People would want to test their limits, which is a […………………………..]

need that all humans have.
T: And there’s one more thing that we haven’t added yet.
S: What’s that?
T: What all animals do naturally: compete of course!
S: Right! It’s the element of competition that dnves all things to be the best!
Now why didn’t I think of that before?
T: How much […………………………..]reading have you done on the topic?
S: Actually, none at all – it’s really bad isn’t it, but I just haven’t had the time
with my part-time job.
T: I know what you mean, but, honestly, it’s so much easier once you’ve read
around the topic a bit. Did you get a copy of the […………………………..]
sources, because if not I’ve got one here?

S: No, I didn’t. Thanks, that’s a great help.
T: I tell you what. You write down the main points and I’ll read it out.
S: OK, go for it!
T: The first one’s by a guy called Hans German and it’s called Crossing
Borders. It’s a […………………………..]project that was carried out on
around […………………………..]of extreme sports. It’s a really interesting
read.
S: OK, wdiat next?
T: The next book was written by a man called Richard Bell and is called
Motivation […………………………..]. It gives an overview’ of thrill seeking and
why people choose to put their lives in danger.
S: Is it long?
T: Yeah, it’s quite weighty, why?
S: It’s just I really don’t have very long before the essay needs to be in, so is
there anything on there that would help me more quickly?
T: Well, I did find a podcast on the topic. I didn’t write down the author’s
name, but they are called The Mind Files and it’s also about the theories
and […………………………..]but obviously doesn’t go into as much detail as in
a book.
S: That’s absolutely […………………………..]Therese! How can I ever repay

you?
T: Oh, I don’t know … a coffee maybe?
S: Of course, my treat!

SECTION 4
Shall we start? Right, now … where did we get to last week? Ah, that’s right, we
were going to begin with a look at three of the world’s most [………………..]
problems; what has caused them as well as looking at some of the
many […………………………..]. Top of the list is air, water and
soil […………………………..]. With an ever increasing demand for food, came
the increased use of chemical […………………………..]during the
late […………………………..]. Now, some of you may say that this isn’t the
ultimate root of the problem, […………………………..]is, but you would be
missing out a very important step. The increase in population didn’t in itself
lead to the pollution of the air, water and soil. What caused the problem in the
first place was a move away from traditional farming […………………………..],
thanks to advances in technology. […………………………..], the answer comes
from past farming practices. Well, thankfully, the […………………………..]has
already begun. Organic, farming, and a […………………………..]for nature’s
cycles, is the key to solving the problem.
In second place, though […………………………..]linked to the first issue, is the

problem of the natural resource […………………………..]. By that I mean, not
only fossil fuels such as oil, coal and gas, but things we all too often take
for […………………………..], like fresh water and essential trace […………..]
in good quality soil. The main […………………………..], or guilty party, here
is […………………………..]past management practices from those in power.
Even though we knew that there were only finite supplies of traditional
energy […………..], we behaved like we didn’t. The […………………………..]
that springs to mind is ‘ignorance is bliss’. But what about a solution? Again,
the […………………………..]has already begun. We need to invest in
new, […………………………..]technologies in our vehicles – which will also
help with the first problem – and use more […………………………..]
technology: that is, produce car engines that rim on water. That’s the way
forward here. Not good drinking water, of course, but saline water, which is
in […………………………..].
Finally, we come to the last problem, that of […………………………..]wealth

distribution. Every year, more and more land on the planet is owned by fewer
and fewer people, which is in direct […………………………..]to the world’s
growing population. And the reason for this? Quite simply, the greed
and […………………………..]of those in power, I’m afraid. The only way to

solve this one, and it’s a biggie, is for the countries of the world to work
together in [……………..] rather than against each other in [………………..].
Now, although the solutions I have presented are viable, it doesn’t mean that
they’re without their own […………………………..]. Firstly, making these kinds
of changes is going to be expensive in the […………………………..], as we
invest in the research and development of new technologies. Secondly, there’s
also the issue of […………………………..]. It’s the politicians of the world who
need to make these changes, but they also need to keep their voters happy and
may be […………………………..]to bring in new practices that may
prove […………………………..]among voters at election time. But the biggest,
and most important, […………………………..]is making the world’s monetary
system fairer, by making things more equal and balanced for all. This
includes […………………………..]ecological practices that benefit all, not just a
company’s […………………………..]. We need to begin an age of Corporate
Social Responsibility, only then can we truly move forward.

SECTION 1
Questions 7-5
Complete the following information using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS OR NUMBERS
Surname 1 _____________
Given name Sharon
Address 2 ___ Tipton. TP3 4MB
Date of birth 3 ___________
Type of membership annual

Amount due 4 £_________
Credit card number 4673 9702 0361
Expiry date 5 ___________
Questions 6-9
Label the diagram of the gym using FOUR of the following six labels. Write
the appropriate letter in the correct space on your answer sheet.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-12
11. The university has produced a __________ to inform students about the
different accommodation options available.

12. All catered and self-catered accommodation is close to the ___________
Questions 13-16
On your answer sheet, write
A. if the statement applies to catered accommodation
B. if the statement applies to self-catered accommodation
C. if the statement applies to private accommodation
D. if the statement is not mentioned at all by the accommodation officer
13. Meals are included in the rent.
14. This is the best accommodation for people who want to choose when they
eat.
15. Most students live in this kind of accommodation.
16. This is the most expensive type of accommodation.
Questions 17-20
Decide which letter on the map shows the location of each of the following
university halls of residence.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Answer the questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
21. When did Jenny arrive at the university?

22. What is Tom going to study?
23. What is jenny going to study?
24. What two items have the students been given?
Questions 25-27

25. Tom’s Hall of Residence is named _________________________
26. Tom’s accommodation is a _____________________ from the

campus.
27. Jenny’s accommodation is near the campus, close to the____________
Questions 28-30
Decide which three items Jenny needs to buy and write the appropriate
letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. binders E. pencils
B. notebooks F. pens
C. notepaper G. printer
D. paperclips H. printer paper
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33

31. Which pie chart shows the ages of the Asian students surveyed ?
32. Which pie chart shows the main reasons Asian students wanted to study
abroad?
33. Which bar chart shows the percentage of Asian students who made
Australia their first choice destination?
Questions 34-35

Answer the following questions using A NUMBER for each answer.
34. Approximately how many foreign students enrolled in Australia in the year
2000?
35. How much did Australia’s education exports rise by last year?
Questions 36-40
WORDS/NUMBERS for each gap.
36. It became harder to get a ______________ for the USA after September
11.
37. _____________of Asian students gave lower study fees as a reason for
choosing Australia.
38. Asian students rank Australia number ________________ in terms of

educational quality
39. ________________ programmers are unlikely to reduce the number of

students going abroad in the near future.
40. Asian students are increasingly using _______________ to help

arrange their studies abroad.
Answer keys:
1. Pierce
2. 70 Welcome Lane

3. 13th July 1980
4. 180
5. September 2009
6. D
7. E
8. 8 .A
9. B
10.C
11. Guide
12. city centre
13. A
14. B
15. D
16. D
17. B
18. D
19. H

20. F
21. Thursday
22. European History
23.Geography
24. timetable, reading/book list
25. Wish Lane
26. 30 minute walk
27. north gate
28-30 IN ANY ORDER A, B, H
31. D
32. B
33. A
34. 100000
35. 17.8%
36. visa
37. 20%
38. three/3
39. Trans-national (education)

40. education agents
SECTION 1
Woman: Hello. I’d like to become a member of the [……………………………..].
Man: Certainly. Have you filled out an [……………………………..]form?
Woman: Not yet. Do you have one?
Man: Yes. I’ve got one right here. Or I could just enter your
details [……………………………..]into the computer. It would be quicker.
Woman: OK. Go ahead.
Man: Could you tell me your name, please?
Woman: My surname is Pierce-P I E R C E-and my given name is Sharon- S

HARO N.
Man: Thank you. And your address?
Woman: [……………………………..]. Tipton, TP3 4MB.
Man: Could I just note your date of birth?
Woman: [……………………………..].

Man: Are you just applying for membership of the gym or would you like to
join the [……………………………..]as well? There’s a special price of £50 a
month or [……………………………..]for three months.
Woman: I’d just like to join the gym, thanks.
Man: OK. That’s £20 a month, £50 every three months or [………………..] a
year.
Woman: I’ll pay for the year.
Man: Will you be paying by [……………………………..]?
Woman: Yes. Here you are.
Man: Thank you. Card number … [……………………………..]… expiry date

… [……………………………..]. OK. I’ll just print out a form for you to sign and
you’re a member. … There you are. Sign here, please.
Woman: Great. Thank you. Could you just show me around very quickly?
Man: Certainly. Mike? Could you take over here for a few minutes? … Come
this way. Right by [……………………………..], we have a [………………..] area,
serving healthy food and drinks-no coffee or chocolate!
Woman: What a good idea!
Man: Beyond that, as you can see, there’s the main gym area.
The [………………..] are by the window, so you get a great view across the
river. Opposite them are various machines and at the far end you can see the
free weights area. If you look at the far end, you’ll see two doors. The one on
the left is the ladies’ [……………………………..]area and the one on the right is
the men’s.
Woman: And the swimming pool?

Man: There’s a door in each changing area that leads to the [………………..].
Woman: The health spa is upstairs isn’t it?
Man: Yes, there’s a flight of stairs leading from each changing room to the
spa area. Oh, I forgot to [……………………………..]that there’s
a [………………..] beside each changing area. Our members love using those
after a workout.
Woman: How many members are there?
Man: About 300 people, of which [……………………………..]are members of

both the gym and health spa. Only about half of those people come regularly.
Woman: Does it ever get [……………………………..]?
Man: It can get a little cramped at the weekends and [……………………..] in

the evenings during the week. A lot of people like to use
the [……………………………..]. There are no rules about how long you can use
a particular machine, but we ask people to be [……………………………..]. The
swimming pool rarely gets crowded.
Woman: Are most of the members men or women?
Man: I’d sav that there are a few more women than men. [………………..] are
more likely to join the gym and spa, whilst men usually iust join the gvm.
Woman: Well, thank you very much. I’ll be along tomorrow for my
first [……………………………..]. You open at 7, right?
Man: Yes, we’re open from 7 in the morning to 10 in the evening. See you
tomorrow!
SECTION 2

Accommodation officer: We understand the importance […………………..]
plays in student life. Which is why we aim to provide you with not only the best
possible range and standard of housing, but also advice and […………………..]
on the whole accommodation [……………………………..]. With our help you
should find yourself somewhere you want to live and
get [……………………………..]in with as little hassle as possible. Throughout
the guide that I have iust [……………………………..], you will find details of
the wide range of accommodation available at the university and how you can
apply for it.
We hope that the information we provide will [……………………………..]you

to make your choices, but please contact us at any time if you have any
questions. Our accommodation [……………………………..]from the catered to
the self-catered, the modern to the [……………………………..], and is based
over [……………………………..]across the city, all of which are located within a
short walk or bus ride of the city centre.
First, let’s look at [……………………………..]accommodation. Moving away

from home for the first time can be as scary as it is exciting. Our traditional
catered accommodation makes things easier for you, with meals included in
the rent and a [……………………………..]support network to help you adjust.
And with around [……………………………..] students in catered
accommodation you’ll have ample [……………………………..]to make new
friends.
If you like choosing what and when to eat, [……………………………..]will be

ideal. More than half of our new students live in self-catered accommodation,
which offers a taste of real [……………………………..]plus the benefits of a
sociable and [……………………………..]environment. You can choose from
either self-catering fiats, larger occupancy [……………………………..]or
university managed accommodation for one person flats, couples or families.
Then there’s private accommodation. University accommodation isn’t for

everyone. If for some reason you don’t get a place or would prefer to
rent [……………………..], we also have a register of University [……………..]
accommodation and can offer advice and support if you want to
rent [……………………………..]flats or lodgings in the city.
Now, here you can see a map of the university accommodation nearest to
the [……………………………..]. Malvern Halls are located on Humber Road,

between Severn Road and Thames Road. This is the tallest Halls of Residence,
being a [……………………………..]block of student flats. You can get a good
view of the campus from here. Grampian Halls are
also [……………………………..] between Severn Road and Thames Road,
where Liverpool Road, sorrv. Lane, joins the two. Don’t get Liverpool
Road [……………………………..]with Liverpool Lane as I just did! It’s on the
south side of the street. Brecon Halls are between the South Gate and the West
Gate. They’re very [……………………………..]nearer the West Gate, actually.
These Halls are popular because they are newer and the rooms
are [……………………………..]larger than in older Halls. Sperrin Halls are
nearest to the North Gate … er … South Gate, on Avon Road, but
not [……………………………..]it.
Well, whichever type of accommodation you go for, I hope it suits you. Now,
I’d like to mention…
SECTION 3
Jenny: Hi Tom! How are you? Have you been here long?
Tom: Hi Jenny! I’m fine. I arrived yesterday, on Sunday. How about you?
Jenny: I got here last week, on [……………………………..]. No, sorry-just a

minute, what day is it today? Thursday, not Wednesday.
Tom: Why did you come so early? We don’t have to be here until tomorrow.
Couldn’t wait to be free from your parents, I bet.
Jenny: Very funny! I know I came a bit earlier than most people, but I wanted
to move my things into my flat and take a look around the [……………………..]
and the town. So, did you [……………………………..] to take
English [………………..]in the end?
Tom: No, I changed my mind and decided on [……………………………..]

History instead. At school, you said vou were going to
take [……………………………..], right?

Jenny: Yes, although I was also considering geology.
Tom: Sounds the same to me!
Jenny: Well, I guess there are [……………………………..], but they’re not quite
the same. What kind of information have you been given about your courses?
Tom: Well, not much. I’ve got my [……………………………..]and a basic

reading list.
Jenny: Yeah, me too. I’ve been given a list of books to start reading. I think
there are 5 or 6 of them.
Tom: Yeah, I’ve got a similar list. They’re just books that [………………….]
the basics for the courses during the first year.
Jenny: So, what’s your timetable like? I get Wednesday and Friday afternoons
off, but the rest of the days are fairly full.
Tom: Me too. Do your lectures and [……………………………..]start next

week too?
Jenny: Yes. I think everyone’s do. This week is just [……………………………..],

isn’t it?
Tom: That’s what I gathered. My first class on Monday morning is …wait for
it… oh, Modern British History-I’m looking forward to that! How about you?
Jenny: Erm … Human Geography-also on Monday morning.
Tom: It says here that the title of the first [……………………………..]is “The
Victorian
Legacy” – sounds good! How about you?

Jenny: I’ve got “Global Population [……………………………..]“. Intriguing! …
Where are you living?
Tom: I got a place in the Halls of Residence at Wish Lane Hall.
Jenny: Wish? As in ‘make a wish’.
Tom: Funny name, eh?
Jenny: I’m at Bridge Road Halls of [……………………………..].
Tom: That’s very close to the university campus, isn’t it? My place is
a bit further away.
Jenny: Can you walk or do you need to take a bus?
Tom: Erm … I can walk, but it takes about [……………………………..].

There’s a bus.
I guess I’ll walk if it’s not a bad day and take the bus if it’s raining.
Jenny: I’ll t.hink of you when I am taking the five minute walk from my hall to
the [……………………………..]!
Tom: I’m sure you will! At least I’ve got somewhere to stay if I don’t want to
walk home!
Jenny: Cheeky!
Tom: Is your hall near the main gate or the north gate?
Jenny: The north gate. Hey, I’m on my way to the shops. Coming?
Tom: Sure. What are you going to buy? Food?

Jenny: Well, I might pick up a few things, but I was really going to buy
some [……………………………..]for taking lecture notes seminar notes and
some printer paper.
Tom: That’s a good idea. 1 need a few [……………………………..]to put my

notes in.
Jenny: That’s a good idea. I’ll get a couple too. Pencils? No, I’ve got a few.
Tom: Oh, some pens-I always seem to lose them! Well, you’ve been here the
longest. Where do we go?
Jenny: There’s a shop here on campus, near the main gate. There’s a café next
door, so we can stop there too, if you like.
Tom: Great idea – I could do with a coffee and a cake!
SECTION 4
Presenter: Welcome to this presentation on the [……………………………..]of

our survey of Asian students in Australia, the UK and the US. Australia is
growing in [……………………………..]among Asian students, while the UK and
the US are losing ground as the place to study for a degree, according to our
international [……………………………..]. Our research is based on the views
of [……………………………..]from 10 Asian countries studying in Britain, the
USA and Australia. [……………………………..]of the students were aged
between 18 and 21. and 30% were between 22 and 25. Four in 10 students cited
a better quality of [……………………………..]as their main reason for studying
away from their home country. About [……………………………..] said they
were doing it to [……………………………..]their experience and because they
were attracted by the [……………………………..]experience of living in a
foreign country. Business, commerce and marketing are still by far the
most [……………………………..]field of study, attracting
almost [……………………………..]of students. Three quarters of Asian
students [……………………………..]in Australia said it was their first choice,
compared to less than half when we [……………………..] the same survey in
the year […………………..]. From an Australian [……………………………..],
it’s very positive because more and more students are [………………………..]
choosing Australia rather than it being a second choice. The UK and American

parts of the survey show that they are no longer the preferred [……………..]
they were, despite still being seen as offering the best education in the world.
Australian universities have done a really good job of [………………………..]
Australia as well as their own universities. Australia is seen as good value for
money and is attracting the more price- [……………………………..] students.
Australia’s overseas student [……………………………..]have doubled since the

year 2000 to 200000 in 2006 at a time when they have declined in the US and
the UK’s share of the global market is declining. Reflecting this increase,
Australia’s education exports rose [……………………………..]last year and
were valued at more than [……………………………..]for the first nine months
of 2006. In the United States, a [……………………………..]on foreign students
following the terrorist attacks on September 11 has made many Asian students
feel unwelcome. As a result, [……………………………..]to American
universities have declined. This could happen in the UK. If students find it
hard to get visas they could question whether the country really wanted them.
Another factor in Australia’s growing [……………………………..]was the wish
of some members of the growing Asian [……………………………..]class to
settle in the country after studying there.
The cost of study and value for money also [……………………………..]highly

on the list of reasons students gave for choosing Australia as a
study [……………………………..]: much higher than in Britain. 34% said they
selected Australia because they thought living [……………………………..]were
relatively less expensive and [……………………………..] made their decision
because tuition fees were cheaper. Quality remained the biggest draw-card for
students wanting to study in Australia, [……………………………..]the critical
importance of its [……………………………..]overseas, according to new
research. Asian students still [……………………………..]the US and Britain as
having the highest quality universities but Australia rated third, but ahead of
other [……………………………..]like Canada, New Zealand and Germany.
Despite the emergence of trans-national education programmes. [………..] of
students did not consider [……………………………..]a foreign degree in their
home country. It seems that the concern that these programmes are going
to [……………….] the number of foreign students is a bit […………………..].
Only 4% of those [……………………………..]in Australia had studied overseas

before, a [……………………………..] we attribute to an emerging middle class
of Asian students wanting to study [……………………………..]. In the past,
many Asian students had come from their home country’s

elite, [………………..] families whose parents had studied abroad. What we’ve
got now is an [……………………………..]middle class who maybe haven’t
travelled before and whose parents were not [……………………………..]
overseas. Our study also shows that students rely more on
education [………………..] than in the past with [……………………………..] for
universities that plug direct enrolments online. Whilst our findings are good
for Australia, which is increasing in popularity as a study […………………..],
they do not mean that Australia can rest on its laurels as competition is
increasing from a growing number of [……………………………..]and study
destinations.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-2
Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D.
1. Thieves often target students’ homes because students
A. are often at classes.
B. often have high-value, portable items.
C. are wealthier than other young people.
D. don’t usually lock campus accommodation.
2. If personal items are lost, destroyed or damaged, the insurance company

will usually
A. allow the student to buy a similar replacement item at the current cost

B. give the student the sum of money the item originally cost.
C. give the student a fixed amount.
D. get the money from the thief.
Questions 3-6
Decide whether the following are insured for up to.
A. £150
B. £250
C. £600
D. £2000
E. £3000
3. a computer
4. two musical instruments
5. ten computer games
6. three suits
Questions 7-10

7. Academic _________are insured up to £5000.

8. The ________________ is valid until the end of June.
9. The insurance company has a 24 ___________
10. The insurance company’s office is usually open until __________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
OR NUMBERSfor each.
11. What percentage of the students are mature?
12. What percentage of the students are from abroad?
13. How are the suburbs described?
14. How many students does the university have?
Questions 15-17

WORDS for each gap.
15. Newtown is England’s _____________ city.
16. The ______________ is at Salt Lane.
17. A relatively high proportion of students decide to _____________ in

Newtown after graduating.

Questions 18-20
Complete the notes on using the university accommodation services

using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
18. The university accommodation services office is in the _________
19. The university accommodation services have a _______________ that

students can look through online.
20. The website also has responses to _______________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Complete the notes about what makes a good teacher using NO MORE
THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
good communicator with interesting 21 ________________________.
knows students doesn’t 22________________ at primary/secondary levels
knows subject at both 23 ______________ level
takes students step by step honest and 24______________________
honest and 24 ______________________
clothes- 25 __________________
Questions 26-30

Complete the notes about what makes a good student using NO MORE
active-e.g. asks questions to aid understanding or for 26______________

motivated – has goals
disciplined-good behavior and maintains 27________reviews and previews
finds reasons to do things rather than reasons not to do things realizes

learning is not always linear and/or immediate
doesn’t 28________with more experience of life/education
doesn’t 29____.teachers for his/her own faults-accepts suggestions
make sutdying 30 _____________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-32
WORDS.
31. The lecturer says that an essay is like_to a specific question.
32. A key thing for lecturers to consider when they mark an essay is whether it
is
Questions 33-36
Complete the notes on the words used in the essay title using NO MORE
THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.

ideas following on from the 33_______________
Implications
for rising divorce
Phenomenon refers to rising divorce
suggests that various 34 _______________ have

different explanations
thought of different reasons for the phenomenon.
35 _______________ of a theorv, a policy,
critically analyze
research, an argument
36 ______________ a term which limits the subject to a place
the last 20 years a term which limits the subject to a time

Questions 37-40
Decide which student or students (A, B or C) would do or write the following.
37. Look at divorce statistics.
38. Assess the views of sociologists.
39. Use interviews to gather information.
40. Consider the effects of divorce on children.
Answer keys:
1. B
2. A
3. D

4. C
5. C
6. B
7. (course) fees
8. special introductory rate
9. hour help line
10. 5 (o’clock)
11. 13%
12. 9%
13. leafy
14. 28000
15. greenest
16. third campus
17. live and work
18. Student Union Building
19. private housing database
20. frequently asked questions

21. voice
22. make friends
23. current and previous
24. patient
25. dress(es) tidily
26. confirmation
27. study routine
28. criticise teachers
29. blame
30. enjoyable
31. an extended answer
32. relevant
33. explanations
34. analysts
35. assess the value
36. Western countries
37. A, C

38. C
39. B
40. A
SECTION 1
Student: Good morning. Is that Copewell [……………………………..]? I’d like

to ask you a few questions about getting insurance.
Salesman: Certainly. What kind of insurance are you looking for?
Student: Well, I’m a student and I need [……………………………..]cover-you

know, against theft, damage, legal problems …
Salesman: I see. Students are unfortunately [……………………………..]targets

for thieves. Student accommodation is a
particular [……………………………..]because it often contains several highly
portable and [……………………………..]items such as laptops. We offer cover
specially [………………………..] for the needs of students, covering students in
several key areas.
Student: Oh, that sounds like it’s exactly what I need. Please tell me more.
Salesman: Well, the first area we cover is room [……………………………..]. We

provide insurance cover for your belongings on a ‘new for old’ basis, including
desktop computers, against theft, burst pipes, fire, [……………………………..],
storm and flood.

Student: Does that also cover me if I live in university accommodation?
Salesman: Yes, it does. It also covers any shared areas in your accommodation
and anything you leave in locked [……………………………..]on campus at any
time.
Student: Is there a limit on claims of this nature?
Salesman: Yes, there is. Individual items are limited

to [……………………………..] per claim and the following items are limited
to [……………………………..] per group per claim: valuables,
musical [………………..] and any data storage devices apart from computers,
such as CDs. DVDs, [……………………………..]and computer games. Clothes
are limited to a maximum of [……………………………..]. However, cover for
items above these amounts is available for an additional […………………..].
Student: I see. And how about accidental damage?
Salesman: We cover contents against [……………………………..]damage

occurring while they are in your rooms and we cover [………………………..]
keys and locks, up to £150, if you lose your keys.
Student: Does this cover items that I leave in my accommodation during

holidays?
Salesman: Yes, it does, but the limit is lower-up to [……………………………..]

in total-and there is only cover for up to 35 days. That is if the rooms
are [……………………………..]continuously for 35 days.
Student: I understand. Am I also covered against theft [……………………..]

travelling?
Salesman: Yes, you are. I should also point out that your mobile phone is
fully [……………………………..]and the insurance covers any airtime abuse by
the thief up to [……………………………..].
Student: Great. What about legal and health problems?

Salesman: Your legal [……………………………..] are covered up
to [……………………………..] for defending claims against you, for claiming
against other people for [……………………………..]or injuiy they cause you,
and tenancy [……………………………..]. The last one is particularly useful for
students. Course fees you have paid or are [……………………………..]to pay in
the academic year up to [……………………………..]in total are also covered, if
as a result of your [……………………………..], death or accident you have to
leave your course early, or if a parent on whom you rely for financial support
suffers illness or [……………………………..].
Student: That’s sounds very comprehensive indeed. Does the [……………..]

introductory rate still apply? It savs here that it’s valid until the end of June.
Salesman: Yes, it’s still valid. There have been no changes in the terms of the
offer. Can I just mention that the following [……………………………..]cover is
automatically included free of charge in all our [……………………………..]-our
24 hour help line, providing advice and [……………………………..]on health,
drugs, debt, housing, legal and [……………………………..]matters; cover for
your personal legal [……………………………..]of up
to [……………………………..]; loss or damage to property on loan to you, up
to [……………………………..]; loss or damage to your landlord’s property, up
to [……………………………..]; credit card theft, up to £500; injury and
damage to [……………………………..]by mugging or assault, up to £5000; and
accidental death of a parent or [……………………………..], £5000.
Student: That’s exactly what I’m looking for-a fully comprehensive [………..].
I’ll come to your office this afternoon. Should I come to see you personally,
or…?
Salesman: You can ask for me. My name is [……………………………..].
Student: Right. My name is Shipton, Annie Shipton.
Salesman: OK I’ll see you this afternoon. We normally close the office at 5 but
I’ll be here until 6 today.
Student: Thank you. I should make it before then. Goodbye.

Salesman: Goodbye.
SECTION 2
Professor: Welcome to the university. We [……………………………..]ourselves

to be one of the IJK’s most progressive and [……………………………..]
universities. We pride ourselves on making a difference-to our students, our
staff and to the businesses we work with. Our research and business ideas,
alongside our highly sought after [……………………………..], contribute to the
economic and social [……………………………..]of both our region and to the
UK as a whole. Our teaching methods and [……………………………..]are first-
rate and are supported by our world-class [……………………………..]research.
Our students are a diverse group and benefit from a [………………………..]
approach that helps them to get the most from their studies.
Currently, [………………..] of all of our students are [………………………..]
and 9% are from outside the UK. Both of these figures are significantly higher
for [……………………………..]students. We offer top quality teaching and
learning [……………………………..]and the ability to learn flexibly in a way
that best suits their needs. For example, we are one of the UK’s leading
universities in [……………………………..]and offer a range of distance learning
and part time courses as well as the more traditional full time courses.
Our partners in industry choose to [……………………………..]with because of

our [……………………………..], business led approach and our high quality
research, facilities and students. Our partners include Sony, BP, the NHS,
Network Rail, Cisco, SAP and Microsoft. Our facilities are state-of-the-art and
we have [……………………………..]heavily in new technology over the last 15
years in order to ensure that our technological [……………………………..]
matches the [……………………………..]approach of our teaching. We are
recognised as a Centre of Excellence for Teaching and Learning, eleaming
and [……………………………..]. Our university plays a key role in the city and
region in which it operates. We are located in both heart of Newtown and in its
leafy [……………………………..]and our [……………………………..] students
add to the vibrancy and [……………………………..]of the city.
Let. me tell you a little about our campuses. Right in the heart of Newtown’s
busy city centre is the university’s City Campus, a welcoming
modem [……………………………..]with some of the finest learning and
teaching facilities in Europe. Around this hub revolves a flourishing,
diverse [……………………………..]community. Our second campus, only a

couple of miles away, is a complete contrast. The [……………………………..]
Academia Campus is set among lawns and trees in one of
Newtown’s [……………………………..]suburbs-just as typical of this city,
England’s [……………………………..], as the bustling city centre. In May 2005
we opened the [……………………………..]Health and Wellbeing Building at
Academia Campus. The [……………………………..]“beacon for health and
social care education” was officially opened by our University Chancellor,
Professor Hall, and provides world-class [……………………………..]for our
health and social care students. Plans for further development of both
campuses are already well advanced with the university planning to replace its
third campus at Salt Lane with a new home for the [……………………………..]
of Computing, Engineering and Sciences at City Campus.
It’s not only the University environment that’s popular with students- the city
of Newtown is a big [……………………………..]too. Home to two universities
with more than [……………………………..]students, plus Europe’s largest
further education college and the headquarters of Learn Direct, Newtown is
very much a learning city. It’s one of the country’s most in-demand
student [……………………………..], and once they arrive students enjoy the
Newtown experience so much that a higher [……………………………..]stay on
to live and work here than in any other city outside London.
Now, with regard to accommodation, our accommodation […………………..]

offer a friendly free service to help you find the right place to live in Newtown.
They have an office in the Student Union Building, but they also have a
website, which provides details of all our [……………………………..]and self-
catered [……………………..] and a searchable private housing […………….].
The University guarantees to offer all first year students accommodation of a
reasonable standard in university owned [……………………………..], or in the
private sector. On the website, we have also tried to answer some of the
most [……………………………..]asked questions and provide some useful help,
advice and information on how to apply for accommodation. If you can’t find
the information you are looking for on our website, go into the office where our
staff are happy to answer any questions you may have-or you can contact them
by phone, fax or e-mail. The university is [……………………………..]to the
accommodation needs of [……………………………..] and provides both single
sex accommodation and accommodation that is suitable for students with
disabilities and [……………………………..]requirements. We also cater to the
needs of mature and international students.

SECTION 3
Cindy: OK, everyone. We’ve been asked to think of the [……………………..] of

good teachers and those of good learners. Mike and
myself [……………………………..] to look at the former [………………………..]
Janet and Tim took on the latter. Mike, you’ve got our list.
Mike: OK everyone. This is what Cindy and I came up with. First, the teacher
needs to be a good [……………………………..]. The teacher needs to be able to
speak clearly and to explain what things mean. Taking this idea a bit further,
the teacher should have an interesting voice. [……………………………..]is
often boring enough, without having a teacher with a boring voice.
Cindy: Yes. The teacher should sound [……………………………..]the subject.

This might help the students to be a bit more lively and interested.
Mike: We also thought that a good teacher should get to know his or her
students. We don’t mean that he or she should try to make friends with the
students-that’s generally [……………………………..]a bad idea at primary and
secondary schools. We mean that the teacher needs to know something of
their [……………………………..]and their interests.
Cindy: The third thing is that a good teacher must know his or
her [……………………………..]inside out at the required level. It would be
a [……………………………..]if the students knew more than the teacher! This
means that the teacher must be well [……………………………..]and fully
familiar with the [……………………………..]not only at the current level he or
she is teaching but also at the [……………………………..], so that he or she
knows what the students already know.
Janet: Or at least should know! You could say that a good teacher is aware that
what is taught is not always the same as what is learnt.
Mike: Good point, Janet. Our next point is that a good teacher [……………..]
you up one step at a time. They see that the gap between where you are and
where you need to go is small enough to [……………………………..], so you
can move up [……………………………..], one step at a time, but large enough
to [……………………………..]true, real progress. Another thing is that teachers
are [……………………………..], sometimes even role models, for students.

Much of one’s character is shaped by teachers. So, as a good teacher, you must
be honest and be patient. In addition, a good teacher must dress tidily, so as to
set an example and to look [……………………………..].
Cindy: So, Janet and Tim-over to you.
Janet: Well, we came up with a [……………………………..]list of things. First,

a good student is active. This [……………………………..]a wide range of
things-not only getting on with the work assigned to them. For example, a
good student will ask questions, [……………………………..]when they don’t
understand something or for [……………………………..]. He or she is
motivated to learn and has study goals – either general goals such as getting
into university or [……………………………..]for things that he or she wishes to
learn in the next month. A good student is [……………………………..]. Now,
we don’t just mean good [……………………………..]-we mainly mean that he
or she has the discipline to stick to a good study [……………………………..].
This includes reviewing and previewing work Tim will tell you what else we
thought of.
Tim: We also thought that a good learner focuses on finding reasons why to do
something not on reasons not to do something. Poor students usually tend to
offer the [……………………………..]response “But…”
Mike: Yes, I’ve seen that a lot.
Tim: Haven’t we all? A good student is aware that learning often happens days
or months later. It is not always linear and it is not always immediate. He or
she sees learning as a long-term ’project’ rather than ’[………………………..]’ it
if you like into clusters of’to do’s’, e.g. [………………….] for an exam. Many
students will not do anything until about two weeks before a test and then
cram.
Mike: Then I wonder why they didn’t do well!
Tim: Exactly! Any other ideas?

Cindy: I think that a good student doesn’t [……………………………..]teachers
who have seen it all and done it all and actually have a better idea of what
students need.
Janet: Nor do good students [……………………………..]a teacher for his or her

own lack of [……………………………..]. He or she accepts suggestions and
tries to [……………………………..]them into their learning.
Tim: I think that the key point is that a good student sets up his or her learning
to be [……………………………..].
SECTION 4
Presenter: Welcome to this first presentation on writing

an [……………………………..]. A university essay can be thought of as
an [………………………….] answer to a quite [……………………………..]
question that has been posed by your lecturer. A key consideration for
lecturers when they mark students’ work is whether the essay before them
is [……………………………..]that is whether it does in fact provide an answer
to the question being posed. For this [……………………………..]it is important
when you prepare to work on an essay that you spend a reasonable amount of
time reading and [……………………………..]over the essay topic so that you
understand [……………………………..]what is being asked. This
involves [……………………………..]and thinking about key words in the topic,
among other things. This tutorial on essay writing is based on the following
topic:
“In the last 20 years, rates of [……………………………..]have risen

significantly in Western countries. Critically [……………………………..]some
of the different explanations given for this [……………………………..]. In your
discussion you should consider what [……………………………..]these
explanations might have for social policy.”
‘Implication’ is a common term. Implications can be thought of as a set of

ideas that follow on in some [……………………………..]sense from a preceding
set of ideas. In the case of this essay, the [……………………………..]set of ideas
are the [……………………………..]for rising divorce. What is required then is
that students consider what social policies might follow on from each of the
different explanations [……………………………..]. Note that the word

‘phenomenon’ refers here to ‘rising divorce’. This means that the essay will
need to be [……………………………..]with explaining why divorce rates
have [……………………………..]. ‘Different explanations’ suggests that
different [……………………………..]have come up with a variety of reasons for
this happening. To ‘critically analyse’ means to assess the value of some entity
with [……………………………..]to its strengths
and [……………………………..]. This [……………………………..]may be a
theory, a policy, an [……………………………..], a piece of research etc. In the
case of this essay topic, what needs to be [……………………………..]are the
different explanations given for rising [……………………………..]. This
proposition is central to the essay topic. Clearly the essay will need to
be [……………………………..]in a general sense with the subject of rising
divorce. It is also important to note those terms which limit the subject in
some way, in this case to a [……………………………..]place – Western
countries-and to a particular time-the last [……………………………..].
I asked three different students spent some time analysing the divorce essay
topic. On the following three slides, you can read each of
their [……………………………..]of the topic. After reading each, decide
whether you think it is a reasonable interpretation of the topic.
This slide shows Student As analysis – “This essay topic is about divorce in
Western countries. I would look in detail at [……………………………..]for
divorce in various countries. I would then turn to the [………………………..] of
divorce, as discussed by various [……………………………..]. I would describe
the effects divorce is thought to have on parents and on children. Then I would
consider what social [……………………………..]solutions there are for the
problems arising from divorce.”
Student B wrote-“For this essay I would focus on why rates of divorce have
increased in [……………………………..]. To answer this question, I would give
my own critical explanation, [……………………………..]on what I know from
experience are the reasons why [……………………………..]choose to divorce. I
would then interview a number of divorced people I know asking them what
the reasons were for the [……………………………..]of
their [……………………………..]. I would then consider current social policies
relating to divorce and find out how well the people I interview have coped
since they were divorced.”

And this slide tells us what Student C wrote-“This topic states that divorce has
risen in Western countries. First I would want to find out if this is the case by
looking at statistics from a number of countries. Assuming that
the [……………………………..]is true, I would then look at a variety
of [……………………………..]given by sociologists for this increase. For each of
these, I would consider how [……………………………..]an explanation it is.
The topic seems to imply that rising divorce is a [……………………………..]
that needs to be addressed by policy makers. I would then think about what
sort of social policy [……………………………..] might follow on from each
explanation.”
Having read the three interpretations, in your opinion, which seems the most
reasonable [……………………………..]? … Ah, yes, I think you’ve got the
answer. Of the three [……………………………..], Student 3’s would be closest
to what is required. The student is proposing to comment on the adequacy of a
range of [……………………………..]explanations for divorce, i.e. critical
analysis, and then to consider what types of social policy would follow on from
her explanations, i.e. [……………………………..].

SECTION 1
Questions 1-7
Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS or A NUMBER for each answer.
BELLINGHAM REAL-ESTATE AGENTS
Property to rent
Type of property: 1 __________________

Architectural type: 2 storey
Address: 3281 2________________ , Richmond, British

Columbia.
Monthly rent: $700 3___________ plus $ 30 for 4 _________
View of: 5 _____________________
The landlord’s information
Name: 6_________________
Addre as above
Telephone: 7 _________________
Cell phone: 903 2773987
Questions 5 – 10
Circle TWO letters A-E.
8. Which of the following does the kitchen contain?
A. dishwasher
B. washing machine
C. dryer
D. gas stove
E. microwave

9. Which of the following does the house have?
A. a swimming pool
B. air conditioning
C. central heating
D. a games room
E. a fireplace
10. Which amenities are nearby?
A. the university
B. a shopping mall
C. a park
D. a sport centre
E. a movie theatre
SECTION 2
Question 11
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for your answer.
11. What does WSP aim to promote?
_____________________________________

Questions 12-17
Complete the table showing details of the projects.

answer.
Period:
S = Short-term
M = Medium-term
L = Long-term
LIST OF PROJECTS
Special
Country Period Project
information
basic knowledge
Japan S village 12_________ of Japanese
required
renovating a children’s
Poland 13_______
holiday centre
accommodation in
Mexico S sea turtle conservation school with
14_______
architecture; planning US $16____ on

China 15 ______
and design arrival
provide medical care for

India M
17______ children
Questions 18-20

Complete the flowchart.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer
You complete an application form and send it with 18____________
We send a “Welcome Pack” with:
general information
formal 19______________
a questionnaire.
We use the questionnaire to match you to your job.
20______________before departure we send full detail of your placement.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Complete the table below as you listen.
Write A NUMBER or NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS to fill each

space.
Name What is it? Need people to
▪ write features
▪ 22________
Grapevine 21 _________
▪ profread
▪ 23 ________

▪ 25 _________
Concrete 24 _________
▪ organise
work in all areas of radio

Livewire 26 _________
broadcasting
▪ act
▪ direct programmes
Nexus UTV student TV station
▪ 27 __________
▪ be comedians
▪ 29 __________
Notice Board 28 ________
▪ produce the magazine
▪ 30 _________
Student Web website ▪ do graphics
▪ write articles
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -40
Both social factors and the development of 31_have been important in the
growth of tourism. It would appear that how much 32_ a country possesses is
the main factor in whether its people will travel widely. Most tourists today are
from the 33_world, but their populations are levelling off. Soon there will be
an increase in the number of older tourists, who will be less likely to want to go
34_and will probably prefer alternatives such as trips to 35_.
Questions 36-40
Complete the tables below.

Types of Tourism Technological Breakthrough
modern tourism jet plane
first package tour 36________________
new booking method 37________________
Destination Attraction
Ireland in the past countryside
Ireland today 38 ________________
Crystal City, USA brocoli ( a vegetable)
Gilroy, USA 39 ________________
Stratford, Canada 40 ________________
Answer keys:
1. (modern) (family) house
2. Number One/No. 1 Road
3. per room
4. (the) cleaner/cleaning
5. (over) (the) ocean

6. Peter Truboise
7. 6047 4106
8. AE
9. CD
10. BC
11. international understanding
12. improvement
13. M
14 (very)basic conditions
15. L
16. 250
17. disabled
18. (a) passport photo
19. terms and conditions
20. 1/A/One month
21. (a) student magazine
22. sell advertising

23. take photographs
24. (a)newspaper
25. edit
26. student radio station
27. read the news
28. (a) magazine
29. write articles
30. write websites
31. technology
32. wealth
33. developed
34. skiing
35. art galleries
36. (the) railway
37. (the) Internet
38. literature/writers
39. garlic

40 .drama (festival)
SECTION 1
Woman: Hi. Bellingham Real-Estate Agents. Could you hold, please?
Man: OK.
Woman: Sorry about that. What can I do for you?
Man: Yeah. I’m looking for some tenants for my house and I was hoping you
could [……………………………..]it for me.
Woman: Sure. No problem. Is it here in [……………………………..]?
Man: No, it’s just outside in [……………………………..].
Woman: Very nice. It’s a house, you say?
Man: Yes. It’s a family house. It’s two-storey, quite modem.
Woman: Right. And you’re wanting to rent out the whole place, is that right?
Man: No, no, just two rooms are for rent-that’s two [……………………………..]
plus the use of the rest of the house-it would really suit a couple of students.
Woman: OK. Can you just tell me the [……………………………..], please?

Man: Yeah sure, it’s [……………………..] Number One Road. Richmond.
Woman: OK, that’s quite a way out. And how much were you thinking of for
these rooms?
Man: I thought [……………………………..]per room would be a pretty fair

price.
Woman: Is that per month?
Man: Sure.
Woman: OK. You’d get at least a thousand if you were in Vancouver.
Man: Yeah, I know.
Woman: Hum. Any other costs?
Man: Er, just the [……………………………..]who comes once a week.
Woman: Cleaner, OK. And how much would your tenant have to pay her?
Man: Hm, actually. It’s a guy and…er…that would be another [……………..] a

month for the cleaning.
Woman: OK, and is it nice? I mean is it got a view and things?
Man: Sure, it looks out over the ocean. No [……………………………..], but

there’s lots to look at from the [……………………………..].
Woman: OK, and your name is?
Man: Peter Truboise.
Woman: Truboise-is that B-O-Y-S?

Man: No, it’s T-R-U-B-O-I-S-E.
Woman: Truboise. Nice name. And your address?
Man: It’s the same one as I just gave you.
Woman: Fine, as above. Got a phone number you can give me?
Man: Sure. I’m calling vou from it. It’s [……………………………..].
Woman: And a cell?
Man: Yes. That’s [……………………………..].
Woman: Now let’s get down to the serious stuff. What have you got in the
kitchen? A fridge, of course.
Man: Yes. a fridge. and there’s a [……………………………..].
Woman: Got facilities for washing clothes?
Man: Yeah. A washing machine in the [……………………………..], and a

dryer too.
Woman: OK. Gas or electric stove?
Man: Electric, and in the kitchen there’s a microwave as well.
Woman: Fine. Now what about the house? Anything worth [……………..]?
Man: Sure-there’s a room for nlaving ping pong and pool.
Woman: Great and how’s it heated?

Man: It’s got central heating but no fireplace.
Woman: That’s too bad. I like an open fire in winter. [………………..]?
Man: No.
Woman: No conditioning. I suppose you’ve got a TV?
Man: Sure.
Woman: Cable?
Man: Er, afraid not. I’ve never gotten around to putting it in.
Woman: Fine. What sort of tenant are you looking for-students, you said?
Man: That’s right. Although it’s quite away from the university, though-I guess
they’d need a car.
Woman: That’s true. Still, there’s a [……………………………..] iust a block

awav-I’m looking at a map right now.
Man: Yup, just a small one-no movie theaters or anything like that. We’re
right by the [……………………………..]though and that’s something.
Woman: Sure, [……………………………..]in this weather. I wish I was there

myself! Any other [……………………………..]in the area?
Man: There’s a [……………………………..]lounge on the comer and a couple

of
hamburger joins. You’d have to go [……………………………..]for a movie

though. Oh, and Boyd Park is only a couple of hundred yards away.

Woman: OK. Mr. Tmboise, I’ll post this up for you and I hope you have some
luck.
Man: Thanks, bye.
Woman: Bye, and take care.
Man: Sure, thanks.
SECTION 2
Hi, everyone. My name’s Sam Thomas, and I’m here to give you some
information about [……………………………..]Student Projects, or WSP for
short. The talk takes about [……………………………..], and after that I’ll be
happy to answer questions, OK? Right, well, WSP is a voluntary
service [……………………..], which was set UP to [……………………………..]
international understanding. Right now, we’ve got people from 30 different
countries working in local [……………………………..] around the world. So, if
you’re interested in joining them, I’d like to tell you about some of
the [……………………………..] that are available.
Now, depending on how long you want to be away, there are three sorts
of [……………………………..]to choose from: short-term projects lasting two
to three weeks, [……………………………..]projects lasting between one and six
months and long-term projects which can be anything up to a year. One of the
short-term ones we’ve got on offer at the moment is in Japan.
It’s […………………..] improvement project, and the work [………………..]
clearing the river banks and planting flowers, things like that. You’d be
working alongside local people, so you need a basic [……………………………..]
of Japanese for that.
The next one to tell you about is a children’s holiday center in Poland.
What’s [……………………………..]here is basically manual work. You’ll be
painting rooms, gardening and generally preparing for the
children’s [……………………………..]. It’s a medium-term project lasting six
weeks, and there’s comfortable accommodation on site.

And now something for the animal lovers amongst you. It’s
a [……………………………..]project for sea turtles in Mexico. Sea turtles are
under threat from [……………………………..]in that part of the world, so your
main job would be collecting and moving the eggs to a safe site. It’s a short-
term project, and you’d be staying in a local school, but
be [……………………………..]that it has very basic conditions. Don’t expect
any [……………………………..] of satellite TV! [……………………………..]
Now, here’s an exciting opportunity in China for any budding [………………..].
This is a long-term project, and […………………..] are for nine months, you’d
be working in an office in Shanghai, involved in planning and design,
under [……………………………..] of a local architect. Oh, and I should
mention that you have to pay an additional fee of [……………………………..]
US dollars when you arrive.
Finally, do we have any medical students here? Because there’s

a [……………………………..]available in a center for disabled children in India.
You’d be providing general medical care and also [……………………………..]in
the [……………………………..]of department. It’s for six months, so you can
get plenty of experience and also do something worthwhile for [……………..]
children.
Well, that’s just a taste of the [……………………………..]range of projects we

have to offer, but I hope it’s […………………..] your […………………..]. And in
case you do decide to apply, let me tell you what happens next.
First of all, you need to fill in an application form and send it to us. Oh, and
you should also include a [……………………………..]photo, by the way. Once
we’ve [……………………………..]the form and photo, we process them
and’then we send you a “Welcome Pack” containing general information about
the programme, together with the formal terms and conditions. These terms
and conditions are basically a list of [……………………………..]on both sides,
yours and ours-what happens if you want to leave early, ect. And you also get a
detailed [……………………………..], which helps us identify a suitable job for
you.
Then, about one month before you leave, you’ll receive all the details about
your particular [……………………………..]. And I think that’s about it. Oh, I
never forgot to mention, we’ve also got a website. The address is in our
brochure. Now, are there any questions?

SECTION 3
David: [……………………………..]what you’re going to join yet, Sarah?
Sarah: Well, I want to do something [……………………………..]with media

and [……………………………..], but there’s such a lot to choose from.
David: Isn’t there? Let’s look at all the information we’ve got and we can
decide what we want to do later.
Sarah: Right, let’s see. There’s something here called [………………………..].
David: What is it?
Sarah: It’s a student magazine. Apparently it won Magazine of the Year at

the [……………………………..]and NUS-I guess that’s the National Union of
Students-media awards in [……………………………..].
David: That sounds good. Do they want people to work on it?
Sarah: Oh yes, they want lots of people. It says here they need people to
write [……………………………..], sell advertising, and to proofread articles.
Oh, and to take [……………………………..].
David: That’s a possibility. I like the idea of taking photographs.
Sarah: Do you? I think I’d like to write [……………………………..]but I’m not

sure. What have you got there?
David: Concrete. It’s a newspaper. It sounds very [……………………………..].
Sarah: What makes you say that?
David: Well, it’s [……………………………..]long, for a start. That’s bigger than

some national newspapers.

Sarah: I suppose it is. What else does it say?
David: Let’s see. It did well at last year’s media [……………………………..]too.

And it says it has lots of different sections as well as news… like features, sport
and [……………………………..].
Sarah: That might be good experience. What do they need people for?
David: They want people to edit and organise. I wonder what they mean
by [……………………………..].
Sarah: Yes, it does sound a bit vague.
David: Well, it’s obviously well-organised. It started

in [……………………………..]and it’s still going strong!
Sarah: (not sure) Mmmm…sounds possible.
David: Yeah, but let’s go on, shall we?
Sarah: Here’s something a bit different. Livewire-it’s a student […………..]

station.
David: Now that does sound interesting. What type of programmes do-
they [……………………………..]?
Sarah: It just says good [……………………………..]and entertaining

progammes.
David: What are they looking for?
Sarah: Again there aren’t a lot of details. It says they want people to work in all
areas of radio [……………………………..]. I think I’d like to find out more
about that one.
David: Mmm so would I. We’ll come back to it later.

Sarah: Oh look at this. Do you fancy being on television?
David: Don’t tell me there’s a student TV station as well?
Sarah: Yes, there is. It’s called Nexus UTV. They produce a wide range
of [………………..] and they have a production deal with the [………………..]!
David: That sounds really interesting. Is it difficult to get into?
Sarah: I don’t know, I don’t think so. They want a lot of people. Actors…
David: I used to act in school plays-when I was about [………………………..]

old.
Sarah: Well, maybe acting isn’t for you. But they also need people to direct,
programmes, to read the pews and to be comedian. I could see you as
a [……………………………..].
David: Ha ha! Shall we go for that then?
Sarah: Maybe, let’s look at what else there is.
David: I think there are two more, yeah something called Notice Board-
whatever that is-and Student Web.
Sarah: What’s Notice Board about?
David: Well, it’s a magazine with lots of local information.
Sarah: Mmm… doesn’t sound all that [……………………………..].
David: Well, if you change your mind. They want people to write articles and to
produce the magazine.
Sarah: I don’t think so. Let’s look at Student Web.

David: OK. Well, we’ve had the radio station and the television station, so
I [……………………………..]we had to have the [……………………………..].
Sarah: It’s quite a big website. Look, there are a thousand pages.
David: What sort of things are on it?
Sarah: Well, there’s information about shops and entertainment but there are
also [……………………………..]and a news [……………………………..]. They
want people to write websites.
David: Writing websites sounds a bit too [……………………………..]for me.
Sarah: Ah, but they also need people to do some graphics and to
write [……………………………..].
David: I still don’t think that’s for me. What about you?
Sarah: No, it doesn’t really interest me either. I like the sound of Grapevine,
Livewire and Nexus UTV.
David: Yeah, those are the three I’d choose. But we’re only going to have
enough time to join one club so let’s go back and look at the information on
those three again.
Sarah: OK, first…
SECTION 4
Travel and tourism is the largest [……………………………..]in the world, but
calculating its economic [……………………………..]is quite difficult. The one
thing everybody can agree on, though, is that it’s huge. There are two things
which have [……………………………..]the growth of tourism. There are firstly-
social [……………………………..], and secondly- technology and the way
it’s [……………………………..]. Let’s consider the social factors first of all.
Demand for tourism is [……………………………..] mainly by the amount

of [……………………………..]a country has, which is why countries such as
Japan, Australia, the USA and western European countries
have [……………………………..]most in terms of [……………………………..]
numbers in the past. However, growing wealth in developing countries will
mean that [……………………………..]for holidays abroad will take off there in
the near future, [……………………………..]tourism enormously.
That said, the majority of tourists are still from what are called
the [……………………………..]nations. However, studies show that their
number will not rise much further in the next few [……………………………..]
because their populations are fairly [……………………………..]. As a result
there’ll be a growth in the number of [……………………………..]people who’ll
have more time on their hands. This will influence the kind of tourism wanted:
fewer skiing [……………………………..]will be required, but there’ll be an
increase in.
Let’s turn now to the second [……………………………..]in the growth of

tourism. The technology that [……………………………..]mass tourism today is
the jet plane. Air travel has opened up the world.
In [……………………………..], scheduled planes carried [………………….]
million passengers. Today there are four times as many. In fact, Cheaper and
more [……………………………..]transport has been behind
the [……………………………..]of mass tourism from its beginnings in Britain
in the [……………………..] century. The first package tours were arranged
in [……………………..] by Thomas Cook, an [……………………………..]whose
company [……………………………..]became one of the world’s largest tour
operators. In his day, it was the railway that [……………………………..]his
business to flourish.
Today, technology is proving important in other ways as well as

in [……………………………..]. In the past people went to a travel agent to find
and book their holiday. Now many of these people are bypassing the High
Street [……………………………..]and booking their holidays themselves on the
Internet. Airlines have been keen to [……………………………..]this direct
approach as it keeps down their costs, and [……………………………..]High
Street travel agents are finding their business is [……………………………..].
These days there may be more tourists to go around, but there is also more
competition among [……………………………..], as cities, countries and
continents all compete for tourist revenue. But becoming a tourist destination
is not quite as [……………………………..]as it may. seem. For example, Ireland

used to sell itself as a place to enjoy the beautiful countryside. However it
soon […………………….] that it was attracting young student [………………..]
without any money. So how did Ireland set about increasing [………………..]
from tourism? Well, the Irish Tourist Board came up with the idea of
promoting the country’s […………………….], using the names of writers such
as Oscar Wilde and James Joyce to [……………………………..]to older, richer
tourists who would spend their money in the hotels and [……………………..]
of the country. However, there are other ways of appealing to tourists. The US
is [……………………………..]with places that claim to be the capital of
something or other-sometimes things which may seem
rather [……………………………..]: Crystal City, for example, is the world
capital of the vegetable [……………………………..], and then there’s Gilroy-
famous for its garlic. These towns are trading on a single […………………..] to
attract the tourists.
Festivals are another way to bring them in-literary, food, art they’re all staged
for one reason only: to attract tourist revenue. Many a town has sought to copy
the success of Stratford, Ontario, which was [……………………………..]from a
small run-down blue-collar town to a busding [……………………………..]
centre by the [……………………………..]of Tom Patterson, who managed
to [……………………………..] a British director to stage their first drama
festival in [……………………………..].
But then boosting a city through tourism is nothing new. In 18th Century
England, Bath Spa became [……………………………..]after the owners of the
hot baths [……………………………..]Beau Nash, the trend-setter of his day,
to [……………………………..]the city. I want Zto end the lecture there for
today. Now, Thank you.
IELTS listening practice test 87

SECTION 1
Questions 1-3

Write A NUMBER for each answer.
Example: Answer
Name: Lester Mackie
Membership No.: 1 ____________
Mailing address: 17 Westmead Road, Annandale
Fax No.: 2 __________
Phone No.: 02 579 6363
After 5:00 p.m. 3______
Questions 4-6
Circle the correct answer for each question.
4. Why does the caller need the literature?
A. For a student paper.
B. For a newspaper article.
C. For research.
D. For general interest.
5. How long can the caller have the books after the date of posting?
A. 3 weeks.

B. 6 weeks.
C. 5 weeks.
D. 2 weeks.
6. How will the caller pay the fees?
A. Credit card.
B. Cheque.
C. Money order.
D. Cash.
Questions 7-10
Look at the booklist below.
Write in the boxes the appropriate letters (A, OL or R) as explained below.
available in the library A
out on loan OL
request from other library R
ITEMS REQUESTED
Example Answer
Hallsworth, E.G. (1978) Land and Water Resources Of Australia [A]
7. Government publication (1984) Land Degradation in
[]
Australia
8. Government publication (1998) Coastal Zone Inquiry Report [ ]

9. Fisher, D. E, (1980) Environmental Law []
10. Raiswell, R. W. (1980) Environmental Chemistry []
SECTION 2
Questions 17-16
What is Dr. Pendleton’s opinion of the following developments?
Write A if he thinks they have been generally beneficial for workers
Write B if he thinks they have been generally harmful for workers
Write C if he has no strong opinions either way
Example Answer
The shift from manufacturing to services C
11. goal-oriented careers
12. flatter management structures
13. contracting out specialist activities
14. Internet recruitment
15. mobile phones and beepers
16. continual re-education
Questions 17-20

Generally in industry the 17________________ of products is becoming

shorter so companies require 18_____________from the workforce. This
means that there are fewer 19_____________________jobs. Another
major change is that new technologies have enabled people to 20
________________
Questions 21-27
Who gave these explanations for rises in intelligence?
Write A if it was James Flynn
Write B if it was John Rust
Write C if it was Robert Howard
21. television and computers
22. better nutrition
23. smaller families
24. car-driving
25. more complex societies
26. wider access to education
27. more sophisticated concepts
Questions 28-30

28. Which graph best illustrates changes in intelligence in Western

industrialized countries over the last 40 years?
29. Which graph best illustrates changes in intelligence in some East Asian
countries over the last 40 years?
30. What explanation is given for improvements in British exam results?
A Better Teaching
B Higher Intelligence.
C Lower Standards
SECTION 4

Questions 31-32
Complete the diagram below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS and/or A NUMBER for each

answer.
Questions 33-35

answer.
33. Taylor wrote his theory in the_____________century.
34. Taylor’s theory was that people only worked for_____________.
35. Later research concluded that some people preferred to work________.

Questions 36-37
Complete the diagram below.

answer.
Questions 38-39
Look at the table and notice that in this section you need to listen for
percentages.

Source of job satisfaction % of employees
Insprirational leader 72%
Type of work 38 ______________
Good pay 50%
Flexible working hours 39 ______________
Questions 40
Choose the correct letters A-D.
40 What does the speaker say about workers in the UK?
A They want to have a good lifestyle.
B Socialising at work is not a priority for them.
C They want to earn a lot of money.
D Having a job title is a priority for them.
Answer keys:
1. M 9301274
2. 863 5923
3. 5791857
4. B
5. B
6. D
7. R
8. A
9. A
10. OL
11. A
12. B
13. A

14. A
15. B
16. C
17. life cycle/lifecycle
18. (much/far) greater/more/ increased flexibility
19. permanent (or) tenured
20. work from home/telecommute
21. A
22. C
23. C
24. A
25. B
26. C
27. B
28. A
29. B
30. C
31. behaviour
32. job satisfaction
33. 19th/nineteenth
34. money
35. in teams
36. basic
37. status
38. 55%
39. 40%
40. B
SECTION 1
L = Librarian M = Mackie
(Phone rings.)

L: Good morning, City Central [………………………………]. May I help you?
M: Yes. I want to order some books and copies of [………………………………]

please. You can send them to me through the post or courier, can’t you?
L: Yes, certainly. I’ll just get the form and take down some […………………].
First your name please, sir.
M: Lester Mackie. That’s M-A-C-K-I-E.
L: Mackie, Lester. And your [………………………………]number. .
M: That’s M [………………………………].
L: M 930…
M: [………………………………].
L: Thank you. Now your address please. That’s the address you want us to
send the items to.
M: It’s 17 Westmead Road, Annandale.
L: And could I have your phone number and your [………………………………]

please?
M: Yes. The fax number is [………………………………].
L: 863 5923.
M: That’s correct. The daytime phone number is [………………………………]

and after 5:00 p.m. it’s [………………………………].

L: Now may I ask why you’ll be needing the books? I’m sorry about this, but we
have to have this information whenever we send books out from a
telephone [………………………………].
M: No problem. I’m preparing a short article for the […………………………]

watch section of the local newspaper. We’re quite [………………………………]
about the prob¬lems we’re facing here now, [………………………………] since
we’ve been getting so many tourists in the [………………………………].
L: Oh I know. I’m so glad someone is doing something about publicizing the

problem.
M: Now how long can I keep the books for?
L: Well, as you know our normal loan period is three weeks with a two
week [………………………………]over the phone. However, in cases where we
send books out by post we allow a longer [………………………………]loan
period to allow for the [………………………………]time. So you may have the
books for six weeks from the date of [………………………………]. But I’m
afraid the two-week […………………………] won’t apply then. However, you
would be able to renew them by bringing them in for [………………………],
provided no one else has a […………………………] on them.
M: I should think the normal period will be enough. Now how do you prefer
the [………………………………]and [………………………………]fees to be paid?
L: We accept both cash and [………………………………], but it will be such a

small sum it might be more [………………………………]to send us a money
order.
M: Hm. Would it be alright if I left it until I come in next time and mat pay
cash then?
L: Of course. There’s no problem with that at all.
M: Shall I tell you the articles I want copied first?

L: Good. I’ve got all that down. Now [………………………………]we could go
on to the books. You tell me the books you need and I’ll tell you whether we
have them [………………………………]available or whether you’ll have to wait
a bit for them, alright? The details I’ll need are the author,
the [………………………………]date and the title of the book. Is that
OK?[………………………………]M: Yes, no problem at all. Um, the first one is
by [………………………………], published in 1978. It’s called Land and Water
Resources of [………………………………].
L: Hm. Yes. We have that available on the shelves.
M: Good. Now the next two are both [………………………………]publications.

The first one is rather old, published in [………………………………]. That’s
Land Degradation in Aus¬tralia , but the second one is more recent. That’s
Coastal Zone Inquiry Report from [………………………………].
L: I’m afraid we don’t have the first one. We’d have to get that from the
government [………………………………]for you, but the second one, the later
one, has hist, come in so I’ll put that aside for you.
M: Wonderful. Now there are three more. Two rather old books, but
they’re [………………………………] works so you probably have
them. [………………………………] Law by Fisher, and Environmental
Chemistry by Raiswell. They were both published in […………………………].
L: Yes, we do have both those texts. Environmental Law should be on the shelf,
but Environmental [………………………………]is out on loan at the moment.
I’ll put that on reserve for you.
M: Right. And the last one is The Environment [………………………………]of

Travel and Tourism by M. Bums and Associates, [………………………………].
L: (slowly) Burns, Environment Impact… No I’m sorry we don’t have that, I’ll
have to use the inter-library loan [………………………………]and get it in for
you.
M: Oh. How long is that likely to take?

L: Well, it really depends where we can get it. If it’s available […………………]
it shouldn’t take more than a few days, but if we have to
send [………………………………]for it, it could be rather a while. We’ll do our
best to hurry it up.
SECTION 2
Hello. This afternoon I’m going to begin by [………………………………]some of
the main changes that have [………………………………]in the labour market
and in working practices over the last [………………………………]. One of the
most significant changes has been the vast move, especially in [……………]
countries, from […………………] to service industries. Although this has freed
many people from heavy and […………………] work in factories, many people
find their work in [……………] industries equally boring and just
as […………………………].
Another important change has been that people no longer expect to spend
most of their working lives with the same company or [………………………]. As
a result people set themselves [………………………………]which they work
towards, and they use the various jobs they do and the different companies
they work for as steps towards these objectives. For […………………………]
workers I think this has helped them become more [………………………………]
and given them more control over their lives.
In most companies the [………………………………]team has become

less [………………………………]. This is often called […………………………] or
delayering. In other words, there are fewer [………………………………]and
fewer levels of management. As a result, there are not so
many [……………………] for promotion and people often feel frustrated
because they find themselves at the same level for many years without the
chance to rise in the company.
Competition from new products and from different parts of the world means
that [………………………………]companies have to adapt very fast to changing
markets and this [………………………………] them to be
very [……………………]. Increasingly this means they don’t employ workers
directly, but employ other small [………………………………]companies
or [………………] to do the job when they need them. This means they don’t
have the expense of employing workers when they don’t need them.

I believe that for workers who are [………………………………]there are various
gains: they’re often better paid for the work they do, they work in smaller,
more human organizations and they’re able to organize their working lives in
ways which suit them, instead of having to fit into the [………………………] of
a large company.
Of course, the biggest areas of change have come with the

technological [………………………………]. Workers now have the chance to go
job [………………………………]on the World Wide Web, so they have
more [………………………………] to find better or more suitable jobs.
Statistics show that generally people work much harder than in the past with
much longer hours. New technologies are largely responsible for
this, [………………………………]mobile phones and beepers or pagers, These
things force [………………………………]to stay in contact with their offices
even in their free time and at weekends. I think this is a pity as people need to
be able to relax and have time for themselves.
Another effect of [………………………………]change is that jobs evolve

very [………………………………], and workers have to be continually going on
training courses in order to remain employable. As a university teacher, I can
hardly complain about this, but it can place [………………………………]strain
on workers if they’re obliged to retrain for jobs well into their late 50s when
they’re getting close to [………………………………], so I’m not sure if it’s a
good thing or a bad thing.
New technology and global [………………………………]have, between them,

meant that the life cycle of products isn’t nearly as long as it used to be. This
has had a [………………………………]effect on companies and on the way we
work. In order to cope with sudden changes in the market, companies need
much greater [………………………………]from their staff. As a result large
numbers of tenured or [………………………………]iobs have disappeared.
Apart from university lecturers like myself, few people can expect nowadays to
have a job for life, and [………………………………]short-term employment has
become the norm for many people. However, we have to be positive. One
wonderful change which has come out of the technological […………………] is
the opportunity for the office worker to [………………………………], that is. for
them to work from home, with their computer and modem. This enables them
to organize their working lives around their families and cut out the

long [………………………………]to and from work which are the bane of most
office workers’ lives.
SECTION 3
Farouk: Hi, Martin. Hi, Maria. How are you getting on with
your […………………] ? You’ve got to give the [………………………………]on
Friday, haven’t you?
Maria: Hi, Farouk. We’re getting on fine. It’s just so interesting! Do you want
to hear about it?
Farouk: Well, I’ve got ten minutes before my next [………………………………],

so why not? Let’s hear it?
Maria: Great. And it’ll help us to sort out who said what, won’t it, Martin?
Martin: That’s right. You know, what we’ve been looking at

is [………………………………] done by a number of […………………………]
from different parts of the world on [………………………] quotients-how
they’ve been rising over the last 50 years.
Farouk: Really?
Maria: Yes! Some psychologists have [………………………………]increases in

intelligence of up to [………………………………]in one generation.
Farouk: Amazing. What’s causing us all to get [………………………………]?
Martin: There’s a political scientist from New Zealand called James Flynn.
Well, he’s a [………………………………]in this field, and he’s found that people
perform the [………………………………]tasks in intelligence tests much better
than they did 50 years ago. Partly he puts this down to people playing with
their PCs and watching TV- things like that.
Farouk: What about diet? Does that have anything to do with it?

Maria: Perhaps. Robert Howard, a Sydney [………………………………], thinks
that it does. Just as eating better has made children taller,
their [………………………………]intelligence has also risen. He also says that
parents are having fewer children, so they’re able to pav
more [………………………] to their children, which has a [……………………]
effect on kids! intelligence.
Farouk: IQ tests have verbal and [………………………………]elements too.

Have these also been improving?
Martin: Yes, but only moderately. It’s the [………………………………]element

which has made the big difference and Flvnn also [………………………………]
that modern activities like driving may play.a part in this.
Maria: There’s a British researcher, John Rust: who has made

the [………………………………] point that modem life is much more
complicated than it was fifty years ago. Our intelligence has had to develop in
order to [………………………………] it all.
Martin: Remember also that far more children have the [……………………] to
go to school nowadays. Howard thinks that must be a leading factor in
improved IQ test [………………………………].
Farouk: Well, yes, that would seem fairly obvious.
Maria: To come back to John Rust: he suggests that as science

and [………………………………] develop, ideas become more complex. Well,
the people who produce these ideas, the Einsteins and Hawkings
are [………………………………] highly intelligent people, but, he says, ordinary
people’s [………………………………] has also had to develop to cope with these
sew [………………………………].
Farouk: Are there any limits to intelligence or will the human race just
continue to get [………………………………]and cleverer?
Martin: Er, actually, research in some Western [………………………………]

countries such as Australia and some European countries […………………]
that intelligence rose quite steeply for 2 to 3 [………………………………]and

then levelled off a few years ago. Some [………………………………]think that
quite soon we may see it beginning to dip-in some countries students seem to
be less [………………………………]than before. In that sense there may well be
a limit to intelligence.
Maria: On the other hand, this rise in intelligence started to happen some
years later in East Asian [………………………………]-the so-called Asian
tigers-and it still hasn’t leveled off.
Farouk: Is higher intelligence what has caused exam results

to [………………………………]here in Britain, do you think?
Maria: Well, that’s rather a [………………………………]question, so it depends

who you ask, but you must remember that [………………………………]ago only
about 5% of school-leavers here went on to university. But there’s been a
vast [………………………………]of the university system, and nowadays
about [………………………………] of young people get a higher education. So I
guess exams must have been getting easier for all those people to get in.
SECTION 4
My lecture today is on [………………………………] at work.
If [……………………] are to improve the running of their organization, it’s
important for them to understand what motivates the [………………………]-to
know how to satisfy both the high flyers and those who have
lower [………………] or ability.
First of all, let’s look at the model of how motivation works. You will see that
every member of the workforce has needs or [………………………………], and
these needs and expectations will [………………………………]each person’s
behaviour- For example, they will work harder if they know that they will
be [………………………………]– that is, if they can achieve their goals of higher
pay or promotion. The achievement of these goals will, in turn, lead to
iob [………………………………]. This then feeds back into the worker’s needs
or expectations.
Over the years the development of different [………………………………]of

management and different approaches to organization has affected the way we

view motivation. In the [………………………………]century, the writer
Frederick Taylor put forward the [………………………………]that workers were
only interested in making money. In contrast, in the early twentieth century,
researchers found that people went to work to [………………………………]a
range of different needs, and not simply for financial reward. One need, in
particular, was [………………………………]the social need. An early study done
on a [………………………………]company, for instance, showed that people
generally were happier and worked more productively if they were able to work
in teams.
One important [………………………………]theoiy of motivation was put

forward by Maslow in [………………………………]. Maslow identified five
important needs which he placed in a [………………………………]: at the
bottom of the triangle he put what he called “basic needs”: good pay and
pleasant working [………………………………]. Then, above the basic needs, he
put “[………………………………]needs”-safe working conditions and job
security. His third need he called “social”-the need to have friends at work and
get on with the boss. Fourth werft ” status needs”-a job title and
social […………………]. Finally, at the top of the [………………………………],
Maslow [………………………………]the need for [………………………………]-
to have a challenging job with opportunities for [………………………………].
His theory isn’t perfect, but it’s a convenient framework for viewing the
different needs and [………………………………]of work that people have, and,
what’s more, I believe it s still valid today.
During an early twenty-first century survey of full-time [……………………],

when asked what gave them job [………………………………], 72% said having
an inspirational leader. […………………] of those Questioned found
satisfaction in the [………………………………]of their work. 50%-by being paid
well, and 40% said [………………………………]working hnnro Consequently,
we can see that this indicates that today, an employee’s opinion of the quality
of the [………………………………]in their workplace is an important
factor [………………………………]belief in the company as a good place to
work.
Motivation varies over a person’s working life and also [………………………] to

where they live. Studies show that people have different goals in different
countries. For example, a good […………………] would appear to be
more [………………………………] in Spain than it is in Sweden. Financial
security is more important in the US than in the UK. Social [……………………]

at work is important to workers in both Germany and Australia, but not of
top [………………………………]in Britain and Italy. As to
high [………………………………]-this is more important in the USA than to
Europeans. These results [………………………………] clear differences
between countries, but I don’t think they should be taken too [………………].
There have been many theories which have [………………………………]to

explain the nature of motivation. These theories are […………………………]
true, and by and large all help to explain the behaviour of certain people at
certain times. However, none really [……………………] all the answers. The
best a company can do is to provide people with the right environment to
be [……………………]. If they are self-motivated, they will […………………]
well.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-6
WORDS for each, gap.
1. One walk includes a break at the oldest pub so that the walkers can get some
___________________
2. The castle walk allows more time to see the castle wall. and walk on the
_____________
3. You have to _______________ if you want to go on the Ghost Walk.
4. The Ghost Walk goes to the castle and the ____________.
5. The walks are suitable for adults and __________.
6. The fourth walk shows people the ___________ of the writer Robert
Jones.

Complete Questions 7-10
the following table of information about the walks.
Walk Price Start – Finish
City sights tour £10 7 _____________
Castle tour £7 8 ____________
Ghost Walk £7 8 p.m – 10 p.m
Robert Jones Walk £8 2 p.m – 5 p.m
▪ Discounts available for groups of five or more people

▪ Walks take place every day except 9 ____________________
▪ Visit our website – 10 __________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
WORDS for each gap.
11. You can have__________________paid direct from your account.
12. Ask your_________________________to tell you when and how

much money will arrive.

13. Having a Cirrus or Maestro card may allow you to spend money from your
_____________________
14. Debt and not paying ______________________are key things to

avoid.
15. The___________________________at your educational institution

will be able to give you advice.
Questions 16-20

16. What should you go to different companies for?
17. Where can you find a list of insurance companies?
18. Which policies pay the full price of replacing possessions?
19. What medical conditions are not always covered by medical insurance?
20. What activity might be an exemption?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-26
Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
gap.
21. The professor wants the students to pretend that they are____________.
22. Sandra points out that recruiters need to know if people have the right
________________- not just qualifications and experience.

23. Sandra also points out that a new person can change the___________.
24. The professor says that ________________________doesn’t usually

have an effect on a persons character.
25. Mike says that in a_____________________employees have to trust

each people to do their job.
26. Mike thinks that asking people about their_______________ can tell
you something about them.
Questions 27-28
Which two people are most in favour of personality questionnaires?
A. The professor.
B. Sandra.
C. Mike.
Questions 29-30
Which two people are most in favour of setting applicants problems?
A. The professor.
B. Sandra.
C. Mike.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-32

Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS
31. In which year did the SPI introduce the recycling symbol?
32. What is the minimum size of the symbol?
Questions 33-40
Complete the following table of information using NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDS for each gap.
Easily recycled?
Number Used for
(yes/no)
bottles, containers, fibre-fill, bean

1 yes bags, rope, car bumpers, tennis ball
felt. 33_______ . cassette tapes, sails
containers. 34_______ . piping.

2 yes
plastic lumber, rope
35 _____ . shower curtains, medical

3 no tubing, vinyl dashboards, baby bottle
nipples
wrapping films, 37________ .

4 36 _______
sandwich bags. containers
5 no containers, e.g. Tupperware
coffee cups. 39 ____ . meat trays.

6 38 _______ packing “peanuts”. 40________ .
cassette tapes

7 no special products
Answer keys:
1. refreshments
2. exhibits
3. book ahead
4. cathedral
5. older children
6. life and times
7. 1 p.m. – 6 p.m.
8. 9a.m.-midday
9. Monday(s)
10. www.walknewtown.com
11. (regular) bills
12. (financial) sponsor
13. home account
14. (your) rent
15. (student) counsellor

16. (an) insurance policy/-ies
17. (local) telephone directory
18. “new-for-old” or “new for old”
19. pre-existing
20. (playing a) dangerous sport
21. managers
22. character
23. (whole) group dynamic
24. company training
25. team situation
26. hobbies
27. A
28. C (27 + 28 in either order)
29. A
30. B (29 + 30 in either order)
31. 1988
32. half-inch / half inch / half an inch

33. combs
34. toys
35. plastic pipes
36. no
37. grocery bags
38. yes
39. disposable cutlery
40. insulation
SECTION 1
Customer: Good morning. I’ve heard that you offer [………………………………]
of the city.
Tour Guide: Yes, we do. We have four walks. Did you have any [………………]
one in mind?
Customer: Not really. Actually, I don’t know anything about your tours. Could
you…?

Tour Guide: Of course. Here’s our leaflet. Let me take you through it. Our main
walk is a [………………………………]one of the city centre, lasting a whole
afternoon. It is quite long, but takes you to all the main sights and a
few [………………………………]-known ones. As you can see, we take in the
castle, the [………………………………], the historic houses along
the [………………………………]and the city gate. Halfway through, we stop at
the oldest pub in the citv-the Cat and Dog-for [………………………………].
Customer: That looks very interesting. I see you have a walk that just takes in
the castle.
Tour Guide: Yes, it spends more time examining the castle and its history. The
first tour I [………………………………]visits the castle briefly, but this one
includes visits to all the [………………………………]there and a longer walk
along the castle wall.
Customer: I heard something about … Ah, yes-there it is. The Ghost Walk in
the evening.
Tour Guide: Ah, yes. This is a very popular tour. You’ll need to book ahead for
this one. The tour starts here at 8 p.m. every evening […………………………]
Mondays and finishes here at about… well, about two hours later.
Customer: Which places are visited on the walk?
Tour Guide: Well, again, we take people to the castle and to the cathedral, but
we don’t go [………………………………]. At the cathedral, we see a
few […………………] and tell people some pretty [………………………………].
Customer: Is the walk suitable for children?
Tour Guide: Not really. Actually, all four of our walks are really
for [………………………………]or at least older children.
Customer: And the fourth walk is…

Tour Guide: Well, it follows the life and times of Robert Jones, the
famous [………………………………]writer, who was bom here and lived here
most of his life. We take people to see where he was
bom, [………………………………]and lived. This tour is popular with people
interested in Victorian [………………………………]as much as with people
interested in literature.
Customer: I see. Now, prices … they’re not listed here in the [………………].
Tour Guide: Prices depend on the [………………………………]and the number

of people you make a booking for.
Customer: We’d be interested in taking a tour sometime next week-mid- week-

and we are a small group of [………………………………].
Tour Guide: OK. There’s a small discount or groups of 5 to 10 people. The full
price for the City Sights tour is [………………………………]per person. The
Castle tour is £7. The Ghost Walk is also £7 and the Robert Jones Walk is £8.
The [………………………………]is 5% of the total fee.
Customer: Thank you. And what time do the tours start? You said the Ghost
Walk starts at 8 p.m.
Tour Guide: Yes, the City Sights one starts at [………………………………]. and
finishes at 6 p.m. The Castle tour starts at 9 a.m. and finishes at midday. The
Robert Jones Walk starts at 2 p.m. and finishes at 5 p.m.
Customer: The Ghost Walk is not on Mondays. How about the other walks?
Tour Guide: The same. Our office is open on Mondays for booking walks, but
there are no tours that day.
Customer: I see. Thank you very much. I see you have a website.
Tour Guide: Yes-www.walknewtown.com-“[………………………………]” is

written as one word. It has up-to-date information and you can also see the
exact routes we take and the timings.

Customer: Sorry?
Tour Guide: The timings. How long we spend at each [………………………].
Customer: Oh, I see. Thank you.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Welcome everyone. My name is Derek Palmer and I’m here to give
you some tips about [………………………………]your money. It is worth
making a little effort to keep your [………………………………]affairs in good
shape. Keep your money under [………………………………], and you
can [………………………………]on the real business of studying and living
here. Here are two basic tips for [………………………………]your finances.
First, make full use of banking [………………………………]. Once you have

opened a bank account, you can ask the bank’s financial [……………………] to
help you decide how to manage your money. You can use vour bank account to
pav vour regular bills such as [………………………………], gas and telephone
by direct debit or by standing order, on a regular basis. The financial advisers
can help you to organise a [………………………………]account to
pay [……………………] bills or help you to deal with any [……………………]
when you might need an [………………………………]facility. If you have a
financial [………………………………], make sure you find out from them
exactly when the money will become available to vou and how much there will
be. You can also use [………………………………]to pay for goods and services.
With banking becoming [………………………………]more and more on an
international basis, vou mav also find that vou can use the cash card you have
in your own country to draw money from your home […………………………]
while you are here. Cards carrying signs such as Cirrus or Maestro may have
this [………………………………]. Ask your home bank about this before you
leave, to [………………………………]that you bring the right cards with you.
Second, deal with financial problems [………………………………]. Monitor

your account in the UK carefully and make sure you do
not [………………………………]-or, if you have arranged an overdraft, make
sure you do not go over the amount you agreed with the bank. If you do run
into any money problems, take the [………………………………]and sort them

out quickly-do not risk going into debt or falling behind with your rent.
Problems may arise, for example, if there is a sudden change in
the […………………] situation in your country, if there are […………………]
delays in transferring your money, or if your personal [………………………]
change—for example, your accommodation [………………………………], your
marital status. In these situations, do not be tempted to borrow money.
Instead, get advice from a [………………………………]source. Start by meeting
wifo the student [………………………………]at your college or university. He or
she can tell you what to do about paying your [………………………………]fees,
and whether there are any [………………………………]funds
or [………………………………]trusts that might be able to help you. If you are
building up debts on credit cards or rent arrears, debt counselling may be
available at your [………………………………]. If the problems are caused by
political situations or changes in foreign [………………………………], ask your
Embassy for advice.
Let’s turn to insurance. During your stay, there are three types of insurance
that you might need. The first is personal [………………………………]
insurance-to cover your possessions against [………………………………]or
theft. If possible, try to arrange this in your own country before you come to
the UK. The second is medical insurance-to cover
your [………………………………]. You may prefer to arrange this in advance.
The third is motor insurance. You must have this if you want to drive a car or
ride a motorcycle here.
For each type, there are many different insurance policies available, so look
around until you find one that meets your needs – including your budget. You
will find a [………………………………]of
insurance [………………………………]listed in vour local telephone directory,
and your bank or building [………………………………]may also be able to offer
you an insurance [………………………………]. Many insurance companies
have special policies for students. Ask the [………………………………]adviser
at your college or university for advice. Make sure that you understand all the
conditions before you agree to a [………………………………].
When you are considering a particular policy, ask yourself some questions.
What will be [………………………………]to me when I make a claim? Some
personal property insurance policies, for example, only pay you the second-
hand value of your lost [………………………………]. “New-for-old” policies will
pay you the lull cost of replacing the item, but they tend to be more expensive.

Are there any conditions [………………………………]to the policy? Some
medical insurance policies will not cover vou for [………………………………]
medical conditions-that is. conditions vou already have when vou take out the
policy. Some personal […………………] policies may not cover
your [………………………………]if they are taken away from the place where
they are normally kept-for example, if you take your CD-player to a friend’s
house. Are there any [………………………………] to the policy? For example, a
medical insurance policy mav not cover vou if vou plav
a [………………………………]sport. Now, let’s look at…
SECTION 3
Professor: Good morning. Now, this term, we’ve looked at

various [………………………………] of recruitment and you can now see how
much more there is to it than just putting [………………………………]through
a short interview or reading CVs. Now, today’s tutorial is just to recap some of
the main points regarding [………………………………]. I’d like vou to imagine
that you are [………………………………]and we will discuss how
different [………………………………]would fit into the team or group they have
to work with. We’ll look at some examples later. You can select someone-even
a friend-who has all the right [………………………………]. Then, you can also
check that they have a lot of [………………………………]– that they’ve done the
sort of tasks that you want them to do in your company.
Sandra: But vou need to know if they have the right […………………………] ,
don’t you?
Professor: Precisely, Sandra. If they start work and you realise that they just
don’t get along with everybody else…
Mike: You’ve got a problem.
Professor: Exactly, Mike. Exactly. They might have [………………………………]

views on how to do something. They might not be able to get on with other
members of your team.
Sandra: Even adding one person to a team can change the whole?
group [………………………………], can’t it?

Mike: Absolutely. This could be particularly true with someone who is
particularly outgoing or [………………………………].
Sandra: Could company training reduce the [………………………………]of this

happening?
Professor: Possibly, but company training tends to show new people how you
do something at a particular company rather than changing a person’s
character to suit vour company.
Mike: There’s also the question of [………………………………]. Particularly in

a team situation, people have to believe in each other’s ability to do the tasks
the boss has given. They have to trust that everyone will do their part of the
job.
Sandra: Right. But trying to find out what someone’s […………………………] is

in a job interview is … well, is it possible? I mean, you won’t find out what
they’re really like until they actually start work.
Professor: Well, is there any value in asking [………………………………]

questions about their hobbies, for example?
Sandra: I doubt it. What could that tell you?
Mike: I don’t know. It could tell you something about their personality-
whether they’re outgoing, for example.
Professor: Most people [………………………………]recruitment would argue

that it does tell you something. More and more [………………………………]
around the world are making use of “personality [………………………………]”
to help them select new staff.
Mike: Yes. You mentioned those in the last lecture. Do they work?
Professor: Well, most employers use them, but there is concern that they do
not reveal the applicants’ true [………………………………].

Sandra: Yes. Some people might just write the answers that they think
the [………………………………]wants.
Professor: That’s true. Very often, employers can weed out the applicants who
do that by asking more detailed questions during the [………………………],
Mike: The fact that they have been used for so lone and that they are so
widely used makes me think that there must be something in them.
Professor: Well…
Sandra: I’m not so sure. Just because they’re used a lot, that
doesn’t [……………………] mean that they are useful or [……………………].
Professor: True. But these tests have been created

by [………………………………]and they believe that the answers can
provide [………………………………]as to roughly the type of person that the
applicant is.
Sandra: How about the idea of setting problems for applicants and
seeing how they [………………………………]them?
Professor: I like that idea, but the problems need to be simple, since Q29/30
there’s not much time to [………………………………]a full answer. In addition,
the applicant doesn’t have much [………………………………]knowledge of the
way that the company does things.
Sandra: It’s a good idea, but may not always be practical. Usually it is though.
Mike: I’ll need [………………………………].
Professor: Let’s move on to take a look at…
SECTION 4

Lecturer: Today, we’re going to look at recycling programmes.
The [………………………………]over what we can and cannot recycle continues
to [………………………………]consumers. Let’s look at plastics first, as they are
especially [………………………………], since different types of plastic require
different [………………………………]to be [………………………………]and re-
used as raw material. Some [………………………………]accept all types of
plastic for recycling, while others only [………………………………]jugs,
containers and bottles with certain numbers stamped on their bottoms.
The symbol code we’re familiar with-a single digit ranging from 1 to 7
and [………………………………]by a triangle of arrows-was designed bv The
Society of the [……………………] Industry, or SPI. in [………………………] to
allow consumers and recyclers to differentiate types of plastics while providing
a uniform coding system for [………………………………]. The numbers, which
many countries now require to be [………………………………]or imprinted on
all-or at least most-containers that can [………………………………]the hajfjnch
minimum-size symbol, identify the type of plastic. The [………………………]
also help recyclers do their jobs more effectively.
The easiest and most common plastics to recycle are made

of [………………………………]terephthalate, or PETE, and are assigned the
number 1. Examples include soda and water bottles, medicine containers, and
many other common consumer product [………………………………]. Once it
has been processed by a recycling [………………………………], PETE can
become fibre-fill for winter coats, sleeping bags and
life [………………………………]. It can also be used to make bean bags,
rope, [………………………………], tennis ball felt, combs, cassette tapes, sails
for boats, [………………………………]and, of course, other plastic bottles.
Number 2 is [………………………………]for high-density polyethylene plastics.

These include heavier containers that hold laundry [………………………………]
and bleaches as well as milk, [………………………………] and motor oil. Plastic
labelled with the number 2 is often [………………………………]into toys,
piping, plastic lumber and rope. Like plastic [………………………………]Q34
number 1, it is widely accepted at recycling centres.
Plastics that are less commonly recycled include [………………………………],

commonly used in plastic pipes, shower curtains, [………………………………],
vinyl dashboards, and even some baby bottle [………………………………].
These get the number 3. Like number 4, which include wrapping

films, [………………………………]and sandwich bags, and other containers
made of low-density polyethylene, and 5, which are polypropylene containers
used in [………………………………], among other products, few municipal
xecvcling centres will accept it due to its very low rata nf [……………………].
Another useful plastic to recycle is number 6, which is used

in [……………………], or Styrofoam, items such as [………………………],
disposable cutlery, meat trays, Q39 packing “peanuts” and insulation. It is
widely [………………………………]because it can be re- Q38/40 processed into
many items, including cassette tapes and rigid foam insulation.
Last, but far from least, the [………………………………]plastics to recycle are

items [………………………………]from various combinations of
the [………………………………]plastics or from unique plastic formulations
not commonly used. Usually imprinted with a number 7 or nothing at all, these
plastics are the most difficult to recycle and, as such, are
seldom [………………………] or recycled. More [………………………………]
consumers should feel free to return such items to the
product [……………………] to avoid contributing to the local waste stream,
and instead put the burden on the makers to recycle or [………………………] of
the items properly.
Practice every day to improve your IELTS listening

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each.

1. Martina Bila’s appointment with the accommodation officer is
at__________.
2. Martina’s current accommodation is________________ from the
university than she expected.
3. The landlady is a _______________ .
4. The ____________________ to the university isn’t good.
Questions 5-7
5. Martina is looking for

A. catered accommodation.
B. Self-catering accommodation.
C. A place with a landlady.
D. Catered or self-catered university accommodation.
6. The accommodation officer received details of some accommodation

A. the day before Martina made the appointment.
B. The day Martina made the appointment.
C. The day after Martina made the appointment.
D. The day before he met Martina.
7. When does the accommodation officer think other accommodation will be

available?
A. In the next few days.
B. In the next few weeks.
C. Not for a long while.
D. He doesn’t know.
Questions 8-10
AND/OR NUMBERS for each.

23. How much do students pay for catered accommodation during term time?
24. What nationality are Martina’s new flatmates?
25. What will Martina lose?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-12
1. What is the title of the series of presentations that David Price will
make?
2. What item has David Price given each student?
Questions 13-14
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 1 year before
going abroad. You may write your answers in any order. Choose from the
following list:
A. apply for scholarships

B. consult tutor about current course
C. make a precise budget for your studies abroad
D. think about how you will pay your fees
E. book accommodation
F. pay your fees to the foreign universityQuestions 75-76
Questions 15-16
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 6 months before
following list:

A. get a new passport
B. revalidate your passport
C. ensure your passport is valid for at least six months
D. get a visa for the country you are going to
E. ensure your passport is full
F. make sure your passport has some empty pages
Questions 17-18
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 2 or 3 months
before going abroad. You may write your answers in any order. Choose from
the following list:
A. transfer money abroad

B. get a plane ticket if costs are reasonable or low
C. check how much luggage you can take
D. check if flights arrive on time
F. make sure you have a conditional university offer
Questions 19-20
Complete the following summary of what students should do about health
issues using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
One month before leaving find out if you can get

19_________________where you are going to. Two weeks before you leave
ask your doctor to 20_______________ giving reasons for any medicines
you are taking with you.
Questions 15-16

Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 6 months before
following list:

Questions 17-18
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 2 or 3 months
before going abroad. You may write your answers in any order. Choose from
the following list:
A. transfer money abroad

B. get a plane ticket if costs are reasonable or low
C. check how much luggage you can take
Questions 19-20
Complete the following summary of what students should do about health
issues using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
One month before leaving find out if you can get

19_________________where you are going to. Two weeks before you leave
ask your doctor to 20_______________ giving reasons for any medicines
you are taking with you.
SECTION 3

Questions 21-23
21. What was the student surprised to discover he had a lot of ?
22. What does the student need to learn the fundamentals of ?
23. On what basis should the student prepare his schedules ?
Questions 24-26
Complete the following notes using only ONE word for each gap.
Professor s suggestions:
• make a plan for your studies
• make a plan for your free time
24___________________ plans if necessary see how much time you need

for activities as you 25______________ with you studies keep schedules
balanced and 26___________________
Questions 27-30
27. The professor points out that the university language centre
A. would certainly be useful for the student.
B. is likely to be useful for the student

C. is available for students.
D. has a wide range of materials.
28. The professor suggests that the student-

A. join the support group for students on his course.
B. Join the support group for students from his country.
C. Identify problems that people from his country have in Britain.
D. Create a support group.
29. The student says that

A. he doesn’t know anyone on his course.
B. He doesn’t know the overseas students on his course.
C. There are no people from his country on his course.
D. There are few overseas students on his course.
30. The International Student Advisor recommended a book

A. but didn’t say the title clearly.
B. but couldn’t remember the title.
C. for all students.
D. for overseas students.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34

31. Students whose previous educational experience was_often find It hard to

become independent learners.
32. A student or staff member might become a_to a student working independently.
33. Study trips provide opportunities for independent students to learn off_
34. The ELC is used by students on a_basis.
Questions 35-37
Complete the notes concerning the example of Mary and Jim using NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
talk to the English tutor at the ELC
35 ______ materials
decide which materials to use first and how
discuss problems, 36__________ and evaluate each other
review using notes
decide if 37 __________ has been achieved
continue with topic or move to another
Question 38
Decide which of the following can be used by independent learners. Write all
the correct letters in any order.
A. tapes

B. computer programmes
C. letters
D. discussions with native speakers
E. newspapers and magazines
Questions 39-40
Decide which of the following places independent learners can learn at. Write
both the correct letters in either order.
A. libraries
B. the International Student Affairs Office
C. museums
D. shops
E. cafes
Answer keys
1. ten/10 o’clock
2. further
3. heavy smoker
4. bus connection
5D

6. C
7. D
9. British (and) Indian
10. (her) deposit
11. Countdown to Departure
12. (a) guide
13.14 IN EITHER ORDER A, D
15.16 IN EITHER ORDER D, F
17.18 IN EITHER ORDER B, C
19. free health treatment
20. write a letter
21. free time
22. time management
23. weekly or monthly
24. revise
25. progress
26. realistic
27. C
28. D
29 D

30. C
31. teacher focussed
32. (personal) mentor
33. (the) campus
34. self-access
35. identify suitable
36. compare notes
37. initial aim
38. IN ANY ORDER B, C,E
39-40 IN EITHER ORDER

A,C
SECTION 1
(A-Accommodation Officer S-Student)
A: Hello. How may I help you?
S: Hello. My name is Martina Bila. I made an [………………………………]to see

you at 10 o’clock. I’m a little early. Is that OK?

A: No problem. We’re not very busy at the moment. You said on the phone that
you weren’t happy with your [………………………………]and were thinking of
changing.
S: That’s right.
A: May I ask what the problem is exactly?
S: To be honest, there’s more than one [………………………………]. The main

problem is that the accommodation is farther than I imagined from
the [………………………………].
A: I see. And the other problem or problems?
S: The other problem is that the landlady is quite a [………………………]. I’m a

non-smoker, and I’m afraid that I find it quite [………………………………].
A: I’m sorry about that. Weren’t you given the option of accommodation with
smokers or non-smokers?
S: I’m afraid that’s really my fault. I don’t mind light smokers, but I didn’t get
my accommodation [………………………………]very much in advance, so most
of the accommodation had gone by the time I [………………………………].
However, a friend told me that there is sometimes accommodation … er … you
know … er … accommodation becomes available [………………………………]
because some people leave the university or change their place … er … the
place where they live, so I thought maybe …
A: I see. Yes, it is important to [………………………………]accommodation well

in advance, though it isn’t always [………………………………]. However, your
friend was correct. We do get some accommodation available mid-term. Just
give me a minute to find your [………………………………]on the computer….
S: Yes, of course.
A: Now, your current address is [………………………………], isn’t it?

S: Yes.
A: Yes, that’s a fair way away. The bus connection isn’t too good either, is it? I
think that it would be better to focus on that as the reason for moving, rather
than the smoking [………………………………]. However, I will change the
information in the computer to say that this accommodation is
only [………………………………]for smokers or people who don’t mind heavy
smokers. That way we can [………………………………]similar problems in the
future.
S: That sounds like a good idea.
A: Now, the good news is that there is plenty of accommodation available

nearer the university. The bad news is that it is more expensive.
S: That’s OK. I expected that. Is there anv catered or [……………………]

university accommodation available? That would be ideal.
A: I thought you might be [………………………………]in that. The day after you

phoned, a place became available. It’s [………………………………], so it’s the
most expensive type of accommodation, but it’s yours if you want it.
S: There’s no self-catering accommodation available?
A: Not at the moment. Something could become available at any time. Vmt
then again, vou might have to wait weeks.
S: I understand. Can I just check the cost?
A: It’s [………………………] per week. You also have to pay […………………]

during the Christmas and Easter holidays, [………………] of whether you are
there or not. That sum doesn’t include [………………………………]during
those periods.
S: But summer holidays are not included?

A: That’s right. Students are permitted to stay in [………………………………]
accommodation during holidays but they usually have to move to a different
flat.
S: I see. And do I pay monthly?
A: Yes, but don’t worry if you’re a few days late. It [………………………………]

quite often and we don’t mind too much.
S: Can I see a picture of the accommodation?
A: Sure,.., It looks like this, You can see that there is a [………………………] for
each student and a common living room and bathroom. There are no
cooking facilities, but many students buy a [………………………………].
S: Can you tell me anything about the people I’d be living with?
A: There are two girls there, One is British and one is Indian. They are
studying law and marketing [………………………………]. They’re the same age
as you, 20. And they’re not smokers!
S: That sounds perfect. If I don’t give mv [………………………………]a month’s

notice, she gets to keep the [………………………………], doesn’t she?
A: That’s normally stated in the rental [………………………………], yes. I’d like

to be able to keep this university accommodation available, but I’m afraid I
can’t. If someone else wants it and takes it…
S: I understand. I’ll take it. Can I move in on the first day of next month?
A; What day is it today? 22nd. Yes. That should be fine. Give me a minute to
print out the standard rental [………………………………]…
SECTION 2

Presenter: Welcome everybody. Are you all sitting […………………………]? My
name is David Price and this is our first meeting in a series
of [………………………………]called “Countdown to Departure”. I know that
you have just [………………………………]here for your year-long course prior
to [………………………………], but it is certainly worth taking the time
to [………………………………]… to think about events that will take place a
year, or almost a year, from now. I have […………………………] this useful
guide to planning your time abroad. Please follow the suggested […………]
closely. It is vital that you get each thing done on time. If you can get things
done earlier than we suggest in the [………………………………], that’s great,
but certainly don’t leave them later than we [………………………………]. If you
do not get these things done on time, it could [………………………………]your
study abroad or at least delay it by a year.
Now, we are currently one year from [………………………………], so you

should start applying for [………………………………]programmes
and [………………………………]immediately-if you haven’t already. Consult
your tutors for further advice on these points. You should also [………………] a
rough estimate of your study and living [………………………………]and
consider how to pay for them. We’ll be looking at that in more detail during the
next meeting. You should start [………………………………]accommodation
abroad as soon as you have [………………………] a place on a course.
Arranging accommodation can be a rather [………………………………]
procedure and can take a while. At the same time, ask the university about
your options for paying your fees.
The next point on your [………………………………]is six months before you

leave. At that point, you need to check your [………………………………]and, if
you are going to need a new one, deal with that [………………………………].
Remember that your passport might need to be valid for the whole of the
period you intend to be abroad, but that you can often renew your passport at
your [………………………………]in the country where you are studying. In any
case, your passport needs to be valid for at least six months after you enter the
country where you intend to study. It might seem [………………………………]
to get your passport in order so early before you go, but [……………………]
that you have to get your visa as well. You should do that around six months
before leaving too. Bear in mind one final, simple, point. Make sure that your
passport has a few […………………] left for visas and stamps.

Two or three months before, departure, you should ask your bank about the
options for [………………………………]money to the country you’ll be studying
in and setting up a [………………………………]there. You should also start
looking at booking your flight to the country you’ll be studying in. in order to
get the best rates. The cost of flights [………………………………]considerably
from carrier to carrier, and even between different […………………………],
and depend a lot upon the time of year you are flying. Booking in advance can
save you a [………………………………] sum of money. When vou book your
flight, vou should check with the […………………] or travel agent to find out
what vour […………………] allowance is. At the same time look into booking
your other travel within the country you’re going to from the airport where you
will arrive. Don’t forget to buy travel [………………………………] when you
book any flights. Finally, still two or three months before […………………],
make sure that you have an [………………] etter of [………………………………]
from the university you’re going to attend. This is vital as it facilitates entry
clearance if into the country.
Next, about one month before leaving, find out whether you will be entitled
to [………………………………]free health [………………………………]in the
country you are going to and find out how much you will have to pay if not.
Look into arranging health insurance if [………………………………]. Also buy
currency and travellers’ [………………………………]to cover your first few
weeks in the country. Watch the exchange rates and pick a good time, but do
not leave it too late. If you are buying travellers’ cheques or a
large [………………………………]of money or currency, your bank may need a
while to [………………………………]this. Another thing to do is to find out
what you can take into the country and what items are [………………………].
Finally, find out whether your home [……………………] will cover your
belongings while they are abroad. If not, arrange suitable insurance or look
into the [………………………] of arranging a policy in the foreign country.
The last point on this timetable is two weeks before you leave. At this time, you
need to do two things. One is to ask your [………………………………]to write a
letter explaining any [………………………………]medicines-what they are and
why you are taking them. The second is to request a […………………………]
letter from your bank in your own country as this will help you to open a bank
account [………………………………]. Now, let’s take a closer look at…
SECTION 3

Professor: Hello, Dinesh. Come in. You said on the phone that you had a few
problems to [………………………………]with me. Tell me what they are and I’ll
see what I can do to help.
Dinesh: Thank you very much, professor. I’ve been having some
problems [……………] to the style of learning at a British [……………………]
and was hoping you could give me some advice.
Professor: I’ll do my best. You won’t be the first [………………………………]

student to have problems. What’s your first problem?
Dinesh: Well, my first problem is [………………………………]my time. I mean,

after I worked out my [………………………………]for lectures, seminars and
tutorials, I was [………………………………]to find that I had quite a lot of free
time. However, that’s how it looked on paper and not as it has turned out in
reality.
Professor: I see. Take control of this time and organise it carefully. Time that is
not organised can [………………………………]very quickly, leaving
you [………………………………]to catch up on your work or even running out
of time altogether. Learn the [……………………] of time management. First,
make weekly or monthly plans that set out your study [………………………] for
the week or month ahead. [……………………] time for reading, and work out
roughly how much you want to read in each [………………………………]. Plan
time to research and write your essays or prepare [………………………………],
so that you do not have to stay up late doing them at the last minute. Have you
made such a plan?
Dinesh: No, I haven’t. That’s obviously something I should do. I can easily fill
that free time with extra studies.
Professor: No, no, That’s not what I mean. Don’t plan to spend all your extra
time studying. Remember to leave some time free for [……………………],
sports, seeing friends or simply relaxing. If you do not take time to enjoy
yourself, your work will suffer and you will miss out on many other
worthwhile [………………………………]. Make a timetable for your free time, if
you like. Plan when to see your friends, play your favourite sport, or just hang
out. Don’t [………………………………]to revise your plans if you need to. As
you [………………………………]through your course, you will get a better idea

of how much time you need for different [………………………………]. Adjust
your schedules and keep them [………………………………].
Dinesh: So, you’re saying that I need to keep a [………………………………]

between work and play and keep an eye on things to make sure that I’m not
doing too much or too little.
Professor: That’s right. Feel free to show me your plan when you’ve made one.
Dinesh: Thank you. My next problem is coping with my course. Living abroad
in a new [………………………………]makes studying
more [………………………………]than usual. I’m worried about my progress
and about how I will cope with [………………………………].
Professor: These concerns are natural, but do not let

them [………………………] you. Here are two simple ways you can stay in
control of your studies. First, ask for regular meetings with your tutor-in your
case, that’s me-to review your progress and [………………………………]any
problems. You’re doing that now, so you’ve taken the first step. Let me know if
you are having any language difficulties, though in your case that
seems [………………………………]. As you are probably ^ aware, there .is
aJanguage centre here where all students can use language-
learning [………………………………], but it’s probably not of much use to you.
Second, why not try to form a mutual support group with other [………………]
students to discuss common challenges and to share useful ideas? This can
be [………………………………]helpful if you find the teaching methods very
different from those you have experienced before. Another type of support
group could be other students in your subject area-get together with students
on similar courses to discuss the [……………………], swap ideas and give each
other support.
Dinesh: Yes. The second idea is particularly good. As you know, there are not
so many overseas students on this course, but I know some other students
from my country on other [………………………………]here. I think that I feel
overwhelmed because I have set myself [………………………………]goals. Just
talking to you has made me realise that I need to take a more
realistic [………………………………]and put my problems into perspective.

Professor: Just remember that whatever [………………………………]you may
have-about new learning methods, [………………………………]your time, or
handling your [………………………………]-there is someone here who can
help. I’m happy to be that person. All you have to do is ask. [………………], I
can offer you a practical solution.
Dinesh: Thank you very much. There is one other thing. When we had
the [………………………], the International Student Advisor [………………] a
book that’s available from the campus [………………………………]. It’s not
specifically for overseas students, but she said it was useful. I didn’t write it
down. You wouldn’t happen to know the book I mean, would you?
Professor: I know it. I [………………………………]it. It’s called Learn How to

Learn, by David Warner. I’m popping over to the bookshop myself now.
Perhaps we could go together?
SECTION 4
Lecturer: Part of the role of university [………………………………]is to prepare
students for their [………………………………]life and career. Part of
this […………………] is to introduce and train students in [……………………]
learning-preparing them to [……………………] their career as a continuous
learning experience, rather than […………………] that the end of their
university education [………………………………]an end goal beyond which
there is no need for further learning. Therefore students are […………] to
develop as independent learners. An [………………………] learner is one who
takes […………………]for his or her own learning and is not always dependent
on teacher being available to [………………………………] and correct. Such a
student sets their own learning goals, makes their own [………………………] as
to when and how to study for these goals, and also [………………………………]
their own [………………………………] and develops further goals. This is not
always easy for students, particularly those whose [………………………………]
education has been very teacher focussed with teaching [……………………]
mainly in lecture format and with little [………………………………]for the
students to take any control of the learning process. At university, while much
teaching is conducted via lectures, students are expected to
become […………………] independent in their learning. Departments
approach this issue in a number of ways. For example, they might provide
personal [………………………………]. This could be a student or a member

of [………………………………]who is available to discuss problems that the
student might have and who will support the student in the process of
becoming an independent learner. The second one [………………………………]
the student to make certain choices about their course, either in
the [………………………………they choose to learn or in the way in which they
choose to learn them. Thirdly, there is the provision of learning [………………]
outside the confines of the campus, including study trips and student
exchanges.
In the English Language Centre, we try to help the [………………………………]

of learner independence. This English Language Centre is a self-access one.
A […………………] centre is a place where learners come [……………………]
to improve the subject that they are studying. In the case of the English
Language Centre we focus on English language. In a self-access centre it is the
student who [………………………………]what to study, when to study, how
long to study, what materials to use, how to use the materials, and how to
assess [………………………………]. The learner is not, however, left totally
alone. Learners are encouraged to come to the centre in groups, so that they
can help each other in the learning process and there is also always an English
teacher [………………………………]to answer any questions that students
might have, to discuss their […………………………], and to help the learner
assess their work.
Let’s take an example. Mary and her friend Jim have decided they need
to [………………………………]their report writing skills. They decide to go to
the ELC twice in the next week, for two hours each time, from five o’clock to
seven o’clock. The first thing they do is to talk to the English teacher there, to
help them [………………………………]what
particular [………………………………]of writing a report they find especially
difficult. Having done this, they identify [………………………………]books,
videos, or computer programs from the index, with help from the teacher if
needed. Looking at the [………………………………], they decide which to use
first, and how to best to use it. Working through the materials,
they […………………] problems with each other, [………………………………]
notes and evaluate each other’s work and progress. This process of working
together is important, as the students are able to [………………………………]
each other in the learning process. Of course, sometimes they need more help
and so they ask the English teacher at the centre. When they have finished
their studies, they review what they have studied, with help from their notes,
and [………………………………]the extent to which they have, or have
not, [………………………………]their initial aim In the light of this, they will

decide to either do more work on the same topic, or move to another topic,
either related to this one or something […………………] different.
There are many ways students can improve their English [……………………] of
a teacher. Firstly, they can use English language videos in […………………]
with learning activities such as exercises to practise [……………………]
listening skills, questions to lead [………………………………]on the topic
introduced by the video. They can do [………………………………]tasks that use
the content of the video to focus on other [………………………………], such as
learning vocabulary or understanding the [………………………………]used by
the characters in the video. Secondly, they can use a computer programme to
improve their [………………………………], by identifying, and
then [……………………], the individual sounds used in English. Thirdly, they
can use a book to find a model business letter, for example, writing one of the
same type, but with different information, and then discussing it with the ELC
teacher before [………………………………]re-writing it. Finally, they can use
newspapers or [………………………………]as stimuli for […………………]
activities with a brief report written at the end, [………………………………]the
discussion.
However, the development of an independent learner is not dependent on

a [………………………………]like the ELC. Within the university, as well as
within [………………………………] departments, the library, the Student
Affairs Office and the Student Union all provide a range of [……………………]
for the student to develop as an independent learner. Outside
the [……………………] the opportunities are both physical and [……………].
The physical ones include [………………………], museums and other centres,
as well as various special interest groups. In the virtual world of the Internet
the opportunities are both [……………………] and vast. To conclude, in a
world in which change is central to our continued [………………………………],
the professional must have the [……………………] and flexibility of a lifelong
learner. A lifelong learner must be an independent learner, able to
take [………………………………]for all stages of the learning process. It is the
student’s responsibility to take advantage of the various opportunities on offer.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Complete the following information about the cars available for rental
using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR NUMBERS for each
answer.
Name Size Miles per gallon Price*
IOTA Small 20 £23
COMBI medium 17 £28.75
ROADSTER 1______ 2_________ 3________
*Prices include tax and 4_____
Questions 5-7
Complete the following information using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS OR NUMBERS for each answer.
Name David 5
Company 6___________
Address 7_______ Arlington Close, Beddleton, Yorkshire.
Telephone 0676934888
Questions 8-10

Complete the following sentences.
8. In the car, there is a_____________and a torch.
9. The registration number of the car is_______________
10. The car uses a______________ locking system.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
11. How did the traveller hear about New York?
12. How many times had the traveller flown by plane?
13. What surprised the traveller about New York’s airport?
14. What happened in London?
Questions 15-17

15. The traveller liked the different kinds of_________________
16. Things that the traveller didn’t like in New York were the___________
17. From the flat, the traveller could see the_______________

Questions 18-20
Choose the correct answer or answers from A-D.
18. The traveller found New Yorkers to be
A. kind.
B. rude.
C. pushy.
D. helpful.
19. Which people showed the traveller around New York?
A. Her friend.
B. Her friends.
C. Her friends’ neighbours.
D. Strangers.
20. What events did the traveller see?
A. A chess tournament.
B. The Feast of San Gennaro.
C. The Annual African American Day Parade.
D. Richmond County Fair.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Complete the notes on how to teach kina esthetic learners using only ONE
word for each gap.
21. Cestures-especially_____________ones.
22. Spell out words in the_____________.
23. Put_______________on board and students label it.
24. Students______________out words and others guess them.
Questions 25-27
Complete the following sentences about visual learners using NO MORE

25. Flash cards can be different colours according to the______________.
26. Students can____________________words In texts and ask their

partners for meanings.
27. Lastly, Tina points out that____________________can be used.
Questions 28-30
Complete the summary on auditory learners using NO MORE THAN

Students listen to a 28_________________and draw what they hear or the
teacher could describe a picture and the teacher and students can see whose
picture was closest to the original.
Each student gets a flash card and holds up their card when the 29_______ is
used in a song, poem or story. Students add a sentence to a story, including the
word on their flash card.
The teacher gives the students lyrics with some words replaced by
30____________ words. Students listen to the song and make corrections.
SECTION 4
Questions 37-33
Complete the following sentences according to the information given by the
tutor. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
31. Note taking improves your ability to________________on what the

speaker says.
32. Note taking allows you to get a_________________of the material

being presented.
33. There are many ways of taking notes, but they must allow you
to________________ contained in them and connect them together.
Questions 34-38
Complete the following notes according to the information given by the tutor.
Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
Title of lecture: Write it down 34______________________
Direct signal : For example 35___________you get this down.”

Indirect signal: Pausing. Speaking slowly, loudly. Using stress.
Repetition: 30____________and add new information.
Book recommendation: Tutor usually 37_______reading whole book.
General advice: Avoid repetition 38_____________obvious points.

Summarize important ideas.
Questions 39-40
Complete the following notes on recommended books. Use NO MORE
THAN THREE WORDS.
Title Author Suggested unit

39__________ Tony Lynch 6 and 12
Learning to Study in Brian Heaton and Don
40___________
English Dunmore
Answer keys:
1. medium
2. 17
3. 31.05
4. insurance
5. Browne
6. Hectrix Electronics
7. Unit2/Two

8. first aid kit
9. K758 SMD
10. central
11. (from) friends
12. none/never/0
13. lot of foreigners
14. (they) changed planes
15. buildings and monuments
16. crowds (and) (bad) weather
17. Ocean
18. IN EITHER ORDER
A, D
19. C
20. IN EITHER ORDER
B, D
21. finger
22. air

23. poster
24. act
25. part(s) of speech
26. highlight
27. spider diagrams
28. Dictation
29. word or phrase
30. rhyming
31. concentrate
32. deeper understanding
33. reproduce the ideas
34. in full
35. Make sure
36. Go back
37. doesn’t suggest
38. Omit
39. Study Listening

40. IN EITHER ORDER 5,10
SECTION 1
Saleswoman: Good morning, sir. How can I help you?
Man: I’d like to rent a car, please.
Saleswoman: Certainly. What kind of car were you thinking of?
Man: Oh, a small or [………………………………]sized one. Could you show

me a [………………………………]or leaflet with the different available types?
Saleswoman: Of course. We have one type of small car and two types of
medium sized ones. As you can see, the small type is called the Iota and the
medium ones are called the Combi and the Roadster.
Man: Thank you. I see the Iota offers [………………………………]to the

gallon in urban areas.
Saleswoman: Yes. It’s certainly very [………………………………]. The Combi is

almost as good at 18 miles to the gallon. The Roadster offers 17-is that right?
Man: You’re right.
Saleswoman: Of course, those mileages go up [………………………………]

when driving on motorways.

Man: Of course. I’ll be driving around town. The only time I’ll be using
a [………………………………]is from here, the airport, to the centre.
Saleswoman: I see. Well, I’d recommend the small Iota. Parking can be
difficult in town and it’s a touch easier with a small […………………………].
Man: Yes, of course. Let me just look at prices before making a

final [………………………………]. I’m here on business and will need the car
for four days. The daily rate for the Iota is …
Saleswoman: £20 plus tax. The Combi is [………………………………]and the

Roadster is £27. Again, those prices are before tax.
Man: The tax is [………………………………], right?
Saleswoman: Yes. So the total costs are £23, £28.75 and £31.05 per day
respectively.
Man: Do those prices include [………………………………]?
Saleswoman: Yes, they do. However, the insurance only covers one driver –
the one who signs the [………………………………]. We can cover other drivers
for an additional fee.
Man: That’s OK. I’m here alone. OK, I’ll take the Iota. Oh, what
about [………………] costs?
Saleswoman: All of our cars have a full tank when customers take them. If the
car is [………………………………]with a full tank, there’s no additional fee.
Otherwise, we have to charge for the tank to be [………………………………].
Man: I see. There’s a filling station here at the [………………………………], so

I’ll take care of that there when I return the car.
Saleswoman: That’s what most of our customers do. Could I take a

few [………………………………]? Then I’ll print out two copies of the

rental [………………………………]for you to sign. I’ll need your name and the
name of your company first of all.
Man: My name is David Browne-that’s Browne with an ‘e’. My company

name is [………………………………]Electronics-that’s spelt H E C T R LX.
Saleswoman: And what is the company’s address, please?
Man: It’s Unit 2. Arlington Close, Baddleton, Yorkshire.
Saleswoman: And the telephone number?
Man: [………………………………].
Saleswoman: Will you be using a company credit card or your own one?
Man: I have a company [………………………………]. … There you are.
Saleswoman: Thank you. I’ll just run this through the machine. Could you
enter your PIN, please? … Thanks. … OK I’ve [………………………………]the
details of the rental, but I’ve left the rest blank in case there are any extra
charges, such as fuel.
Man: Right. I should sign here, shouldn’t I?
Saleswoman: Yes, please. Now, let me tell you a few things about the car.
There’s a first aid kit in the boot. That has to be there by law. There’s also a
torch in the glove [………………………………], just in case. Do you have a map
of the town?
Man: No, I don’t. I was hoping you could provide one.
Saleswoman: That’s no problem. Here you are. You won’t need one for
the [………………………………]area, will you?
Man: No, I won’t. Thank you. Is that everything?

Saleswoman: Yes. The car is parked over there. It’s the blue one. The
registration number is [………………………………].
Man: Ah, yes. I see it.
Saleswoman: Here are the keys. The car has an alarm that you can switch on
and off using this [………………………………]here.
Man: Does the car have central locking?
Saleswoman: Yes. it does.
Man: Well, thank you very much. Goodbye.
Saleswoman: Goodbye, sir.
SECTION 2
Interviewer: What was your holiday [………………………………]and how did
you hear about it?
Interviewee: My holiday location was New York, I heard about visiting New
York from some friends who were there and who were [……………………] of
the beauty of the city and who even [………………………………]to stay there
and start a new life. My friend and I [………………………………]an invitation
last summer from these friends so I spent
my [………………………………]there. It was the best holiday I’ve ever been on.
Interviewer: So, you just went there with one friend, right?
Interviewee: Yes. I travelled with my best friend and it was very [……………]
because it was the first time either of us had [………………………………]by
plane- Our excitement grew higher and higher as we got close
to [………………………………]. At the airport I saw a lot of […………………]
who had come there to work or to visit this [………………………………]city and

I must say I was amazed by the number of these foreigners, I don’t think I have
ever seen so many foreign people in one place.
Interviewer: How much time did you spend finding out information about
New York and what [………………………………]did you use?
Interviewee: I [………………………………the information I needed from my

friends who live there, from the Internet, from the [………………………] that I
took from the American […………………] and of course from the
travel [………………………………]where I got an idea of the cost of the trip and
the [………………………………]. We got cheaper tickets by not taking a direct
flight. We [………………………………]planes in London.
Interviewer: Can you tell us the thing you like most in this place?
Interviewee: The thing that I liked most in New York was [……………………]
the variety of buildings and [………………………………]. I also enjoyed the
parks. They were great. New York is a [………………………………]city. It’s like
you are in the middle of the world. It’s [………………………………]by many to
be the economic centre of the world. I also liked the people. Some people told
me that New Yorkers have a [………………………………]for
being [………………………………], but I didn’t notice this.
Interviewer: Were there any things that you didn’t like?
Interviewee: I think that the downside of my [………………………………]was

that there are [………………………………]on the streets every day, almost all
day long. Also, sometimes the bad weather that kept us in the house.
Interviewer: How was your accommodation?
Interviewee: My friends live in a big flat. My friend and I shared

a [………………………………], which was very big and [………………………]
and most of all we had the perfect view-[………………………………]the ocean.
So I must say that we had all the comfort we needed. They even gave
us [………………………………]to a computer for us to check our email or to
play on when we were in the mood and when the weather was bad.

Interviewer: You said that the people there were fine.
Interviewee: Yes. The people from New York are very kind and now I will tell
everybody I know this. Whenever we [………………………………]help on the
street, because we didn’t know where to go or because we found the
map [………………………………], they always gave us a hand and […………] us
find our way.
Interviewer: Did you make any new friends? Have you kept in touch?
Interviewee: Yes I made some new friends there. I made friends with mv
friend’s [………………………………]. We spent much of our time together and
sometimes they were our guides around the city.
Interviewer: How did you spend your time? Did you participate in
any [………………………………]activities?
Interviewee: During the day we went visiting and walking on the streets for
hours. And when the weather was bad we played a lot of chess. We had the
chance to [………………………………]in the 78th Annual Feast of San
Gennaro. but we missed the [………………………………] Annual African
American Day Parade through the whole of [………………………………]. And
we went to the Richmond Countv Fair on Staten Island, which amazed us in
every possible way.
SECTION 3
Tutor: Come in, everyone. The office might be a bit [………………………………]

with four of us and all these [………………………………]! There’s coffee over
there-help yourselves. … Now, we’re here to discuss three types of learners-
[………………………………], visual and auditory-and how we can teach each
type. I gave each of you one of them to consider. Jack, can we look at yours
first, please. You were [………………………………]kinaesthetic learners,
weren’t you?
Jack: Yes, I was. The first idea I had was using [………………………………],
particularly finger gestures. Teachers can use them to [………………………]
stress on certain [………………………………]. They can also use

their [………………………………]to write words in the air-spelling out the
letters. The second thing is that the teacher can use the board. The teacher can
ask students to spell words by going to the board and writing them up. The
teacher could also ask students to write a letter each, in order. The teacher
could put a [………………………………]on the board and students could go to
the board with [………………………………]and label it as directed by the
teacher. Another [………………………………]is to ask students to organise
words into [………………………………]on the board.
Tutor: Good. The important thing is to keep kinaesthetic learners active-

moving.
Helen: Games are good for them. Jack, did you think of any?
Jack: Yes, Helen. I thought of a couple. One is like [………………………………].

Divide the students into two or three teams. Give the students on one team
some words and ask them to them out. For example, if the word is ‘cold’, a
student might shiver. The other teams have to guess the words.
Tutor: Good idea. Simple, but effective. Well done. Tina?
Tina: Well, I was asked to think about teaching [………………………………]

learners. Flash cards are good in my [………………………………]. The students
can guess words from seeing part of the [………………………………]-which can
be a word or a picture-or the teacher can show students the flash cards very
quickly. Maybe that’s how flash cards got their name! Flash cards can also have
different [………………………………]colours depending on which part of
speech they are- noun, verb, adjective, adverb, etc. Students could also learn
from their peers by [………………………………] words they don’t know, in a
text for example, then asking,., helping each other with [………………………]
words.
Jack: I know a good game for visual learners. Make a set of cards-half with
words on and half with [………………………………]. The cards are face down
and students can turn over two at a time. If the word and picture match, they
keep the cards. If they don’t, they turn them face down again and the next
student tries.

Tutor: Great idea. Visual learners are often good at [………………………………]
words.
Each page in the student’s notebook refers to a category of words. Students

write new words on the correct page in their [………………………………]for
faster recall. For example, page one might be food and page two could be
telephone [………………………………].
Tina: Spider diagrams are good too.
Tutor: Yes, they are. Helen, you were assigned [………………………………]

learners.
Helen: OK. I had these ideas for teaching auditory learners. First, they could
listen to a [………………………………]and draw what they hear. For example,
students listen to the teacher [………………………………]items of furniture
and then draw them in the [………………………………]rooms of the house. Or
the teacher could describe a picture. After the [………………………………], the
teacher and students can see whose picture was [………………………………]to
the original. Flash cards can also be used. Each student gets
a [………………………………]and they hold up their card when they hear that
word or phrase in a song, poem or story. Another way of using them is to go
around the class, with each student adding a [………………………………]to a
story, including the word on their flash card.
Tutor: Auditory learners can also learn using songs and music.
Any [………………………………]?
Tina: The teacher could give the students a text of a song, you know, the lyrics,
with some words [………………………………]by a rhyming word. Students
then listen to the song and make [………………………………].
Tutor: That’s a really good idea. Perfect for auditory learners. Well, thank you
for your suggestions. I have a few other ideas you might consider…
SECTION 4

Tutor: Welcome to this class on note taking. Let’s take a look at
the [………………………………]first of all. The first question we need to look at
is ‘Why take notes?1 The [………………………………]of taking notes during
a [………………………………]is to help you to [………………………………]on
what the speaker is saying and to provide you with a summary in note form so
that you can write up your notes in full later. Also, it may be that the
notes […………………] by the lecturer are not [………………………………]-the
lecturer may add new information during the lecture and your own notes will
be needed to provide you with a complete [………………………………]of the
lecture. Taking your own notes will [………………………………]a deeper
understanding of the content of the lecture.
So, how do you take notes? The general [………………………………]in note

taking is to reduce the [………………………………]by shortening words and
sentences. The following advice will help you to take
notes [………………………………], leaving you free to listen to your lecturer.
Remember that these notes are for you and as such you can use
any [………………………………]you like, so long as it enables you
to [………………………………]the ideas contained in the notes and show how
these ideas connect to each other later. However, there are
certain [………………………………]you should bear in mind and
certain [………………………………]that are commonly used which you may
find useful, First of all, you must be able to determine what you need to write
down, what is [………………………………]to you.
How do you know what is important and what is not? This is not an easy
question to answer, but there are things you can look out for, The first piece of
information you [………………………………]is the title of the lecture. This is
perhaps the most important single piece of information of the
whole [………………………………], so you should make sure that you write it
down in full. Even better-find out what it is [………………………………]so that
you can have time to think about what the lecture will be about.
Secondly, listen for direct or [………………………………]signals from the

lecturer that tell you what is [………………………………]. As a direct signal, for
example, he/she may say, “This is important, write it down,” or “Make sure
you get this down.” Or, he/she may make indirect signals such
as [………………………………]before saying something important, or saying it
slowly, [………………………………]or with greater stress. Listen

for [………………………………]. When the lecturer repeats a point, go back to
your first notes and add in any new details or information.
When a teacher or lecturer [………………………………]a student to read a book

it’s usually for a particular [………………………………]. The book may contain
useful information about the topic being [………………………………]or it may
be [………………………………]for the ideas or views that it puts forward, and
so on. In many cases, the teacher doesn’t suggest that the whole book should
be read. In fact, he may just refer to a [………………………………]which have a
direct bearing on the matter being discussed.
Now, how should you write your notes? As [………………………………]above,

you can make notes in any way that you like, but the
following [………………………………]will help you to develop a style that is
both quick and [………………………………]. Concentrate on the important
ideas-avoid [………………………………]and omit things that do not need to be
stated [………………………………]because only you yourself will be reading the
notes and you will know what they are [………………………………]to.
Summarise important ideas- you can use words that are not used by
the [………………………………]to restate in a shorter form what he/she is
saying. Write in short phrases rather than in complete [………………………].
Many students ask me when they should write up their notes. You might not
have time to note down everything you want during the [……………………]
itself so you must rewrite them as soon as possible so that you minimise the
risk of [………………………………] something. Finally, you
should [………………………………]on a personal note-taking style and be
willing to [………………………………]according to whom you are listening.
For more practice in note taking, take a look at these books which can be found
in the [………………………………]Room: “Study Listening” by Tony
Lynch, [………………………………] units 6 and 12. Then there’s “Learning to
Study in English” by Brian Heaton and Don Dunmore, [………………………]
units 5 and 10. The first one is [………………………………]by Cambridge
University Press and the second one is published by Oxford University Press.

IELTS Listening Practice
Test 30
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 4
Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B, Cor D on your
answer sheet.
1. Where is Mr. Garcia living?
A. Private accommodation.
B. With friends.
C. Self-catering university accommodation.
D. Catered university accommodation.
2. Why doesn’t he like his accommodation?
A. The food is not good.
B. The meals are at inconvenient times.
C. He doesn’t like his cohabitants.
D. Its on the university campus.
3. Where are Mr. Garcia and his friends from?

A. Costa Rica, Spain, Bolivia.
B. Ecuador, Spain, Mexico
C. Mexico, Columbia, Spain.
D. Spain, Brazil, Argentina.
4. What kind of place are they hoping to find?
A. A house with a garden next to the un iversity.
B. A flat or a house next to the university.
C A house not too near to the university.
D. A flat or a house not too near to the university.Questions 5-7
Questions 5-7
Complete the details below using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

AND/OR NUMBERS.
Name Manuel Garcia
Current address 5 _______________
Telephone number 0453672348
Email addrees 6 _______________
Age 19

Gender Male
Smoker? No
Budgeted monthly rent 7£
Questions 8-70
Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B, C or D on your
answer sheet.
8. Why can Mr Garcia expect a small reduction in rent?
A. The salesman like him.
B. There is no contract
C. July is a good month to move in.
D. He and his friends will stay all year.
9. How much is the accommodation agency’s fee for Mr Garcia?
A. 1/2 month’s rent.
B. 1 month’s rent.
C. 11/2 month’s rent.
D. There’s no fee.
10. Which items does Mr Garcia consider necessary?
A. Kitchen utensils, washing machine, Internet connection.

B. Washing machine, Internet connection, TV.
C. DVD player, TV, Internet connection.
D. Shower, TV, washing machine.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
Choose the correct answers to the following questions. Only ONE answer is
possible for each question.
11. Which member or members of the speaker’s family have health problems?
A. The speaker.
B. The speaker’s parents.
C. The speaker’s father and younger sister.
D. None of the speaker’s family does.
12. Why didn’t the family go to Rotorua?
A. They couldn’t afford it.
B. They wanted to go somewhere with friends.
C. Because of health problems.
D. Because they wanted to go somewhere new.

13. How did the speaker’s family first find out about the Waiwera spa?
A. From people they met in their hometown.
B. From the Internet.
C. From people they met in Rotorua.
D. From a travel agent.
Questions 14-16
Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS OR

NUMBERS.
14. Altogether, the number of people in the speaker’s holiday group

was______________
15. One of the children from the other family was a ______________than
the speaker.
16. Before leaving, the speaker and his family got information from the
Internet and a______________.
Questions 17-20
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
17. What did the speaker especially like about the holiday?
18. Where were the children most of the time?
19. How does the speaker describe the people at the resort?

20. Which activities didn’t the speaker participate in, even though those
activities were available?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Complete the notes on what Mika says at the beginning of the discussion.
Mika says that if you miss what other people in a seminar say, it makes it hard
to 21__________ the discussion. She might have a 22_______________
if she didn’t understand what, a tutor was asking her, but if she was wrong it
was 23_______________.
Questions 24-27
Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
24. Martina says that native speaker students often continue talking even if
non-native speaker students like her,_____________.
25. However, she points out that native speaker students will usually stop
talking if you___________.
26. She says that non-native speaker students need to anticipate

and_________ in order to get involved in seminar discussions.
27. Michal points out that non-native speaker students can use__________
and body language to indicate when they are ready to add to a discussion.
Questions 28-30
Choose the correct answer or answers to complete each sentence.

28. Martina thinks that non-native speaker students can improve the situation
by being
A. aggressive.
B. argumentative.
C. well-prepared.
D. polite.
29. Mika thinks that non-native speakers can improve
A. both their English and their subject knowledge quickly.
B. their English knowledge quickly, but not their subject knowledge.
C. their subject knowledge quickly, but not their English.
D. neither their English nor their subject knowledge quickly.
30. Mika says that
A. English students know a lot of technical terminology.
B. English students like making friends with her outside seminars.
C English students are interested in learning about situations in foreign

countries.
D. non-native speaker students shouldn’t take much time to state their views.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-32

Complete the following summary of the lecturer’s introduction by using NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
The lecturer says that he will first look at how some cultural values influence
31 ______________and that then he will 32________________
demonstrating that approaches to learning in one culture may not be
considered suitable in others.
Questions 33-36
Complete the notes on the way students learn in different cultures. Use
only ONE word for each answer.
34_________ of the
Arab culture Koran influences how
other subjects are learnt.
33__________ Little or no talking or
35_________ with
Chinese culture
other students or culture
teachers.
Focus on developing
36___________ skills
Extending American culture
through questioning, for
example.
Questions 37-40
Complete the notes on three Asian students and their experiences. Use NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS
Experience of own education

Country of origin Level of study
system

Students contribute little to
discussions.
China 37________ Students 38_________ to ask
lectures questions.
Less focus on Constructing

Japan Master
39__________
40__________ are responsible

India research for providing information about
facilities and requirements.
Answer keys:
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. C
5. 35c Campus Lane
6. garciainuk@email.uk
7. 200-250/200 to 250
8. D
9. A
10. B

11. C
12. D
13. C
14. 9/nine
15. year older
16. travel agency
17. (the) accommodation/hotel
18. (i n/the/some) play areas
19. gentle, warm, helpful
20. basketball (and) volleyball
21. catch up with
22. guess
23. (quite) embarrassing
24.raise a hand
25. (just) interrupt (someone)
26. think quickly
27. eye contact

28. IN EITHER ORDER C, D
29. C
30. IN EITHER ORDER C, D
31. teaching and learning
32. present evidence
33. conserving
34. Memorisation
35. interacting/interaction
36. argumentation
37. undergraduate
38. hesitate
39. logical arguments
40. Lecturers) or (and) supervisors)

SECTION 1

Questions 1-6

answer.
STUDENT HEALTH CENTRE MEDICAL RECORD
Example Answer
Patients name: Martin Hansen
Faculty of 1______________
Address: 13 2____________ Street, Perth
Telephone: 3______________
Date of Birth: 15th June, 1986
Serious illness/ accident: 4_______________
Operations: 5_______________
Allergies: 6_______________
Questions 7-9
7. Why is Martin visiting the doctor?

A. He suffers from headaches.
B. He suffers from nausea.
C. He has an infection.
8. How many hours does Martin usually sleep each night?
A. Less than eight.
B. Between eight and nine.
C. More than nine.
8. Which of these describes Martin’s problem?
A. It’s continuous and constant.
B. It’s worse during the daytime.
C. It’s worse in the evening and at night.
Question 10
Circle TWO letters A-E.
10. Which of these things does the doctor suggest Martin should do?
A. change his diet
B. have his eyes tested
C. sleep more

D. take more exercise
E. take some medicine
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -20
ARTISTS EXHIBITION
General details
▪ Place: 11_
▪ Address: 1,12_
▪ Dates: 6th October to 13_
Display details
▪ jewellery
▪ furniture
▪ ceramics
▪ 14
▪ sculpture
Expect to see:
crockery in the shape of 15___________
silver jewellery, e.g. large rings with 16_____________

a shoe sculpture made out of 17_____________
Go to demonstrations called 18 “______________“
ARTISTS CONSERVATORY
Course include: Chinese brush painting
19____________
silk painting
Fees include: studio use
access to the shop
supply of 20___________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Circle the appropriate answer.
21. Dave thinks the last tutorial
A. was exciting and Sarah disagrees.
B. was not exciting and Sarah disagrees.
C. wasn’t very interesting and Sarah agrees.
D. was good and Sarah feels she has to agree.

22. Sarah states that she understood
A. a very small part of the tutorial.
B. all of the tutorial.
C. most of the tutorial, but parts of it were incomprehensible.
D. none of the tutorial.
23. Sarah and Dave have just attended a tutorial on
A. study skills for English Literature.
B. reading in literature.
C. writing in literature.
D. general studies.
Questions 24-2?
Listen and complete the table below with the appropriate numbers.
Sarah Dave Terry Arnold
pages per hour 25-30 24_______ 120 25________
books per week 1 26_______ 27_______ 20
Questions 28-30

Using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each blank space, complete
the sentences below.
28. Terry thinks it is important to develop one’s reading speed

to____________.
29. Terry felt _____________after his first tutorial with Dr. Pratt.
30. When Terry first arrived at university, his reading speed

was_________________pages per hour.
SECTION 4
Complete the summary.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answers.
COASTAL ZONE INQUIRY
Sneaker: Kevin Ackrovd from the 31___________
Background:
Problem: The recant. 32 put extreme pressure on 33_______________
Contributing factors:
economic development
34___________________
industrial expansion
35_______________
Two particularly important factors:

36________________ is likelv to continue.
Industry, especially tourism which competes with 37_________________

farming industries.
Conclusions:
Need to
raise profile of coastal zone
exercise greater vision
38____________________
Recommendations:
Need for
long-term view
broad view
modem 39_______________
consultation with 40__________________
SECTION 1
Doctor: Good morning.

Martin: Morning.
Doctor: Come in. Sit down. Now, you’re a new [………………………], aren’t
you?
Martin: Yes, that’s right.
Doctor: Ok, so I’d better get some basic [………………………………]down first.

Right, we’ start with your name.
Martin: Martin Hansen. Example
Doctor: Do you spell that S-O-N or S-E-N?
Martin: H-A-N-S-E-N.
Doctor: OK. And you are a first-year student?
Martin: Yes, I am.
Doctor: Studying?
Martin: [………………………………], actually.
Doctor: Ah! Good choice. I hope you enjoy it.
Martin: Thanks.
Doctor: And your address?
Martin: Yes. it’s [………………………………].
Doctor: That’s C-H-A-T-H-A-M, isn’t it?

Martin: That’s right.
Doctor: And your phone number?
Martin: [………………………………]
Doctor: 01734 26455.
Martin: No, you got the 6 and the 4 the wrong way round. It’s 24655.
Doctor: Huh! Sorry, right. And when were you bom?
Martin: On the [………………………………].
Doctor: Here in New Zealand?
Martin: Yes.
Doctor: Now, let’s get some of your medical [………………………………].

Have you ever had any serious [………………………………]or accident?
Martin: A broken lee I got plaving football when I was 17. I was in the school
team.
Doctor: What [………………………………]did you play in?
Martin: I was the [………………………………].
Doctor: A lot of standing around then!
Martin: Yes, when we were winning.
Doctor: Right. Anything else?

Martin: No, apart from that, nothing.
Doctor: And, have you had any [………………………………]of any kind?
Martin: No, the only time I’ve been to hospital was when I broke my leg.
Doctor: Fine. Any [………………………………]?
Martin: Yes. to dust and cats.
Doctor: What form does that take? How do you react?
Martin: They both make me [………………………………]a bit. Nothing else.
Doctor: So you’re not allergic to antibiotics like [………………………] as far

as you know?
Martin: I don’t think so.
Doctor: Good. So what’s your problem?
Martin: Well, recently I’ve been getting this Dain here, iust behind my eves
and in my [………………………………].
Doctor: I see. Have you felt sick or dizzy at all, or [………………………]?
Martin: No, not at all, though the pain is pretty intense sometimes.
Doctor: And how’s your health [………………………………]? Have you had

any colds or flu [………………………………]?
Martin: I had a cold a couple of weeks ago, but that’s gone. It was only
a [………………] really.
Doctor: Good. Are you studying a lot? Are you getting enough sleep?

Martin: Yes, I’m studying quite a lot-I’ve got some exams coming up
in […………………………], but I’m [……………………] sure to sleep plenty.
Doctor: What time do you go to bed?
Martin: Usually around 11. I sleep about [………………………………], and I’m

up about 7:30 so I have time to go jogging for half an hour before going to the
university at 9.
Doctor: Very healthy. And has this pain kept you awake or stopped you
jogging?
Martin: Yes, it makes getting to sleep harder. It’s much worse at the end of the
day. I hardly notice it in the morning.
Doctor: What about food? Are you eating [………………………………]?
Martin: I think so. My [………………………………]cooks my meals.
Doctor: Right. And do you wear glasses?
Martin: No.
Doctor: Aha. When did you last visit an [………………………………]?
Martin: I don’t remember. When I was a child, I suppose.
Doctor: OK. Well I think first you should get that done again, just to make sure
it’s not the cause. In the [………………………………], take an aspirin or two
when you’re in pain, and come and see me again in a week. Ask the
receptionist to give you an [………………………………]with the optician. He’s
here on Tuesday and Thursday mornings…
SECTION 2

And now for some information about the local events
and [………………………………]. A couple of [………………………………]for
art […………………] and budding artists alike. First, a new [……………………]
of artwork is going on show to the public next month in the form of an
artists [………………………………]. The exhibition
will [……………………………… ] many different types of art…over 100
different pieces, by 58 [………………………………] from the local area. It’s
being held at the Roval [………………………………]which-for those of you who
are [………………………………] with the area-is located [……………………] the
library in West Street, right on the comer… the actual address is 1. Queen’s
Park Road-it isn’t difficult to find. The [………………………………]will run for
9 weeks and will begin on the [………………………………]and continue until
the [………………………………]. So there’s plenty of time for you to go along
and have a look. I’m sure that it will be well worth doing.
What will you see there? Well, [………………………………]the items on display

will be some exciting pieces of modern [………………………………], furniture,
ceramics, metalwork and [………………………………]. To give you some
examples. Local artist Kate Maine will be there
to [………………………………]her collection of pots and bowls that she has
made to [………………………………]garden vegetables. They are the sort of
thing that would [………………………………]up any dining table, and range
from things like yellow [………………………………]bowls to round tomato-
shaped teapots. Prize-winner Cynthia Course, will also be there to talk about
her silver jewellery, all of which she produced using ideas from
the [………………………………]setting of her country home. Some of her rings
are quite [………………………………]and have beautiful coloured stones on
them. Or if you prefer [………………………………], there’s plenty of that, too.
Take, for example, Susan Cup’s white paper sculpture
of [………………………………]of shoes. It sounds easy, but believe me it
looks [………………………………]! All of these items along with many others
will be on sale throughout the [………………………………]period.
As part of the exhibition, there will be a series

of [………………………………]called “Face to Face” which will take place every
Sunday afternoon during the exhibition and these
will [………………………………]an [………………………………]for you to meet
the artists.

The second set of activities are for those who would prefer
to [………………………………]in some artwork themselves…the
Artists [………………………………]are holding a series of course over
the [………………………………]period. The courses cover all media and include
subjects such as Chinese [………………………………], pencil drawing and silk
painting. All the tutors are [………………………………]artists, course sizes are
kept to a [………………………………]of 15 and there will be plenty of
individual [………………………………].
All the sessions offer excellent value for money and the opportunity to relax in
a [………………………………]rural setting. Fees are
very [………………………………]and include the use of an excellent studio
and [………………………………]to the art shop, which you will find sells
eveiything from paper to CD’s, and they also include
the [………………………………]of all materials. For more information on dates,
costs and [………………………………]you should get in touch with the
programme [………………………………]on 0459 2839584 or go direct to the
website…
SECTION 3
D = Dave S = Sarah T = Terry
D: Hi Sarah. That was actually quite [………………………………], wasn’t it?
S: You really think so, Dave? I’m completely worn out. If I have to take in
another piece of [………………………………], my head’s going to explode.
D: It was good, though.
S: I have to admit it was, mmm.
D: And it was [………………………………].
S: Challenging? The last tutorial? It makes me think I

learned [………………………………]nothing at school. I understood nearly all
of it. but a few bits I’m not sure I got at all. Reading is reading and that’s that.

D: Well, it is and it isn’t, you know.
S: We all read in the same way.
D: No, we don’t![………………………………]T: What are you

two [………………………………]about?
S: Oh, it’s Terry. Hi.
D: Reading!
T: Reading?
D: Yes, reading.
T: It’s not exactly a [………………………………]to be arguing about. Is it,

Dave?
D: I don’t know; I find it quite exciting, really.
S: You would’
D: We’ve iust been to this [………………………………]on study skills as

part of the English Literature course and Sarah’s found it difficult to follow.
S: No, Dave. That’s not true. It’s just there were some things that I’m not so
sure about or more [………………………………]sure whether they’re important
or not.
T: Well, what was the problem?
S: Well, when I read I just read and Dr Pratt was going on about all these
different [………………………………]that we need to develop and hone.
T: Mmm. How do you read then, Sarah?

S: I just read as I said; like everyone else. I read each word as it comes.
T: How many pages do you read in an hour?
S: About [………………………………]to thirty.
T: And what about you, Dave?
D: Sixty, maybe [………………………………].
S: Sixty to seventy!
T: That’s not a lot.
S: How many do you read, then, Terry?
T: It [………………………………]. About 120…
S/D: What?
S: Oh, come on, Terry.
T: Yeah and I’m not unusual. One of my friends, doing Medieval European
History, Arnold, he reads about [………………………………] an hour.
D: But does he remember it all?
T: Yeah, I think so, Dave.
S: I get through only one book a week!
D: Me too. What about you, Terry?
T: At the moment, 3.

S: And your friend Arnold?
T: Twenty. 1
S: Twenty!
T: In fact, what matters, is that you develop your reading speed to suit
the [………………………………]. You could still stick to your reading speed
of [………………………………]an hour
for [………………………………]purposes, but double your reading speed for
reading journals or [………………………………]texts. If I’m scanning a text
for [………………………………]information, I can
just [………………………………]through. Then when I find what I want, I’ll
read through that [………………………………]part very slowly.
S: Mm.
T: With forty to fifty or more books to get through in a term you

can’t [………………………………]to read every word.
D: Have you always read like that?
T: No, it’s only since I’ve been here.
S: I find this all very [………………………………]. How did you do it then?
T: In the first week of term, in the first year, we had

a [………………………………]on reading.
D: From Dr. Pratt.
T: Yes, and I felt so inadequate after the class.
S: Well, what did he tell you?

T: He just gave us a few basic [………………………………]on reading and then
over the last two years he’s been [………………………………]us, so that we all
now work very [………………………………].
S: So he’s your tutor too. You can tell us then what he means when he talks
about learning to read the content words only.
T: Well, this is [………………………………]just the first step. If you read every

a, the, to, from, was etc. it really slows you down.
S: Yeah?
T: But if you train your eyes to look at the nouns, verbs, adverbs and
adjectives.
S: Assuming you know what they are’
T: Well, then the big words. Then you [………………………………]increase

your speed.
D: Yeah, that makes sense.
S: Mmmm Right. I think I’m going off to the library to start. Thanks for
the [………………………………]!
T: Anytime. I’m off to the sports centre.
D: By the way, what was your reading [………………………………]per hour

when you first came here?
T: Twenty-five.
SECTION 4
Presenter: Good afternoon everyone. Today we have with us Mr. Kevin

Ackrovd, a [………………………………]from the Department of Environment

to outline the [………………………………]of last year’s inquiry
into [………………………………]problems along
the [………………………………]. Mr. Aqkrqyd, please.
Mr. Ackroyd: Thank you Ms. Cranston. Good afternoon everyone. Perhaps it
would be best if I first [………………………………]for you what I plan to talk
about. I’ll begin with some [………………………………]to the inquiry looking at
the new [………………………………]we are making on our
old [………………………………], so to speak, and go on to give some idea of
the [………………………………]we came to in our inquiry.
OK, first the background. The inquiry was [………………………………]off

because vaxious concerned [………………………………]in
the [………………………………]region realized that the recent population shift,
which really got going in the [………………………………], was
putting [………………………………]pressure on our
coastal [………………………………]. Over the past two decades half of the
country’s population growth has been in the [………………………………]areas.
Today, nine out of ten people live in the [………………………………]. The
reasons for this shift are not yet fully understood, but there is a range of factors
which probably [………………………………], including economic development,
an aging population, and growth in [………………………………], particularly
tourism and its [………………………………]industries. We would have to admit
that government [………………………………]have also contributed to this
trend. A trend which is likely to continue so that
it’s [………………………………]that by the
year [………………………………]there will be millions of additional people
living in the non-metropolitan coastal zone. This
population [………………………………]puts considerable pressure on the
natural [………………………………]of the zone, and there are
two [………………………………]likely to impose particular strains. These are
firstly that those areas of greatest growth in the past are likely to continue to
grow as strongly as before-in other words, urban [………………………………]or
extension will continue for at least another [………………………………]. The
second factor contributing to the [………………………………]is industry,
particularly the newer industries like [………………………………]. These newer
industries will compete for [………………………………]with other users such as
the [………………………………]fish and shellfish farming industry. All of this
will take place in an environment that is already
under [………………………………]stress, and in particular the water resources
will be [………………………………]. It is the view of the inquiry that

water [………………………………], whether of seas, rivers, or lakes, is the
greatest resoi’-ie problem in the coastal zone as a whole.
Now the [………………………………]of the inquiry can be stated quite plainly

and simply. First we must raise the [………………………………]of the coastal
zone in our thinking, especially in our [………………………………]to
conservation and economic development.
Second, we must [………………………………]much greater vision. We must be

prepared to think in the long term rather than the short term, and to
pay [………………………………]to details; so
better [………………………………]and better planning.
And thirdly, we must adopt a national approach. We can no longer afford to

leave the [………………………………]-making to
individual [………………………………], to local government bodies or even to
the central government. We are looking here at the need
for [………………………………]on a nationwide level. To
achieve [………………………………], effective
results [………………………………]all levels of government as well as the
various non-government organizations in this country will be no easy task, but
it is [………………………………]we try. Well, I see time is running out, so
perhaps if I just [………………………………]the recommendations made by the
inquiry for you:
▪ the long view prevails over the short;

▪ broad considerations [………………………………]over narrow;
▪ the techniques of modern management, and the tools of modem economic are
brought into [………………………………];
▪ people being [………………………………]by decisions (including indigenous
people) are [………………………………]consulted before decisions are made.
With that I’ll stop and give the [………………………………]to ask questions.
But perhaps first I should tell you that the full report of
the [………………………………]… [Fade out]

Test 32
SECTION 1
Questions 1-7
Listen to a conversation and complete the market list below. Write NO

MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each ansiver.
MARKET LIST
Address Open Hours Days Tube Station
Example
8 a.m. -5 p.m. Sat & Tue. Castle
East Street SE17
Leather Lane WC1 lunch times 1__________ Chancery Lane
2______ Lane El 9 a.m – 12 noon Sunday mornings 3__________
Mon. – Sat.
Walthamstow E17 4__________ 5__________
Except Web & Sun.
Mon. – Sun. Half

Brixton SW9 9 a.m – 6 p.m 6__________
day on Wed.
Chalk Farm,
Camden High St. NW1 8 a.m – 5 p.m 7 _________
Camden Town

Questions 8-10
8. Who is Barbara going to shop wiih?
9. How is Barbara traveling to the shops tomorrow?
10. What time are they going to meet?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
Complete the table below as you listen.
Write either A NUMBER or NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS to fill

each space.
Radio
Radio South new Wake-up 15______
Soap
approval rating 11_____% 17% 87% 15%
disapproval rating 12_____% 64% 13____% 25%

don’t knows not mentioned 19% not mentioned 60%
listeners’ vulgar and

excellent 14_____. 16______
comments puerile
Number of participants in the survey: 4373
Questions 17-20

Circle the correct answer.
17. Regarding the message Voice box, the number of complaints
A has gone up and down in recent weeks.
B has gone down.
C has remained static.
D has risen in the recent week.
18. The praise for the music on the Wake-up show has come
A only from Australia.
B only from New Zealand.
C from all over South-east Asia.
D from all over Asia.
19. Regarding English Worldwide, the number of listeners
A has increased ten times.
B has remained fairly static.
C has decreased tenfold.
D will increase in the future.
20. The radio station broadcasts

A 14 hours per day.
B 19 hours per day.
C 24 hours per day.
D 22 hours per day.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
OUTLINE OF BOOK REVIEW
Introduction
• Title 21___________________
• Author Robert Winston
• Category 22___________________
• Subject area brain
• Intended readers 23___________________
Overview
• Author’s purpose to inform and advise

on maximising use of the brain

• Main topics history of
24_____________ about brain
what enables brain to 25____________________
brain’s contribution to development of 26_____________________
how to increase intelligence
Analysis and evaluation
▪ Writer’s qualifications professor at the

University of London who carries out 27_________________research
▪ Strengths readable, particularly through use of
28_______________contains a useful 29_____________________
▪ Weaknesses none
Conclusion
Overall response a very interesting book that

aims high and achieves its 30___________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
Complete the following table.
EARLY BRIDGES
Bridge type Material(s) used First examples date from
Arch tone or brick 31 B. C. Middl
32___________ and
Suspension A.D. 550 33___
____________
iron suspension iron 1826 Wales
Questions 34-37
Complete tfie notes on the time line below.

Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.

THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CLIFTON SUSPENSION BRIDGE
1831 Design for bridge chosen by 34_______________.

Work begun, but soon halted by political events. 1836 Work resumed.
1843 Work stopped when 35_______________.
1851 Ironwork sold to pay 36_______________.
1860 Second-hand 37___________________ became available.
1862 Work resumed.
1864 Bridge completed.
Questions 38-40
Complete the table.
BRIDGE PROPOSALS
Location Distance Main difficulty Effect

Alaska and Siberia 80km 38_______ construction time limited
new type of bridge

Europe and Africa 28 km 39_______
structure required
Sicily and mainland

40 ____ km funding
Italy
Answer keys:

1. Mon. – Fri./Monday to Friday
2. Petticoat/Peticote
3. Aldgate
4. 9 a.m.-4 p.m.
5. Central Line
6. Brixton
7. Sun./Sundays
8. Tom & Mary
9. by/take underground/tube/subway
10. 9:30 a.m.
11. 83/eighty-three
12. 7/seven
13. 3/three
14. a real hit
15. Wine Show
16. downright boring

17. D
18. C
19. A
20. B
21. The Human Mind
22. popular science
23. non-specialists
24. theories
25. function
26. personality
27. medical
28. stories
29. word list
30. goal
31. 3200

32. rope (and) wood
33. China
34. competition
35. money ran out/finished
36. (back) (the) creditors (crediters is an acceptable misspelling]
37. chains
38. extreme cold/ (very/extremely) cold location
39. depth of water/ (very) deep water
40. 2.5
SECTION 1
T = Tom B = Barbara
T: Hi, Barbara. What will you do this weekend?
B: Well, I’d like to do some shopping, but I have no idea where to go. I’ve only
been here a few days. I was told London is an [………………………………]place
to live.

T: Yes, but that’s not completely true. London can be an expensive place to
live, but if you shop in the right places, you can
live [………………………………]cheaply.
B: Is that true? Could you tell me something about the shops?
T: All right. You know food tends to be [………………………………]in the

big [………………………………]like Sainsburys and Tescos. Most of them have
quite a good [………………………………]of food and household items. You can
buy your fruit and [………………………………]on the street. You will find these
street markets in almost every part of London. You can also buy clothes, shoes
and [………………………………]items in these markets for a
real [………………………………]. Have you got a market list provided by the
Student Union?
B: Yes. Here you are.
T: This might give you some ideas. Let me see. East Street SE17. This market
sells cheap food, clothes and [………………………………]. It’s open from 8 a.m.
to 5 p.m.
B: Yes, but how can I get there?
T: You can take the [………………………………]. We call it tube. You see, there
is a tube station on the list.
B: Let me see. Yes, it’s Castle Station.
T: Right. You can get off at the Castle.
B: Good. Look at Leather Lane WC1.
T: Yes, that’s a good central London market for clothes, food

and [………………………………]. It’s open at lunch times from Monday to
Friday. It’s near Chancery Lane Station.
B: Well, what about the one in Petticoat Lane?

T: Oh, Petticoat Lane El. It sells clothes, shoes and household goods. It opens
only on [………………………………]mornings from 9 a.m. to 12 noon.
B: Yes. We can get off at Aldgate Station. What about the one in Walthamstow
El7?
T: Oh, that’s a big market for clothes and food. It’s open from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.
on Mondays to Saturdays, [………………………………]Wednesdays and
Sundays.
B: Let me see, yes, we can get there on the Central Line. What about Brixton?
T: That’s Brixton SW9. It’s an indoor and outdoor market with a

lively [………………………………]. It sells vegetables from all over the world. It
opens from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. on Mondays to Sundays and half day on
Wednesdays.
B: Oh, it’s close to Brixton [………………………………]. Very near my place.

Great, it’s very [………………………………]. Tell me more details about
Camden Lock.
T: Yes. There are several markets on Camden High Street and plenty of shops.
They sell [………………………………]clothes, [………………………………],
recorders and pottery. The most famous one is Camden Hight St.NWl. It’s
good for buying [………………………………], very close to Chalk Farm and
Camden Town Station.
B: I see. It says it opens on Sundays only from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Well, I think
these markets might help to keep my costs down.
T: Well, if you need to buy new [………………………………]goods or large

household items, you can wait until the January sales when all shops sells
goods at [………………………………]prices.
B: Thank you so much for your help. Tom, shall we go to Brixton together this
weekend?

T: I’d love to.
B: Oh, I’m afraid I’ve got to go to a [………………………………]. I’ll ring

you tonight.
T: [………………………………]?
B: Hello, is that you, Tom?
T: Hi Barbara. Have you decided where to go tomorrow?
B: Yes, I’d like to go to Camden Town to shop. Would you like to go there with
me?
T: Yes, I’d love to. That’s a good market. Mary is here with me now. She wants
to go there too. Shall we meet at Camden Town Station?
B: OK. How are you going there?
T: We will go there by bus. It’s only three stops from my place. Well, we might
walk there if the weather is fine. How will you get there?
B: I think I’ll have to take the [………………………………]. I’m at Bond Street

and I’ll take the Central Line first and get off at Tottenham Court Road.
T: OK. Take the Central Line and get off at Tottenham Court Road. Then you
want the Northern Line to Camden Town. It’s only
about [………………………………] stops. Make sure you get
a [………………………………]train though. You want northbound Camden
Town. OK?
B: OK I think I can find the way. I have an underground map with me now.
What time shall we meet tomorrow?
T: How about one hour earlier, say [………………………………]?

B: Fine, That will be all right. See you tomorrow.
T: Bye.
SECTION 2
Welcome and [………………………………]welcome every Friday afternoon at

2:15 to Post-bag, your chance as listeners to let us know what you think about
our [………………………………]and current issues.
This week our Post-bag has been [………………………………]overflowing-not

that we are complaining, mind you Many of you, in fact, a
staggering [………………………………]of you to
be [………………………………], have completed Radio South’s listener phone-
in [………………………………]. Some general points-83% of you think that the
radio station has [………………………………]over the nast year: and only 7%
that it has got worse. Most of you think’ that the radio station provides
an [………………………………]service! That’s a big thumbs up for Radio South.
Some more statistics-a rather [………………………………]64% of you did not
like the start of the new [………………………………]Radio Soap that began on
Wednesday evenings last month. Many of you said that it was
too [………………………………]and [………………………………], with no plot,
no excitement’ And only 17% said they liked it.
We passed on your messages to the [………………………………]and he said

that he had received a number of letters and [………………………………]phone
calls, saying how [………………………………]and modem the plot was. In fact,
those figures for those listening had more than doubled for the
second [………………………………]! We’ll have to wait and see how this one
develops!
And for [………………………………] of you, the new starting time of 5 a.m. for
the Wake-up show went down really well! Only a
small [………………………………]rating for this one: in fact, only 3%. Many of
you said the earlier time is a real hit.
Unfortunately, the Wine Show has not gone down well at all. It had
a [………………………………]approval rating and 25% who did not like it
and [………………………………]didn’t know! Sadly, the

main [………………………………]was that the programme is downright boring.
Maybe, wine’s going out of fashion.
The full survey will be [………………………………]next month and it is free on

request! And now to our weekly letters slot.
Sharon from Tasmania has written in to say that she has tried to get through
on the [………………………………]to our new Message Line to leave
a [………………………………]on the Voicebox, but she finds it
too [………………………………]. She says, and I quote: Every time I press a
number after the main menu the line won’t [………………………………]my
message. It is so frustrating. Maybe your [………………………………]should
come with a health warning! Well, I can tell you that you’re not the first person
to have [………………………………]about this; in feet, we had 67 letters this
past week alone and complaints have been going up at the rate of 10% a week
recently. And we’re now looking into the problem.
On a more [………………………………]note, Mary from Sydney, Australia,

wrote in to say how refreshing and cheerful she found our station was. She
says the music and the morning Wake-up show she finds
really [………………………………]. We’ve had lots
of [………………………………]letters from all around South-east Asia saving
the same thing: from Terry in Auckland, New Zealand, Yuko in Japan and
Ahmed in Indonesia. Robyn in Australia says it’s really an excellent
new [………………………………]to the radio scene in the area
and [………………………………]us to keep going. Thank you Robyn for your
support.
Pangapom from Thailand wants to know if there are any plans to repeat the
English [………………………………], English Worldwide, on Sunday morning
at 9 a.m. or whether we are going to [………………………………]the
programme. We’ve had so many letters over the past weeks ago, the number of
people tuning in has grown [………………………………]. There are no plans at
the moment to increase the 2-hour slot on Friday morning, but if numbers
keep increasing at the rate they are we may have to.
Many of you have asked when we are becoming

a [………………………………]service. The answer is as soon as we can. We
now [………………………………]19 hours a day and hope to be on air 24 hours
a day within the next six months.

And now it’s over to Marco, who’s going to look at the latest cinema and
video [………………………………].
SECTION 3
Rachel: Oh, hello, can you [………………………………]me a few minutes,

please?
Tutor: Yes, of course, Rachel, what can I do for you?
Rachel: It’s about the book [………………………………]you’ve asked us to write

as part of the [………………………………]Writing course. You said we should
ask if we didn’t know how to set about it.
Tutor: OK. Well, sit down, and let’s talk about it. I presume you’ve chosen the
book you want to write about.
Rachel: Yes.
Tutor: Good. Then have a look at this outline. If we talk it through and you
make notes on it, it’ll help you to [………………………………]your review.
Right, first of all, what’s the name of the book?
Rachel: The Human Mind.
Tutor: Ah yes, by Robert Winston. It was tied in with a very

good [………………………………]series, wasn’t it? So you should start your
review with the title and author. The next question is,
what [………………………………]would you put it in? For example, fiction,
history, math…
Rachel: Well, I [………………………………]it’s science.
Tutor: Cân you limit the field a little?
Rachel: How about popular science?

Tutor: Yes, I think that’s more [………………………………].
Rachel: Then I suppose the subject area is

the [………………………………].
Tutor: OK. And it’s important to mention the intended [………………………],

because you can’t [………………………………] how effective a book is
without [………………………………]who it’s meant for.
Rachel: Well, it doesn’t [………………………………]you know a lot about the

subject, so I’d say it’s for non-specialists. It was [………………………………]in
general bookshops.
Tutor: Right. Now the overview. What would vou say Winston is trying to do?
Rachel: Er…it’s very informative, but I think he’s also telling us how to make
the most of our brains.
Tutor: Then you should briefly [………………………………]the main topics. I’d

recommend [………………………………] the ones that you found the
most [………………………………] and interesting.
Rachel: Well, it starts by looking back at the last few thousand years, and looks
briefly at some of the [………………………………]that have been developed
about the brain, and about its [………………………………]. It wasn’t always
considered as important as we now believe.
Tutor: True. And the next topic?
Rachel: I think it should be the [………………………………]and activities of the

brain that make it [………………………………]. I found that chapter very
interesting, but it was [………………………………]the hardest to understand.
Tutor: Mm, I’d probably agree with you. Any more topics you want to
mention?

Rachel: Oh, it covers so much, like the emotions, memory…but I think the role
of the brain in creating [………………………………]should be mentioned,
because I think that’s an important [………………………………]of the book.
And then there’s the [………………………………]on how we can use our brains
to boost our [………………………………]. I’ve already started acting on some of
the [………………………………]!
Tutor: Good luck! Now let’s look at the next [………………………………]of your
review, where you
should [………………………………]and [………………………………]the book.
This is the main section where you give your own [………………………………].
This first point is really a question of whether we should take the writer
seriously. A [………………………………]may be [………………………………]to
write about music, but not [………………………………]to write about the brain,
for instance.
Rachel: Mm. Winston is a professor at the University of London, and he’s done
a lot of research in various [………………………………]fields. So he’s very well
qualified to write about this subject.
Tutor: What would you say are the [………………………………]of the book?
Rachel: Mm…it’s a complex subject, but he makes it

as [………………………………]as it can be for the general reader. That’s partly
because he [………………………………]his points with a lot of stories, both
about [………………………………]people, like Einstein, and from his own life.
Tutor: OK. Are there any other strengths you want to add?
Rachel: I was glad he included a word list to explain the meanings of

medical [………………………………]. And I didn’t find
any [………………………………].
Tutor: Mm. Right. Then that brings us to the [………………………………]. How

would you sum up your overall [………………………………]to the book?

Rachel: Well, I found it [………………………………]. I think Winston is
quite [………………………………]in the goal he’s set, himself, but he’s
succeeded in reaching it.
Tutor: Well, there you are-you’ve got the [………………………………]of your

review. Keep that in front of you while you’re reading it up, and it should be
fine.
Rachel: Thank you very much.
Tutor: You’re welcome.
SECTION 4
This is the first of a series of lectures

on [………………………………]engineering structures. Today, we’re looking at
the Clifton [………………………………]Bridge in Bristol, which we hope to visit
later this term, and I’d like to begin with a brief word about
the [………………………………]and about bridge building in general.
Now, people have been building bridges

since [………………………………]times. Over the centuries, bridge design
has [………………………………]using a variety of engineering techniques, but
the [………………………………]has always been the same: to get to the other
side.
One of the most basic types of bridge is the arch, and

there’s [………………………………]from the Middle East that people knew how
to [………………………………]arches using stone or brick as earlv
as [………………………………]. The stone arch had
the [………………………………]of being quite simple to build, and it remained
the main type of bridge design from Roman times until the
early [………………………………].
Another type of bridge with a long history is

the [………………………………]bridge, where the road is suspended
from [………………………………]hanging between towers. The first suspension
bridges were simple [………………………………], made of rope and wood, and

the earliest recorded examples were [………………………………]around A.D.
550 in China. But rope has [………………………………]strength, and it only
became possible to build longer [………………………………]when iron became
available. The first major iron suspension bridge
in [………………………………], completed in [………………………………], was
the Menai Strait Bridge in Wales.
The story of the Clifton Suspension Bridge in Bristol began just three years
later, in [………………………………]. At that time, the
city [………………………………]wanted to build a bridge over the River Avon.
In order to choose the best design, they organized
a [………………………………], and the winner, [………………………………]in
1831, was an engineer by the name of Isambard Kingdom Brunei. Work began
the same year, but was almost [………………………………]interrupted when
serious riots [………………………………]in the city. As a result, investors
lost [………………………………], and work stopped until 1836. The two
supporting piers had been completed by [………………………………], but
unfortunately, at this point the money ran out, and work on
the [………………………………]came to a halt for a second time. Then, in 1851,
all the [………………………………]for the bridge was sold off in order to pay
back the [………………………………], and the project seemed to have reached
an end. However, in [………………………………]there was a stroke of luck
when a suspension bridge in London was [………………………………]. That
bridge had chains which were almost the same as the ones designed for
Clifton, and these chains were available to buy. Events moved quickly after
that. Money was raised, and work went ahead again
in [………………………………]. The bridge was finally completed amid
great [………………………………]two years later, in 1864.
We’ll be examining some of the design [………………………………]in more

details in the second half of this talk. But just as
a [………………………………]to this section, it’s worth looking ahead to the
fixture, and a couple of [………………………………]for “super bridges” linking
not only river banks or even countries, but [………………………………].
One of these is for a bridge between Alaska and [………………………………],

which would be six lanes wide and [………………………………]s long. The
water of the Bering Sea beneath is only about [………………………………]deep,
but the biggest challenge is the [………………………………]cold of the location.

This would restrict [………………………………]to five months a year and also
close the road during winter.
There’s a different [………………………………]facing a second proposal, a

bridge linking Europe and Africa across the Straits of Gibraltar, and that’s the
depth of water. Although it’s only [………………………………]across, the water
is as deep as [………………………………]in places. In such deep water, a bridge
may not be able to [………………………………]its own weight, so engineers
are [………………………………]using bridge structures which have never
been [………………………………]before.
A third seaway that engineers hope to cross in the

near [………………………………]is the Straits of Messina, between the island of
Sicily and [………………………………]Italy. Unlike the other
two [………………………………], the Messina Bridge
only [………………………………]one national government, and the distance is
relatively short at two and a half kilometres, so there’s a good chance it will be
built. In this case, it’s just a matter of who will [………………………………]the
cash!
OK, let’s take a break at this point and then…

Test 33
SECTION 1
Questions 1-5
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR
A NUMBER for each answer.

Details of the car
Age / mileage: about (1)_________years old and has done approx.

40,000 miles.
History: had (2)_____________previous owners.
Reason for sale: selling it because has a (3)_______________in

London – no car needed.
Final price: agreed (4) £__________________
Appointment: offered to meet on Saturday, at

(5)_______________a.m. in the cafe.
Questions 6-10
Complete the form below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

Wayne’s wheels insurance
APPLICATION FORM
Name: Mohammed (6)________
Date of birth: 21st (7)______________
Car make: Peugeot (8)___________
Registration number: (9)__________
Address: 78 Acacia Avenue, Stourbridge,

Wolverhampton, BM56 YLM.

Total annual Insurance (incl. admin charge): (10) £______
SECTION 2
Questions 11 and 12
11. All the students on the course
A. are native English speakers.
B. are from Asian countries.
C. have jobs in law.
12. The blended learning course is
A. taught face-to-face fur half of the year.
B. taught online with two face-to-face meetings.
C. taught completely online with virtual exams.
Questions 13-17
Complete the now chart. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR
How to use the virtual learning platform (VLP)
Log-on to the platform. Download the first (13)_________and_________
Buy books on (14)________________or download them from VLP

If you need help, contact tutor by (15)______________ or phone.
If you prefer, ask students for help via the (16)______________
Get (17)_____________from tutor on VLP a week later.
Questions 18-20
What THREE things can you do on the blended learning course?
A. participate in seminars at any time
B. meet with your tutor at regular times
C. listen to lectures at a time of your choice
D. study on a full-time basis at a distance
E. have more time to finish an assignment
F. have another year to complete your degree
SECTION 3
Questions 21-26
Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD for
each answer.
21. The tutor is pleased that lane is ahvavs well for seminars.
22. Jane enjoys the psychology seminars and is good at .

23. The lecture on critical thinking was about asking particular tvpes of
24. lane should think about the supporting other students’theories.
25. The tutor is that jane makes claims which are not proved.
26. lane needs to use more as evidence for claims she makes.
Questions 27-30
What are the disadvantages of each type of research?
Choose your answers from A-F below and write the letters next to questions
27-30.
27. Case studies
28. Research papers
29. Interviews
30. Questionnaires
A. dont give very detailed information.
B. can encourage a particular answer.
C. don’t provide enough information.
D. may make a theory or argument weaker.
E. can produce very unscientific results.
F. can be out-of-date.

SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

AND/OR A NUMBERfor each answer
The Great Pyramid of Khufu

Reason for interest Because of the (32)_________ and size of the pyramid
(32)_________ 5.9 million tons
Height (33)___________ metres tall
Material (34) _________ stone blocks
Date 2550 BC: took (35) ________ to complete
Number of workers 20,000 – 30,000
Mystery How could workers move a stone block weighing two tons?
Questions 36-40
Complete the diagrams. Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A

NUMBER for each answer.

Answer keys:
1. nine/9
2. one/1
3. job / work
4. £500 / five hundred pounds
5. 11.30/half past eleven
6. Al-Shariff

7. October 1994
8. 205 Diesel
9. YL34GGB
10. £1,250 / one thousand, two hundred and fifty pounds
11. C
12. B
13. assignment / reading list or reading list/assignment
14. (the) Internet/internet
15. email
16. student forum
17 grade
18-20. C, E and F
21. prepared
22. listening.
23. questions

24. evidence
25. concerned
26. data
27. C
28. F
29. D
30. B
31. weight
32. mass
33. 146 /one hundred and forty
34. 2.3 million / 2,300,000
35. 80 years / eighty years
36. straight
37 stone
38. buildings
39. 60/sixty

40. internal
SECTION 1
[Ma = Magda, Mo = Mohammed]
Ma: Hello.
Mo: Oh, hello, can I speak to Magda please?
Ma: Yes, this is Magda here.
Mo: Hi, Magda, my name’s Mohammed. I’m phoning about the

car [………………………………]on the college [………………………………]. Is it
still available?
Ma: Yes, it is. A few people have come to see it, but they all want newer, faster
cars.
Mo: That was my first question actually. How old is the car?
Ma: It’s nine years old … but it doesn’t look it.
Mo: Mmm, that’s good. And how many miles has it done?
Ma: Well the mileometer says [………………………………].

Mo: That seems quite low for a car of that age. I think maybe
the [………………………………]is broken!
Ma: No, I think it’s because the previous owner was an old lady and she didn’t
use it that much.
Mo: Right, great. Can I ask why you’re selling the car?
Ma: Yes, sure. I’ve just got a job in [………………………………]. I can take the
tube so I don’t need a car.
Mo: That’s great, congratulations. Um, icould I just check the price? Uh, the
advert says [………………………………]which seems quite a lot for an old car.
Ma: Not really, when you think it hasn’t done many miles. I can
take [………………………………]off the final price, but that’s it
I’m [………………………………].
Mo: OK, that seems fair. Could I come and see the car this evening?
Ma: Um, well, tonight’s not great, but I

could [………………………………]tomorrow.
Mo: Fine. Shall we say around 11am?
Ma: OK. Shall I drive the car to you?
Mo: That’s really kind, thanks. 1 live on campus. We could meet in the cafe; I’ll
buy you a coffee to say thanks.
Ma: Sure, I’ll be there around [………………………………].
Mo: Great, see you there.
[I = Insurance broker, Mo= Mohammed]

I: Good afternoon, Wayne’s Wheels, can I help you?
Mo: Um, hello, yes, I’ve just bought a car and I need
some [………………………………].
I: OK, I’ll ask you some questions and see what we can do to help.
Mo: All right.
I: So, let’s start with your full name.
Mo: My name is Mohammed Al-Shariff I: I’m sorry, can you spell

your [………………………………]?
Mo: Yes, it s A-L, hyphen, S-H-A-R-I-F-F.
I: Thanks, and when were you bom Mohammed?
Mo: I was bom on the [………………………………].
I: So you’re 19. Great. And what sort of car have you bought?
Mo: It’s a Peugeot 205 Diesel.
I: Mmm. Have you got the registration number?
Mo: Yes, it’s [………………………………].
I: OK, can I have your address?
Mo: Yes, it’s 78 Acacia Avenue, Stourbridge,

Wolverhampton, [………………………………]. I: Is that A-C-A-C-I-A?
Mo: That s right.

I: Well, the good news is that the computer is saying
that [………………………………]is a safe area, so this will keep the price of your
insurance down.
Mo: That’s good. Do you know how much it’ll be?
I: Well… the system is quoting me a price of [………………………………].
Mo: Per year?
I: No, per month, I’m afraid and you’ll need to pay an extra £50 in the first
month which is the [………………………………]charge.
Mo: OK, so that’s [………………………………] in total for the year?
I: That’s right. Now, how would you like to pay? …
SECTION 2
Hi there, everybody. Thank you so much for coming. In the room here today
we have students from Japan, Afghanistan, Europe and North America. Some
of you have English as your first [………………………………]but
the [………………………………]don’t. You all have something in common
though; everyone here works in the field of law, and you are all here for our
new [………………………………]learning course, which allows you to get
the [………………………………]you need without leaving your country or your
job.
So, this two-day [………………………………]is one of only two chances that you
will get to meet your [………………………………]and your
classmates [………………………………]in your first year of study. The next
time we meet it’ll be for a lot longer; our three-month
summer [………………………………]course, which ends with your end-of-year
exams.
You’ll be doing all of your online learning on our Virtual

Learning [………………………………], or VLP for short. This is a set of online

tools which help you to study and allow your work to
be [………………………………]. So, how will you use the VLP? Well, first of all,
when you return to your country, you need to log on to the VLP and
then [………………………………]your first [………………………………]and the
reading list.
Then you will need to find the books on the reading list. Some of the books will
be [………………………………]to download from the VLP, but you may have to
buy some on the Internet.
While you are studying for your first assignment, if you have any questions,
please feel free to write your tutor an [………………………………]. If you’d
prefer, you can arrange to have a phone [………………………………]with your
tutor instead.
If you’ve asked your tutor for help and you don’t want to contact them again,
you can try the student [………………………………]. There will be lots of other
students who will be happy to help. After
you’ve [………………………………]your first assignment, you
can [………………………………]to wait about a week before your tutor uploads
your grade onto the VLP. Assignments are a [………………………………]small
part of the course, however. A lot more time will be
spent [………………………………]in seminars and listening to lectures. There
is one seminar per week, which you’ll be able to participate in on the VLP. We
try to choose a [………………………………]time for everyone but you may find
that your [………………………………]is very early in the morning or late at
night. There are also five [………………………………]per week. These are
recorded and [………………………………]onto the VLP and you can listen to
them at a convenient time.
Now, I think you all know that [………………………………]a full-time job with
studying isn’t easy. It may be that, from time to time, you can’t meet
a [………………………………]. If this happens, let your tutor know and they
will [………………………………]how much extra time you need. There’s also
the option, in the most [………………………………], to extend your degree, to
give you another year of study time. We don’t [………………………………]you
to do this. However, it is an option and we can discuss it with you
if [………………………………]. So, that brings me to the end of my talk. Has
anybody got any questions? I know it’s a lot to take in…

SECTION 3
[T = Tutor, J = Jane]
T: Morning, Jane, thanks for coming to see me, take a seat.
J: Thank you, Dr Coulson.
T: Now, you’re [………………………………]wondering why I wanted to talk to

you.
J: Well, yes, it has been worrying me a bit.
T: No need to worry. I just wanted to have a chat about

your [………………………………]this term and in
particular, [………………………………]your research project.
J: OK.
T: So, I shouid start by saying that you’re a very active member of

the [………………………………]group. You have
always [………………………………]well for the seminars by reading around
the [………………………………], which is good.
J: Thank you. I find the seminars very interesting. I try to listen to the group’s
ideas as well.
T: Yes, you are very good at listening, but I feel that

you [………………………………]the ideas suggested in the group a little too
easily.
J: I’m sorry, I’m not sure what you mean.
T: Well, do you remember the lecture on [………………………………]thinking I

gave?

J: Um, yes, I think so. It was all about asking questions.
T: Well, that’s partly right, but it’s the type of questions you ask that
is [………………………………]. For example, if one of the people in your
group [………………………………]an idea, you need to ask yourself what
evidence there is to [………………………………]this idea.
J: OK, I’ll try to do that. You [………………………………]my research project as

well?
T: Yes, it’s actualty connected to the idea of critical thinking. I’m a

little [………………………………]that the essay makes
some [………………………………]which I’m not sure your research
completely [………………………………]. For example, you make
the [………………………………]that people who have difficulty with their
speech probably had an [………………………………]when they were young.
J: Yes, that’s because my case study had a very bad car accident as a child and
since then he has not been able to speak [………………………………].
T: OK, that’s interesting. But I think you need a

greater [………………………………]of data to support your findings. You can’t
really rely on case studies alone. They’re a great source
of [………………………………]information about [………………………………],
but they don’t really provide us with the quantity of information needed to
make general claims. Have you checked whether there are
any [………………………………]papers which talk about the connection
between accidents and speech?
J: Not yet, no, but I will.
T: Yes, do. They might analyze what happens in the brain after an accident and
why this might [………………………………]speech. Remember to check the
date the [………………………………]was written though;
research [………………………………]to go out of date quickly. Iiave you
also [………………………………]experts who argue against the connection
between speech problems and accidents?

J: No, I thought that that would weaken my [………………………………].
T: Well, it may well do. But it doesn’t really matter what

you [………………………………]in the end, you just need to think about
the [………………………………]on both sides and make a
reasoned [………………………………].
J: OK, I think I see what you mean. I was also thinking about getting a higher
quantity of information through sending this [………………………………]out to
medical [………………………………]. Would you mind having a look at it for
me…
T: Yes, sure, let’s see … Well, on the whole, it’s fine, I think. But you need to be
very careful about asking ‘leading questions’. What I mean by that is some of
your questions may actually suggest what answer you are looking for.
J: That’s [………………………………]. Thank you. I’ll change those questions.
T: Good So, when do you think you’ll have a first draft for me to look at?
SECTION 4
Hello everybody. So, as part of our study [………………………………]this term,

we’ve researched an aspect of [………………………………]which has some kind
of mystery [………………………………]to it. I’m going to talk about
the [………………………………]of the Great Pyramids of Egypt. In particular,
I’m going to [………………………………]on the theories surrounding how
the [………………………………]were built. I’m going to start by putting
pyramids into their [………………………………]context. Then I’m going to look
at the different ideas [………………………………]the building of the pyramids.
At the end there will be the chance to ask questions.
So, why are we so [………………………………]with the building of the

pyramids? Well it’s to do with their [………………………………]size and
weight. The Great Pyramid of Khufu, for example, at Giza
in [………………………………], has a mass of [………………………………]tons
and it is around [………………………………]tall.
Approximately [………………………………]stone blocks were used to build it.

Today’s architects would have difficulties building a pyramid of this size and
weight in the middle of a [………………………………], even with the help of
powered [………………………………]. For the architects
of [………………………………], who didn’t have modem technology to help
them, building a pyramid must have been almost [………………………………].
There’s no doubt that they had a big work force. During
the [………………………………]of building this pyramid,
between [………………………………]and [………………………………]workers
helped with its construction. However, this doesn’t explain how workers could
lift and move a stone block which [………………………………]over two tons.
There have been several theories about this from
leading [………………………………].
One [………………………………]theory states that a straight ramp, or slope,

was built outside the pyramid and workers could walk up
the [………………………………], pulling the stone block.
This [………………………………], at the top, [………………………………]the
theory. As you can see, one problem is the size of the ramp. In order to get it to
reach right to the top of the pyramid, the ramp would have to be around 1 km
long. There wasn’t the space for this sort of ramp; pyramids were built on a
high [………………………………], with other buildings around them, as shown
in the diagram.
This second diagram shows another theory, which has

been [………………………………]by French architect Jean-Pierre Houdin.
Houdin believes that a shorter, 60- metre long ramp was used on the outside
of the pyramid. Workers would pull the [………………………………]blocks up
the ramp in order to build the base of the pyramid. As the bottom of the
pyramid was being built using the [………………………………], a second ramp
was being built, inside the pyramid. The internal ramp begins at the bottom, is
about 6 feet wide, and is much less steep than a large, external straight ramp
would be.
So, I’ve outlined two of the main theories [………………………………]with the

building of the pyramids. I [………………………………]think that Houdin’s
theory is the most believable. However, I’d like to know your opinions. Would
anyone like to say what they think or ask a question?…

Test 34
SECTION 1
Questions 1-3
Complete the description of the man $ briefcase using NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDS/LETTERS for each answer.
Very light brown briefcase, approx. 50 x 30 cm. Distinctive 1_________clasp

on front. Red trimmings. Black 2___________Initials 3___________on
clasp.
Questions 4-7

4. What ‘is the lost property number given to the man?
5. When does the lost property office open?
6. How is the man going to the airport next week?
7. What is to the left of the lost property office?
Questions 8-10

WORDS NUMBERS for each answer.
8. What is the shortest time lost items are kept by the office?
9. How often does the office sell lost items?
10. Where does money from the December sale go?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Decide which method or methods of sending money abroad is/are being

described. Write
A for international money order.
B for bank draft.
C for electronic transfer.
D for telegraphic transfer.
11. You need a local bank account to use this.
12. You can avoid a commission fee if you use a local bank and the local
currency.
13. Using a local bank and the local currency will allow you to get access to
your money sooner.
14 . This is the quickest way to send money abroad.

Questions 15-16
Complete the following summary about taking money out of your country.
Your government might 15 ______________ of money in and out of your

country, so you might need to find out how to 16___________to transfer
money, if there is a limit on transfers and what regulations there are.
Questions 17-20
Complete the following notes about having enough money for your first few
days abroad
Cash useful for 17__________ less secure
insured against 18_______ can

Travellers’
be 19________ in some shops not widely accepted
cheques
/restaurants
widely accepted can get cash from may involve 2______

Credit cards
bank machines commission fee being charged
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Complete the notes on the purposes of a lesson plan using NO MORE THAN
THREE WORDS for each answer.
A LESSON PLAN
help with 21__________________
creates a focus

show material
clarifies 22__________________
reminder to put aims first
23___________ student problems
creates opportunities for solutions
brings lesson 24_______________
teacher-student interaction
distribution of time for each activity
reminder of materials
Questions 25-28
Complete the following notes on the example lesson plan.
Student level 25____________________
Time 50 minutes
Class profile academic, 3-months study, improve spoken English

elicit reading comprehension and speaking abilities for
Aims
story telling, practice present simple and the past simple
Teacher’s aims 26________________
Assumptions students can understand instructions

students may not know some extreme sports
Anticipated problems
27________________

Solutions elicit differences using questions
textbook, blackboard, chalk, chalk eraser, pictures of
Teaching aids
28_____________ climbing
Questions 29-30
Answer the questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
29. When using books, what should the student definitely write down, apart
from the title?
30. What does the tutor give the student a list of?
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34

OR NUMBERSfor each answer.
31. Which three foreign languages are traditionally taught in the USA?
32. How old are the youngest schoolchildren learning Chinese?
33. How many students are learning the leading 15 languages?
34. What percentage of Europeans speak a second language?
Questions 35-38


35. _________________are secondary to cultural exchange at Potomac
Elementary.
36. The young boy finds writing the strokes of Chinese characters in
the____________________to be difficult.
37. The lecturer says that children take more interest in learning
if____________________do.
38. Apart from Chinese, the NEP focuses on____________________
Questions 39-40
Decide which university student or students (A, B and/or C) is being referred

to.
39. They have (He/ She has) been learning Chinese since they were 11 or
younger.
40. They are (He/ She is) learning Chinese to help with their future career.
Answer keys:
1. (bright) red
2. Handle
3. AEJ
4. EDV 758
5. 6a.m./06:00

6. (by) underground/subway/tube
7. (large/electronic) departures board
8. 3/three months
9. twice a year
10. (to) children’s charities
11. IN ANY ORDER
B,C,D
12. B
13. B
14. D
15. control the flow
16. get permission
17. (covering) small purchases
18. loss or theft
19. used like cash

20. (quite) substantial
21. pace and timing
22. Aims
23. highlights potential
24. coherence and cohesion
25. low-intermediate
26. avoid excessive instructions
27. Vocabulary
28. rock and mountain
29. pages/page numbers
30. websites
31. French, Spanish, German (NB in any order)
32. 6
33. 1.4 million/1400000
34. 52.7

35. weighty national priorities
36. right order
37. (their) parents
38. Arabic, Korean, Russian (NB in any order)
39. IN ANY ORDER
A, B,C
40. IN ANY ORDER
A, B,C
SECTION 1
Woman: Good morning. Heathrow airport lost [……………………………]office.

How can I help you?
Man: Good morning. I lost a briefcase at your airport yesterday and would
like to report it, please.
Woman: Certainly, sir. Could you give me a brief [……………………………],

please?

Man: Of course. It’s a very light brown briefcase,
about [……………………………]wide and [……………………………]high. It’s
quite [……………………………]because it has a bright red clasp on the front
and red [……………………………]. The [……………………………]is black. My
initials ‘AEJ’ are on the clasp.
Woman: Ah! Just a minute, sir. I remember

a [……………………………]matching that description being handed in
yesterday. At about what time did you lose it?
Man: My flight arrived from Sydney just after three in the afternoon. I had
taken the briefcase onto my flight as [……………………………].
After [……………………………], it would have been almost four o’clock when I
picked up my check-in luggage and left my briefcase at the carousel. It was
so [……………………………]of me.
Woman: Yes. Here is the log book. I’ll just check that it’s here. Do you have a
pen and paper? You’ll need to [……………………………]a few things to
remember for when you claim your briefcase.
Man: I’ll just get that while you’re checking …
Woman: Hello? Are you there?
Man: Yes. Is my briefcase there?
Woman: It is. When you come to claim it, you’ll need to tell whoever is on duty
the lost property number-that’s [……………………………]. Have you got that?
Man: EDV 758. Got it.
Woman: You’ll also need to bring some [……………………………]with you

something with your photograph on it. Most people present
their [……………………………].
Man: Yes, of course. I’m flying to Austria next week, so I’ll pick it up then.

Woman: That’ll be fine. You’ll have your [……………………………]with you, no
doubt, so that can serve as identification.
Man: My flight is in the evening, so I won’t be at the airport until seven

o’clock at the [……………………………]. Will the office be open at that time?
Woman: Yes, sir. We’re open until six, sorry, I mean from six in the morning
until [……………………………], every day.
Man: Great. I just need to know where your office is.
Woman: It’s in the main [……………………………]of Terminal One at the

airport. Will you be coming by taxi, by car …?
Man: I’ll be arriving bv [……………………………].
Woman: OK. In that case, get off at the stop for Terminal One. Go up
the [……………………………]to the main concourse. At the top of the escalator,
turn left and you’ll see a large [……………………………]board-an electronic
one. If you face this, you should see our office off to the right, in the comer. It’s
clearly [……………………………].
Man: Up the escalator, turn left, off to the right of the departures board. Got
it. Thank you very much for your help.
Woman: That’s what we’re here for. I only wish we could return all the items
we get handed in to us.
Man: I guess you get [……………………………]of items every day.
Woman: Yes, we’ve built up quite a collection.
Man: What happens to the things that remain [……………………………], if

you don’t mind my asking?

Woman: Not at all. We keep each item for a minimum of three months. Twice
a year, in June and December, we have a sale.
The [……………………………]from the sale in June go towards
the [……………………………]of the office and the proceeds from the December
sale go to a children’s charity. The sales are by [……………………………]and
attract a lot of interest from [……………………………]and staff, as well as from
the general public.
Man: How interesting. One final thing-who handed in my briefcase? It would

be nice to thank them personally.
Woman: I’m afraid there’s no record of that, sir.
Man: What a pity! Well, thank you very much for your help. Goodbye.
Woman: Goodbye.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Good afternoon everybody. My name’s Sophie West and I’m here to
give you some information and answer your questions about money when you
are studying abroad. To obtain any form of entry [……………………………]into
the country where you wish to study, you will need to prove that you have
enough money to cover your [……………………………], accommodation fees
and living [……………………………]. Therefore, you need to arrange all your
funding ahead of time. Start by working out how much money you will need. I
believe that you will be having a [……………………………]on that topic later
this weejc so I won’t go into detail about it now.
If you are hoping for a [……………………………]to help pay for your studies,
then start making [……………………………]and applications now. The chance
of [……………………………]a bursary or scholarship or major funding after
arrival is minimal so it is [……………………………]to apply before you leave
home. To find out what scholarships are available, you
can [……………………………]the university you intend to study at and
the [……………………………]of education in your own country for further
information.

Let’s look at possibilities for moving your money abroad. It is very risky to
carry large [……………………………]of cash when you’re travelling. When the
time comes to [……………………………], plan to take just enough cash to meet
your [……………………………]needs and send the rest of your funds by
another method, such as international money order, [……………………………],
electronic transfer or telegraphic [……………………………]. Let’s go through
those one-by-one, shall we?
You can buy an [……………………………]money order before you leave, and

then, when you get to the country you are going to study in, you can pay it
directly into your bank account. You can
also [……………………………]international money orders for cash at certain
places. Remember to take your [……………………………]with you when you do
this. A bank draft is similar to an [……………………………]money order,
except that you can only pay it into a bank account: you cannot exchange it for
cash. Ask to have it made out to you in the local [……………………………]and
drawn on a local bank. That wav you will not pav
a [……………………………]fee when you pay it into your account, and the
funds will take less time to clear, that is to move through the system and into
your account. An electronic transfer is when your bank in your home country
transfers funds from your home account [……………………………]to your
account abroad. This is often the [……………………………]way to transfer
money, but it cannot be arranged until you have opened a bank account
abroad. [……………………………]transfer is the fastest wav to send
money [……………………………], but it is also the most expensive. As with an
electronic transfer, you can only arrange a telegraphic transfer after you have
opened your bank account abroad-it cannot be
arranged [……………………………].
Most English-speaking countries place no [……………………………]to the

amount of money you can bring into the country, but
your [……………………………]may control the flow of money in and out of
your own country. In that case, you’ll need to find out as soon as possible how
to get [……………………………]to transfer money, whether there is a limit to
how much you can transfer and what [……………………………]you must
comply with. For further information contact your local bank for advice on
how to transfer your funds abroad.
When you first go abroad, you will have lots of things to do and it may be a few
days before you are able to [……………………………]a bank and open a bank

account. And once you do, it may take a while for
your [……………………………]funds to clear through the banking system. So
altogether, it could be anywhere from one to three weeks before you have
access to the funds you transfer. Obviously, you will need some other sources
of money in the [……………………………]. The possibilities include cash,
traveller’s [……………………………]and credit cards. Let’s take a look at each
of them.
As I mentioned earlier, you should not carry large amounts of cash, but do
bring a certain amount to cover the costs of your first few days or so. Cash is
very useful for covering small [……………………………], such as drinks and
snacks. If any of your [……………………………]are travelling with you, you will
obviously need to bring more cash. Most
international [……………………………]have a 24-hour bank or bureau de
change where you can change overseas [……………………………]or travellers’
cheques no matter what time you arrive. However, bear in mind that
the [……………………………]at these bureaux de change are not very good.
Keep this in mind when planning your cash needs. You can also exchange
money at banks. In English-speaking countries, most are open
from [……………………………]., Monday to Friday, and on Saturday mornings.
If you arrive outside those hours, plan to either exchange your money at the
airport/[……………………………], or bring enough cash to cover your needs
until the banks open. Travellers’ [……………………………]are much safer than
carrying cash, as they are [……………………………]against loss or theft. They
can be cashed at banks and [……………………………]de change and travellers’
cheques made out in the local currency can also be used like cash in many
shops and [……………………………]– but check with the staff in each case to
be sure to avoid [……………………………]. Credit cards are widely accepted as
payment in English-speaking countries and you can also use them to get cash
from the [……………………………]at banks. However, check with your bank at
home to find out how much [……………………………]you will be charged if
you use your home credit card abroad. It could be
quite [……………………………]. Now, let’s take a look at…
SECTION 3
Student: Good morning. I’m here for our meeting about creating lesson plans.
Tutor: Ah, yes. Bang on time! Come in and take a seat. Now, didn’t I ask you to
prepare something?

Student: Yes, you did. You asked me to think of
the [……………………………]uses for a lesson plan. Here’s what I came up
with. First, it helps the teacher with the pace and timing of a class. Second, it
creates a focus for the teacher and also for the students. Third, it shows
everyone what [……………………………]is being covered, needs to be covered
or has been covered.
Tutor: That’s [……………………………]useful if you have a strict syllabus to

follow.
Student: However, there does seem to be a need for

a [……………………………]between covering material and choosing when to
let a class flow and let students carry on an [……………………………]if it’s
leading to learning.
Tutor: Yes, that’s certainly true. Anything else?
Student: It gives clear aims to the students and to the teacher. I think it’s worth
remembering that there are two [……………………………]to consider in the
learning process. It also serves as a reminder for teachers to put aims first and
materials second, rather than [……………………………]. Those are the five I
came up with.
Tutor: I think that you’ve got the most [……………………………], … the key
points. I can add another five. A lesson plan also helps
to [……………………………]potential student problems, and creates
an [……………………………]to find a solution. Second, it
brings [……………………………]and coherence to a lesson. Third, it clearly
shows the [……………………………]between teacher and student-or at least
the [……………………………]interaction. As we both know, lesson plans don’t
always go according to plan! A lesson plan also clearly shows something else-
the [……………………………]of time spent on different skills. This can really
show if your speaking or writing class is really about speaking or writing. And
finally, it serves to remind you what materials you have to take into class.
Student: Thank you. I’ve made a note of those points.
Tutor: Take a look at this [……………………………]lesson plan. Do you have

any ideas about what could be added to each section?

Student: Let’s see. The students are at [……………………………]level and the
lesson will last for 50 minutes. The students are academic ones staying in
Australia for three months to [……………………………]their spoken English.
The aim of the class is to elicit reading comprehension and
speaking [……………………………]for [……………………………], as well as to
practice the present simple and the past simple tenses.
Tutor: Can you think of any [……………………………]that the teacher may

have?
Student: Mmrn… Perhaps one could be to

avoid [……………………………]instructions.
Tutor: That’s a good suggestion. What assumptions would you make if you
were the teacher?
Student: Er… I’d assume that the students could understand the instructions.
The topic is [……………………………]sports. Mmm. Perhaps Id assume that
they do not understand some of the [……………………………]related to those
sports-for example, the difference between
mountain [……………………………]and rock climbing.
Tutor: So that would qualify as an anticipated problem.
Student: Ah, yes. Yes, it would.
Tutor: And what solutions would you suggest?
Student: Solutions? Perhaps one solution would be to elicit the difference from
students via questioning.
Tutor: Yes, that would work. Given their level, the students should be able to
provide some answers to that, using fairly basic vocabulary. At the bottom, you
can see a list of [……………………………], blackboard,
chalk, [……………………………], pictures of rock climbing and mountain
climbing.

Student: Ah, the pictures will help to explain the vocabulary. A picture
dictionary can be very useful in such situations. By the way, when I write the
name of any textbooks I’m using, would you [……………………………]that I
add some details?
Tutor: You mean like the publisher and page numbers?
Student: Yes.
Tutor: I would certainly note down the page numbers. It’s probably a good idea
to add the author, but probably not necessary to add the […………………].
Mind you, if other people are going to see your [……………………………]plan,
it might be a good idea, because they might want the book […………………]-
knowing the publisher makes it easier for them to find it.
Student: Do you recommend keeping lesson plans?
Tutor: Having stored plans for years it has become clear to me that no two
classes are [……………………………] alike and this limits the […………………]
for recycling lesson plans. However, one […………………………] I can make is
that you keep your ideas, rather than necessarily the whole plan. These can be
kept on [……………………………]that are organised by topic-perhaps
with [……………………………]for level, skill or structure- and then kept for
easy access. This is really easy if you do it on a computer.
Student: Can you recommend any books for helping with the creation of lesson
plans?
Tutor: My favourite book is Lesson Plans from Nothing by John Davis. You can
get it from the [……………………………] on campus. If you’re interested in
knowing how others do their lesson plans or just simply need a lesson plan
now, because you have no time, try these websites.
Student: That looks like a useful list. Thank you. Thank you very much.
SECTION 4

Lecturer: More and more American parents are
becoming [………………………] having their children learn Chinese. This is not
only a case of having their children attend [……………………………]classes or
of schools teaching the [……………………] instead of, or in addition to, the
West European languages that are [……………………………]studied in the
States, like Spanish. French and German. Oh, no. Studying [……………………]
can be taxing for any [……………………………], but at a select number of
American schools, children are not only learning about angles, they are doing
it in Chinese. This select number of schools is [……………………………], since
Chinese is a hot language thanks to China’s surging [……………………………]
and growing world clout. Even children as young as 6 are honing their Chinese
at school, [……………………………] by a mix of parental prodding and their
own [……………………………] to do something different. I went to see one of
these schools and it really is amazing when you walk into a […………………]
classroom, and the children are understanding what the teacher is saying and
it’s all in Chinese. Half of the time the kids aren’t even aware that the teacher is
speaking a [……………………………]. They just fall right into it.
The United States has declared this year to be the “Year of Languages”,
although few Americans are [……………………………]of the designation.
According to a survey by the Language Association, more […………………]
students are studying foreign languages than ever before. [……………………]
in Chinese has risen by 20 percent over the past 3 years. The [………………]
students learning 15 leading languages represents a 17 percent increase over
the same period. However, only 9.3 percent of Americans are able to speak a
second tongue, compared to 52,7 percent of Europeans, according to the
Census Bureau.
At first glance, weighty national [……………………………]take a back seat to

the fun of [……………………………]at Potomac Elementary. Hallways are
festooned with Chinese art and learning aids, such as [………………………]
animals labelled with Chinese names. Children sing Chinese folk songs and
American nursery rhymes in Chinese. In the fifth- grade [……………………]
class, songs and games come only after a [……………………………]vocabulary
drill and lessons on triangles and [……………………………]– all taught in
Chinese. The students are good at listening and do pretty well at reading, but
writing is their weak point, according to the class teacher, who has a Ph.D. in
education and was a teacher in his native Beijing.

I asked two of the children-a boy and a girl-about their [………………………] of
learning Chinese. The boy said that mastering
Chinese [……………………………]was tough. When I asked why, he said that
he finds the writing [……………………………]hard because you have to do
the [……………………………] in the right order. The girl said that learning
Chinese is “cool” and that she is starting to catch on to the […………………]
writing system of characters that contain [……………………………]of meaning
and sound. She pointed out that it is quite different to English because there’s
nothing like letters to refer to. However, she noted that she can remember how
to write Coca-Cola in Chinese because it has a lot of [……………………………]
that refer to a mouth. This visual [……………………………] of Chinese
characters and how it [……………………………]children when they are
learning the language is a theme I’ll return to later.
Even though it is [……………………………]the parents who are pushing for

more Chinese classes, my research revealed that they are not
usually [……………………………]their children too hard, which I think is a
good thing. Parents of the kids say they are loathe to plan careers
for [……………………………]. To quote one of them, “Even if my child doesn’t
use her Chinese going forward, she’s learned so much about another culture.”
Some of the parents are [……………………………]their children- directly or
indirectly-by taking night classes in Chinese. This has been proven to be a
great motivator. If children see their parents learning something, they will
usually take an interest in learning it too-or at least take a
greater [……………………………]in learning generally.
Dreams of selling Coca-Cola and other American [……………………………]to

China have helped drive the interest in Chinese studies. According to the
Language Association, [……………………………] U.S. colleges offer Chinese
programs, while [……………………………]schools from kindergarten to 12th
grade teach Chinese. Teaching Chinese is also of keen interest to the U.S.
government, which [……………………………]the National Education Program
in [……………………………]to fund university studies of languages of key
world regions, including East Asia and the Middle East. In 2002, the
NEP [……………………………] that it was placing particular [………………] on
programmes to teach Arabic. Chinese. Korean and Russian.
I spoke to some students who had just started learning Chinese here at
this [……………………………]. All of them had learnt Chinese since the age of
11 and some had [……………………………]even earlier. Student A said he had

started learning Chinese eight years ago because he thought it would be pretty
fun. However, as he began [……………………………]college, he recognised that
there were good [……………………………]for employment in China
upon [……………………………]. As he said, China is expanding fast and now
they need services, including lawyers and [……………………………]. Student B
said that she wants to follow her father and start her own business and have an
office in China. Student C said that he thought his studies would bring national
gain as well as personal [……………………………]. To quote him, “When a lot
of kids like us grow up and [……………………………]are able to speak Chinese,
and get jobs with businesses who are trading and doing business with China, it
will be a big leap for our country.”

SECTION 1
Questions 1-3
3. How much discount can returning students qualify for?
Questions 4-6
WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each.
4. The customer’s address is______________________.
5. The customer can contact his former teacher by__________________.
6. There are____________________hours erf classes each day, Monday to

Friday.
Questions 7-10

7. What is the customer’s impression of the female Arabic teacher?
8. What other languages can the customer speak?
9. What does the customer decide is the third factor in choosing a school?
10. What does the customer say the reception area should be like?
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 13

WORDS AND NUMBERS for each answer.
11. The Construction Education Centre has existed for________________
12. The CEC receives_____________visitors trainees and delegates each

year.
13. Equipment is available for_______________days.
Questions 14-16
Complete the following information about the various rooms available at the
CEC.
Name of room Capacity Usage

seating 140 used for seminars, presentations,
London Room reception 200 receptions divisible into
14____________
seating 72
reception 100 used for seminars, lectures,
Bloomsbury Room
receptions
used for meetings, training classes,

Holborn 1 15 ______
presentations
used for meetings, training classes,
Holborn 2 18
presentations
used for 16_____________,
Oxford Suite
presentations
Questions 17-20
AND NUMBERS for each answer.
17. In which part of the CEC was the “Sustainable London” event held?
18. How many schemes were shown at the “Sustainable London” event?
19. When does the CEC expect to have 150 students?
20. What is in Russell Street?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23

21. David says that he thinks a gap year is unsuitable for
A. a few people.
B. some people.
C. the majority of people.
D. almost all people.
22. Gap years began because Oxford and Cambridge
A. demanded all students take one.
B. demand all students take one.
C. only considered applicants whose results were known.
D. only consider applicants whose results are known
23. Gap years are popular in
A. the UK and Australia.
B. the UK, Australia and the USA
C. the UK, Australia and most of Europe.
D. developed countries.
Questions 24-27
Choose the correct answer or answers, A, B, C or D.

24. Students in most European countries
A. study 4-year courses at university.
B. have longer courses than British students.
C. have longer holidays than British students.
D. have less chance to earn money during a gap year.
25. David says that gap years cost £15000 to £20000 because that is
A. the total cost of travel, accommodation, food, insurance, etc.
B. the salary a new graduate can expect.
C. the cost of the gap year plus the salary a graduate can expect.
D. how much a person loses throughout their career by taking a gap year.
26. Kelly says that a gap year can benefit young people by
A. increasing motivation.
B. providing insights into their study field.
C. making their CV attractive to employers.
D. helping them get a higher salary after graduating.
27. David says that
A. useful non-academic skills can be learnt during a gap year.

B. most young people get good university degrees.
C. gap years don’t teach young people useful skills.
D. employers think gap years are a waste of time.
Questions 28-30
Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer
28. Kelly suggests working for a_________.
29. Research shows employers appreciate young people who have lived outside
_________
30. The graduate workplace requires flexibility and ________________.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
31. Prairie Dog barks have___________meanings
32. Prairie Dog? are able to invent________________for things they have

never seen before.
33. Prairie Dogs in Arizona and Colorado appear to speak different, but
mutually-comprehensible _________________
Questions 34-36

Complete the following notes on the criteria set by linguists for something to
be a language.
has words with 34_____word order helps convey meaning possible to

introduce fresh vocabulary made up of 35_______can 36_____ regardless of
time and space.
Questions 37-40
37. What did the researcher use to record Prairie Dog barks?
38. What kind of animal is the great-homed owl?
39. Why wouldn’t the Prairie Dogs know of the European ferret?
40. What kind of animal is the coyote described as?
Answer keys:
1. 4/four weeks
2. Arabic refresher (course)
3. 5%
4. 38 Temple Way
5. email
6. 4/four

7. well spoken, friendly
8. French (and) German
9. location
10. welcoming
11. almost seventy/70 years
12. over 100000
13. half and/or whole
14. three/3 separate rooms
15. 20-22
16. executive meetings
17. (in/the) exhibition area/part
18. over 60
19. in two/2 years
20. (a) car park
21. C
22. C
23. A

24. IN EITHER ORDER- B,C
25. B
26. IN ANY ORDER- A, B,C
27. A
28. charity
29. their comfort zones
30. improvisation skills
31. distinct, individual (NB just one of these two words is acceptable)
32. (new) terms
33. dialects
34. abstract meanings
35. smaller elements
36. use words
37. digital recorders
38. nocturnal
39. (it is) foreign
40. (a) predator

SECTION 1
Saleswoman: Good afternoon. Can I help you?
Customer: Yes, I’d like to sign up for the [……………………………]course in

Arabic, please.
Saleswoman: Of course. There are three courses. One runs during the day-
that’s an [……………………………]course that runs for four weeks. Then there
is the weekend course, which runs for eight weeks. Finally, the evening course
runs for [……………………………].
Customer: I’d like to join the intensive course, please. My company

is [………………] me to Syria in six weeks and I need to [……………………] on
my basic [……………………………] Arabic before then.
Saleswoman: I see. Have you taken a course here before?
Customer: Yes. 1 have. I took the Arabic [……………………………]course

during the summer. I really enjoyed it.
Saleswoman: Do you have your [……………………………]card for that course?

If so, it will speed up registration and we can give you a [……………………]
too.
Customer: I think I have it in my handbag. … Yes, here it is. A little dog-eared,

I’m afraid.

Saleswoman: Thank you. … Your name is David Ri… I’m sorry, the rest of your
name is not clear.
Customer: Rivers- RIVERS.
Saleswoman: Ah, yes. … OK, I have your details on the computer.
Customer: Actually, my address has changed since I took the previous course.
My new address is 38 Temple Way.
Saleswoman: Thank you. I’ll just change that. Can I have your new […………]
too, please?
Saleswoman: It says here that the teacher was very [……………………………]

with you.
Customer: Really? Ahmed was a great teacher. Is he still here?
Saleswoman: I’m [……………………………]not. He went hack to Syria. Since

you’re going there, I’d love to give you his email address, but I’m afraid it’s
against company [……………………………].
Customer: That’s OK. I think I have his email address written on the back of
the [……………………………]card. I have it on my laptop as well somewhere.
Saleswoman: I’m sure he’d be glad to hear from an [……………………………].
Customer I’m banking on it. 1 wouldn’t mind having a friend in Syria when I go
there.
Saleswoman: I’m sure he’ll be glad to show you around. The course runs
Monday to Friday from 10 to 12 and 1 to 3. Nine students have [……………] so
far. Is that OK?

Customer: No problem. And the cost?
Saleswoman: [……………………………], after your discount.
Customer: Thank you. Here’s my credit card. … Will the course be held in this
building, like last time?
Saleswoman: Yes, it will. In classroom 4. The teacher this time is Mrs Aziz.
Customer: Oh, I’ve met her. She seems well spoken and friendly. I’m looking
forward to her class already.
Saleswoman: Oh, we’ve had very [……………………………]feedback from

students about her classes. May I ask if you have a few minutes to answer a few
questions? We’re [……………………………]a survey of our clients. It won’t take
long, I promise.
Customer: Oh, I’m not in a hurry. Go ahead.
Saleswoman: The first question is about why you chose to study Arabic. I’ve
got your answer to that one. How did you first hear about our school?
Customer: Well, I saw a newspaper [……………………………]-I think it was in

The Standard-and then I mentioned it in [……………………………]with a
friend who had studied French here and she said she was very happy with the
course.
Saleswoman: Oh, I see. What was your friend’s name?
Customer: Mary Wright, with a ‘W’
Saleswoman: WRIGHT. Thank you. Do you think you would be interested in

taking courses other than in Arabic?
Customer: I doubt it. I need to speak a little French and German in mv line of
work, but I speak those languages to an [……………………………]level, so

farther improvement is [……………………………]. I’ve always been interested
in learning an [……………………………]language-like Chinese- but I don’t
really need either, so…
Saleswoman: What is important to you when selecting a school? Could you put
these five items in order, please? One [……………………………]the most
important.
Customer: Teachers is top of my list, for sure. [……………………………]from

others-yes, that’s next. Teaching materials? Mmm … no. location. Then
admin [……………………………]. I think a good teacher can make use of even
quite poor [……………………………], so that would be the least important to
me.
Saleswoman: Any other important points that are not on the list?
Customer: A welcoming reception area. … er … group size-perhaps up to

a [……………………………]students. That’s a big [……………………………]for
me. It creates a better atmosphere-[……………………………], more personal.
You know what I mean? [……………………………]Saleswoman: Absolutely.
Thank you very much for that. Here’s a [……………………………]English-
Arabic pocket dictionary with our thanks.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Welcome to this short-and you have my word, it will be short! –
[…………………] on the conference and meeting facilities […………………] at
the Construction Education Centre. The Construction Education Centre is
the [……………………………] focal point for many major activities connected
with building [……………………………], construction, [………………………]
and design-and even some activities outside those areas. For almost seventy
years it has [……………………………]at the heart of the industry and today
plays host to many important events, receiving over [……………………………]
visitors, trainees and [……………………………]throughout the year. The
Construction Education Centre provides the perfect [……………………………]
for a wide range of business, educational and social [……………………………]
including: conferences, [……………………………], meetings, special
events, [……………………………]and press events, exhibitions, presentations,

lectures and training classes. Our team of experienced [………………………] is
on hand to ensure your event runs [……………………………] and our aim is to
remove the normal worries and concerns from function [……………………] so
that events are both [……………………………]and anxiety-free. Some our
recent clients include Design for Homes, the Association of Building
Engineers, Learn Direct, the London Housing Federation and even the College
of Law.
A fall range of [……………………………] is available for use, including a

slide [……………………………], which is available for half or whole days, video
and monitor, 35mm [……………………………]slide projector with infrared
remote control and screen, flip charts and [……………………………], laser
pointers and lecterns. Other audio-visual equipment can be provided as well as
access to [……………………………]Internet services. Details are provided on
request. My business card is [……………………………]to the brochures you’ve
been given.
Allow me to provide you with a brief introduction to our range of rooms. On

this slide, you can see the main [……………………………]room. We call it the
London Room. Spacious, isn’t it? This room has the advantage of central
movable panels, making it an ideal venue for [……………………………]of up
to […………………] people or receptions for up to [……………………………].
The suite may also be used for presentations. The room mav be divided into
three [……………………………]rooms if required. This slide shows you the
Bloomsbury Room. It is also ideally suited for [……………………………]and
lectures. There is seating for 72 people or it can be used as a […………………]
area for up to 100. Next, we have two rooms that are very similar. Indeed, we
have given them virtually [……………………] names. We call them Holborn 1
and Holbom 2. They are both suitable for small meetings, training classes and
presentations. Hoi-born 1 is slightly larger, capable of hosting 20-22 people,
whilst Holborn 2 holds a [……………………………]of 18 people. The Oxford
Suite measures 12 by 6 metres and provides a more [……………………………]
and luxurious environment for executive meetings and presentations. As you
can see, it is [……………………………] elegant and well furnished.
The Construction Education Centre also has an [……………………………]area,

which is used by many clients when they hold a [……………………………]or
meeting. This can be used as a way of informing [……………………………]of
your company or as a visual launch pad for your company or it’s products and
services. Recently, we held an exhibition entitled “Sustainable London” from

Friday 9th March until [……………………………]. Here are a few slides
showing that exhibition. The “Sustainable London” exhibition presented the
challenge, the [………………] and progress towards
a [……………………………]21st century city. The exhibition featured over 60
different schemes from private houses to master plans and showed how local
government, [……………………] and engineers are employing technology to
reduce [……………………………]impact and address climate change. Here, we
can see an example of a display of environmentally friendly […………………]
by some of the leading brands in the field.
I would also like to show you a few slides showing our educational […………].
Here, you can see our […………………] students assessing construction plans.
We currently have about 120 students here at the CEC and we hope
to [……………………………]that number to 150 over the next two years. We
provide a wide range of […………………] training for the people who will hold
key positions in the [……………………………] industry of tomorrow. In this
slide, you can see students at work on designing an [……………………………]
friendly home. Their designs are later [……………………………]by experienced
professionals and have led to changes in the way that such homes are
designed.
Finally, I’d like you draw your [……………………………]to this slide showing
the location of the Construction Education Centre. As you can see, it is located
in the heart of London’s East End in Story Lane, off Court Street.
Limited [……………………………] parking is available outside the CEC, but
there is a car park nearby in Russell Street. The nearest […………………]
stations are Court Road and Russell Square. The Centre is also within walking
distance from Queen’s Cross train station.
SECTION 3
Mary: So, do you think taking a gap year between leaving school and beginning
unit is worth it? I was just reading that it is [……………………………]that at
least [……………………………]young people here in Britain take one each year.
David: I think it’s a good idea for some, but not for most.
Kelly: Oh, David, I [……………………………].

David: Well, Kelly, in the clamour to arrange a volunteer [……………………]
placement or to book round-the-world plane [……………………………], how
many school leavers -or their parents for that matter-stop to think about the
true worth of taking a year out? Are gap years the [……………………………],
character-forming experience their [……………………………]claim them to be,
or are they [……………………………]an excuse to waste time, bum money and
delay the [……………………………]? How did the idea ever start anyway?
Mary: It says here that originally they were [……………………………]mainly

among Oxford and Cambridge [……………………………], who were required to
apply for a university place after already taking their A-levels.
Once [……………………………], this gave them a farther nine months to travel
or to do with as they [……………………………].
Kelly: They are mostly a UK and Australian [……………………………]. In the

US. the tendency is still to go to [……………………………]straight after leaving
school In most other [……………………………], gap years are rare, partly
because students will often. take longer to [……………………………]their
university courses and have more time during the [……………………………]
year t,o take time off.
Mary: Well, David says they might not be worth it, so is there any way we
can [……………………………]the cost?
Kelly: Well, the first thing to do is to assume that you will use the time
available to travel abroad for a [……………………………]of time, working for a
period [………………………] to save up the money [……………………………].
Let’s see. Roughly speaking, you will probably need about [……………………]
for the plane ticket, [……………………………]on w’here you go. Then you’ll
need up to […………………] for the specialist travel [……………………………],
and anything up to [……………………………]to pay for the cost of internal
travel in the countries you visit, plus food, [……………………………]and
other [……………………………]. Many gap-year travellers can make do with
about [……………………………]in total, although this means living on a fairly
tight [……………………………].
David: But then you need to add the above cost the [……………………………]
benefit of one year’s salary after [……………………………]. For example, say
your first job after leaving university were to pay [……………………………]
to [……………………………]a year, that’s what you lose by taking a gap year.

Kelly: Well, that’s not entirely fair. You can [……………………………]value
through personal development as well as [……………………………]. A gap year
tends to broaden young people’s [……………………………], helps them to
matur e and see things from a much wider [……………………………]. It can
motivate them to focus on their studies. Research shows that students are
more likely to be [……………………………]with and complete their chosen
course after taking a gap year. Many universities also say that they can tell the
difference between those students who have taken gap years and those who
have not, in terms of [……………………………], [……………………………]and
general insights that are less [……………………………]in those who come
straight from school. These are all [……………………………]that a person wall
carry with him or her well past university. Many employers are on record as
saving that they welcome job [……………………………]from students whose
CVs sav they took a year off, either before going to university or, in some cases,
after graduating. They too are aware of the greater [……………………………]
and broader potential vision of those who have used their time [………………]
and learned something about Hie world.
David: That’s true. Employers want [……………………………]who can work

well in teams think [……………………………], communicate effectively and
make informed [……………………………], all of which can be learned by taking
a gap year. This potential to […………………] yourself from other applicants
becomes all the more important at a time when up to [………………] of young
people are taking degrees, often graduating with good [………………………].
The key here is ensuring two things: that the time you have taken off is
used [……………………………]and that you make it clear in any
job [……………………] what you have learned from your gap year and how it
applies to the post you are applying for. Swarming on a beach in Australia is
hardly likely to impress the [……………………………]employer.
Kelly: There is no doubt that if you can show a practical [……………………],

for example by volunteering with a [……………………………], you will
gain [……………………………] points from many employers. But equally,
any [……………………………] in which a young person has been required to
learn new things, to act independently, to work for someone, to be able to mix
with fellow […………………] and people in the countries they are visiting, will
be seen as a [……………………………] experience. [……………………………]
Mary: It says here that academic research [……………………………]for the

Department for Education suggests that employers [……………………………]
they stand to benefit from new recruits who, to quote one IIR director, have

“been out of their [……………………………]” and are thus more likely to have
the [……………………………]and [……………………………]skills to deal with
the demands of the graduate workplace.
David: Again, I think that the key thing is to make sure that your […………] is
steered into [……………………………] whatever experiences you have gained
during that gap year. Clearly, telling a prospective boss that your six months
on a beach in Oz was “[……………………………]” will put you at a disadvantage
compared with another applicant who goes into great details about the
business skills learned by working in a cafe in the same location.
SECTION 4
Lecturer: Welcome to this presentation on Prairie Dogs. You can see a picture
of these rather cute animals on this slide. As you can see, they are about the
size of a [……………………………] and they have a brown or [………………]
coat with black-tipped hairs and a black-tipped tail. The underside of
the [……………………………]dog is a light tan colour. They have short legs and
sharp claws to help them dig their homes. Their bodies are […………………]
long with a 3-4 inch tail and they weigh 2-4 pounds.
I’ve been interested in these animals for a long time and would like to talk
about a [……………………………]discovery. The barks of prairie dogs
have [……………………………], individual meanings. Prairie dogs have
different “words” for tall human in [……………………………], short human in
green shirt, coyote, deer, red-tailed hawk and many other creatures. They can
even coin new terms for things they’ve never seen before, […………………]
coming up with the same calls or words, according to research done over
two […………………] by a professor from Arizona University, who can now not
only call himself a biology professor, but also a [……………………………] dog
linguist.
Prairie dogs of the Gunnison’s species, which were studied [……………………],

actually […………………] different [……………………] in Arizona and in
Colorado, but they would probably understand one another, research
indicates. So far, this is believed to be … or prairie dogs appear to
be [………………], the most sophisticated communication system that anyone
has shown in animals. Prairie dog chatter is variously [………………………] by
observers as a series of yips, [……………………………]barks or ekes. And most

scientists think prairie dogs simply make sounds that [………………………]
their inner condition. That means all they’re saying are things like “ouch” or
“hungry” or “eek”. But we now know that prairie dogs are [……………………]
detailed information to one another about what animals are showing up in
their [……………………………], and maybe even [……………………………].
Linguists have set five [………………………] that must be met for something to
qualify as language: It must contain words with [……………………………]
meanings: possess [……………………………]in which the order of words is part
of their meaning; have the ability to coin new words; be composed of
smaller [……………………………]: and use words separated in space and time
from what they [……………………………]. The American researchers focussed
their efforts on these five criteria to see if prairie dogs use a language, as
defined by human [……………………………], or not. Work was done in the
field and in a [……………………………]With digital recorders, they recorded
the calls prairie dogs make as they see different people, dogs and other animals
of different sizes and -with different coat colours, such as hawks and elk. They
then [……………………………]the sounds using a computer that dissects the
underlying […………………] and creates a sonogram, or visual representation
of the sound. Computer analysis later [……………………………]the similarities
and differences.
The prairie dogs have calls for various [……………………………]but also for
elk, deer, antelope and cows. It’s as if they’re trying to inform one another
what’s out there. So far, the [……………………………]have recorded at least
twenty different “words.” Some of those words or calls were created by the
prairie dogs when they saw something for the first time. Four prairie dogs in
the lab were shown a great-homed owl and [……………………………]ferret,
two animals they had almost [……………………………]not seen before, if only
because the owls are mostly [……………………………]and this kind of ferret is
foreign. The prairie dogs [……………………………]came up with the same new
calls. In the field, black [……………………………]cut-outs showing
the [……………………………]of a coyote, a skunk and a circular shape
were [……………………………]run along a wire through the prairie dog colony.
Now, there are no black ovals running around out there and yet they all had
the same word for [……………………………]. The researchers believe that
prairie dogs are [……………………………]programmed with some.vocabulary
and the ability to [……………………………]things.

The researchers then played back a recorded prairie dog alarm call for coyote
in a prairie dog colony when no [……………………………]was around. The
prairie dogs had the same [……………………………] response as they did when
the predator was really there. In other wTords, there’s no coyote present, but
the prairie dogs hear this [……………………] of prairie dogs barking, “Hey,
there’s a coyote!” and they say, “Oh, coyote! Better hide.” Computer […………]
has been able to break down some prairie dog calls into different [……………],
suggesting the creatures have yet another [………..…] of a real language. The
researchers are cpxietly […………………] that they will establish that the
prairie dogs will meet the five criteria set by linguists. Then, there will
be [………………] proof that animals have language.
SECTION 1
Questions 1-3

1. What are the advantages and disadvantages of sending things by air?
2. What might cause delays in transportation?
3. When will the customer arrive in Canada?
Questions 4-6


4. The costs on the price list include __________________.
5. The customer isn’t sending ______________________.
6. There is no extra charge for packing ________________.
Questions 7-10
Complete the following information.
Customer name 7________________________________
Shipping from 14 Hopton Close, Porton, 8___________ ,UK
Shipping to 9_________ Road, Toronto, TR12 3CN, Canada.
Contact number (mobile) 0977 023685
Collection date 19th
Crates 3 x 2 cubic metres
Total cost £360
Notes Must finish packing by 10______________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
11. On the beach, there was a cast of a ___________________

12. The area is one of the best in Europe for finding _________________
13. The museum contains reconstructions that are __________________
14. Neovenator means ____________________________________
Questions 15-17
From the following list, choose the 3 things that you can experience at the
museum. Write your answers on your answer sheet in any order.
A. cutting fossils from rocks
B. activity sheets for children
C. sitting inside a T-Rex jaw
D. sitting on a dinosaur’s brain
E. the smell of dead dinosaurs
F. a map of where some dinosaurs lived
G. an exhibition of dinosaur artwork
Questions 18-20
Complete the following notes about admission and getting to the museum.
10 a.m. – 6 p.m. April- October.

Opening times
10 a.m. – 4 p.m. November – March.

Adults-£4.75
Children 18_________ -£2.75
Admission Family (2 adults + 2 children) – £13
Students/Pensioners – £3.75 includes 2-hour guided dinosaur
tour
Getting there bus number 30 from the 19__________of the university
Groups 20________ for groups of 8 or more, if booked in advance
Tel.-01940434
Contact details
Website – www.sandowndinosaur.com
SECTION 3
Question 21
Which three guests are on the radio programmer?
Write the correct letter on your answer sheet
A. Tony Wu, an undergraduate student from China, Susan Hall, International

Student, and Wendy Clark, Head of the University.
B. Tony Wu, a Master’s student from China, Susan Hall, International Student,
and Wendy Clark, Head of the ESL Unit.
C. Tony Wu, a Master’s student from China, Susan Hall, International Student
Liaison, and Wendy Clark, Head of English.
D. Tony Wu, a Master’s student from China, Susan Hall, International Student
Liaison, and Wendy Clark, Head of the ESL Unit.
Questions 22-24

22. Tony Wu took a Pre-Master’s course because of his___________English.
23. Susan says international students are a__________of funds for

universities.
24. Wendy says living amongst native speakers helps students__________.
Questions 25-27
25. How many students on Tony’s course passed?
A. All of them.
B. 28.
C. 23.
D. 5.
26. How many universities in the country have special course for international
students?
A. All of them.
B. More than 12.
C. 12.
D. Less than 12.

27. What do private colleges focus on, according to Wendy?
A. Pre-Master’s courses.
B. Exam-related courses.
C. General English courses.
D. Technological terminology.
Questions 28-30

28. Wendy says a pre-Masters course should encourage students_______

their teachers.
29. Wendy says a pre-Masters course costs the same as a_________Master’s

programme.
30. Susan thinks a___________________for such courses would be good.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each answer.
31. Tiktaalik rosae is considered to be an evolutionary ______________.
32. Tiktaalik rosae lived around __________________________ ago.

33. The remains of the Tiktaalik rosae were found 600 miles from the
________________.
Questions 34-38
Label the diagram, of Tiktaalik rosae using NO MORE THAN THREE
Questions 39-40
39. How long had the researchers been looking when they found the Tiktaalik
remains?
40. Where were the late Devonian rocks originally created?
Answer keys:
1. faster, more expensive

2. logistics, weather (conditions)
3. 19th next month
4. tax (and) insurance
5. furniture
6. fragile items/things
7. Debra Whealing
8. PT6 2JA
9. 42a Lake View
10. 1 o’clock/13:00
11. dinosaur’s footprint
12. dinosaur fossils
13. full-size / full size
14. new hunter
15-17. IN ANY ORDER
B, E, F
18. under 15
19. main gate

20. discount
21. D
22. lack of fluency
23. significant source
24. develop language skills
25. C
26. B
27. B
28. challenge
29. full
30. nationwide benchmark
31. missing link
32. 375 million years
33. North Pole (NB capital letters not required)
34. sharp teeth
35. 1.2-2.7
36. clearly defined

37. strong
38. wrist joint
39. 5/five years
40. near (the) equator

SECTION 1
Questions 1-10
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS ANDIOR A NUMBER for each

answer.
Example Answer
Title of conference: Future Direction in Computing
Three day cost: 1 £…………………… Payment by 2……………………or on arrival
Accommodation:
Conference Centre
▪ 3£……………………per night
▪ near to conference rooms
Guest House

▪4 £……………………per night
▪ approximately 5……………………walk from Conference Centre
Further documents to be sent:
6 ……………………………
▪
▪ an application form
Location:
▪ Conference Centre is on 7……………Park Road, next to the 8………………..

▪ Taxi costs 9 £……………………or take bus number 10……………………from
station.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
Which team will do each of the following jobs?
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-D, next
to questions 11-13.
Teams
A. the blue team
B. the yellow team
C. the green team
D. the red team
11. checking entrance tickets …………
12. preparing refreshments …………

13. directing car-park traffic. …………
Questions 14 – 20
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS ANDIOR A NUMBER for

each answer.
Travel Expo
Temporary Staff Orientation Programme
Time Event Details

▪ information about pay
9:30 am Talk by Anne Smith ▪ will give out the 14
………….. forms
▪ will discuss Conference
Centre plan
▪ will explain about
10:00 am Talk by Peter Chen
arrangements for
15…………….. and fire
exits
▪ go to Staff Canteen on
10:30 am Coffee Break the 16………………………..
▪ go to
17…………………………..
11:00 am Video Presentation
▪ video title:
18…………………..
▪ go to the
12:00 Buffet Lunch 19……………………. on 1st
floor
Meet the
1:00 pm
20…………………….
3:00 pm Finish

SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
The School of Education Libraries
The libraries on both sites provide internet access and have a variety of
21………………… materials on education.
The Castle Road library has books on sociology, together with 22………………
and other resources relevant to the majority of 23…………………… school
subjects.
The Fordham library includes resources for teaching in 24……………………

education and special needs.
Current issues of periodicals are available at both libraries, although 25

………………….issues are only available at Fordham.
Questions 26 and 27

answer.
26 Which books cannot be renewed by telephone or email___________

27 How much time is allowed to return recalled books?_____________
Questions 28-30
Which THREE topics do this term’s study skills workshops cover?
A. An introduction to the Internet
B. How to carry out research for a dissertation
C. Making good use of the whole range of library services
D. Planning a dissertation
E. Standard requirements when writing a dissertation
F. Using the Internet when doing research
G. What books and technical resources are available in the library
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
31. When did Asiatic lions develop as a separate sub-species?
A. about 10,000 years ago
B. about 100,000 years ago

C. about 1,000,000 years ago
32. Pictures of Asiatic lions can be seen on ancient coins from
A. Greece.
B. The Middle East.
C. India.
33. Asiatic lions disappeared from Europe
A. 2,500 years ago.
B. 2,000 years ago.
C. 1,900 years ago.
34. Very few African lions have
A. a long mane.
B. a coat with varied colours.
C. a fold of skin on their stomach.
Questions 35 – 40

answer
THE GIR SANCTUARY

35. The sanctuary has an area of approximately……………………square
kilometres.
36. One threat to the lions in the sanctuary is…………………….............................
37. The ancestors of the Gir Sanctuary lions were protected by a…………………….
38. A large part of the lions’……………………consists of animals belonging to

local farmers.
39. The lions sometimes…………………….especially when water is short.
40. In ancient India, a man would light a lion as a test of…………………….
Answer keys:
1. 75
2 cheque/check
3. 15
4. 25
5. 10 minute(s’)/min(s’)
6. conference pack
7. South
8. Library
9. 5

10. 21A
11. D
12. A
13. C
14. Tax
15. Security
16. ground floor
17. lecture room 311
18. Safety at Work
19. Main Hall
20. team leaders
21. Reference
22. Textbooks
23. Secondary
24. Primary
25. Back
26. overdue books/ones

27. 7 working days
28-30. IN ANY ORDER
C
E
F
31. B
32. A
33. B
35. 1,450
36. Disease
37. (wealthy) prince
38. Diet
39. attack humans
40. leadership
SECTION 1

CLERK: Conference Centre [………………………….]. Good morning.
WOMAN: Hi. I’m interested in the computing [………………………….]next

month,
CLERK: Future Directions in Computing?
WOMAN: Yes, that’s right. Could I ask you a few questions about it?
CLERK: Of course.
WOMAN: OK. I know the conference is for three days but actually I want to
attend on the Friday and Saturday only. Will that work out to be
any [……………….]?
CLERK: Let me have a look. Well, you could register for the two
days […………….], but that wouldn’t actually save you very much as it still
costs [……………….] for each day. In fact, if you could register for the three
days, you also get an […………….] to a free dinner on the Saturday night, so
that’s probably the better option.
WOMAN: Right, I’ll do that. How much will the fees be in that case?
CLERK: It’s [………………………….]
WOMAN: All right. I’d like to register for the full three days. Now, can I pay
that by [………………………….]?
CLERK: I m afraid not. You’ll have to send a cheque to us, or you can pay at
the conference office.
WOMAN: Fine. So it’s [………………………….]easiest if I pay by cheque. Now

then, what else do I need to arrange? Right. How about […………………….]? I
guess that’s not [………………………….]in the price?

CLERK: No, I’m sorry, it’s not, but we do have a few rooms available
for [……………….] at the conference centre if you’d like. Those are very cheap
but if you’re interested you’ll need to book soon, because there’s always a
heavy [……………….] for them. They are only [………………………….]per
night, but they are very basic and you’d have to get your own […………….],
because they don’t provide you with that. But it’s very [………………………….],
because it’s in the same building as the conference rooms.
WOMAN: Uhuh.
CLERK: Or there’s a very reasonable guest house which is [……………….] per

night. And I think that includes your breakfast.
WOMAN: Is it close to the conference centre?
CLERK: It would be about a [………………………….]walk away from here.
WOMAN: I see. That sounds quite [………………………….].
CLERK: The details are all in our conference pack, which I’ll send you.
WOMAN: Great, thanks. That’ll be very useful. Oh, and can you also send me
an [………………………….] form?
CLERK: Of course. I’ll get that in the post to you straight away. Is there
anything else?
WOMAN: Yes, actually. Can you tell me where exactly the conference centre
is?
CLERK: Well, it’s on South Park Road and it’s right at the end of the road next
to the library, It’s a [………………………….]taxi ride from the station and will
cost you £5. Otherwise, you can take the bus which runs every half an hour
from the [………………………….]– that’s the 21A – and it brings you straight
to the conference centre.
WOMAN: Right, got that.

SECTION 2
Good morning and welcome, everybody. I’m Jenny Stewart and I’m
the […………….] here at the exhibition centre. We’re [………………………….]
this year’s International Travel Exhibition to attract over [……………….]
visitors a day, ladies and gentlemen, and you are among the two hundred extra
staff [………………………….]to help look after them. Now, to help things
run [………………………….], we have divided you into four teams – the blue
team, the green team, the red team, and the yellow team. So first I’ll explain
how the teams are [………………….] up, and then we’ll be giving you colour-
coded T-shirts so we can [………………………….]you more easily. First of all,
those who will be looking after the phones and [………………………….]all calls
regarding the [………………………….], you will be on the red team. Now, we’ve
also put the [………………………….]on the red team and you’ll be stamping
the entrance tickets ‘ and giving out publicity leaflets, OK?
Those of you involved in [………………………….]entrance tickets will be on the

yellow team and we’ve also put those of you who’ll be staffing the information
booths around the conference centre on the yellow team, so you’ll be getting a
yellow T-shirt. Now, most of the [………………………….]staff have been put in
the blue team, so the [………………………….]among you and the kitchen
hands will all need a blue T-shirt, but, because of the sheer numbers, all
waiting staff will be on the yellow team, and this includes the bar staff among
you. Those who will be monitoring and directing the traffic in the car parks are
on the green team, so you’ll need to get a green T-shirt. This year we’ve
also […………………….] a considerable number of [………………………….] to
direct the human traffic around the conference centre. Now, you’ll be working
in the exhibition hall at all times, giving [………………………….]and generally
helping people whenever you can, and you will be in the red team, so please
collect a red T-shirt.
Right, now that everyone knows what team they’re in, we’ll get on with
the [………………………….]and training programme and first I’ll run through
the rest of today’s programme, which you should have in front of you, so that
you can get a [………………………….]idea of what else is in store today. This
introduction finishes at [………………………….]and then you’ll be hearing
from Anne Smith. Anne works in the accounts [………………………….]on level
two and she looks after all [………………………….]staff, and so she is the
person to see if you have any problems [………………………….]pay. Anne will
be explaining when and how you get this. She will also be handing out your tax

forms. And I will just stress that all tax forms must be [………………………….]
and returned to Anne before your pay can be [………………………….].
Following Anne’s talk you’ll hear from Peter Chen, our Conference Manager,
and he will be going over a plan of the [………………………….]centre with you,
which will help you to [………………………….] yourselves. He will also go
through the security [………………………….] with you and show you the fire
exits. Then at 10.30, there will be a coffee break in the staff [……………….],
which is located down on the ground floor, Now, after the break we’ll be
moving to a different location for a video [………………………….], so instead
of coming back here, we’d like you all to go to Lecture Room three-one-one.
You’ll find it on this same level, just down the hall, and there you will be shown
a video about [………………….] safety issues in the [………………………….],
called Safely at Work. We’ll finish off the morning with lunch, which should
give everyone a chance to meet and get to know each other, and we’ll be
serving you a [………………………….]lunch in the Main Hall, which is on the
first floor, from 12.00 o’clock. After lunch you’ll be [………………………….]
into your teams to meet your [………………………….] and we’re hoping to be
all finished by 3.00 so I won’t [………………………….] you any longer, and I’ll
hand over to…
SECTION 3
LIBRARIAN: Good afternoon. Can I help you?
STUDENT: Good afternoon. Yes, I’ve just [………………………….]to the

School of Education, and I’d like information about joining the library.
LIBRARIAN: Well, the School of Education has [………………………….]on two

sites, as I’m sure you know, This one here is the Fordham Site, and the other is
on Castle Road.
STUDENT: And is there any [………………………….]between the two

libraries?
LIBRARIAN: Not in terms of their [………………………….]. Access to

online […………….] and the Internet is available at both sites and each site
has a range of reference materials on education.

STUDENT: Oh yes. I see.
LIBRARIAN: But the Castle Road site has books on the […………………….] of
education and a collection of [………………………….]and teaching resources
covering most of the subjects taught in secondary schools.
STUDENT: Ah, right, but I’m training to be a primary teacher so I need to look
at [………………………….]for the five to eleven age group.
LIBRARIAN: Then you’ve come to the right place. At Fordham we hold

material relating to primary education, as well as special needs, but of course
you’ll need to [………………………….]yourself with both sites to make the
most of our [………………………….].
STUDENT: You haven’t mentioned [………………………….]. Are they held at

both sites?
LIBRARIAN: Current issues, yes but if you want to look at back […………….]
you’ll need to use the CD-ROM databases which are held here at Fordham.
STUDENT: I see. Now, about [………………………….]books. I’m living out of

town, so I’m hoping I can borrow quite a few items, and cut down on the
number of trips I have to make.
LIBRARIAN: Right, well, members can borrow two books at a time from each
site.
STUDENT: Only two books?
LIBRARIAN: Only two from each site, but that’s four [………………………….].
STUDENT: Oh I see, and how long can I hang on to them for?
LIBRARIAN: The borrowing period is one month, but of course books can
be [………………………….]. You can renew any item a [……………………….]of
three times.

STUDENT: Do I have to come to the library to do that?
LIBRARIAN: No, you can do it by telephone or email, but you can’t renew
overdue books this way, only before or on the due date […………………….] in
the book. We’ll need your full name, your borrower number and the name of
the site library you borrowed the items from.
STUDENT: So theoretically I can borrow books for up to […………………….]

is that what you’re saying?
LIBRARIAN: Yes, provided they’re not [………………………….].
STUDENT: So, what happens then?
LIBRARIAN: Well, sometimes an item is [………………………….]by another

borrower, in which case we’d send you a letter, and you’d have to return the
book within seven working davs. Don’t forget we’re closed on Sundays.
STUDENT: OK.
STUDENT: I expect it’ll take me a while to find what I need. There’s such a lot
here.
LIBRARIAN: Yes there is, but if you need help getting started, this term we’re
running three study skills [………………………….]. •
STUDENT: Oh? What are they on?
LIBRARIAN: Er, let me see. The first one’s on resources – yes, here it is.
STUDENT: How to use the library’s [………………………….]. That includes

everything, not just the print and technical resources. That sounds useful. Is
there anything on using the Internet? ,
LIBRARIAN: Er, let’s see. The one on the Internet for beginners was last
term,This term it’s finding [………………………….]materials online.

STUDENT: That sounds interesting too, hm, what’s the last one?
LIBRARIAN: It’s a workshop on [………………………….].
STUDENT: What do vou mean – how to write one?
LIBRARIAN: Er. no it’s more to do with [………………………….]writing

conventions, you know – writing a [………………………….]and how to refer to
sources in your text. That sort of thing. Anyway, here’s a leaflet with
information about all three.
STUDENT: Thanks a lot. That’ll be very useful.
LIBRARIAN: You’re welcome.
SECTION 4
Well, most people think that lions only come from Africa. And you would
be [………………………….]for thinking this, because in fact most lions do
come from [………………………….]. But this hasn’t always been the case. If we
go back [……………….] years we would find that there were
lions [………………….] vast sections of the globe. But now, unfortunately, only
very small sections of the lions’ former [………………………….]remain.
My particular interest is Asiatic lions, which are a [………………………….]of

African lions. It’s almost a hundred thousand years since the Asiatic lions split
off and developed as a sub-species. At one time the Asiatic lion was living as far
west as [………………………….]and they were found from then in a band
that [………………………….] east through various countries of the Middle
East, all the way to India. In [………………………….], you can now see
Greek [………………………….]that have clear images of the Asiatic lion on
them. Most of them are dated at around [………………………….]. However,
Europe saw its last Asiatic lion roaming free [………………………….] years
ago. Over the next nineteen hundred years the numbers of Asiatic lions in the
other areas [………………………….]steadily, but it was only in the nineteenth
century that they [………………………….]from everywhere but India.

So, how can you tell an Asiatic lion from an African lion, with which
you’re [………………….] more familiar? Well, in general, Asiatic lions are not
as big as African lions. The [………………………….]is more or less the same,
but the [………………………….]of the mane is different – that’s the hair
around the lion’s face and neck. The Asiatic lion’s mane is [………………….]
shorter than the African lion’s. Asiatic lions also have a long fold of skin on
their [………………………….], whereas not many African lions have this.
Well, I’d like to talk to you now about the Gir [………………………….]in India.
That’s where I’ve just come back from. The sanctuary was [………………….]
specifically to protect the Asiatic lion.
It’s [………………………….]in area and most of it is forest. There are now

around three hundred Asiatic lions in India and almost all of them are in this
sanctuary.
But despite living in a sanctuary, which makes them safe from hunters, they
still face a number of problems that threaten their [………………………….].
One of these is the ever-present danger of disease. This is what killed more
than a third of Africa’s Serengeti lions in [………………………….], and people
are fearful that something similar could happen in the Gir Sanctuary and kill
off many of the Asiatic lions there.
India’s lions are particularly [………………………….]because they have a

limited gene pool. The reason for this is interesting – it’s because all of them
are [………………………….]from a few [………………………….]that were saved
by a prince who took a particular interest in them. He was very wealthy, and
he [………………………….]to protect them – otherwise they’d probably have
died out completely.
When you see the Asiatic lion in India, what you sense is [………………….]
vitality. They’re very [………………………….]beasts and you would never guess
that they had this vulnerability when you look at them.
The Asiatic lions don’t have the Gir Sanctuary to themselves, I should add.
They actually share it with about two thousand farmers. A significant [……….]
of the lions’ difil is made up of the livestock of these farmers – goats, chickens
and so on – as much as a third, in fact. And they’ve even been known
to [………………….] humans, especially in times of [………………………….].

One final piece of interesting information – in ancient India one of the greatest
tests of [………………………….]for a man was to fight a lion. Now it seems, in
modern India it will be a great test to see if the lion can be saved. I’m sure this
is something that all of you will share concern for too.

SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
OPENING A BANK ACCOUNT
Example Answer
Application for a Current bank account
Type of current account: The 1 “……………………….” account
Full name of applicant: Pleter Henes
Date of birth: 2 …………………………………
Joint account holder(s): No
Current address: 3 ……………………………….
Time at current address: 4. ……………………………………
Previous address: Rlelsdorf 2, Utrecht, Holland

Telephone: work 5…………….. home 796431
Occupation 6 ……………………………………..
Identity (security): Name of his 7………………….. : Siti
Opening sum: 8 €………………………………….. to be

transferred from Fransen Bank, Utrecht
Statement: Every 9 ……………………………….
Requests: Supply information about the bank’s

10…………………… service
SECTION
Questions 11-13
THE HISTORY OF ROSEWOOD HOUSE
11. When the writer Sebastian George first saw Rosewood House, he
A. thought he might rent it.
B. felt it was too expensive for him.
C. was unsure whether to buy it.
12. Before buying the house, ‘George had
A. experienced severe family problems.

B. struggled to become a successful author.
C. suffered a serious illness.
13 According to the speaker, George viewed Rosewood House as
A. a rich source of material for his books.
B. a way to escape from his work.
C. a typical building of the region.
Questions 14 – 17
Write the correct letter, A-J, next to questions 14-17.

14. Pear Alley …………
15. Mulberry Garden …………
16. Shop …………
17. Tea Room ………..
Questions 18-20
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
RIVER WALK
18. You can walk through the……………………that goes along the river bank.
19. You can go over the……………………and then into a wooded area.
20. On your way back, you could also go up to the…………………….
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24

each answer.
MARKETING ASSIGNMENT

21. For their assignment, the students must investigate one part of the
………………..
22. The method the students must use to collect data is …………………………….
23. In total, the students must interview ……………………………….. people.
24. Jack thinks the music preferences of ………………………………… listeners are

similar.
Questions 25 – 30
Marketing Survey: Music Preferences
Age group of interviewee
25 or under
▪
▪ 45 or over
Music preferences
Pop
▪
▪ 25……………………
▪ Folk
▪ Easy listening
▪ 26……………………
Medium for listening to music
▪ Radio
▪ CD
▪ TV

27……………………….
▪
Source of music
▪Music shops
▪ 28……………………….
▪ Internet
Places for listening to music
▪ Disco
▪ Pub
▪ 29……………………
▪ Concert hall
▪ 30……………………
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34

31. According to the speaker, it is not clear
A. when the farming economy was introduced to Ireland.
B. why people began to farm in Ireland.
C. where the early Irish farmers came from.
32. What point does the speaker make about breeding animals in Neolithic
Ireland?
A. Their numbers must have been above a certain level.
B. They were under threat from wild animals.
C. Some species died out during this period.
33 What does the speaker say about the transportation of animals?
A. Livestock would have limited the distance the farmers could sail.

B. Neolithic boats were too primitive to have been used.
C. Probably only a few breeding animals were imported.
34 What is the main evidence for cereal crops in Neolithic Ireland?
A. the remains of burnt grain in pots
B. the marks left on pots by grains
C. the patterns painted on the surface of pots
Questions 35 – 40
STONE TOOLS
35. Ploughs could either have been pulled by…………………………or by cattle.
▪ The farmers needed homes which were permanent dwellings.
36. In the final stages of axe-making ,………………………….and………………were

necessary for grinding and polishing.
37. Irish axes were exported from Ireland to……………………and England.
POTTERY MAKING
The colonisers used clay to make pots.

38. The………………………….of the pots was often polished to make them
watertight.

39. Clay from………………………..areas was generally used.
40. Decoration was only put around the……………………………of the earliest pots.
Answer keys:
1. Select
2. 27.01.1973
3. 15 Riverside
4. 2 weeks
5. 616295
6. Engineer
7. Mother
8. 2.000 9 month
10. Internet
11. C
12. A
13. C
14. H
15. F

16. B
17. D
18. Field
19. Footbridge
20. Viewpoint
21. entertainment industry
22. telephone interviews
23. 30/thirty
24. male and female
25. Jazz
26. Classical
27. Concerts
28. department stores
29. Club
30. opera house
31. C
32. A

33. A
34. B
35. People
36. IN EITHER ORDER
Water
sand
37. Scotland
38. Outside
39. Local
40. tops
SECTION 1
PIETER! Good morning. I’d like to open a [………………………….], please.
WOMAN: Certainly. If you’d like to take a seat, I’ll just get some details from
you. It won’t take long.

PIETER: Thanks.
WOMAN: Is it a current account or a [………………………….]account you

wanted?
PIETER: A current account.
WOMAN: Right. I’ve got the [………………………….]form here then. We have

different types -I see you’ve got our [………………………….]there.
PIETER: I’ve decided on the one called ‘Select.’
WOMAN: Right, that’s fine, so, first of all, can I have your full name please?
PIETER: Yes, it’s Pieter Henes. That’s P-I-E-T-E-R.
WOMAN: Is it H-E-double N-E-S?
PIETER: Uh, only one N actually. It’s a less [………………………….] spelling

of the name.
WOMAN: Oh, right. OK. And what’s your date of birth please?
PIPTFR: The twenty-seventh of the first, [………………………….].
WOMAN: Right. And will this be a joint account?
PIETER: No, just myself.
WOMAN: OK, fine. And where are you living, Mr Henes?
PIETER: 15. Riverside.
WOMAN: Is that all one word?

PIETER: Yes.
WOMAN: Exeter?
PIETER: Yes.
WOMAN: How long have you been at your [………………………….]? Er, is it

more than two years?
PIETER: Ah, just two weeks actually. I only arrived in the country a month
ago. I’m from [………………………….].
WOMAN: Oh, that’s fine. But we normally ask for a […………………….]

address in that case.
PIETER: Oh yes, well, it’s Rielsdorf 2. That’s R-I-E-L-S-D-O-R-F 2, Utrecht.
WOMAN: Holland. OK. Thank you. Do you have a [………………………….]

telephone number?
PIETER: Yes, I think the number at my office is six-oh-six-two-nine-five. Um,

just a minute. I’d better check. Oh. no sorrv. .six-one-six. I’m not used to it yet.
Would you like my home number too?
WOMAN: Yes please.
PIETER: It’s seven-nine-six-four-three-one.
WOMAN: Are they both local numbers?
PIETER: Yes.
WOMAN: Right. And your [………………………….]?

PIETER: Well, I’m in Britain as a project [………………………….], but that’s
not my main job. I’m an engineer by profession.
WOMAN: I see. I think I’ll put that then. It’s shorter! Now we usually ask for a
piece of information which we can use to check your [……………….], for
security reasons. You know, if you phone us.
PIETER: Like, erm, my wife’s first name?
WOMAN: Mother’s might be better. It’s less likely to be known. ,
PIETER: OK. Hers is Siti.
WOMAN: Siti?
PIETER: Yes, S-I-T-I. It’s [………………………….].
WOMAN: Fine. And how much would you like to open your account with? We
usually ask for a minimum sum of [………………………….]. That’s about €75.
PIETER: Well, I m going to transfer [………………………….]from my Dutch

account, just till I get paid. In fact, I wanted to ask you about that. What’s the
best way to do it?
WOMAN: It depends which bank you’re with.
PIETER: It’s the Fransen Bank in Utrecht.
WOMAN: OK, fine. I’ll check that in a minute. If We have links with them we
can do a direct [………………………….]. But it’s not a big problem either way.
Um, let’s see. How often would you like to receive […………………….]?
PIETER: I haven’t really thought. Um, what’s the usual thing?
WOMAN: It’s up to you. Some people like them weekly.

PIETER: Oh, no, that’s too often. Can I have them sent, um, once a month?
WOMAN: Yes, that’s fine. Is there anything else?
PIETER: I was thinking of [………………………….]for your internet service at

some stage.
WOMAN: Oh, yes. Would you like me to send you information about that?
PIETER: Please, yes.
WOMAN: And would you like to receive information about the bank’s other
services – [………………………….], loans, anything like that?
PIETER: Hmm, I don’t think so, thanks.
WOMAN: That’s OK then. And one last thing, if you agree . ..
SECTION 2
Welcome, everybody, to the lovely house and [………………………….]of
Rosewood, once the home of the famous writer, Sebastian George. He bought
the house in [……………….] although he had first seen it two years earlier. At
that time the [……………….] let it out to a [………………………….]because
George was tOQ slow making up his mind to buy it. When it came back on the
market, there was no [………………………….]and he bought it immediately,
for [………………………….], even though the house had no bathroom, no
running water upstairs, and no [………………………….].
When he came here, he’d been [………………………….]for ten years. During

that time, he’d become one of the most famous writers in the English-speaking
world. His [………………………….]success was [………………………….], but
his personal life wasn’t as successful. He was no longer on speaking terms with
his brother and had been [………………………….]by the death at the age of
seven of his elder daughter. Josephine.

Moving to Rosewood allowed the family to start a new life.
George [………………….] Rosewood as a pure example of a traditional country
house of this part of England and did some of his most […………………….]
writing here. The house and its grounds became the family haven and
their [………………….] to [………………………….]and quiet. The walls, and
the [………………….] windows were built of the local [………………………….],
the tiles on the roofs and the bricks of the [………………………….]stack were
baked from local clay, and the wooden [………………………….]inside came
from oak trees which grow around here.
Now, please look at the map I’ve given you of the house and gardens. We’re
here at the Information Centre. Follow the path marked with the arrow and the
first area you come to is the [………………………….]on your left.
As you go further down the path, there’s the [………………………….]on the

right and as you go round the first sharp corner vou will find, to vour left, an
area where different types of pear tree have been [………………………….]as
well as some lovely flowers, and this is known as Pear Aliev – designed by
George himself.
Next to this is the greenhouse where some [………………………….]plants and

fruits are grown. Follow the path round the second corner and on vour right
vou will see the [………………………….]to the Mulberry
Garden with its [………………………….]-year-old tree. Past the Mulberry

Garden, [………………………….]the path until you reach the front of the
house. I suggest you spend a good hour [………………………….]around this
lovely building. A guide takes visitor groups round every [……………….].
If you would like to purchase any of George’s books or other [……………….],

then leave the house by the side entrance, where you will find our shopỄ which
is [………………………….]between the house and the garage which contains
the [………………………….]old Rolls-Royce car which used to belong to
George. I expect by this time you may also be in need of a rest and
some [………………………….]. Most visitors are, SO why don’t you visit the tea
room on the far side of the garage?
If you have time, there is a lovely walk down [………………………….]the River

Dudwell. For me, this is the best part of the [………………………….]. This isn’t

on the map but it is all clearly [………………………….], You cross the field
which spreads along the banks of the river. In spring, this area is well worth a
visit. Spend a minute or two watching the water pass by […………………….] as
you cross the […………….], and then continue along the River Walk through
the woodland. On a hot summer’s day the trees along this
path [………………………….] welcome shade, Eventually you come to the
water mill which used to provide the electricity for the house – only about four
hours every evening – in George’s time. And, finally, for those of you who
would like to see [………………………….]views of the surrounding [………….]
and who are a little bit more [……………….], when you return from the mill
take the first turning on your left and climb up to the viewpoint. You won’t
regret it.
Enjoy your visit!
SECTION 3
JACK: Lucy, we really need to get working on this marketing [……………….].
We’ve only got five weeks left to the end of term to design it, carry it out, and
then write up the [………………………….].
LUCY: Sure. Well, let’s get started right now. Let’s go over the instructions.
What exactly do we have to do?
JACK: Well, it says here we have to look at one area of the [……….] industry.
There’s a list of the different types.
LUCY: What are they?
JACK: Music, cinema, theatre, sport, and eating out.
LUCY: Is that all?
JACK: Looks like it.

LUCY: So we choose one branch of the [………………………….]and then we
look at how two different groups of people use it? Is that right?
JACK: Yes.
LUCY: And do we have to use any [………………………….]method to get our

data? Can we mail out a [………………………….], or do face-to-face interviews,
or maybe even [………………………….]?
JACK: Well actually, it looks like we don’t have a choice. We have to do

telephone interviews.
LUCY: OK, so at least we don’t have to waste time deciding between the
different [………………………….].
JACK: Yeah, that’s right. Oh, and the other [………………………….]is the
number of interviewees.
LUCY: Not too many, I hope. Ten? Twenty?
JACK: Well, we have to do two groups, remember, and it looks like we have to
interview [………………………….]for each group.
LUCY: That’s thirty altogether then. It’s going to take ages.
JACK: Yes, but remember we’re working on this together, so we’ll only have to
do fifteen each.
LUCY: OK, so those are all the requirements?
JACK: Yes, looks like it.
LUCY: So, first, which area are we going to choose? My […………………….]

would be cinema, since that’s where I spend most of my money.

JACK: Hmm, I don’t think that’s such a good idea. I don’t think there are huge
differences in the market there. I mean you get young and old, male and
female, rich and poor all going to the same movies.
LUCY: Yeah, maybe you’re right, Let’s make it music then.
JACK: Right. So, what two groups will we compare and […………………….]?
LUCY: Male and female?
JACK: No. Most of my female friends like the same music as me. Different age
groups would be much more likely to show up differences, I think.
LUCY: Yeah, I [………………………….]you’re right again. I’ll take some notes,

shall I? So. ., Age Groups. Well. What do you think? Maybe [……………….] or
under for one group, and forty-five or over for the other group? That should
show up differences.
JACK: Right.
LUCY: OK. Next. How about the kind of music they like – let’s give them some
choices and then we can just tick boxes.
JACK: OK. Let’s have pop, jazz, folk, easy listening … What else?
LUCY: Well, we should include classical. Some people like it, you know.
JACK: OK. OK. And then we should have how they listen to music.
LUCY: The medium. Right. Let’s include radio, CD – and then I guess there’s
TV.
JACK: What about concerts? You know, in pubs and halls.
LUCY: Oh yeah, we should [………………………….]live music of course.

JACK: OK, we’re on a roll now! Next point could be about where they actually
get their music.
LUCY: You mean like, do they buy it in music shops, or […………………….]?
JACK: Yes, or download it from the Internet.
LUCY: Right. That could be for recorded music. Then we need

another [……………….] for live music, Where do they go for that?
JACK: OK. Let’s say disco, pub, club, concert hall. .,
LUCY: Or opera house! And I guess we should include […………………….].
JACK: Not many of them in this city!
LUCY: OK. We’ll leave that out then. So, what’s left to do?
JACK: That’s it. Well, now we can make a [………………………….]for doing it.
SECTION 4
Good morning everyone. Last week we were looking at the [………………….]

gatherers in Ireland, across the Irish Sea from England. Today, we’re going to
move on to the [………………….] between fou and six thousand years ago,
known as the Neolithic period, which is when a total farming [………….] was
introduced in Ireland.
Now, there are several [………………………….]about the origins of the first

Neolithic settlers in Ireland. but most of these contain problems. For instance,
there are considerable [………………………….]difficulties about the theory
that they came from England. The [………………………….]doesn’t really add
up. But there are even greater practical problems about the [……………….]
that they came directly from [………………………….]Europe. For one thing,
it’s not clear just how [………………………….] numbers of men and women
could have been […………….] to Ireland to establish a viable population. As
you know, the hunter-gatherer economy which existed […………………….]

was based on small [………………………….]groups. The farming economy
would almost certainly have required much larger […………………….] to do all
the work needed to plant and tend sufficient crops to [……………….] them
through the year.
The early farmers kept various animals, including [………………………….]

and [………………………….]. There’s also evidence of pigs, but it is possible
that these could have been [………………………….]from the native wild
species. Now, we know from modem farming that if the level of
breeding [………………….] falls below about three hundred females, the future
of the […………….] locally is at risk. So we must [………………………….]that
from the beginnings of Neolithic farming the number of breeding sheep would
have considerably [………………………….] three hundred, and the national
cattle herd must have been of a [………………………….] size. The question is
how these were brought to the area and where they came from.
It’s usually [………………………….] that the Neolithic [………………………….]

used skin-covered boats to transport [………………………….]. But this method
would have severely [………………………….]the range of the colonising fleets.
The sheer volume of animal transport necessary means it’s unlikely that this
livestock could have been brought from anywhere further than England.
What about crops? Well, two main [………………………….]crops were

introduced to Ireland during this time: wheat and barley, both in
several [………………………….]. The main evidence for their presence consists
of [……………….] on pottery..where a cereal grain [………………….] became
embedded in the, surface of a pot before it was fired. The grain itself
was [……………….] by the firing, but it left an impression on the pot which
could be studied and identified by [………………………….].
Let’s turn our attention now to the farming technology available at that time.
Before the cereal crops could be [………………………….], it would have been
necessary to clear the forest and to break the ground by ploughing. The stone
blade of a plough has been discovered during [………………………….]in
County Mayo in western Ireland. The body of the plough would have been of
wood and could have been drawn by people, but it’s also likely that cattle were
used.
Now, the […………….] of crops and the [……………….] of livestock brought

about changes in people’s lifestyle such as the type of [………………………….]

they made. For one thing, instead of moving from place to place they
needed [………………………….]dwellings. The stone axes used to chop down
trees to make these [………………………….]were far superior to any that the
Stone Age hunter-gatherers used.
To make the axes, sources of suitable stone had to be found

and [………………………….]exploited. These so-called ‘axe factories’ were
really quarries rather than [………………………….], as the manufacture of the
axes wasn’t regularly [………………………….]on the quarry site. However,
after the axe had been chipped into shape, they needed water and sand for
grinding and […………….], so a high [………………………….] wouldn’t have
been an [………………….] place for this. So this final stage of the [………….]
must have been carried out close to water and sure enough, there’s ample
evidence of this at coastal sites.
Now it’s clear that these Neolithic axes were [………………………….]all over
Ireland, as well as to Scotland and the south of England. It’s not really
surprising that axes from ‘axe factories’ in England have also been found in
Ireland. At the very least, this indicates that there was a link between the two
islands during that period.
One of the most useful [………………………….]of the […………………….] was

pottery making, which was quite unknown to Irish hunter-gatherers. The
pottery was probably made by shaping clay into a ball with the hand, and
then [……………….] it until the walls were the right [………………………….].
After firing, the outside was often polished. This would have helped the pots to
retain water, as they weren’t [………………………….]. Now we know that the
clay used usually came from local sources, which suggests that […………….]
was on a fairly small scale, even though thousands of […………….] are usually
found at Neolithic sites.
In the course of time decoration began to appear. At first this looked like a
series of [………………………….]and was just around the tops of the pots. This
could have been an imitation of earlier [………………………….]which were
made of leather sewn onto wood. Then eventually pots with decoration all
over…

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5

answer.
CHILDREN’S ART AND CRAFT WORKSHOPS
Example Answer
Workshops organised every: Saturday
• Adults must accompany children under 1………………………..
• Cost: £2.50
• Workshops held in: Winter House, 2…………………………..Street
• Security device: must push the 3…………………………….to open door
• Should leave car behind the 4…………………………………………..
• Book workshops by phoning the 5…………………………(on 200765)
Questions 6 – 10

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Next two workshops
Children advised Please bring (if

Date Workshop title
to wear possible)
“Building
16/11 7 ……………………. 8……………………….
6…………………”
23/11 9 “……………….” (Nothing special) 10……………….......
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14

answer.
TRAIN INFORMATION
11. Local services depart from………………railway station.
12. National services depart from the………………railway station.
13. Trains for London depart every…………………….each day during the week.
14. The price of a first class ticket includes………………….
Questions 15-17


answer.
Type of ticket Details

Standard open no restrictions
Supersave travel after 8.45
Special travel after 1…………. and at weekends
buy at least six days ahead

16…………………… limited numbers
17………………. essential
Questions 18-20
Which THREE attractions can you visit at present by train from Trebirch?
A. a science museum
B. a theme park
C. a climbing wall
D. a mining museum
E. an aquarium
F. a castle
G. a zo

SECTION 3
Complete the tables below.

each answer.
Dissertation Tutorial Record (Education)
Name: Sandy Gibbons
Targets previously Further action

Work completed
agreed suggested
– Read IT 21………….
Investigate suitable data – Spoken to Jane Sign up for some software
analysis software Prince, Head of the practice sessions
22………...............….
Add questions in section
Prepare a 23……….. for – Completed and sent for
three on
survey review
24…………….......………..
– Read Banerjee
– N.B. Couldn’t find Obtain from library
Further reading about
Ericsson’s essays on through special loans
discipline
managing the service
25…………….....……

New Targets Specific suggestions Timing
– Add statistics on the

Do further work on
27………….. in various zones
Chapter 1
– Include more references to By the 29………………
(Give the title:
works dated after
Context 26…………… )
28……………...............…..
Prepare list of main – Use index cards to help in Before starting the
sections for Chapter 2 organisation 30……….....……….
SECTION 4
Questions 31-37
The history of moving pictures
31. Some photographs of a horse running showed
A. all feet off the ground.
B. at least one foot on the ground.
C. two feet off the ground.

32. The Scotsman employed by Edison
A. designed a system to use the technology Edison had invented.
B. used available technology to make a new system.
C. was already an expert in motion picture technology.
33. One major problem with the first system was that
A. only one person could be filmed.
B. people could only see very short films.
C. the camera was very heavy.
34. Rival systems started to appear in Europe after people had
A. been told about the American system.
B. seen the American system.
C. used the American system.
35. In 1895, a famous new system was developed by
A. a French team working alone.
B. a French and German team working together.
C. a German team who invented the word ‘cinema’.
36. Longer films were not made at the time because of problems involving

A. the subject matter.
B. the camera.
C. the film projector.
37. The ‘Lantham Loop1 invention relied on
A. removing tension between the film reels.
B. adding three more film reels to the system.
C. making one of the film reels more effective.
Questions 38 – 40
38. The first motion picture was called The……………………………..
39. ………………… were used for the first time on film in 1926.
40. Subtitles were added to The Lights of New York because of its
…………………………
Answer keys:
1. 8
2. (in/on) Tamer

3. green button
4. Library
5. education department
6. Castles
7. old clothes
8. bottle tops
9. Undersea Worlds
10. silver paper
11. King Street
12. Central
13. half hour/30 minutes
14. Refreshments
15. 10.15
16. Advance
17. (seat) reservations
18-20 IN ANY ORDER

C
D
G
21. catalog(ue)s
22. computer centre/center
23. Checklist
24. teaching experience
25. Classroom
26. Review
27. Schools
28. ((the) year) 2000
29. end of term
30. Research
31. A
32. B
33. C
34. A
35. A

36. C
37. A
38. Great Train Robbery
39. Sound effects
40. poor sound quality
SECTION 1
MAN: Good morning, Synmouth [……………………….]. Can I help you?
WOMAN: Oh yes. Good morning. I’m interested in the children’s[…………….]

and I’d like a little more information, please.
MAN: Do you mean the Art and Craft workshops?
WOMAN: Yes. A friend of a friend […………………….]them – the children do

painting and make models and so [………………………….].
MAN: Yes, of course. Um, where to begin? First of all, as you probably know,
they run every Saturday.
WOMAN: Fine. And what about ages?

MAN: Well, all ages from five […………………….]are welcome, though we do
ask that children below eight years of age are [……………………….]by an
adult.
WOMAN: Fine. That wouldn’t be a problem. What about cost?
MAN: Well, I think you’ll find them very reasonable. It’s [………………….]a
child, with […………………….]off for two or more children from the same
family.
WOMAN: Oh yes, very [………………………….]. And are they held in the main
museum?
MAN: Not exactly. They’re nearby.
WOMAN: Could you give me the full address? I don’t know the area very well.
MAN: Yes, it’s Winter House.
WOMAN: Right.
MAN: And that’s in Tamer Street.
WOMAN: Could you spell that please?
MAN: Yes, T-A-M-E-R Street.
WOMAN: Lovely.
MAN: And I do need to tell you that there’s a security [………………….], so you
need to press the [………………….] for someone to let you in. Don’t press the
red button please, but don’t worry, it’s all clearly […………….].
WOMAN: OK. And one more question – is parking available nearby? We’re
driving in from out of town.

MAN: Your best bet is to leave your car at the back of the library – on a
Saturday morning there are plenty of [………………………….]there. It’s right
next door to the museum.
WOMAN: And can I ask about booking places?
MAN: Yes, and I must tell you, you really should book by calling the
education [………………………….]here.
WOMAN: Oh, I’m sorry, should I have rung them instead of the main museum
number?
MAN: No, that’s fine this time, please don’t worry, But for future reference, I’ll
give you the direct number. It’s […………………….].
WOMAN: Great, I’ve got that.
MAN: But I’m very happy to give you information about the next two
workshops. On [………………………….] there’s Building Castles.
WOMAN: Oh, sounds great!
MAN: This involves quite a bit of glue, so just make sure the kids are in old
clothes.
WOMAN: I know, ones I don’t mind getting mucky.
MAN: Exactly. And if possible, could you bring along bottle tops which the
children might be able to use in the models, you know, as [………………….]?
WOMAN: We’ll certainly try to find some for you.
MAN: Then the following week …
WOMAN: That’ll be the [………………………….], won’t it?

MAN: Yes, that’s right. On that day, it’s what we call Undersea Worlds. This is
where they make scenes with fishes, [………………………….]caverns and so
on.
WOMAN: Is that likely to get very dirty? Lots of paint […………………….]?
MAN: Not really, so we don’t recommend any special clothes for that one. But
if you could search out some [………………………….]to bring along to use in
the sessions, you know, it’s shiny – it looks like water, that’d be great,
WOMAN: Yes, of course. We’ll see what we can come up with. Well, thank you
ever so much for all your help. The sessions sound really good and I’ll certainly
book up for the next two.
MAN: Lovely. Thanks very much for ringing.
WOMAN: Bye.
MAN: Bye-bye.
SECTION 2
CUSTOMER: Hello. Um my family and I are staying here in Trebirch for a
week or two and we wanted to know about the [………………………….]. We’re
hoping to do a few local trips.
RAILPERSON: OK. Well, I can give you lots of [………………………….]about

all the trains going from [………………………….]in the South West. This leaflet
will be very helpful but I can tell you some of the main things. We’ve got two
main train stations in the town. King Street is for local [………………………….]
lines and regional services.
CUSTOMER: What about trains to London? I’ll need to go there

on [………………………….] for one day

RAILPERSON: Then you need to go to Central Station – that’s for all the
national services. There are regular trains to London. They leave Trebirch
every half hour on weekdays and every hour at weekends. It takes
about [………………………….], a bit longer on Sundays. You’ve got a choice of
first and second class and there’s a buffet car – though [……………………….]
are included in the cost of a first class ticket.
CUSTOMER: Ah right. Um, and have you got any information on different
ticket types?
RAILPERSON: Yes. There’s a range of ticket prices depending on when you

travel and when you buy your ticket. There’s a [………………………….]open
ticket which doesn’t have any [………………………….]. This can be
bought [………………….] or on the day. You can also get various […………….]
tickets. A popular one is called the [………………….] and, er, this is OK for
travel after 8.45. Then there is the Special ticket, which is valid for travel after
10.15. The Special tickets are also valid for travel at weekends.
The [………………………….]are called Advance and you have to buy them at
least six days ahead. Only a certain number are available and you have to make
seat [………………………….] for these.
CUSTOMER: Thanks. And are there lots of places to go to around here?
RAILPERSON: Oh yes. You can enjoy many days out. Um there’s the Merthyr
Mining Museum, which is only half an hour from Trebirch by train. Your
children will find it just as [………………………….]as any theme park and ‘they
can ride in the original miners’ lifts and on the [………………………….]. There
are special [………………………….]tickets which include entrance fees.
Mainline trains also offer direct services to [………………………….], where you
can visit the docks or spend a . great day out with the children in the zoo,
which is set in the [………………………….]that used to surround the old castle.
Er, special family awayday fares are available for this service now during the
school holidays. Er, [………………………….], you can be in Birmingham in
only an hour and a half, where there’s lots to see and do including the new
and [……………….]– acclaimed climbing wall built on the site of the
old [………………….]. We will also be running a special service to Newport
when the new science museum opens next year, as we [……………….] a lot of
visitors in the opening weeks. I’d […………….] you to call early to book your
tickets. Is that OK?

CUSTOMER: Yes, thanks.
SECTION 3
TUTOR: Hello, Sandy. How have you been getting on with your […………….]?
SANDY: Fine, and I’ve been working hard on the [………………………….]

action points we agreec on our last tutorial.
TUTOR: Do you want to talk me through what you’ve done?
SANDY: Yeah, sure. Well, we agreed on three main [………………….] for me

to aim for. The first one was to find out about suitable data […………….]
software.
TUTOR: Yes.
SANDY: And what I decided to do was to look through catalogues [………….]

in IT.
TUTOR: That’s a good idea. What did you come up with?
SANDY: I found the names of two [………………………….]ones.
TUTOR: Right.
SANDY: But I also thought it’d be worthwhile talking to a lecturer.
TUTOR: Oh right. Who did you see?
SANDY: Jane Prince. Do you know her? She’s in the Computer Centre.
TUTOR: Yes, of course, she’s the new Head.
SANDY: Yes. Well, she was very helpful.

TUTOR: Oh, that’s good. Did she [………………….] anything in particular?
SANDY: Yeah. She [………………………….]software called Vivat and said I

should book up for a couple of practice [………………………….]using Vivat.
TUTOR: Great. I’m sure you’ll find them useful.
SANDY: And, of course, the second target was to draw up a survey [……….]
which I.
TUTOR: Yes, you emailed me it last week.
SANDY: Have you had a chance to look .. .?
TUTOR: Of course, um I think it’s good. Very much on the right lines. I’d say
your first two sections are spot on. I wouldn’t suggest that you change anything
there, but in section three you really do need to have questions on teaching
experience.
SANDY: Yeah. I was thinking that section looked a bit short.
TUTOR: Right.
SANDY: And my third target was, do further reading on [………………….].
TUTOR: Oh yes. I mentioned a couple of writers, didn’t I?
SANDY: Yes, well I got hold of the Banerjee and I thought that
was […………….]. But I’m afraid I didn’t [………….] to get hold of the essays
about classroom [……………….]– you know, the ones by Simon Ericsson.
The [………………………….]said it was out of print and the library doesn’t
have a copy.
TUTOR: Oh right, and I’m afraid I’ve lent my copy to another student. What
I suggest you do is try the library again – this time apply for it through the

service called [………………………….]. Have you done that before?
You’re [……………….] to six books a year.
SANDY: Yes. No problem. That’s what I’ll do.
TUTOR: So, lots of useful work done,
………………………………………………..
TUTOR: So, let’s look at some new targets. We’ll start by having a chat about
your Chapter One. I very much enjoyed reading it. Your written style is very
clear and you’ve included lots of interesting [………………………….]of
education in your target area. I’ve just got a couple of suggestions for some
additional work.
SANDY: Of course. Could I just ask – what do you think I should call it?
TUTOR: Well, I’d go for something like Context Review. What do you think?
SANDY: Well, short and to the point.
TUTOR: Exactly. Now, as regards [………………………….]areas to work on,

I’d be quite interested to have a few more [………………………….]about the
schools in the different zones.
SANDY: Oh, that wouldn’t be a problem. I can get them from the Internet.
TUTOR: Great, and although you did make a [………………………….]to quite

a few different writers, I think you should aim to cite more works written later
than [………………………….]. .
SANDY: OK. That’s more difficult, but I can try. When do you want that done
by?

TUTOR: Oh, it’s not urgent. Um I should aim for the end of term. But in
the [………………………….], I think you should also be thinking about Chapter
Two.
SANDY: Should I be drafting it already?
TUTOR: No, but I think you should note down its main sections.
SANDY: Yes. You know, I always find that the [………………………….] part.
TUTOR: I always find it helpful to put some ideas on index cards.
SANDY: Yeah.
TUTOR: Um.. . and then you can sort them, and even lay them out on the
floor. It’s a real help.
SANDY: Well, I’ll certainly try it! When would the deadline be for that?
TUTOR: My advice would be to get it done before you [………………….] upon

the research. You can always change it later if you need to.
SANDY: OK. I’ll get going on that then.
SECTION 4
Many believe that the story first began in America in [………………………….],
when two friends were [………………………….] over whether a horse ever had
all four feet or […………………….] off the ground when it [………………….].
To settle the bet, a photographer was asked to photograph a
horse […………………….] and the bet was settled because you could see that
all the hooves were off the ground in some of the [………………………….]What
was even more interesting was that if the photos were shown in
quick [………………………….]the horse looked like it was running – in other
words ‘moving pictures’.

The person who became interested in taking the moving pictures to its next
step was the famous American [………………………….]Thomas Edison.
Actually, he didn’t do the work himself but rather asked a
young [……………….] in his employ to design a system, which he did. Now
this young fellow was [………………………….] because the first thing he did
was study other systems – [………………………….] as they were – of moving
pictures and then, put all the existing […………….] together to make the first
entire motion picture system. He designed a camera, a [……………….] device
and the filn. The system was first shown in New York in […………………….]
and was really very popular. [……………….] people lined up around the block
to see the wonderful new [……………….]. There were, however, a couple of
problems with the system. The camera weighed over [………………………….]
and only one person at a time could see the film.
Well now, news of the new system in America travelled fast and a number
of [……………….] European systems Started to appear once people had heard
about it. The single problem with all the systems was they couldn’t
really […………….] the film onto a screen – you know, so more than one
person could see it. Then in [………….]. three systems were all [………….],
more or less at the same time and [……………….] of each other. I guess the
most famous of these was by the Lumière Brothers from Francei and they
called their system the cinématographe which of course is where the
word [……………….] comes from. There were also two brothers in Germany
who […….....……….] a successful system and they called it a […………….].
Well now, once the problem of projection had been solved, the
next [………………………….] for the inventors was to make the films longer
and more interesting. A continuing problem at the time was that the films had
a [………………………….] to break when they were being nlaved – a problem
which was caused by the [………………………….]between the two wheels, or
‘reels’ as they are called, which hold the film. Now this problem
was [………………….] by two American brothers. They […………………….] the
‘Lantham Loop’, which was the simple addition of a third reel between the
two [………………………….], and this took all the tension away with the result
that the film stopped [………………………….].
So now there was a real [………………………….]of having films of more than

two or three minutes, and this led to the making of The Great Train Robbery –
the very first movie made. It only lasted [………………………….]but was an
absolute [………………………….], and there were cases of people watching the

movie and actually [………………………….] when the character fired a gun at
the [………………………….]! Almost overnight movies became
a [………………………….], and by [………………………….] people in America
were lining up to see movies in ‘store [………………………….], as they were
called then.
I guess the next big step in terms of [………………………….]of technology was

to have people actually talking on the film, and the first step [……………….]
this was in [………………………….]when sound effects were first used on a
film. It wasn’t until the following year however that the first ‘talkie’, as they
were called then, was made. This film [………………………….]actors speaking
only during parts of the film and was called The Jazz Singer, and it wasn’t
until [………………….] that the first all-talking film was […………………….],
and this was called The Lights of New York. Unfortunately, the sound on this
early film was not very good and I believe they put [………………………….]on
the film – that is, they printed the [………………………….]along the bottom of
the film to [………………………….]for this poor sound quality. Now, with the
addition of sound, moving pictures became far more difficult to make . ..

SECTION 1
Write NO MORE THA N THREE WORDS for each answer.
Notes on sports club
Example Answer
Name of club Kingswell
Facilities available: Golf

1……………………
2……………………
Classes available – Kick – boxing
– 3………………..
Additional facility: 4…………….. (restaurant opening soon)
Questions 5 – 8
Write NO MORE THAN TWO NUMBERS for each a
Questions 5 – 8
Write NO MORE THAN TWO NUMBERS for each answer.
MEMBERSHIP SCHEMES
Annual
Use of Cost of Joining subscription
Type Times fee
faculties classes fee
GOLD
All Free Any time £250 5 £……………..
from 7..... to
SILVER All 6 £….... £225 £300
……..

from 10.30 to
BRONZE Restricted £3 3.30 weekdays £50 8 £…………
only
Questions 9 and 10
9. To join the centre, you need to book an instructor’s……………….
10. To book a trial session, speak to David………………(0458 95311).
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
What change has been made to each part of the theatre?
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 11-16.
RIVEN DEN CITY THEATRE
A. doubled in number
B. given separate entrance
C. reduced in number

D. increased in size
E. replaced
F. strengthened
G. temporarily closed
Part of the theatre
11. box office ………………….
12. shop ………………….
13. ordinary seats ………………….
14. seats for wheelchair users ………………….
15. lifts …………………
16. dressing rooms …………………
Questions 17 – 20

answer.
Tickets
Play Dates Starting time Price
available

October 13th to for 19…………
Royal Hunt 18…………pm 20 £…………..
17……………. and ……………
SECTION 3
Question 21
21. What is Brian going to do before the course starts?
A. attend a class
B. write a report
C. read a book
Questions 22-25
College Facility Information

inform them 22……………………… about
Refectory
special dietary requirements
23…………………………………… long waiting list, apply now
Careers advice drop-in centre for information
Fitness centre reduced 24………………… for students
includes books, journals, equipment
Library
room containing audio-visual materials
Computers ask your 25……………………………. to

arrange a password with the technical
support team
Questions 26 – 30
Business Centre
The Business Resource Centre contains materials such as books and manuals
to be used for training. It Is possible to hire 26……………and 27……………….
There are materials for working on study skills (e.g. 28…………) and other
subjects include finance and 29………….30……..... membership costs £50 per
year.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-37
Social history of the East End of London
Period Situation
Produce from the area was used to 31 the people of
1st—4th centuries
London.
New technology allowed the production of goods made
5 th—10th centuries
of 32……………… and …………………………….
Lack of 33……………………………. in the East End
11th century
encouraged the growth of businesses.

Construction of facilities for the building of
34………………………….. stimulated international trade.
16th century Agricultural workers came from other parts of
35………………………….. to look for work.
Marshes were drained to provide land that could be

17th century
36……………………………… on
Inhabitants lived in conditions of great
19th century
37……………………………… with very poor sanitation.
Questions 38 – 40
Choose THREE letters, A – G
Which THREE of the following problems are mentioned in connection

with 20th centuryhousing in the East End?
A. unsympathetic landlords
B. unclean water
C. heating problems
D. high rents
E. overcrowding
F. poor standards of building
G. houses catching fire
Answer keys

1. (a) keep-fit (studio)
2. swimming
3. yoga (classes)
4. (a) salad bar
5. 500
6. 1
7. 10 (am), 4.30 (pm)
8. 180
9. assessment
10. Kynchley
11. B
12. G
13. C
14. A
15. E
16. D
17. (October (the)) 19th
18. 7
19. Monday, Thursday
20. 18
21. A
22. in advance
23. nursery
24. annual fee
25. tutor
26&27. IN EITHER ORDERlaptops, printers
28. report writing
29. marketing
30. Individual
31. feed
32. IN EITHER ORDER metal, leather
33. restrictions

34. ships
35. England
36. built
37. poverty
38-40. IN ANY ORDER C, E, F
SECTION 1
WOMAN: Good morning, oh sorry, it’s gone 12, I’ll start again, good afternoon,
Kinflswell Sports Club, how can I help you?
MAN: Oh, good afternoon. I was wondering if you could give me some
information about [………………………….]and [………………………….].
WOMAN: Of course. What would you like to know?
MAN: Do you have tennis courts, for example?
WOMAN: No, I’m afraid we don’t. We’re [………………………….]a golf club.
MAN: What about football? I heard you had a team.
WOMAN: No, I’m sorry. Perhaps you’re thinking about Fresham Sports
Centre.
MAN: Oh, right. I know it. I’ve played [………………………….]there.

WOMAN: Have you? They’ve got a lot of facilities we don’t have
and […………….]. We do have a keep-fit studio, which is very popular with
members, and then as well as that there’s swimming, of course.
MAN: That’s good. I like to swim every day,
WOMAN: We have a [………………………….]of classes too.
MAN: Do you have judo classes? I’m keen to learn.
WOMAN: Well, at the moment we offer [………………………….]. We’re

planning to add judo and [………………………….]classes soon. We’re currently
running a range of yoga classes, too.
MAN: What about relaxing after [………………………….]? I assume you have

a restaurant or something.
WOMAN: At the moment, we’ve got a salad bar which is very popular. We’ll
also have a [………………………….] restaurant by the end of the year.
MAN: Sounds good!
WOMAN: What kind of membership are you interested in?
MAN: Um I’m not really sure. What are the options?
WOMAN: Well, there are three different membership [………………….].
MAN: I see. What’s the difference?
WOMAN: Well, the first one’s called [………………………….], and you can use
all the facilities at any time of the day or week. You can also join in as many
classes as you like for free.
MAN: That sounds good. Is it very expensive?

WOMAN: Well, you pay a [………………………….] joining fee and then
it’s [………………….]– oh no, I’m sorry, it’s just gone up by £50, sorry about
that – it’s now £500 for the annual [………………………….].
MAN: Right, got that. And what’s the next type?
WOMAN: Well, that’s Silver – it’s the same as Gold except you have to pay a
small fee of [………………………….]per lesson for any you do and you can only
use the centre at certain times.
MAN: I see. So when exactly?
WOMAN: You can only use the facilities between 10 am and 4.30 pm.
MAN: So I couldn’t use the pool at 8 in the morning or evening, then?
WOMAN: That’s right.
MAN: OK. And the price for that? Is the joining fee the same as for Gold?
.
WOMAN: Actually, it’s [………………………….]less than the £250 – it’s £225,

but the annual fee is only [………………………….]. Does that sound more like
what you want?
MAN: Well, it’s still rather more expensive than I thought. I’m a student here
in England and I’m only here for [………………………….].
WOMAN: Ah, then the Bronze scheme would probably suit you best.
MAN: HOW is that different?
WOMAN: Well, some of the facilities have [………………………….]use.
MAN: And do I have to pay for classes?

WOMAN: Yes, it’s £3 for each class you join.
MAN: I see. And what are the hours then?
WOMAN: Between 10.30 and 3.30 weekdays only and you pay a £50 joining
fee. The annual fee is [………………………….]– it works out at £15 a month, so
that would be quite a lot cheaper.
MAN: Oh, that should be all right. I could come in my […………………….].

What do I have to do if I want to join?
WOMAN: Well, we book you in for an [………………………….]with an

instructor, who will show you how to use all the equipment. If you want to
organise a trial [……………….] and look around the centre, you’ll need to
speak to David Kynchley,
MAN: Hmm. Could you spell that please?
WOMAN: Yes, David K-Y-N-C-H-L-E-Y. I’ll give you his direct line number.
It’s oh-four-five-eight-nine-five-three-double one.
MAN: Thanks.
WOMAN: Thank you for calling Kingswell Sports Club.
SECTION 2
MAN: And here on Radio Rivenden we have Lynne Rawley, the Public
Relations Officer of our own Rivenden City [………………………….]. Hello,
Lynne.
LYNNE: Hello.
MAN: NOW, the theatre is [………….] soon after its three-year [……………….]
programme, isn’t it?

LYNNE: That’s right, and there are a lot of [………………………….]. The first
thing peopl will see when they go in is that the foyer has been [……………….]
in the original green and gold. Then the box office has
been [………………………….]. with its own access from the side of the building
instead of through the [………………………….], which means it can be open
longer hours, and has more space, too. The shop that used to be in the foyer,
which sold books and CDs, is the one part of the redevelopment which isn’t
yet [………………………….]. The plan is to find new [………………….] for it
near the theatre, and we’ve had difficulty finding somewhere […………….]. We
hope to reopen the shop in the next few months.
MAN: Will audiences find any difference in the [………………………….]?
LYNNE: Yes, we’ve increased the leg-room between the rows. This means
that there are now fewer seats but we’re sure [………………………….]will be
much happier. And we’ve installed [………………………….], so it won’t get so
hot and [………………………….]. We already had a few seats which were
suitable for [………………….]users, and now there are twice as many, which
we hope will meet demand. Something else that will [………………………….]
audiences is the new lifts, The two we used to have were very small and slow.
They’ve now gone, and we’ve got much more [………………………….]ones.
MAN: Anything for the [………………………….]?
LYNNE: Yes, we’ve made a number of improvements [………………….]. The

small, dark.dressing rooms we used to have have been [………………………….]
into two large airv rooms, so they’re much more comfortable now. And the
state- of-the-art electronic sound and lighting systems have been installed.
MAN: OK, so what’s the first play that audiences can see when the theatre
reopens?
LYNNE: We’ve got a very exciting [………………………….]of Peter Shaffer’s

Royal Hunt of the Sun, which is currently touring the country. That starts
on [………………….] and runs till the 19th. We’re [………………………….]a bit
with the time the curtain goes up. We used to start all our performances at
7.30, but that made it difficult for people to go home
by [………………………….], so instead we’re beginning at 2, because at 9.45,
when it finishes, there are still [………………………….]running. Tickets are

already selling fast. The Friday and Saturday [………………………….]sold out
almost immediately and, in fact, now there are only tickets for Monday and
Thursday.
MAN: How much are they?
LYNNE: We’ve introduced a simpler price [………………………….]. Ticket

prices used to range from £6 to £30 but now they’re all £18. They’re available
from the box office, in person, by phone, fax or post, or online,
MAN: OK, Lynne, now if you’d like to give the contact details for the theatre..
SECTION 3
TUTOR: Hello, can I help you?
BRIAN: I was told to come here, because I’d like to talk to someone about
taking a [………………………….]course.
TUTOR: Right. I’m one of the tutors, so I should be able to help you.
BRIAN: Oh, good. My name’s Brian Ardley. I’ve [………………………….]to

enrol on a part time management course, A friend of mine took one last year,
and [………………………….] it to me.
TUTOR: Right.
BRIAN: Is there anything I should do before the course, like reading or

anything?
TUTOR: We prefer to [………………………….]reading with the course, so we

don’t give out a reading list in advance. But we like people to write
a [………………………….], describing an organisation they know.

BRIAN: I’ve already done that, as my friends told me you wanted one. But
would it be [………………………….]to sit in on a teaching session, to see what
it’s like? £ I haven’t been a student for quite a while.
TUTOR: Fine. Just let me know which date, and I’ll [………………….] it with
the tutor.
BRIAN: Now, could I ask you about the college [………………………….],

please?
TUTOR: Anything in particular?
BRIAN: Well, the course is one day a week, all day, isn’t it? So [……………….]
it’s possible to buy food?
TUTOR: Yes, the refectory’s open all day.
BRIAN: Does it cater for special diets? I have some food [………………….].
TUTOR: Provided you warn the [………………………….]in advance, it won’t

be a problem.
BRIAN: Good. What about facilities for young children? I’d like to bring my
daughter here while I’m studying.
TUTOR: How old is she?
BRIAN: Three.
TUTOR: Then she’s eligible to join the [………………………….], which is

supervised by a [………………………….]Nursery Nurse. The waiting list for a
place is quite long though, so you ought to apply now,
BRIAN: OK.

TUTOR: I don’t know if our [………………………….]advice service would be of
any interest to you?
BRIAN: Yes, it might help me decide how to develop my career after the
course.
TUTOR: The centre has a lot of reference [………………………….], and staff

qualified to give [………………………….]on a one-to-one basis.
BRIAN: I notioed a fitness centre next to the college. Is that for students?
TUTOR: It’s open to everyone, but students pay an annual fee that’s much less
than the general public pay,
BRIAN: And [………………………….]the college library stocks newspapers and

journals, as well as books?
TUTOR: Yes, and there’s also an [………………………….]room, for viewing

and listening to videos, cassettes, and so on.
BRIAN: Is there also access to computers?
TUTOR: Yes, your tutor will need to arrange with the technical support team
for you to get a [………………………….], so ask him or her about it when you
start the course.
BRIAN: OK.
TUTOR: By the way, do you know about our Business Centre?
BRIAN: No. What’s that?
TUTOR: It’s a training resource – a collection of materials for people to study

on their own, or use in their own [………………………….].
BRIAN: Uhuh. You mean books and videos?

TUTOR: Yes, and manuals for [………………………….]. Plus a lot of computer-
based materials, so people can work through them at their own speed, and
repeat anything they aren’t sure about. And you can [………………………….]
laptops to use in your own home or [………………………….]as well as printers
that you can take away.
BRIAN: Does it have anything that I could use to [………………………….] my

study skills? I don’t have much idea about report writing, and I’m sure I’ll need
it on the course.
TUTOR: Oh yes, there’s plenty of useful material. Just ask one of the staff.
BRIAN: Does the centre cover all the main areas of business?
TUTOR: Yes, topics like [………………………….], and of course marketing –

that’s a popular one. [………………………….] seem to queue up to borrow the
videos!
BRIAN: So it isn’t just for students, then?
TUTOR: No, it’s for members only, but anyone can join.
BRIAN: How much does it cost?
TUTOR: [………………………….]a year for a company, and £50 for

an [………………………….], with no discount for students, I’m afraid.
BRIAN: That’s very helpful. Well, I think that’s all. I’d better go home and fill
in the [………………………….] form. Thanks for all your help.
TUTOR: You’re welcome. Goodbye.
BRIAN: Goodbye.
SECTION 4

In the last few weeks, we’ve been looking at various [………………………….]of
the social history of London, and this morning we’re continuing with a look at
life in the area called the East End. I’ll start with a [………………….] history of
the district, and then focus on life in the first half of the [……………….].
Back in the first to the [………………………….]centuries AD, when the Romans

controlled England, London grew into a town of [………………………….]
people, and what’s now the East End – the area by the river Thames, and along
the road heading [………………………….]from London to the coast – consisted
of [………………….] with crops and [………………………….]which helped to
feed that population.
The Romans left in 410, at the beginning of the [………………………….]

century, and from then onwards the country suffered a series
of [………………….] by tribes from present-day Germany and Denmark, the
Angles, Saxons and Jutes, many of whom [………………………….]in the East
End. The technology they introduced meant that [………………………….]
and [………………………….]goods were produced there for the first time. And
as the East End was by the river, ships could transport goods between there
and [………………………….].
In the eleventh century, in 1066 to be [………………………….], the Normans

conquered England, and during the next few centuries London became one of
the most powerful and [………………………….]cities in Europe. The East End
benefited from this, and because there were fewer [………………………….]
there than in the city itself, plenty of [………………………….]settled there
from abroad, bringing their skills as workers, [………………………….]or
money-lenders during the next few hundred years.
In the [………………………….] century the first dock was [……………….]

where ships were [………………………….], eventually making the East End the
focus of [………………….] international trade. And in the late sixteenth
century, when much of the rest of England was suffering [………………….], a
lot of agricultural workers came to the East End to look for [………………….]
work.
In the seventeenth century, the East End was still a series of

separate, […………….] settlements. There was a shortage of [……………….],
so [………………………….]was drained and fcuill on to house the large
numbers of people now living there.

By the nineteenth century London was the busiest port in the world, and this
became the main source of employment in the East End. Those who
could [………………………….] to live in more pleasan [………………………….]
moved out, and the area became one where the vast [………………………….]of
people lived in extreme poverty, and [………………………….]from appalling
sanitary conditions.
That brief outline takes us to the beginning of the twentieth century, and now
we’ll turn to housing.
At the beginning of the century, living conditions for the majority of working
people in East London were very basic [………………………….]. Houses were
crowded closely together and usually yeiv hadly built, because there was
no [………………………….]. But the poor and needy were [……………….] by
the possibility of work, and they had to be housed. It was the [……………….],
rather than the condition, of the housing that was the major concern for
tenants and [………………………….]alike.
Few houses had electricity at this time, so other sources of power were used.
like coal for the fires which heated perhaps iust one room. Of course, the
smoke from these [………………………….]a great deal to the air pollution for
which London used to be famous.
A tiny, damp, [………………………….]house like this might well

be [………………………….]by two full families, possibly including several
children, grandparents, aunts and uncles.
Now, before I go on to health [………………………….]of this way of life, I’ll say

something about food and [………………………….].

SECTION 1

Questions 1-8
TOUR OF EUROPEAN CAPITALS
Leader: Jenny Allen
Driver: Ray ……………………………..(1)
Duration: ……………………… (2) days
DAY ONE
Wolverhampton => London arrive 1:00

3:00 ............... (3)
5:00 book into hotel
………………….(4) theatre trip
11:00 back at hotel
[can have something to…………(5)]
DAY TWO
London => ……………(6) 7:00

breakfast
9:30 Eurostar
1:00 book into Hotel …………(7)

5:00…………(8) free time
8:30 dinner
Questions 9 and 10
9. Why is there no tour of Brussels?__________
10. What will the group be visiting in Amsterdam?_________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
each answer.
BUSINESS PLANNING EXERCISE
FORM: PRESENTATION WITH …………………………………………. (11)
STUDENT TASK WHY
Mark financial…………(12) good at figures
Andrew helping Mark .........……(13) with figures
Jessica helping Debbie good research skills
Debbie research ………………(14) good research skills
Questions 15 – 18

Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE
15. The presentation will be in……………………………………………………………………

weeks.
16. Jessica cannot work on the presentation next week because she’ll
be………………………
17. Most of the basic work on the project will be done by……………………………..
18. The meeting to discuss the progress of the project will take place
on………………………………………
Questions 19 and 20
Choose the best answer A – D.
19. What time will the final meeting take place?
A. 11:00
B. 12:00
C. 1:00
D. 2:00
20. Who will present the final talk?
A. a Japanese student
B. Mark

C. Jessica
D. no one chosen yet
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27
Complete the interviewer’s notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE
INTERVIEW NOTES
Position: Assistant in languages department
Interviewer: Mrs Davis
Applicant: ……………………………….(21) Barracco
Appointment: [changed day – has to meet………….………………….(22)]

now…………………………..(23)
Application form already received and checked:

Yes [] No [] (24)
English Level: Fair Good Excellent
Work Experience: Worked in a bank……………………………….(25)
To teach: ENGLISH / ITALIAN/ RUSSIAN
Commitments: Applied for place on………………………….(26)
Details of teaching position: Teach course on………………………….(27)

Questions 28 – 30
28. What is the interviewee particularly concerned about?
_______________________________
29 Where will the interviewee live
_______________________________
30 When will the interviewee find out if she will be employed as a teaching
assistant?
____________________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 32
Circle the correct answer A – D.
31 Tonight’s ceremony is mainly
A to celebrate the centenary of the college.
B to celebrate the achievements of the college over 100 years.
C to present a prize to the college.
D to present prizes to the students.
32 Government figures show that the college’s main strengths are

A teaching, research and care for students.
B research and engineering.
C teaching and engineering.
D engineering research and care for students.
Questions 33 – 36
Complete each sentence in NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
33. In 1900, the area’s traditional industries were…………………………… and

agriculture.
34. The college originally wanted to help ……………………………………….. from the

town and local area.
35. Dr Bart Halliday is………………………………………. for winning the Nobel

Prize.
36. By 1917 it was producing……………………………..a year.
Questions 37 – 40
Write a short answer to these questions using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS.
37. Why didn’t Lucian Dewdley finish his studies?

………………………………………………………
38. What invention brought fame to the college?

……………………………………………………

39. In which other areas has the college become renowned?
…………………………………………………………
40. How long has the speaker been Principal of the College?
…………………………………………………………
Answer keys:
1. Smith
2. Six/6
3. tour of London/sites
4. 6.30 (pm)
5. cat/drink/eat and drink
6. Paris
7. King George
8. 8 (pm)
9. because of elections/blocked off roads
10. Van Gogh (accept Goph/Goff) exhibition
11. handouts
12. costing
13. experience
14. smaller companies
15. two
16. having (minor) surgery/in hospital
17. Debbie and Andrew
18. Thursday
19. B
20. D
21. Gina
22. father (in London)
23. Thursday aftemoon/2 o’clock
24. Yes
25. for two summers
26. Master’s (course)

27. Italian media
28. money
29. (her) college (accommodation)
30. couple of weeks/two weeks
31. D
32. A
33. weaving and cutlery/agriculture and cutlery/ weaving and agriculture
34. the poorest boys/the brightest boys
35. famous/known
36. 300 graduates/graduate engineers
37. because of illness
38. (Bell) racing engine
39. bridge building (technology)
40. 12 years/a dozen years
TASK II: GAP-FILLING
Section 1
You will hear a talk given by a guide to a group of tourists going on a coach
tour of the capital cities of Europe.
(fade in, person counting to themselves)
Forty-one, forty~two, forty-three. That’s everyone.
(raised voice speaking to a whole bus)

Okay, if you can just bear with me for a moment or two. Hello everyone.
Thanks for getting here on time. Well get [……………………………..]directly
and make the first leg of our trip. But first let me [……………………………..]
myself to you. I’m Jenny Allen and Fm going to be your tour leader on this trip
of [……………………..]. If you have any problems or [………………………..], or
if you want to know more about something, then ask me and I’ll do my very
best to help you. And this is Ray, Ray Smith, who is our driver for this tour.
And welcome especially to [……………………..] and [………………………..].
They’ve just finished their university exams and are [………………………..]
with a tour before going home to India.
Now, Eurobus’s European Capitals Tour. Five capitals in six days. I gave you
our [……………………………..]as you were coming aboard so let me take you
through it. It hasn’t changed from the time you [……………………………..], I
promise, but [………………………] things we couldn’t put in
the […………………..] have been confirmed now and I can tell you about them.
This is day 1 and we’re going to drive from here, down the Ml to London which
will be the first of our [……………………………..]. We expect to arrive in
London, at about 1.00 in the afternoon. There will be a break for coffee on the
way, probably around [……………………………..], at Northampton. After
lunch at 3.00, there’s a tour of the the sites of London: Buckingham Palace, the
Houses of [……………………………..], Trafalgar Square and so on. At 5.00
we’ll book you into your hotel for the night. We have [……………………..]
some tea but we need to leave at [……………………………..]promptly please, to
get you into the show on time. As we hoped, we’re all going to see Abba the
Musical (muted cheers), so you can all sing along. We’ll be back at the hotel by
11.00 and, if you want, you can have a drink or something else to eat then.
Day 2. Breakfast is arranged for [……………………………..]. We’ve booked a

full breakfast and the bus will leave at 8.30. We must be on time for this
because weve got to book into the [……………………………..]by 9.30 at the
latest and we can never be sure of the [……………………………..], so we need
to give ourselves plenty of time. There’re a [……………………………..]bar on
board Eurostar all the way to Paris, so you can get coffee or snacks or anything
during the time it takes to go to Paris, which is our second capital. We should
arrive at ten to one. We’ll go [……………………………..]to the hotel. By the
way, it will be the King George Hotel, not the Victor Hugo Hotel
as [……………………………..]listed. Don’t worry, it is actually a much better
hotel. The rest of the [……………………………..]in Paris remains the same.
Lunch followed by a tour of the city – the Eiffel Tower, the Arc de Triomphe,
Notre Dame. You’re free for_3 hours after 5 to go wherever you want and we’re

booked at 8.30 for dinner at L’ Escargot. It has four Michelin Stars and will be
a meal, I [……………………………..]you, you won t forget.
Now I [……………………………..] this is a lot to take in, so I won’t go through

the rest of it in any detail – although you can ask me later if you want. Ill just
point to some of the [……………..] changes so they don’t [………………..] you
later. Day three well drive to Brussels. The trip round the chocolate factory is
now [……………………………..]. It will be the Leonidas […………………….].
I’m looking forward to that. There won’t be a bus tour of Brussels because
there are [……………………………..] on day three and large parts of the city
will be [……………………………..] off, so we’ve arranged a walking tour
instead. If any of you feel that doesn’t [……………………………..], then see me
and my [……………………………..] in head office will iry to arrange something
else instead. Day four is Luxembourg and there’s no change there. Day five is
Berlin. Day six is Amsterdam, not exactly a capital city but the biggest Dutch
town. We have been successful at getting you into the Van Gogh
art [……………………..] there. I know some of you will enjoy that. Then it is
back on the ferry and we hope to be in Wolverhampton by [………………..].
Section 2
You will hear two students, Debbie and Andrew, talking about a
university assignment.
Debbie: Hi Andrew. I told Dr Ball that you were under the weather and he gave
me the details of the next [……………………………..]so you can get on with it
when you’re feeling better.
Andrew: Oh, thanks, Debbie. Another essay?
Debbie: Actually, it’s not an essay. We’ve got to givea [………………………..] o

the rest of the group and prepare [………………………..] for them.
Andrew: We? Is it group work?

Debbie: It’s you, me, Jessica and Mark. It’s a business planning exercise. We’ll
take a [……………………………..]new business and we’ll prepare a business
plan for it and then explain it to Dr Ball. We’ve got six weeks to do it.
Andrew: So how do we [……………………………..]the task?
Debbie: Dr Ball suggested we took the idea of running a [……………………..]

training company in the Middle East.
Andrew: Okay, so who’s doing what?
Debbie: Well, we had a chat and we thought you could help Mark. There’s
quite a bit of [……………………………..]training in the Middle East, so we can
get quite [……………………………..]financial costing into this. Mark will do
that. He’s good at [……………………………..].
Andrew: That’s good. I can help. 1 had a job last summer in an [………………..]
office and I’ve got experience with figures. Anyway, what are you and Jessica
going to do?
Debbie: We can do some more research on the smaller companies in the area
who do medical training while you and Mark can [……………………………..]on
the bigger firms. Both Jessica and I have good research skills.
Andrew: Seems you’ve been busy planning the whole project!
Debbie: Well, six weeks seems like a long time but we’ve got
some [………………..] tests in a fortnight so I think we’d better get on with
this [……………………………..] as soon as possible.
Andrew: You’re right. What about [……………………………..]when we can

meet to check on each others progress.
Debbie: That’s going to be a bit [………………..]. Jessica won’t be here from

next Monday to Saturday as she’s got to have some minor [………………..].
Andrew: Nothing to worry about, I hope.

Debbie: No, it’s just something routine. But Mark will be away at the weekend
and won’t be back until Tuesday or even Wednesday. His brother’s
getting [……………………………..]and he’s going to be besl man.
Andrew: That means neither of them will have much time to be working on
our [……………………………..]in the next couple of weeks then.
Debbie: No, and as we’ll all have to be studying for our mid-term tests as well,
I think you and I will be bearing the brunt of the work in
the [……………………………..] stages, Andrew.
Andrew: That’s fair enough Debbie but I hope they’ll pull their weight later. I
don’t want you and I to have to do all the work. We’ve got to pass these tests
too!
Debbie: You’re right but I don’t think Jessica and Mark are the type of people
to shirk their [……………………………..]. Anyway, when are we going to have
this meeting?
Andrew: What about next Wednesday?
Debbie: Well, Jessica will be fine by then but Mark isn’t sure if he’ll be back or
not so what about the following day to be certain?
Andrew: Agreed. But where? We all live in different parts of the town so how
about the Student Union bar?
Debbie: Don’t you think it would be rather noisy?
Andrew: Not if we meet in the morning. I haven’t got any […………………..]

until 2o clock.
Debbie: None of us has. No. wait, Mark has one at 11 but maybe he could miss
that this time and copy up the notes. Let’s say well meet at the bar but a bit
later, at noon.

Andrew: Good, that’s sorted out. Now, who’s actually going to give the
presentation? Jessica has such a quiet voice and Mark’s Scottish […………..] is
diff icult to understand.
Debbie: It’s not that strong! Sometimes I can’t work out what you are saying,
Andrew!
Andrew: OK. I admit my accent is not that clear. But remember we have
a [……………………………..]of Japanese students in the group. It wouldn’t be
fair on them to have to listen to any of us.
Debbie: We can [……………………………..]that later. We don’t have to woriy

about that yet. I’ll have to [……………………………..]. I’ve got a lecture in 10
minutes. So, get well soon.
Andrew: Thanks, Debbie. We’ll be in touch. Bye.
Section 3
You will hear a conversation between Mrs Davis and a lady she is
interviewing called Gina.
Gina: Mrs Davis, Hello. Can I see you for a moment?
Mrs Davis: Ah, Gina, hello.
Gina: Hello, Mrs Davis. It’s about the job as [……………………………..]in the
language department. I hope I’m not [……………………………..]you.
Mrs Davis: No … er, no, no. Of course not. I was rather thinking you were
coming to see me with the others tomorrow. Didn’t I make
an [……………………..] for you?
Gina: Yes, but I’ve got a bit of a problem. I have to go to London tomorrow to
meet my father. He’s coming over here for a [……………………………..]
meeting. I wondered if we could [……………………………..] it?

Mrs Davis: Yes of course. Right … Now, I got your application form, haven’t I?
Yes, here we are, Gina Barraco. So, tomorrow’s out. How about Thursday
afternoon at 2:00 o’clock?
Gina: That would be fine.
Mrs Davis: That’s perfect. Actually, I’m glad you came in because there were
one or two things our Personnel Department wasn’t sure about when
they [……………………………..]your application and I can ask you about them
now. How do you think you’d [……………………………..]-1 mean, your spoken
English is pretty good – how do you think you’d manage
the [……………………………..]side of things in English? I need to comment on
the level of your English.
Gina: Well, actually, I’m not too [……………………………..]about that kind of

thing. Before I came here 1 worked as a clerk in a bank for two summers. I’m
not a [………………………] secretary or anything, but I’m
fairly [……………………..] and I’m good at getting things done. I’m not so sure
exactly how good my English is, but then I’ll be teaching in Italian, won’t I?
Mrs Davis: Yes… I think your English will be fine and the […………………..]
would always welcome a good [……………………………..]. Now, tell me about
your [……………………………..]commitments next year.
You’ve [……………………………..]for a place on the Master’s scheme, haven’t
you? How would you fit that in with your work for us?
Gina: Well, it’s part-time over two years, so apart from the reading, which I
can do at the weekend and in the evenings, it’s about four class hours a week.
Anyway, I don’t know if I’ll be [……………………………..]on it, although I feel
quite excited. I had the [……………………………..]last Monday with Dr
Marplot, and it went really well. He asked me exactly the questions I wanted.
Mrs Davis: That’s good. Now, the post we’re looking to fill is to
teach [……………………………..]media – in Italian, of course. That involves
reading and [……………………………..]classes mainly, although you’d be
expected to help the [……………………………..]with their language as well.
You can speak to the other assistants about how it works, exactly – there is one
in each language department. They’re mainly [……………………………..],
although I think we’ve got one [……………………………..], too.

Gina: Can I ask something?
Mrs Davis: Of course.
Gina: Well, I think one of the biggest problems for me is going to be money. I
get a [……………………………..], as you know, and my parents are not rich, so
I need to know how much I’d be paid.
Mrs Davis: Of course. Well, the pay is not great – it works out
at [……………………………..] a week. But the good thing is, you wouldn’t have
to pay tax. Oh, and you’d be able to keep your college [………………………..] if
you wanted to. That would be cheaper than living out.
Gina: Yes. Oh, that sounds fine.
Mrs Davis: Well, as you know, I’ve got to see the other two applicants
tomorrow. Then it’ll take a week or so to discuss everything with Dr Santini,
the head of Italian … I [……………………………..]we’ll know in a couple of
weeks. OK? We’ll let you all know then.
Gina: Thank you very much, Mrs Davis.
Mrs Davis: Not at all, Gina. Thank you.
Section 4
You will hear a talk by a College Principal.
Well, perhaps I can start this evening by welcoming you all to

the […………………..] this evening. Some of you, of course, I know well
already, but the parents are mostly [……………………………..]to me. We are
very proud to have you here tonight to present the awards for this year’s
students, but also to [……………………………..]our centenary, and to celebrate
the [……………………………..] of the college over that time.
Before we go on to the main business of tonight, the achievement

[………………………..], I should like to say a few words to remind you why this

College has such a,unique [……………………………..] in this country. Because
it is well-known for what it is, which is quite simply the best
engineering [……………………..] in the United Kingdom. This is not just my
opinion, which might well be biased. It is based on government […………..]
which consistently show that year after year, we provide the highest levels of
education, engineering research and [……………………………..]care in the UK.
As most of you know, this is the college’s[……………………………..]year, and it

is important I feel to [……………………………..]on the origins of the college. A
hundred years ago, the traditional [……………………………..]of this area –
weaving, cutlery making and [……………………………..]– were in sharp
decline, and when they went, in came that [……………………………..]of the
past, unemployment and [……………………………..]. Our College was founded
in order to provide for the some of the poorest but brightest boys of the town
and surrounding area a way out of the poverty of the time. It was
an [……………………………..]success, thanks in no small part to the
first [……………………………..]of teaching staff, including Frank Harris, a
future president of the Aeronautic Society, and Dr Bart Halliday, whose name
is surely known to you all as a Nobel Prize [……………………………..] and
major [………………..] to the creation of the first [……………………………..].
By 1917 the college was turning out […………………..] highly skilled, highly
qualified graduate engineers a year. Former students at this time include
Frederick Cantor, who became a researcher at the atomic research station in
Minnesota in America, and the painter Lucian Dewdley, RA, who famously
didn’t […………………..] his studies because of [………………………..].
After the end of [……………………………..]in 1918, the college was

formally [……………………………..]to the Northern University in Colton, and
has remained a part of that institution ever since. The achievements of the
graduates and staff of the college in the years since then are too numerous to
list here, but I must mention the [……………………………..]of the Bell racing
engine, which has been such a [………………………..]force in automotive
engineering. These days, the focus of our research has changed to keep pace
with the changes in modern technology and while many of you will know that
we are [………………………..]well known for our [……………………………..]in
bridge building technology, you may be [……………………………..]to hear that
none of us has ever actually built a bridge in our lives. These days, it is all done
by computer models. So when we worked on the changes ot the Millennium
Bridge over the Thames, which [……………………………..]so badly, the first
we saw of the bridge was when we walked on it after the completion of the
changes. In the [……………………………..]or so years that I’ve been Principal,

that is probably one of my most [……………………………..]moments. To be
able to undertake this work through [……………………………..]modeling
rather than trial and error is surely the goal of [……………………………..]
research.

Test 42
SECTION 1
Questions 1 -10
Complete the following notes using A WORD or SHORT PHRASE for each
answer.
Borchester University
Example: Where to get food on campus
PLACE CAPACITY REGULAR MENU COST

vegetarian, fish
Main Refectory Hall 500 ………………….(1) …………(3) – £3
Open……………. (2)
Arts Building Café tea, coffee, hot

Open: 9 – 6 ……………..(4) chocolate, ……………..(5)
sandwiches

………………….(6)
Bar tea, coffee,
Open: 10 – 4 …………………………(7) £1.30
sandwiches
Questions 8 -10
8. You can hear a concert of classical music every …………………………………
9. The jazz concerts start at…………………………………………………..................
10. You can smoke in……………………………………………………........................
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 17
Complete Amanda’s notes in NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
WHERE TO SEND OUR RUBBISH
ITEM WHERE?
Returnable glass bottles

milkman,………………………………..(11)
……………………………… (12) glass container

Telephone book?
……………………(13)
Paperbacks ……………….(14)
……………….(15) general rubbish — no recycling
Newspapers …………..(16) container
…………………….(17) charity shop .
Questions 18 – 20
18. How will Amanda and Barry know where to put the different plastic
bottles?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
19. What does the technician do?
.....................……………………………………… ………………………………………
20. Who uses the clothes which are in bad condition?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 24

21. Roughly what proportion of the public is happy with the hospital?
A. all
B. the vast majority
C. Few
D. some
22. What is the purpose or the “Visitors’ Charter”?
A. To notify the public.
B. To display standards.
C. To help patients with special needs.
D. To give patients a sympathetic ear.
23. What is the purpose of the “sympathetic ear” symbol on patient records?
A. To make the patient aware of the problem.
B. To impair hearing.
C. To gain the patients’ consent.
D. To indicate a patient who has difficulty hearing.
24. The work on the main entrance
A. will be improved.

B. will be completed on schedule.
C. will be finished in a few months.
D. will cost more than planned.
Questions 25 – 27
25. Members of staff who know a foreign language ought to have……….....………

indicate this.
26 The hospital has bilingual staff speaking Welsh. Urdu and …………………..
27 The hospital hopes more languages will be offered in……………………
Questions 28 and 29
Circle TWO answers A – E.
Which ideas mil the hospital use for fundraising?
A. camping
B. outdoor suppers
C. sponsored bikes in the park
D. sponsored swims

E. surveys
Question 30
30. How many people completed the questionnaire?
A. 18 B. 15O C. 200 D. 98
SECTION 4
Complete the questionnaire below.

answer.
Borchester University
Module Assessment Feedback Questionnaire
Underline level: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Title of Module: An Introduction to ……………………………………..(31)
Name of tutors: Professor Merrick and ……………………………………….(32)
Underline type of meaning: lecture practical seminar (33).....other

(please specify)
Please score on the following scale:
1 = strongly disagree

2 = disagree
3 = agree
4 = strongly agree
1. The module has dearly stated aims and objectives. [4]
2. Teaching methods are well chosen.

…………………………………(34)
3. The tutor presents module content dearfy.

…………………………………(35)
4. The teaching is well matched by an up-to-date reading list.

………………………………….(36)
5. Book provision in the library is adequate.

………………………………….(37)
6. Time on each topic/area is well distributed. [4]
7. Assignment feedback is helpful.

………………………………….(38)
8. Seminar/group work improves understanding. [4]
9. Module stretches student’s capacity for knowledge/skills/ideas. [4]
Questions 39 and 40
Which problems in the classroom did Ann and Geoff note down?

A. inadequate facilities
B. room too small
C. room too hot
D. room has too many people
E. chairs without wings
Answer keys:
1. pasta and salad/pasta/salad
2. 11.30 – 2.30
3. £1.50
4. 50/fifty
5. £1.15
6. Theatre
7. Toasted
8. Thursday
9. 1 o’clock/l p.m.
10. the Main Refectory
11. Milkman

12. broken mirror
13. general rubbish
14. charity container
15. (car/old) batteries
16. Paper
17. Magazines
18. by a code
19. offer/give advice
20. paper industiy
21. B
22. A
23. D
24. B
25. a badge
26. Arabic
27. the autumn
28. B

29. D
30. C
31. South Pacific History
32. Dr. Smith
33. Lecture
34. 4
35. 4
36. 3
37. 2
38. 3
39. B or E
40. E or B

SECTION 1

Questions 1 – 2
Circle the correct answer A – C.
Example
The festival is about
A. rivers.
B. the inhabitants.
C. arts and music
1. The festival lasts for
A. 2 days.
B. 3 days.
C. 4 days.
2. It will take place on
A. 14,h July.
B. 4th July.
C. 4th August.
Questions 3 – 4

You can buy tickets from
A. the Town Hall.
B. the festival office.
C. libraries.
D. tourist advice centres.
E. post offices.
Questions 5-7
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS in each space.
5. The weather forecast for the festival is…………………………..
6. Food will be available from……………………………………………
7. There will be a bar selling soft drinks,…………………………………
Questions 6-10
Write ONE WORD in each space.
Name of band Where they come from What kind of music

Petie’s Dozen 8_______________ Jazz
Strings Poland Poland 9____________
The Fiddlers 10_____________ Folk

SECTION 2
Questions 11-20
Write A WORD or A NUMBER in the spaces.
Current Account Overdraft Application Form
Surname: O’ Drew
First name(s): 11_________________
Current Account no: 39261916
Address: 24, Kilverton Drive
12____________
SA3 9ER
Tel: 0458 88320
Date of birth: 13_________________
Work: Culver Engineering
14_________________
Carbury
Tel: 15_________________
Number of years in job: approx. 3 years
Current salary: 16_________________

Outgoings: Mortgage: 17______________
Credit cards: £45 18______________
£ 19 storecards
Personal loans: 19______________
Overdraft facility approved? Y/N
Overdraft limit: 20_______________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23
Complete each sentence with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS or A
NUMBER for each space.
Student Union Elections
21. There are…………………………..colleges in the university.
22. This election is held to choose…………………………..student union officers.
23. Turnout last year was only…………………………..percent of those eligible to

vote.
Questions 24 – 30
Complete the notes below. For questions 24 and 25 write ONE WORD for
each answer. For questions 26 -30 write the letter A – D. Write A if Maria
approves, B if David approves, C it both approve, D if neither approves.

CANDIDATE Good choice?
Jenny de Groot
24…………………………… Officer 26……………………………………….
Michael McCarthy
Entertainments Officer 27……………………………………….
Wu Bing
Lei 28……………………………………….
Overseas Officer
Charles Law
25……………………………… Officer 29……………………………………….
Brian McKay
Liaison 30………………………………………..
Officer
SECTION4
Questions 31 -32
Choose TWO answers.
The main topics of the lecture are
A. introduction lo linguistics
B. the history of European languages
C. various languages
D. how languages develop

E. languages and evolution
Questions 33 – 40
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each space.
33. Examples of natural languages are English, …………………….………..
34. In reality, natural languages are always ……………………………….
PIDGIN CREOLE
Came into being when two groups
Developed from pidgin into
Orgins couldn’t communicate in
36……………………………
35……………………………….
In Papua New Guinea, the
In, for example,
Spoken Caribbean,
37…………………………
38………………………………..
As complex as natural
Simplified form of one of the two
languages.
Features groups’ languages. Words have
Have to fight to get the
more 39……………………..
40……………………………
Answer keys:
1. B
2. C
3. B or E
4. E or B
5. hot and sunny

6. Stands
7. beer and wine
8. New Orleans
9. Classical Music/Favourites
10. Ireland
11. Michael
12. Chalvey
13. 23rd February 1967
14. Works Yard
15. 0912 79509
16. £18,000
17. £450
18. (a) clothes shop
19. none/no
20. £250
21. 4/four
22. 5/five

23. 25/twenty-five
24. Women’s
25. Finance
26. C
27. B
28. D
29. B
30. A
31. C or D
32. D or C
33. French and German/French and Greek/German and Greek
34. Changing
35. each other’s languages
36. a full language
37. (French) New Orleans
38. China and India/China, the Pacific/India, the Pacific
39. than one meaning

40. language recognised
Section 1
You will hear a guide introducing tourists to the Red River Festival.
Now, as I’m sure you know, the Red River [……………………………..]– that is,
the Red River International Music and Arts Festival, to give it its full name – is
on while you are here, and I’m sure I speak for all the [………………………..] of
Red River in inviting you most [………………………..] to attend. The festival
takes place over a long weekend – that is, it starts on the Friday afternoon and
runs until Sunday evening. Normally the festival would take place
on [………………………..], the same day as American [……………..]Day, but
this year we have [………………………..]it for the fourth of August.
Now, you can buy [……………………………..]for this festival either by the day
or for the whole festival. The second option is cheaper, although of course not
everyone can [……………………………..]for the whole time. A day’s ticket
is [……………………………..], and it’s [……………………………..]for the whole
festival. That’s very good value. If you want tickets, you are [………………….]
to get them early, because there are always more visitors than tickets. Space is
limited, so buy early! You can get them direct from the festival
organisers’ […………………..], the festival office, and I’ll give you that address
later, or you can get them from any of our three post offices or one of the
many […………………….] in the town. Last year we [………………………..]
them from tourist advice centres and the Town Hall, but this year it was
decided to limit the number of outlets to cut down on [………………………..]
costs.

The weather is looking good. The [……………………………..]expect it to be one
of the hottest and [……………………………..]weekends of the year, so it’s
perfect for the festival, although I would remind you to cover up and be aware
of the dangers of too much [……………………………..]. If it gets too hot for
you, you could always stay inside for some of the indoor events. And of course
you’ll be able to get food – from [……………………………..]and snacks to
barbecues, as well as [……………………………..]fast food – from several
stands. There will be a bar this year, but after last year we will only be selling
soft drinks, beer and wine. We have decided not to bother with
a […………………..], there won’t be any [……………………………..]on sale.
So, what’s on? Well, I can only give you a flavour of the many [……………..]
we have coming this year, but if I can name one of my personal favourites, you
must see Petie’s Dozen, a traditional New Orleans jazz band. They were here
last year, and were so popular that we’ve invited them back. If you like classical
music, we’ve got a string [……………..]from Poland, [………………………..]
called Strings, playing classical favourites. We’ve also got rock bands, a blues
band from the UK, a group of traditional [……………………………..]beer hall
singers, and another of my favourites, The Fiddlers, who come from Ireland.
Their special brand of folk music is popular all over the world. Moving on,
then, to other [……………………………..]in the Red River area. For children,
there’s lots to do and see, from [……………………………..]to theme parks …
(fade)
Section 2
You will hear a man and a female bank employee talking about
getting a loan.
(phone rings)
Woman: Good afternoon, County and District Bank Customer Services. Can I
help you?
Man: Hello? I need to speak to someone about getting a loan, an […………..].
Woman: Yes, perhaps I can help you. Do you bank with us, sir?

Man: Yes. My name is Mick O’Drew.
Woman: Sorry, sir. Your [……………………………..]is …
Man: O’Drew. Mick O’Drew but my full name is Michael.
Woman: And can I have your account number, please, Mr O’Drew?
Man: Yes, ifs [……………………………..].
Woman: That’s … fine. Now, 1 just need to confirm some details

for [……………………………..]reasons. What is your address?
Man: It’s 24, Kilverton Drive. That’s in Chalvey.
That’s C-II-A-L-V-E-Y. Er … the postcode is… [……………………………..].
Woman: Aid your telephone number?
Man: [……………………………..].
Woman: And can you tell me your date of birth, Mr O’Drew?
Man: Yes. It’s [……………………………..].
Woman: Thank you. Now, there are some gaps in your file here. I don’t seem
to have an address for you at work.
Man: No, when 1 joined your bank I didn’t have a job.
Woman: Ah …
Man: But I do now. I work for Culver Engineering. Thats in Carbuiy. The
address is 30, Works Yard. Carbuiy.

Woman: Could you repeat that?
Man: Works Yard. W-O-R-K-S Y-A-R-D. It’s two words.
Woman: Right. Thank you. Do you have a work telephone number where we
can [……………………..]you, please?
Man: Yes, it s …[……………………………..].
Woman: 7509.
Man: Nojt’s 79509.
Woman: Oh, right. Thank you. How long have you been there, Mr O Drew?
Man: Urn… I started in 1997…no, 1998.
Woman: OK, that’s fine. And can you tell me your current salary, please?
Man: Well, I’m not sure exactly, but it’s about, er … [……………………..].
Woman: Now, you would like an overdraft. Do have any other major debts?
Man: What do you mean?
Woman: Well, are you paying a [……………………………..]on your house?
Man: Yes…
Woman: How much is that every month?
Man: It’s about [………………………..].
Woman: I see… And do you have any credit cards or […………………..]?

Man: Yes. I pay 45 pounds a month in credit card charges. Oh, and about 19
pounds a month for my [………………..]– that’s with J.H. Olney, the clothes
shop.
Woman: Do you have any personal loans, or hire […………………..]

agreements?
Man: None whatsoever.
Woman: Right, well, the loan shouldn’t be a problem. I can set it up for you in
the morning. I’ve set your limit at [……………………………..], although you
can raise this to [……………………………..]if you’re still having problems. Just
give us a ring if you need to.
Man: Oh, that’s great. Thank you. Goodbye.
Woman: Goodbye, sir.
Section 3
You will hear a conversation between two students, David and
Maria, about the candidates for an election for student officers.
David: Hi Maria. Have you [……………………..] yet?
Maria: Oh, hello. David. Erm, what did you say? David: Have you voted yet?
You know, in the studenl union [……………………………..]?
Maria: Well, no… I mean, they’ve only just [……………………..] the names of
the final [………………………..]. The first round elections were only held last
week.
David: But I’ve voted already!
Maria: Yes… hut that’s the first round. You know how this works, don’t you?

David: Well, not exactly. I mean, I thought you just voted…
Maria: It’s pretty simple, but it’s made more [……………………..] because this
university has four [……………………………..], not just one. Each college can
have many candidates for each post. These are reduced to a logical number,
then the real voting takes place.
David: So what did I vote for last week?
Maria: That was the first round, like I said. You voted for the candidates
for [………………………..]College, thats all. There are also candidates from the
other three colleges.
David: Oh, I see.
Maria: Well, there are seven [……………………………..]to apply for in the

union, although two of those are dealt with later in the year. That’s the
president and the [……………………………..]. Anyway, each college sends
one [……………………………..]on to the second round, so that’s four in all for
each post – in other words …
David: In other words, it’s 20 candidates. That’s quite a lot!
Maria: It isn’t when you think that there are [……………………………..]at this
college!
David: No, I suppose not. Can they all vote?
Maria: Yes. Part-time and full-time students – everyone. But most don’t. Only
about a quarter of those [……………………………..]to actually bothered.
David: So who are the candidates from our college?
Maria: There was a [……………………………..]about it this week.

Some of the students stood as candidates for several posts before the final ones
were selected. I think Jenny de Groot is standing for Women’s Officer. She
wanted to be Finance Officer but Law got that post.
David: She seems to be more suited to working for the female students here.
Maria: Yes, I like her – she’s the best person for the job, fm not sure
I’d [……………………………..]Michael McCarthy for his post. He’s putting up
for Entertainments Officer.
David: Doesn’t he [……………………………..]the Saturday night band for the

college? And the sports events? Surely he’d be ideal — he has so much
experience.
Maria: Maybe. I don’t think he chooses the right kind of groups for the college
— he’s too wayout. He’s not my choice.
David: Who’s the candidate to be [……………………………..]Officer?
Maria: A Chinese student who’s been here for just over a year. She’s the
president of the Chinese club and she [………………………..]some
interesting [……………………..]evenings for them. She seems to be quite
capable
David: Do you really think so? She’s in my seminar group for [……………]. Her
English is quite poor and she’s so shy she never mixes with us.
Maria: Oh, there are 30 different [……………………..] here, so she’d need to be

more [……………………..]. Perhaps Vikram Patel would have been a better
choice.
David: Yes, I think so. Who did you say was finance officer? Law? Charles
Law? he does […………………..] so he should be able to cope with the post.
He’d be responsible for a lot of money.
Maria: I’ve always thought he was [………………..]and didn’t he fail some of

his exams in the first year? Doesn’t sound too [………………..] to me.

David: OK. yes. You’re probably right! Who’s the other person on the list?
Maria: It’s Brian McKay.
David: Oh, McKay. He’s quite a character. What position is he standing for?
Maria: He wants to be the Liaison Officer. The person who lets the
teaching [………………………..] know about any problems the students might
have. He’s such a sociable person he’d be a great [………………..].
David: Yes3 he’s articulate and [……………………………..]but he wouldn’t be

my first choice. Anyway they’re only the candidates from Peterborough College
so we’ll have to wait for the results of the real [……………………..] next week
to see who actually gets each post.
Maria: Yes, we can discuss this again.
Section 4
You will hear a lecturer giving a talk on languages.
[Lecturer]
Thank you all for coming. Are we all here …? Right, well, let’s begin …
This lecture, as you know, is the third in our course. Introduction

to [……………..]. Today we’ll be looking at a variety of different languages, not
any one [……………………..]one, and we’ll be looking especially at languages
which can help us understand how both language_and languages evolve.
Another issue that we will be [………………………..]is the way in which
languages have changed over time. These are
fairly [………………………..]areas, and they have proved to be rather difficult
to [………………..]. There are many different [………………..], some of which
we’ll look at today, (pause for 3 seconds)
[Lecturer]

But first I want to talk [……………………………..]about a few different ways of
looking at a language. Now, the language we all speak – English – is what is
called a “natural” language, like French, German, Greek. What do we mean by
that? Well, it’s a difficult term to define, because most languages
have [……………………………..]naturally, except for a very few such
as [……………………………..], which was invented in the […………………..].
So I suppose that what we mean by “natural” is a language which we
consider [……………………………..], fixed, not constantly changing. Now, as
we know, all languages are in fact constantly changing, so it’s something of
a [……………………………..], but let’s put it another way: “natural” languages
are [……………………………..]by us to be permanent: they didn’t appear
suddenly, they grew up out of other things.
Now, I want to [……………………..]these languages with two other kinds of

language, pidgin languages and [………………..]languages. A pidgin language
is a language which is forced into being by […………………..]– usually some
sort of situation where two groups meet and don’t speak each other’s language,
and they invent an [………………..]language, usually for the purpose of trade,
or sometimes war. An example is Tok Pisin, which is [……………………..]
spoken in Papua New Guinea.
A creole language, on the other hand, develops from a pidgin into a full
language. This happens when the pidgin starts having […………………..] that
is, people whose first language is the pidgin. This happened in the case of the
French creole spoken in New Orleans, for example.
Pidgins are found all over the world, especially in areas which are or were once
important trade [……………………………..]. The Caribbean, China, India, the
Pacific _ Basically, pidgins can be [……………………………..]with one or two
important [……………………………..]. They are made up of parts of the two
languages spoken by the group that have met – the trading groups or whatever
– and they are usually based on a [……………………………..]form of one of
those languages. That is, their grammar is a less complicated version of the
grammar in one language. They use [……………………………..]from both
languages, but there are fewer words, so each word often has more than one
meaning. For example, in Tok Pisin, “gras-bi long-face” means “hair” or
“beard”. The [……………………………..]is also made simpler, as pidgins lose
the complex vowels of the parent languages.

Creoles, on the other hand, formed when pidgins are learnt as a first language,
are just as complex as so- called natural languages. They are [………………..]
pidgins. There is often a considerable element of [……………………..], as the
emphasis moves from communication, which to pidgin speakers is most
important, to community, which is the mark of a creole. That is, a creole is a
community who speak a different, [………………………..]language. They often
have to struggle to get their language [……………………………..].
As to where pidgins come from, there are basically two [……………………..].

The first claims that all pidgins are [……………………………..]from a medieval
trading language, what you might call the first pidgin, called Sabir. This is
believed to have been based on [……………………………..]. It was spread as
the Portuguese traders went from place to place. (fade)

SECTION 1
Questions 1-3
Circle the correct answer.
Example
Sergeant Brown Is going to speak about
A comfort.
(B) safety.
C the police.

D Mr Fogcrty.
1. Sergeant Brown is
A. the community patrol officer.
B. the university security officer.
C. the community police adviser.
D. the university liaison officer.
2. Sergeant Brown
A. lives locally and is not married.
B. lives on the campus and has two daughters.
C. has a son at the university.
D. doesn’t live on the campus with his daughters.
3. Sergeant Brown has been a police officer for
A. 5 years.
B. 10 years.
C. 15 years.
D. 20 years.
Questions 4 – 6

4. The most dangerous place around the campus is………………………………………
5. The most dangerous place in town is…………………………………..
6. It is dangerous because of……………………………………………….
Questions 7-8
Circle TWO answers A-E.
Which TWO items should a student always carry?
A. a personal alarm
B. Valuables
C. their passport
D. Jewellery
E. some identification
Questions 9 – 10
Circle TWO letters A – E.
Which TWO things does Sergeant Brown recommend a student should do?
A. walk home in pairs
B. use public transport

C. drive home
D. arrange to be home at a certain time
E. not carry a lot of cash
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 13
Circle THREE letters A – E.
What are John and Sarah discussing?
A. the amount of work in the second year
B. the importance of medieval history
C. studying material in a different language
D. when their exams will finish
E. the level of work in the second year
Questions 14 and 15
14 Why is Sarah working in the market?
……………………………………………………………………….
15 How many courses must John and Sarah choose?

…………………………………………………….
Questions 16-20
Write A NUMBER or NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each space.
Recommended Requiremen
Course Credits Tutor
reading ts
Medieval
20 Dr Smith Study pack 17_________
Society
Development
Bouchier’s
of 20 Mr Milts None
18_________
Technology
The Crusades Allison & McKay’s The

10 19______ French
I First Crusades’
The Crusades Dr Shaker & Mallen’s ‘A General

10 French
II Professor Lord History of the Crusades’
Peasants and Hobart’s ‘Introduction 20________

16____ Dr Reeves
Kings to the Middle Ages’ _
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Circle the correct fetters A – C.

21. Dr Mullet was particularly impressed by Fayed’s
A. final year dissertation.
B. application form.
C. exam results.
22. After he took his exams, Fayed felt
A. nervous.
B. anxious.
C. happy.
23. Dr Mullet accepts people for the MA course because of
A. their exam results.
B. their ability to play games.
C. a variety of reasons.
24. What did Fayed initially go to university to study?
A. economics.
B. booms and crashes.
C. history.
25. The course Fayed is applying for is concerned with

A. the developing world.
B. the development of banks.
C. the economics of work.
Questions 26-30
Complete Dr Mullet’s notes on his interview with Fayed in NO MORE

THAN THREE WORDS for each space.
INTERVIEW WITH FAYED
Worried! Far from his country. 26___________________________
Will go to study in 27_________________________ if not accepted here.
After university wants to work 28________________________
Now going to visit 29___________________________
My decision – when? 30_____________________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 35
Complete each sentence with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
31 The public has more knowledge of vitamins than other pans…………………..
32 The public doesn’t always cat………………………………………
33 There is a widespread belief that Vitamin C can………………………………………

34 Vitamin A helps you see………………………………………
35 Many people wrongly think that taking vitamin supplements

can…………………………
Questions 34 – 40
Complete each space with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS or A

NUMBER.
Where to
Vitamin Name Helps the body Daily need
get it
have good vision, liver, butter,

A Retinol 36___ infection 750 mg egg yolks,
milk
form healthy bones sunlight,

D Calciferol veries with age
and 37_____ cod liver oil
wheatgerm,
E Tocopherol control fat 38_____ mg oils, eggs,
butter
green
K coagulate blood varies vegetables,
liver, eggs
metabolise yeast,
carbohydrates form cereals,
B. complex varies
healthy tissue and milk,
39______ cheese, offal
fight infection, fight

C Ascorbic aid 30 mg 40______
scurvy

Answer keys:
1. D
2. C
3. C
4. The park/ MacGowan Fields
5. the town centre
6. fighting and robberies/ muggings
7. A or E
8. E or A
9. A or D
10. D or A
11. A
12. C
13. E
14. to buy books/for extra cash
15. four/4
16. 20/twenty
17. none
18. History of Science
19. Dr Clare
20. French
21. A
22. B
23. C
24. C
25. A
26. homesick/homesickness
27. England
28. in his/own country
29. (friends in ) Germany
30. tomorrow
31. of nutrition

32. a healthy diet
33. cure colds/flu
34. in the dark
35. make you intelligent
36. fight/fight off
37. strong teeth
38. 10-12 mg
39. red blood cells
40. fruit and vegetables
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
Section 1
You will hear a policeman giving a talk to some students.
[man] … and so I’d like to hand you over now to Sergeant Brown. Thank you.
[2nd man]
Thank you, Mr Fogarty. Er, yes, as you know my name is Sergeant Jeff Brown,
and as Mr Fogarty has : indicated, I’ll be speaking to you briefly today about
security, about how to make your time at this university safer and more
comfortable.
I am officially the university [……………………..]officer, which means I have a

specific […………………………..]to act as a go-between for the university and
the police, if there are problems, and also to offer an official [………………..]
on or around [……………………..]and give individuals advice if they need it.

Now, my job is very important to me. I take security and reducing
the [………………..] of crime on this campus very [………..], because although
I don’t actually live on the campus, both my daughters [………………..] this
university, and my son is still here. So I am a local […………..] in every
respect. 1 have been the university liaison officer for the last five years but I
have been in the police force for 15 in all.
Now, on to some […………………………..]. The first thing I want to stress is

that this university is a […………………………..]safe place to live. We have had
no [………………………..]here in the five years Fve been here. In fact, crime of
any sort is very rare on the campus. We have good security here and although
there are a lot of staff and students, the […………………………..], including
myself, make an effort to get to know your faces!
However, as students it is of course wise for you to take [………………..]to

protect yourselves against crime when you are off the campus. As I said, the
campus itself is really very safe, but there is a large park right behind it,
MacGowen Fields, and although this is a beautiful place to sit or walk during
the day, at night you must be careful. One or two students have
reported [………………..]incidents at night while walking in the park, although
it must be said that no major [……………………..] have been reported.
Now, there are no areas in town which I advise students to avoid as

a [………………..], but the town centre is more […………………………..]than
other areas, especially in the evenings on Friday and Saturday. On these days
there is often fighting after people have had too much to drink in the pubs and
clubs in the area. There have also been a number of robberies
and […………………………..].
Well, that was my advice to you. Most of it is […………………………..]but

remember crime always happens when you least expect it. But there are ways
to protect yourself. First of all. the university […………………………..]all
students with personal alarms. If you are […………………………..], you can
use this to put off your attacker. Secondly, don’t take anything with you that
cannot easily be replaced like a […………………………..]or things
of […………………………..]value. Leave […………………………..]and other
valuables in your room when you go out. Always make sure you take
something which will […………………………..], you, perhaps your student card
or your […………………………..]. Thirdly, when you are out late at night, come
home in twos. It’s much safer if you’re w ith a friend than on your own. And

obviously, don’t have very much money on you. Finally, if you do know you’ll
be late back and can’t use public […………………..], tell someone else when
you […………………………..]to be home and if there’s a problem, they can
raise the alarm. So, that’s about all from me and I wish you a pleasant and safe
stay here. Thank you.
Section 2
You will hear two students, Sarah and John discussing their choices
of courses to study.
Sarah: Hi, John.
John: Hello, Sarah. What are you doing in here?
Haven’t all your exams finished?
Sarah: Well, yes, they have, but I’ve got to make my [………………..] for next
year. I still haven’t chosen what courses I’m going to do.
John: That’s why I’m here. Why don’t we have a look through the […………..]
together?
Sarah: That’s a good idea. I’m not sure about some of these courses
on […………………..]history.
John: No. In fact, I’m not sure about the whole second year. I was talking to
Peter Lily the other day – you know, he’s just […………………………..]the
second year – and he was saying that the work load is higher in the second
year because you have to read all these medieval documents in Latin. I mean,
the first year’s been pretty hard but next year will be […………………………..].
There are more […………………………..]in the second year – it goes up to six a
year for each course, doesn’t it?

Sarah: Yes. But we’ve got the experience of the first year to build on, so it must
get easier. And there isn’t so much secondary […………………………..]in the
second year. There aren’t so many books about the medieval [……………..].
John: Don’t you believe it! 1 think this year’s going to be hard work !
Sarah: Well, perhaps I’d better give up my job then.
John: You’re working as well?
Sarah: Yeah, I’ve been working in the same place for over a year now.
Only […………………………..], you know. Just Saturday mornings in the
market. I mean, it doesn’t pay much, but it’s interesting and it gives me a bit
of […………………………..]for my text books. Anyway, what about these
courses? How many do we have to take? I remember Professor Bolt saying
something about four courses in the second year, is that right? Or do we have
to do a certain number of […………………………..]?
John: Both. We have to select four courses, but for some courses there are two
parts. They count as one course. It’s […………………………..], because
everyone has to do Europe […………….] and Chronicles of the [………….].
Anyway, when you’ve chosen your four courses, they should add up
to […………………..]. Have you got the course brochure there?
Sarah: Yes. Look … under … second year history …
There it is.
John: Right. Yes, look. Most of these courses are 20 credits each, except for the
two short courses about the Crusades. They’re 10 each. Now, Medieval Society
… Hmm. What do you think?
Sarah: Well, actually, I think it looks really good. Dr Smith is OK, and you
don’t have to buy any books except a study pack. The best thing is, there are no
special […………………………..]– no Latin or medieval English!

John: The next one is Development of Technology with Mr Mills. Ail … this is a
good one. Peter […………………..] it. It’s all about the way printing [………..],
and early science. In fact, I think I could get a copy of Bouchier’s ‘History of
Science’ from him. That means I wouldn’t have to buy it.
Sarah: That does look interesting. And that doesn’t have any
special […………….] either. What’s next…? Ah, here they are. 10 credits each,
the […………………………..]. You need French to do them. I suppose a lot of
the documents are in […………………..].
John: That’s strange, look. There are different teachers for each part. I expect
that’s why it’s […………………………..]. Dr Clare does the first part, but it’s Dr
Shaker and Professor Lord for the second one.
Sarah: So that only leaves [………………..]and Kings, with Dr Reeves…. Oh,

look, you have to know French for this one.
John: Well, I must say I don’t fancy any course that asks you to have Latin, but
I think my French is good enough to read […………………………..].
Sarah: Yes, mine too. Well, what shall we choose …?
Section 3
You will hear an interview between Dr Mullet, a university lecturer
and a student, Fayed.
Dr Mullet: So, Fayed, you found my office quite easily.
Fayed: Yes, thank you.
Dr Mullet: Thank you for coming such a long way for the [……………..]. I
believe you are from the Middle East. Now, Fayed, I really wanted to speak to
you during this interview about two things – your exam […………………..]and
your final-year […………………………..]. Your thesis, your dissertation, that
was something quite special. Your personal tutor [………………..]sent me a

copy, and I must say that for a third year [……………………..]it’s a veiy
polished piece of work.
Fayed: Thank you.
Dr Mullet: Yes, it’s very […………………..]. Now, the thing is, your tutor tells
me that you weren’t all that happy with your exams …
Fayed: Well… The results aren’t out yet, as you know. The first four were fine,
but in the last three I lost my [………………………..]a bit and didn’t do so well.
I know I didn’t do as well as I could. I was […………………..]when I’d handed
in my exams.
Dr Mullet: Right. Well, exams are a bit of a game anyway. We can’t all do well
on the day. But here exam results are not everything, as you know – I set great
store by other […………………………..] in deciding whether we offer you a
place on the Master’s course. Perhaps you could tell me a little about how you
became interested in […………………..].
Fayed: Yes, of course. Well, I’ve always been interested in social and economic
history, so from a very young age I read about the booms and […………..]of
the 19th and 20th centuries. I originally […………………..]to study history at
university, but when 1 got there I realised I had the chance to study economics
at a high level, so I changed. My mother used to be an economist at the World
Bank, so I had her to help me and [……………..]me. Although she didn’t help.
me write my final-year paper!
Dr Mullet: No, quite. Now, you’re applying for the Master’s course in the
Economics of the Developing World, [……………………..]by myself and Dr
Branigan. Why this [……………………..]course?
Fayed: Well, I’ve read some of your work on the development of rural banks
and I thought this was a good place to be. I mean, this is my first choice.
Dr Mullet: And you’re not [………………..]about feeling homesick? You are

still young, and Australia is a very long way from your home. I mean, your
English is fine, there are no problems with language or […………………..], but
the [……………..]from your family may make it hard for you at first.

Fayed: I’ve thought about that. But it’s a problem wherever I go. If I don’t get
in here, I’ll probably take a place at a university in England. That’s just as far
from home!
Dr Mullet: I see, 1 see. And what are your long-term […………………..]. Fayed?
What do you want to do ultimately with your [……………..]and your life?
Fayed: I want to work in my country. You know there are some problems
there, and I want to try to right some of them in the economic [………..].
Dr Mullet: I see. And this is your last interview, I believe. That gives you four
weeks before the next term starts. What will you do during your holidays?
Fayed: Oh, I’m going to relax. I was going to work on my English, but in fact
I’ve got a couple of friends in I [……………………..], so I think I’ll go and stay
with them instead as I’ve never been to […………………..].
H: I see. Well, Fayed, as you know I can’t give you a [………………..]right

away. However, I can tell you that you’ve made quite an [……………..]with
your application, and I think you should not worry too much about the place.
My decision will be made tomorrow after I’ve seen the last [………………
…………..], and I’ll let you know within the next two weeks.
Fayed: Thank you very much.
Dr Mullet: Well, thank you for attending the interview.
Section 4
You will hear a lecturer give a talk on nutrition.
Now, the topic of today’s talk is […………………………..]– specifically,

vitamins and […………………………..]. I’ll be dealing first with some of the
most common […………………………..]about them. Then I’m going to talk
about what […………………..]there are, where they come from, and

the […………………………..]we need. We’ll have some time at the end of the
talk for any questions you may have.
Well, vitamins are known to the general public – in fact, the public knows
more about them than it does about certain other key ………………..] of
nutrition. One reason for this is that vitamins have been in the public eye for
quite a while – at least since the middle of the […………………………..], when
their importance first became widely […………………………..]. This awareness
does mean that the public knows how important vitamins are – even if it
doesn’t mean that we all eat a healthy diet all the time. However, a problem
does arise that is [………………..]with this, which is the number of
old […………………..] about vitamins. Usually these fallacies are not
dangerous, but they do lead to an [……………………..]high intake of vitamin
supplements. For example, it is widely held that high doses of vitamin C will
cure colds and flu. I’d like to hit this one on the head – there is
no […………………………..]that any vitamin can cure anything! No, I’m afraid
you’ll just have to let time sort out your cold. And of course, the body can’t
store vitamin C, so those tablets you take are just an [………………..]waste of
time.
Another common belief with no evidence is the idea that vitamin A helps you
see in the dark. Actually, there is some truth in this one, because vitamin A is
necessary for good […………………..]. But in the dark, in real darkness,
nobody can see. And of course, taking too much vitamin A can actually be bad
for you. But perhaps the most [……………………..]idea, heavily promoted by
certain companies, is that vitamins will make you [……………………..]. Now,
while a healthy diet is […………………..]if you are to make the most of your
intelligence, there is no evidence whatsoever that vitamin […………………..]
can make the slightest bit of difference. (Pause for 3 seconds).
So what can vitamins do? Or, perhaps more […………………………..], why do

we need them? Well, the answer is that we need them for all sorts of reasons.
Vitamin A, for example, also called […………………..], is essential for good

eyesight, especially at night, and to help us fight off [………………..]and
illness. We get it from liver, butter, [……………………..]and milk.
Vitamin D, as is well known, is used to build strong teeth and [………..], but it
also helps us […………………………..]calcium. Vitamin D is mainly formed in

the skin through the action of [………………..]. How much you need depends
on different factors such as age and health.
Vitamin E, […………………………..], is less well-known, but is necessary in

maintaining a healthy […………………………..]of fats in the body. We need 10-
12 mg every day, and although some people take […………………………..], you
can normally get what you need from a balanced diet.
The B complex includes vitamins BI, […………………..], B2, riboflavine, B6,

pyridoxine and B12, [………………..]. It performs many functions, including
allowing our bodies to metabolise carbohydrates, forming healthy tissue, and
perhaps most importantly, forming red blood cells to prevent [……………..].
We need varying amounts of the B complex, and while most of us can get
enough from a […………………..] diet, vegetarians may find themselves
deficient in B12, which is only found in any [……………..]quantity in meat,
especially liver.
Finally, vitamin C is the one everyone knows. [………………..] acid, as it’s also
known, helps fight infection, which perhaps accounts for the myth about
preventing colds. It also helps protect against [……………………..]. We need
30 mg a day, and can only really get this amount from eating plenty of citrus
fruit and fresh vegetables. Now, in a moment I’ll be moving on to talk about
how we can plan a diet which will […………………..] all our vitamin needs. But
before that. I’d like to look at some of the recent […………………..] in our
knowledge of the ways vitamin [……………..] can affect us …

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5
Complete the information below.

answer.

City Library
Head Librarian Example: Mrs. Phillips
Hours 1___________ to 4: 30
Books
Ground floor 2______________
Second floor Adult collection
Third floor 3_______________
Book carts
Brown cart books to re-shelve
Black cart books to 4______________
White cart books to 5_______________
Questions 6-10
Complete the library schedule below.
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/ORA NUMBER for each

answer.
Activity Location Day and Time
Story Time Children’s Room 6________ at 11:00
7_________ Reference Room Saturday at 8 ________

Lecture Series 9_______ Room Friday at 10 ________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Choose FIVE letters, A—I.
Which FIVE activities are available at Golden Lake Resort?
A. swimming
B. Boating
C. Waterskiing
D. Fishing
E. Tennis
F. Golf
G. horseback riding
H. Hiking
I. arts and crafts
Questions 16-20
Complete the schedule below.

Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD for each answer.
Night Activity
Sunday 16___________________
Monday Dessert Night
Tuesday 17___________________ Night
Wednesday 18___________________
Thursday 19___________________
Friday Talent Show
Saturday 20___________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Choose THREE letters, A-E
Which THREE thing are the students required to submit to their professor?
A. a written summary
B. Maps
C. a case study
D. charts and graphs
E. a list of resources used
F. a video
Questions 24 and 25

24. What two sources of information will the students use when preparing
their presentation______________
25. What will the students show during their presentation?___________
Questions 26-30
26. Only rescue birds that are
A. all alone.
B. obviously hurt.
C. sitting on the ground.
27. Protect yourself by wearing
A. gloves.
B. a hat.
C. protective glasses.
28. Put the bird in a
A. cage.
B. box.
C. bag.

29. Keep the bird calm by
A. petting it.
B. talking to it.
C. leaving it alone.
30. When transporting the bird,
A. speak quietly.
B. play music.
C. drive very slowly.
SECTION 4
Questions 31—33
Complete the information about the Great Barrier Reef.
The Great Barrier Reef is made up of 3.000 31 ______________and 600

32__________. Over 400 kinds of 33___________ can be found there.
Questions 34—38
Choose FIVE letters, A—I.
Which FIVE of these kinds of animals inhabiting the Great Barrier Reef are
mentioned?

A. sharks
B. starfish
C. seahorses
D. clams
E. whales
F. dolphins
G. sea turtles
H. crocodiles
I. frogs
Questions 39 and 40
39 What causes coral bleaching? ______________________
40 What has been one response to this problem?______________
Answer keys:
1. 8:30
2. reference books

3. children’s books
4. be repaired/repair
5. be sold/sell
6. Thursday
7. (family) movies
8. 2:30
9. meeting
10. 6:30
11. A
12. B
13. D
14. G
15.I
16. film/movie
17. discussion
18. lectures
19. games

20. dance
21. A
22. C
23. E
24. interviews, journal articles
25. photos (of birds)
26. B
27. A
28. B
29. C
30. A
31. individual reefs/coral reefs
32. islands
33. coral(s)
34. A
35. D
36. E

37. H
38.I
39. rising sea temperatures
40. shading the reef/shading
Section 1. You will hear a woman and a man talking about their
work at a library.
Woman: Hello. I’m Mrs. Phillips, the head [………………………………..].

You’re the new library [……………………..], aren’t you?
Man: Yes, I’m Robert Haskell, but please call me Bob.
Woman: All right, Bob. Let me take a few minutes to […………………..]how

the library works and what your [………………..] will be. First, the library
opens at [………………………………..]in the morning, so, naturally, we expect
you to be here and ready to work by then.
Man: Of course.
Woman: And you can go home at 4:30 when the library closes. Now, let me
explain where everything’s kept.

Man: It looks like here on the [………………………………..]is where
the [………………………..]books are.
Woman: Yes, that’s right. Up on the second floor is where the Adult Collection
is, both fiction and […………………………..].
Man: And the children’s books are there, too, aren’t they? 1 thought I saw
them in the room by the stairway.
Woman: No, those are magazines and newspapers for […………………..].

Children’s books are up one more flight on the third floor. We’ll take a look at
them later. Let me show you how we [………………………………..]our work.
Do you see that brown book cart over there?
Man: The one by the door?
Woman: Yes, that one. Those books have been [………………………..]in and
need to go back on the [………………………..].
Man: OK, so the brown book cart has books to re-shelve. What about this
black cart by the desk?
Woman: Those books have torn pages or [………………………..]covers. They’re

all books that need to be repaired.
Man: OK, I know how to do a lot of that. I’m pretty good at mending
[……….] and covers.
Woman: That’s great because we really need help with that.
Man: And that white cart in the corner? What are those books for?
Woman: Those are old books that we’ve taken off the shelves to make room for
new ones. We sell them as used books to [………………………………..]money
for the library.

Man: So they’re all ready to sell?
Woman: Yes, that’s right. So, now you know what to do with the books in the
carts. Lets talk about our [………………………………..]schedule.
Man: I understand this library has a number of interesting [………………..]

every week.
Woman: Yes, our activities are quite popular. The most popular one is Story
Time for the children.
Man: Do a lot of children show up for that?
Woman: Yes, a good many. It takes place in the Children’s Room on Thursday
mornings at [………………………..].
Man: Isn’t there a family movie night, too?
Woman: Yes, but it’s not at night anymore. We used to have Family Movies on
Fridays when the library is open until nine, but now we have a different
activity at that time, so we had to [……………………………..]Family Movies to
the weekend—Saturday afternoon.
Man: How much do you charge for the movies?
Woman: They’re all free. The movie always starts at 2:30 in the [………….]
Room. But you don’t have to worry about that since you don’t work on
weekends.
Man: And what takes place on […………………..]evenings?
Woman: We’ve just started a weekly [………………………..]. We have a

different [………………………..]every week, and the lectures cover all different
kinds of topics.
Man: That sounds like something I’d be interested in [……………………..].

Woman: Good, because we’ll need your help with that. You’ll be working
Friday evenings, and one of your duties will be to set up the Meeting Room on
the [………………………………..]for the lecture.
Man: What time will you need that done?
Woman: Let’s say by 6:15. The lecture starts at [………………..], and the room
needs to be ready well ahead of time. A lot of people [……………………..]early.
Man: Maybe I should have the room ready by six?
Woman: That wouldn’t be a bad idea. OK, why don’t I take you [……………..]
and show you the rest of the […………………..] (voice fades out.)
Section 2: you will hear a radio interview about a lakeside resort.
Woman: Good afternoon, and welcome to today’s show. The warm months
are with us, and many of you are getting ready to plan [………………..]trips. To
help you with that, we have a special [………………………………..]today,
Robert Sampson, director of the Golden Lake Resort. Robert, I understand
Golden Lake is a popular place for families to spend their vacations.
Man: Yes, families enjoy [………………………..]time at Golden Lake. Many

come back year after year. We have a [………………………..]location and fun
activities for both children and [………………………………..].
Woman: Could you describe for us some of the activities available at Golden
Lake?
Man: We have a lot of water activities, of course, since we’re right on the lake.
We have a [………………………………..]sandy beach for swimming. We also
have [………………………………..]and [………………………………..]available,
and many of our guests enjoy boating on the lake.
Woman: I imagine water skiing would be popular among your guests.

Man: Actually, we don’t permit [………………………………..]in the resort
area. It can be dangerous for swimmers and for the [………………………..],
too. We do have a great location for fishing, though, and you’ll often see guests
fishing from our dock or from the canoes.
Woman: That sounds very relaxing. What about activities on land? Do you
have [………………………………..]for tennis?
Man: We had tennis in the past, but the courts fell out of repair and since we
found that most of our guests weren’t interested in the game, we closed
the [………………………………..]. So that’s no longer an option. And, naturally,
because of our location in the woods, we don’t have an [……………………..]
area for a golf course. Rut I’d like to let your listeners know that we’ll be
adding a new activity this year. We’ve made an [………………………………..]
with a local stable, so now we’re going to have [………………………………..]
riding available for our guests. We’ve created [………………………………..]
riding trails around the lake.
Woman: That sounds lovely. Now, what about rainy days? WTiat can your
guests do when the weather’s bad?
Man: We have a games room and a [………………………………..]room. When

the weather’s rainy, some of our very [………………………………..]staff
members offer arts and crafts classes, for all ages.
Woman: What fun. Do you offer any other classes or activities?
Man: We have a weekly [………………………………..]of evening activities,

which anyone can [………………………………..]if they choose. Every Sunday
we show a film, always something that’s suitable for the whole family.
Monday’s my [………………………………..]night because that’s dessert night.
Our cook [………………………………..]a variety of desserts, and we get to taste
them all.
Woman: Mmmmm. I’d like to be there for that.
Man: Yes, it’s great. We get more [………………………………..]toward the

middle of the week. Our [………………………………..]night is on Tuesday.

Woman: Discussion night?
Man: Yes, we discuss different current events, depending on what’s

happening that week in the news. Then on Wednesdays we have lectures. We
invite different [………………………………..]to talk about local history
or [………………………………..]. This is actually one of our most popular
evening activities. We’ve found that our guests are really interested in learning
about the local area.
Woman: It sounds quite interesting.
Man: Yes, we’ve had some [………………………………..]speakers. Thursday

nights are totally different because that’s when we play games. That’s
especially fun for the children. The children love Fridays, too, because that’s
talent show night. Everyone gets in on that, staff, guests, everyone.
Woman: It looks like you have a lot of fun at Golden Lake Resort.
Man: We do. And we end every week with big fun, with a dance on Saturday
night.
Woman: Now I understand a little more why Golden Lake is such a popular
place for family [………………………..]. With such a variety of activities,
there’s something for every member of the family there.
Man: There is, and I hope your listeners will [……………………..]spending

their next vacation with us.
Section 3: you will hear two students talking about a class

assignment about wild bird rescue and rehabilitation.
Student 1: OK, let’s go over the […………………..]and see what we have left to
do. Let’s see…We have to give the professor a written summary of the
information we’ve [……………..] on our topic: wild bird rescue and [………..].
Student 2: The other written thing we have to turn in is a case study of the
rehabilitation of one bird. We’ve have the information on that already. Right.

All we have to do is write it up. What about [……………..]and […………..]? Do
we need to include something like that?
Student 1: I don’t think so. They aren’t really [………………………………..]. Rut

we do have to turn in a list of the resources we used.
Student 2: Naturally. What about videos? 1 heard some of the other students
were doing that.
Student 1: Well, I guess that must be optional, because I don’t see it on

the [……………..] list. OK. We should start planning our class [……………..]
since that counts for half the grade.
Student 2: We’ve looked at lots of [………………………..]of information, but I

think our best source was the interviews we did with the
wildlife […………………..]. Agreed. That and the journal articles. I think we
have enough information from those two […………………..], for the
presentation anyhow. The books we looked at weren’t all that helpful.
Student 2: I wonder if we should try to bring in some live birds for

the […………………..]?
Student 1: That would be too difficult, don’t you think? Rut we have lots of
photos of rehabilitated birds. We can show those.
Student 2: Right. OK, 1 think we should start by talking about how

to [………………..]a bird. Probably first we should help people understand
which birds need rescuing.
Student 1: Yeah, that’s really important because a lot of times people see a
baby bird that’s all alone, or they find a bird sitting on the ground, and they
think it needs to be rescued.
Student 2: And usually those are just baby birds learning to fly, so we
should [………………..]that people should only […………………..]to rescue a
bird that’s clearly [………………………..].

Student 1: For certain kinds of birds, the rescuer needs to wear […………..]
gloves, because some of those birds have [………………..]and can tear your
shirt or, worse, injure your face or some other part of your body.
Student 2: Yes. that’s an important point. OK, next, let’s tell people to put
the […………………..]in a box, a box with good air [………………………..]. We
should let them know that a cage isn’t necessary and a bag, [……………..]a
plastic one, could hurt the bird more.
Student 1: Another thing we need to say is that the best way to help the bird
stay calm is not by petting it or talking to it, but by leaving it completely alone.
Then people should take the bird to the bird rescue center as soon as possible.
Student 2: Right, and we should also point out that when they’re driving the
bird to the rescue center, it’s better not to play music on the radio or
talk [……………..]because those things just [……………………..]the bird.
Student 1: Yes, it’s better just to speak quietly while you have the bird in the
car. OK, we’ve got that part [………………………………..]. Next, we should talk
about what happens at the rescue center
Section 4. You will hear a lecture about the Great Barrier Reef.
Lecturer: Despite its name, the Great Barrier Reef isn’t just one large coral
reef.
Rather, it’s a system of coral reefs that […………………..]along the east coast
of Australia, covering an area of around [………………..]square kilometers.
The Great Barrier Reef is composed of [………………..]three thousand
individual reefs, which range in size from [………………………..]to more than
ten thousand hectares each. In addition, around [………………..]are scattered
throughout the area, particularly at the northern and southern ends.
The […………………..]themselves are composed of over [……...…..] different
kinds of coral, the largest variety of […............] found anywhere in the world.
Lecturer: Thousands of species of sea animals live in and around the reefs. All
together, approximately [………………………………..]species of fish inhabit
the reef area, including a number of different kinds of [………………………..].

One of the more interesting [………………………………..]to be found in the
reefs is the giant clam. This huge [……………………..]can live for more
than [………………………..]and can weigh as much as two hundred kilos.
Sea [………………………..]abound in the area, which serves as the breeding
ground for certain types of [………………………………..], many of which
are [………………………..]. Over 200 species of sea and shore birds feed, roost,
or nest among the reefs and islands. Many types of […………………………..]
can also be found living among and near the reefs. [………………………..], for
example, inhabit the marshes along coastal areas. Amphibians include at least
seven species of frogs […………………..] the islands of the reef.
Unfortunately, this wondrous area of the world is [……………………..]by

climate change. Rising sea temperatures have led to an effect called
coral […………………..], that is, large numbers of […………………..] dying off,
especially in the […………………………..] areas of the reef. The Great Barrier
Reef Marine Park Authority is […………………………..]to find effective ways to
deal with this issue that threatens the reef. One [………………………..]solution
involves shading the reef in certain areas to help keep the surrounding
water [………………………..]down.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER far each

answer.
Example: Global Bicycle Tours
Tour name: River Valley tour Tour month: 1____________

Customer Name: 2___________Schmidt
Address: P.O. Box 3_____________ Manchester
Bicycle rental required?_____Yes (X) No
Dietary restrictions: 4____________
Questions 5-7
Choose the correct letters, A, B, or C.
5. What size deposit does the caller have to pay?
A. 5 percent
B. 30 percent
C. 50 percent
6. When does the deposit have to he paid?
A. Two weeks from now
B. Four weeks from now
C. Six weeks from now
7. How will the luggage be carried?
A. By bus
B. By bicycle

C. By van
Questions 8-10
Choose THREE letters, A-F.
Which THREE things should the caller take on the tour?
A. raincoat D. water bottle
B. spare tire E. camera
C. maps F. guide book
SECTION 2
Questions 11—15
What change has been made to each part of the health club?
Write the correct letter, A-F next to questions 11-15.
HARTFORD HEALTH CLUB
A. installed a new floor
B. Repainted
C. moved to a new location
D. Rebuilt
E. Enlarged

F. replaced the equipment M 1
Part of the health club
11 swimming pools _______
12 locker rooms _______
13 exercise room _______
14 tennis court _______
15 club store _______
Questions 16-18
16. Tomorrow,____________for adults and children will start.
17. On Wednesday, there will be a___________.
18. A ____________is planned for next weekend.
Questions 19 and 20
19. How many months did it take to complete the renovation work?

A. three
B. Nine
C. twelve
20. What project is planned for next year?
A. An indoor pool
B. An outdoor tennis court
C. An outdoor pool
SECTION 3
Questions 21—25
Choose FIVE letters, A—I
What FIVE things will the students do during their museum internship?
A. art conservation F. Research
B. administrative duties G. write brochures
C. guide tours H. plan a reception
D. attend board meetings I. meet artists
E. give classes
Questions 26-30


answer.
City Art Museum
The main part of museum was built in 26______________
The 27_______was built sixty years later.
Collections: modern art, works by 28___________, sculpture, European art.
Classes: 29 _________classes for adults
Arts and crafts workshops for children
Weekly 30____________in the fall and winter
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Choose the correct letter. A, B, or C.
31. The tomato originally came from
A. Mexico.
B. Spain.
C. Peru.
32. The original color1 of the tomato was

A. red.
B. green.
C. yellow.
33. The Aztec word for tomato means
A. golden apple.
B. plump thing.
C. small fruit.
34. In the 1500s, people in Spain and Italy
A. enjoyed eating tomatoes.
B. used tomatoes as ornamental plants.
C. made medicine from tomatoes.
35. In the 1600s, the British
A. saw tomatoes as poisonous.
B. published tomato recipes.
C. ate tomato sauce daily.
Questions 36-40
Complete the timeline with information about the history of the tomato in the
United States.

1806 Tomatoes were mentioned as food in 36___________
1809 Thomas Jefferson 37____________at his home in Virginia.
1820 A man proved that tomatoes were not poisonous by eating them
38_____________
1830s 39_______________ appeared in newspapers and magazines.
1930s People began to eat 40__________________
Answer keys:
1. June
2. Karla
3. 257
4. Vegetarian
5. B
6. A
7. C
8. A
9. D
10. E

11. B
12. E
13. A
14. F
15. C
16. swimming lessons
17. tennis competition
18. party/club party
19. B
20. C
21. B
22. C
23. F
24. G
25. I
26. 1895
27. new wing

28. local artists
29. art history
30. concerts/concert series
31. C
32. C
33. B
34. A
35. A
36. a (gardener’s) calendar
37. served tomatoes
38. in public
39. tomato recipe/ recipes
40. raw tomatoes
Section 1. You will hear a woman booking a bicycle tour over the
phone.

Man: Global [……………..]. May I help you?
Woman: Yes, thank you. I’d like to sign up for a bicycle tour.
Man: Which tour were you interested in? We have the River […………..]tour
coming up in June and the Mountain tour in July.
Woman: The River Valley tour is in June? I thought it was in May.
Man: It actually takes place the first week of June.
Woman: Oh, I see. Well, I can still do that. The River Valley [……………..] is
the one I want.
Man: [……………………..]. Just let me take your information. May 1 have

your name please?
Woman: [………………..]Schmidt. That’s Karla with a K, not a C. K-A-R-L-A.
Man: Thank you, Ms. Schmidt. Address?
Woman: Do you need a street address, or can I give you my […………..] box?
Man: A post office box is fine.
Woman: It’s P. O. Box 2.57 [two-five-seven], Manchester.
Man: Thank you. OK, next. Will you be bringing your own bicycle, or do you
want to rent one from us?
Woman: I’ll bring my own.
Man: Excellent. Now, we provide all the meals, so we need to know if you
have any […………………………..].

Woman: I don’t think so. What do you mean?
Man: I mean if there’s any food you can’t eat. Some people have
food [………………………..]or are vegetarian or have to avoid dairy products,
things like that.
Woman: Oh, I see. Well, yes, I’m a [………………………..]. I never eat meat.
Man: All right. I’ll make a note of that. Now, the total cost of the tour
is [………………..].
Woman: That much!
Man: The price includes everything—food, hotel, [………………………..],

everything.
Woman: Everything?
Man: Yes, everything. The only other thing is you’ll want to tip
the [……………………..]. We usually recommend [………………………..]of the
total tour cost.
Woman: A five-percent tip. I guess that’s [……………………..].
Man: In order to reserve your space on the tour I’ll need a 30

percent [……………..].
Woman: Do you need that right away?
Man: We generally ask for the deposit at least four weeks before the tour
begins. The River Valley tour begins, let me see, [……………………..] from
now. So you’ll need to pay the deposit in two weeks.
Woman: I think I can do that. I wonder if you could tell me something. How
will our luggage be [………………………..]? Do we carry it on our bicycles?

Man: No, you leave that to us. We have a van that carries your [………..]from
hotel to hotel each day, so you don’t have to worry about it.
Woman: Great! I have a luggage [………………………………..]for my bike, but

I guess I won’t have to bring that.
Man: No, you won’t. But there are a few items we [……………………..]that
you bring. We can’t control the […………………..], so you should bring
a [………………………………..]or raingear.
Woman: Yes, that’s a good idea. And I should have my own spare tire, too,
shouldn’t I?
Man: Actually, you don’t need that, as our guide always [……………..]some.
And, of course, you won’t need maps either, since our guide has the route
all [……………………..].
Woman: What about a water bottle? I’ll need that, won’t I?
Man: Yes, you should [………………………………..]have a water bottle. A

camera would be a good idea, too, since that tour goes through some
very [………………………..]areas.
Woman: I have a guide book of that area. I wonder if I should bring it along.
Man: We don’t recommend [………………………..]. It would just be extra

weight, and the tour guide knows a great deal about the area.
Woman: Yes, I see. Is there anything else I need to know?
Man: I think we’ve [……………………..]the important points. I’ll send you a

tour [………………………..], and you can call again if you have any questions.
Woman: Thank you very much.
Section 2. You will hear a tour of a newly renovated health club.

Thank you all for coming to see the new [………………..]to the Hartford
Health Club. I know you’ll be as pleased as I am to see the
wonderful […………..]of our months of hard work to […………………..]the
club and bring you the best […………………..]ever. We’ll begin in here with
the swimming pool. You’ll notice the new color of the adult pool, a
lovely, […………………..]. Now walk over here and look at the children’s pool.
It’s the same green but, as you see, with brightly [………………………..]sea
creatures painted everywhere. Both of the pools needed painting, not only
for [………………..], but I think the new color greatly [……………………..]the
atmosphere of this part of the club. Next, let’s take a look at the locker rooms.
Don’t worry, there’s no one using them just now. Doesn’t it feel roomy in here?
We’ve [………………..]both the men’s and women’s locker rooms, so now
they’ll be much more [……………..]to use. There are bigger lockers, a good
deal more room in the [……………………..]area, and more places to
store [……………..]towels and equipment. Be careful as you walk through
here. The floor has just been […………..]and may be a bit [………..].
Let’s go up to the exercise room next. Here you’ll notice the new floor. Walk on
it. Doesn’t that feel comfortable? It’s a special [………………………………..],
softer than the old floor, an ideal [………………………………..]for jogging and
exercising. They had to move all the exercise equipment out while they were
working on the floor, but don’t worry, it will be brought back in before the end
of today. Let’s step [………………………………..]now and look at
the [………………….........……..]. We haven’t done a great deal here except to
the [………………………………..]. We replaced all the nets and the ball-
throwing machine. Otherwise, everything is the same as it was before. Let’s
walk down this [………………………………..], and here we are at the club store
in its new location. We thought here by the [………………………………..]was a
better place for it than where it used to be by the [………………………………..].
But it still has all the same items for sale: sports equipment and clothes in the
club colors.
Guide: We’re excited about the [………………………………..]activities

and events to take place in our newly [………………………………..]club. Now
that the pools are ready for use again, swimming lessons will begin tomorrow,
for both [………………………………..]and children. If you haven’t signed up
yet, you can stop by the office before you leave today and put your name on the
list. If you’re a [………………………………..], you’ll be interested to hear about
the tennis [………………………………..]coming up on Wednesday. Players
from different clubs all over the region will be [………………………………..]. If
you’d like to watch the event, tickets are available in the office.

Also, I want to be sure you all know you’re invited to our [………………….],
coming up next weekend. We’re […………………………..]the completion of the
renovation work, and we have a lot to celebrate. The entire renova¬tion project
was finished in just [……………………………..]. That’s three months less than
the twelve months we had [………………………………..]planned on. We’re
proud of that and proud that we came in under [……………………..], too.
Because we’ve had such good results with this project, we re already planning
the next one. We already have two indoor […………………..], and next year we
plan to [………………………..]an outdoor pool right next to the tennis courts.
Details of these plans will be made available to all club members soon.
All right, I think we’ve [……………………..]just about everything. Are there

any questions?
Section 3. You will hear a museum director talking to several

student interns, explaining their internship duties at the museum.
Dr. Johnson: Welcome to the City [………………………………..]of Art. I’m Dr.

Shirley Johnson, the director of the museum’s [……………………..]program.
Today I’ll be giving you an […………………..]to the museum and our
museum [……………………..]internship program.
Student 1: Will we get a chance to tour the museum today?
Dr. Johnson: Yes. We’ll start right now with a tour of the building. We’ll skip
the [……………………..]. Most of that part of the building is devoted to
art […………………..], which won’t be part of your [………………………..].
Let’s begin here on rhe ground floor with the museum offices.
Student 2: I guess this is where we’ll be spending most of our time, helping
with the office work.
Dr. Johnson: You’ll spend some time working in here so you can learn what
the administrative [………………………..]involve, but you’ll also get a chance
to experience all [………………………..]of museum work. This room in here is
the Museum Tours Office.
Student 3: I’m interested in that. I’d really like to help out with the tours.

Dr. Johnson: That’s great because you’ll all have a chance to lead some tours
and maybe even to […………………..]a tour of your own, too. Let’s go up to
the [………………………..]now.
Student 1: This is the board room in here, isn’t it? Will we get to go to board
meetings?
Dr. Johnson: Only members of the Board of Directors [……………..]those.

Now, back here behind the […………………..]are the classrooms. You’re all
welcome to attend any class you want at no charge.
Student 2: But we won’t be teaching any, will we?
Dr. Johnson: No, the staff of the […………………..]is responsible for that. Let’s
move up to the third floor now and the Research Department. Each of you will
spend some time working in here.
Student 3: Great. I’d like to help with the [………………………………..].
Dr. Johnson: We’re working on some veiy interesting research [………..]right

now. Also, as an […………..]of your research work, you’ll
probably [……………………..]to some of the museum’s [……………………..].
Student 1: I’m looking forward to that. 1 like writing about art. Another thing
I‘ve been hoping to be able to do is meet some [……………………..].
Dr. Johnson: You’re in luck, then. We’ve planned a [……………………..]for rhe

first day of your internship, and you’ll have the chance to meet several local
artists then.
Student 2: Could you give us a little [……………………..]of the museum? I

mean, when it was built and some information about the collections and things
like that?
Dr. Johnson: Of course. The main part of the museum was built
in […………………..], with a combination of public and [……………………..].

The new wing was built [……………………..]later, with a donation from the
Rhinebeck family.
Student 3: That part of the museum was built for the modern art collection,
wasn’t it?
Dr. Johnson: Yes, it was. In the main part of the museum, we have a
gallery […………..]to works by local artists, our […………………..]collection,
and a small collection of classical European art.
Student 1: You mentioned classes earlier. What kinds of classes does the
museum offer?
Dr. Johnson: In our Adult Education program, we offer a series of art history
classes, and for children we have a program of arts and [………..]work¬shops.
You can get a [……………..]from the office that will give you more
information.
Student 2: I saw a lot of [………………………..]set up in the main hall. What

are those for?
Dr. Johnson: Those are there for tonight’s musical [……………………..]. We

offer a weekly concert [………………………..]during the fall and winter, and, of
course, all of you are welcome to attend. Now, if there are no
more [……………………….], let’s step into my office and I’ll show you your
schedules.
Section 4. You will hear a lecture about the history of the tomato.
Lecturer: The tomato is a popular vegetable, which [………………………..]in

the cuisine of many countries around the world. It is
particularly […………………………..]in Italian cooking, but it was unknown in
Europe until […………………………..]explor¬ers brought it back from the
Americas. The tomato [……………………..]in the highlands of Peru. From
there, it eventually found its way to Mexico, where it
was [……………………..]by the Aztecs. The Aztec tomato wasn’t the large red
vegetable we know today. Rather, it was small and yellow. When this small,
round fruit [……………………..]in Italy, it was named “golden apple” for its

bright yellow color. You’ll notice I just called it a fruit. That’s because a tomato
is [……………………..]a fruit, even though most everyone calls it
a [………………………..]. The actual word [………………………..]comes from
the A/tec name for the vegetable, meaning “[…………………………..]thing.”
The tomato arrived in Europe in the [………………………..]and quickly

became a popular food in Spain and Italy. In the late [………………………..],
the Italians began publishing […………………………..]that used tomatoes. The
Rritish, however, had a different [………………………..]toward the vegetable.
It was grown as an [………………………..]plant in Britain in the 1600s, but it
wasn’t eaten because it was thought to be [………………………..]. It wasn’t
until the 1700s that [………………………..]became part of the daily diet in
Britain.
Lecturer: In the United States, tomatoes were also used as ornamental plants
rather than as food for a long time. This attitude began to change in the 1800s.
In [………………………………..], a gardener’s […………………..]mentioned
that tomatoes could be used to […………………………..]the flavor of soups and
other foods. Thomas Jefferson did much to [……………………..] the tomato’s
reputation as a food. He first served tomatoes to visitors at his home
in [……………………..]in 1809. Then, in 1820, a man named Robert Gibbon
Johnson decided it was time to […………………..], once and for all, the idea
that tomatoes were poisonous. To prove his point, he ate one kilo of ripe red
tomatoes in public. Two thousand people [………………………..]to watch this
feat, which took place on the steps of the court house in Salem, Massachusetts.
Amazingly enough, Johnson […………………..]this stunt! The popularity of
the tomato as a food began growing [………………………..]. Soon, people all
around the country were eat¬ing tomatoes. By the 1830s, American
newspapers and magazines were [………………………..]thousands of tomato
recipes. However, all those recipes [……………………………..]using tomatoes
in some cooked form. Tomato salads and [………………………..]were still
unknown. It wasn’t until a century later, in the [………………………..], that it
became popular for people to eat raw tomatoes.

SECTION 1

Questions 1-10

answer.
Example: ClearPoint Telephone Company
Customer Order Form
Order taken by: Ms. Jones
Name: Harold 1____________
Address: 2______________ Fulton Avenue, apartment

12
Type of service: 3______________
Employer: Wrightsville Medical Group
Occupation: 4______________
Work phone: 5______________
Time at current job: 6______________
Special services: 7__________ 8_________
Installation scheduled for Day 9_______ Time of day 10________
SECTION 2

Questions 11-14
Choose the correct letter, A, B, or C
11 The fair will take place at the
A Fairgrounds.
B park.
C .school.
12 The fair will begin on Friday
A morning.
B afternoon.
C evening.
13 The fair will begin with a
A parade.
B dance performance.
C speech by the mayor.
14 There will be free admission on
A Friday.
B Saturday.

C Sunday.
Questions 15 – 20
Complete the chart below.
Day/Time Event
Saturday afternoon 15___________ show
Saturday evening 16___________ by the lake
Sunday afternoon 17___________ contest
18___________ food
19___________ for children
All weekend
20___________ for sale
SECTION 3
Questions 21—23
How to get academic credit for work experience
First, read the 21___________ . Find courses that match your

work experience. Then write 22__________of your work cxperience.
Submit that together with a letter from your 23___________to the
university admissions office.

Questions 24—28
Where can the items listed below be found?
A admissions office
B counseling center1
C library
Write the correct letter, A, B, or C, next to questions 24—28.
24. university catalog ______
25. application for admission form ______
26. requirements list ______
27. recommendation forms ______
28. job listings ______
Questions 29 and 30
Choose the correct letters, A, B, or C.
29. What are full-time students eligible for?
A. Discounted books
B. The work-study program
C. A free bus pass

30. How can a student get financial assistance?
A. Speak with a counselor
B. Apply to the admissions office
C. Make arrangements with a bank
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Complete the chart with information about the black hear.
Range Lives in 31________________of North America

Ninety percent of diet consists of 32___________
Diet Also eats 33______________
Cubs Baby bear cubs are born in 34 __________________

Life span Black bears live for about 35______________in the wild.
Questions 36-40
Which characteristics fit black bears and which fit grizzly bears?
Write A if it is a characteristic of black bears. Write B if it is a characteristic

of grizzly bears.
36. Has a patch of light fur on its chest ________
37. Weighs 225 kilos __________
38. Has a shoulder hump _________

39. Has pointed cars _________
40. Has shorter claws ___________
Answer keys:
1. Kramer
2. 58
3. residential
4. office manager
5. 637-555-9014
6. nine years
7. long distance
8. Internet
9. Friday
10. morning
11. B
12. C
13. B
14. A
15. down
16. concert
17. singing
18. international
19. games
20. crafts
21. university catalog
22. a summary
23. work supervisor
24. C
25. A
26. B
27. A
28. C
29. B
30. A
31. forested area
32. plant foods
33. insects/fish
34. the winter

35. twenty-five years
36. A
37. B
38. B
39. A
40. A
Section 1. You will hear a man arranging to get a telephone

connection.
Woman: This is the ClearPoint Telephone Company

customer [………………………………..]office. My name is Ms. Jones. How may
I help you?
Man: Yes. I’m moving, and I’d like to arrange to have a phone
line [………………………………..].
Woman: Of course. Let me get some information from you first. May I
have your name, please?
Man: It’s [………………………………..]. Harold Kramer.
Woman: And would you spell your last name for me, please?
Man: K-R-A-M-E-R.
Woman: M-E-R. Got it. OK, could I have the address where you’d like to have
the telephone [………………………………..]?

Man: That would he number [………………………………..], apartment 12.
Woman: Is that a business or a [………………………………..]?
Man: A residence. It’s my new home address.
Woman: Then the type of phone service you want

is [………………………………..], not business?
Man: Yes, yes. It’s for my home.
Woman: All right. Fine. Now let me get

your [………………………………..]information. Who is your current employer?
Man: I work at the Wrightsville Medical Group.
Woman: Then your [………………………………..]is doctor?
Man: No, I work for the doctors. I’m the [………………………………..].
Woman: OK. And could I have your work phone number?
Man: It’s [………………………………..].
Woman: 9014. Great. Just one more thing, I need to know how long
you’ve been at your current job.
Man: I’ve been working there for quite a while now, let me see, eight, no,
nine, that’s right, [………………………………..].
Woman: OK, good. You’ve been there long enough, so I don’t need to ask
about any other work [………………………………..]. Now, in addition to our
basic phone service, we have several [………………………………..] available.
Man: Could you explain them to me?

Woman: Most customers opt for
unlimited [………………………………..]service. It really saves you money if you
make a lot of long-distance calls.
Man: Thar sounds like a good idea.
Woman: Then I’ll put you down for long-distance service. Another popular
service is [………………………………..]. Voicemail takes all your
messages [………………………………..], and all it takes is one simple phone
call to [………………………………..]them.
Man: Hmmm, voicemail. No, 1 don’t think so. I have an answering machine to
take my [………………………………..]. It’s old, but it still works fine.
Woman: We also provide Internet service if you’re interested in that.
Man: I am. I’lease put me down for Internet as well as phone service.
Woman: Right. OK, 1 think we’re almost finished. I just need

to [………………………………..]a time for the [………………………………..]to
go to your apartment and do the installation. l.et me see…. What about next
Tuesday? Would that work for you?
Man: No, not Tuesday. I’ll be at a [………………………………..]all day.

Wednesday would work, though.
Woman: I’m afraid I won’t have any technicians in your area on

Wednesday. I could send someone on Friday.
Man: That would be fine.
Woman: What time of day works best for you? Morning or afternoon?
Man: Morning would be best.
Woman: All right then. It’s on the schedule. Do you have any questions?

Man: No, I don’t think so.
Woman: Thank you for calling ClearPoint.
Section 2: You will hear a radio interview about an upcoming fair.
Man: Good afternoon, and welcome to City Hour, the radio show
that [………………………………..]you all the latest information about events in
and around our city. Today we have with us Cynthia Smith, who is heading up
this year’s City Fair. Cynthia, would you start by giving us some of the
basic [………………………..]about the fair? Where will it take place this year?
Woman: I’m glad you asked that question, because I know most people
will be [………………..]the fair to be at the [………………………………..]as
usual, but we’ve had to change the location this year due to
some [………………………..]work. You know, they’re building the new high
school in that neighborhood, and they’ve been using the fairgrounds as a place
to store construction [………………………………..]. So we’ve moved the fair to
City Park, which I think is a wonderful location.
Man: Yes, that will be a great place for the fair. I understand that the fair
begins on Friday morning with a [………………………………..]opening event.
Woman: Actually, it won’t begin until that evening, but you’re right about
the special event. [………………………………..], we’ve begun with
a [……………………..], but this year our opening event will be a special
dance [……………………..], and the most [………………………………..]part is
that the […………………..]will be one of the dancers.[……………..]Man:
The mayor is a woman of many [………………..]. Cynthia, could you tell
our […………………..]about the price of [………………………………..]? What
will it cost to attend the fair?
Woman: We’re trying to keep the price down as much

as [………………………..]. A three-day pass is just [………………………..]Or
you can buy a Saturday- or Sunday-only pass for $15. The opening event on
Friday, the dance performance, doesn’t cost any¬thing to […………………..],
and we’re hoping a lot of people will come watch that.

Man: Could you tell us about some of the events [………………………..]for
Saturday and Sunday, the main days of the fair?
Woman: We have a lot of exciting things planned. There are a number of

events [……………………..]for children, including a clown show on Saturday
afternoon. On Saturday evening, we’ve got an event that can
be [………………………..]by the whole family—a [……………………..]by the
lake.
Man: I’m sure that will be a popular event. Is there anything

special […………..]for Sunday?
Woman: Yes, a really fun event, and we hope a lot of people

will [………………………..]. There will be a singing [………………………..]in
the afternoon. It’s open to everyone, at no charge. It doesn’t matter whether
you’re an [………………………..]singer or not. If you’ve
always […………………………..]of singing on stage, this is your chance.
Man: That sounds like a lot of fun.
Woman: I think it will be. I’d also like your listeners to know
that […………………..]the special events I’ve [………………………..], there will
be things taking place all [………………………..]. For example, at the food
court, international food will be […………………………..]. You’ll be able to
sample dishes from all around the world. There will also
be [………………………………..]games for children at different locations
around the fair.
Man: Will there be things people can buy, [………………………..], anything

like that?
Woman: We have a large area set aside where there will

be [……………..]for sale. This will be an […………………..]to buy many
lovely […………………..]things, and to get to know some of our local artists
and […………………..], as well.
Man: It sounds like there will be a lot of fun for everyone at this year’s fair.
Thank you for sharing the information with us, Cynthia.

Woman: Thank you for inviting me.
Section 3. You will hear a conversation between a prospective

student and a university advisor about applying to enter the
university.
Student: I’m interested in entering your Business [……………………..]

program, and I’d like some information on how to apply. I’m a
little [………………………..]because I’ve been out of school for a number of
years.
Advisor: I hat could actually work to your [………………………..]. It’s

possible to get aca¬demic credit for work experience, if that experience
is […………………………..]to courses in our program.
Student: I’ve been working in business for several years. How would I
get [………………………..]credit for that?
Advisor: First, you’ll need to read the university [………………………..]to

see if any of the course descriptions match your specific job experience. For
example, if you’ve worked in accounting, you may be able to get credit for
an [……………………..]course.
Student: So then what would I do?
Advisor: You would write a summary of your work experience, relating it

to […………………..]courses we offer. Submit that to the [……………..] Office
with a letter from your work [……………….]confirming your experience.
Student: Would I submit those things at the same time that I apply for
admission?
Advisor: That would be the best idea. Have you seen a copy of our
university catalog?
Student: Not the most recent one. I have a copy from last year.

Advisor: You’ll need to look at the latest one. Unfortunately, I’ve run out of
copies, but you can get one from the [………………………..]for now, and I’ll
send you your own copy as soon as I have more […………………..].
Student.: Thank you. How does the admissions [………………………..]work?
Advisor: Well, first you’ll need to get an application for admission. Those
are available in the Admissions Office. The application
form [………………………..] all the instructions you’ll need.
Student: That sounds simple enough.
Advisor: Of course, you’ll need to make sure you meet all the
admissions [……………………..].
Student: How can I know what those are?
Advisor: We have copies of the requirements lists for all university

programs here in the [………………………..]. I’ll give you one before you leave
today.
Student: Will I need to get […………………..]from my employer or former

teachers?
Advisor: Yes, you will. The recommendation forms are available in the
Admissions Office. Now, I don’t know if you’ll also be applying for
a [………………………..] job through the university work-study program.
Student: I’m [……………………..] that. How can I find out what kinds of
jobs are offered?
Advisor: You can access the job listings from the computers in the library.
Are you planning to study full time or part time?
Student: I want to be a full-time student.

Advisor: Good. Then you’ll qualify for the work-study program. Part-time
students aren’t [……………………..].
Student: As a full-time student, would I be eligible for a free buss pass?
Advisor: No, unfortunately, we don’t have those available for any of our
students. However, you can apply for financial [……………………..]to help pay
for your books or for your [……………………..].
Student: I’d like to look into that. Do I apply for that at the Admissions
Office?
Advisor: No, that’s through us. You’ll need to make an [………………..]

with a counselor.
Section 4. You will hear a lecture about the black bear.
Lecturer: The black bear, or Ursus [………………………..], has a wide range,

inhabiting […………………………..]areas of North America, including Canada,
the United States, and parts of northern Mexico. Black bears
are [………………………..], getting their […………………………..]from a wide
variety of plants and animals. The particular foods any one bear
eats [……………………..]what’s available in the area where that bear lives, as
well as on the […………………...………..]of the year. Generally speaking, plant
foods make up […………………….....] of the bear’s diet. The rest of its
meals[……………………..] animal foods such as insects and fish.
Bears have a relatively long [……………………………..]period. Mating takes

place in the spring or early summer, but bear cubs aren’t born until the
following winter. Usually, two cubs are born at a time, although some litters
may have as many as [………………………………..]. Bear cubs are dependent
on their mother and may stay with her for close to two years. Wild black bears
can live as long as [………………………..]. They’ve lived for as long as 30 years
or more in [………………………………..].
Lecturer: Much of the black bear’s range [………………………………..]with the

range of its close cousin, the […………………………..]bear. Although these
bears are somewhat similar in […………………………..] and habits, it isn’t

difficult to tell the difference between them. Color isn’t necessarily
a [………………………..]characteristic, as both species of bears occur in a
range of colors from almost [……………………..]to dark brown or black. Many
black bears, however, have a patch of fur on their […………………………..]
that’s lighter in color than the rest of their fur. Grizzly bears don’t have
this [……………..]. Size isn’t always a distinguishing [………………..]either,
although grizzly bears are usually heavier, with an average weight
of […………………………..]. Black bears average 140 kilos in weight. Grizzly
bears spend time […………………..]in the ground for roots
and […………………..]that make up part of their diet. The large muscles they
need for this give them a distinct [………………………………..]. This hump
is […………………………..]in black bears, which don’t do the same kind of
digging. The shape of the face and ears is also different in each species of bear.
Grizzly bears have a […………………………..]between the eyes and nose and
short, round ears. Black bears, on the other hand, have
a [………………..]profile and longer, more pointed ears. Grizzly bears are
known for their [………………..]long, sharp claws. Black bears have
shorter [………………..], which are better suited for climbing trees.

Test 48
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4

answer.
Example: Grandview Hotel

Arrival date: 1_______________13th. Number of nights: 2
Number of guests: 2________________
Guest name: Roxanne 3______________
Credit card number 4______________
Questions 5-7
Which THREE places will the caller visit?
A. art museum
B. science museum
C. shopping mall
D. Monument
E. post office
F. Restaurant
G. park
Questions 8 – 10
Choose the correct letters, A, B or C
8. When will the caller arrive at the airport?

A. In the morning
B. In the afternoon
C. At night
9 How will the caller get to the hotel?
A. Subway
B. Bus
C. Taxi
10. What time does the hotel front desk close?
A. 10:00
B. 12:00
C. 2:00
SECTION 2
Questions 11 and 12
Write ONE NUMBER for each answer.
City Tours Fare Information
Adult All-Day Pass: 11 $______________

Children ages 5-12 All-Day Pass: 12 $______________
Children under age 5: Free
SECTION 3
Questions 13—15
Questions 10-20
Place Activity
First stop Enjoy the 16___________ of the day
Second stop Look at the 17________
Third stop 18___________ fish

Fourth stop Purchase 19______________
Fifth stop Visit the 20______________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A

21. When is the research project due ?________________
22 Where will the students conduct the interviews?__________________
23 How many interviews will they complete all together?______________
Questions 24-30
Complete the outline showing the steps the students will take to complete
their projects.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS far each answer.
A. Read 24_______________.
B. 25 __________________
C. Get 26________________
D. 27___________________

E. Get together to 28____________
F. Prepare 29_______________
G. Give 30__________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
Complete the timeline below.

each answer.
1832 31 __________________
In her teens Alcott worked to 32 _______________
At age 17 Alcott wrote 33_________________
34_______ Alcott enlisted as an army nurse.
35_______ Alcott published her letters in a book called Hospital

Sketches.
36_______ Alcott returned from her trip to F.urope.
37_______ Alcott published Little Women.
1879 38_died
39_______ Alcott set up a home for her family in Boston.

1888 40_________________
Answer keys:
1. February
2. one
3. Wilson
4. 2336189872
5. C
6. F
7. G
8. C
9. A
10. C
11. 18
12. 9
13. Hill Park
14. Bay Bridge
15. Green Street

16. View
17. Boats
18. Eat
19. Baskets
20. Theater
21. in three weeks
22. a shopping mall
23. Thirty
24. a government study
25. design the questionnaire
26. professor’s approval/approval for questionnaire
27. conduct interviews
28. analyze the results
29. charts (showing results)
30. class presentation
31. Alcott was born.
32. support her family.

33. her first novel/The Inheritance
34. 1862
35. after the war
36. 1866
37. 1868
38. May died.
39. 1882
40. Alcott died.
Section 1. You will hear a woman making a hotel reservation over

the phone.
Man: Good afternoon. Grandview Hotel.
Woman: Yes, hello. I, uh, I’m planning to spend a few days in your city next
week, and I’d like to, uh, make a [……………………………].
Man: Of course. When did you want to stay here?
Woman: Next week. Wednesday night and Thursday night.

Man: So, that’s [……………………………].
Woman: Yes, that’s right.
Man: And how many [……………………………]will there be?
Woman: Just me. So, do you have a room available?
Man: Yes, we do. I’ll just need to take some of your [……………………………].
May I have your name, please?
Woman: Oh, right, yes. It’s Roxanne [……………………………]. W-i-l-s-o-n.
Man: Thank you, Ms. Wilson. And may I have your credit card number?
Woman: It’s [……………………………].
Man: .9872. Got it. All right, Ms. Wilson, I have your reservation[……………].
Can I help you with anything else?
Woman: Well, yes. I was wondering, since I’ll have a couple of free hours
Friday morning before I leave, is there anything interesting to see close to the
hotel?
Man: Do you like museums? The art [………………………]very close by.
Woman: I love museums, but not art. Can’t stand it. I’ve heard your city
has a very interesting [……………………………], though.
Man: Yes, but unfortunately it’s closed in the winter. Are you interested in
shopping?
Woman: Sure, I love shopping. Are there any good [……………………]

nearby?

Man: Yes. We have a large shopping mall just two bus stops away. You take
the bus to Monument Square, and it’s just half a block from there. Just look for
the […………………], and you’ll see the mall [……………………]next to it.
Woman: Fabulous. Wliat about lunch? I hear your city has good
restaurants.
Man: Yes. There’s a nice restaurant very near. It’s just […………………]the
street from the park.
Woman: Sounds good. I can have lunch, then walk in the

park [……………………………]. I have one more question. What’s the best way
to get to the hotel from the airport?
Man: Subway is the fastest, of course. There are buses, but they’re quite slow.
Woman: I’ll be arriving quite late, after [………………]. I thought I might

have to take a taxi.
Man: The subway runs until [………………………].
Woman: Oh, good. Then I’ll do that. Will there be someone at the hotel
front desk that late?
Man: Oh, yes. The front desk stays open until two.
Section 2. You will hear a tour leader giving information about a

bus tour.
Thank you for choosing [……………………………]. The reason so many people

choose our tours when visiting this city is because you
can [……………………………]your tour to suit your own interests. Your all-day
pass [………………………]you to board our bus at any stop and stay as long as
you like at each place. The all-day bus pass costs Si8 for adults. Children
between the ages of five and twelve pay half the [……………………], and
children under five ride for free. Our buses run every hour on the half hour,
starting at [……………………………].

Our most popular tour is the Center City Tour, which goes to all the
major [……………………………]in the center of the city. From the starting
point here at the tour bus office, the bus goes to the first
stop, [……………………………]. As you may guess, this park is located at the
top of a small hill. The next stop is the [……………………………]. Following
that, the bus goes on to the third stop, Bay Bridge, located at the foot of
the [……………………………]which crosses the bay. The fourth stop is in the
shopping [……………………………], then the fifth and last stop is at Green
Street.
Tour leader: There are many interesting things to do and see on the Center
City Tour. At the first stop, you can enjoy a [……………………………]view of
the bay, the city, and especially of the fishing docks, which
are […………………]at the foot of the hill. At the second stop, you can walk
around and look at the [………………………]. Fresh fish from the bay is also for
sale here, since this is the place where the [……………………]bring in their
catch. The next stop is where some of the city’s
finest [………………]restaurants are located, so you might want to plan a lunch
stop here. You can eat fresh fish here [……………………]in the traditional local
way. The fourth stop is, of course, where you can do your shop¬ping. Don’t
miss the [……………]to purchase some of our city’s
famous [………………]baskets. You’ll want to take several home
as [……………………]of your visit to our city. Finally, at the last stop on the
tour, you can visit one of the oldest buildings in our city, the rhe- ater. This
building was built over [……………………………]ago and is still used today as a
place to see plays, [……………………………], and other [……………………], as
well as our annual film festival.
Section 3. You will hear a conversation between two students plan-

ning a research project.
Student 1: We’d better start planning our [……………………………]project,

because we don’t have much time left before it’s due.
Student 2: I know, only three more weeks.
Student 1: Is that all? I thought we had more time than that. Well, let’s get to
work, then.

Student 2: OK, so we agreed we’re going to interview shoppers about their
spending habits. Did we decide to conduct our [………………………]at the
department store?
Student 1: We haven’t decided anything [……………………………]yet, but I

think the shopping mall would be a […………………………]. We’d get more of a
variety of shoppers there.
Student 2: Yes, that’s a good point. So, let’s do that. How many interviews did
the […………………]say we had to complete?
Student 1: She said at least thirty. That sounds like a lot, doesn’t it?
Student 2: Yes, but if we divide it up betw that’een the two of us that’s

just [……………………]each. That’s not so bad.
Student 1: OK, so I guess we’d better start designing our [……………………].
Student 2: Well, we have to do some reading first, don’t we? Didn’t we say we
were going to compare our results to the results of a [……………………]study?
Right, the government study about how the [……………………………]crisis has
changed people’s spending habits. We want to see if we get […………………].
Student 1: Yes, so we’d better read that first and then design our questionnaire.
Then I guess we’ll be ready to go out and interview [………………………].
Student 2: No. Don’t you remember? The professor said she had
to [……………]our questionnaire first, before we actually […………………]the
interviews.
Student 1: Oh, right. So we’ll get her approval and then conduct the interviews.
I think a Saturday would be the best day for the interviews, because everyone’s
out shopping then.
Student 2: Right. We’ll do it on a [……………………………], then.

Student 1: And let’s also plan to get together the next day
to [……………………]the results. It’s best to do that while everything’s fresh in
our minds. Don’t you think? Sure. That sounds like a good idea. OK, so then
we’re going to have to [……………………]our results to the class. Do you have
any ideas for that? It’s an [………………………]part of our grade, so I think we
should plan it well.
Student 2: Well, I think the [……………………]thing is to prepare

some [……………………]showing our results and how they compare with the
government study. That will help make the information a lot clearer to the
class.
Student 1: Right. OK, so we’ll draw up some charts of the results.
Student 2: And then that’s it. All that will be left to do is give the class presen-
tation. Do you think we can be ready on time?
Student 1: I sure hope so. Let’s get started now.
Section 4. You will hear a professor give a lecture on Louisa May
Lecturer. Good afternoon. Todav, I’d like to continue

our [………………………]of the lives of […………………]American writers by
talking about Louisa May Alcott, one of the best-known [………………]writers.
Alcott is known for her [……………………]girl’s novels, but she was a much
more serious [……………………]than those novels might lead one to believe.
She was horn in [……………………………], the daughter of Bronson Alcott,
who was one of the [……………………]of the [……………………]Movement.
Rronson Alcort was a [……………………………]but not a provider, and the
family lived close to poverty. From an early age, Louisa was [………………]to
find a way to improve her family’s economic [……………]. As a teenager, she
worked to support her family by taking on a variety
of [……………………………]jobs, including leather, [……………………………],
and household [……………………]. Alcott also srartcd writing when she was
voting. She wrote her first novel when she was just […………………]years old;
although, it wasn’t [……………………]until many years after her death. It was
called The [……………………………].

In [……………………………], the Civil War broke out. Alcott worked as
a [……………………………], sewing uniforms and [……………………………]for
soldiers. The following year, she [……………………………]as an army nurse.
She spent the war years in Washington, nursing wounded soldiers at
a [……………………………]hospital. While working at the hospital, she wrote
many letters to her family at home in [……………………………]. After the war,
she turned the letters into a book, which was [……………………………]under
the tide Hospital Sketches. She also wrote [……………………………]romantic
stories, which she sold to [……………………………].
Around this same lime, she was offered the […………………]to travel to
Europe as the companion to an invalid. When she returned home from Europe
in [……………………], she found her family still in financial [……………]and
in need of money, so she went back to writing. Her big break came
in [……………………]with the [……………………]of her first novel for girls,
Little Women. The novel [……………………]instant success, and the public
wanted more. From then on, Alcott [……………………]herself and her family
by writing novels for girls. It wasn’t the writing she had dreamed of doing, but
it [……………………]her a good income.
Alcott took carc of her family for the rest of her life. In […………………], her
youngest sisrer, May, [……………………]. A year later, May died after giving
birth to a daughter. Louisa Alcort raised her sister’s [……………………]child.
In 1882, Bronson Alcoa […………………]a stroke. Soon after that, Louisa
Alcott set up a house for him, her nicce, her sister Anna, and Anna’s wo sons in
Boston. Her mother was no longer living by this time. Alcott was still
writing [……………………]for girls, including two […………………]to Little
Women: Little Men and Jo’s Roys. The latter was […………………]in 1886.
Louisa Alcott had […………………]poor health ever since

she [……………………]typhoid fever while working as a war nurse. She died in
March of […………………]at the age of 55. She was [……………………] in
Concord, Massachusetts.

Test 49
SECTION 1
Questions 1—5
Example Plainfield community center
Classes and Activities
Days Class/Activity Age Group
Wednesday. Saturday 1_______ children, teens

2____________ Tennis 3__________
Tuesday, Thursday 4_____ children, teens, adults
Friday Book club 5_________
Questions 6-10

each answer.
Membership fees 6 $________(individual)
7 $________(family).

Located at 107 8___________Street
Parking is located 9___________.
The Center is closed on 10 _____________.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Choose FIVE letters, A—J.
Which FIVE things should hikers take on the hiking trip?
A. sleeping bag F. backpack
B. tent G. walking poles
C. food H. maps
D. dishes I. jacket
E. hiking boots. J. first-aid kit
Questions 16-20
Safety Rules for Hiking

Always stay ahead of the 16______________
Stop and wait at any 17_____________
Don’t try to climb 18_______________
Don’t 19________________ wild animals.
Always carry 20________________ with you.
SECTION 3
Questions 21—24
Choose FOUR letters A-G.
Which FOUR of the following are required of student teachers?
A. weekly journal.
B. sample lesson plans
C. meetings with other student teachers
D. observing other teachers
E. evaluation from supervising teacher
F. portfolio
G. final exam
Question 25

25, Who has to sign the agreement form?
A. the student teacher
B. the supervising teacher
C. the advisor
Questions 26-30
First week 26____________ due
Fourth week 27____________ meeting
Seventh week 28____________
Fourteenth week 29____________ due
Fifteenth week 30____________
SECTION 4
Questions 31—35
31. Retailers place popular items

A. in the back of the store.
B. near the front entrance.
C. at the end of the aisle.
32. Carpet patterns are used to
A. help shoppers feel comfortable.

B. appeal to shoppers’ decorative sense.
C. encourage shoppers to walk in certain directions.
33. Retailers can keep customers in the store longer by
A. providing places to sit.

B. keeping the doors closed.
C. lowering the prices.
34. Music is used in stores to
A. entertain customers.
B. slow customers down.
C. make customers shop faster.
35 The scent of vanilla has been used in
A. ice cream shops.

B. bakeries.
C. clothing stores.
Questions 36—40
Complete the chart about the effects of color
Color Effect
Purple encourages people to 36_________

makes restaurant customers
Orange
37___________
Blue conveys a sense of 38________
Bright colors appeal to 39_____________
Soft colors appeal to 40____________
Answer keys:
1. tutoring sessions
2. Sunday
3. teens, adults
4. Yoga
5. adults
6. 75
7. 225
8. Eliot
9. across the street/in a garage
10. Monday
11. A
12. D
13. E
14. F
15. I
16. sweep/rear leader
17. intersection
18. rocks
19. Feed
20. water
21. A
22. B
23. D
24. F
25. B

26. term paper topic
27. first evaluation
28. student teacher conference
29. term paper
30. semester review
31. A
32. C
33. A
34. B
35. C
36. spend money
37. leave faster
38. security
39. younger people
40. older people
Section 1. You will hear a woman asking for information over the
phone.
Man: Good afternoon. [……………………………..]Community Center.
Woman: Yes, hi. I’m new in town, and I was [……………………………..]about

the services the Community Center has to offer.
Man: We offer a variety of [……………………..]activities. What were you

interested in, in particular?

Woman: Well, everything, I guess. OK, let’s start with kids. I have
a [……………….]son. What activities do you have for teens?
Man: Right now, during the school year, we have

tutoring […………………..]for children and teens, in all subjects.
Woman: That would be good. He needs help with [……………………………..].
Man: We can certainly help with that. Just have him come by any Wednesday
or Saturday afternoon. That’s when the tutoring sessions are [………………..].
Woman: Fantastic. What about sports? Do you have sports activities for teens?
Man: We have [……………………..]on Sunday mornings for teens and

Sunday afternoons for adults.
Woman: Hmmm, I don’t think my son would like that, but my husband might.
For myself, I’d be more interested in […………………..]. Do you offer yoga
classes?
Man: We do. Our yoga classes take place on Tuesday and Thursday evenings.
We [……………………………..]it up into several groups, so there’s one class for
younger children, one for teens, and one for adults.
Woman: Really? I doubt my husband and son would be interested, but I’d like
to sign up for yoga. I also like reading. Do you have any book clubs?
Man: We have one just about to start. The first meeting will be next Friday
morning. It will focus on early [……………………………..]novels.
Woman: Too bad it’s Friday morning. I think my son would enjoy it, but of
course he’s in school at that time.
Man: Well, actually, that book club is for adults only. We may start one up for
teens next summer, but we have nothing for that age group right now.

Woman: Oh, well. I suppose he has enough to keep him busy for now. Now,
what about [……………………………..]? Do these classes and activities cost
anything?
Man: There’s a small charge for [……………………………..]for each class.

However, they’re all free to members. Would you be interested in becoming a
member?
Woman: How much does the [……………………..]cost?
Man: Not much at all. The yearly fee is [………………………..]for individuals

and [……………………..]for families.
Woman: What do I get with the membership?
Man: You get free access to all classes and activities, and you can use our
facilities, like the tennis court, the exercise room, and the meeting room.
Woman: It’s not a bad deal, really. Could you tell me exactly where the cen¬ter
is […………………..]?
Man: It’s at 107 [one-oh-seven] Eliot Street.
Woman: Is that Eliot with two Ls or one L?
Man: One L. E-L-I-O-T. It’s right downtown.
Woman: I think I know where it is. Do you have [……………………..]?
Man: Yes. You can park just across the street. There’s a [……………..]there.
Woman: That sounds easy enough. Maybe I’ll come in one day next week and
sign up for some classes.
Man: That would be fine, but don’t come on Monday because we’re closed
that day. We’re open Tuesday through Sunday.

Woman: Oh. Thanks for telling me. Maybe I’ll stop in on Tuesday then. Can I
pay for the classes with a [……………………..]?
Man: We accept checks and credit cards.
Woman: OK. Thank you very much. You’ve been very helpful.
Section 2. You will hear a hike leader giving information about an

upcoming hiking trip.
Hike leader: Good evening, everyone. As you know, this is our last meeting
before we [……………………………..]on our [……………………………..]week-
long hiking trip, so tonight I’ll be telling you everything you’ll need to know to
be ready for the trip. Let’s talk about [……………………..]first. Having the
right equip¬ment is [……………………………..]for your comfort and safety.
First, you’ll need a warm and [……………………………..]sleeping bag.
However, you won’t need to worry about carrying a […………………..]since
we’ll be sleeping in [……………………………..]along the way. Also, part of the
fee you’ve paid for the trip goes toward food, so you won’t need to put that on
your packing list either. We’ve found, though, that it’s more […………..]for
each person to bring his or her own […………………..], so be sure to pack
a [……………………………..], a cup, and a fork, knife, and spoon. That’s all
you’ll need in the way of dishes.
Perhaps the most important item to put on your list is a comfortable pair
of [………………..]. Nothing ruins a hike more than
getting [……………………..]and sores from [……………………..]boots. So
make sure your boots fit you right. Shoes and sneakers aren’t [……………..]for
the type of hiking we’ll be doing. Of course, a […………………..]is necessary
for carrying your equipment. Make sure you have one
that’s […………………..]and comfortable to carry. Walking poles have become
popular among hikers recently, but we don’t recommend them. They can get in
the way when too many hikers are using them at once, and some
serious [……………………………..]have been caused, so it’s best to leave those
at home.
Let’s see…What else? Oh, yes. Some people have asked me

about [……………………………..]. They’re available, but you really don’t need
them, as your hike leaders have scouted out the trail and will

be [……………………………..]you along the way. And don’t forget to bring
a [……………………………..]. You may think you won’t need one in this warm
summer weather, but remember that evenings in the mountains can get quite
cold. Is there anything else I need to tell you? Oh, yes, your guides will each be
carrying a first- aid kit, so that’s one less thing for you to
pack [……………………………..]. Remember, you’ll be carrying your backpack
all day, so keep your load light and don’t [……………………………..].
I know you’re all experienced hikers, bur it’s always

worth [……………………..]the rules of the trail since they’re so important.
These rules are in place for the safety of everyone on the trip. As you know,
there’ll be a hike leader walking at the head of the line, who will show the
group the way. At the end of the line will be the rear leader,
or [……………………..]. It’s important to always stay ahead of this person
while we re on the trail. There are several different trails on
the [……………………..]where we’ll be hiking, and they cross each other at
some points. When you come to any [……………………..]of trails, stop and
wait for the rest of the group to […………………..]. This way we can be sure
that no one goes off on the wrong trail. Let me […………………..]here how
important it is to stay on the trail. We’ll be climbing through some steep
and [……………………………..]areas. Don’t be tempted to go off on your own
and try to climb some rocks. That can be quite [……………………..]. Also, it’s
not likely, but it is possible that we’ll [………………………..]some large wild
animals along the way. The last thing you want to do is try to feed any of them.
That will just encourage them to follow us, which could lead to some
dangerous [……………………..]. One last thing: Before we set off hiking each
morning, be sure to fill up your water bottle. This is perhaps the most
important safety rule. [……………………..]can be a serious problem when
you’re out in the [……………………………..], so you must always be sure to
carry an adequate supply of water with you.
I think that covers just about everything. Are there any questions?
Section 3. You will hear a conversation between a university

student and a faculty advisor about the requirements for the
student teach¬ing semester.
Advisor: I’d like to go over with you today some of the [………………..]for
your student teaching, which you’ll be [……………………..]next semester.

Student: I’m really looking forward to working in a real classroom and
teaching children, but I’m [……………………………..]about it, too.
Advisor: One of my roles is to provide you with whatever support you may
require. One thing that helps me do that is to know what you’re doing in the
classroom, so I require all my students to keep a journal about their
teaching […………………..].
Student: That sounds like a lot of work. Will I have to write in it every
day?
Advisor: Yes, if you can. You’ll give it to me at the end of each week.
Another thing I’ll want from you is a few sample lesson plans. I’ll let you know
ahead of time [……………………………..]how I want you to do them.
Student: Several of us from the university will be student teaching at the

same school. Are we [………………………..]to get together regularly
to […………………..]our work?
Advisor: I’ll meet with each student teacher [……………………..], but you
aren’t required to meet with each other. Of course, you can talk together as
much as you want. You will, however, have to [……………………..]some of the
other teachers in the school, besides the teacher you’ll be working with.
Student: Then will I get an [……………………………..]from my

supervising teacher at the end of the semester?
Advisor: Actually, no. I’ll do your evaluation, and I’ll base it on several
things. One is your required [……………………………..], which should contain
samples of your class [……………………………..]and your students’ work.
Another important thing is your term paper.
Student: Then there won’t be a final exam?
Advisor: No, we don’t feel that’s [……………………………..]for student

teaching.

Student: I know I have to get an agreement form signed. Since you’re
my [……………………………..], are you the one to do that?
Advisor: No, that form is for your [……………………..]teacher to sign, to

document that he or she agrees to have you in the classroom as a student
teacher.
Student: Oh, I see. I’m concerned about the term paper I’ll have to do, and
the […………………..]process. I’m not sure I understand what I’m supposed to
do.
Advisor: Regarding the term paper, the first thing is to choose a topic. It
should be […………………..]to your teaching work. You should let me know
your term paper topic by the end of the first week of the [……………………..].
Student: Will you be observing me regularly in the classroom?
Advisor: Yes, and during the fourth week of the semester, we ll have our
first evaluation meeting to discuss my [……………………………..].
Student: One thing I’m really looking forward to is the student

teacher [……………………………..]that the university puts on every year.
Advisor: I’m glad you’re looking forward to it. Of course, everyone in the
pro¬gram is required to [……………………………..]. The conference takes
place, let me check, yes, the [……………………………..]of the semester.
Student: When will 1 have to turn in my term paper?
Advisor: The term paper is due by the end of the fourteenth week of the
semester. Then during the [……………………………..]and final week, we’ll get
together one last time for a semester review.
Student: Wow. It looks like I have a busy semester ahead of me.
Section 4. You will hear a lecture about customer psychology.

Lecture: An understanding of customer [……………………..]is an invaluable
aid for retailers looking for ways to increase sales. Much can be done to the
store environment to […………………..]shoppers to linger longer and spend
more money. The first aspect to consider is the [……………..]organization of
the store. Placement of [………………..]has a great deal of influence on what
customers buy. For example, a common practice
among [………………………..] is to place the store’s best-selling merchandise
near the back of the store. In order to get to these popular items from the
front [……………………..], customers have to [……………………………..]aisles
filled with merchandise that they might not see otherwise. [………………..]are
also used to direct cus¬tomers through particular areas of the store. Retailers
choose carpets not only for their [………………..]or comfort value, but also
because lines or other types of [………………..]in the carpets
can [……………………..]guide shoppers in certain directions. Besides
encouraging shoppers to go to certain areas of the store, retailers also want to
keep them in the store longer. One way to do this is to provide comfortable
seating [……………………………..]the store, but not too close to the doors.
This gives customers a [……………………………..]to rest and then continue
shopping.
Retailers can do a number of things to create a pleasant […………………..]in

the store, thereby encouraging more [………………………..]. Music is
com¬monly used, not as entertainment, but as a [………………..]influence. It
can slow the customers’ pace through the store, making them spend more time
shopping and, [………………………..], making more purchases. Scent’s are
also used in [……………………..]ways. Everyone has had the experience of
being drawn into a bakery by the smell of [……………………………..].
Experiments have been done with other types of [……………………………..], as
well. For example, the scent of [……………………………..]has been used to
increase sales in clothing stores.
Lccturer: Use of color is another important [………………………..]of store

environment.
Certain colors can affect behavior as well as mood.

Light [……………………………..], for example, has been found to have an
interesting effect on customer behavior. People shopping in an environment
where light purple is the [……………………..]color seem to spend money more
than shop¬pers in other environments. Orange is a color that’s often used
in [……………………..]restaurants. It encourages customers to leave faster,

mak¬ing room for the next group of diners. Blue, on the other hand, is
a [……………………..]. It gives customers a sense of security, so it’s a good
color for any business to use. In addition to using color to create mood and
affect customer [………………………..], color can also be used
to […………………………..]certain kinds of customers to a business. Stores
that cater to a younger [………………………..]should use bold, bright colors,
which tend to be [………………………..]to younger people. Stores that are
interested in attracting an older clientele will have more success with soft,
subtle colors, as older people find these colors more [……………………..].

Test 50
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Example: Globetrotters Language School
Class Schedule
Chinese Level: Advanced
Level: Advanced
Days: 1_____________evenings

Japanese
Level: 2______________
Days: Tuesday and Thursday mornings
Level: 3_______________
Days: Monday, Wednesday, and Friday mornings
French
Level: Intermediate
Days: Friday 4_______________
Questions 5—8
Write NO MORE THAN ONE NUMBER for each answer.
Tuition information
One week 5 $_____________
Four weeks 6 $ ____________
Six weeks 7 $ _____________
Twelve weeks 8 $ ___________
Questions 9 – 10

Complete the sentences below
9. Students can register for a class by visiting __________________
10. _______________________ is in charge of student registration.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Write the correct letter; A—J, next to questions 11—15.

11. Harbor View Bookstore
12. Pear Cafe
13. Souvenir Store
14. Art Gallery
15. Harbor Park
Questions 16 – 20
Complete the sentences below
Harbor Park
16. The park was built in ______________.
17. A ______________ stands in the center of the park.
18. Take the path through the__________________.
19. In the middle of the garden is a__________________ .
20. A ___________________takes you down to the harbor and a view of

the boats.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Complete the information about the archives.

each answer.
Welcome to City Archives

The following people may use the archives:
▪ University students with a valid 21_____________

▪ City residents with payment of 22_____________
▪ All others: Special permission from the director is required.
Hours:
Days: 23 ____________ through _______________
Hours: 9:30 A.M. until 24 ________________P.M.
Questions 25—30
What can be found on each floor1 of the archives building?
Write the correct Utter, A-G next to questions 25-30.
CITY ARCHIVES
A. nineteenth-century documents
B. maps
C. personal papers
D. photographs
E. books about the city
F. newspapers
G. information about the woolen mill
Floor of the building

25. basement _____
26. ground floor _____
27. second floor _____
28. third floor _____
29. fourth floor _____
30. fifth floor _____
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
Historical Uses of Wind Power
Ancient China Windmills were used to 31___________
Ancient Persia Farmers used wind power to 32_____________
The Netherlands People used windmills to 33____________
Questions 34 – 40
Complete the chart below

Wind Power
Unlike oil and coal, wind power does not
The cost of the initial investment is high.
cause 34__________
There are limited supplies of oil and coal, The 37___________ of the wind is not
but wind is a 35____________ constant.
It 36_________ to generate electricity with Wind turbines are usually located far
the wind from 38___________
Wind turbines may spoil
Wind turbines do not take up much land
39_____________
Wind turbines are as 40__________ as
a high-speed car.
Answer keys:
1. Wednesday and Friday
2. Intermediate
3. Beginning
4. Mornings
5. $125
6. $410
7. $575
8. $1,050
9. the school office
10. Mr. Lindsay

11. A
12. C
13. F
14. H
15. I
16. 1876
17. Statue
18. Woods
19. Fountain
20. Staircase
21. identification card/ID
22. an annual fee
23. Tuesday; Sunday
24. 8:30
25. D
26. A
27. F

28. B
29. G
30. C
31. pump water
32. grind grain
33. drain lakes
34. Pollution
35. renewable resource
36. costs less
37. Strength
38. Cities
39. the scenery
40. noisy
Section 1. You will hear a man asking for information about lan
guage classes over the phone.

Woman: Good morning. [………………………]Language School. How may I
help you?
Man: Yes, I was wondering if you could give me some information on language
classes.
Woman: Certainly. What [……………………………]are you interested in

studying?
Man: Well, that’s the thing. I’m interested in learning [………………………],

but I’d also like to [………………………]my Chinese. I don’t know which to
study right now.
Woman: Maybe the class [………………………]will help you decide. Did you
want to study in the morning, afternoon, or evening?
Man: I work in the evenings, so mornings or afternoons would be best.
Woman: Then that [……………………………]it for you. We offer an advanced

Chinese class, but it meets on Wednesday and Friday evenings.
Man: I couldn’t do that. When do the Japanese classes meet?
Woman: We have beginning Japanese on Tuesday and Thursday mornings, no

wait, that’s [……………]Japanese. Which level do you want? […………………]?
Man: No, beginning. Definitely. I know some Chinese and some French, but
I’m a real [……………………]with Japanese.
Woman: Well then, are you free Monday, Wednesday, and Friday mornings?
That’s when the beginning Japanese classes meet. We also have inter¬mediate
French on Friday mornings.
Man: I could do those mornings, but I’d [……………………………]afternoon.

Don’t you have anything in the afternoon?

Woman: We have intermediate Japanese class on Wednesday and Friday
afternoons.
Man: I really need a beginner class. So I’ll take the morning Japanese class.
Could you give me an idea of the [……………………………]? What would be
the [……………………………]for the Japanese class?
Woman: The beginning-level classes meet three times a week, so they cost a bit
more than the other levels. For a [……………………………]course, the cost
would be [……………………………].
Man: That’s a bit steep.
Woman: If it’s hard for you to pay that much, you could sign up for just four
weeks of class and pay [……………………………]. Or, you could pay for one
week at a time, at [……………………………]a week.
Man: That comes out to be much more expensive once you add up all the
weeks.
Woman: That’s true. You can save money by [……………………………]for two

levels together. For example, pay for your beginning and intermediate classes
now and you’ll get twelve weeks of class for just [……………………………].
Man: That’s not a had deal, but I can’t come up with that much money at once.
I ll just pay for the [……………………………].
Woman: Fine. That class begins next week, so you need to register right away.
Man: Can’t I register over the phone?
Woman: No, I’m sorry, we don’t take phone registrations. What you’ll need to
do is visit the school office today or tomorrow. Rring a check for the tuition
and a [……………………………]
Man: Is that all?

Woman: Yes, we’ll give you a registration form to complete, or you can save
time by visiting our website and [……………………………]the form there.
Complete it and bring it into the office with your [……………………………].
Man: Great. I’ll stop by this afternoon.
Woman: Fine. When you arrive, ask for Mr. Lindsay. He’s in charge of
stu¬dent registration.
Man: I’m sorry, Mr. who?
Woman: Mr. […………………………], spelled L-I-N-D-S-A-Y.
Man: Thank you for your help.
Woman: Thank you. We’ll look forward to seeing you in class.
Section 2. You will hear a tour guide giving information about a

shopping district.
Tour guide: This afternoon we’ll visit the city’s shopping [……………………].
Several blocks in the area are closed to car [……………………], and I know
you’ll enjoy walking around there. I’d like to give you an overview of the
district now since you’ll be on your own once we get there.
You’ll see on this map here that the shopping district [………………………]of
two streets—Pear Street, which runs north and south, and [……………………],
which crosses Pear Street right here. Let’s start our tour here on Pear Street
where the star is. This star marks the Harbor View [………………………]. It’s
very popular among locals as well as [……………………………]. You can buy a
range of books of local interest as well as a variety of magazines and
newspapers. It’s directly across the street from the City Library, which is
also [……………………………]a visit. It’s in one of the oldest buildings in the
city and [……………………………], among other things, an interesting
collection of rare books.

Now, moving up Pear from the bookstore toward Cherry, the next building on
the left is the Pear Cafe. You’ll notice it’s right on the corner of Pear and Cherry
streets. It’s a great place to relax while enjoying a [……………………………]cup
of coffee or tea. You can talk with friends or read quietly. They have
a [……………………………]of books and magazines available.
From the windows of the cafe, you can look right across Cherry Street for a
lovely view of […………………………]. It’s a rather small garden, but it
contains a variety of [……………………………]plants and flowers.
Let’s leave the cafe and cross Pear Street. On the opposite […………………],
we’re at Caldwell’s Clothing Store, which you might also want to visit. They sell
both men’s and women’s fashions from countries around the world.
Continuing down Cherry Street, the next building on the right after Caldwell’s
is the [……………………………]. Stop in here to get maps and books about the
local area, as well as T-shirts and [……………………]with pictures of the city.
Now, we cross Cherry Street and we’re at the art [………………], one building
down from the corner. Here you can see and, of course, [……………]many fine
paintings and [……………………]by local artists.
Let’s keep going down Cherry Street toward the harbor. On the left, right after
the gallery, is Harbor Park. It’s a lovely place, and it’s cer-tainly worth
spending some time there.
Harbor Park was built on land [……………………………]to the city by Captain

Jones, a lifelong resident of this city. Captain Jones designed the park himself,
and it was built in [……………………………]. Exactly in the center of the park a
statue of Captain Jones was [……………………………], and it’s still standing
there today. It shows Captain Jones on the bow of his ship.
After viewing the statue, you can follow the path that goes through the woods
just behind. It will lead you to a lovely garden, in the middle of which is a
fountain. This is a nice place to enjoy a few quiet moments.
If you still feel like walking, continue on to the far end of the garden. There,
you’ll find a wooden [……………………………], which will take you down to
the [……………………]. You might enjoy the view of the […………………]from

there. There’s also a walking path along the water, which will eventually bring
you back up to Cherry Street.
You can see that there’s [……………………]to do in this part of the city. The
bus leaves at [……………………………].
Section 3. You will hear a conversation between a university

student and a librarian about using the City Archives.
Student: Hello. I was [………………………]if you could give me some

information about
using the [……………………].
Librarian: I’d be happy to. Are you a […………………]of the city?
Student: Actually, 1 live just outside the city, but I study at the
university [………………].
Librarian: That’s fine. All you need to do is show your

university [……………]card and you can use the archives at no [………………],
as long as your ID card is current, of course.
Student: Yes, it’s valid. So I don’t have to pay anything?
Librarian: No. City residents pay an annual fee, but students can use the
archives for free. Everyone else needs to get special [……………………]from
the director, but that doesn’t apply to you, of course.
Student: Oh, good. I was also wondering about the schedule. I have classes
every day, Monday through Friday, and I also have a […………………]job, so I
could really only use the archives on weekends.
Librarian. That’s not a problem at all. We’re open all weekend; [………………]
the only day we’re closed is Monday. So you can come any day, Tuesday
through Sunday.

Student: Are you open in the evenings?
Librarian: Yes, we’re open from [……………………]in the morning

until [……………………]in the evening.
Student: That will fit my schedule well.
Librarian: Is there something else I can help you with?
Student: Yes. One thing I’ll be needing to see for one of my

class [……………………] is old photographs. Do you have photographs of the
city in the [………………………]that I could look at?
Librarian: Yes, we store all the photographs in the [……………………………].

Those stairs over there will take you down to the photography collection. Just
tell the [……………………]there what you’re interested in, and he’ll help you.
Student: Those would be nineteenth-century photographs?
Librarian: Yes, the [……………………]collection is there. Now, if you’re

interested in seeing documents from the nineteenth century, those are right
here on the [……………………].
Student: I would like to see some of those documents. Does that collection
include newspapers, too?
Librarian: No, all the newspapers from the [……………………]ones, in the

eighteenth cen¬tury, up to the current time, are on the second floor. Here, let
me just give you this map of the [………………………], and you’ll be able to
find whatever it is you need.
Student: Thank you. Oh, I see you have a whole room [……………………]to
maps.
Librarian: Yes, on the third floor.

Student: That’s great because one thing I need to do is look at how the city
has [……………………………]over time.
Librarian: I’m sure you’ll find a lot of helpful information there. Of course,
some of the maps are several [……………………]old, so generally visitors are
only allowed to see photographic [……………………]of them.
Student: That shouldn’t be a problem. What’s this on the fourth floor—

Ogden’s Woolen Mill?
Librarian: As I’m sure you know, Ogden’s Woolen Mill was the
major [………………] responsible for the growth of this city in the nineteenth
century. The Ogden [………………………]gave money for the archives to
devote an entire floor to information about the history of the mill.
Student: Will I be able to find information about the Ogden family there
photographs, personal papers, things like that?
Librarian: Probably the family photographs are stored [……………………]in

the pho¬tography collection. The personal papers would be on
the [……………………………], where we keep all the personal papers of
famous [……………………………]of our city.
Student: Thank you so much for your help. I’ll be able to do a lot of my
research here.
Section 4. You will hear a lecture about wind energy.
Lecturer: With the rising cost of [……………………], there’s a great deal of

interest these days in developing [……………………………]sources of energy.
Today, I’d like to talk about one of these—wind power. In the past couple
of [………………………], there’s been an [……………………………]of interest in
using the wind as a source of energy, but the idea isn’t new at all. People have
been [……………………………]the power of the wind for centuries, ever since
ancient peoples first used […………………………]. In ancient China, farmers
used a rudi-mentary sort of [……………………………]to pump water. Wind
power was used in other parts of the [……………………………]world, as well.
In Persia, for example, farmers used [……………………………]mills to grind

their grain. During the Middle Ages in the Netherlands, people went back to
the ancient idea of using the power of the wind to move water. They used
windmills to drain lakes, thereby creating more land for farming.
Lecturer: At present, people around the world are using the wind to generate
electricity, some old methods, some new. Is this the solution to our modern
energy problems? Well, as with anything, there are both […………………]and
disadvantages to using wind power. Let’s take a look at some of the reasons to
use wind power. One of the biggest prob¬lems with using fuels such
as [………………………]and [………………………]is pollution. Wind power, on
the other hand, is clean. It causes no pollution and therefore doesn’t contribute
to [……………………]. Another great advantage of wind power is that it’s
a [……………………]. Oil and coal reserves are limited, but we ll never run out
of wind. Economics is [……………………]reason to use wind power. Using the
wind to generate electricity costs less, much less, than running other types of
generators. In addition, since wind […………………]don’t take up much land,
the land around them can be used for other purposes, such as farming.
There are disadvantages, however. Even though generating electricity with

wind is relatively [………………], the technology isn’t chcap. The initial costs of
setting up wind turbines can be quite high. Another issue is [………………].
Wind doesn’t blow at a [……………………]strength. Therefore, at times, a lot
of electricity can be produced while at oth¬ers there may be little or none.
Wind turbines usually have to be located in [……………………]areas where the
land is open. Their distance from cities, where the most electricity is needed, is
another issue. Although wind is [………………]to be a clean source of energy,
wind turbines cause their own sort of pollution. Wind turbines are usually
placed in high, open areas, where they’re easy to be seen. […….....…]often feel
that the beautiful local [………………]is [………………]by the sight of the wind
turbines. In addition, wind turbines aren’t quiet. In fact, one wind turbine can
produce as much noise as a car traveling at […………………]speeds.

Test 51
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4

each answer.
DVD Customer Profile
Occupation: student (For example)
Have you owned a DVD player before? No
What is the maximum you want to spend on a DVD player? 1…………………
How often do you watch DVDs? 2…………………..
What type of films do you enjoy? 3……………………
What other DVDs (non-film) do you watch? 4………………………

Questions 5 -10

answer.
Player Features Cost After-sales service
DB 30 basic £69 5……………… only

8……………… at
XL 643 Can also 6…….. 7……………
reduced cost
Will also play £94 including Guaranteed for 3

TriX 24
9………………. 10……….. years
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 20
Your home:
11. A quarter of break-ins are through the ……………………
12. The ……………………. of the house should also be protected.
13. You should warn burglars your house is alarmed by putting a …………………..
in the window
The alarms:

14. The alarms show a constant ………………………
15. The alarms can be set off by a …………………….
16. The alarms arc connected to the ……………………..
Installation:
17. The alarms arc usually installed in …………………………
18. The security code should be kept ………………………
19. The alarms can be installed ……………………… at an additional cost.
20. Customers can pay ………………………… for their alarm system.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27
Essay Writing
Essay writing is simply the process of 21……………… information and

presenting your 22……………….. . You will need to use skills of analysis,
23…………………… and expression. The more essays you write, the more you will
develop these skills. The key to producing a good essay is in the
24………………….. . Allow plenty of time to work out what you need to do. You
will find several books in the library to help you with the particular
25…………………….. of academic writing. When you have completed your essay
you must remember to 26………………….. it carefully and take out anything

irrelevant. Also, once you have received your mark, you should check your
essay through as, by doing this, you can 27……………………. from it.
Questions 28 – 30
Choose THREE letters A-G.
Which THREE pieces of advice does the tutor give the student?
A. break the question down into smaller questions
B. check the vocabulary in the question
C. limit how much you read
D. make sure you have good notes
E. use only a few quotations
F. ask a friend to read your essay
G. try to be objective
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 36
Complete the flow chart below.

Questions 37 – 40

each answer.
37. How many main trading partners does the UK have?
38. Which sector does the tutor want students to study?
39. What does the tutor want students to look at changes in?

40. When does the tutor want the project completed by?
Answer keys:
1. £85
2. 3/three a month
3. thrillers
4. comedy (programmes)
5. parts
6. record
7. £71.99
8. labour
9. CDs
10. insurance
11. back door
12. top floor
13. sign
14. blue light
15. spicier
16. company office
17. hall(ways)
18. with a neighbour
19. in the evening(s)
20. monthly
21. organising
22. argument
23. interpretation
24. preparation
25. style
26. edit
27. learn
28, 29, 30. B, C, E (in any order)
31. select
32. invest
33. research
34. sell
35. buy
36. calculate
37. 29/twenty nine
38. manufacturing

39. import prices
40. February 5th/fifth
SECTION 1
You will hear a woman asking a shop assistant about DVD players.
Customer: Hello. I’m interested in buying a [………………………………..]. Can

you help me as I don’t know very much about them.
Shop assistant: Of course. We sell quite a [………………………………..].

Actually, we’re doing a customer [………………………………..]at the moment.
So I wonder if 1 could fill in this form about you and that will actually help me
to [………………………………..]you on the best DVD player for you.
Customer: OK …
Shop assistant: First of all. your [………………………………..]?
Customer: Um – student.
Shop assistant: OK. Then, have you already got a DVD player?
Customer: No. I’ve never had one hefore.
Shop assistant: And how much do you think you want to spend on a player?

Customer: I’m not sure really – but I have got a [………………………………..].
My friend said I should allow about £[………………………………..]but I can’t
afford over £85, so that’s what I’m working on.
Shop assistant: And do you watch DVDs very often?
Customer Um – depends what you mean by often. I don’t know w hat the norm
is – is it about two a week?
I suppose I watch [………………………………..]. That’s enough for me!
Shop assistant: Yes (laughs). What sort of films do you like watching then?
Action movies?
Customer: (laughs) Not really. My [………………………………..]always insists

we watch [………………………………..]movies but I
prefer [………………………………..]. Somethin? to get your teeth into!
Shop assistant: OK. Just one more. Do you watch other DVDs – ones that are
not films – like music or something?
Customer: Not much because I don’t want to spend the money on something I
can watch on TV but I [………………………………..]rent out comedy
programmes. And I fight with my boyfriend over all the sports DVDs he
watches.
Shop assistant: OK. Let me explain a bit to you about the DVD players that are
in your [………………………………..]. First there’s the DB 30 which has only
got [………………………………..]but it is a [………………………………..]at £69.
Now all the DVDs come with an after-sales service that starts when
the [………………………………..]runs out. As it’s so cheap
the [………………………………..] comes with a limited after-sales service as it
unlv includes parts. You would have to pay for most of the repair.
Customer: Seems OK.

Shop assistant: Then a slight grade up from that is
the [………………………………..]. This comes w ith
an [………………………………..]feature in that it has extra button allowing you
to reword. That’s quite useful.
Customer: Oh yes. That would mean [………………………………..]less on

DVDs to watch.
Shop assistant: Yes, so you’d make the extra money back on it that it costs. Let
me see how much it is … ah. yes. that one’s
actually [………………………………..]at the moment
from [………………………………..]. I think it’s worth the extra myself.
Customer: And is that the same level of after-sales service as the other one?
Shop assistant: Well, you get a bit more for your money because what we are
offering is a [………………………………..]on labour. So you don’t pay the full
price if you have to call an [………………………………..]out.
Customer: I see.
Shop assistant: Then the last one is this [………………………………..]. It’s a

very good player and you can use it to listen to your CDs as well as watch
DVDs.
Customer: It looks nice – but I bet it’s [………………………………..].
Shop assistant: No, it’s not top of the range. I jet’s see – yes
it’s [………………………………..]– but. what von hnvc in remember is that,
that includes [………………………………..], so you don’t have to pay extra for
that. And it comes with a [………………………………..]that’s valid for three
years as [………………………………..]to the usual one. What do you think?
Customer: Hm, maybe … (fade) …
SECTION 2

You will hear a salesman giving information to house owners about
an alarm system.
Salesman: Thank you for inviting me to

your [………………………………..]meeting. My name is Martin Pugh from Safe
Sell Alarms. I’m going to explain a little bit about
home [………………………………..]and I hope you’ll all feel a bit
better [………………………………..]and perhaps that you will
even [………………………………..]one of the alarms we sell. It is all too easy
these days for people to break in to our homes. Did you know that 25% of
all [………………………………..]are committed by burglars breaking
and [………………………………..]via the back door? Even though it is locked, it
is still [………………………………..]easy for someone to gain entry. And there
are parts of our house that we think arc
not [………………………………..]because they
look [………………………………..]– but they’re not. So, if you’re trying to
protect your home, you should make the sure top floor
is [………………………………..] by that protection, not just
the [………………………………..]. We believe that the only way to secure
your [………………………………..]is by having an alarm fitted. Just having the
alarm on the outside can pul [………………………………..]off and we also
recommend that you warn them about the alarm. To do this, we suggest von
stick a sign in the front window of the house so it can be
seen [………………………………..]. This alone should be enough
to [………………………………..]a burglar before they start.
Now, our company has a range of alarms on offer and I’ve brought several
along for you to see tonight. But let me just explain a few things about them.
First of all, all of our alarms arc highly [………………………………..].
They’re [………………………………..]red and. on
the [………………………………..], there is a blue light. which you can see
whether they are [………………………………..]on or not. This acts as
a [………………………………..]to burglars who can see it is an active alarm
system. Like most systems, our alarms arc very [………………………………..]so
you do need to look after them. You may be [………………………………..]to
hear that a cat can often slink around [………………………………..]under
the [………………………………..]beams but a spider crawling across them will
set them off. Also, our system is a little different from some. Most companies
offer an option that connects their alarms to the [………………………………..].
All our alarms have an automatic link to our company office. This means we

can deal with the situation [………………………………..]and can sort out any
alarms that have gone off by mistake.
OK, let me tell you about the […………………………..]of our alarms. Later on
I’ll show you some house plans and [………………………………..]of how the
alarms operate but you don’t have to worry about them
being [………………………..], as we normally put them in hallways rather
than [………………………………..]rooms. The diagrams show you how the
beams work to cover the whole house in this way. Oh, one small thing while I
remember, is don’t leave your [………………………..]in your house – a lot of
people keep it in the kitchen or their study but we suggest you leave it with
a [……………………..]so that if there is a break in, the burglars can’t switch the
system off. Now, [………………………………..] the
practical [………………………………..] of installation – I know that many of
you are out all day and I’m afraid we don’t install the alarms at weekends, but
wc do offer a service where we can fit the alarm system in the evenings for you
but we do [………………………………..]a little bit extra for that. Finally, wc do
offer a range of [………………………..], so I suggest you look at
the [………………………………..]on our prices. And please don’t be put off
from investing in a more [………………………..]system to protect your home
as we do allow you to set up a monthly [………………………………..]if it’s too
much in one go. OK. now. if you’d like to … (fade)…
SECTION 3
You will hear a student, Alex, asking his tutor Tor advice about
essay writing.
Tutor: Hi. Alex, comc in. I gather you wanted some help with writing essays.
Alex: Yes. I’m finding this first term difficult and I’m worried about
the [……………………..]we have to do for January.
Tutor: Well, let me see if I can help. You shouldn’t panic about it because essay
writing is a very [………………………..] process really. Whal il involves
is [……………………..]the information that you want to include. You shouldn’t
have more than you can easily [………………………..]within the word count.
Make sure you haven’t got too much or anything [……………………..]. You
need to look at that and work out what you need and what you don’t need

before you start. And then you just have to think about how you’re going to pul
forward your [……………………..]
Alex: Oh, that sounds very straightforward when you put it like that. But
I’m […………………………..]I haven’t got the [………………………..]skills for
writing an [………………………………..]essay because English is my second
language.
Tutor: Well, perhaps you […………………………..]the skills you need. You

need to be able to [………………………………..]your data and then 1 would say
the skills of [………………………………..]and expressing yourself are
important. Perhaps it’s this last one that bothers you, but the more essays you
write, the more you will develop these skills.
Alex: Yes and I don’t quite know how to improve at that though as you say. I
know practice will help. And I need to make sure I’ve got everything ready
before I start.
Tutor: Yes. What is vital to good essay writing is […………………………..]so

make sure you build in enough time to do the research you need.
Alex: Arc there any other sources I can use to help me with essays?
Tutor Yes. You should go to the library and look through

the [………………………………..]section because there are hooks that focus on
the style we use in [………………………………..]writing and those will help you
a lot, The other thing that you should think about is, what happens when
you’ve […………………………..]written your essay. Too many students
just [………………………..]their work and hand it in. whereas what you should
be doing is making sure that you edit it as [………………………..]as possible.
Alex: Oh. yes. That’s a good idea. Then I’d pick up any mistakes and also see if
it reads [………………………………..].
Tutor: Exactly. The other thing is. again, what a lot of students do is get their
essays back, look at the marks, then just file it away. They don’t seem
to [………………………………..]that if they checkcd it through and looked at
what the tutor had written, then they can learn from their old essays.

Alex: Yeah. I can see that’s a good idea.
Tutor So, is that OK? You can always come back to me.
Alex: Actually, there were a couple of other things I wanted to ask you about
essay writing. 1 had had a few thoughts of my own about what 1 should do such
as really taking [………………………………..]when I’m reading because that
helps, doesn’t it?
Tutor I think il improves your [………………………………..]rather than your

actual writing. But one lip I can give you is to try and not read too much,
otherwise you end up including [………………………………..]in your essay.
Remember to stay on task.
Alex: Yes, sometimes I have problems [………………………..]the questions

correctly, or the whole question seems
overwhelming to me. What I try to do is highlight the key parts and divide it
into [………………………..], so I can manage it.
Tutor: Well, you might find it useful to break it down even further by making
sure you, understand all the words [………………………………..]before you
start. Things like ‘assess’ or ‘comment’ and such like.
Alex: Yes, I see.
Tutor: Sometimes, after an objective [………………………………..], the

question actually asks you for a subjective opinion, but you must remember to
support your [………………………………..], if that’s the case. One final
comment I can make is about using your own words – you must try to do this
as far as possible. You’re expected to [………………………………..]what you’ve
read nol just siring together a list of [………………………………..]. In fact, you
shouldn’t have too many – just use them where it’s really important.
Alex: OK. thanks.
Tutor: Do you read other student’s essays when you’ve finished?

Alex: No. Why? Is that a good idea?
Tutor: Well, you can confuse each other so I’d advise [………………………..]it
– but it’s up to you.
Alex: OK. Thanks very much … (fade) …
SECTION 4
You will hear a tutor giving some Business students instructions

about a finance project.
Tutor. OK, can you […………………………..]down please? Now. today. I’m

going to talk to you about your [………………………………..].
We’ve been studying the effects of the [……………………..]rate so I’m going to

give you a project to do on this. Right, can you make some notes while I’m
talking. The first thing that I’d like you to do in order
to [………………………..]this is to select where you’re interested in. I mean,
which country, and therefore which [………………………………..]you’re going
to he operating in. OK. now the purpose of the project is to make money and
I’m hoping some of you will make a [………………………..]amount! So I want
you to suppose that vou have [………………………………..]that you will have to
invest [………………………………..] in the rises and falls of the exchange
system. In other words, you’ll be trying to [………………………………..]rates.
This is a project that you’ll be doing together but, before you work together,
you’ll have to go off and [……………………..]what you need to know about
the [……………………..]of that country and how well it’s doing or
is [………………………………..]to do in the near future. You could all make up
a little information sheet with your notes on. clearly […………………………..],
because then I want you to get together – we can do that next week – and to go
round and read about each other’s [………………………………..]. When you see
how well or badly each country is doing, I want you to decide what
your […………………………..]is going to be against all the
other [………………………………..]. After that is all sorted, what you’re going
to do is to go round the otlter students and [………………………………..]to sell
vour money to the others – remember this will depend on the success of your
country’s economy anti the rate you’ve fixed for your currency. Now, you’re not
allowed to just [………………………………..]currencies with each other but you

may wish to buy from the other countries – but you must do a
proper [………………………………..]. All the way through this you must keep
your accounts [………………………………..]for each transaction. I’ll give you
one week to do this and then we will set a time for the deals to finish – a bit
like the [………………………………..]– and. at that point. I will ask you
to [………………………………..]how much you have made. Is that clear?
Now before you begin that, there are a few things 1 want you to read up on to
prepare. You need to look at the […………………………..]of the UK’s main
trading partners. I don’t mean all of them because that would be over 80, but
just the [………………………..]ones. There are [………………………………..]in
the last three books on the booklist I’ve given you. And so that you can practise
applying the criteria on [………………………………..]I gave you. I’d then like
you to focus just on one [………………………..]across all the countries. The
most common one across every country is farming but. as
much [……………………..]produce is for domestic […………………………..],
I’d like you to look at manufacturing. Then, I would like you to do a
detailed [………………………………..]of one [………………………………..]. I
was going to give you a choice but I think, as we’ve just started the course, it’s
better if we all look at the same thing and then we can [………………………..]it
in the seminars. So the thing I’d like vou all to look at is […………………..]in
import prices. Now you need to do all that before you start the project as it will
help you […………………………..]the economies of the countries you’ll
be [……………………..]in the project. Don’t worry – you’ve got plenty of time.
Exam week is December 8th, then it’s the holidays until January 6th so I don’t
need the [………………………………..]in till February 5th. Is that OK? Now,
any questions … (fade)…

Test 52
SECTION 1
Questions 1-7


each answer.
Courses Available in
For example: ….Writing… in first term
1………………… in second term
2………………… throughout the year
3………………… during long vacation
Class sizes: 4………………. maximum
Course costs often paid by the 5…………………..
Exams available in 6……………………
Must enrol by 7…………………
Questions 8-10
Which THREE items does the student need to bring to the first class?
A. passport
B. computer disk
C. note from tutor
D. notebook
E. student identity card

F. dictionary
G. registration form
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -15
Of which types of transport is the following true?
Write the correct letter, A,B or C next to Questions 11 – 15.
A. tube
B. train
C. bus
Features of Transport
11 cheapest ……….
12 most convenient ……….
13 most comfortable ……….
14 fastest ……….
15 most frequent service ……….
Questions 16 – 20
Write the correct letter, A-G, next to Questions 16 – 20.

1. bus stop
2. train station
3. tube entrance
4. transport ticket office
5. taxi rank
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23
What is the advantage of each course?
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter A- E next
to Questions 21 – 23.
Advantages of the Course
A. will be tested in the final exams

B. will be useful for a future job
C. will help with research skills

D. will improve writing skills
E. will support material already covered
Courses
21 Science and Ethics
22 Pharmacology Prelim
23 Reporting Test Results
Questions 24 – 30
1. The Maths course will run in the …………………

2. The tutor for Pharmacology is visiting from ………………….
3. ………………………. for the project must be submitted by the end of January.
4. Resources for experiments are available in the ………………………
5. Extra ……………………. will be held in December.
6. Students are allowed to do presentations in ………………………..
7. Course assessment will be based on ……………………..
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 37

New Features Size Problems

individual roads will be
Transport levels of investment
transportation narrower
33……………….. will
roofs will have 32…………………. of
commercial areas be limited to
31………….. current area
outskirts
providing enough
homes made of will be limited to
residential areas housing for
34……………….. 15,000
35…………………..
noise and congestion
36………………. will energy plants will be
energy sources caused by
be an energy source smaller
37………………….
Questions 38-40
Which three types of accommodation docs the speaker say will increase in city
centres?
38 ……………..
39. ……………..
40. ……………..
Answer keys:
SECTION 1 Questions 1-10

1. listening
2. vocabulary and grammar
3. general classes
4. 15/fifteen
5. department
6. May
7. week five
8. 9. 10: B, D, G (in any order)
SECTION 2 Questions 11 – 20
1. C
2. A
3. B
4. B
5. C
6. B
7. E
8. G
9. C
10.A
1. D
2. C
3. B
4. 3rd/third term
5. industry
6. plans
7. new lab/laboratory
8. seminars
9. pairs
10.(an) interview

1. gardens
2. one fifth
3. superstores
4. glass
5. older residents
6. waste
7. windfarms/wind farms
8. co-operative (buildings)
9. retirement (homes)
10.social (housing)
SECTION 1
You will hear a science student enquiring about English courses at

a University language centre
Student: Hi. I’ve come to ask about the English courses you run
for [………………………………..]students.
Administrator: Oh right – I assume you’re a student at the university?
Student: Yes, I’ve just started.

Administrator: OK. Well, we’ve got a range of courses. It [………………..]what
you think you need. And how much. Um – we can’t run everything at the same
time though so. for example, in this first term we are just doing a writing
course.
Student: I see. That sounds quite useful. What else is there?
Administrator: Um. some of the courses only run for single terms and we lend
to [………………………..]on what students have […………………………..]with.
That means we don’t usually do speaking courses but next term you can do
listening. That’ll help you with […………………………..]and things.
Our […………………..]is all based on what the [………………………………..]of
our international students need.
Student: So is everything term-based – there’s nothing that you run all year?
Administrator: Well, let’s have a look. Yes. there is a class for [………..]and
grammar every term. That’s for everybody but it’s split into three or four levels.
Student: And what about in the […………………………..]?
Administrator: We don’t do anything during the winter or spring break but

over the summer there’s just general classes because that’s what most students
want – a bit of everything.
Student: OK. Quite a variety then. I’ll have a think about what I really need
bccause I haven’t got much time. Do you have about [……………………..]in
each class – the same as our Science […………………..]?
Administrator: We try to keep il at about […………………………..]and

certainly not more than [………………………………..]. It’s important for
language classes. They’re very different from your normal courses.
Student: Right – and how much are the classes?

Administrator: The rate varies depending on how many hours you attend but
you shouldn’t have to pay – usually the […………………………..]will fund you
and even […………………………..]which classes you need.
Student: Brilliant! It would be quite useful for me to have

a [………………………………..]to lake back to my country. Do you put us in for
exams?
Administrator: Yes. But wc don’t like them to clash with your

main [………………………………..]in June, so we run them in May. That leaves
you time for revision.
Student: Do I have to sign up for something now? I’m not quite sure what 1
want.
Administrator: Classes haven’t quite started yet so you’ve got time

to […………………………..]what you do. All we insist is that you sign up before
week five. That gives you about three weeks to decide.
Student: OK.
Administrator: Then, when you’ve […………………………..]your mind, you

need to come back here to the administration office to enrol.
Student: What do I need to bring with me when I enrol? My [………………..].

I guess?
Administrator: Yes. or your […………………………..]. Then you’ll be given

a […………………..]form which you’ll have to show to the teacher when you
have your first class.
Student: OK. And should I ask my [………………..]about which classes I

should do then?
Administrator: Yes. then you get a note from him and give that to the desk
when you register.

Student: Can I use the computers here as well?
Administrator: Yes, you’ll be given a [……………………..]when vou go to your

first class, so remember to bring a disk with you to save your work on as you
won’t be [………………………..]to save it on the hard drive.
Student: OK. Will I need anything else? […………………………..]?
Administrator: We’ve got loads of those here that you can borrow, but you’ll
need a notebook as we don’t [………………………..]paper or files.
Student: OK. Thanks.
SECTION 2
You will hear a man giving some information about transport in

London.
Man: Hello, can I help you?
Student: Yes, I was wondering what the best way was for me to get
around [………………………..].
Man: Well, there are a lot of [………………………..]. As you probably realise,

the main ways to get around are bus. train and […………………………..]— the
underground. It depends how much you want to spend. All forms
of [………………………………..]offer special tickets, such as cheap day returns
on the trains and so on. Overall, you’ll spend less on the bus as
it [………………………..]on a basic flat fare for each journey. But, of course, it
may not go to where you need to travel to. The [……………………..]trains only
operate in the [………………………………..]areas, though a few cross London,
whereas the tube has [………………………………..]which are placed in central
areas of the city close to the main sights and shops. Obviously there are more
bus stops but you will [………………………………..]have to change buses to get
where you want, which can be [………………………..]. You will find that the
buses are mainly in the central areas but some tube lines go quite a long way
out of London so you could use this for longer [………………………………..].

Having said that, the tubes do get very [………………………..]so you should
use the train if you want to sit dywn. It docs depend where you’re travelling to.
Student: Well. I’m living on the [………………………………..]but I have to

travel into London to [………………………..]everyday and then around London
when I’m here
Man: OK, so time is going to be an [………………………………..]for you. The

tube should be fast crossing London, but quite [……………………..], there arc
so many delays that it’s not very [………………………………..]. Again, the train
has fewer stops so is probably vour [………………………..]option to get to and
from college. Of course, which service you use might depend on
how [……………………..]it is. I mean, the trains might only be
every [……………..]or whatever, but a timetable is […………………………..]to
save you hanging around. There are a lot of tube trains at busy times of day.
but fewer at other times whereas the buses run every live minutes through
most of the day and there are night [………………..]. But you’ll need
to [………………………………..]your route first.
Student: OK, thanks. How can I get from here to Hackney, then?
Man: Right, well you can choose. We’re here at the information office, OK?
Now, next to us, on the turner of the high street and Sweet Street is the bus
stop, […………………………..]the bank. The bus goes all the way to Hackney
but it is a very [………………………………..]so it could take ages. If you want to
take the train, walk down the high street [………………………………..]the city,
go past the bank and on your left is the station, just before you get to the post
office. There’s a mainline service to Hackney Wick so, if you need to get into
the centre of [……………………..], you may need to pick up a bus when you get
there. Opposite the post office, on the corner of Heart Lane is the
tube [……………………………..]– you’ll see the big signs. That’s probably the
best way to get there, though you may have to change. It’s probably best if you
go and get a […………………………..]first. To get to the ticket office, you go out
of here onto the high street. Then turn into South Street and the ticket office is
on your right opposite the […………………………..]. Of course, you may decide
it’s quicker to take a taxi. But. it’s a long way so 1 think it’ll be very expensive.
If you do want to get a cab. then the rank is [………………………..]here just
opposite the office.
SECTION 3

You will hear two medical students, Caitlin and Hideki, discussing
options for courses.
Caitlin: Hi. Hideki. How are you?
Hideki: Fine, I’m glad I [……………………..]into you. Have you got five
minutes to sit down and discuss our [………………………..]options for next
term?
Caitlin: Yes, sure. You mean the support courses for our [………………..]?
Hideki: Yes, We’ve got three choices and I’m not sure which would be best for
us to do.
Caitlin: Let’s have a look. Yeah – we could do Science and Ethics – sounds
quite interesting.
Hideki: Yes – but I think we should be thinking what we get out of each course.
So Scicnce and Ethics – there’s a lot of reading and [………………………..]to
do. And I don’t think it comes up in the exams, docs it?
Caitlin: Um – I’m not sure. Er – oh. I sec we have to do […………………..]and

we get our score from that. But what it would do is to force us to get better at
doing [………………………………..]and reports, you
know, […………………………..]them and using the right kind of language.
Might be worthwhile?
Hideki: Yeah, you’re right. An [………………………………..]is the

Pharmacology Prelim coursc. I think it’s in case we want to go on to transfer
to [………………………..]at the end of the year becausc lots of students do. So
it depends what we want to do in the future, but [………………..]they send you
off to find out about [………………..]companies and the differences between
their products – it would give you lots of practice
in [………………………………..]studies and analysis. I think I’d quite enjoy
that.

Caitlin: Yes. I see your point. Um. then the other option is Reporting Test
Results – sounds a bit [………………………………..]. Not sure why they have
a [………………………………..]course just for that?
Hideki: Well, 1 could certainly do with some help in that because if vou go out
into [……………………..], that’s what you’ll spend most of your time doing, so
it’s got a very […………………………..]application. 1 think I’m going to go for
Pharmacology.
Caitlin: Me too.
Hideki: So let’s have a look at it in more detail. Oh, [………………………..]if we

do Pharmacology then wc have to do a [………………………………..]Maths
coursc.
Caitlin: Oh no that’s not fair. Mind you, I think I need it. Docs that mean we
have twice as many lectures?
Hideki: No. this Maths is only a short course. The Chemistry department
are [………………………..]and they do it in the third term. So we’ve got all next
term to [………………………………..]into the Pharmacology bit.
Caitlin: I find the tutor makes a real difference some of them

make [……………..]so easy and some of them I can’t [……………………..]at all
– like that one wc had from [……………………..]Mind you, the one on this
course should make [………………………………..]because he’s a lecture who’s
coming in for a lew weeks from […………………………..]so at least it’ll be
linked to the real world!
Hideki: Yeah. The project we have to do on this [………………………………..]is

huge and it doesn’t give us much time. We have to make a decision about what
we want to do on the [………………………………..]as soon as we starl
in [………………………..], and then hand in our plans before the end of the
month!
Caitlin: Doesn’t give us much time to sort out what ‘s possible or not. I mean,
doesn’t the scale of our project depend on what […………………………..]we
can have, like what [………………………………..]we can use?

Hideki: I suppose so, though 1 think there’s plenty available. For example, it
says that if wc need to do any [………………………………..], then we can use all
the equipment in the new lab, as long as we book it.
Caitlin: Oh. OK. It’s slowly beginning to take shape for me. I think it’ll be a
good course. I’m just [………………………………..]that I get enough support to
do it.
Hideki: I think y ou’ll be OK. And the tutors are always available if you
get [………………………………..].
Caitlin: Actually it says that if you’re not sure, then, in December, they’ll be
running one or two additional [……………………………..]– so I might go to
those.
Hideki: Actually, what’s quite interesting is that at the end of the course, when
our project is [………………………..], then wc have to do
a [……………………..]on it. I think that’s quite good practice.
Chitlin: Bit scary though!
Hideki: Well, it shouldn’t be too bad as they say that we can do it in

pairs. […………………..]the load, as it were!
Caitlin: Oh. good. I have done presentations before but I’m always
very [………………..]. And is the presentation what we’re [………………..],on
then?
Hideki: Let me look …. Ah. it says that we have an interview and we get a mark
for the whole course depending on how well we do in that.
Caitlin: Right … (fade) …
SECTION 4
You will hear part of a lecture on cities of the future.

M: OK. we’ve been looking at how [………………………………..]will develop in
the future and at the increase in the size of cities, so I want to talk to you today
about the key [………………………………..]in these cities of the future. There
are three key [………………………………..]I want to look at and these arc the
new features they will have, [………………………………..]of size and the main
problems to be [………………………………..]. First of all. individual
transportation will be a [………………………………..]in these new mega cities
as public transport becomes [………………………………..]. There’ll be a huge
rise in the use of Segways, which arc personal transporters like
motorised [………………………………..]. As a result, and partly also to reduce
pollution, roads will be [………………………………..]so that they are narrower
and will take up less of a city’s space than they do currently. Naturally, this is a
major change to the [………………………………..]and something that may
hinder it is the huge amount of [………………………………..]it will require. The
next thing is, what is going to happen to the commercial areas? We do not
want these to become even larger [………………………………..]jungles than
they are at present so we have to look at design, and current designs for city
development include building gardens on the roofs of these buildings to make
a more [………………………………..]environment for workers. And you may
think that these areas will [………………………………..]to cope with increased
commercial activity. In fact, the [………………………………..]is that they will
cover one fifth of the area that they do at present as we build upwards. The
exception to this is shopping centres, which we predict will expand with more
and more [………………………………..]controlled malls. What mav causc
difficulties is that the [………………………………..]will be confined to the outer
edges of the city as they will be too big to lit into the new malls. Then, of
course, there are the [………………………………..]areas and these will undergo
their own changes. One particular development will be houses which are built
from glass, as [………………………………..]in this material allow it to provide
light without causing problems with temperature inside a building.
The [………………………………..]areas will not be allowed to expand without
limit, as happens in some areas at present, and their size will be restricted to a
population of […………………………..]. One issue which has vet to
be [………………………………..], and I’m not sure it ever will be. is how we
manage to house older residents. They will be increasing in numbers as time
goes on. Finally, how will these cities live? We know we
have [………………………..]sources so what will we do? Well, something
currently in development which will be a feature, is that waste is going to
become an [………………………..], for example, to provide gas in homes. Also
as new technology and systems are developed we will find that energy plants
will become smaller. Another energy source we could use, but one which raises
issues of having enough space and too much noise is [………………..]. Because

of the problems. I’m not [……………………..]these will be the grand solution
to our energy problems that we thought they were going to be.
Now, moving on to looking at the social [………………………………..]of cities,

we need to look at housing and how people will live. Cities currently have flats
in the centre [………………………………..]by single people and
wealthier […………………………..], and families tend to move to
the [……………………………..]. In the future, the centre of cities will sec
a [……………………………..]change. We will see many more examples of co-
operative buildings. This is where people join together to form a company that
owns the building they live in. And. despite continuing [………………………..].
there will also be a rise in the provision of [………………………………..]homes
in city centres so that the elderly can have easy [………………………………..]to
hospitals and shops. Recently, we have seen a levelling off in the growth
of [………………………………..]housing and I think that will not change, but
we are likely to sec more social housing as far fewer people will be able
to [………………………………..]to own their own homes.
OK, now, if anybody … (fade) …

Test 53
SECTION 1
Questions 1-6

answer.

Student Union Registration Form
Name: Stefan Unger
Degree programme: 1………………………………
Department: 2……………………………
Leisure activities: 3………………………….
Language(s) (apart from English): 4…………………………..
Type of accommodation: 5…………………………..
Contact number: 6…………………………
Questions 7-10
1. When can students use the photocopier?

2. Where are events usually held?
3. Which Union officer is responsible for van hire?
4. What will Union members be able to get a discount on?
SECTION 2:
Questions 11 -15
Label the plan below.

Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A – G next to
Questions 11 – 15.
A Arts section
B Computers
C Languages section
D Law
E Magazines
F Science
G study desks
Questions 16 – 20

answer.
Library system:
Maximum borrowing period: 16……………………

Renew books in person or by: 17……………………
Overdue charge: 18………………………….
Unavailable books: complete 19…………………….
Extra services: 20……………………..
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 28

Questions 29 – 30
Which TWO things does Kirsten plan to do to prepare her conference paper?
A read another student’s thesis
B collect more data
C talk to some postgraduates
D contact a Professor at another university
E inspect a building site
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 35
Mobile phones now have the technology to
send 31……………………. of where the sender is.
watch 32…………………. in real time.
send 33……………………. with texts.

inform students about lectures which are 34…………………………..
transfer 35…………………….. to a computer.
Questions 36 – 40
Which group of people are the main users of mobile phones for the following
purposes?
Write the correct letter, A, B or C next to Questions 36 – 40.
A women
B men
C men and women
Ways of Using Mobile Phones
to access information …………….
to stay in touch ……………
for business …………….
to store personal photos …………………
as a camera …………….
Answer keys:
SECTION 1
1. postgraduate
2. engineering
3. computer games
4. German
5. (in) Hall/hall

6. 0295069003
7. (in the) mornings
8. Round Theatre
9. Transport Secretary
10. newspapers
SECTION 2
1. E
2. A
3. G
4. D
5. B
6. 6/ six weeks
7. email
8. £1.50
9. yellow form
10. ordering
SECTION 3
1. (the) website/internet
2. (the) length
3. current
4. format
5. Events Officer
6. changes/revisions
7. technical
8. brochure
29. 30 (in any order) B, E
SECTION 4

1. (a) map
2. (television/TV) news
3. music
4. cancelled
5. data
6. B
7. C
8. C
9. A
10. B
SECTION I
You will hear a new student, Stefan, talking to an assistant, Anna, at

the Student Union about his membership.
Anna: Hi. can I help you?
Stefan: Urn yeah, I hope so. Erm this is the first time I’ve been down to
the […………………………..]– I’m a new [………………………………..]student
– and I just […………………………..]what to do.
Anna: Oh right. Well, normally we ask international students to fill out this
form and we put your details on the wall by [………………………..]. Then other
students can […………………………..]you – it’s a way for everybody to get to
know each other. It can be a bit lonely [………………………………..].
Stefan: Oh I see.

Anna: What’s your name? I’m Anna, by the way.
Stefan: It’s Stefan Unger.
Anna: OK well just write that there – next to name – and then fill in the rest.
Stefan: Right. Um what docs it mean [………………………………..]?
Anna: Oh. just if you arc an [………………………………..]or a post graduate or

maybe you’re just here for a short course?[………………………………..]Stefan:
I’m a postgraduate. Do I need to say what in?
Anna: Not really – it’s too much detail. But you should put
your [………………………………..]so people who have the same interests or
problems – as you can [………………………………..].
Stefan: So I’m studying Marine Construction so, for Department, do I put

down the Science faculty then?
Anna: Just your actual Department, That must be […………………………..],

no?
Stefan: Oh I see, yes.
Anna: Then if you list what you like doing in your […………………………..]–
not that we ever get any when we’re studying – and maybe you can meet up w
ith someone socially or to join a club or something.
Stefan: Well. I like lots of things – shall I just list them?
Anna: My [……………………..]is to just put one or two like football and films
or […………………..]. Otherw ise you’ll get so many [……………………..]you
won’t get any time to work!
Stefan: OK – I think I’ll just list computer games as that’s my

big [……………………..]. I haven’t played football for ages. I may start to play

once I get [………………………………..]. Now. let’s see – next thing is
languages.
Anna: Yes – we find many of the international students get a

bit [………………………………..]of speaking English all the time – sometimes
they like to speak to someone in their own [……………………..]. It’s up to you.
Stefan: That is a good idea. 1 presume I don’t need to put English down?
Anna: Oh no – (laughs) – I pul – um – Italian and French.
Stefan: Hm – I can only speak German – my [………………………..].
Anna: OK. well that’s fine. Just pul that.
Stefan: What docs accommodation mean? Is that my address?
Anna: We’re trying to find [………………………………..]between people and

some people live in Hall, some are in flats, some are in bed-sits – so it helps if
you say.
Stefan: I’m in Hall, though I’d like to be in a flat. Bui that won’t […………..]till
the end of the first term.
Anna: Put where you are nowr. You can alw ays change it later. Then finally
just put your [………………………..].
Stefan: I haven’t really got one 1 haven’t [……………………..]a mobile yet.
Anna: Well, it’s going to be difficult for people to contact you then, isn’t it?
Why don’t you put the Union one and we’ll lake […………………………..]tor
you.
Stefan: OK.
Anna: It’s […………………..]– Have you got that?

Stefan: Yes,
Anna: OK, then
Stefan: Oh I had a couple more questions about the […………………..]you’ve

got here. Urn – it says there’s a […………………………..]here …
Anna: Yes. You need to get a card from the shop – and then it’s available to all
students in the mornings.
The Union uses it after […………………………..].
Stefan : OK. I see also the Union organises loads of events. Are they always
held here in the Union building? It looks big enough!
Anna: If you’re interested in something, you should check

the [………………………..]or our website. In fact, we normally use the Round
Theatre opposite, the [………………………..]Centre for most events because
the sound system is better.
Stefan: Right. I’ll do that. Also I wanted to hire a van. Can I do that through
you?
Anna: Erin – no. You need to present a case really – they’re not
just [……………………..]for hire to anyone.
The President said wc have to limit who is allowed to [………………..]them.

The person you need to sec is the [………………..]. She’s on the second floor.
Stefan: OK. thanks. The other thing is, arc all the [………………………..]we get
with our Union card listed on the back of the card? I thought there might be
more.
Anna: No. that’s it I’m afraid – mainly books, clothes and music. Though we
are currently […………………………..]io get one on newspapers, so that should
be valid from next term.

Stefan: OK. thanks a lot … (fade) …
SECTION 2
You will hear a library assistant talking about the library she works
in.
Library assistant: Hi. Can I help you?
Student: Erm – yes – I wanted to join the library.
Library assistant: OK. First of all, let me show you round the library
and […………………..]a few things for you. (pause) OK, now we’re here at the
main [………………………………..]. You can sec the reception, which is where
you bring back and take out books and also we can order books and answer
your questions there. Next to Lhc [………………………..]-where you can sec
those old desks, is where we keep the [………………………………..]because you
can sit down and read there. They’re [………………………………..]into sections
for Sciences, Geography. Arts, etcctcra. Then, at the back of the library you can
see the section for old books. Next to that is where the
books [………………………..]start. That used to be the Science section but now
on those [………………………………..]you’ll find the Arts section. We had a
big [………………………………..]in the summer, which I think has made it
clearer. The numbering is standard so you should be able to find what you
want quite easily. However, if you can’t find something, it probably means it’s
been […….......]. OK. then m the corner, next io the […………………..]section,
is where we thought it was [……………………..], and away from the phones
and [………………………………..]and things, so we’ve put the study desks
there. They all have […………………..], if you need it for your laptop. We do
ask that you don’t just read magazines there, though. OK. then there’s the
reference section where you can [……………………..] the files. Then, as we
come back to the main entrance, is the next section, where we used to have
the [………………………………..]. It got very busy and noisy, so when we
moved everything round we decided to put the law books here. Also, because
it’s a smaller section it fits quite well here. OK. then we’re back at the main
entrance. Over there, by reception, there’s a door that goes to
the [………………………………..]and we have further sections, such
as [………………………………..], and study desks through there so you could
have a look round when we’ve [……………………..]. Then just between
reception and thedoor here is where we decided to put the computers but the

computer magazines are in the magazine section as we found too many
went [……………………..]here! OK. is that everything …
Student: That’s great thanks. Can you just tell me a bit about borrowing
and the rules and whatever?
Library assistant: Of course. Over the last two months we’ve

been [………………………..] a new system for this and you can now take books
out for [………………………………..]That’s generally enough for most people
wc usually get books back within [………………………………..]. Of course, you
may decide to renew the period. You used to have to come in to get the
book [………………………………..]because we don’t like doing it over the
phone as there’s no record of it But now you can do all that via email. If you do
forget to [……………………..], then we do make a [………………………..]. I’m
afraid. That helps our costs, of course, – but wc do [………………………..]it.
The good news is that there is only one charge – 1 know some libraries
charge [………………………………..] for one week and then it goes up with
each week it’s late! We ask for £1.50 as we think that’s high enough to stop
people being [………………………..]. The other thing you may want to know is
what you do about books that arc not on the [………………………………..]. We
do have a system for [………………………..]them. All you have to do is fill in
a [………………………………..], behind those blue ones on the desk, and give it
to someone at reception. We’ll let you know when it comes in. Also, sometimes
you will need a journal [………………………………..]that wc don’t have but can
get from other [………………………….], so we offer an ordering service if you
need it. Now if you’d like Co … (fade)…
SECTION 3
You will hear two students, Ramil and Kirsten, discussing

presenting a paper at an architecture conference.
Ramil : Hi, Kirsten. Have you heard about that […………………..]conference

in Oxford at the end of the year?
Kirsten : Yeah. I saw the leaflet on the [………………………………..]. As it’s my

final year. 1 ought to try giving a paper. But I’ve got no idea how to go about it!

Ramil : I think you should go for it. 1 did one last year. It’s quite […………....].
First of all. you need to sec what the […………………..]themes are – you know,
what topics they arc covering. You can do that by looking it up on
the [……………………..]. You need to submit a paper that falls into one of
the […………………..]they give you.
Kirsten : Oh. that may give me some ideas.
Ramil : Then, while you’re doing that, you should also have a look at the
information on how to [………………………………..]your paper – the ‘rules’, if
yon like, such as the length. It’s important you follow those.
Kirsten : I see. Then 1 suppose the next [……………………..]is to start writing

it up. I’d like to use it as an opportunity to [………………………………..]some
future work, but I understand it must be based on current work. Still
there’s [………………………..]to choose from. It makes sense to do something
that I’m more […………………..]with.
Ramil : Yes, – and the other thing is, when you’ve [………………………..]it up.
then go back and look at your data [……………………..]and make certain that
you’ve [………………………..]it in a format that is standard for your subicit.
Remember people have to [………………………..]information very quickly
while they’re listening – don’t make it too [………………………………..].
Kirsten : OK, well, I reckon that’ll take me about a month to get that sorted.
Then, the next thing 1 have to do, I guess, before I send it off to the
conference [………………..], is give the whole thing to the […………………..]so
that he can look through it and see if it all makes [………………………..]and is
OK.
Ramil : Yeah. Remember to warn him that it’s en route so he can fit it into
his [……………………..]! Then you’re done really. All you have to do after that
is to go through it and [………………………..]any changes you need lo make.
Then finally you can [………………………………..]it. You can do that online.
Kirsten : Phew! Good. Then I just wait to hear I suppose. How long docs that
take?

Ramil : Depends – but usually about six weeks. When you hear, if your paper
has been [……………………..], then, at that stage, it’s worth giving them a list
of any [……………………..]things you’ll need when you […………………..]give
the talk a screen or video players or that sort of thing.
Kirsten : OK – but that’s a long way off. And I know that, if my paper is
accepted, then, at that stage, I have to give them a short text about myself and
my [………………..], so that they can put it in the [………………………..].
Famous, at last!
Ramil : Yeah.
Kirsten: Right – well. I’ve got to get a couple of things sorted if I’m going to get
this paper completed.
Ramil : Have you got enough data?
Kirsten : Possibly. I‘d like to [………………………..]some of it. though, so 1

thought I’d send out some more [………………………………..]. 1 was looking at
that thesis that Angela wrote last year and she said you need a sample of
over […………………………..] to be sure of your results.
Ramil : I think some of this year’s postgraduates are doing some of the
same [………………………………..]as you on buildings. Why don’t you talk to
them?
Kirsten : I’ll end up getting confused. It would be

more [………………………………..]for me to actually go out to that site by the
rail [………………………………..]to sec how they’re building the new factory.
I [………………………………..]to get hold of Professor Barnett at London
University and he said I should go out and take pictures. I’m pretty busy but
I’ll have to make time. Anyway, what about you … (fade)…
SECTION 4
You will hear part of a lecture on the current and future use of
mobile phones.

Lecturer: OK, now today we’re looking at changes in communication,
and [………………………..] changes that have just happened or are likely to
happen in the next few years. Key to this is the [………………………..], which is
increasingly being seen as an all-[………………………..]system rather than just
a phone. If you only use your phone for [………………………………..]and
making calls now. you will be amazed at how you will be using it in
the [………………………..]. The technology has been [……………………..]for a
range of other uses. For example, phones could be used so that if you are
meeting someone and they get lost you could send them a map of
your [………………………………..]to help them. This will save all
those [………………………………..]explanations over the phone and our poor
friends or [………………………………..]trying to drive and find out where they
are at the same time. And. if you get bored waiting, or if you
are [………………………………..]for example. youwill soon be able to see TV
news on vour phone as it is actually being [………………………………..]. This
means that you won’t have to miss any of your favourites if you are away for a
few days. Most people have got used to texling now, and young people
send [………………………………..]to each other but. what is exciting, is
the [………………………………..]of putting music with them before you send
them. And it’s not all [………………………………..]. Phones are going to
become even more critical in business and education. Some
recent [………………………..]have a highly practical [……………………..]so.
for example, as [………………………..]wc will be able to end everybody a text
to let them know if lectures have been [………………………………..]. And the
new phones could have a further use in education, as well as business, as they
will enable us to go to any [………………………..]– such as when we are doing
a field trip [……………………..]– and from there to send
data […………………..]to a computer SO that we can [……………………..]it
when we get home. This means we will no longer be [……………………..]by
what the phone can store.
And it’s interesting to look at the different ways that men

and […………………..]use phones now, as that docs [……………………..]how
the technology will develop. Some [………………………………..]has been done
on how people use phones and some of the results arc [……………………..].
One of the increasing usages of mobile phones is to get all sorts of data such as
phone numbers, the weather, train times, etcetera and. while there’s been
an [……………………..]to set up connections with things that women might be
interested in [………………………..], it is [………………………………..]men
who do this. But what about the traditional use of a phone – to speak to
people! I suppose we would [………………………………..] that it is mainly

women who use phones as a method of contact for friends and family but, in
fact,the genders exploit this [………………………..]equally. I’ve spoken about
the increased business usages that phones will offer and I suppose we
would [………………………………..]this usage with men.
The [………………………..]picked up though thai women are often working
from home or […………………..]with work in the evenings so they use phones
in this way as much as men do. Most of us are […………………..]we can store
photos on our phones – it’s an ideal method of [………………………………..] a
moment, wherever you are. Women tend m be the group that keep photos on
their phones, but it seems that men use their phones to […………………..]take
pictures much more than women do. And. of course, all this know
ledge [………………………………..]the marketing that the companies will do …
(fade)…

Test 54
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4

each answer.
University Clubs Monday Tuesday Wednesday

Name of club film climbing chess
Extra activities discussions 1………………. 2…………………
Current number of
3…………….. 40 55
members

Contact Events organiser 4……………… Maths tutor
Questions 5-10
Details of climbing club:
5. meets ………………….
6. excursion to France in the …………………………
7. subscriptions paid ……………………………
Benefits:
8. discounts on ………………………..
9. annual …………………………
10. free entrance to climbing ……………………….. in Cardiff
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
Which features are available at the following halls of residence?

Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A -G next to
Questions 11 – 15.
List of Features
A cleaning included
B all meals included
C private showers
D modern building
E parking spaces
F single sex
G sports facilities
Halls of Residence
11 Brown Hall ………..
12 Blake Residence ………..
13 Queens Building ………..
14 Parkway Flats ………..
15 Temple Rise ………..

SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 24

answer.
21. Jenna and Marco must complete their project by ……………………………..
22. The project will be a study of the increase in ………………………
23. The project will be assessed by…………………….
24. Jenna and Marco agree they need …………….. a for the project.
Questions 25-27
What THREE things do Marco and Jenna have to do now for the project?
A interview some people
B hand out questionnaires
C choose their subjects
D take photographs
E use statistical software
F do some work in the library

G contact some local companies
Questions 28 – 30
28. Why did Jenna and Marco agree to work together?
A. because they both wanted to work with someone else
B. because they each have different skills
C. because they have worked together before
29. Why does Marco suggest that he writes the analysis?
A. He needs more practice with his kind of writing
B. He is better at English than Jenna
C. He has more experience of this than Jenna
30. Why does Jenna offer to do the presentation?
A. Her tutor wants her to do the presentation
B. Marco is very nervous about giving presentation
C. She wants do divide the work on the project fairly
SECTION 4

Questions 31-35
Of which US news source is each of the following statements true?
Write the correct letter A, B or C next to Questions 31 – 35.
News Sources
A. television
B. internet
C. the press
31. It is more popular at the weekend than during the week. ……….
32. It has affected the popularity of local radio. ……….
33. It has recently been able to expand internationally ……….
34. It is offering more varied reporting than previously. ……….
35. It has suffered from government intervention. ……….
Questions 36 – 40
Advertising and Newspapers
In the USA, newspapers are being increasingly inventive about the way
they attract advertisers and their 36…………………………… now exceeds that of
other industries. Advertising has increased because of a good relationship with
the 37……………………………… sector. In addition, newspapers now run more
adverts which include 38…………………………………. These have been found to

raise readership of the papers and create more sales for the
39………………………… There are also an increasing number of more expensive
40………………………… adverts.
Answer keys:
1 weekend trips
2 competitions
3 125
4 club secretary
5 twice a/per month
6 spring
7 weekly
8 equipment
9 magazine
10 exhibition
11 G
12 F
13 C
14 B
15 A
16 B
17 A
18 C
19 E
20 D
21 March 25th
22 older workers
23 (a) senior lecturer
24 timetable
25/26/27 (in any order) B, D, G

28 B
29 C
30 A
31 C
32 B
33 C
34 A
35 A
36 profit margin
37 retail
38 vouchers
39 clients
40 full-page/full page
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a new student, Tom. talking to a student

representative called Kachel about university clubs.
Rachcl: Hi, welcome to Freshers Week. I’m Rachcl. Can I help you?
Tom: Oh, hi – yes. Erm – I was hoping to find out about some clubs I could
join.
Rachcl: Well, all the club stands are here in this hall. What were
you [……………………..]?

Tom: Um – not sure. I wanted to do something where I could meet people.
Rachcl: Well, take this [………………………..]with details of all the clubs and
see what you think. It’ll probably [………………………..]on what day you’re
free. Like on Mondays there’s the film club, then on Tuesdays you’ve got
the [………………………..]club – that’s really good. I’m in that – then on
Wednesdays you’ve got chcss. if you want something a bit
more […………………………..]! But you should look through carefully because
all the clubs run extra [………………………..]as well as their normal meetings.
Tom: Oh, yes I see. (as if reading) So it looks like the film club
has […………………………..]after the films – I’d quite like to go to those. Then
climbing – [………………………..], it says here that the University has its own
climbing wall – that’s [………………………..]– and they go on
weekend [………………..]. Cool. And it says the [………………………..]club
normally just docs games with whoever turn:! up but it also runs competitions
sometimes. But I bet you’ve got to be pretty good to do that.
Rachcl: Yes, I think so!
Tom: And how many people are in the clubs? Are they all really full?
Rachcl: Well, obviously they’re all different so, for example, the film club has
just increased its[………………………..]from eighty five to a hundred and
twenty five but I think they’re hoping to[………………………..]it to a hundred
and fifty. The climbing club’s quite small –[………………………………..]people
and the chess club is fairly healthy at fifty five.
Tom: Right. OK. so who do I see if I want to join these clubs?
Rachcl:Well, if you go round the stands and speak to the people there. For the
film club that’s the events[…………………………..]– um, for climbing you’ll
need the club [………………………………..]and the chcss club is organised by
one of the Maths [………………………………..]. OK?
Tom: Yup. I think I’ll start with the [………………………..]– it sounds good.
Rachcl: Oh well, as I said. I’m in that so I might be able to help you a bit.

Tom: OK. It says in the leaflet that they get together twice a month. Is that
right?
Rachcl: Yes. Oh. you must join. It’s really good fun. We go away quite a bit to
North Wales and every year we have a special [………………………………..],
usually to France, which is where we’re going this year in the spring. The
weather’s too [………………………..]in the autumn.
Tom: Wow! That sounds good – but it must cost a lot.
Rachcl: Yeah, but we try and save up for it through [………………………..]so

rather than having a huge sum to pay ill the month wc go we collect those
weekly so it [………………..]it out.
Tom: Good idea. I think I’ll [……………..]join.
Rachcl: There are quite good benefits you get from joining. I mean, you need
that don’t you? And the University clubs[………………………………..]try and
do deals with [………………………………..], so it’s really worth joining. Like in
the climbing club they’ve got a special [………………………………..]with one of
the shops in town so if you show your card you can get money
off [……………………..]. Don’t think the[……………………..]extends to clothes
though. That’s really worth it then. I’ll go over and talk to them now.
Tom: OK Hope you do join. Oh. and another thing I meant to say. If you do
become a member, yon automatically receive a […………………………..]once a
year. It’s quite useful and interesting because it goes out to all the national
climbing clubs. And the other thing is, if you come to every [………………..],
then you can[……………………..]ticket to the big [………………………..]that’s
held in Cardiff even.’ year. So – hope to see you Yeah, thanks … (fade)…
SECTION 2
You will hear an accommodation officer telling students about

different halls of residence.
Accommodation Officer:

Good afternoon and welcome to Stanton University. I’m here to tell you about
the various halls of[………………………………..]we have available should you
choose to come here. We aim to offer[………………………………..]in Halls to
all first year students and you’ll find there’s a good[………………………..]to
choose from.
First of all, there’s Brown Hall, which, as you’ll see. is not the most modern of
buildings but it is very popular with some students. It’s got a good sense
of [……………………..], some nice[……………………..]kitchens and. unlike the
other halls, it has recently had a[………………………………..]built in its
basement. Another option is Blake Residence, which is built like a large house
and so everybody cooks and eats together. It has its own sectioned-off bit
of[……………..]garden and is even more [………………………..]bccause this is
an all girls residence, although of course boys are […………………..]to visit the
Hall and, I understand, frequently take part in cooking dinner! The largest
Hall we have is Queens Building and this has been[…………………..]recently.
The […………………..]parking area has been built on so that the hall now has a
large [……………..]room and each bedroom now has its own shower room,
which many students [………………………..]as a real bonus. A [……….]option
is the Parkway Rats, which won an [……..]for design in its day and this
building now has a[…………………..]order on it. This has meant that only
a […………………..]amount could be done to upgrade it and
the […………..]area is important so parking is not[……………………..]around
the Flats. However, the Flats do have many extra[………………………..]such as
a special computer room, a small library and a[……………………..]restaurant.
The cost of breakfast, lunch and dinner is[…………………………..]in the fees
for this ball so it does look a bit more [………………………………..]. The last
residence we can offer you is Temple Rise, which again is [……………..]more
expensive than other Halls as the rooms are larger. This has got very lovely
views across to the coast and this more than[………………………………..]for
the fact that bathrooms here are shared between six students. However, the
Hall has[……………..]staff who clean the rooms onec a week so this is perhaps
an[……………..]option for the [………………..]amongst you.
Now if I can just show on this wall map here where they all are, you might like
to go and have a look round. If you come into the main
university [……………………..], at the first [………………………………..]you’ll
find that Brown Hall is on the […………………………..]opposite the theatre. So
you’re nice and near the station here – though I think it can get a bit noisy with
traffic. The same […………………………..]to Blake Residence, which is directly
facing the [………………………………..]to the university entrance. These Halls

are often used by[………………………………..]students and such like as they’re
out all day so don’t notice the noise. Anyway, if you then walk along Campus
Road [………………………………..]the main Circle, you’ll see the library on the
comer and Queens Building is just past that as you head north.You will find
that it is quieter here and you may get fewer[………………………………..]! By
the way the Circle is quite a feature of the [………………………………..]as it’s
set into the hills and has a [………………………………..]new sports centre in
the […………………………..]– it’s worth going to look around it.
Now, the Parkway Flats are on the [………………………………..]corner to the

library, facing the Circle, as vou head towards the main buildings. The main
buildings are only about a [………………………………..]walk from here and
places in these Halls go quickly so my [………………………………..]is to
reserve your place as soon as[………………………………..]. Then Temple Rise
is inside the Circle, next to the sports centre, but further from the main
University buildings. Now. if you’d like to go oft and … (fade)…
SECTION 3
You will hear two students, Jenna and Marco, discussing a Business
Studies projcct they have to do.
Jenna: Come on Marco. We’ve got to get on and sort out this [……………..]for
Professor Barclay.
Marco: Hang on. I want to make sure we’ve got all the [………………..]. Now ..
(sitting down)… where are we?
Jenna: Well, today we need to sort out exactly what we’re going to do and how
wc’rc going to[………………………………..]the work up.
Marco: OK. How long have we got, by the way?
Jenna: Um .. the end of term is [………………………..]and he said to hand it in

on week 8, so that’s March 25th at the latest because the beginning of that
week is 21st. So not long!
Marco: Right. Have you got the notes there?

Jenna: Yes, he wants us to do a fairly [………………………………..]study, like
the last one, on whether or not[…………………………..]were offering more
benefits to staff. We’ve now got to look at the rise in older workers. Should be
fairly [………………………..].
Marco: Yeah, as long as we keep it small. Who’s marking it?
Jenna: Don’t know – sometimes he gets the PhD students to mark it for him.
Marco: Oh actually it just says here ‘a […………………………..].

I [……………………..]it’s too much for Professor Barclay to do them all.
Jenna: Yeah. Anyway, how arc we going to go about this?
Marco: Well, we have to decide how big we want it to be and who we’re …
Jenna: (cutting him off)… Yeah, but I think vvc must sort out
a […………………..]for the project[…………………..]nothing will get done.
Marco: OK. Do you want to do that?
Jenna: Alright. I’ll do it as soon as we finish here.
OK – what do we have to do now for the project? What’s the best way to go
about it?
Marco: Um … well. Professor Carter […………………………..]we set up a focus

group to get some in-depth[………………………..]but I think that’ll take a lot
of time.
Jenna: Yeah. I agree. If we did a focus group, we’d have to spend

time [……………………..]who to include in it and it’s not […………………..]to
do one anyway.
Marco: Oh. fine.

Jenna: And. if you agree. I think we should get in touch with the businesses on
the list Professor Carter pave us and ask them if they’re prepared
to [………………………..].
Marco: Sound;, good – then we can go there, give them [………………..]and

collect them later.
Jenna: Exactly.
Marco: OK. Then do we need to book one of those study rooms in

the [………………………………..]so we can work together to input the data?
Perhaps not, as I guess just one of us could just sort it out, actually.
Jenna: Yes, that would be easier. A lot of what we’re doing

is [……………………..], so it’ll be writing up rather than […………………..]. No
software for that I’m afraid!
Marco: And I think it would look better if we had actual shots .of some of the
staff because we’re citing[………………………………..]as a factor
in [………………………..], aren’t we?
Jenna: Yeah. OK. I’ll factor that all in when I son everything out tonight.
Marco: I’m glad we [………………………………..]to work together. I think it’s

going to work out well.
Jenna: Yes. well, given that we had to work in pairs on this project, I think we
were right to choose each other. Wc[………………………………..]each other
academically as we’re each good at what the other isn’t! In fact, we should
have [………………………………..]working together before!
Marco: Yes! Now, how shall wc split the work? I’ll do the […………………..],
shall I?
Jenna: Oh – OK.

Marco: ILii iust that it might be faster because I’m used to doing it – although
your [………………………..]is better than mine. I need more practice at
reading, really.
Jenna: OK. I’ll do the presentation then. If that’s OK with you?
Marco: Yeah. sure. I don’t mind speaking [………………………..]but I hate

preparing all the notes for them.
Jenna: Thing is, the tutor said one person should do the
whole […………………..]and he’s said he expects me to do ir because I haven’t
done one yet.
Marco: No. that’s tine. Now … (fade)…
SECTION 4
Yon will hear a media studies tutor giving a lecture about news
sources.
Lecturer: OK. now many of you will have heard about

the [………………..]death of newspapers as people [……………………..]access
the TV and the internet for their news. Today I want to look at the USA. which
has very [………………………..]news sources, to see if this is actually true.
In the USA the main news sources without […………………………..]are TV, the
internet and the press – that is traditional […………………………..]. And,
although they arc cach [………………………………..]and growing, they are also
changing. Obviously TV news has been around for a while, and the early
evening[………………………………..]when people get in from work are very
popular. I [………………………………..]we traditionally think of the morning
newspaper arriving on our [………………………………..]with the daily news.
Interestingly, this is not [………………………………..]out by the statistics,
which show that readership in the US is much higher when people have lime
to [………………………………..], when they’re not
working,[………………………………..]on Sundays. The internet is also a
popular weekend activity but shows no[………………………………..]with
weekday [………………………………..]. So people arc using the different

sources in different ways. Interestingly, local radio has been hit less by
the [………………………………..]of quite strong local newspapers than by the
internet, which is seen to offer a better [………………………………..]service.
But just because the internet is seen as the new force in news media does not
mean it is [………………………………..]. Television has, of course, been global
for a while, but now [………………………………..]changes, which
have[………………………………..]the rise of online news, have also allowed
newspapers to print and[………………………………..]editions across the world.
In fact, internet news, which is seen as the big[………………………………..]for
traditional markets, does not offer that much [………………………………..].
Often the sources are the online versions of the newspapers, whereas
television, in order to offer something different-has had to come up with a
much more […………………………..]of reporting from hard news to light
reports on[………………………………..]events. Another issue is reliability – the
internet is virtually[………………………..]so anything can be reported there,
whether true or not.[………………………………..]on newspapers have fought a
long hard battle to fight[……………………..]and to retain the freedom of the
press. Television, however, is seen as[………………………………..]to political
power and has bccome subject to […………………………..]controls about what
it can or cannot say.
Now one very critical factor in keeping newspapers alive and well in the USA
has been their[…………………………..]to advertising. Obviously newspapers
are heavily dependent on advertising[…………………………..]and they have
become more and more [………………………………..]in what they offer, in
order to make sure that […………………………..]use them, and not other news
sources. This has meant that, contrary to popular [………………………..],
newspapers now have a[………………………..]higher profit margin than the
rest of [………………………..]
So how have they [………………………………..]to raise advertising revenue in

this way? Well, they have put a lot of effort into developing
and [………………………..]a very strong [………………………………..]with the
retail trade. And they’ve come up with a winner. A [………………………..]tool
in their sales plan has been suggesting that the […………………………..]they
run can have vouchers. This has been[………………………………..]effective
because they have found that, not only do more people,buy the paper to get
the […………………..]but also that this [……………………………..]means
much higher sales for the clients who advertised. As well as doing this, the
newspapers have also introduced[………………………………..]sales campaigns
over the last few years. This has [……………………………..]in a significant and

continuing rise in the number of advertisers [………………………………..]to
pay the extra for[………………………………..]ads. So, what I would like …
(fade)…

Test 55
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 5
Complete the Account Details using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for
each blank space
Account Details
Example
Account holder: ______No_______
Discount offered
First year students (1)__________________
Name: Nasreen (2)____________
Address: (3)_______ Mansions, Compton Street, London.
Postcode: SE (4)_________________
Telephone number: 0181 (5)_______________

Questions 6 – 8
Put a tick in the spaces below, if the information is correct. Or fill in the blank
with the correct information, if it is wrong. The first one has been done for
you as an example.
Questions 9 – 10
Circle the appropriate letter.
9. To collect the books ihe student must bring A three forms of identification.
B two forms of identification.
C one form of identification.
D two forms of identification and the university confirmation letter.
10. The books will be kept

A in the Chemistry Department in the basement
B in the Physics Department in the basement.
C in the Physics Department on the first floor.
D in the Maths Department in the basement.
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 14
11. There are_____________ student counsellors at the university,
A six B four C five D three
12. The speaker has come to talk about the________________________
A Student Union B Student Welfare Service
C student health D Student Accommodation Service
13. The number of main sites is_______________________________
A three B four C five D six
14. Where on this site is the student counsellor’s office?
Complete the notes below using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer
15. The information leaflet is available almost _____________________ .

16. The Helpline in the evenings and weekends is dependent on the_______
17. The Helpline is staffed at the weekends for _____________________
18. Students contact the Student Welfare Service for a _______________ ,
19. If the counsellors cannot help you, they will put you in touch with_______
20- The Service gives _______________ to all volunteers on the Helpline.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23

Questions 15 – 20
USE NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS to answer the following questions:
21. On whal topic did Jim write his essay ? ____________________
22. Besides the OECD statistics, what other figures did Jim use? _________
23. At the beginning of hisessay, what does Jim say the 19th eentuty Luddites
and people today are worried about? ___________________________
Questions 24-27
In Jim’s essay, there are 3 reasons for people’s fears and 2 reasons why
people’s fears are unjustified. In each case below, choose the option
which accurately describes the point. The first one is an example
Example: The first reason for fear:
✓a. IT affects service and traditional industries
b. Electricity affects service and traditional industries
24. The second reason for fear:
A. The introduction of IT is more demanding than other technologies
B. The introduction ot IT is happening more quickly than for previous

technologies
25. The third reason for fear:
A. IT makes it easier to change jobs
B. IT makes it easier for employers to move jobs around

26. The first reason why people’s fears are unjustified:
A. There has been a continuous rise in people in work and income in rich
countries
B. Technological advance has industrialised rich countries
27. The second reason why people’s fears are unjustified:
A. New jobs are not upsetting old ones
B.New jobs are replacing old ones
Questions 28 – 30
28 New technology does not afways reduce employment, because
A. people do not need to work as hard as before.
B. new products are a necessity.
C. it can create new demand.
D. it can slow down output.
29. In his conclusion, Jim says that IT should not destroy jobs, if
A. there is a balance.
B. the workforce are favourable.
C. the workforce are businessmen.

D. the workforce have a good education and they are skilled.
30. The phrase, a favourable business climate, means an environment where
A. there is not too much in the way of protectionism.
B. there are many restrictions, rules and regulations.
C. minimum wage levels are too high.
D. restrictions on work pradices exist.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 37
Complete the notes using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for your answer.
31. The speaker is a specialist in________________.
32. The speaker is giving the __________________of the term.
33. The focus of her talk is the purpose of__________________.
34. Good design leads to___________________.
35. One facet of the role of design is to make sure that products do the job they
are ___________
36. People are persuaded to buy products by_________and __________
37. A shopper may buy a personal stereo for its as_____________ well as its
trendy appearance.

Questions 38-41
38. The role of the designer is becoming more important, because …
A. the progress of technology is slightly faster than it was.
B. there are possibilities for new ideas.
C. products break more easily these days.
D. every model has to be updated more quickly.
39. In the medical field, the designer is engaged in…
A. developing a range of new equipment.
B. otd equipment that is developing.
C. everything related to hospital portering equipment.
D. advising inventors.
40. Designers can help manufacturers by…
A. exporting their designs.
B. helping to make their products attractive.
C. making their products appreciated by other manufacturers.
D. training them to appreciate design.

41. Design is important in life, because…
A. existing is more than living.
B. it is part of our attitude.
C. it improves the quality of our daily life.
D. we do not want things that do not look good, even if they do not work.
Answer keys:
1. 15%/fifteen percent
2. Kerrigan
3. 127a Adelaide
4. 19 7FT
5. 797 4882
6. √
7. Physics
8. £25
9. D
10. B
11. C
12. B
13. A
14. D
15. everywhere on campus
16. generosity of volunteers
17. roughly 8/ eight hours
18. variety of reasons
19. someone who can
20. training and support
21. global employment
22. The World Bank

23. machines replacing people
24. B
25. B
26. A
27. B
28. C
29. D
30. A
31. European product design
32. introductory lecture
33. design
34. efficient products
35. intended to (do)
36. advertising/ adverts (and) the media
37. efficient function
38. D
39. A
40. B
Section 1
SA: …versity Bookshop, Bridge Street, Doris speaking, can I help you?
S: Is that the University Bookshop?
1. Yes, it is.
S: I’d like to place an [………………….]for some books, if I may.

SA Have you got an [………………….]with us?
S: No, not yet. I haven’t started university yet.
I’ll be starting in October, but I’ll be coming in early to have a look round and
to get [………………….]in and wanted to order some books.
SA: Right. I see. Would you like to open an account?
S: Mmm, I don’t know.
SA: Well, you get a student [……………….]on all book [………………….].
S: Oh! And how much is that, then?
SA: [………………….] for first year students.
S: 15%! That sounds all right.
SA: You just have to make sure that you settle your account at the end of
each month.
S: OK. Well, mm, I might as well open one, then.
SA: I just need to […………………………….]some details. Do you want the

account to be at your term time address or your home address?
S: They’re the same.
SA: Right. First of all, can I have your name?
S: […………………………….].
SA: Is that, K , I…

S: No, I’ll have to spell it for you. It’s K, E for everyone, double R, I, G for Go, A
and N for Nobody.
SA: A N for Nobody. …Kerrigan.
S: Yes. That’s it.
SA: And your address?
S: It’s […………………………….] Adelaide Mansions …
SA: Hold on. 117a … Ade …
S: No, 127a …
SA: Ok, Right. And Adelaide, that’s A, D, E for everyone, L, A , I, D, and E

for everyone.
S: Yes, that’s it. Then Mansions.
SA: Mansions. Right.
S: […………………………….].
SA: Right.
S: London.
SA: London. And the postcode?
S: […………………………….].
SA: SE …19.

S: […………………….]
SA: 7?
S: Yes 7 F for Freddie and T for Tommy.
SA: FT. Right. So let me just check that. Mm 127a Adelaide Mansions,
Compton Street, London SE19 7FT.
S: That’s correct.
SA: And are you on the telephone?
S: Yes, it’s […………………….].
SA: 797…
S: 4882.
SA: 4882.
S: Yes, that’s it.
SA: Right, that’s that out of the way. And which books would you like to order?
S: Well, I just want four books to [……………………….]with.
SA: Hmm.
S: Have you got Physics in the Age of Technology by Adrianna Stern.
SA: Physics in the Age of… it’s out of [……………………….], I’m afraid.
S: Oh, OK.

SA: Would you like me to order it for you?
S: No, what about mm. Mathematics in Physics by Professor I

Lovatt. [……………………….]
SA: Just, just wait, Mathematics in … Physics by …
Professor I Lovatt. Let’s just check that. Right, here we are. Yes,…. we’ve got it
in stock. It’s […………………….].
S: £27.95! With the discount?
SA: I’m afraid, yes. Ah, the next one?
S: Experimental Physics by Simon Blair and Violet Boyd.
SA: Experimental Physics by Simon Blair and Violet Boyd. OK, let’s see
….That’s £29.50.
S: OK and Physics for the first year student by A. Laska.
SA: Physics for the first year student… That’s … [………………….].
S: OK. I’ll stick with these three for the moment.
SA: Right. Would you like to have the books […………………….]to you?
S: No, No it’s it’s okay. I’ll come in one day this week and pick them up.
SA: Right. When you come in, can you bring two forms of [………………….].
S: OK, Like what?
SA: A credit card,… [………….],… a cheque card and

S: Oh, OK.
SA: … and your letter confirming [………………….]to the university.
S: Yeah, OK. What time do you close?
SA: We’re open until 6pm every day except Thursday, when we close at 7.30.
S: And you’re on which flo
SA: The Physics Department is in the […………………………….]. The books

will be kept here and as you’re paying by [………………….]we’ll post the bill to
you.
S: Thanks. Bye.
SA: Bye-Bye.
Section 2
Good morning My name is Dave Eastman and I’m one of the five
student [………………….]in the university. And I’m here today to introduce
myself to you [………………….]and to say just a few words about the Student
Welfare [………………….]. But before I begin, I’d like to thank your Faculty
Head, Professor Anwar, for inviting me here to talk to you. At the end,
I’ll [……………….]questions open to the floor.
The service we offer is available on all […………………………….]of the

university campus. The three main sites have a counsellor available week-days,
Monday to Thursday, between […………….]and […………….]. On this site,
the office is situated in the Queen’s Building, on the first floor. I understand
that all of you are based on this site, so I won’t go into [………….]about the
others.
Information about the service and the other offices is […………………….]in

this leaflet, which you can pick up practically everywhere on campus. We also
run a Helpline, which is open after the office is closed. The number for the line

is […………………………….]. This number with all the others, my own,
included, is contained in the leaflet. Obviously, we would like to make the
Helpline available […………………….]a day. but the money simply isn’t there,
so we have to rely on the [……………………….]of volunteers. I can say on
average the line is open about 3 hours per evening most evenings and
roughly [……………………….]at weekends. If there is no-one to take your call,
or in the event of an […………………………….], there will be a message on the
answering machine which will give you other […………………….].
You might be thinking why not just give us the […………………………….]and

get on with the lecture. Well, the answer to that, as you probably well know, is
that people don’t always read leaflets; they look at them and say: That’s not for
me.
People contact us for a […………………………….]of reasons. They may come to

see us if they feel […………………………….], because it’s the first time many
have been away from home: or they may have personal relationship problems:
or money problems. Certain times of the year bring
increased […………………………….]to bear on students, the exam time being
the main one and I’m not just talking about Finals. Preparing a paper for a
tutorial or a seminar can also be a […………………………….]exercise.
On […………………………….]like this, we are available to help you.
We don’t pretend that we have an answer for every problem, but we can try
and help; and if we can’t we can usually refer you to someone who can.
I would also like to take this […………………………….]to ask for volunteers for
our advice […………………………….]. You don’t need any previous experience
and, because you are […………………………….]to the university, it does not
mean that you do not have anything to offer. We provide training and support
for all […………………………….]. So if you’d like to get involved see me at the
end of this […………………………….].
I’d like to thank you for listening and now it’s your chance to ask some
questions…. Yes the […………………………….]in the third row in the red T-
shirt.
Section 3

L: Come in!
J: Hello, Dr Townsend.
L: Ah – hello Jim, come and sit down. Now – it’s about this essay of yours, am
I right?
J: Yes, the one on global [……………………….].
L: Ah yes, global employment, let’s see …What was the exact [………….]again?
J: ‘Information Tech …
L: Right, here it is: “ ’Information Technology will put […………………….]of

people out of work throughout the world in the coming […………………….].
Explore the arguments on both sides of this […………………………….]and give
your opinion.’
J: Yep. that’s it.
L: Yes, on the whole, I was very pleased with what you wrote … mm
…You’ve [………………….]the different points of view clearly.
J: Thank you.
L: Did you give the sources for your […………………….]?
J: Yes, I…
L: Ah, yes, I see, the World Bank and the […………………….]. Where did you
get the [……………………….]from?
J: On the Internet.
L: Right, I see. OK – well, let’s have a closer look.

J: OK.
L: Now, near the beginning, you draw a […………………….]between present

day fears about machines replacing people,
J: Yeah.
L: and the [………………….]Luddites. It’s an [………………….]parallel, but

don’t you think it might be better to explain who the Luddites were?
J: Well, I mm did think about it, but …ah ..
L: Yes?
J; I thought it might be a little bit [……………….].
L: Well, yes, maybe, but a short sentence might help just to show
the […………………….]between then and now.
L: Good. Let’s move on then.
J: Right.
L: So, in the first paragraph you [………………….]three reasons for people’s

fears: IT is more […………………………….]in its impact than the effect of
steam power or electricity, […………………………….]service industries as well
as traditional manufacturing. Second, IT is being introduced faster than earlier
new technologies and thirdly, … that it makes it possible for jobs to be easily
moved from one place to another. Could you have described any other
reservations?
J: Well, I suppose I could have said that the richer industrial [………….]fear
the easy transfer of their jobs to [………….]and, therefore, cheaper economies,
but I felt it was too […………….]a fear. You could also blame the media for
their [………….]of large job losses at big firms without [………………….]small
business creation.

L: I see – fair enough. So then you continue with two paragraphs saying why
people need not be afraid. I see you start with the historic [………………….],
that over the past [………………….]of huge technological advance,
employment and real incomes in rich industrial countries have
risen [………………….]continuously,
J: Yes….
L: and you illustrate it by an OECD […………………….]. Then you state that

although jobs are […………………….]by new technology, new ones are
constantly being created which [………………….]the losses – i liked your
example here: that as […………………….]and coachmen
disappeared, […………………….], drivers and car [………………….]took their
place.
L: Now, where were we?
J: We were …
L: Yes, you said that although new technology may reduce the amount
of [………………….]necessary to produce a given volume of [………………….],
this doesn’t necessarily reduce overall unemployment,
J: Employment,
L: Sorry, yes, employment, because technology can boost output and create
new […………………………….]and new products.
J: Yes.
L: Perhaps you could have given some examples here of products which didn’t
exist 20 years ago?
J: You mean things like […………………………….], mm …

personal […………………….], soft contact lenses! Yes, mm, I suppose I should
have done.[…………………….]L: And, of course, computers themselves, both
personal and industrial! Good! So let’s have a look at

your […………………….]– so you believe that on balance, given a favourable
business climate, and a well educated, […………………….]workforce, there’s
no reason why IT should destroy jobs.
J: Yes.
L: You haven’t ah explained what you mean by a […………………….]business

climate’.
J: Mmm well 11 mean an environment where there aren’t too

many [………………….], rules and regulations like […………………….]over
goods and restrictions on work practices and, perhaps, minimum wage levels
that are too high.
L: I see. Well, you’ve certainly thought through the issues, but they are
complex and perhaps you could have gone into them rather more deeply.
However, as I said at the beginning, you’re good and clear about your points,
so I’ve marked it
Section 4
Good afternoon, and welcome to everybody. My name is Dr Paulette Southfield

and I [……………………….]in European product design in the Department of
Product and [……………………….]Design. It has fallen on me to kick off your
first term with the […………………….]lecture. And after much thought looking
for a [……………………….]title, I decided to call my talk today, simply: What is
design for?
What is design for? is one of the most important questions that we seek to
answer in this [……………………….]. After all, an electric kettle is no more
than a vessel with a heating […………………………….], a chair – no more than
a seat and back with enough legs for support, and a motor car no more than a
box with seats, four […………………………….]and an engine. But, we all know
that a […………………………….]can pour badly and
be [……………………….]to handle, a chair […………………………….]and ugly
to look at and a car [……………………….]and unattractive. The answer to my
question is, of course, […………………………….]in these examples: good
design makes for efficient products, like an efficient kettle, maybe cordless
and [………………….]by arthritic or elderly hands; a well designed chair is

comfortable and an inviting asset to our living-rooms and a carefully designed
car [……………….]maximum safety, comfort and […………….]. The
conclusion we can draw from this is that tne roie of [……………….]– to
Darapnrase Terence Conran – is to [………………….]that things do the job
they were intended to do that tney are well made ana efficient and that they are
pleasing to use and to look at.
There are, however, other reasons for the […………….]of design. Advertising
and the media fuel the […………….]nature of [………………….]but, together
with greater choice, they encourage a more […………………….] approach from
tne public who can compare the […………………….]of one product with those
of another. The […………….]appeal of a bold new table lamp can
be […………….]against tne cnarms of a […………………………….]others –
while the choice of a new persona’ stereo may involve
its [……………….]appearance as much as us efficient [……………………….].
And yet there is another reason for the […………………………….] role of the
designer in today’s world of rapidly advancing […………………………….]. As
the life cycle of every product grows ever shorter,
the […………………………….]has to be working on an updated model as soon
as the latest one is off the drawing board. Nowhere is this more evident than in
the design of motor cars. The same technological advance has also made a
huge […………………….]in the field of medicine and here the designer
is […………………………….]in the development of new equipment, from
the […………………….], the increasingly […………………….]dentist’s chair
and the […………………………….]hospital ‘porter’, to the [……………….]hip
replacement and other […………………………….].
Finally, we should not forget the role of design in the marketing wars.
As […………………………….]battle to enhance the [……………………….]of
their products over those of their […………………………….], the
talents, […………………….]and training of their designers are [……………….].
A proper appreciation of this factor can even be significant for
national [………………….]ana their export markets.
I would like to end though with a few words on the [………………….]between

good design and that efusive factor – quality of life. If we start by agreeing that
living is more than just […………………………….]we must admit that living
with everyday things that are […………………………….]pleasing as well as
effective, […………………………….]that quality. Most of us react against things

which are […………………………….]feeble or […………………………….], but
are drawn towards things which […………………………….]efficiency,
imagination and style, in the words of French designer, Roger Tallon, design is
first and […………………………….]an attitude.

Test 56
SECTION 1
Questions 1-5

answer.
Tennants Insurance Brokers

Car Insurance Form
Example Answer
Client’s Name Mrs. Norma Willis
Address Flat 8
(1)…………………………………….
Dene Road

Westley
Postcode (2)…………………………………..
Home Tel. none yet
Mobile Tel. (3)……………………………………
Car Make Toyota
Model MR2
Age (4)………………………………..
Engine Size 2-ljtre
Garaged YES/ NO
No Claims Bonus (5)………………………………………
Endorsements 3 points

Questions 6 – 8
Complete the list of Norma’s valuable below.
HiFi
TV
(6)………………………………………..
Video player Couple of radios
(7)………………………………………
Laptop
Printer
DVDs
CDs
Jewelry – necklaces, (8)……………………………….. , rings + brooches
Questions 9 and 10
Circle the correct letters A – C.
1. Which list, A, B or C. correctly assesses the protection for Norma’s flat?

A B
C
Ground floor flat 1st floor flat

neighbourhood watch dead bolt lock
scheme
burglar alarm connected with
motion sensor police station
Ground floor flat
double glazed windows motion sensor
+ extra locks dead bolt lock
double glazed windows + extra
smoke alarm burglar alarm locks

motion sensor smoke alarm
double glazed windows *

extra locks
smoke alarm
1. What does Norma buy at the end?

A. Car insurance only
B. Contents insurance only
C. Car insurance + Contents insurance
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15

answer.
1. Where will the future residence launderette be?

2. What special facility does Betty offer at the Launderette?
3. Which number bus does Simon advise Jo to take?
4. Where can students get advice on Council Tax?

5. Where does Simon say that Bill should register for his Council Tax?
Questions 16-20
Write NO MORE THAN 3 WORDS for each answer.
1. If there is a fire, residents should meet on_______________ .

• Fire practices are held every_______________ .
• If you want to watch a________________ , do so in your own room.
• Strangely enough the Chinese family sells______________ .
• Simon suggests asking for a_______________ when residents order a meal from
a takeaway.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25
Circle the correct letter A – C.
21. According to Nick the first Australian immigrants were:

A. The ancestors of aborigines
B. Petty criminals
C. Sailors
22. What was the name of the first British colony in Australia?
A. Victoria

B. New South Wales
C. New London
23. When was the White Australia Policy started?

A. Just after the first colony expanded
B. After Australian Federation
C. After World Warll
24. Why was there bad feeling towards many Chinese immigratants in the
1850s?
A. They opened restaurants
B. They were searching for gold
C. They would work for less money than the local Australians
25. When were Asian students first allowed to study at Australian universities?
A. 1950
B. 1957
C. 1973
Questions 26 – 30
Complete Adrian’s notes below.
Australian Immigration

Two Current Immigration Programs 1 The Migration Program
2 The Humanitarian Program
1. The Migration Program

To get Australian permanent residence, immigrants must be:
▪ (26)…………………………or
▪ sponsored by a family member currently resident in Australia
2004-05 Migration Program has 120,000 places available
The Department of Immigration particularly wants:
▪ skilled immigrants
▪ immigrants who will move to regional areas of Australia
1. The Humanitarian Prooram

Two Components designed for refugees + others in special humanitarian need
▪ (27)………………………………. : assists people overseas in humanitarian need

▪ Other component: People in Australia on temporary visas/without
permission claiming asylum
2004 and 2005 Humanitarian Program has (28)………………………………………..
places available
Australian lllegal Migrants
People who… * enter Australia without authority
▪ (29)………………………………………..
▪ work without appropriate approval
▪ have their visas cancelled and stay

Australia’s Migration Act1958 All non Australian citizens
unlawfully in Australia to be detained and (30)…………………………………….
unless given permission to remain
SECTION 4:
Questions 31 – 36
Complete the lecture notes below.
The Super Volcano
No specifically defined scientific meaning – refers to volcanoes that have

generated the Earth’s largest volcanic eruptions.
Super volcano eruption form calderas. Whereas normal volcano craters are
measured in the hundreds of metres, a caldera can be easily as large as
(31)………………………………. miles wide.
Super Volcano Caldera Locations: Long
Valley, Eastern California
(not all active) Toba,
Indonesia
Lake Taupo, (32)………………………………………….
Japan
Indonesia
Scotland
Alaska
Normal Volcano Formation – Magma column rises from Earth, erupts and
hardens down sides creating the familiar (33)………………………………………..
mountain
Super Volcano Formation – Magma rises from Earth’s mantle creating

(34)……………………………………… in the Earth’s crust. Chamber increases to
enormous size, creating colossal pressure. Eruption finally forms massive
caldera.

Results of Super Volcano Eruption
Ash, dust and sulphur dioxide ejected, blocking sun & creating cold wave
lasting several years. Plants and animals (including humans) would die.
Most recent caldera-forming eruption ((35)……………………………………….. ago

approx.). Ash, pumice, and gases covered more than 3000 square miles and
also went high into the stratosphere to circle the Earth, affecting its
temperature. Ash from this eruption still found in Iowa and in
(36)…………………………………….. from the Gulf of Mexico.
Questions 37 – 40
According to the Earth Sciences lecture, which FOUR of the following facts
are NOT true.
Choose FOUR letters (A – H) and write them in any order in boxes 37 – 40

on your answer sheet.
A. Yellowstone Park has previously suffered three enormous eruptions.
B. The first super eruption in Yellowstone was over three million years ago.
C. The first super eruption in Yellowstone park created a caldera bigger than
another state of the US.
D. Scientists say Yellowstone Park should erupt approximately every 600 000
years.
E. The ground level of Yellowstone Park has increased by over half a metre
over the last 10 years.
F. A taskforce has been set up to plan for the possible devastation that a
Yellowstone eruption would cause.
G. Evidence suggests that the super-eruption at Toba caused the Earth’s

population of humans to drop to about 10 000.

H. A super-eruption could make the Earth’s temperature drop to 5 to 10
degrees Celsius.
Answer keys:
1. Chepping Dene
2. WE3 9HT
3. 07525 745 642
4. 4 years
5. 3 years
6. DVD player
7. a hair dryer
8. bracelets
9. B
10. B
11. beside the reception
12. service washes
13. 39
14. the Students’ Union
15. the Town Hall
16. the front lawn
17. 6 months
18. late night film
19. fish and chips
20. menu
21. A
22. B
23. B
24. C
25. A
26. a skilled migrant
27. offshore resettlement program
28. 13 000
29. overstay visas

30. deported
31. 40 or 50
32. New Zealand
33. cone-shaped
34. a boiling reservoir
35. 650 000 years
36. drill cores
37. B
38. E
39. F
40. H
Section 1. You will hear a conversation between an insurance

broker and a client.
Man Good morning Madam. Can I help you?
Woman Actually yes. I’ve just got a new flat and I’m going to move my things
in tomorrow and I haven’t got any […………....…….]yet for my things. I’d like a
[…………..…….]for my car [……………….]as well to see if you can give me a better
deal. It’s coming up for [……………………….] soon you see.
M Fine. That shouldn’t be a problem. Let’s just take down some details. First of
all, can I have your name please?
W Of course. It’s Mrs. Norma Willis.

Good. That’s Norman without an “N”, isn’t it?
W Yes, that’s right.
M And can I have the address that you’re moving to please?
W It’s [.....……….], 23 Dene Road. Westley.
M Can you spell Chepping Dene please?
W Of course. Chepping is spelt C-H-E-P-P-I-N-G and Dene is spelt D-E-N-E.

The name of the road, Dene, is spelt the same way too. M And what’s the
postcode there?
W It’s [………………….].
M Can I take a telephone number?
W It will have to be only my mobile I’m afraid as I haven’t

[…………………………….]a land line yet. My mobile is […………………………….].
M Let’s look at the car insurance first quickly. I need the model, age and
engine size.
W It’s a 4 year old […………………………….]sports car. It has a 2 litre engine.

M Will it be parked in a garage, in a drive or in the road?
W At my present address it’s in the drive but the flat that I’m moving into
tomorrow has a […………………………….]provided and tenants are not allowed to
leave their cars in the visitor […………………………….]so it’ll garaged all the time.
M Two more questions. The first is do you have any no
[…………………………….]bonus and the second is do you have any driving
[…………………………….]? W I have three years no claims but I had a claim for a
new […………………………….]this year and I don’t know if that will affect it. M
No. That won’t count. The no claims will stand.
W Good. As for convictions I have 3 points for being caught speeding two years
ago. M Right. Let’s have a look at the […………………………….]stuff now while the
computer is checking rates for the car. So, what kind of flat is it?

W It’s a two bedroom flat. M Have you bought the flat or are you renting?
W I’m just renting it.
M So, you just need some household insurance for your […………………………….].
W That’s right.
M First of all, can you give me a list of all the things that you want covered by
the insurance.
W Yes. First of all there’s my […………………………….]goods like my HiFi, TV,

DVD player, video player, a couple of radios, a hair drier, my laptop and
printer. I’ve […………………………….]all the values of the electrical goods. There
are various DVDs and CDs too. It should come to about […………………………….].
M Anything else? W Yes. There’s my jewelry. I’ve some […………………………….],
bracelets, rings and […………………………….]that I inherited. They’re all in
different metals and with different […………………………….]. I’ve got a list
itemising them all here. I’ve also got a small strong box which
[…………………………….]into a cupboard so they’re reasonably safe. M Anything
else?
W Well just the usual kitchen stuff and clothes that I’d like to be included.
M OK. That’s not a problem. Now I need to ask some things about the flat.
What floor is it on?
W Well, I wanted a 1st floor flat but this is a […………………………….]floor one. I

can use the garden with it though.
M Hmm. Yes but the […………………………….]will be a little higher because of

course a […………………………….]finds more it difficult to enter a flat on the 1st
floor.
W Oh. I never thought about that. M What about safety

[…………………………….]in the flat? W Well, there are two different keys for the
front door and one of them is a dead bolt so that’s quite good. I’ve been to the
local shop and ordered a burglar alarm too which has a motion
[…………………………….]and everything. It’s not in yet but it will be soon.
M That’s good.

W The windows are quite new and all double […………………………….]so, like all
new windows nowadays, they have extra locks on them so that makes it quite
secure.
M That’s good too. So really it’s reasonably safe. That will make a difference on
the […………………………….]. Do you know if there’s a smoke alarm fitted in that
flat?
W I never thought of that. I think it’s the law now if you’re renting so there
must be.
M Well, that’s about it. Let’s look now. I’ve got two […………………………….]for
you. First the car and then the household. […………………………….]fully comp.
for the car or […………………………….]third party, fire and theft. The contents is
£100.
W Does the contents cover me if I lose something or I’m

[…………………………….]outside the home? M As long as it’s in this country and
on the list of items covered, yes. W Well, I’ll keep the old car insurance as my
present deal is better and I’ll take the contents. Can I pay by
[…………………………….]? M Cash, cheque, credit card. Anything you want.
Section 2. You will hear a residence manager giving a short

question and answer session to new residents.
Simon: Good evening everyone. My name is Simon and I am the

[…………………………….]of this […………………………….]. Most of you here today
are new in the town of […………………………….]. Some of you are students at the
uni, some have new jobs and some have other reasons to be with us. When we
have lots of new people staying with us, I do one of these little question and
answer [……………………….]so that I can help you settle in. So, let’s get started
straight away. Yes, over there.
Margaret: Hi, I’m Margaret. I’m a student here. I was wondering where I can
do my […………………………….]. It won’t be long before this is an
[…………………………….]thing for me!

Simon: Here in the residence we are planning a little […………………….] beside
reception but this might take a little time to organise. In the meantime there’s
a little launderette down the road. It’s in Queens Avenue, the same street that
the residence is in. You go about […………………………….] up the road in the
opposite direction to the town centre and it’s on the right. They have plenty of
machines and [………………………….]and there’s a lady there called Betty who
does [……………………….]washes. You just need to drop it off and it will be
laundered, dried and […………………………….] the next day. It’s a bit more
expensive of course but good if you’re lazy. Another question?
Jo: Hi. My names Jo. I’ve got a new job at the other end of the High Street. I
was wondering which the best bus was to go there.
Simon: The best bus for the centre of town is the [……………………….]. That
takes you straight to the […………………….]. If you work at the end of the High
Street though that still leaves you with about a [……………………….]walk. The 39
goes to the train station which is very near the end of the High Street so that’s
your best bet [………………………….]. The 39 is good for coming home late at
night as well as the station buses go on later than the other buses. There’s the
35 bus too for getting to the High Street but it goes to the near end of the High
Street and it’s a good […………………………….] walk after getting off. Anyone
else? You there.
Bill: I’m a student too. I’m new in the area and I have to […………………….]for
my council tax. Do you know where I have to go to register?
Simon: Yes. We get lots of people in your […………………………….]. You other

students need to do this too. First of all get the information sheet from the
Students’ Union which has lots of […………………………….]on registering and the
[…………………………….]you should get. The Students’ Union is in Newbolt
Street. I’m sure you know that. The […………………………….]putting your name
on the list though should be done at the Town Hall which is right next to the
Square. Some people are told that you can do it at the
[…………………………….]but that’s just the registration for non UK nationals not
the […………………….].
Simon: Any more questions? Come on. I’m sure you must have some more.
Jen: Yes. I was wondering what we do in the case of a fire here at the
residence.
Simon: Well the first thing to do is to raise the alarm by setting off the electric
alarm [………………….]. Then, if the fire is not big, try and use the fire

[………………….]that you’ll find round the residence. If the fire is in any way
large, just get out and go to the [………………….] point on the front lawn. Try not
to go in the front or back car parks as that’s where the fire [………………….] will
set up their stuff. You don’t need to call the fire brigade as our residence alarm
is linked up to their system. Make sure you read the fire [……………………….]
around so you know where the nearest fire […………………….]is to your room.
Don’t panic and […………………….] around. That gets people hurt. Just go
[………………….]to the assembly point. Once every six months we have a fire
[…………………………….]which is attended by someone from the fire service to
make sure we’re up to […………………….]. One of these might be at night so be
ready!
Fran: Hi everyone. I just wanted to ask what time the TV room closes for the
night. It’s just that my room is just across from it and I don’t want to be kept
awake all night.
Simon: The usual […………………………….]time for the TV room is 11pm though

this is […………………………….]by one hour on Fridays and Saturdays. I know
that some people want to watch late night films but then you’ll just have to buy
your own TVs for your rooms. If you do have a TV in your room, then please
think of others and keep the volume down. We take a very dim view of people
[…………………………….]others in the residence. The same goes for the TV room
itself. Just keep the volume levels down. Anything else from anybody?
Phil: I’ve got a question too actually. I’ve got a job that will get me back late in
the evening and I won’t be always able to eat. Are there any good places nearby
that […………………………….]?
Simon: The quick answer is yes, there are lots of places. There is an Indian
nearby, fish and chips is sold in a shop that is […………………………….]enough
run by a Chinese family. There is a good Thai restaurant, a Mexican and an
Italian […………………………….]. They all deliver apart from the
[…………………………….]but that’s only five minutes’ walk away. All the
telephone numbers are up on the residence […………………………….]. The first
time you order from each of them just ask them to stick a menu into the bag
and you’ll build up a library in no time. Now, let me tell you about…
Section 3. You will hear 2 students discussing a seminar report.

Nick Hi Adrian. What are you reading? Adrian Oh, hi Nick. It’s just an article
on Australian […………………………….]. I’m doing a report on it next week in a
seminar for Dr. Ronaldson. Nick On immigration! That sounds
[…………………………….]stuff! Adrian Yes. It’s not really very exciting but there
are some interesting bits.
Nick Such as? Adrian Well, for example did you know that immigration to
Australia first started over […………………………….]ago when the
[…………………………….] of Australian Aborigines arrived via Indonesia and New
Guinea. Nick I can’t say I did know that the […………………………….]arrived in
that way.
Adrian Exactly. It’s not as boring as you might think.
Nick Well, do you want to run through some of your ideas? I’m not doing
anything right now. Adrian That would be great. Thanks.
Nick Fire away then. Adrian OK. Well, after the aborigines there was
[…………………………….]a big gap until the next settlers arrived from London.
Europeans began landing in the […………………………….] and
[…………………………….], and the country was […………………………….]by Britain
in 1788. Nick Weren’t the first colonists just […………………………….]transported
by Britain? Adrian Britain certainly used the colony as a place to send their
[…………………………….]. The first colony was formally […………………………….]as
New South Wales on February 7 and this European [………………….]certainly
did begin with a troupe of petty criminals, second-rate […………………….]and a
crew of sailors.
Nick When did other people start arriving? Adrian Immigration really
[…………………………….]after the discovery of gold in Australia. The Gold rush
era, beginning in […………………………….], led to an enormous
[…………………………….]in population all through the reign of Queen Victoria.
Nick And did that continue strongly? Adrian Not really. After the excitement of
the gold rush died down, immigration slowed down […………………………….].
The popularity of Australia as a place to go and live only really shot up after the
Second World War.
Nick Didn’t that cause problems as well? Adrian Yes. For a country that is well
known today for it’s multi cultural […………………………….]and
[…………………………….], Australia has had a checkered past. After the
Federation of all the Australian states, the “White Australia Policy” was created
to […………………………….]flows of non whites to Australia and this
[…………………………….]became even more popular after the population push
folowing the war.

Nick How did the policy come about? Adrian The origin of the policy can be
traced backto the […………………………….]when large numbers of Chinese
[…………………………….]to Australia to look for gold or to set up businesses such
as restaurants.
The […………………………….]population resented the Chinese who were

[…………………………….]white labour prices. In response, the newly self-
governing colonies introduced […………………………….] on Chinese immigration.
By […………………………….] Chinese were excluded from all the Australian
[…………………………….], although those Chinese who were already in Australia
were not deported. Nick And how long did it go on for? Adrian The effective
end of the White Australia policy is usually dated to […………………………….],
when the Whitlam Labour government […………………………….]a series of
amendments preventing the enforcement of racial […………………………….]of the
immigration law. It had been fading for some years though. Under the
[…………………………….] Colombo Plan, students from Asian countries were
[…………………………….]to study at Australian universities. This trend continued
when in 1957 […………………………….]with 15 years’ residence in Australia were
allowed to become […………………………….].
Nick What’s immigration like today? I hear a lot about it in the news.
Adrian Yes, it’s become a very important issue in politics. There are currently
two immigration programs that allow […………………………….] migration to
Australia.They are the migration program and the [………………….]program.
Nick What’s the difference? Adrian To be accepted into Australia under the
migration program, a person must be a skilled migrant or
[…………………………….]by a family member that already lives in
[…………………………….]. The Department of Immigration says that the
migration program for 2004 – 2005 has […………………………….]places available
for migrants, with a strong focus on attracting skilled people and people who
agree to live in […………………………….]areas of Australia. Nick What about the
other program? What’s it called again? Adrian The humanitarian program. It’s
designed for […………………………….]and others in special humanitarian need.
One […………………………….]of the humanitarian program is the
[…………………………….] resettlement program, which assists people in
humanitarian need overseas for whom […………………………….]in another
country is the only option. The other component is for those people already in
Australia who arrived on […………………………….]visas or in an unauthorised
[…………………………….], and who claim Australia’s protection. The Department
of Immigration says that the size of the 2004 and 2005 humanitarian program
is [………………….]places.

Nick What about illegal immigration? Do you know anything about that too?
Adrian Just a bit. That’s what I’m working on now. [………………….]migrants
under Australia’s immigration laws are those who enter Australia without
[…………………….], overstay visas, work without appropriate
[…………………………….] or have their visas cancelled. Australia’s Migration Act
in 1958 requires that all non Australian citizens who are […………………………….]
in Australia be [……………………….]and that, unless they are given […………….] to
remain in Australia, they must be [………………….] as soon as is practical. Nick
Well.
That sounds pretty good. I’m sure your presentation will be excellent.
Adrian Thanks. I hope so.
Section 4. You will hear part of an earth sciences lecture.
Good morning and welcome to this earth sciences […………………………….].

We’ve been looking recently at such phenomena as […………………….], tsunami,
volcanic [……………………….]and other natural […………………………….]. Today we
are going to look at a lesser known feature of the earth which is known as the
[…………………….]. As the name implies this is a volcano of a much larger size
than what we normally imagine a volcano to be. The term super volcano has no
specifically [………………….]scientific meaning. It is used to refer to volcanoes
that have generated Earth’s largest volcanic eruptions. As such, a super
volcano would be one that has produced an […………………………….]large,
[…………………………….]explosive eruption and a giant […………………………….], a
caldera being the […………………………….]crater that the eruption creates.
Whereas normal volcano craters are […………………………….]in the hundreds of
metres, a caldera can easily be as large as […………………………….] or
[…………………………….] wide. Around the world there are several volcanic areas
that can be considered super volcanoes such as Long Valley in eastern
[…………………………….], Toba in Indonesia and Lake Taupo in New Zealand.
There are also other large calderas in […………………………….], Indonesia,
Scotland and […………………………….]. Not all the calderas are active though.
Normal volcanoes are formed by a column of […………………………….], rising
from deep within the Earth, erupting on the surface, and
[…………………………….]in layers down the sides. This forms the familiar
[…………………………….]mountain we associate with volcanoes. Super volcanoes,
however, begin life when magma rises from the Earth’s
[…………………………….]to create a boiling […………………………….]in the Earth’s
crust. This chamber increases to an […………………………….]size, building up

[…………………………….]pressure until it finally erupts. An explosion like this
could send ash, dust, and sulphur dioxide into the atmosphere,
[………………….]the sun’s rays and creating a cold wave lasting several years.
Crops in many areas would fail and many species of animals and plants,
including humans, would face […………………………….]. The most recent caldera-
forming eruption in the US was about [………………….]years ago in the north
east United States. During that eruption, ground-hugging flows of hot volcanic
ash, [………………………….], and gases swept across an area of more than
[…………………………….]. The eruption also shot a column of volcanic ash and
gases high into Earth’s […………………………….]. This volcanic cloud circled the
globe many times and [……………….]the Earth’s climate by reducing the
[………………………….]of solar radiation reaching the lower atmosphere and
surface. Fine volcanic ash that fell downwind from the eruption site
[…………………….]much of North America.
This […………………………….]layer is still preserved in deposits as far away as

Iowa, where it is a few inches thick, and the Gulf of Mexico, where it is
[…………………………….]in drill cores from the sea floor. It is little known that
lying […………………………….]one of The United States’ largest and most
picturesque National Parks, Yellowstone Park, is one of the largest super
volcanoes in the world. Volcanic activity began in the Yellowstone National
Park region about […………………………….]years ago. Magma rising from deep
within the Earth has produced three […………….]eruptions more powerful than
any in the world’s recorded history. The first caldera-forming eruption
occurred about [……………………….]years ago.
The eruptive […………………………….]removed so much magma from its

[…………………………….]storage reservoir that the ground above it
[…………………………….] into the magma chamber and left a caldera larger than
the state of Rhode Island. The huge […………………………….]measured as much
as [………………….] long, 40 miles wide and hundreds of meters deep, extending
from outside Yellowstone National Park into the central area of the Park.
Scientists have […………………….] that Yellowstone Park has been on a regular
eruption cycle of [………………….].
The last eruption was 640 000 years ago so the next is overdue. The next
eruption could be […………………………….]the size of the 1980 Mount St. Helens
eruption. Vulcanologists have been tracking the movement of magma under
the park and have calculated that in parts of […………….] the ground has risen
over point seven of a metre this century. This means the magma is rising.

[………..........….] have called for a taskforce to be set up to consider emergency
[..............…….] in the event of a massive volcanic eruption, or super-eruption.
Experts say such an event would have a colossal […………….]on a global scale.
The fallout from a super-eruption could cause a “volcanic winter”,
[……………………….]global agriculture and causing mass […………………….]. One
past super-eruption struck at Toba in Sumatra [……………….]ago and is thought
by some to have driven the human race to the edge of extinction. Signs from
DNA suggest human numbers could have […………………………….]to about
[…………………………….], probably as a result of the effects of
[…………………………….]change. The volcanic winter resulting from a super-
eruption could last several years or decades, depending on the scale of an
eruption, and according to recent computer […………………………….], could
cause cooling on a global scale by 5 to 10 degrees celsius.

Test 57
SECTION 1
Questions 1-5
1. What is John’s job?
A. Doctor
B. Teacher
C. Chemist

2. Which of the following continents did John not visit on his travels?
A. Europe
B. Africa
C. North America
3. What’s Frank’s job?
A. Journalist
B. Travel writer
C. College lecturer
4. How many children do Frank and Liz have?
A. 0
B. 2
C. 3
5. When did John and Kate get married?
A. the last year of college
B. the year after graduation
C. 2 years after graduation
Questions 6-10

answer.
6. What time should Frank and Liz go to dinner?
___________________________________
7. What’s Frank’s mobile phone number?
___________________________________
8. What’s on the other side of the road from John and Kate’s flat?
___________________________________
9. What does Liz NOT like to eat?
___________________________________
Questions 10
10. Which bell button is the one for John and Kate’s flat?
25 How many students did badly in last semester’s extended essay?

____________________________________
Questions 26 – 30
26. The students will have a choice of…………………………… titles for this
semester’s extended essay.
27. Professor Cameron says that he will look at………………………. until the end
of April.
28. This semester’s extended essay word limit range is between …………………
29. The students extended essay for this semester will be based on ………….. at
the university’s facilities.
30. Rob will be able to help students at …………………………………..
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 36
Complete the Megalodon description below.
THE MEGALODON (Carcharadon Megalodon) – the largest predator that ever

lived on Earth
Size

▪ 12 m + (possibly up to 15m or 31m)
▪ About 3 X length of Great White Shark (estimates from fossilized teeth +
vertebrae)
Teeth
▪ Size of (31)……………………………..
▪ Very hard and fossilised well unlike all other parts of sharks’ cartilage
skeletons
▪ Bone-like material coated with (32)………………………………..
▪ Like Great White Shark teeth but bigger, thicker + more finely serrated
Appearance
▪ Possibly like a huge, streamlined Great White Shark

Jaws
▪ Open (33)…………………………………… wide and 7 feet high; could swallow

enormous objects
▪ Loosely attached by ligaments and muscles to the skull
▪ Teeth probably located in rotating rows
▪ First two rows of teeth for (34) …………………………………, others rotate into
place as needed
▪ Lost, broken or worn teeth replaced by new ones
▪ Did not chew food; gulped whole large chunks
Diet
▪ Mainly whales.
▪ Sharks eat approx. (35)…………………………….. of body weight daily
▪ Remains of whales with (36)…………………………….indicate predator – prey
relationship
Questions 37 – 40
Are the following statements TRUE or FALSE.
37. The speaker gives another example of a fish that everyone mistakenly
thought was extinct.

38. In 1918, a giant shark attacked some Port Stephens fishermen killing one of
them.
39. The Port Stephens fishermen all agreed with each other on their
description of the shark that they saw.
40. The Megalodon sighting near Broughton Island happened again the next
day.
Answer keys:
1. B
2. A
3. A
4. A
5. C
6. (about) 7.30
7. 07623 963 957
8. a postbox
9. red meat
10. C
11. trampolines
12. yoga
13. running machines
14. swimming pool
15. Tuesday
16. £15
17. (digital) camera
18. insurance agreement
19. £5
20. 8.00 am to 10 pm
21. agriculture
22. 4 o’ clock
23. attendance (record)

24. the external examiner
25. 1
26. 10
27. drafts
28. 3000 and 3500
29. research
30. the greenhouse complex
31. a man’s hand
32. (hard) enamel
33. 6 feet
34. obtaining prey
35. 2 percent
36. (large) bite marks
37. TRUE
38. FALSE
39. TRUE
40. FALSE
Section 1. You will hear a conversation between 2 old friends who

meet each other by accident.
John: Hello Frank. How are you?
Frank: Wow John. Yeah I’m fine. How are you?
J: I’m great thanks. I haven’t seen you since we left school. How long ago is
that now? It must be [………………………………], or is it 11?

F: It’s 9 years now. What are you doing with yourself? You were going to be a
doctor, weren’t you, or something medical, like a […………………]?
J: Well, I was going to be but that’s not what I did. I started [………………]
school but I didn’t really enjoy it and the idea of doing it for [……………]and
then continuing to study for years after that didn’t really appeal. So I left
medical school and went into teacher training [……………]to be a science
teacher.
F: And I thought for all these years that you were earning mega [……………]as
a doctor or working in a [……………………]company!
J: No. Just a teacher! I love it though. I’m so glad I did it instead of medicine.
And what are you doing Frank?
F: After school I didn’t really know what I wanted to do so I […………………]

for a couple of years round the world.
J: Great. Where did you go?
F: Lots of places but nowhere in Europe. I wanted to travel

long [………………………]! First of all I travelled through India and Nepal.
Then I moved into south east Asia for a few months. Then I went through
Australia and New Zealand. After that I went to Africa and went
around [………………………] countries there. After that it was south America,
central America and north America.
J: How on earth did you [………………………]all that?
F: I just settled down and worked for a few months in places where I could get
a job and save money. Then, when I had enough, I moved on. I wasn’t exactly
staying in [……………………] places though!
J: And now what? You always wanted to work with computers, didn’t you?
F: Yes. I remember that. However, when I finished all the travelling I thought
of going into travel writing but it’s so [………………]. I always

fancied [………………]as well so I got into that and right now I’m working for
the local paper.
J: Did you have to study for that?
F: Well some people don’t, but I went to college for a year to do a journalism
course and I’m glad I did as it gave me a bit of a head start and
certainly [………………………] me get my first job.
J: And are you married and kids or what?
F: I married a girl called Liz that I met whilst I was in Australia. We haven’t
had kids yet, though we’re planning on having at least 2 or 3. What about you?
J: Do you remember Kate who I dated whilst at school?
F: Of course. The [……………………]girl in the school! You didn’t marry her,

did you?
J: Yes. We managed to stay together all through college. She did teaching too
so we were at the same place for 3 years at college. We thought about
getting [………………………] in our last year at college but it was all too much
and then we were too busy the year after [………………………]. So we did it 2
years after we graduated.
F: Wow. I’m so happy that you guys stayed together. That’s great!
J: Where are you living now?
F: Oh, in Westley. In the high street actually. What about you?
J: In Westley too. We’ve got a flat near the [………………………]school.

Obviously then it’s easier to get into work.
F: Listen, why don’t you and Kate come over for dinner some time?

J: That’s a great idea. When?
F: How about next Friday?
J: Can’t do Friday I’m afraid. Both Kate and I have a parent teacher afternoon
on Friday after school and then we’ll have to do the [………………………] in
the evening.
F: What about Saturday then?
J: That would normally be fine but our [……………………] is away that night
and we won’t be able to find one at such short notice. Why don’t you and Liz
come over for dinner at ours and then we’ll be able to look after the kids?
You’ll be able to meet them too.
F: OK. Let’s do that then. Liz will be happy. She won’t have to cook!
J: I’ll be doing the cooking when you come round. I love cooking.
F: So, what time shall we come round? 8 o’clock?
J: Well we’ll be home around [………………………]that night as we’re going

out for the afternoon with the kids. I’d say come at about [……………………].
F: Are you sure that’s long enough to get things ready?
J: Well, that’ll be an hour. I don’t need more than that.
F: And what’s your phone number just in case?
J: [……………………]. That’s the home number. And the mobile is 07978 290
512. What about you?
F: I’ve only got a mobile. It’s […………………………].

J: What was the last bit again?
F: I’ll say it all again. 07623 963 957.
J: And I’d better give you the address.
F: Oh yes, that would help.
J: We live at Flat 3, Evergreen Terrace. It’s just past the […………………]on

the right. We’ve got a [………………]opposite us and a doctor’s surgery next
door.
F: I should be able to find that.
J: Anything you don’t like to eat?
F: Well, I hate fish and sea food and Liz doesn’t care much for red meat. She
likes white meat though.
J: How about chicken?
F: That should be fine
J: Oh yes. When you arrive none of the bells are marked for […………………]
and there are four buttons. You need to press the bell second from the bottom.
F: Second from the bottom. OK. Got that.
J: I’ll be able to buzz you in and then come up to the [………………] and the
door will be open.
F: Great. Well it’s so good to see you again John. I’ll really look forward to
seeing you on [………………] and meeting Kate again. And the kids of course.
J: Yes, and I’m looking forward to meeting Liz.

F: See you Saturday then. Goodbye.
J: Goodbye
Section 2. You will hear a man giving a short talk to new students
about their university Sports Centre.
Good morning to all you new students here at Westley University and thank
you for coming to this talk on the Sports Centre. My name is Mr. Mike Finn.
Later I’ll take you around the Centre on a tour but right now I’ll just let you
know what we have to offer and how you can become a member.
We are at present in the main […………………]of the Sport Centre. Behind me

we have the main sports hall where a myriad of different sports take place. We
have football, [………………], basketball, badminton, […………………] and
netball to name but a few. We are also planning cricket nets
and [……………………] in the very near future. […………………], modern
dance and spinning are also held in the main sports hall and yoga classes are
coming soon. There is a large [……………………]up on the wall behind me
detailing when each sport is on. It also gives details of which sports you have to
pay […………………] for in order to join in.
Above us and overlooking the main sports hall we have our [……………]room
which has all the modern weight training [………………]and aerobic training
machines that you could wish for. At present there are no
running […………………]as there have been a few [……………………]with
these and we are waiting for the university to work out its [………………]as
regards these before we get them back again.
Round the back of the main sports hall are our [………………………]courts.
These can be reserved at the reception. The one important thing with the
squash courts is that you must not wear outdoor or black marking soles on
them. You will be fined and [……………………]from the Centre if you do!
Next to that we have the [………………………………]site of the swimming pool.

Details of that are posted on the Sports Centre newsletter which is always
available on the notice board. We hope that it won’t be too long in coming!

Outside the hall we have playing fields where you can play
football, […………………], cricket and hockey. You don’t need to be a member
of the Sports Centre to enjoy these playing [………………………]but you might
need to join the [………………………………]sports clubs. Membership dues for
these clubs are not usually very high and it always includes [……………]cover
so don’t worry. You won’t need to take out a […………………]to join them all.
Now let me tell you how to become a student member of the Sports Centre.
First of all any student who [………………………………]to be a student
member of the [………………………………]University Sports Centre must be
studying a course at the university, part time or full time, and be a member of
the Students’ Union. So if you wish to join you must bring your NUS card with
you before we can process your [………………………………]. You must come to
the Sports Hall [………………………………]between 9.00am and 3.30pm from
Tuesday to Saturday. The membership [………………………………]does not
come in on Sundays and Mondays. You must present your NUS card, fill out
the application form and pay the [………………………………]. The student
subscription for this year is […………………………]. There is usually a joining
fee of £5 to join the Sports Centre but this does not apply to student members.
You can pay by cash or [………………………]but we don’t take credit cards.
You used to have to bring two …………………………]photos of yourself but
we’ve gone digital now so we can take your photo ourselves with our camera
at [……………………]. Once you have your Sports Centre […………………],
you have the right to use the [……………………]at any time that we are open.
You will need to bring your membership card every time you wish to use the
facilities or you will not be [……………] to enter. This is part of our
insurance [………………………]. If you need a replacement card at any time
you will be charged a replacement fee of £5 but you will not need to pay the
subscription of [……………] again. You may book [………………………] for
sports such as squash and [………………………] but you may only do this in
person, not on the phone and you will need the membership card number on
your membership card so don’t forget that card! We are open 7 days a week
though opening times vary. Monday through to Saturday we are open from
8.00am to 10.00pm and Sunday we are open from 9.00am to 6.00pm.
Now, any questions so far?
Section 3. You will hear a university tutor and his seminar group of
3 students discussing their extended essays.

Professor Cameron Hello everyone. Welcome back from your winter holidays.
I hope you had a good time and didn’t work too hard! Well,
this […………………]we will continue our seminars on [………………………].
Today, like last semester, we are in the McCloud Room but this will change.
Next week we are going to the Hardy Room on the […………………………]and

we will remain there for the […………………………]of the semester. Also we
will have to change the time as the Hardy Room is not available at our usual
time of three o’clock. So we’ll need to start one hour later. Is that OK with
everyone?
Maggie I’ve got a problem with that. I have a part time job in a restaurant in
town and finishing an hour later will stop me being on time.
Prof. Cameron Well Maggie, there are other seminar times for this particular
subject but you’ll need to get someone to swop with you as they’re all full.
Come by my office tomorrow [………………………………]and I’ll show you the
list. We should find someone [………………………………]to change.
Maggie What if we can’t though?
Prof. Cameron You’ll have to decide what’s more [………………………] for you!
The degree or the job. You know that attendance is [………………………………]
at the seminars and you haven’t got a very good [………………………………]
record anyway.
Maggie I’ll sort something out I suppose.
Guy Professor Cameron. When do we find out about the extended essay for
this semester?
Prof. Cameron Today actually Guy. We’ll look at everything in a minute.
Guy Thanks.
What about last semester’s [……………………………] essay?

Prof. Cameron Well Monica. All your extended essays are now with
the [……………………] examiner getting their second […………………………].
I completed the marking in early January and the external examiner should
get them back to me by mid February.
Maggie Mid February! For three essays!
Prof. Cameron It’s not just your [………………………]Maggie. There are three
of you in this seminar group but I have 5 other seminar groups on this subject
in your year and they have four students in each. That makes
19 […………………………]that I and the external examiner have to mark.
Monica How did we do Prof.?
Prof. Cameron With one notable [………………………], the essays were of a

pretty good standard. I
can’t say more than that at this stage but I was very happy.
Prof. Cameron So, moving on to talk about the extended essay. What do you
want to know about?
Monica First of all, what do we have to write about?
Prof. Cameron Next week I’ll bring in a list of titles which will relate to the first
ten seminars that we have this semester. You have to choose one title
from [………………………]on offer but you might want to think about choosing
from the first five so that you’ll have more post seminar time to prepare.
Guy What about the deadline?
Prof. Cameron I’m afraid it’s not the [………………………………]as we

advertised at the start of the academic year as that’s a bank holiday. It’s now
the next day, the 27th. No […………………………]! We won’t accept
the [………………………].
Guy Can we let you see our work before we hand it in?

Prof. Cameron Yes, though we have a [………………………………]for that too
in order to […………………………]you to get organised and started early. So,
we will continue to look at drafts until the last day of April and then after that
you’re on your own to produce your final product.
Maggie What’s the word limit Professor?
Prof. Cameron We want to have an upper and lower limit so we’ve set the
lower limit of […………………]and an upper one of […………………………].
You’ll have to be in that range.
Monica Will we need to do any research for the essay?
Prof. Cameron I’m not really supposed to give you any details of the questions
yet but, yes, there is a research [………………………]for all the questions.
Monica Will the research be survey based or done on the farm or

in [……………………]?
Prof. Cameron The research that we want you to do will be practical work with
plants so it will be down at the university [………………………], either at the
university farm or the greenhouses as you said.
Maggie What type of plants will we be studying?
Prof. Cameron The type of plant that you do your research on

will […………………………]on the question you choose and I can’t tell you any
more about the questions yet.
Monica Will we have any help with the growing [………………………]?
Prof. Cameron A little. The farm staff and Dr. Johns will be on hand to help
you at the farm and Rob down at the […………………………]complex can assist
you with everything down there. Well, that’ll do for now. You can hang on until
next week to get started. Today we’re going to look at…

Section 4. You will hear part of a further education lecture on
marine biology.
Good morning everyone and welcome to another further education lecture

on [………………………]. Recently we looked at the [……………………]which
people thought had become extinct millions of years ago. Today we are looking
at another [………………………]of the deep which we’re pretty sure is extinct
though some people still think it exists. I think most people would hope it’s
extinct as we are talking about the largest […………………………]that ever
lived on earth. It is called Carcharadon Megalodon or just the Megalodon.
Megalodon was an [………………………] shark that may have

been [………………………] long or even more. There are a few scientists
who [………………………………]that it could have been up to 50 or 100 feet
which is 15 or 31m long! This is about three times as long as the Great White
Shark but this is only an estimate made from many [………………………] teeth
and a few fossilized [………………………………]that have been found. These
giant teeth are the size of a man’s hand! No other parts of this ancient shark
are found as shark fossils are [……………]rare because sharks have no bones,
only [……………………], which does not fossilize well. Their teeth, however,
are very hard. They are made of a bone-like material […………………] with
hard enamel and they fossilize very well. So we can only guess at what it looked
like. Since Megalodon’s teeth are very similar to the teeth of the Great White
Shark, it is thought that […………………………] may have looked like a
huge, [………………………] version of the Great White Shark. Megalodon teeth
are similar to those of the Great White Shark but are much bigger, thicker, and
with finer [………………………]. Megalodon’s jaws could open 6 feet wide and
7 feet high. The jaws were loosely [………………………………]
by [………………………………]and muscles to the skull, opening extremely
wide in order to swallow enormous objects. It could
easily [………………………………]a large Great White Shark whole! Unlike
most sharks, Megalodon’s teeth were probably located in rows
which [………………………………] into use as they were needed. Most sharks
have about three to five rows of teeth at any time. The front set does most of
the work. The first two rows are used for […………………………]prey, the other
rows rotate into place as they are needed. As teeth are lost, broken, or worn
down, they are replaced by new teeth. [……………………………]may have had
hundreds of teeth at one time. It did not chew its food like we do,
but [……………………] it down whole in very large [……………………………].

Megalodon’s diet probably consisted mostly of whales. Sharks eat about 2
percent of their body […………………………]each day which is a bit less than a
human being eats. Since most sharks are […………………………], they don’t
have to eat as much [………………………………]as we eat. It was during the
Miocene Era that the [………………………]order Cetacea, whales, reached its
highest [………………………………] and abundance. Almost every known
family of toothed and baleen whale is known from the end of the Miocene.
Large whale [……………………………] and flipper bones have been found with
large bite marks made by […………………………] teeth that match the teeth of
Megalodon. From such evidence, [………………………] have surmised a
predator-prey relationship of the Megalodon with large whales.
Megalodon lived from roughly 25 to [………………………] years ago, during

the Miocene and Pliocene epochs. It is now extinct, but the exact time of its
extinction is hotly [……………………………] as some people believe that
this […………………………]shark could still exist today. So, can Megalodon
still exist? Almost everyone who has investigated the
possible [………………………] of the great Megalodon realises that if it is
extinct, it has only recently occurred in the [………………………………]record;
as close as 10,000 years ago. Zoological history has proved that very large
animals can remain hidden from modern science, especially in our planet’s
under-explored ocean depths. So, if the famous […………………………], the
fish thought to be extinct for […………………………] years, can be found alive
and well as it was last century, why not push our giant white shark up a
mere […………………………]?
Has Megalodon died out or has one already […………………………]? There is a

well known sighting report from Australia. In the year
1918 […………………………]men at Port Stephens refused to go to sea to their
regular fishing grounds in the vicinity of [………………………………] Island for
several days. The men had been at work on the deep water fishing grounds
when an […………………………]shark of
almost [………………………………]proportions put in an appearance, attacking
pot after pot containing many crayfish, and taking pots, mooring lines and all.
On returning […………………………], the men were all […………………] that
this shark was something the like of which they had never dreamed of. And
bear in mind that these were men who were used to the sea and all sorts of
weather, and all sorts of sharks as well. They all said the shark was as long as
the wharf of their [………………………………],
about [………………………………]! They were all familiar with whales, which
they had often seen passing at sea, but this was a vast shark. They had seen

its [………………………………] head which was at least as long as the roof on
the wharf shed at Nelson’s Bay. The sighting was never repeated and it
is [………………………………] to say whether it was a [………………………] or
not.
Putting child-like dreaming aside however, leaves us with the fact that whether
or not the huge Megalodon is alive today is [………………………………]only on
theoretical grounds. Despite thousands of giant, [………………………………]
teeth, no matter how fresh they might be, and this [………………………………],
there is not much to go on. However, if some shark experts can agree not to
completely write off “Meg” into [………………………………], and it does turn
up then we will never go deep-sea fishing in anything smaller than
an [………………………………] carrier ever again.

SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 5
Complete the Travel agent’s notes below.

answer.
SUN TOURS TRAVEL AGENTS
Example
Answer
Number of people 4
Customer’s Name Mr.George Collins
Other travellers Mrs. Jane Collins

(+ ages of children)
(1)…………………….. 7 years old
Jennifer (2)………………
Require 4 star quality hotel + breakfast; safe, warm, quietish, beach; pref.
pool; lots of restaurants near hotel: no (3)…………………….
needed
Dates of Holiday Friday
July 8th TO (4)…………….. Sunday
Pref. Flight Time Less
than (5)………………………………
Questions 6 – 10
Complete George’s notes below
Possible Holiday Ideas
Top End Prices Italy and France
Bottom End Prices (6)……… Greece and Turkey (Turkey + Cyprus too far)
Crete Hotel Tropicana
1 mile safe walk on (7)………………………to beach.

Nice pool; only a few beach bars and restaurants.
Really quiet; not near other tourist destinations.
Palm Hotel
2 miles from beach but has (8)……………………………….service.
Hotel in quite a busy tourist town: lots of bars, restaurants and discos.
Rhodes Ocean Hotel
Right on beach; less than (9)……………………………..from the rooms.
4 star hotel quite far from main town; eat in hotel; good meals.
Hotel Spiros
(10)…………………………….hotel quite dose to beach (5/10 mins walk) in small

village with small swimming pool.
A few restaurants in small, quiet village; not much to do.
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
Complete the food options information sheet below.
Solaris Hotel and Holiday Village – Food Options
Meal Times
Breakfast: 6.30am and 9.30am every day (Only in

Harvest restaurant; English, American an
(11)…………………………….breakfasts on offer

Lunch 12.00 noon to 2.30pm
Dinner 7.00pm to 10.30pm
Menus same for lunch + dinner: see (12)…………………………………. for specials
Food Styles
The Harvest Restaurant Traditional English + popular UK foreign

dishes (eg: curry and spaghetti)
The Dene Restaurant (13)………………………………………
The Mekong Restaurant Far Eastern Cuisine
Payment
* All restaurants free; (14)………………………………..needed for some specials
* All soft drinks free; pay for alcoholic drinks
* Pay any bill at end of meals or put on main bill – pay at end of holiday
Extras
▪ Bar menu available in (15)…………………………..for pub food

▪ Fast Food available until 2.30am at take away
Questions 16 – 20
Complete the activities information sheet below.
Solaris Hotel and Holiday Village – Activities

Beaches: main beach
adult beach (17s or over)
(16)…………………………………………..on duty from 9.00am to 6.00pm on main

beach (none on adult beach)
* Decked area with sun loungers in front of Harvest Restaurant with our 25
metre swimming pool
* Steps from pool area to beach – wash feet in foot pool to remove sand
* (17)………………………………………on beach + in pool area.
Sports
8 tennis courts + 3 squash courts
Fully equipped gym (No under 18s)
6 full sized snooker tables + 5 pool tables in games room adjoining the bar.
(only charge for hiring any equipment)
Water Sports
water skiing + jet skis available (extra charge)
snorkelling, infiatables and pedallos (free)
(details from (18)……………………………….)
Library & Cinemas

Library contains books, magazines + newspapers. See (19)……………………..for
terms + conditions
2 cinemas show 3 different films each every day.
Shows at 2.00pm, 5.30pm + 8.30pm (First 2 shows always have a film for
kids)
(20)………………………………….not allowed to attend 8.30 shows
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
Complete the three tables below.
World’s Most Spoken Languages
By Number of Individual Speakers
Rank Language No. of Countries
1 English 115
2 French 35
3 (23)…………… 24
4 Spanish (24)………………
World’s Most Influential Languages – 6 weighing factors

1 Number of primary speakers
2 Number of (25)……………………………..
3 Number and population of countries where languages are used
4 Number of major fields using the language internationally
5 (26)…………………………………of countries using the language
6 Socio-literary prestige of the language
Questions 27 – 30
Complete the notes below of the second half of Jamie and Rebecca’s
presentation.
Jamie and Rebecca’s Presentation
Large countries currently shifting wortd economic balance of power:
China
Russia
India
(27)…………………….
Reasons for shift size of the populations cheap labour prices of (28)…………..
Big growing demand for people knowing languages of above countries + for
teachers and English language training
China could be less important than possibly India or (29)……………………due to

their population increase. English will probably remain important though

Number of spoken languages between approx. (30)…………………… .Hardly any
of these studied by non native speakers.
English taught in most countries with structured education program. This

trend is getting stronger.
Big growing demand for people knowing languages of above countries + for
teachers and English language training
China could be less important than possibly India or (29)……………………due to

their population increase. English will probably remain important though
Number of spoken languages between approx. (30)……………… .Hardly any of

these studied by non native speakers.
English taught in most countries with structured education program. This

trend is getting stronger.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 35
31. Mad cow disease attacks the ………………………… of the affected cows’
brains.
32. BSE is thought to be caused by infectious forms of …………………………………

known as prions.
33. Abnormal prions in BSE infected cattle are found in the small intestines,
…………………….. and the central nervous tissues.
34. Humans can take in the abnormal prions when they eat infected beef as the
prions are resistant to the usual………………………………….. such as heat.

35. The one American case of CJD was a woman who caught it
in……………………………before going to the US.
Questions 36 – 40
Complete the summary below of the second half of the humanities lecture on
BSE.
SUMMARY
CJD causes gradual loss of mental function and movement due to brain
damage from abnormal prions or it can be possibly (36)……………………………..
CJD usually affects younger people (between ages 20 to 70) usually showing
symptoms In patients’ (37)………………………………… Symptoms include
personality changes and problems with (38)…………………………… Once
symptoms appear, the disorderprogresses quickly to disability and death.
The exact causes of 8SE are unknown but the first UK cases have indicated
that it could come from a prion disease in (39)………………………………. called
scrapie that was fed to cattle. Dead cattle with scrapie were then fed to
(40)………………………………… making them cannibals. So, we are in turn
infected by the disease that we created when we eat infected beef.
Answer keys:
1. Mike
2. four/ 4
3. creche facilities
4. 24th July
5. 4 hours
6. Spain
7. path (through fields)
8. minibus (NOT “bus”)
9. 5 minutes

10. family run
11. continental (style)
12. blackboards
13. fish + seafood
14. extra supplement
15. main bar
16. (2) lifeguards
17. freshwater showers
18. water spors office
19. notice board
20. children/ under 16s
21. Hindi
22. 322 million
23. Arabic
24. 20
25. secondary speakers
26. economic power
27. Brazil
28. Raw materials
29. Bangladesh
30. 2500 and 7000
31. nervous functions
32. protein
33. tonsils
34. (food) disinfection treatments
35. the UK
36. genetically inherited
37. late 50s
38. coordination
39. sheep
40. calves/ young cattle

Section 1. You will hear a conversation between a travel agent and a

customer discussing a holiday.
Travel Agent (TA): Good morning sir. Can I help you?
Customer: Yes. I’m thinking of going away on [………………………]but I’m

not sure where to go.
TA: Well sir. We have a range of [……………………]that we offer. Are you

going alone sir or with a friend?
Cust: With my family actually.
TA: So, how many people is that sir?
Cust: My wife and I and my young son and [……………………]. So, four.
TA: Fine. Now with a young family can I […………………]that you’d like to go
somewhere warm?
Cust: Oh yes. A beach holiday. That’s what we are looking for.
TA: Right, I’ll just take some personal [……………………] sir. First of all,
what’s your name?
Cust: George [……………………].
TA: Collins? Is that C-O-L-L-I-N-S?
Cust: Yes, that’s right.

TA: Thank you. And what about your wife and children?
Cust: My wife’s name is Jane, my boy’s name is Mike and my little girl
is [……………………].
TA: How old are the children?
Cust: Mike’s 7 and Jennifer’s 4.
TA: Ah, they’re quite small then.
Cust: Oh yes, We just need a safe, little place. A warm climate,

a [………………………], safe beach, a pool [……………………………]and lots of
small restaurants and bars near the hotel.
TA: Would you want any crèche facilities in the hotel so you and your wife can
get away when you want?
Cust: No. I work quite hard and I don’t see the kids as often as I want at home
so I’m looking forward to spending all my time with them.
TA: And what eating [……………………]do you want?
Cust: Just half board please. We’ll have breakfast at the hotel but we’ll eat
lunch and dinner at a beach café. We’d want about [……………………]quality
for the hotel by the way.
TA: Right. And what time in the summer are you thinking of taking the
holiday?
Cust: I finish work on Friday night on [……………………]and I’m off for two
weeks. So, I’ll need to be back at work on the [………………………]. I’ll need to
finish the holiday then on the 24th.
TA: And how long would you want to spend travelling?

Cust: Oh, as little as possible of course with the little ones. Not more than a
couple of hours in the car to get to an [……………………] and then not more
that 4 hours on a plane.
TA: That’s fine. You can get to all of the nice resorts on the […………………]
easily in less than 4 hours. Right then. Let’s show you some [………………].
TA: As I said sir, most Mediterranean [………………] are easily within your
preferred flight time.
You can choose really between Spain, France, Italy, the old
Yugoslavia, [……….…] or Turkey as well as the Mediterranean [………………].
Cust: Wow, what a great choice. What are the different costs involved?
TA: With you wanting a 4 star hotel and pool some countries will
be […………………] cheaper than others. Price wise, Italy and France will be at
the top end, Spain, Greece and Turkey will be at the lower end.
Cust: Greece and Turkey sound great actually. I’ve always wanted to go there
and I’ve seen some beautiful photos.
TA: I think that Greece would suit you better as the flight to Turkey is actually
quite long. You’re getting towards [……………………]there.
Cust: OK, well Greece is fine.
TA: Of course with Greece you have the choice between the islands and
the […………………………]. It’s the islands that are famous of course but you’ll
have to get there by boat or take a short connecting [……………………]. Some
of the bigger [………………………] are served directly though from UK
airports.
Cust: Well, one of the larger islands sounds best then. What about Cyprus? I’ve
heard that a lot of British people go there.

TA: Yes, it’s very popular. The trouble for you with Cyprus though is that it’s
down in the [……………………] Mediterranean near Turkey and the flight is
quite long to get there. I was thinking more of Rhodes and Crete.
Cust: Let’s have a look at those 2 then.
TA: Here are some brochures. This is the Hotel [……………………]and this is
the Palm Hotel. Both of them are in Crete. In Rhodes we have the Ocean Hotel
and Hotel [……………………].
Cust: Can you tell me a bit about them?
TA: Of course. The Hotel Tropicana is about 1 mile from the beach and it’s a
safe walk along a path [………………………] some fields to get there. They have
a nice pool which you can see in the photo. There are only a few beach bars
and [……………………]though. It’s really quiet, away from all the bustle of
other tourist […………………]. The Palm Hotel is further from the beach,
about [……………………], but it has a minibus service that goes to and from
the beach all day. The hotel itself is in quite a busy tourist town that has lots of
bars, […………………] and discos. It’s great for going out.
Cust: I don’t know if either of those suits us. We don’t want noisy and we don’t
want a long way to the beach.
TA: Let’s have a look at the Rhodes [………………………………]then. The

Ocean Hotel is right on the beach. It’s less than [………………………………]
usually to get to the beach area from the rooms. The hotel is quite a long way
from the main town and people usually take all their [……………………] in the
hotel. The hotel is 4 star though and we know the food is quite good as we’ve
been told so by previous [………………………].
Hotel Spiros is a family run hotel also quite close to the beach –
about [………...…]walk. It’s in a small village and has a small [……...……] as
well. There are a few restaurants [……………]around the village but again, it’s
not a big tourist village so there’s not much to do.
Cust: To be honest, both of those sound fine. We don’t want a night life as we
won’t be able to leave the kids. Something close to the beach, somewhere to eat

and sit in the evening is all we need. I’ve made some notes. Let me take
the […………………] with the details of these two hotels and I’ll take them
back and show my wife and see what she thinks. They both […………………]
just what we want though.
TA: OK sir. Come in again when you’ve [……………………] or if you want to

see some other places.
Cust: I will. Thanks very much then. Goodbye.
TA: Goodbye.
Section 2. You will hear a man giving an orientation talk to new

holidaymakers at the Solaris Hotel and Holiday Village.
Good morning everyone and welcome to your first morning here at

the [………………] Hotel and Holiday Village. This little [………………] talk
this morning will just give you an idea of what to find and [……………]around
the grounds.
Let’s begin by looking at meals. We have three different restaurants and you
are at […………………] to eat at any of them. They are the Harvest Restaurant,
the Dene Restaurant and the Mekong Restaurant. Let’s begin
with […………………]. Breakfast is only served in the Harvest Restaurant. The
other two restaurants are only open for lunch and […………………]. Breakfast
is served between [………………………]and 9.30am 7 days a week. There are
English, American and […………………]style breakfasts on offer.
For lunch and dinner all the restaurants have the same opening hours to make
things easier for you. Lunch is served from […………………]noon to 2.30pm
and dinner is [………………]from 7.00pm to 10.30pm. The menus are the
same for lunch and dinner though look at the [……………] displayed in the
restaurants for any [……………………]that they are serving for any particular
meal. The style of food is different in each of the restaurants. The Harvest
serves [……………]English food though with plenty of the foreign [……………]
which are popular in the UK such as curry and [………………]. The Dene
specialises in fish and [……………]and the Mekong offers you a selection of
dishes from the Far East; not just from Vietnam as the name [……………] but
Chinese, Thai, Malay and others.

You don’t have to pay in any of the restaurants unless an
extra [………………………]is needed for some of the [……………………]. All
soft drinks are also free though we charge for […………………………]drinks.
You can choose to pay any bill that you may [………………………]at the end of
the meal itself or you can put it on your main bill which you can pay when you
leave at the end of your holiday.
There is also a bar menu in the main bar which serves pretty good pub food
and if you have any late night [………………………], there is a take away open
until 2.30am which sells fast food. Good for those of you who
are [………………………]in the early hours from a disco or club!
Now let’s look at some of things that you can do here during your stay with us.
Of course we have our main [………………………]which is popular with
everyone. There is also an […………]beach which is [………………………]to
anyone less than [……………………]of age. This allows those of you without
children to get some peace and quiet on the beach. The main beach has
two [………………………………]on duty from 9.00am to 6.00pm. The adult
beach has no [……………………]. If you don’t like sand and salt we have
a […………………] area in front of the Harvest Restaurant with
our [………………]swimming pool. You can lie here on a sun […………………]
and swim in the pool with no sand to bother you. There are steps from the pool
area to the beach so you can go between the two but, if you’re coming up from
the beach, please walk though the foot pool so that the sand
gets [………………………………]off and doesn’t lie around the pool area. There
are also [………………………………]showers available on the beach and in the
pool area.
As for sports we have 8 tennis courts and 3 […………………………]courts

which can be booked at any time.
There is a fully [……………………………]gym with staff on duty to help you.

No-one under 18 years of age may use the gym though. We also have 6 full
sized [………………………………]tables and 5 pool tables in the games
room [……………………………]the bar. There is no charge for use of any of
these [……………………………]though there is a small charge if you need to
hire any sports gear. Again you can pay […………………………]or put the
charges on your main bill. There are also water skiing and jet skis available but
there are charges for these.

Go to the water sports office for details. All the water sports such
as [………………………], [……………………]and pedallos are free. Ask for all
details again at the water sports office.
There is a library in the hotel which supplies books, magazines and

newspapers. It has certain terms and conditions of use which you will be able
to find on the notice board in the library.
We also have 2 [……………] which show 3 different films every day. The
showings are in the afternoons at 2.00pm, the early evening at 5.30pm and at
night at 8.30pm. The afternoon and early evening showings always have a film
for [………………]. Children under the age of 16 are not […………] to attend
the 8.30 presentations.
Well, that’s all for now. Are there any questions?
Section 3. You will hear 2 students giving a presentation to a

seminar group at their university.
Dr. Reece Good morning all. Glad to see you’re all on time today. This morning
we’re going to hear Jamie and Rebecca give their presentation on some aspect
of [……………………]. They’ve talked to me about it a bit before
while [………………………]it but I don’t want to give the game away so I’ll
hand straight over to them
Jamie Hi everyone. As Dr. Reece said Rebecca and I are going to give our
demographics [……………………]. Both Rebecca and I also study languages so
we decided to look at the world’s different languages and the ones that are the
most [……………………], both now and in the future. Rebecca’s going to start
off.
Rebecca OK everyone. Who knows what the world’s most spoken language is?
Phil I thought it was English. Isn’t it?
Rebecca Well, it’s an [………………]question. If you just look at how many

individual speakers there are around the world then the answer is Mandarin
Chinese with [………………]speakers.

English was second until a few years ago but it has since been [……………] by
Hindi with 333 million speakers and Spanish with [……………]speakers. Now
English is after Spanish with 322 million speakers.
Phil Oh yes, South America. I didn’t think of that.
Jamie Yes, it’s easy to forget. You can look at Rebecca’s question though in a
different way if you look at the number of countries that use English. English is
a [……………………]115, ahead of French, Arabic and Spanish
with [……………………]and 20 countries […………………………].
Rebecca English has different statuses around the world. Core countries are
where English has a full official [……………………]like England, the US and
Australia. In outer core countries English has some official status as in India
and then there are [………………………]countries such as Japan and the UAE
where it’s used a lot in business and [……………………].
Jamie A more important list is the world’s most […………………]languages.

This was compiled by weighing [………………………………]which were the
number of primary speakers, the number of secondary speakers, the number
and population of the [……………………]where the languages are used, the
number of major fields using the language [……………………], the economic
power of countries using the
languages and [……………………]prestige.
Rebecca And the list shows the following in order of most influential: English,
French, Spanish, Russian, Arabic, Chinese, German, Japanese, [……………]
and Hindi.
Dr. Reece How up to date are these figures?
Jamie Fairly. They came out just last year. But the picture is changing very
rapidly in terms of [………………………] languages. There are certain large
countries which are about to [……………………]on the world stage and their
economies are starting to influence the world balance of power.

Rebecca The largest countries that for various reasons are beginning to shift
world economic power are China, Russia, India and Brazil. The sizes of the
populations along with the cheap labour and raw [………………………]prices
which are available in these countries are causing this shift. As a result, every
year the demand for people knowing the languages of these countries is
growing [………………………].
Jamie In addition the demand for teachers and English language training is
also [………………………]increasing. Western teachers are going to the
countries and their nationals are coming over here. As well as business, the
education sector is getting a […………………]from the opening up of
these [………………………].
Dr. Reece So, will China be the major […………………]as everyone says?
Rebecca Definitely but maybe not the biggest. Many experts predict that
India’s population will soon surpass China’s. Bangladesh’s population could
too. It all points to world [……………………]power being held in Asia though.
Jamie English will probably remain important though. Chinese is difficult to

learn and English also has some official status in India. English is easy to learn
and has the [……………………], for better or worse, of being the language that
everyone wants to learn. That won’t change in a [………………………………].
Dr. Reece How many people learn English then?
Rebecca The number of spoken languages nowadays is [……………………]

between 2500 and 7000. Out of all these languages, the numbers of those
actually studied by non native speakers is tiny. There are no official records of
numbers studying English [……………………]but today you can safely say that
there are not many countries with a [……………………]program of education
where English is not taught. It will take a long time for this habit to be broken.
At the moment it’s getting [………………………………].
Section 4. You will hear part of a humanities lecture on Mad Cow

Disease.

Good morning ladies and gentlemen and welcome to this [……………] lecture.
Today we are going to continue our look at the modern […………………] that
afflict society. Today we are looking at quite a famous but rare disease. The
popular name for this disease is [………………] cow disease. It has been so
named because it is most often found in the […………] of cattle. It attacks
the [………………]functions of the brain and leads
to [……………………]behaviour by the cattle. Thus we familiarly say that the
cow is therefore mad and [……………], mad cow disease. Mad cow disease is
the [……………………]used name but its medical title is Bovine [……………]
Encephalopathy or BSE. It is a slowly progressive, [……………], fatal disease
affecting the nervous system of [……………]. The exact form of BSE is not
known but it is generally accepted by the scientific community that the likely
cause is an [………………] form of a type of protein known as a prion. This
protein develops [………………………]and apparently seems to encourage
other proteins to become similarly [………………], affecting their ability to
function. In cattle with BSE, these […………………]prions initially occur in the
small intestines, tonsils, and central nervous [……………………].
There is a similar disease to BSE called Creutzfeld Jacob Disease or CJD that is
found in people.
A […………………] form of CJD is believed to be caused by eating [……………]

beef products from BSE affected cattle. The abnormal prions in infected cattle
products are consumed by humans as they are [………………]to common
food […………………]treatments such as heat. The disorder is rare occurring
in about 1 out of […………………]people. To date there have been 155
confirmed and probable cases of CJD worldwide among the hundreds and
thousands of people that may have consumed BSE […………………] beef
products. Most of the cases have occurred in the UK. The one US case was in a
young woman who contracted the disease while residing in the UK and
developed […………………] after moving to the US.
CJD is a disorder involving rapid decrease of mental function

and […………………]. As with BSE in cattle, these abnormalities are believed
to be caused by damage done to the brain by [………………………], though it is
has been proved that in rare cases it can be genetically [……………………].
CJD tends to affect younger people, beginning between the ages of 20 and 70,
with […………………]age at onset of symptoms in the late 50s. Early
symptoms include personality changes and difficulty with [………………].
Once symptoms appear, the disorder progresses rapidly and may

be [……………………]with other types of dementia such as Alzheimer’s
Disease. CJD though is [……………………]by extremely rapid progression
from onset to symptoms to disability and death.
So, how did BSE and CJD come about? We’ve not read about them in the
history books. These appear to be new diseases. BSE was first reported in the
United Kingdom. The exact origins of BSE remain [………………], but it is
thought that cattle [……………]may have become infected when given
feed [………………]with scrapie infected sheep meat and [……………]meal.
Scrapie is a sheep prion disease similar to BSE in cattle. The scientific
evidence [………………………] that the UK BSE outbreak in cattle was then
spread by feeding BSE contaminated cattle protein to calves. Thus, we have
created the disease ourselves. Cattle naturally are [….........…], feeding on
grass. We have given cattle feed [……………]from sheep, an unnatural food for
cattle. We have [……………………]our mistake by also feeding young cattle
with feed [………………………]from older cattle making
them [………………………]. There is a kind of horror associated with it when
we look at it like this. There is also a kind of poetic […………………]that the
disease is passed down to us as we [………………………………]the animals that
we have infected.
Moving on now, are there any questions with what I have said so far?

Test 59
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 5


answer.
CHEAPIES CAR HIRE
RENTAL FORM
Example Answer
Date Car Needed 7th August
Customer’s Name Mr. John Wilson
Customer’s Address (1)……... Manchester
Postcode MW7 4DF
Home Tel. 020 6834 6387
Mobile Tel. (2)…………………………
Driving Licence No. (3)…………………………
Number of Drivers 1
Length of Rental (4)………………… days
Car Make Chosen (5)……………………….
Questions 6 – 8
Complete the Cheapies Customer Information Leaflet below.

Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR SOME NUMBERS for
each answer.
Cheapies Customer Information Leaflet
Dear Sir/Madam
Thank you for hiring a car from Cheapies. We value your custom and we will
endeavour to provide you with the sen/ice that you expect.
Total Price (6)…………………………………
Pick up point The International Hotel
Drop off point (7)………………………………….
We provide some things in the car to help you. Your sales representative will
go through all the things that you will find in your glove compartment and
boot. Different cars have different things provided.
In case of (8)……………………………………… or ……………………………………, call our

emergency number 06387 638 972 to order a replacement car.
Questions 9 and 10
Which TWO items are NOT provided in Mr. Wilson’s hire car? Choose and
circle TWO letters A – J.
A. insurance documents
B. Westley town map
C. the car manual
D. a larger area map of the local district

E. a map of London
F. a spare wheel
G. a set of tools
H. RAC membership card
I. a small fire extinguisher
J. spare keys for the car
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -15

answer.
11 When is breakfast served in Chelston Hall on Sundays?
12 What method of food service is provided at Chelston Hall dining hall?
13 Where is coffee and tea served after dinner at Chelston Hall?
14 How much does it cost to do 1 wash in a washing machine at Chelston Hall?
15 From where can students buy washing powder inside Chelston Hall?
Questions 16-20

16. It is not the job of the cleaners at Chelston Hall to clear up ………………….
17. Students at Chelston Hall are asked to be careful going to and from the
bathroom as the Hall is ………………......
18. If there is a fire at Chelston Hall, leave the building and meet your block
leader in ……………………….where the block leader will take a roll call.
19. Chelston Hall has to perform at least …………………………emergency fire

practices yearly.
20. If a student is asked to leave for disciplinary reasons, he or she will not get
a ………………………………
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
Complete Judith’s notes below.
NORTH SEA OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
▪ North Sea oil and gas exploration was initially rejected but has now really
expanded during (21)……………………………….years.
▪ First significant quantities of gas first discovered in Groningen area off The
Netherlands in 1959.
▪ First British discovery of same in West Sole field, off the coast of East Anglia,
by (22)……………………………in 1965.
▪ British oil and gas industry experienced rapid growth in the early years.
▪ An (23)………………………………………….in the UK led to enormous pressure to
increase production of North Sea gas and oil.

▪ Oil field discoveries increased with British, European and American firms
buying North Sea exploration (24)……………………………………….
▪ In 1990s the oil business suffered due to (25)…………………………………..of oil.
▪ Production grew and peaked around 2000/1.
▪ North Sea is currently looked upon as a (26)………………………………on a slow
decline.
Questions 27 – 30
Complete the summary of Fred’s talk below.
NORTH SEA OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY SAFETY INFORMATION
Although the Sea Gem was the first North Sea oil exploration accident, the
most well known accident was aboard the Piper Alpha platform in 1988 when
13 people died. Because of these and other accidents, platforms now have
rigorous safety procedures, for example:
▪ Installation Safety Tour showing all safety aspects eg: – (27)……………

emergency muster stations (28) ......................................emergency procedures
▪ Rig Safety Programme Introduction
▪ Weekly Safety Meetings
▪ Daily Pre “Tour” Meetings
▪ Inter Company Safety Information Scheme
▪ Fire and Boat Practice with (29)………………………………………………..
▪ Mock Abandon the Rig Exercise
Statistics now show that these measures have succeeded and that workers are
more likely to be killed on (30)……………………………………..
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 34
Complete the lecture notes below.

Billboard Advertising
▪ Johannes Gutenberg invented (31)………………………………in 1450.

▪ The lithographic process perfected in 1796.
▪ In (32)………………….. Jared Bell’s office in New York made the first large US
outdoor poster when he printed circus posters.
▪ In 1900 a boom in national billboard campaigns was created in America with
the advent of a (33)……………………of billboard.
▪ Last year US expenditure on outdoor advertising reached $5.5 billion.
▪ Over the next few years there is expectation of a (34)……………………………..in
outdoor advertising.
Question 35 – 40
Choose a letter (A – D) that correctly completes the following statements

(questions 35-40).
35. Allan Odell decided to use roadside advertising because…
A …no one else had tried it.
B …other people were beginning to use it.
C …it was the cheapest form of advertising.
D …other people were improving their sales through it.
36. Allan Odell’s first advertisements were…
A …successful.
B …boring.
C …hard to understand.

D …too far apart.
37. Allan Odell’s second type of advertising…
A …criticised people.
B …amused people.
C …made fun of people.
D …irritated people.
38. Allan Odell’s company eventually decided to stop this form of advertising
because.
A …it was no longer effective.
B …people were in a hurry.
C …it was old fashioned.
D …people criticised the rhymes.
39. The main purpose of Lyndon Johnson’s bill was to…
A …improve the condition of the roads.
B …stop roadside advertising.
C …reduce federal grants.
D …make the roads and countryside more attractive.
40. Roadside advertising continued because…

A …it was good for business.
B …some states did not get federal aid.
C …federal laws did not apply to some roads.
D …some states ignored the law.
Answer keys:
1. 95 Green Lane
2. 07779 724 868
3. WIL 94857 8269
4. four/ 4
5. Toyota
6. £170
7. The International Hotel
8. breakdown + an accident
9. E
10. J
11. 8.00 am (to 9.30 am)
12. cafeteria style
13. the common room
14. £1/ 1 pound
15. (a) vending machine
16. kitchens
17. co-ed
18. (the) car park
19. 2/ two
20. refund (of fees)
21. the last 40
22. BP drilling rig/ Sea Gem
23. economic crisis
24. leases

25. global price fluctuations
26. mature province
27. fire extinguishers
28. lifeboat stations
29. a mock fire
30. a building site
31. moveable type printing
32. 1835
33. standardised structure
34. healthy increase
35. D
36. A
37. B
38. A
39. D
40. C
Section 1. You will hear a conversation between a man and a

woman discussing the rental of a car.
Receptionist: Good morning Sir. Welcome to Cheapies car hire. Can I help
you?
Customer: Yes please. I need to [……………………] a car.
Recep: That’s no problem Sir. When would you like it?
Customer: Tomorrow morning.

Recep:Let’s look then. Today’s the 6th August so you’ll need it on the [………].
Recep: Now, I’ll just need to take some details from you Sir. Can I take your
name please?
Customer: John Wilson.
Recep: And your home address?
Customer: [………………………………], Manchester.
Recep: Green like the colour?
Customer: Yes, that’s right. And the postcode is [………………………………].
Recep: OK. Got that. Can I have your telephone numbers please?
Customer: My home number is […………………]and my mobile is 07779 724

868.
Recep: Sorry, I missed the mobile.
Customer: It’s [………………………].
Recep: Thanks. Now, are you the holder of a full, current driver’s licence?
Customer: Yes I am.
Recep: Could I take the number of the licence please?
Customer: Sure. Let’s have a look now. It’s [……………………].

Recep: And will there be any other drivers or just you?
Customer: Only me please.
Recep: OK. You said that you wanted the car tomorrow but how long will you
want it for?
Customer Well, tomorrow’s [………………] and I want it for the whole

weekend. So, I’ll bring it back on Monday morning.
Recep: I’ll have to charge you for all Friday and Monday sir.
Customer : That’s OK.
Good. Now, what kind of car were you looking for sir?
Customer: I’d like a fairly small car as I’ll be driving a lot [……………………]
town and a smaller car will be easier to get around and to park.
Recep: Yes, that’s true. Well, I’ve got small sizes in the following types of car: a
Ford, A Renault and a Toyota. They’re pretty much the same though the
Toyota is in a cheaper price [………………].
Customer: I’ll take the cheapest one please.
Recep: And we can offer you a petrol or a […………………]model with that car.
Customer: Oh. In that case I’ll take the diesel as that will be more [……………].
Customer: Now, how much will this cost me?
Recep: Well the daily rate is [……………………] but it’s only £40 if you take
the car for four days or more. Let’s see. There’s also an additional £10
for [………………………]. That’s not [………………] but we do recommend that
you take the insurance.

Customer: Yes, definitely.
Recep: So that’ll be [………………………] for the four days then.
Customer: Fine. Where can I pick it up?
Recep: You can pick it up here, at the airport or at your hotel. Which hotel are
you in?
Customer: I’m staying at a friend’s house next to the International Hotel. So,
can you leave it at the International Hotel and then I can walk around to pick it
up? I’ll [……………………] at the same place if that’s OK?
Recep: Yes, that’s fine. By the way, if you have a [……………………]or an

accident, we’ll supply you with a new hire car ASAP. Our […………………]
number is on this customer information leaflet which also has other
information. Here you are and here is a [……………………]set of keys for the
car. Now, let me tell you about some things in the car that will be there to help
you. First of all your [………………………] documents will be in the glove
compartment along with a Westley city map and the car [………………………].
On the back seat there will be a larger area map of the local […………………].
If you need a map of any other place like London then give us a call and we’ll
make sure it’s there.
Customer: No, I won’t need that.
Recep: In the boot you’ll find a spare wheel and a set of tools in case you have a
problem. We have [……………………] with the RAC so you can call them if
you’re really in trouble. The membership card and phone number is in the
glove […………………] too. There will be a small fire [……………………]under
the pasenger seat but I hope you won’t have to use that!
Customer: Great. So where do I pay?
Recep: If you go over there to Mr. Walker, then he’ll sort you out.

Section 2. You will hear the master of a university Hall of Residence
giving a short introductory talk to new students at the university
Hall of Residence.
Good evening ladies and gentlemen and welcome to Chelston Hall of

Residence. My name is Dr. Frank Jones and I am the [……………………]of
Chelston Hall. As you will know, you are all attending Westley University to
study different […………………] and Chelston Hall of [……………………] will
be your home for the first year of your studies. You are all first year students as
Chelston offers […………………]only to first year students at the University. In
this short talk I am going to go through some of the things you ought to know
about life in the Hall. I will also go through some rules so that we can all live
together in a [……………………] way for the whole year.
First of all I would like to go through the eating […………………]. Chelston

Hall offers full board accommodation so there will be breakfast and dinner
every day with lunch also [……………………]at weekends. You are
not [………………………]to go to the meals but they will be there if you wish to
take [………………………] of them. In fact it would be a waste of money not to,
as you are paying for the food in your hall fees. The times of the meals are
as [……………………]. Breakfast is served from [……………………]to 8.30am
every day though these times are an hour later at weekends. Dinner is served
at 6.30pm to 7.45pm, 7 days a week. On Saturday and Sunday lunch
is […………………] at 12.30pm to 1.45pm. If you are late then you will not get
any food. Once the [………………………]are closed in the dining hall, they stay
closed. The dining hall is [………………………]style service and there is always
a selection of food for [………………………………]. If there are a lot of people
at the dining hall then please [………………………………]up in an orderly
manner and wait your turn. Please do not [………………………………]into the
queue. At the end of your meal, please take your tray over to the side tables
and put your dirty plates and [……………………]in the appropriate places. We
do have kitchen staff but they are not your [……………………] and we expect
you to take your own dishes and cutlery off the table. Rudeness
and [……………] to the staff will also not be […………………]. Each evening
after dinner there will be coffee and tea available in the common room until
9.30. Again please do not leave cups lying around but put the dirty ones back
on the trays […………………]. The coffee service will be [………………] if the
common room becomes an untidy tip.

Other facilities that we have here on site are a TV room and a [………………]
laundry. The TV room has one set which can receive the regular channels but
no [………………]channels. The [……………………] room has 8 washing
machines and 8 dryers. These are all coin operated. You will need one pound
in 2 fifty […………………] pieces for one wash. The dryers take twenty pence
pieces and will run for […………………]on one twenty pence piece. We
recommend that you buy a box of washing [………………] at the local
supermarket but you can buy individual packets of washing [……………] from
a vending machine providing it has not [……………………]. One individual box
from the machine is good for one wash.
As you will know by now, the Hall is divided up into [……………………]with 6

rooms attached to each corridor. Each corridor has shower […………………],
one bath and a kitchen. We have cleaners who clean up the corridors and
bathrooms but the cleaners are not [……………………]for cleaning
the [……………………]. So, if you want to cook something in addition to the
food we provide, then please clean up your dirty pans and plates yourself. If
any kitchen gets into too bad a state, then it will be closed and locked up for
the [……………………]of the term. Any [……………………] or pans that are in
the kitchen will just be thrown out. By the way, as you will also know, the
corridors are co-ed so you will need a reasonable amount
of [……………………] and modesty moving around to the bathrooms and back.
Another important issue is our fire [……………………]. Please make sure that
you have read the notice which is in every corridor about what to do if there is
a fire. It is very important that you know where your […………………] fire exit
is and where to go when you get out of the building. For example, if you are in
Block A, there are 2 exits and not everyone should exit from just one of these.
The [……………………] point for both blocks is the car park where your block
leader will take a roll call to make sure no-one is left inside. We are obliged by
the fire service to perform two [……………………] practices every year. Please
take them seriously as if they are not done well then we shall have 3 or 4 or 5
practices, or however many it takes to get it right.
Finally we have the issue of noise. For a lot of you this will be the first time not
living at home with your family and you will have [………………………]to lots
of friends your own age and [……………………]. I must urge you at all times to
try and behave with [………………………………] to your fellow
Hall [……………………]at all times. Don’t play your music too loudly or make
too much noise at any time and especially at night. People around you all the

time will be trying to work, sleep or just [………………………………]. Have fun
but think of others. We take quite a strict [………………………] to those who
end up annoying everyone else. If you are found to be [……………………]
others in the Hall to an [………………………]amount, you will be warned and if
the problem persists, you will be asked to leave. You will not receive any
refund of the funds you have paid.
I hope that I have not [……………………]worried anyone…
Section 3. You will hear 2 students discussing their project.
Judith Well Fred. Thanks for coming over to my room.
Fred That’s OK. I had a lecture near here this morning so it was easy to come
over. We’ve got to get on with this North Sea oil [……………………]anyway.
Jud So, did you [……………………]to do any of the things that we decided last
week?
Fred Most of the things. I got all the books from the library and saw Mr. Peters
about the [………………………]. He told me the names of some good sites on
the internet where I could find lots of information about the North Sea oil
industry safety [………………………].
Jud He’s a great tutor, isn’t he?
Fred Yes he is. So, I […………………] the sites and made some notes. What
about you? Did you get the information on the background and history of the
North Sea oil industry?
Jud Yeah. There was loads of information and I’ve made notes too. I think I’ve
got it all […………………]. So, let me tell you what I’ve found out. I’ll run the
ideas past you and you can tell me if it’s OK.
Fred Good idea.

Jud So, as you know, the North Sea lies to the east and north east of England
and Scotland. […………………] the North Sea was long dismissed as
a [……………………]source of oil or gas, but, over the last four [……………], it
has become the centre of one of the world’s most productive energy industries.
Gas was actually first found in [………………………] in the Groningen area off
The Netherlands in 1959. This was followed by the first British discovery of gas
in the West Sole field, off the coast of East Anglia, by the BP drilling rig Sea
Gem, late in 1965.
Fred Actually the first accident was on that rig too. Anyway, sorry. Go on
Judith.
Jud The British oil and gas industry in the southern North Sea grew […………]
in the early years. The deepening economic [………………] in the UK meant
that there was enormous [………………………] on the industry to get gas, and
later, oil flowing. As exploration and [……………………]moved further north,
it became clear that there was oil to be found in great […………………].
Discoveries of oil grew in number as more […………………………], British,
European and American, took out leases on [……………………]of the North
Sea.
During the […………………], like the rest of the world, the North Sea industry
was badly [………………] by the global price [……………………]. Nevertheless
production grew and peaked around 2000/1. Now, the North Sea
is […………………]as a mature province on a slow decline. That’s about it for
now. I’ll put more detail into it when we do the [……………………]. You know
statistics and all that.
Fred Yes. You’ve done a good job. Shall I do the same then? It’s not as long as
yours.
Jud Go ahead.
Fred OK then. As I said earlier, the first industrial […………………] related to

the industry in the North Sea happened only days after
they [………………………] the first gas. The Sea Gem [……………………]with
the loss of [………………………………] lives. There are regular accidents on all
oil rigs around the world but the North Sea is just such a harsh environment

that there always seems to be more there. The most famous accident and the
worst [……..…] in the North Sea was the Piper Alpha disaster of [……………].
Jud Yes, I remember that one on the news when it happened.
Fred Today the industry is very safety […………………]. When you first arrive
you are given a safety tour of the […………………], detailing all
safety [……………………]including fire […………………], emergency muster
stations, [………………………] stations and emergency procedures. You will be
introduced to the rig safety programme. Everyone attends weekly safety
meetings and daily [………………………………]meetings. The weekly meeting
is an in-depth look at industry-wide safety news and other safety
related […………………] on the rig. Companies share safety information with
other companies throughout the industry. This helps to avoid
repeated [………………………]. A fire and boat drill is often held on the same
day which [……………………]a mock fire and a mock “[……………] the rig”
exercise. The pre-tour meeting is usually a [……………………]of the work
carried out when you are off shift, the work you will be doing, the work others
are currently doing that may affect you and any other [……………] issues of
the day. Accidents do still happen as in every industry. However, [……………]
show that with the [………………] improvements in offshore
safety […………………], you now have a higher chance of having fatal
accidents if you work on a building site than you do when on an oil rig. Well,
that’s all from me. I’ll add lots of [……………………] too.
Jud OK. Well, let’s plan what we have to do next
Section 4. You will hear part of an advertising lecture.
Good morning everyone. Today’s […………………] lecture is on the history and

development of highway [……………………] and their [……………………].
Later on we will look at their design and different uses.
The roots of billboard advertising can be [……………………] to the invention of

movable type printing by Johannes Gutenberg as far back as [………...…]and
advertising in the modern […………] was launched in the form of
the […………………]. When the lithographic process was perfected in 1796,
the [……………………] poster became a reality. Gradually, measures were
taken to ensure exposure of a message for a fixed […………………]of time. In

order to offer more [……………]locations where traffic was heavy, bill posters
began to [……………………]their own structures. In [……………………]the
large American outdoor poster, more than 50 square feet, [……………………]
in New York in Jared Bell’s office where he printed posters for the circus. In
1900 a [……………………] billboard structure was created in America
and […………………] in a boom in national billboard campaigns.
There are a number of reasons for the recent surge in billboard [………………],
not the least of which is cost [……………………]. Compared to other forms of
advertising, billboards are a relatively [………………………]way to get your
point across to the general public.
Consider this. A newspaper ad is only good for a day and a television

commercial only lasts about thirty seconds. But a billboard ad is working for
you [……………………]hours a day, seven days a week. The cost of billboard
advertising [……………………]from about [………………] to [………………] a
month. At that rate, ten billboards could run for as much as $25,000 per
month. That sounds like a lot of money until you realize that a [……………] ad
running for one day in a major newspaper costs about the same.
So billboard advertising can be an effective and cost-efficient way

for [.......…………] to spread the word about their products and services. The
Outdoor Advertising Association of America [……………………]that U.S.
businesses spent more than […………………………] on outdoor advertising
last year and the Association is [……………………………]a healthy increase
over the next few years.
Advances in technology have also [……………………]to billboard advertising’s

cost efficiency. In the past, billboards had to be hand-painted – a time-
consuming and costly venture. But with today’s computer technology,
billboards are designed on a computer screen, [……………………]to vinyl or
poster paper, and glued to the billboard [………………………]. The result is
higher quality ads in less time for less money.
Let’s look now at a famous example. In [……………………]Alan Odell, who

owned a small company that made a [……………………]shaving cream,
noticed that gas stations and other local businesses were increasing trade by
putting up advertising signs along the nation’s highways.
He [………………………………]that he could increase his sales by putting up
sets of signs. Five in a set. They would not have to be big and a short line on

each one would do. At first Odell tried the hard sell [………………………]. Sales
began to increase at once but that did not [……………………]him. Motorists
see these signs, he told himself, at remote places on the highway. Perhaps after
hours of [……………………]driving they would [………………………] a touch of
rhyme and humour. They would indeed! It was not long before the catchy
Burma-Shave signs – some ironic, some [………....…], some […………………],
but all of them funny – caught the fancy of nearly everyone, including those
people usually critical of advertising.
These signs continued as the advertising medium of the company [……....…].

And then, when cars [………………] too fast to take in these messages – more
than a dozen words painted in rather small letters – the company phased out
its [………………] advertising. Perhaps a growing […………………] of this sort
of advertising, which interfered with highway […………………], also
influenced the company’s decision.
By late 1965 this criticism resulted in President Lyndon Johnson’s

highway [……………………]bill.
This bill authorised a federal-state campaign to improve the scenery on either

side of major highways to conceal or remove [……………………]and to put
billboards [………………………]far back from the highway so that they would
not interfere with the view. States that did not comply with the bill could
lose [………………………] of their [………………………]highway grant.
But this was not the end of the billboard industry. Many roads were not part of
the highway system which was supported by [………………………]grants and
these roads were not […………………………]by the law and nor were signs in
commercial and [………………………]areas.
Now let’s look at the some of the advertising […………………………]in Europe.

Test 60
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 3

answer.
DRURY’S ELECTRICAL STORE
WORK FORM
Example Answer
Customer’s Name Phillipa Hutton
Address 13 Glen Avenue Westley
Postcode (1)………………………………
Home Tel. 01748 524965
Mobile Tel. (2)……………………….........
Customer Receipt Yes/ No
Date of Repair Enquiry (3)………………………

Job Number J25
Problem New TV doesn’t work
Questions 4 – 5
Circle the correct letter A – D.
4. Which room did Jane want to use the new television?
A. The dining room
B. The kitchen
C. The bedroom
D. The study
5. What will Jane do while the man is looking at her new television?
A. She’ll wait in the shop
B. She’ll come back tomorrow
C. She’ll go shopping and come back in half an hour
D. She’ll go shopping and come back in an hour
Questions 6-10
Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR

6. What was the problem with the television?

_________________________________
7. What day is Jane’s nephew’s birthday next week?
_________________________________
8. How old will Jane’s nephew be next week?
_________________________________
9. What does Jane think her nephew would like for his birthday?
_________________________________
10. What time will Jane go back to the shop tomorrow?
__________________________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

OR A NUMBER for each answer.
11. Who has organised the safety talk?
________________________________________
12. What crime is most common amongst students?
________________________________________
13. Where does PC Fair suggest that students can hide their belongings?

________________________________________
14. What should you take with you when you visit an insurance broker about
your belongings?
________________________________________
15. What does PC Fair say that you can use to mark your property?
________________________________________
Questions 16-20

answer.
UNI. SAFETY TALK
At Home
DOORS: Lock front door & ask (16)……………………………………. to put

lock on bedroom door.
Fit chain and keep it fastened while at home
WINDOWS Lock windows, install extra locks and

(17)………………………………….. 24 hours.
If frightened. tell someone in hall. (18)………………………………………… at the

Union or go to the police.
Going Home

▪ Walking home – stay in (19)……………………………. with good light + don’t be
alone.
▪ 2 late regular night minibuses – priority for women.
▪ Taxi better than walking – licensed taxis only and from rank.
▪ Keep mobile with you with trusted taxi number inside.
▪ Most Important Thing – (20) ……………………………………………..
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
21. What is Rachel’s extended essay about?
A. Hospitals
B. Factories
C. Towns
22. What did Rachel mainly use to help her with her essay?
A. A book
B. The internet
C. Magazines
23. How does Rachel feel about her essay at the moment?
A. Happy
B. Quite happy

C. Not happy
24. Which part of Rachel’s extended essay did Dr. Jones like best?
A. The introduction
B. The middle
C. The conclusion
25. Which part of Rachel’s essay does Dr. Jones most want Rachel to change?
A. The statistics tables
B. The statistics analysis
C. The bibliography
26. By when does Rachel’s essay have to be finally given in?
A. 21th April
B. 24th April
C. 28th April
Questions 27 – 30
Complete Dr. Jones’ notes below.
Books for Rachel’s Presentation on the Reform Act

Book Author Where to get it
Great 19th Century Reform Mark Needham (27) in library
Article in “History Monthly” Jim Wood (28) in librarv
(29)…………………… Rob Jenkins Inter Library Loan
Reform and the Nineteenth Century (30)……………… From me
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 36
Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

OR A NUMBER for each answer.
31 Where did garlic originally come from?
______________________________
32 What time of year does garlic begin its growth cycle?
______________________________
33 What, along with its small leaves, is the key to garlic’s survival in harsh
climates?
______________________________
34 According to an ancient Egyptian record, how many sicknesses can garlic be

used to treat?
______________________________

35 In ancient Egypt, how much garlic could buy you a good slave?
______________________________
36 What did Europeans in the Middle Ages believe garlic could help stop?
______________________________
Questions 37 – 40
Complete the summary below of the second half of the food science lecture on
garlic.
Today investigations into garlic have shown that it can help cure and prevent
many diseases as it boosts the (37)……………………….. During World War 2 it
was even used as (38)……………….when other drugs were not available.
Although expert opinion differs on many aspects of garlic use, it is agreed that
using (39)……………. is the best form. This contains the most “allicin”, a
compound that is efficient at killing many types of bacteria and, when heated,
has beneficial effects in the blood. Indian doctors have recently shown its help
in preventing such ailments as arteriosclerosis, thrombosis and (40)………….....
Answer keys:
1. WE5 8GF
2. 07745 276 145
3. 7th June/ 7.6
4. B
5. D
6. a loose wire
7. Thursday
8. 11

9. a computer game
10.12 o’clock/ noon
11. Student’s Union
12. theft
13. (in a) cupboard
14. a valuables list
15. ultra violet pen
16. landlord
17. keep curtains closed
18. the welfare office
19. busy/ busier areas
20. don’t be alone
21. B
22. A
23. B
24. C
25. B
26. C
27.reference section
28. (library) stack system
29. Political Reform
30. Dr. Jones
31. (desert region of) Siberia
32. the fall (autumn)
33. (healthy) root system
34. 22
35. 15 pounds
36. the plague
37.immune system
38. an antiseptic
39. fresh garlic
40. hypertension


woman discussing the repair of a television.
Shop Assistant (man): Good morning madam. Can I help you?
Customer (woman): Yes please. I bought this small TV set here [……………]
and when I got it home I couldn’t get it to work.
Man: Oh dear. Well, I’d just better take some details for this […………………]
and then we’ll have a look at it.
Wom: OK.
Man: Here we are. Now, can you give me your name please?
Wom: [………………………………].
Man: Could you spell Hutton please?
Wom: That’s H-U-T-T-O-N.
Man: Thank you. And your address?
Wom: [………………………………], Westley.
Man: Do you know the postcode?
Wom: Yes, it’s [………………………………].
Man: And what’s your phone number?

Wom:My home number is [……………………] and my mobile number is 07745
276 145.
Man: OK, got that. Now, did you still have the [……………………]for the
television?
Wom: Yes, it’s right here.
Man: Let’s have a look. Right, so you bought it on the [………………………].

That’s two days ago. So, what exactly is wrong with the TV?
Wom: Well I bought it two days ago so I could watch TV while I was cooking
for the family.
That’s why I just bought a nice small one. It could fit on the shelf next to the
dining room door. Anyway, when I got it back and [………………………] it in,
there was no […………………]. Nothing at all. No lights, no sound, no buzz.
Man: And there are no electrical problems in that room?
Wom: No, nothing. It isn’t just me. My [……………………] is very good with
these things and when he came back, he [……………………] the plug, the fuse,
the connections, everything. He couldn’t work it out either.
Man: Hmm. That’s very strange. Right then. I’ll have a look at it. I’m actually
not busy right now.
I can finish it in about half an hour. Do you want to want to wait here or come
back later today or tomorrow?
Wom: I’ll go to the […………………]across the road and get some shopping
done and I’ll come back in about an hour. Is that alright?
Man: Yes, I’ll be able to tell you what’s wrong by then. By the way, your job
number is […………………] but it doesn’t matter as I’ll be here when you get
back.

Wom: See you later then.
Wom: Hi there. All my shopping’s done. Have you [………………………]?
Man: Oh yes. It didn’t take me long. It was actually the first thing that
I […………………]so I had it all [……………………]in about five minutes.
Wom: What was the problem then?
Man: It was a loose wire. It’s amazing that this television even got through its
tests. I [………………]that nowadays not everything is tested properly and they
just […………………] that everything will be alright. With all the things that
can go wrong though with bad connections, […………] chips, the
screen [……………]and everything, it’s amazing they all don’t go wrong more
often.
Wom: So what can you do about it?
Man: We can [……………………]it by tomorrow or we can just give you a new

TV. We can send the old one back to our [………………………].
Wom: That sounds best to me. I’ll take a new one please.
Man: Do you want the same model and everything?
Wom: Yes please.
Man: Oh dear. I’m [……………………] we don’t have that one in right now but
we will be able to have it in tomorrow morning if that’s OK.
Wom: That’s fine. And while I’m here I want to get something else. It’s
my [……………………] birthday next Thursday. What would you suggest?
Man: Well we’ve got lots of things here [……………………]. How old is he?

Wom: Let’s see. He’s the same age as my own son. He’s 10 now and his
birthday is next week.
Man: OK. We’ve got lots of computer games over there. We’ve
got [………………………] in the corner if he likes music. He can download
music from the internet onto his computer and then onto his i-pod. There are
lots of [……………………] for computers. He could need a new mouse,
a […………………] keyboard, a camera to use when he’s chatting. There are
lots of [……………………] and it depends of course on how much you want to
spend.
Wom: I’m pretty sure he’d like a computer game although I know he’s got
loads already. I’ll tell you what. I’ll go back and ask his father what would be
best and I’ll come back tomorrow and buy something while
I’m [……………]the new TV. What sort of time shall I come tomorrow then?
Man: We open at 9 o’clock in the morning. I’d hope our other shop would be
able to send the new telly over this afternoon. They might only [………………]
it tomorrow morning though so come over at about 11.
Wom: I’ll come an hour later at noon then as I’ll be swimming at 11.
Man: That’s fine. I won’t be here though at noon. I’m taking an early lunch
then and I’ll be back at 1.
Wom: Don’t worry. I’m sure everything will be OK. Thanks very much.
Man: You’re welcome madam. Bye.
Wom: Goodbye.
Section 2. You will hear a policeman giving a safety talk to new

students at the University of Westley.
Presenter: Good morning everyone and thank you for coming to

this [……………………]on safety. This lecture is of course […………………]for
all students at Westley University but it has been laid on by your Students’

Union to help you, and both the [………………………]at Westley Police Station
and the staff here at the University [……………………]you to attend the other
lectures like it and also to get your friends to come too. So, that’s enough from
me. I would like to introduce you to Police […………………]Fair from Westley
Police Station who is going to give you some hints on keeping safe. PC Fair.
PC Fair Good morning ladies and gentlemen and thank you for allowing me to
come here to talk to you. It really is a great idea for someone from the police
force to come and talk to you as it may save you time, money and also it may
help to […………………] you. I hope I don’t sound [……………………]when I
point out some ideas as a lot of things really are just common sense but it is
often forgetting these common sense things that can lead to problems.
First of all the thing that students are most likely to [……………………]from,
whether they are in […………………]or in hall, is theft. You hear a lot
of [……………………]stories about muggings, rape and […………………]but
these are not really that […………………] and we’re talk about some of those
things later. Thieves know very well that student [……………]are a good place
to find electronic goods, [……………]and bags and the like with little or no
protection. So, make sure that you’re room, house or flat is […………………]
locked each time that you go out. Don’t leave [……………………] in the open
where they can be spotted from the window.
See if you can get an extra lock on your window too. If possible, when you’re
out, try and leave your [………………………]things in a cupboard which has an
extra lock on it. So much for theft [………………………].
If you do get burgled though there are ways to protect yourself here too. Try
and get household [……………………]. Make a valuables list of all the items
that you own, including things like keys and bank cards, [………………]their
value and take the list to any […………]high street insurance broker and get a
quote for [……………………] insurance. This is not very expensive and it will
give you piece of mind. Another thing you can do is to get an
ultra [………………] pen and write your name and address on all your
valuables. This will not be able to be seen in normal light so your goods won’t
look any different but your goods will be forever marked as your […………].
Now, more seriously, we must look at your personal safety. This

especially [……….................] to women. Men of course are usually better
able to protect themselves and are under less risk in any case. First, let’s look

at where you live. Again wherever you live you should make sure that your
door is …………]securely, even when you are at home and even if you are not
alone as people can leave your house without you knowing. So, in hall, lock
that door at all times [………………………………]at night. If you are in digs
keep the front door locked at all times, and your own bedroom as well. If your
bedroom has no lock, then get one put in. Get your landlord to do it – they
usually will. It’s a small price to pay for safety. Look at the windows in your
house. Again, especially the ones in your [………………………]. Make sure the
window [……………………]securely and try to get an extra lock fitted.
Keep […………………………] closed at night and also during the day too if you
don’t mind, so that people can’t see in. Get a chain [……………………]to your
front door too and always have the chain on when you’re at home. If you see
someone often [………………]around near your home then let someone know
in your hall. Or the [………………] office in the union will be able
to [………………] you. We of course at the police station will always welcome
you and we will never scoff at your [……………]. We will not laugh at you and
we will take everything […………].
Next let’s look at when you’re away from your home and walking about the
streets. Naturally you’re more at risk at night but even in the day time, try to
keep to [……………………] areas which are well lit and always try to have
someone with you when you’re […………………] on foot. At night do the same
but be more careful about it. If you are leaving the Union late at night,
take […………………] of the excellent [………………………service that your
Union puts on for you for your safety. The minibus gives […………………]to
women and it will take you to your door. There are 2 minibuses available every
night leaving at regular [……………]. If there’s not one available, wait in
the [……………]until one arrives. They will get you home safely in the end. If
you’re not at the Union and by […………………], try to get a taxi back rather
than walk. I know it’s more expensive but it’s […………………]the cost. I’m
sure your parents would prefer you […………………]the extra money to make
you safe. Also with taxis, always take a [……………………] taxi from a proper
taxi rank or call a [……………………] company. Keep the number of a
reputable company in your wallet and saved in your […………………]. Then
you’ll always have access to a safe way home.
I hope I haven’t [……………]you. Very few people do actually

get [………………] but of course it does happen. By following these basic safety
rules you vastly reduce your chances of being a […………………]. The cardinal
rule is “don’t be alone”. Always have a friend with you if possible.

Section 3. You will hear a student and her tutor discussing an essay.
(knock at door)
Dr. Jones: Come in. Ah good morning Rachel. Have you come to talk about
your [……………………]?
Rachel: That’s right Dr. Jones. Have I come at a bad time?
Dr. Jones: No, not at all. This is a good time in fact.
Rachel: Good because I wanted to ask what you thought about my […………]
on the subject.
Dr. Jones: Yes, you [………………]wanted to write about working conditions

in [………………] factories but you were later [……………………]looking at the
conditions inside hospitals in 19th century northern towns.
Rachel: That’s right. I thought about it for a long time and [………………]the
pros and cons and I didn’t decide for ages.
Dr. Jones: Well, I think you were right to stick with your first idea. There’re so
many better [……………………]available on the subject. There are plenty
of [……………………]in magazines and the odd TV and radio programme on
the other subjects but everything is rather […………………]; there’s no
real [………………………]knowledge to draw on.
Rachel: Yes, I found that out. I found lots of books but nothing really to help
me; even on the internet. In the end, when I decided on my first choice topic I
found lots of really good […………………]in magazines, books and the
internet. […………………]one book which is the major [……………………] that
you’ll see quoted all over the place.
Dr. Jones: Well, I’m glad you came to that decision. Let’s have a look at that
essay now.

Rachel: What did you think? I’ve spent ages on it but I’m only about [….……]
happy with it.
Dr. Jones: Well, I wouldn’t be too down about it. I think most of it is pretty
good. I liked the introduction which really set out your ideas clearly. The
middle needs some [……………………] but the end was really first rate.
What are the areas that need more work then?
Dr. Jones: The main problem lies with your analysis of the […………………].
You quote all the right numbers and you’ve got lots of fine tables and
everything but you need to look more closely at what the numbers mean and
what [………………………] they hold. Look at them again and try and explain
more clearly the important parts. After that you need to have a look at
your [………………………]which is a bit [……………………].
Rachel: Yes I was afraid of that. I always think that once I’ve finished the essay
then I’m done and so I don’t put enough care into things like
the [………………………]. Still I’ve plenty of time to get that and the other
stuff [………………………].
Dr. Jones: You’ve plenty of time but don’t leave it until the last minute because
you’ll need to check it all again carefully when you’re finished and it would be a
good idea if I looked over it again before its final [………………………].
Rachel: The […………………] is the 28th April so shall I get it to you on the
24th? Will that be OK?
Dr. Jones: Well, that won’t leave you much time to change anything if I find
anything else to do. How about a few days earlier than that.
The […………………]? I’ll be able to get it back to you the day after on the
22nd then.
Rachel: That sounds great. Thank you.
Rachel: I’d also like to ask you about that […………………] that I have to give
next month.

Dr. Jones: Yes. What’s the problem?
Rachel: Well, I’ve started work on it as I want to do a good job but I can’t seem
to find much information on the subject in the [……………………].
Dr. Jones: Ok. I’ll jot down some ideas for you then. What subject are you
presenting again?
Rachel: The three Cs of the Great Reform Act in England in [………………].
Dr. Jones: Ah yes. The causes, course and […………………]. Well, there should
be plenty of [……………………] in the library on that as it’s such an important
subject.
Rachel: Well, there should be but it looks as though some first years are doing
an [………………………] on it and so most of the books are out. I also don’t
want the run-of-the-mill books. I want my presentation to be a bit more in
depth.
Dr. Jones: The best book for you would be “Great 19th Century Reform” by
Mark Needham.
That book you can’t take out. It’s in the [………………………] section only.
You’ll have to read it actually in the library itself. Then there was a great article
in “History Monthly” on the Great Reform Act by Jim Wood. The issue was
August 2003 I think. You’ll find it in the library [………………………].
Rachel: That’s great. Anything else?
Dr. Jones: Yes. There’s another really good book on the subject that looks at
the whole thing from a [……………………]different point of view. I remember
when it came out, it [……………………] a view feathers. It’s called “Political
Reform” and it’s by Rob Jenkins. The thing is though that I know our library
hasn’t got it. As you’re preparing so far in […………………] though, you’ll be
able to order it through inter [……………………]. Just go to the library
reception and they’ll give you the forms to fill out. It’ll come in about a week I
expect.

Rachel: OK. I’ll do that [………………………].
Dr. Jones: Finally there’s the book “Reform and the [………………………]”
which I actually wrote. The library used to have a copy but it’s been lost I
think. I’ve got a copy at home so I’ll bring it in tomorrow. If you pop in
tomorrow morning some time I’ll let you [……………………]it for a week or so.
Oh, that’s [……………………]. I didn’t know you were an author Dr. Jones.
Dr. Jones: Yes, I’ve done a few things. You’d better not lose it or [……………]
on it or anything though!
Rachel: I’ll take very good care of it. I [………………] you.
Dr. Jones: I know you will or I wouldn’t lend it to you. So, I’ll see you
tomorrow then.
Rachel: Yes. Thanks again. See you tomorrow. Bye Dr. Jones Bye
Section 4. You will hear part of a food science lecture.
Good evening ladies and gentlemen and welcome to this food science lecture.
Today we are going to look at a food stuff I’m sure we all […………………]and
use: [……………………]. We will explore a little of its history and examine
some of the many different ways it’s been used over time.
All around the world, for over [………………………], garlic has held many
important roles in daily human life. It has been taken […………………]and
nutritionally. Folklore [……………………]garlic with good luck and protection
against evil. Its smell has been said to ward off [……………………],
werewolves, [……………………]and of course vampires.
Although it’s not certain when garlic was first discovered, it was probably
dispersed by [……………………] humans several thousand years ago. Garlic is
originally [………………………] to the desert region of Siberia. In this region
the summers are dry and hot, and there’s very little […………………………]. In
order for the wild garlic plant to survive, it had to adapt to this [………………]

climate. Garlic had to grow when there was […………………], in the spring and
fall, and it also had to be able to survive without water for the exceptionally dry
summer and winter months. […….....…] adapted to its environment so that
the growing cycle began in the fall, to take advantage of the
available […………………]. When the cold winters or the hot dry summers
arrived, it became […………………]. The cloves of the garlic plant store large
amounts of food, which enable it to withstand long durations
of [………………………]. When the spring rains arrive, the plant can continue
on its growth process. A healthy root system with relatively small leaves is a
key to the [……………………]of the plant. These traits make garlic a
very [……………………] plant, capable of growing in poor soil in harsh
climates with little or no care. Once discovered by humans, it is no wonder that
garlic quickly became a staple crop of almost every [………………………]in the
world.
An Egyptian papyrus from […………………]. recommends garlic for 22

ailments. The
Egyptians fed it to slaves building the […………………] to increase

their [………………………………], and during the building of the Great
Pyramid, the construction workers lived on a diet consisting primarily
of [……………………]and garlic. When the workers were [……………………]of
their ration of garlic, it caused work stoppages. Garlic was so valuable to the
Egyptians that [……………………]of garlic would purchase a healthy male
slave. Ancient Egyptians worshiped garlic as a god, and its name was
often [………………………………]at oath takings. In ancient Greece and Rome,
it was claimed to have more uses. Everything from
repelling [………………………] to treating dog bites and bladder infections, to
curing [……………………] and asthma. Chinese scholars mentioned garlic
in [……………………]writings as early as [……………………]. Garlic was so
prized in [……………………]and ritual, it’s said that lambs offered
for [………………………………]in China were seasoned with garlic to make
them more pleasing to the gods. Crusaders returning to Europe after far away
battles are generally credited with bringing garlic back with them to Europe
and there, in the Middle Ages, it was thought to prevent the […………………].
Modern research has [………………………] the health benefits of garlic that

our [………………………] believed in. Garlic may even prevent cancer because
it contains [………………………] such as C, A, and B which stimulate the
immune system to […………………] toxins and combat [………………].

Research in 1858, by Louis Pasteur, documented that garlic also kills bacteria.
During World War II, when [………………………] and sulpha drugs were
scarce, garlic was used as an [………………] to disinfect open wounds and
prevent […………………]. The properties responsible for these medicinal
effects are not clearly understood. Recent research identifies hundreds
of […………………] sulphur compounds in the herb. For this reason, it may
also become a valuable [………………] for AIDS. A study in China showed that
people with the highest levels of dietary garlic have a reduced risk
of [………………………].
It can also kill 60 types of fungi and yeast, among them the common cause
of [………………………] foot. Japanese scientists test its effects on patients
with [………………………] and arthritis. Experts are split on the recommended
daily amount of [………………………] garlic, from one to ten cloves. However,
most agree that fresh garlic is better than in […………………] form.
How garlic is prepared also affects how it can be used. When the clove is cut or
crushed, an [………………………] contained within the plant cells combines
with an amino acid. This creates a new compound, called [……………………],
which has been shown to kill 23 types of [………………………], including
salmonella and [……………………]. When garlic is heated, a different
compound is formed that can prevent arteries from clogging, and reduce blood
pressure and [………………………] levels. The blood-thinning quality of garlic
may also be helpful in preventing heart attacks and strokes. Indian doctors
have long pointed to studies that [………………………] garlic has a
preventative effect on the development of arteriosclerosis, […………………]
and hypertension.

Test 61
SECTION 1

Question 1 – 5

each answer.
BUS PASS APPLICATION FORM
Example Answer
PASS APPLIED FOR 1 month
NAME Nathalie
ADDRESS 45 (2)………………
Newlands
Adelaide
POSTCODE (3)……...........…….
DATE OF BIRTH 13th May 1982
TEL NUMBER (4)……………………
UNIVERSITY CARD SHOWN Yes
ZONES REQUIRED (5)…………………...
Questions 6 – 10


each answer.
Adelaide Day Trips on the Bus
The MacDonald Nature Park
Outward Journey Leaves 8.00am
Length of Journey 2 hours
Return Journey Leaves (6)……………………
Things to do/see Walk nature trails + MacDonald River
Bring A camera
Pearl Bay
Length of Journey (7)……………………
Return Journey Leaves 4.00pm
Things to do/see Walk along (8)…………. + see view
Lie on the beach + swim
Bring Swimming gear + a towel
The Huron Gold Mine

Length of Journey Half an hour
Return Journey Leaves (9)……….............
Things to do/see Go round the museum and tunnels
Find some gold!!
Bring (10)……………………
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -16
Write NO MORE THAN 3 WORDS OR A NUMBER for each answer.
11. The highest point of the bridge is 134m above ……………………………………..
12. The two pairs of pylons are made of …………………………………………………..
13. ………………………………………… % of the steel for making the bridge came

from the UK
14. 800 families from………………………….. compensation to accomodate the

construction of the approaches to the bridge.
15. People…………………………was the main cause of death of workers while

constructing the bridge.

16. Three …………………………… were made to mark the opening of the bridge.
One is worth several hundred dollars today.
Questions 17 – 20
Which FOUR of the following facts are NOT true about the Sydney Harbour
Bridge today?
Choose FOUR letters (A – J) and write them in boxes 17 – 20 on your answer

sheet.
A. There are no more trams crossing the bridge.
B. There are eight traffic lanes on the bridge.
C. Trains still cross the bridge.
D. People are allowed to walk across the bridge.
E. Buses are allowed to cross the bridge.
F. The Harbour Tunnel has not helped traffic congestion on the bridge.
G. More than 182 000 vehicles cross the bridge daily.
H. Horses can no longer cross the bridge.
I. Bicycles are not allowed to cross the bridge.
J. To go back and forward across the bridge costs $6.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27

21. While waiting for Phil, Mel and Laura were ………………………………………
22. A telephone survey was rejected because it would be …………………….……
23. A mail survey was rejected because it would ………………………………………
24. The best number of people to survey would be …………………………...........
25. If their survey only included 100 people, it would not be ………………….....
26. The number of people that Laura, Phil and Mel agree to survey was ………
27. The number of questions in the survey was agreed to be ………………………
Questions 28 – 30
Circle THREE letters A – G.
What are the three locations that Laura, Phil and Mel chose for their survey?
A. The town square
B. The train station
C. The university cafeteria
D. Dobbins department store
E. The corner of the High Street and College Road

F. The bus station
G. The corner of the High Street and Wilkins Road
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 34
Complete the table below by matching the individual with their role (Questions
31-34) in the lecture on the coelacanth.
Write the approprate letters (A – F) on your answer sheet.
NB There are more roles than individuals so you will not

need to use them all.
INDIVIDUAL ROLE
Dr. J.L.B. Smith (31)……………………………………
Marjorie Courtney-Latimer (32)…………………………………..
Dr. Mark Erdmann (33)…………………………………..
Captain Goosen (34)…………………………………..
ROLES
A. Paid fishermen for unidentified finds.
B. Caught a strange looking fish.
C. Contacted scientists in Indonesia.
D. Photographed a coelacanth seen by accident.
E. First recognised the coelacanth for what it was.
F. Bought a specimen of a coelacanth in a market.

Questions 35 – 40
Choose the correct letters A – C.
35. The coelacanth was…
A. well known to Indonesian fishermen.
B. unknown to Indonesian fishermen.
C. a first in the market.
36. The only difference between the Comoros coelacanth and the Sulawesi
coelacanth is…
A .their intercranial joint.
B. their paired fins.
C .their colour.
37. Coelacanths seemed to have their greatest population…
A. 360 million years ago.
B. 240 million years ago.
C. 80 million years ago.
38. Modem coelacanths probably left no fossilised remains over the past 80
million years because…
A. of too much clay sediment.

B. conditions where they lived were not favourable for fossilisation.
C. volcanoes are needed for fossilisation.
39. Scientists had a better understanding of the coelacanth after 1991

because…
A. the French government had previously limited study on the Comoros

coelacanth.
B. the Comoros were far away and difficult to reach.
C. the Comoros opened an airport.
40. On the 1991 expedition, scientist studied the coelacanth…
A. only from fishermen’s specimens.
B. through the windows of their submarine.
C. from diving down.
Answer key:
1. Jameson
2. Forest Avenue
3. 8490
4. 6249 7152
5. 1 – 5
6. 4.30pm
7. 1 hour
8. The cliffs
9. 1.30pm
10. A sweater

11. Mean sea level
12. Concrete and granite
13. About 79
14. 438
15. Falling
16. (Postage) stamps
17. D
18. F
19. G
20. J
21. Chatting/ talking
22. Too expensive
23. Take too long
24. 1000
25. Statistically significant
26. 500
27. 5
28. A
29. D
30. E
31. E
32. A
33. D
34. B
35. A
36. C
37. B
38. B
39. A
40. B

Section 1. You will hear a conversation between two women as one

of the women buys a bus pass.
Woman 1: Good morning. I’m here to get a student bus pas please.
Woman 2 : Of course Madam. Do you want to buy a month pass, a […………]

pass or a year pass?
W 1: Oh, just a month pass please.
W 2: Right then. I’ll just have to take a few [………………………].
W 1: Yes. Of course.
W 2: First of all, what’s your name?
W 1: Nathalie [………………………].
W 2: And how do you spell Jameson?
W 1: J-A-M-E-S-O-N.
W 2: Thank you. And what’s your address?
W 1: [………………………], Newlands, Adelaide.
W 2: Is that Forest with 1 R or 2 Rs?
W 1: Just 1.
W 2: And what’s the postcode please?

W 1 : Oh yes… It’s [……………………].
W 2: Thanks. Now what’s your date of birth … If you don’t mind me asking?
W 1 : Not at all. It’s the [……………………].
W 2: I also need to know your telephone number here in Adelaide.
W 1: OK. I just need to check that as I only moved here last week. Now, where
is it. Here we are. It’s [……………………]Do you need a code or anything?
W2 Oh no, that’s OK thank you. Can I see your university card please?
W1 Yes, here it is.
W2 Good. That’s fine. Now, for which zone do you need a pass?
W 1 Well, I’m not sure. I was hoping you’d be able to help me as I don’t really
know my way around here yet. As you know, I live in […………………]and I
have to get to the university campus ir the centre of town every day.
W 2 Well, the university is in Zone 1 and Newlands has 2 zones. The side
nearer to the town centre is [……………………] but the far side
is [……………………]. What road is it you live in again?
W1 Forest Avenue.
W 2 Let’s see on this map. There it is. The nearest bus stop is in Zone 5.
That’s lucky. Zones 1 – 6 are […………………] more expensive
W1 Great! Make the pass out for Zones 1 – 5 then please.
W1 I’ve got some other questions too if you don’t mind.
W2 Sure. Go ahead.

W 1 Well, this weekend my friend and I aren’t doing anything so we thought
we’d take a trip out of town and visit somewhere new. Does the
bus [……………] run any trips like that?
W2 Yes, we’ve got a selection of trips. I’ll tell you about some of them.
W1 Thanks.
W 2 Right the first one goes up to MacDonald Nature Park. The bus leaves
at [………………………………]and takes about 2 hours to get there and leaves
for the return at 4.30 in the afternoon. Once there you can walk around the
nature [……………………]. It’s really nice and the Macdonald River runs
through there and that’s really beautiful so take a […………………]with you.
Then there’s the Pearl Bay trip. The bus leaves at [……………………]and goes
up the coast to Pearl Bay.
W1 How far is that?
W 2 It’s an hour away. Once there you can walk along the […………………]
up to Rocky Point, which has a famous view up the coast, or you can just lie on
the beach and swim. Don’t forget to take your swimming gear and a towel! The
water’s pretty safe there and there are always […………………]. The bus
arrives back in Adelaide at […………………].
W1 Mm. That sounds nice. What else?
W 2 Well there’s the Huron Gold Mine. It’s just a half-day trip leaving here
at 9.30am and arriving back at 2.00pm. It only takes half an hour to get there
which is good. It’s an old worked out mine that has been [………………]into a
sort of [……………]. They have all the old […………………] and a guide takes
you round some of the […………] and shows you some of the techniques they
used to use. You might even find some gold they [………………].
W1 Yeah. I could do with that.
W 2 It’s pretty interesting but the mines can be quite cold so take
a [………………………]. So, how do those three sound?

W 1 Quite interesting. I really like the idea of going up the […………………]
and spending a day on the beach but my friend Karen will like the idea of the
nature park. I’d better wait and [……………………] with her what she wants to
do before booking.
W 2 No problem at all. You just need to pop in some time during the week
and we’ll make the booking.
W1 Thanks very much. You’ve been very [………………………].
W2 No problem. See you later.
Section 2. You will hear a radio presenter interviewing a man about

the Sydney Harbour Bridge
Anne: Well, good morning again everyone and welcome to “[………………]”,

the weekly New South Wales Radio programme on [……………………] of
general interest from our local area. Today I have in the studio Mr. George
Symonds. Good morning George.
George: Good morning Anne.
Anne: So, what are you going to talk to us about today George?
George: Well, for people from New South Wales and [……………………]
Sydney, this will be of great interest – I hope. I’m going to tell you a little about
Sydney Harbour [……………………].
Anne: Wow. That’ll be so interesting.
George: I think so. To start with I’d like to tell you a little about the size of the
bridge. The arch span is [……………………]and the weight of the steel arch
is [……………………]. The summit is 134m above mean sea level, though it can
actually increase by as much as [……………………]on hot days as the result of
steel expanding in heat. The two pairs of pylons at each end are
about [………..…]high and are made of [……………] and [……………………].
The steel used for the bridge was largely imported. About [……………………]

came from the United Kingdom but the rest was Australian-made. The granite
was [………………]in Moruya down the coast, and the concrete is also
Australian.
Anne: So, most of the steel used to make our great bridge actually came from
England?
George: Yes, I’m afraid so. However the work force were all Aussie!
Anne: Thank God for that. When was the bridge actually built?
George The bridge was opened in 1932 but work first began in 1924, with the
construction of the bridge […………………]and spans, with two separate teams
building the arch on each side working towards each other. The arch was
successfully joined on [……………………]. I’m afraid that working practices
weren’t very fair in those days and the local government [……………] 438
homes which were in the way of the approaches, and as many as 800 families
living there were […………………]without compensation. The standards of
industrial safety were [……………………]too. 16 workers died during its
construction, mainly from falling off the bridge.
Anne: I didn’t realise that.
George: Yes. The bridge was formally opened on the 19th March 1932 by the
Premier of New South Wales, Mr Jack Lang. When it was opened, it was the
longest single span steel [………………………]bridge in the world and it was
one of the greatest engineering [……………………]of its time. Several songs
were also [………………………]in advance for the occasion but these have now
been largely lost or forgotten. However, three [……………………]stamps were
issued to [……………] the opening of the bridge and these still exist. One of
these stamps, with a face value of five [………………………………], is now
worth several hundred dollars today.
Anne: So, that’s the history of the bridge. Is the bridge still the same today as
when it was built?
George: No, it’s quite different. The basic […………………]is the same of
course. Originally the bridge was constructed to carry a road, two sets of tram

lines and […………………]. In 1957, the two tram lines were removed when
Sydney […………………] its trams, thus giving the bridge two more traffic
lanes.
Today it carries eight traffic lanes, two […………………] lanes and a footpath
along its eastern side. One of the eastern traffic lanes is now a [………………]
bus lane. The bridge is often crowded and in [………………]the Harbour
Tunnel was opened to help carry the traffic load. More than [……...…]vehicles
cross the bridge each day. Before the Harbour Tunnel was opened this figure
was as high as […………………] and would be much higher today if it were not
for the Tunnel. Pedestrians, horses and [……………………]are not allowed on
the bridge anymore.
Anne: Wow. The bridge actually carries that much?
George: Oh yes. Actually, before the Harbour Bridge opened, it was completely
packed with railway [……………………], trams and buses to stress test its load
bearing [……………………]. While it has had many traffic jams since and half a
million people walked across it on its […………………], it has probably never
been asked to carry that much of a load since.
Anne: Amazing. And I suppose the toll for crossing the bridge has changed a
bit too?
George: I’m afraid so!! The [……………………]toll charged for a car was 6
pence while a horse and rider was charged 3 pence. Today the toll
costs [……………………]but is only charged when travelling to the South as
an [……………………]measure to speed up traffic flow.
Section 3. You will hear 3 students discussing a survey they are

going to do
Phil Hi Mel. Hi Laura. Sorry I’m a bit late. I got held up by the bus. It just
didn’t come for ages.
Mel Don’t worry. You’re only a couple of minutes behind and we’ve only just
been chatting.

Laura Right then. We’re here to […………………] the survey that we’re going
to do. Mel, you said that you’d [………………]with Professor Donald Walker
what type of survey we were going to do.
Mel Yes. I spoke to Professor Walker two days ago and I told him that
the [……………………] that we were […………………]were a telephone survey,
a street survey and a mail survey. He thought that the phone one would be too
expensive for us and the [……………………]one would take too long so we
decided we should do the street one.
Phil I think that’s right. If we do the street one then we can get the whole
thing done in one day and we can get on with [……………………] the results.
Mel Yes, that’s right. Now, there are some other things that Professor Walker
wanted to know about. How big should the survey be?
Laura Well, the ideal figure for a survey such as this should be
about [……………] but that will take us about a month to get that many people
and we just don’t have that much time. On the other hand, if we just choose
100 people, the survey won’t be [……………]significant.
Phil So, what about something in the middle. What about [………………]?
Mel Still too many. That’ll take us ages. 400?
Laura Let’s split the difference and say 500.
Mel/Phil OK
Laura And how many questions? If there are too many we’ll just have the
same problem.
Mel Professor Walker said we should have no more than 10 or people

get […………………]. 10 then?
Phil I think even fewer. 8.

Laura I think 3 fewer again to make sure we can get the numbers
done […............].
Phil OK, I agree with that.
Mel I’m not sure but I [……………………]so.
Mel Now, Professor Walker asked where we were going to do the survey.
Laura Does he want to avoid that area then?
Mel Probably! Now we can either all stay together or split up and do
different […………………].
Laura Well, if we split up then I think we’ve got a better chance of getting
more people […………………].
Phil Yes. I agree with Laura.
Mel OK. Now, I made a list of the possible locations in Westley where we
could station [………………]. There’s the town square, at the [………………] to
the train station, at the University cafeteria, outside Dobbins [………………]
store, on the corner of the High Street and College road, the bus station and
the corner of the High Street and Wilkins Road. What do you think?
Phil I think the square is great but the people at the train station will
be [………………] and often in a hurry.
Laura I agree with all that and I think the bus station will have the same
problem as the train station.
Mel OK, that’s those two out then.
Laura I think the other ones in town were good too. The [………………]will
have too many students and that will create too great a bias to

our […………………]. We need a good cross section of the population and
anywhere too close to the university won’t give us that.
Phil Laura’s right. So, out of the other town ones, I think that the two on the
High Street corners are good.
Mel I don’t agree. The High Street corner with College Road will be good but
the corner with Wilkins Road is too far out. Not enough people will come by
there.
Laura Yes, Mel’s right there. We should use Dobbins […………………]store

instead.
Phil I can see your point. OK, that’s settled then. All three of us will
be [……………………]in town then but not the Wilkins Road position.
Section 4. You will hear part of a further education marine biology

lecture.
Good morning everyone and welcome to this further education lecture

on [……...……]biology. Today we are going to look at the ……………]. The
discovery of the coelacanth has been compared to finding a [……………]
walking around today over ……………] years after it went extinct.
The story began a few days before Christmas in [……………………] when the
first living coelacanth was discovered off the east coast of South Africa, at the
mouth of the Chalumna River. The fish was caught in a shark gill net
by [……………] Goosen and his crew who, recognising the [………………]
nature of their catch, alerted the local [……………]in the small South African
town of East London.
The Director of the East London Museum at the time was Miss Marjorie
Courtney-Latimer after whom the Coelacanth was eventually named. Miss
Courtney-Latimer offered bounties to [……………] for unfamiliar fish. It was
Miss Courtney-Latimer who alerted the […....……]South African […………]Dr
J.L.B. Smith, who initially identified the fish, and […………………]informed
the world about this amazing discovery. This first coelacanth led to the
discovery of the first documented population, off the remote Comoros Islands,

between the mainland of Africa and [……………]. For 60 years this was
presumed to be the only coelacanth population in [………………………].
Originally it was a concern that the Coelacanth might have a very limited range
and that [………………]along the Comoros Islands might wipe it out. However,
scientists were amazed when, on […………………], an American scientist
discovered a Coelacanth population in Indonesia. Dr. Mark Erdmann was on
a [……………] trip to the area investigating a coral reef research site when
he [……………] a strange fish being [………………] into the fish market. He
recognized the fish as a coelacanth and [………………]a picture before it was
sold.
Dr. Erdmann’s subsequent research [……………………]that the people from

Sulawesi had a name for it, raja, ‘king of the sea’. The Sulawesi coelacanth
colony is about [………………………………]east of where the Coelacanths were
previously known to occur in the Western Indian Ocean.
Both Sulawesi and Comoros coelacanths are quite different from all other
living fish. But perhaps the most interesting feature of the Coelacanth is that it
has paired, lobed fins, which move in a similar fashion to our arms and legs.
Coelacanths also have an extra [……………………] on their tail and
a [……………………] column that is not fully developed. They are the only
living animal to have a fully functional [……………………] joint, a division that
separates the ear and brain from the nasal organs and eye, and allows the front
part of the head to be [……………………]when the fish is feeding. The brown
Sulawesi coelacanth and the steel blue Comoros [……………] share these
unusual characteristics.
The discovery of the Coelacanth in 1938 is still considered to be

the [……………………]find of the century. This living fossil comes from a
lineage of fish that was thought to have been extinct since the time of the
dinosaurs. Coelacanths are known from the [……………………]record dating
back over [……………………] years, and peaked in abundance about 240
million years ago. Before 1938 they were believed to have become
extinct [………………] 80 million years ago, after [………………………]
disappearing from the fossil record.
How could the Coelacanth disappear for over 80 million years and then turn
up alive and well in the [………………]century? The answer seems to be that
fossil Coelacanths appeared to live in environments with clay [……………]with

plenty of [………………]activity. Modern coelacanths, both in the Comoros and
Sulawesi inhabit caves and […………]in vertical marine reefs, at
about [……………], environments not [……………]to fossil creation.
In 1991 scientists got a better understanding of the fish when the Comoros got
their independence from France and French [……………………] on research
were lifted. This allowed scientists to study the fish off the Comoros Islands. As
the animal hides in underwater caves some 300 to […………………] feet down
during the day and comes out at night to feed, diving is not an option and
previously only [………………]specimens had been available for study. But this
time the scientists had their own […………………] so they could study the
coelacanth in its natural habitat through [……………………].

Test 62
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 5
Complete the form below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD OR A

Oakham Surgery
New Patient Form
Example Answer
NEW PATIENT’S ROAD Dawson Road
FULL NAME Mike (1)………………………
WIFE’S FIRST NAME Janet

CHILDRENS’ FIRST NAMES 1st (2)…………………………
2nd
3rd
4th
ADDRESS 52 Dawson Road (3)………… Melbourne
HEALTH CARD NUMBER (4)………………………………
WIFE’S HEALTH CARD NUMBER will give later
PREFERRED DOCTOR SELECTED (5)………………………………
Questions 6 – 10
6. When is Mike’s wife’s first appointment?
A. Friday 21st at 2.00pm.
B. Friday 21st at 2.30pm.
C. Friday 21st at 3.30pm.
7. What is the surgery’s phone number?
A. 7253 9819
B. 7253 9829
C. 7523 9829

8. What is the name of the girl with whom Mike is speaking at the surgery?
A. Rachel
B. Elizabeth
C. Angela
9. What’s the night doctor’s mobile number?
A. 0506 759 3856
B. 0506 759 3857
C. 0506 758 3856
10. Which of the following does the surgery NOT make a charge for?
A. Travel vaccinations
B. Consultations
C. Insurance reports
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16

answer.
Notes on Library

Joining Library
You will need: A completed application form.
(11)................................
(12)................................
Two passport photos.
Opening Hours Library Reception 8am – 10om (13)…………………
9am – 5pm (- 6.30 on (14)…………………… (Mon-Sat: closed on Sundays)
Borrowing Undergraduates 4 books
Postgraduates (15) ………………………
Borrowing for 2 weeks + (16)………………………… books renewals (in person)

No renewals over phone
Late return penalty: £2 per week
Questions 17 – 20
Label the library layout below.
Ground Floor reception; (17)….………. bathrooms; (18)……………
First Floor (19)…………………… section
Second Floor Science Section
(20)………………… Stack System

SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 24

answer.
21. When will Simon begin writing his essay?
_______________________________
22. According to Simon, what kind of problems did Jaguar have in the 1970s
and 80s?
_______________________________
23. What is the word limit for the essay?
_______________________________
24. What is the preferable method for handing in the essay?
_______________________________
Questions 25 – 27
25. Jennifer wants to write about how ……………………………….. are used by

supermarkets.

26. Jennifer found some publications in the library ……………………………… to
help her analysis.
27. The tutor warned Jennifer about ……………………………………… in her work.
Questions 28 – 30
Complete the tutor’s summary notes on Melanie below.
Notes on Student Essays
Student Melanie needs an (28)…………………………………. as she has been unwell

with the flu. She will get a (29)…………………………… from the doctor. She’s
going to write about (30)……………………………. in the UK and their effect on
housing trends. She should be on track with the essay by the end of the
weekend.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 33
31. The Pacific is more prone to tsunami because…
A. it has many faults.
B. its faults undergo subduction.
C. its tectonic plates are bigger than elsewhere.
32. The biggest tsunami are usually created by…

A. undersea volcanic eruptions.
B. undersea earthquakes.
C. undersea landslides.
33. Tsunami are difficult to detect in deep water because of…
A. their wavelength.
B. their high speed.
C. their wave rate.
Questions 34 and 35
List the two ways which the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
has set up to detect tsunami.
34. _____________________________
35. _____________________________
Questions 36 – 40
When Happened Cause Deaths Caused Wave Height
1992 (36)…………… none 3 feet
Underwate
1992 none (37)…………
earthquake
1998 (38)…………… 1200 23 feet

Underwater
1998 3000 40 feet
volcanic eruption
Underwater
1896 (39)…………… 35 feet
earthquake
Underwater
8000 years ago (40)…………… 30 feet
landslide
Answer keys:
1. Jacobs
2. Rod
3. Highfield
4. NH 87 18 12 C
5. Dr (Kevin) White
6. A
7. B
8. C
9. A
10. B
11. 5 pound fee
12. University card
13. Daily
14. Friday(s)
15. 6
16. 1 week
17. Computers
18. Non-leading section
19. Arts
20. Basement
21. Tomorrow
22. Reliability
23. 4000 words
24. E-mail attachment

25. Market surveys
26. Stack system
27. Plagiarism/ using their conclusions
28. Extension
29. Doctor’s note/ certificate
30. Mortgage interest rates
31. B
32. B
33. A
34. Seismic detection system
35. Buoys (at sea)
36. Offshore landslide
37. No wave/ zero feet
38. Submarine earthquake
39. 26,000 people
40. None

receptionist on the subject of joining a surgery.
Mike (man) Hello. I’ve just moved to [………………………………]for a new job

and I’ve been [………………………………]to register with a new doctor for my
family and myself. I think that this [………………………………]is the nearest
one to where I live.
Recep. What’s the name of the road that you live in sir?
M: Dawson Road.

R: Yes. That’s in our area. Would you like to [………………………………]with
us now?
M: Yes please.
R: Right. I’ll just have to take some details. First of all, could you give me your
name?
M: It’s [………………………………]. J-A-C-O-B-S.
R: And your family?
M: My wife’s name is Janet and I have one little boy whose name is Rod.
R : Ron?
M: No, Rod. R-O-D.
R: Good, that’s fine. And what is your address here in Melbourne?
M: [………………………………], Highfield. Melbourne.
R: Highfield. H-I-G-H-F-I-E-L-D. Good. And I’ll need to know your health

card number.
M: It’s [………………………………]. What about my family?
R: Oh, only yours for now. Do you know the name of your old doctor?
M: It was Dr. Graham McKenzie in Perth.
R: Now, we’ve got 4 doctors here. There’s Dr. Susan Larkins, Dr. Kevin White,
Dr. James Nicholson and Dr. Linda Williams. Which one would you like to
register with?

M: Oh! I didn’t think of that. Well, I think I would like a man as my doctor. I’ll
go for the last one. Was that one a man?
R: No, that was Dr. Linda. How about Dr. Kevin?
M: Yes, that will be fine.
R: Right. Dr. White it is. Will that be the same for your family?
M: Oh yes. My wife might not want a man as her doctor. Well, we’ll leave it as
it is for now and my wife can change if she wants to.
M: I’d like to make an [………………………………]now for my wife. She wants

to come in at the end of the week.
R: How about this Friday morning? That’s [………………………]
M: Mmm, I don’t think she can make the morning. Any openings in the
afternoon?
R There are appointments available at 2.00, 2.30 and 3.30. M We’ll take the
first one please.
Ok. That’s done.
M: Oh. And what shall my wife do if she wants to [……………………] doctor?
R: She can just give us a call here. Do you want to take the number down?
M: Yes please.
R: It’s [………………]
M: Can you give me your name please?

R: My name’s Angela but there are two other girls who might be on duty as
well. Their names are Elizabeth and Rachel but it doesn’t matter who’s on
duty. Anyone can [………………………]of it.
M: Now what do we do if we need to call out a doctor during the night?
R: We’ve got a [……………………]system with the doctors in the area. There’s

a [………………………]you can call and that’ll get through to the doctor who’s
on duty.
M What’s that number?
R It’s [……………………] M Got that. I didn’t ask about any charges.
R Like all Australia, [………………………]have to be paid for at the chemist at

the […………………………]rate. Some things like [……………………] for travel
and insurance reports we make a standard charge for and I can give you a price
list for those. [……………………] though are under the National Health Service
so they’ll be free.
M Great. Well that’s all. Thanks and goodbye.
R Goodbye.
Section 2. You will hear a man giving a guide talk to new students
at a university library.
Good morning everyone. I’d like to welcome you all to Westley University
Library. This is a [………………………]tour around the library to show you all
the […………………………]and all you will need to know to start off your life
here as a student at the University. What I’ll start by doing is telling you about
what you need to do to join the [……………………]. Then I’ll […………………]
tell you about our facilities and then I’ll guide you quickly round and show you
everything.
So to join the Library you need to go to the [………………………] between the

hours of 9am and 5pm. After that the reception closes, though all the other

facilities will stay open until 10pm. At the reception they’ll give you
an [………………………]form. After you fill that in, you’ll have to give us the
fee of [………………………], which you have to give us every year that you’re a
member of the Library. We will also need to see your University Card
to [………………………] that you’re a student of the University and finally we’ll
need 2 [……………………] photos – 1 for our records and the other for your
Library card. You will need to do all this as soon as possible so you’ll be able to
use the facilities at once. I’m sure your [………………………]will begin to build
up soon!
Now, let me tell you a bit about the facilities. The Library opens daily from
8am to 10pm though, as I told you earlier, the Reception [……………………]
only between the hours of 9am and 5pm, although this is [……………………] to
6.30pm on Fridays to give students more time to organise their book
requirements for the weekend. The reception is closed on ……………………].
Undergraduate students are [……………………] to take out 4 books at any one
time and each book may be […………………] for a period of two
weeks. [………………………] may borrow 6 books at a time. Borrowing time
can be extended by a period of one week per book if the student comes into the
Library in person with the book in question so it can be […………………]. We
do not renew book borrowing over the phone. If you are late in returning any
book, then you will be charged a fine of [……………………] for every week that
you are late. You won’t be able to take out any other books until this fine is
paid. This is not a method of earning money for the Library but […....……]
what we have to do to [……………]that all students have access to all the books
that they will need.
Ok then. Onto the [………………………] of the library. We’re on the ground

floor of the library at the moment. Here we have the reception, the computers,
which you can use to search for books and their location, and
the [……………………], which are behind the reception. The rest of the ground
floor is taken up by the […………………] section of the library. Here we keep
all the books, which are either too [………………………] or are used too much
to lend out. You can [………………………] time with these books at reception
and use them during any time that the library is open but, of course, you may
not remove them from the Library.
On the first floor above us, we have the Arts section, which includes books that
students will need for such [………………………]as languages, literature, art
and history. On the second floor is the science […………………………]. We’ll

see these in a minute. Of course, […………………………] departments will
usually have their [………………………………] libraries in their buildings,
though the computer [………………………] here will list them so you know
where to find everything, whether it’s here or in the specialist libraries.
Finally, in the [……………………]we have the stack system, which contains the
University collection of magazines and journals that we have collected and to
which we subscribe.
If there is anything that we do not have or that you can’t find, please go to
reception and let them know the […………………………]. The University
operates a swap system with other universities and we can arrange for volumes
that we do not […………………………]to be sent here on a limited loan.
Well, those are the basic details about the University Library.
Section 3. You will hear tutor and 3 students discussing their work.
Tutor Good morning everyone. Well, in today’s tutorial we’re going

to [………………………] the essays that you have to […………………………] by
the end of next week. Some of you will have already started them, which is
good and if you haven’t, well that’s OK but you’ll have to get a move on. So,
let’s begin with you Simon. What’s happening with you?
Simon Well, I’ve made a start on it. I’ve [………………………………] the

background quite [………………………………] last weekend and I should get to
the writing [………………………………] tomorrow with a bit of luck and I’ll get
it finished at the weekend.
Tutor What are you writing about?
Simon I decided to look at the car [………………………………]company,

Jaguar, examine the problems they had with [………………………………]in the
1970s and 80s, how they dealt with it, and how it [………………………………]
their marketing and sales [………………………………].
Tutor That sounds pretty interesting. Any problems with that?

Simon At the start I had problems getting information from that far back, but
after rooting around in the library, I found some […………………………] which
gave me information and also gave me [………………………] to find other stuff.
It seems now the only problem is keeping to the [………………] limit. It just
seems that I have so much to write about. It seems I’ll need 5000 or even 6000
words to be able to cope.
Tutor Yes, your essay title seems to me to be very wide-ranging. Would you
think about cutting out part of it? How about looking at their sales and
marketing strategy but only [………........................…] the problems in
the […........................] and […...............…]and not going too far into it?
Simon That’s a good idea. That will make it much easier to handle. By the way,
how do you want us to hand in our work? Do you want us to drop in a hard
copy to your office?
Tutor You could do that but I’d prefer it if you just e-mailed it to me as
an […………………………]. You’ve all got my address. If not, give it to
the [……………………]clearly marked that it’s for me. Right, Jennifer, how
about you?
Jennifer I’ve not really got going on it yet but I’ve decided on a subject. I’ll try
and do some research during the rest of this week and I should get writing this
weekend.
Tutor OK, what are you writing about then?
Jennifer I want to look into how […………………]use market surveys to

develop their products.
Tutor Will you have enough time to find out what sort of things that the
supermarkets do? You won’t have much time for that.
Jennifer I should be OK. I’ve had a look in the […………………………]system

in the library and I’ve found a magazine that […………………]all the UK major
supermarkets and a trade […………………]that analysed the same things in
Canadian supermarkets.

Tutor Be careful about using their […………………]too much. The university
takes a tough stance on [……………………]. Make sure you properly list where
you get your information from in a [……………]and try and do your own
analysis. Get going too as that analysis will take a bit of time.
Jennifer OK, thanks.
Tutor And Melanie. How is your work going?
Melanie I’m a bit behind I’m afraid. I was sick all last week and weekend with
flu. I’ve got a subject I think but I’ve not done any work on it yet. Is there any
chance I can get an [……………………]to the submittal date?
Tutor The policy of the department is not to give any extensions unless there
are
extenuating […………………]. Do you have a doctor’s […………………]or

anything?
Melanie I went to the doctor’s but I didn’t get a note as I didn’t realise I would
need it. The doctor will have a record of me though as I got a […………………].
I’ll go back and get one.
Tutor Yes, do. If you get one, then there shouldn’t be a problem getting an
extension.
Without it though, you’ll be in trouble. What subject are you [……………]

anyway?
Melanie I thought I’d do an overview of the UK [……………………]interest

rates and their effect on housing sales trends over the last 10 years. I thought it
might be of interest because of the huge [………………………]of house prices
over the last decade.
Tutor Certainly an interesting subject and it should be no great problem

getting information as this has been [……………………]well documented. It’s a

lot of work again though and you’ll really need to get cracking on it even with
the [……………………]– if you get one.
Melanie Well, I’ve not got much on for the rest of the week and I’ve set aside
the weekend to really get to grips with it.
Tutor Good. Now, is there anything else?
Good afternoon and welcome to this Earth Sciences lecture. Today we’re going
to look at [……………………]; or more correctly, [……………………].
Deep below the ocean’s surface […………………] plates collide, and every once
in a while, these forces produce an [……………………]. The energy of
such [……………………]earthquakes can produce tidal waves, which radiate
out in all directions from the [………………………]of the quake, moving at
speeds of up to […………………] per hour. When these waves reach shore, they
can cause enormous […………………]and loss of life. Tidal waves are
actually […………………]. They are not caused by tides. A more accurate word
for them is the Japanese name tsunami, which means, […………………]. They
are also sometimes called [………………]sea waves, since they can be caused
by seismic disturbances such as submarine quakes. However, that name is not
really accurate either, since tsunami can also be caused by […………………],
volcanic [……………………], nuclear explosions, and even impacts of objects
from outer space, such as [……………………], asteroids, and […………………].
Earthquakes though are the largest cause of tsunami. Tectonic plates cover the
world’s surface and their movement can be detected anywhere in the world.
Some areas of the world are more [……………………]to greater movement,
and it is in these places that the largest waves can occur. Large [……………]
movements of the earth’s crust occur at plate [……………] which are known as
faults. The Pacific Ocean’s denser oceanic plates are often known to slip under
continental plates in a process known as [………………………], and subduction
earthquakes are the most effective in generating tsunamis.
A tsunami can be generated by any [……………………]that displaces a large

water mass from its [……………………] position. In the case of earthquake-
generated tsunamis, the water column is disturbed by the [……………………]

or subsidence of the sea floor. Submarine landslides, which often accompany
large earthquakes, as well as [………………………] of volcanic edifices, can
also [……………………]the overlying water column as sediment and rock
slump down, and are redistributed across the sea floor. [……………………]
volcanic eruptions can create an impulsive force that uplifts the water column
and generates a tsunami. Conversely, super marine landslides
and [……………………] impacts disturb the water from above, as momentum
from falling debris is transferred to the water into which the […………………]
falls. Generally speaking, tsunamis generated from these [………………………],
unlike the devastating Pacific-wide tsunamis caused by earthquakes, dissipate
quickly and rarely affect [……………………] distant from the source area.
Tsunamis are very hard to detect, since they cannot be seen when they are in
the deep ocean.
The distance between two wave crests can be [……………………]and, because

of this, the wave height is only a few feet. Because the rate at which a wave
loses its energy is […………………………]related to its [……………………],
tsunamis not only propagate at high speeds, they can also travel great,
transoceanic distances with limited energy losses. As the tsunami
reaches [……………………] water however, its speed decreases, but the energy
it contains remains about the same. Instead of travelling fast, the wave rises
high.
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration has set up a

seismic [……………………]system to monitor earthquakes and predict the
possible arrival of [……………………] for Pacific countries. Buoys at sea can
also detect [………………………] changes that can indicate tsunamis moving
through the ocean. But when tsunamis originate near the shore there is often
little chance to warn people.
Let’s look at some examples of tsunami and their causes and effects.
Some can be relatively harmless. In 1992 an [………………………] landslide

caused a tidal wave of only about three feet high that struck at low tide, so
Humboldt County, where it hit, got off easy with no [………………………].

On January 13th in 1992, a Pacific Ocean earthquake off the coast of
San [……………………], registering 7.6 on the Richter scale, did not cause any
ocean disturbance at all.
However, a recent tidal wave, which struck Papua New Guinea

on [………………………], was 23 feet high, and killed at least 1200 people. This
wave was caused by a magnitude 7.1 submarine earthquake.
On July 17, 1998 a Papua New Guinea tsunami killed roughly […………………]
A huge underwater volcanic [………………………] 15 miles offshore was
followed within 10 minutes by a wave some […………………] tall. The villages
of Arop and Warapu were destroyed.
One of the worst tsunami disasters engulfed whole villages along Sanriku,
Japan, in [………………………]. An underwater earthquake induced a wave
of […………………………]drowning some 26,000 people.
Finally, about […………………………]ago, a massive undersea landslide off the

coast of Norway sent a 30- foot wall of water [………………………] into the
uninhabited northern coast of Europe. If this were to recur today, as scientists
say it could, almost anywhere in the world, it would cost billions if not tens of
billions of dollars to repair the damage to […………………………] cities and
kill tens of thousands of people.
Any questions so far?

receptionist on the subject of joining a surgery.

Mike (man) Hello. I’ve just moved to […………………………]for a new job and
I’ve been […………………………]to register with a new doctor for my family
and myself. I think that this [………………………]is the nearest one to where I
live.
Recep. What’s the name of the road that you live in sir?
M: Dawson Road.
R: Yes. That’s in our area. Would you like to […………………]with us now?
M: Yes please.
R: Right. I’ll just have to take some details. First of all, could you give me your
name?
M: It’s [……………………]. J-A-C-O-B-S.
R: And your family?
M: My wife’s name is Janet and I have one little boy whose name is Rod.
R: Ron?
M: No, Rod. R-O-D.
R: Good, that’s fine. And what is your address here in Melbourne?
M: [………………………………], Highfield. Melbourne.
R: Highfield. H-I-G-H-F-I-E-L-D. Good. And I’ll need to know your health

card number.
M: It’s [………………………………]. What about my family?

R: Oh, only yours for now. Do you know the name of your old doctor?
M: It was Dr. Graham McKenzie in Perth.
R: Now, we’ve got 4 doctors here. There’s Dr. Susan Larkins, Dr. Kevin White,
Dr. James Nicholson and Dr. Linda Williams. Which one would you like to
register with?
M: Oh! I didn’t think of that. Well, I think I would like a man as my doctor. I’ll
go for the last one. Was that one a man?
R: No, that was Dr. Linda. How about Dr. Kevin?
M: Yes, that will be fine.
R: Right. Dr. White it is. Will that be the same for your family?
M: Oh yes. My wife might not want a man as her doctor. Well, we’ll leave it as
it is for now and my wife can change if she wants to.
M: I’d like to make an [………………………………]now for my wife. She wants

to come in at the end of the week.
R: How about this Friday morning? That’s [……………………]
M: Mmm, I don’t think she can make the morning. Any openings in the
afternoon?
R: There are appointments available at 2.00, 2.30 and 3.30. M We’ll take the
first one please.
Ok. That’s done.
M: Oh. And what shall my wife do if she wants to [………………] doctor?

R: She can just give us a call here. Do you want to take the number down?
M: Yes please.
R: It’s [……………………]
M: Can you give me your name please?
R: My name’s Angela but there are two other girls who might be on duty as
well. Their names are Elizabeth and Rachel but it doesn’t matter who’s on
duty. Anyone can […………………] of it.
M: Now what do we do if we need to call out a doctor during the night?
R: We’ve got a [………………] system with the doctors in the area. There’s
a [………………] you can call and that’ll get through to the doctor who’s on
duty.
M: What’s that number?
R: It’s [………………………]M Got that. I didn’t ask about any charges.
R: Like all Australia, [……………………]have to be paid for at the chemist at

the [……………………]rate. Some things like [……………………] for travel and
insurance reports we make a standard charge for and I can give you a price list
for those. […………………] though are under the National Health Service so
they’ll be free.
M: Great. Well that’s all. Thanks and goodbye.
R: Goodbye.
Section 2. You will hear a man giving a guide talk to new students
at a university library.

Good morning everyone. I’d like to welcome you all to Westley University
Library. This is a [……………………] tour around the library to show you all
the [……………………] and all you will need to know to start off your life here
as a student at the University. What I’ll start by doing is telling you about what
you need to do to join the [……………………]. Then I’ll [………………………]
tell you about our facilities and then I’ll guide you quickly round and show you
everything.
So to join the Library you need to go to the [……………………] between the

hours of 9am and 5pm. After that the reception closes, though all the other
facilities will stay open until 10pm. At the reception they’ll give you
an [………………………]form. After you fill that in, you’ll have to give us the
fee of [……………………], which you have to give us every year that you’re a
member of the Library. We will also need to see your University Card
to […………………]that you’re a student of the University and finally we’ll
need 2 […………………] photos – 1 for our records and the other for your
Library card. You will need to do all this as soon as possible so you’ll be able to
use the facilities at once. I’m sure your [………………] will begin to build up
soon!
Now, let me tell you a bit about the facilities. The Library opens daily from
8am to 10pm though, as I told you earlier, the Reception […………………]only
between the hours of 9am and 5pm, although this is [……………………]to
6.30pm on Fridays to give students more time to organise their book
requirements for the weekend. The reception is closed on […………………].
Undergraduate students are […………………]to take out 4 books at any one
time and each book may be […………………] for a period of two
weeks. […………………] may borrow 6 books at a time. Borrowing time can be
extended by a period of one week per book if the student comes into the
Library in person with the book in question so it can be [………………]. We do
not renew book borrowing over the phone. If you are late in returning any
book, then you will be charged a fine of [………………] for every week that you
are late. You won’t be able to take out any other books until this fine is paid.
This is not a method of earning money for the Library but [……………] what
we have to do to [………………] that all students have access to all the books
that they will need.
Ok then. Onto the […………………]of the library. We’re on the ground floor of
the library at the moment. Here we have the reception, the computers, which
you can use to search for books and their location, and the [………………],

which are behind the reception. The rest of the ground floor is taken up by
the [……………………]section of the library. Here we keep all the books, which
are either too [……………………]or are used too much to lend out. You
can [……………………]time with these books at reception and use them during
any time that the library is open but, of course, you may not remove them from
the Library.
On the first floor above us, we have the Arts section, which includes books that
students will need for such [………………………………]as languages, literature,
art and history. On the second floor is the science [……………………]. We’ll see
these in a minute. Of course, […………]departments will usually have
their [………......] ibraries in their buildings, though the computer […………]
here will list them so you know where to find everything, whether it’s here or
in the specialist libraries.
Finally, in the [………………]we have the stack system, which contains the
University collection of magazines and journals that we have collected and to
which we subscribe.
If there is anything that we do not have or that you can’t find, please go to
reception and let them know the [……………………]. The University operates a
swap system with other universities and we can arrange for volumes that we do
not […………………]to be sent here on a limited loan.
Well, those are the basic details about the University Library.
Section 3. You will hear tutor and 3 students discussing their work.
Tutor Good morning everyone. Well, in today’s tutorial we’re going

to [……………………]the essays that you have to [………………………]by the
end of next week. Some of you will have already started them, which is good
and if you haven’t, well that’s OK but you’ll have to get a move on. So, let’s
begin with you Simon. What’s happening with you?
Simon Well, I’ve made a start on it. I’ve [……………] the background
quite [………………] last weekend and I should get to the writing [……………]
tomorrow with a bit of luck and I’ll get it finished at the weekend.

Tutor What are you writing about?
Simon I decided to look at the car [………………………………]company,

Jaguar, examine the problems they had with […………………………]in the
1970s and 80s, how they dealt with it, and how it [………………………]their
marketing and sales [……………………].
Tutor That sounds pretty interesting. Any problems with that?
Simon At the start I had problems getting information from that far back, but
after rooting around in the library, I found some [………………………]which
gave me information and also gave me [………………………]to find other stuff.
It seems now the only problem is keeping to the [………………………] limit. It
just seems that I have so much to write about. It seems I’ll need 5000 or even
6000 words to be able to cope.
Tutor Yes, your essay title seems to me to be very wide-ranging. Would you
think about cutting out part of it? How about looking at their sales and
marketing strategy but only [……………………………]the problems in
the [………………………] and [………………………]and not going too far into
it?
Simon That’s a good idea. That will make it much easier to handle. By the way,
how do you want us to hand in our work? Do you want us to drop in a hard
copy to your office?
Tutor You could do that but I’d prefer it if you just e-mailed it to me as
an [………………………………]. You’ve all got my address. If not, give it to
the [………………………] clearly marked that it’s for me. Right, Jennifer, how
about you?
Jennifer I’ve not really got going on it yet but I’ve decided on a subject. I’ll try
and do some research during the rest of this week and I should get writing this
weekend.
Tutor OK, what are you writing about then?

Jennifer I want to look into how [………………………] use market surveys to
develop their products.
Tutor Will you have enough time to find out what sort of things that the
supermarkets do? You won’t have much time for that.
Jennifer I should be OK. I’ve had a look in the [………………………]system in

the library and I’ve found a magazine that [………………………………]all the
UK major supermarkets and a trade [………………………………]that analysed
the same things in Canadian supermarkets.
Tutor Be careful about using their [……………………] too much. The

university takes a tough stance on [……………………]. Make sure you properly
list where you get your information from in a [………………………………]and
try and do your own analysis. Get going too as that analysis will take a bit of
time.
Jennifer OK, thanks.
Tutor And Melanie. How is your work going?
Melanie I’m a bit behind I’m afraid. I was sick all last week and weekend with
flu. I’ve got a subject I think but I’ve not done any work on it yet. Is there any
chance I can get an [……………………………] to the submittal date?
Tutor The policy of the department is not to give any extensions unless there
are
extenuating […………………]. Do you have a doctor’s [………………………]or

anything?
Melanie I went to the doctor’s but I didn’t get a note as I didn’t realise I would
need it. The doctor will have a record of me though as I got a […………………].
I’ll go back and get one.
Tutor Yes, do. If you get one, then there shouldn’t be a problem getting an
extension.

Without it though, you’ll be in trouble. What subject are you [……………]
anyway?
Melanie I thought I’d do an overview of the UK [………………………]interest

rates and their effect on housing sales trends over the last 10 years. I thought it
might be of interest because of the huge [……………………]of house prices
over the last decade.
Tutor Certainly an interesting subject and it should be no great problem

getting information as this has been […………………]well documented. It’s a
lot of work again though and you’ll really need to get cracking on it even with
the [……………………]– if you get one.
Melanie Well, I’ve not got much on for the rest of the week and I’ve set aside
the weekend to really get to grips with it.
Tutor Good. Now, is there anything else?
Good afternoon and welcome to this Earth Sciences lecture. Today we’re going
to look at [……………………]; or more correctly, [……………………].
Deep below the ocean’s surface [………………………]plates collide, and every

once in a while, these forces produce an [………………………]. The energy of
such [……………………]earthquakes can produce tidal waves, which radiate
out in all directions from the […………………………]of the quake, moving at
speeds of up to [………………………] per hour. When these waves reach shore,
they can cause enormous [……………………]and loss of life. Tidal waves are
actually [………………………]. They are not caused by tides. A more accurate
word for them is the Japanese name tsunami, which means, [………………].
They are also sometimes called [……………………]sea waves, since they can be
caused by seismic disturbances such as submarine quakes. However, that
name is not really accurate either, since tsunami can also be caused
by [……………………], volcanic […………………], nuclear explosions, and even
impacts of objects from outer space, such as […………………], asteroids,
and [……………………].

Earthquakes though are the largest cause of tsunami. Tectonic plates cover the
world’s surface and their movement can be detected anywhere in the world.
Some areas of the world are more [………………]to greater movement, and it is
in these places that the largest waves can occur. Large [……………]
movements of the earth’s crust occur at plate [………………] which are known
as faults. The Pacific Ocean’s denser oceanic plates are often known to slip
under continental plates in a process known as [……………………], and
subduction earthquakes are the most effective in generating tsunamis.
A tsunami can be generated by any [……………………]that displaces a large

water mass from its […………………] position. In the case of earthquake-
generated tsunamis, the water column is disturbed by the [………………]or
subsidence of the sea floor. Submarine landslides, which often accompany
large earthquakes, as well as [………………]of volcanic edifices, can
also […………………]the overlying water column as sediment and rock slump
down, and are redistributed across the sea floor. […………………] volcanic
eruptions can create an impulsive force that uplifts the water column and
generates a tsunami. Conversely, super marine landslides
and […………………]impacts disturb the water from above, as momentum
from falling debris is transferred to the water into which the […………………]
falls. Generally speaking, tsunamis generated from these […………………],
unlike the devastating Pacific-wide tsunamis caused by earthquakes, dissipate
quickly and rarely affect [……………………]distant from the source area.
Tsunamis are very hard to detect, since they cannot be seen when they are in
the deep ocean.
The distance between two wave crests can be [……………………]and, because

of this, the wave height is only a few feet. Because the rate at which a wave
loses its energy is [………………]related to its […………………], tsunamis not
only propagate at high speeds, they can also travel great, transoceanic
distances with limited energy losses. As the tsunami reaches […………………]
water however, its speed decreases, but the energy it contains remains about
the same. Instead of travelling fast, the wave rises high.
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration has set up a

seismic [………………………]system to monitor earthquakes and predict the
possible arrival of [………………………] for Pacific countries. Buoys at sea can
also detect [………………………] changes that can indicate tsunamis moving

through the ocean. But when tsunamis originate near the shore there is often
little chance to warn people.
Let’s look at some examples of tsunami and their causes and effects.
Some can be relatively harmless. In 1992 an [………………………]landslide

caused a tidal wave of only about three feet high that struck at low tide, so
Humboldt County, where it hit, got off easy with no [……………………].
On January 13th in 1992, a Pacific Ocean earthquake off the coast of

San […………………], registering 7.6 on the Richter scale, did not cause any
ocean disturbance at all.
However, a recent tidal wave, which struck Papua New Guinea

on […………………], was 23 feet high, and killed at least 1200 people. This
wave was caused by a magnitude 7.1 submarine earthquake.
On July 17, 1998 a Papua New Guinea tsunami killed roughly [………………] A
huge underwater volcanic [………………]15 miles offshore was followed within
10 minutes by a wave some [………………] tall. The villages of Arop and
Warapu were destroyed.
One of the worst tsunami disasters engulfed whole villages along Sanriku,
Japan, in [………………………]. An underwater earthquake induced a wave
of [………………………]drowning some 26,000 people.
Finally, about […………………]ago, a massive undersea landslide off the coast

of Norway sent a 30- foot wall of water [……………………]into the uninhabited
northern coast of Europe. If this were to recur today, as scientists say it could,
almost anywhere in the world, it would cost billions if not tens of billions of
dollars to repair the damage to [……………………]cities and kill tens of
thousands of people.

Test 63
SECTION 1
Questions 1-5
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD OR A NUMBER for each answer.
WESTLEY PUBLIC LIBRARY
MEMBERSHIP APPLICATION FORM
FIRST NAME Peter
ADDRESS Flat 5
53 (1)……………………………..
Finsbury
POSTCODE (2)……………………………
DATE OF BIRTH 8th July (3)…………………
HOME TEL None
MOBILE TEL (4)………………………….…
PROOF OF RESIDENCE PROVIDED (5)……………………….……

Questions 6 – 8
Circle THREE letters A – F.
What type of books does Peter like?
A. Wildlife books
B. Romance books
C. Travel books
D. Historical novels
E. Science Fiction novels
F. Mystery books
Question 9 – 10
Question 9 – 10

answer.
9. How much does it cost to join the library?
____________________________________
10. How much does it cost to rent a DVD?
____________________________________

SECTION 2
Questions 11 -14
List FOUR reasons given for people needing blood transfusions.

answer.
Write your answers in boxes 11 -14 on your answer sheet.
11 __________________________________
12 __________________________________
13 __________________________________
14 __________________________________
Questions 15-20
Complete the 2 sets of notes below.

answer.
Blood
Types of Blood O, A, B + AB
Component Parts

PART USED FOR
red blood cells (15)…………………………… to cells
white blood cells help patients’ (16)………………….
Platelets blood clotting
Plasma (17)……….... the other blood parts
GIVING BLOOD
DAYS Wednesday + next 2 days
WHERE Westley General Hospital. (18……….Department
WHEN Between 9.00am and (19)………………..
MUST be healthy be (20) .................or over weigh

more than 110 pounds, have had no tattoos this year, not have donated blood
within past 56 days
SECTION 3
Question 21-27

answer.

Computer Labs
The 4 labs below can be used by undergraduates. Other computer labs can only
be used by postgraduates and (21)…………………………………
Lab Locations Wimborne Johnson Building
Franklin Computer Sciences Building
Salisbury (22)………………………………
Court Johnson Building
Reservations (23)……………. a day unless computers are free
Write reservation in book (24)…………………… ….
(Penalty for erasing someone else’s reservation – 1 year ban)
User Name jamessmith2
Password (25)……………………………………
Printing Pick up print outs from (26)……………………………….. in

Franklin
Costs (27)……………………………
Questions 28 – 30
28. The introductory computer course that James decides to take is…
A. beginner.

B. intermediate.
C. advanced.
29. The computer laboratory for James’ introductory computer course is in…
A. Wimborne
B. Franklin
C. Court
30. James will take his introductory computer course…
A. on Thursday at 2.00pm.
B. on Tuesday at 4.30pm.
C. on Tuesday at 5.00pm

Test 64
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 6
1. Mr. Griffin has been to the Sunrise Hotel…..

A. once previously.
B. twice previously.
C. three times previously.
2. Mr. Griffin is from…
A. Melbourne.
B. Sydney.
C. Perth.
3. Mr. Griffin’s passport number is…
A. 87647489.
B. 87637289.
C. 87637489.
4. Mr. Griffin wants to book…
A. a single room for 2 nights.
B. a double room for 2 nights.
C. a single room for 1 night.
5. Mr. Griffin will arrive at the Sunrise Hotel at..
A. 9.15 pm.

B. 10.00 pm.
C. 9.35 pm.
6. When he gets to the Sunrise Hotel. The food Mr. Griffin will find in his room
will be…
A. a cheese sandwich with fries.
6. a cheese sandwich.
C. a burger.
Questions 7-10

answer.
7. What number room will Mr. Griffin be in at the Sunrise Hotel?
___________________________________________
8. How much will Mr. Griffin pay per night at the Sunrise Hotel?
$__________________________________________
9. Who will take Mr. Griffin’s food to his room?
___________________________________________
10 How much will Mr. Griffin pay for his food?
$__________________________________________

ECTION 2
Question 11 – 15
Complete the descriptions below.
Below are descriptions that Police have released for the two men wanted in
connection with the robbery at the local jewellery store, Nicholls.
Man 1
Height (11)…………………
Build Slight
Hair Dark
Face Small moustache
Age Early 20s
Clothing Blue jeans
White t-shirt
(12)…………………
Motorbike helmet
Man 2
Height 5 foot 8
Build (13)………………….

Hair Red
Face (14)………………….
Age (15)
Clothing Dark blue sweater
Black jeans
Motorbike helmet
Questions 16 – 20
CompTec blamed the job losses on reduced sales and (16)…………………………...
The airport route expansion will result in a (17)……………………………of new

jobs.
The Oakley Woods development project was opposed by local residents and
local (18)……………. George Finchly, the Westley (19)……………………………, gave
the news to the media.
East Moors CC will play their final on Sunday (20)……………………....….. August.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
Complete the admission tutor’s notes below.

ADMISSION TUTOR’S NOTES
Student’s Name Robert Johnson
Subject to study (21)………………………………….
Why this subject Always interested Father’s field
At school, good at mathematics and (22)……………………..….
Gap year Worked and travelled in Australia and New Zealand
Jobs during Gap Year (23)……........................
Pub work (24)…………………………
Building site
Why Westley University Department has (25)…………….......
Graduates from Westley get jobs in industry quickly
Near Snowdonia for (26)…………….
Likes football – Westley has lots of teams
Questions 27 – 30
Complete Robert’s notes below
ROBERT JOHNSON’S NOTES

Type of Course (27)…………………………………………… (3rd year in industry)
Assessment Year 1 5 exams
Year 2 (28)………………………………………
Year 3 No assessment
Year 4 Dissertation of (29)…………………
8 final exams during (30)…………
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 33
31. The lecture will be useful for any students who are writing
____________________________
32. Modernised countries are described by the speaker as now being

__________________________
33. The size of a sample depends on the _________________________

required.
Questions 34 – 40

Survey Size
Depends on statistical quality needed and total population size
A 1000 individual survey can reflect the total population
Types of Survey:
(34)……………………………… Not good for decent

Mail
Good for particular groups response rate
Good for when time and

Telephone (35)…………………………..
survey length are limited
Good for collecting Can mean lots of

In-Person
complex information (36)……………………………
Street Interview (37)…………………………… Not scientific sampling
Survey Content
Questions can ask about: opinions and attitudes factual characteristics or

behaviour
Questions can be open-ended or (38)………………………………….
Questions can be from 5 mins long to 1 hours +
Survey can be (39)……………………………………. interviewees can be questioned

on 2 or more occasions

Ethics
Results must not be used commercially
Individuals should not be mentioned
Results should be in (40)…………………..................ie. statistical tables or charts
Answer key:
1. B
2. B
3. C
4. A
5. B
6. B
7. 34
8. $100
9. Room service
10.$9
11. (About) 6 foot
12. (A) black leather jacket
13. Fat
14. Clean shaven
15. Early 20s
16. Increased competition
17. Significant number
18. Environmental groups
19. Mayor
20. 30th
21. Civil engineering
22. Physics
23. Delivered furniture/ furniture delivery
24. Hotel work

25. (A very) good reputation
26. Hiking/mountaineering
27.Sandwich
28. 5 exams
29. 15,000 words minimum
30. June
31. Dissertaitons and theses
32. Information societies
33. Statistical quality
34. Low in cost/cheap
35. Expensive/ the cost
36. Travelling (around)
37.Easy
38. Closed
39. Panel design
40. (Completely) anoymous summaries
Section 1. You will hear a telephone conversation between a man

and a woman discussing a hotel reservation.
Barbara Sunrise Hotel. Good Morning. Barbara speaking.
Man: Hello. My name is John Griffin. I’d like to make a […………………] for
tonight please. Are there any rooms still […………………]?
Barbara: Yes, there are a few left. What were you wanting?
John: Well, I’m on a business trip so I only need a [………………………].

Barbara: I don’t think that will be a problem. Let’s look. Yes…. There’s 1 single
room left. Shall I […………………] it for you?
John: Yes please. That would be great.
Barbara: Right then. Let me get a pen. So, what’s your name again please?
John: […………………]. That’s J-O-H-N G-R-I-F-F-I-N.
Barbara: OK. I’ve got that down. Wait a minute. You’ve been here before,
haven’t you?
John: Yes, that’s right. I’ve stayed with you twice before.
Barbara: Well, we should have your [……………………] already. Let’s look at

the cards. Here we are. So, John Griffin… from Sydney, right?
John: Yes, that’s right.
Barbara: So, tell me if I’m wrong. John Griffin, passport number [……………].
Age 30.
John: Yes, that’s right.
Barbara: So, it’s a single room for 2 nights. Is your […………………] number
the same to confirm the booking?
John: Yes, it’s the same, but I’ll want you to forward the bill to my company
again, if that’s OK?
Barbara: Oh yes, Mr. Griffin. That’s no problem at all. Your company have
always [………………]very […………………] in the past. And, what time can we
expect you tonight Mr. Griffin?
John : Well, the plane lands at [……………………]so by the time I get through
the formalities. That should take about [………………………]I should be at

your place at 10.00. Will the restaurant still be open at that time as I’ll be
hungry – I hate plane food!
Barbara I’m afraid it’ll be closed by then Mr. Griffin. Can I […………………]
some snacks to be left in your room? A [………………]? Fries? Sandwiches?
John: Yes, that would be great. How about a cheese sandwich with fries?
Barbara: No problem sir. I’ll see to that. Oh the fries might be cold when you
get in.
John: Ah yes. Just the [……………………] then.
Barbara: No problem. Anything else Mr. Griffin.
John: No, that’s all. Thank you. See you tonight.
Barbara: See you tonight Mr. Griffin. Goodbye.
John: Goodbye.
Barbara : Oh, Mark, That was Mr. Griffin. You know that nice man
from […….........…] who’s been here a couple of times before. He’s booked a
single room for 2 nights from tonight.
Mark Ah good. Wait a moment which room have you put him in?
Barbara Err. I put him in number [……………………]. Is that OK?
Mark I think so. Let me just [……………………]. Oh blast. There was a

booking earlier this morning. All the singles are now gone.
Barbara Oh dear. I’m so sorry. I didn’t [………………………].

Mark Don’t worry it’s not a problem. We’ll stick him in number 34. It’s a
double room but it shouldn’t matter.
Barbara What about the price? The double is [……………………] a night and
he’s going to be expecting $100 a night for the single.
Mark Well, we don’t want to upset him. We want him to come back. Make a
note that we’ll give him the single rate and he’s got a free [……………………].
Barbara I’m so sorry Mark. I should have let him know that there weren’t any
singles left.
Mark No, it’s not your [………………………]. I took the booking earlier but
the computers were down. I
should have made a note of the booking so that everyone knew. It’s my fault.
Barbara Mr. Griffin has ordered a cheese sandwich to be left I his room too as
the […………………] will be closed when he gets in.
Mark That’s no problem. Just leave a [……………………] for my wife in the

order book there. She’ll make sure that it’s […………………] by the kitchen
staff and then room service can take it to his room just before he [……....……].
Barbara How much shall I [………………………] him for the sandwich?
Mark What is it again. Ah yes cheese. Erm… well beef and chicken are
both […………………] and salad is $8. Just make it $9. That should be OK.
Barbara OK. Thanks Mark.
Section 2. You will hear a news broadcast on a radio station.

Good morning and welcome to […………………], your local radio
news […………………] for the Westley area. And here are your [………………]
for this morning.
More news from the police into the [……………………] robbery that occurred
last Tuesday in the centre of town.
CompTec, the local computer hardware […………………] has announced that

it must cut 40 jobs.
New routes open up at the Westley International Airport.
Plans for the […………] of the Oakley Woods have been […………].
A local cricket team make it to the regional finals.
And, get set for a heat wave.
First of all, police have released 2 […………………] for the two men wanted in
connection with the [………………] at the local jewellery store, Nicholls, in the
centre of town last Tuesday. At 9am, just when the store was opening, 2
men [………………] through the door and demanded bags to be filled up with
jewellery. Although the 2 men were armed with […………………] bats,
the [………………] bravely attacked them and beat them off. Although the 2
men had motorcycle […………………] on, these were knocked off during the
scuffle and the shopkeepers were able to get a good look at them.
The first man is said to be about [……………………] in height, slight build,

dark hair and a small [……………………]. He was wearing blue jeans, a
white [………………………]and a black leather jacket. The 2nd man is much
shorter – around [……………………]– with a fat build and red hair and clean-
[………………………]. He was wearing a dark blue sweater and black jeans.
They are both probably in their early 20s. The police hope
to [……………………] photo fit pictures later today. The public are urged to
call Westley police if they think they [……………………] either of the 2 men.
CompTec last night [……………………] that they must release 40 workers.

This was [……………] on a downturn in sales and increased [………………].

The jobs to be lost will be a mixture of early [……………………]offerings and a
spread from all departments in the company.
Westley International Airport has been [……………………] by CheapAir, the

new low cost carrier, 4 new routes into Europe. The new routes will be into 4
European countries though the details have not yet been [……………………].
When the deals have been finalised, this will lead to a [……………………]
number of jobs.
Environmentalists were delighted this morning by the news that plans by the
local council to develop the Oakley Woods area have been shelved. The Woods
were to have been developed into a shopping area but opposition from
local [………………] and local environmental groups has led to a turn around
by the local [……………] and they will now look for an […………………]site.
Westley Green, a local [……………………] group, says they
are [………………………] that the council has bowed to the wishes of people in
the area. Mr. George Finchly, mayor of Westley, made the [……………………]
and said that the committee responsible took all available information into
account before taking the [………………………] and he hopes that Westley
residents are happy that the local council are [……………………] to their
wishes when making decisions.
East Moors CC, a local league [……………………] has made it to the finals of
the Sunday league knockout cricket competition. They will play the final at
home on [……………………] against Newbury CC. Go along and support if
you’re around that day, as you’ll be assured a great Sunday afternoon’s sport.
And finally, get set for a heat wave for the [……………………] of the month of
August. Weather [……………………] have assured us that we will have 3 weeks
of unbroken [……………………] till the end of the month. Great news, but
those of us who are experienced with the British weather will most likely greet
this news with, “let’s wait and see!”
Section 3. You will hear an admissions tutor at a university

interviewing a prospective student.
Interviewer Hello there. It’s Robert Johnson, isn’t it?
Robert Yes, that’s right.

Interviewer First of all, thanks for coming to this [……………………] and
thanks for applying to the engineering [………………………] of Westley
University. This is a fairly informal interview where I just get to know you and
find out what kind of person you are. There won’t be any [……………]
questions as we’ve got all your education [……………]from your application
form.
Robert Oh that’s good. (laughs)
Interviewer Now I know you have […………] to us to study Civil Engineering

so can you tell me why you chose this field?
Robert It’s a mixture of reasons really. First of all I’ve always been […………]
by building things. Whenever the family was on holiday, I would always be
interested in the [………………] and all that. My father is a civil engineer too so
he’d always be able to explain things, and it was he,
I suppose, who really […………………] my interest in these things. I’m lucky as

well because my best subjects at school were maths and physics, which are the
ones that are of […………………] use for engineering.
Interviewer So, you’ll be keeping it in the family then?
Robert Yes. My brother wants to do the same thing as well so you’ll probably
get an […………………] from him in another two years!
Interviewer Great! Now then. I notice from your application form that you
took a year off between school and [………………………]. What did you do
during this year?
Robert Well, I’d like to say that I got plenty of work [……………………] but
what I did was travel. I went over to Australia for the year and spent the time
travelling and working all around the country. At the end I went to New
Zealand and travelled around there for a couple of months.
Interviewer What kind of work did you do out there?

Robert It was fairly […………………] stuff. I delivered furniture, worked in a
pub, worked in a hotel and worked on a building site for a couple of months
too.
Interviewer Working on a building site must have been some good experience
for engineering?
Robert I suppose so. I mean it was interesting to see the [……………………]

side of things and a good engineer has to get his hands dirty my father says.
Interviewer He’s absolutely right as well. Now, why did you choose Westley
University to study Civil Engineering?
Robert Well, first of all I know that the department has a very
good […………………] in this field and, before applying, I […………………] the
stats and saw that the percentage of graduates going straight into industry was
very good.
Interviewer Yes, we’re very proud of that.
Robert I’m also very interested in [……………………]and your campus here in

the Midlands is within reasonable [……………………]of Snowdonia so I’ll be
able to go hiking at weekends when work allows it.
Interviewer That’s good. It’s very important for students to have

interests […………………] of their studies. It helps deal with the stress.
Robert I also play a lot of football and the University runs quite a few teams in
the local
leagues so I’d like to get into that.
Interviewer Is there anything you’d like to ask me about the course?
Robert Yes. The information in the prospectus wasn’t very clear

about […………………]. How will I be assessed over the four years of the
course?

Interviewer Well, as it’s a [……………………] you will be working in industry
for the third year and there won’t be any exams for that year. In the first year
you will have exams at the end of May. You’ll probably have 5 papers to sit
then. The second year is [……………………] to the first year. You have to pass
the exams in these years but they won’t actually be part of your degree. In the
fourth year you will have to write a [………………………] of a minimum
of [………………] and most people use their time in the 3rd year when they’re
working to use as a basis for their dissertation. So, the 3rd year can be spent
doing the hard work for the dissertation, leaving the fourth year to polish it,
and study for your finals.
Robert What will I have to do for the finals?
Interviewer There will be eight papers in all during June and these will be
based on work done throughout the [……………………] course. It’s hard and
a […………………] time but students usually cope with it. Anything else?
Robert Yes, I’d like to ask about …
Section 4. You will hear part of a research methods lecture.
Good afternoon ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to this [……………………]

lecture on research methods. This lecture is not aimed [……………………]at
one particular course but is a general lecture that will be relevant to any
student who must [……………………] research into a topic for his or her
course. For most of you, this will be the research that you need to do in order
to write your [……………………] and theses.
It has been said that first world [……………………] are no longer industrial
societies but information societies. That is, our major problems and tasks no
longer mainly centre on the production of goods and services necessary
for […………………] and comfort, but rather [……………………] a prompt
and [……………………] flow of information on [……………………], needs and
behaviour. This is why surveys today are [………………………] with so much
importance.

What, then, is a survey? Today the word survey is used most often to [….....…]
a method of gathering information from a sample of […......……]. This way,
the results can be projected from the sample to the larger population.
An important consideration to take at the start is to decide how large a survey

to […………………]. The sample size required for a survey partly depends on
the […………………] quality needed and the size of the total population of the
area in question. Even so, there is no simple rule for sample size that can be
used for all […………]. Analysts, though, often find that a [……………]sample
size is sufficient statistically and […………]. A properly selected sample of
only [……….…]can reflect various characteristics of the total population but it
is not always needed to sample the entire population for your needs.
I’d like now to look at some of the types of survey available to us and
the [………………]here will be on methods for [……………………] individuals
and companies. Mail, telephone interview, and in-person interview surveys are
the most [……………………] ways for doing this. The latter can be in offices,
homes or on the street.
Mail surveys can be […………………]low in cost. A [………………]response

rate though is the major problem. Mail surveys can be most effective when
directed at particular groups, such as subscribers to a [……………………]
magazine or members of a professional association.
Telephone interviews are an [………………………]method of collecting some

types of data and are being used [………………………]. They lend themselves
particularly well to […………………]where [………………………]is a factor and
the length of the survey is limited. For students such as you though, cost will
be an issue.
In-person interviews in a […………..] home or office are good when […………]

information is to be collected. It could involve a great deal of travelling around
though. Street interviews could also be useful as they are easy but the sampling
is not very scientific.
We also need to the look at the content of our surveys. Surveys can focus on
opinions and […………....…] or on factual characteristics or [……………].
Many surveys combine types of question. Questions may be open-ended such
as: “Why do you feel that way?” or closed such as:

“Do you […………………]or […………………]?” The questionnaire may be very
brief — a few questions, taking five minutes or fewer — or it can be quite long
— requiring an hour or more of the respondent’s time. Also because changes in
attitudes or behaviour cannot be reliably [……………………] from a single
interview, some surveys employ a “panel design,” in which the same
respondents are interviewed on two or more [……………………].
There are also certain [……………………]to be looked at in conducting surveys.

Some of you will see that the information that you will compile is of value to
companies operating in that […………………]. Therefore you must always bear
in mind a few [……………………].
Surveys should be carried out [……………]to develop statistical information

about a subject. They should not be designed to produce [………………]results
or as a ruse for marketing and similar activities. The industry standard for
all […………………]survey organizations is that individual respondents should
never be [………………]in reporting survey findings. All of the survey’s results
should be presented in completely [………..…]summaries, such as statistical
tables and [……………].

Test 65
SECTION 1:
Questions 1-5
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD OR A NUMBER for each answer.
PAN ASIAN AIRWAYS
LOST PROPERTY REPORT FORM
Example Answer
First Name Kirsty
Surname: Allen
Address: (1)………………………… Windham Road Richmond
Postcode: (2) ……………………….
Home tel. 020 8927 7651
Mobile tel. (3)………………………..
Flight Number: (4)…………………………….
Seat Number: (5)……………………………….

From New York
To London Heathrow
Questions 6 -8
Circle THREE letters A – F.
What items did Kirsty’s bag contain?
A. 17 pounds
B. pens
C. her passport
D. a book
E. 200 dollars
F. her house keys
Questions 9 and 10
Choose a letter (A – D) that correctly answers questions 9 and 10.
9 What has Kirsty done regarding the loss of her credit card?
A. Informed the police but not the credit card company.
B. Informed the credit card company but not the police.
C. Informed both the police and the credit card company.

D. Informed neither the police nor the credit card company.
10. What must Kirsty do after the call regarding her lost handbag?
A. Call back after 1 1/2 hours.
B. Just wait for a call back.
C. Call back after 1 1/2 hours if she has heard nothing.
D. Call back the next day if she has heard nothing.
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -14
Label the locations on the map below

Questions 15 – 20

answer.
Notes on Student Facilities

Students’ Union Very cheap
Bookshop
Food and drink available
Parties!
Offices – travel, welfare etc.
Open 8am -12 midnight
Library Must register

Tours every (15)………………………. for 2 weeks.
Open 9am – 9pm (later during (16)………………………………..)
Refectory Cheap meals

Lunch 12 noon – 3pm
Dinner (17)…………………….. -8.30pm
Types of food – favourites
healthy
ethnic
(18)
vegan
Sports Hall Must join Athletic Union which – lets me
use facilities
lets me play for teams
(19)………………………….. me all year
Discount Card Costs (20) £…………………………….
Gives me discounts on all uni. services
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25
John Jane
Day of Arrival Thursday (21)……………………………

economics (22)....................…..
Subjects Studying maths history
french music
Monday’s 9am lecture french history

Monday’s 2pm lecture maths (23)………………………
Wednesday afternoon
(24)……………………. volleyball
sport selected
Location of Sport sports hall (25)………………………
Questions 26 – 29

answer.
26 Students can choose from how many essay titles for their first assignment?
________________________________________
27 Where did John travel during the summer?

________________________________________
28 What is the word limit for the essays?

________________________________________
29 When must the first essay be handed in by?

________________________________________
Question 30
30. Where will John and Jane meet up later that day?
A. the economics course office
B. the economics common room

C. the campus cafeteria
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 34
31. Japan relies on oil tankers because…….
A. the country consists of islands.
B. the country has no pipeline network.
C. the country has no natural oil resources.
32. Professor Wilson says that oil tankers are…….
A. very safe.
B. quite safe.
C. quite unsafe.
33. According to Professor Wilson, the main cause of oil slicks is…..
A. accidents while loading and unloading oil.
B. collisions.
C. deliberate releases of oil.
34. According to Professor Wilson, slicks are rarely burned off nowadays
because……

A. the oil is refined.
B. it usually doesn’t work.
C. it creates too much air pollution.
Questions 35 – 39
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
Oil exploration clean-up techniques
Techniques Advantages Disadvantages

Only good when there
The Containment Boom Cheap and easy
are (35)…………………….
Chemicals remain in the
Chemical Detergents Good for treating (36)……....
water + kill marine life.
Oil remains permanently in The sponge mats turn
The Sponge
the sponge into (37)………………....
Cheap Easy to administer

Bacteria (39)……………………..
Totally (38)………………….
Question 40
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
Optional essay question.

Remember to check out the faculty’s notice boards. You will find:
reading lists
essay questions
(40)………………………………………..
Answer key:
1. 48
2. R16 GH7
3. 07754 897 432
4. PA 365
5. E6
6. B
7. D
8. E
9. C
10. C
11. Student’s Union
12. University Library
13. Hall of Residence
14. Sports Hall
15. 2 hours
16. Final exams
17. 6 pm
18. Vegetarian
19. (Fully) insures
20. £50
21. Tuesday
22. Economics
23. free/nothing
24. Squash

25. Main sports hall
26. About 10
27. Africa and Asia
28. 4000 words
29. 30th October
30. B
31. C
32. B
33. B
34. B
35. Very calm seas
36. Larger slicks
37. Toxic waste
38. Eco-friendly
39. No (discernable) drawbacks/none
40. Deadline for submission

woman discussing the loss of a bag on board a plane.
Man Pan Asian Airways. John speaking. Can I help you?
Wom Yes please. I left something on one of your planes last night. I got this
number from the […………………..]. Is this the right number to call?
M Yes, madam. This is the right number. I just need you to tell me your name
to start with so I can fill out a lost […………………..] form.

W […………………..]. That’s K-I-R-S-T-Y A-L-L-E-N.
M Right. I’ve got that. Now what happened last night?
W Well, I was on a flight last night from New York to London that landed
at […………………..]. We were delayed a while in New York so that when we
eventually [………………..], I was so tired that I […………………..] left my
handbag on the plane.
M Did you report this to anyone last night?
W No, I’m afraid not. I didn’t […………………………..] until I got home and
then it was really too late to phone.
M Very well madam. Let me take a few […………………………..] for this form
and I’ll see what I can do. OK, so the name was Kirsty Allen. And what’s the
address please?
W [……………………..].
M The postcode?
W [……………………..]
M Good. I’ve got that. Now, your telephone number?
W Well, my home number is [……………………..]and my mobile

is [……………………..].
M I’m sorry. I didn’t catch the second one. What was the mobile again?
W 0 double 7 54 897 432.
M Thanks. Now, do you know the flight number of the plane that you were
on last night?

W Oh yes, hang on a second. I’ve got my boarding pass [………………..]right
here. Err; the flight number was […………………..]. No, I’m sorry, PA365.
That’s it: 365.
M And does the boarding card stub say what seat you had?
W Oh yes. It was E6.
M And you said that it was New York to London Heathrow. Is that right?
W Yes, that’s right.
M OK then. Now I have to take some details about the bag that you lost. It was
a [……………………..], yes?
W That’s right.
M Can you describe it to me?
W Well, I guess it just looks like any regular handbag. It’s very dark red with
black […………………..]and the catch on the top is gold […………………..].
Does it have any […………………..]marks?
W Not really. It’s quite new you see so I haven’t […………………..] it or

anything. It’s got a […………………..] name but that’s just inside the bag when
you open it, under the catch.
M OK. Now, can you tell me what was inside the bag?
W Quite a few things actually. Not my [………………..] of course or I would

never have got out of the airport. My purse is inside and that’s got
about [……………………..]and about [……………………..]cash. There is also
my credit card and some […………………..]cards.
M Good. I’ll just write that down. Anything else in the bag?

W A small [………………..] that I was reading, some makeup, my work keys,
but not my house keys thank God and a couple of pens.
M Have you informed the police about the loss of the card?
W Yes and I’ve also [………………..]the card with the [………………..]

company.
M Right. Now what I’ll do is to contact the lost property, which is where your
bag will have gone if it was found. I’ll give you a call back within an hour and
tell you what the […………………………..]is. If you haven’t had a call within an
hour and a half, call back this number and ask for me. My name is John. OK?
W Yes, that’s great John. I’ll speak to you later. Goodbye.
M Goodbye.
Section 2.
Hello and good afternoon. My name is John Walker and I’d like to welcome
you new students to the University of [……………………..]. What I am going to
do today is just [……………..] to you about some of the [………………..] that
you will find here on our main [………………..]and where you will find them.
If you look at the map on the […………………………..]projector, let me talk

you through some of the locations before […………………………..]some of
them in more detail. Well, at present we are in the University’s main lecture
hall. If you go out of the main front […………………………..]then you will see
opposite across the car park the entrance for the focal point of a lot university
life for most students. This is of course the Students’ Union.
About […………………………..]on the left of the Union, as you look at it from
here, is another [……………..] point for the students (though not as popular as
the Union), the University library. Behind the library is the main
University [………..] where many students eat both lunch and […………..]. On
the other side of the Union is the college [………..] and behind that there is a
small hall of […………………..]. There are three other halls of residence
behind the Students’ Union. Behind the hall that we are in now is the sports
hall and [………………..] and either side of us are academic departments with

lecturers’ offices, lecture halls and [………………..]. You will find it all a
bit [……………..] at first but you’ll get to know your way around fairly quickly.
I’d like now to talk about a few important places on the Campus.
All students must belong to the Students’ Union if they wish to use any of
its [……………..]. It is very cheap and we certainly [………………..] that you
join. The Union provides a bookshop covering all the course books at the
university plus lots of other [………………..] for a range of interests. You can
eat and drink at the Union. There is a Fat Phillips on the ground floor serving
a [……………..]of fast foods and drinks. Then there is the main Union bar up
on the First Floor. This is where the Union [………………..], dances and balls
are held and there’s a pizza corner where cheap and large pizzas can
be [……….....] in a few minutes. Other areas that will be of interest to students
are the Welfare Office, the Travel Office and the Clubs’ Office. The Clubs’ office
will get you in touch with all the Clubs that are part of the Students’ Union.
These clubs vary from football to [……………..] to […………………..] to beer
drinking. There really is something for everyone. The Union opens up at 8 am
every day and closes at […………………..] unless there are any functions going
on later.
I’d like to move onto the library now. This is where a lot of you will, I hope, be
spending a lot of time over the next three or four years working and doing
research. Of course this isn’t as exciting as the social [………………..] of
university life but of course it really is the main reason that you are all here. I
therefore urge you to get over there as soon as you can as you have
to […………………..] and then you can have a look around. During the first
two weeks of the [………………..] year, that is, now, there are tours every two
hours aimed at [………………..] new students to all the services that the library
offers. The library’s open from 9am to 9pm though it stays open later during
final exams.
As I said earlier, the refectory is behind the library. The [……………………..]

offers a range of cheap meals at […………………………..] and in the evenings.
It is open from 12 noon to 3 pm for lunch and from 6 pm to 8.30 pm for
dinner. They try to offer a variety of food from [……………..] to healthy
options to […………..] foods and there is always a choice for [……………..]
and vegans.

The University Sports Hall is one of the most used buildings at the University.
To use the hall or the grounds you must be a member of the Athletic Union,
which is part of the Students’ Union. Again this costs very little and will allow
you to use all University sports [………………..], represent University teams
and it fully insures you during your membership of the Athletic Union. This is
really […………………..].
For departments and academic facilities, there isn’t enough time to go through
all of them but your [………………..] departments should [………………..]you
with maps and information that will satisfy your needs.
For all services offered at the university, I recommend that you purchase
a […………………..]plus card. This card costs [………………..] and lasts for the
academic year. It will then give you discounts on all services at the university.
For instance, a £4 meal at the refectory would be reduced to [………………..].
It will also give free […………………..] of the late night mini bus that the
university runs to places off campus, which normally costs a pound. You can
see that it wouldn’t take very long to make it […………………..]. The cards can
be bought at the Students’ Union.
Well, that’s what I have to say for the moment. Now, are there any questions?
Section 3.
Jane Hey John. I didn’t know you were here at the University yet. When did
you get here?
John Oh just yesterday; Thursday. I’ve got some [………………….. ]to get
sorted out for the start of my second year as I’ve just got some new subjects.
Today I’ve had to sort out my [………………..]. It seems like I’ve got quite a lot
to do this year. When did you get here?
Jane I’ve been here since […………………..]. What classes are you doing this
year then?
John Well, I’m continuing [……………………..] of course as that’s my major

but I’m taking an extra maths class and I’m […………………..] Spanish so I
can take up French. What about you?

Jane My major’s the same as yours of course but I’m going to continue the
same classes as last year as I liked them so much. They’re history and music.
What’s your Monday timetable like?
John Well at 9, it looks like I’ve got French for 3 hours. That’s going to be a
tough start to the week!
Jane Yeah. I can’t [……………..] it worse. I’ve got history for three hours which
will kill me. The good thing for me is that I’ve got a free in the afternoon which
will relax me after that morning.
John No such luck for me […………………..]. I’ve got that extra maths class
starting then so I’ll be hard at work all day on Mondays.
Jane Yeah, I don’t envy you that. Still the [………………..] will really help your
economics in the long run.
John I know. That’s why I’m taking it this year. Last year I really [……………..]
with all the maths that I didn’t understand in the economics
but [………………..], this year, that will all change.
Jane What about sport? What have you chosen to do on the [………………..]
afternoons? Are you sticking with rowing?
John I’d love to but the rowing club [………………..] got broken into and the
boats were [………………..]so it’s not possible till the club can get enough
money to repair or [……..…..] the boats. They’re really [……………………..]so
that’ll take quite a long time. So, as I can’t do that, I’m going to try
out [……………..]. What about you?
Jane I’m going to the same as last year. […………………..].
John That’s good as it’s in the main sports hall like the squash. I’ll be able to
see you a lot
this year.

Jane Yeah, it looks like that. You can help me with the maths that I don’t
understand.
John (laughs) Maybe. For a small fee of course.
Jane I know it’s early but do you know anything about the first […………..]
that we have to do?
John Yes, it’s already up on the economics [……………..] notice board. There’s
a choice of essays up there. I think there are about 10 you can choose from. I
can’t remember any of the titles though apart from the one that I think I’m
going to write about.
Jane What’s that one then?
John It’s about the […………………..] future of third world economies.
Jane Ooh. I don’t like the sound of that. It seems very [……………………..].
John It is but remember that I spent some of the summer […………………..]

travelling in Africa and Asia so that has made me more interested in the
subject and I’ve also got some first hand ideas on the subject.
Jane Does the essay list mention how long the essays have to be and
the […………………..]?
John Yes. You remember that last year all the essays had to be [……………..]
in length?
Well, that’s gone up by a thousand words!
Jane Oh no! They’ll take ages.
John I know. I was hoping that they’d stay at 3000 words or only go up
to [……………..], but no luck I’m afraid.

Jane What about the deadline?
John The first one has to be in by the [………………..] and the second by the
30th November. It looks like one essay a month like last year.
Jane Well at least that hasn’t changed but as it’s the end of September now,
that leaves only a month to get the first one done. I’m going to have get onto
that […………………..] away.
John Yes, you’d better. If you want to talk about it, I’m going to be at the
campus […………………..] at 1.30 for lunch. We could go over some questions.
Jane I can’t then, as I’ll be in the sports hall working out. How about 3 this
afternoon at the economics [………………..] room?
John That seems OK. We’ll be right by the economics course office where the
questions are, so that’ll be […………………………..] for checking up on them.
Jane OK. See you then. Bye.
John Bye.
Section 4.
Good morning everyone. My name is Professor Wilson and I

am [……………………..] you today as part of your […………………..] sciences
course. Part of this course is concerned with pollution issues in our world
today and part of this lecture will look at some of ways that the
oil […………………..] has developed to deal with oil […………………………..]
around the world.
Oil […………………………..]are the largest ships to sail in the ocean. For

countries such as Japan that have no oil deposits of their own, tankers are the
only way that the oil needed to power their economies can be moved. They are
designed to hold millions of [………………..]of crude or [………………..]oil in
reasonable safety and without damage to the [……………..]. When oil is
released from these ships, the oil [………………..]over the surface of the water

in a large slick. These oil slicks can cover hundreds of miles and they cause
huge environmental [.......…..]. Oil is released for varying reasons. [.......…..]
while loading and unloading and [….............……..] spills account for
many [………………..] today, but it is ships hitting other ships or rocks, which
is the major cause of slicks. Because oil slicks are so damaging to the
environment, [………………..] ways of containing them and cleaning them up
have been [………………..]. In previous years, slick cleaners would sometimes
try to set fire to the slicks and burn them off but this is rarely
done [………………..] because, surprisingly, nearly all oil slicks consist
of […………………..]that aren’t [………………..]; combustibility comes after
refining.
The four ways of cleaning up oil spills that we’ll look at today are as follows:
The Containment Boom.
Chemical Detergents.
The Sponge.
[………………..].
The containment boom is the most common method of cleaning up after an oil
spill. […….....…..] are erected in the water and the oil is then […………..].
Basically a containment boom is just a large float that [……....] and contains
the slick. This method is cheap and […………..] however it only functions in
very calm seas.
Another method to clean slicks is to spray [………………..] solution from

airplanes or boats directly onto the spill. Depending on the detergent, two
things can happen. One possible result is that the oil can break up
into […………………..], which sink to the bottom of the ocean. Although
these [………………..] are themselves [………………..], the problems caused
by the clumps are much easier to deal with than the problems caused by oil
slicks. The other possibility is that the oil then breaks down into
tiny [………………..], which are soon spread and become [………………..].
This method is well suited to dealing with the larger slicks. A
negative [………………..]is that often the chemicals […………………..]in the
water and they can kill fish and other […………………..]life.

A Berlin-based company has developed an […………………………..]method for
cleaning up oil spills. Eco.carbon has invented a
giant […………………………..]made of lignite resin that sucks up the oil,
preventing it from harming the environment. The sponge comes as a mat,
which contains [………………..]coal, whose small [………………..] can soak up
large amounts of oil. The process is safe and cheap. The sponges have so far
withstood […………………..] testing in pools of water with [………………..] oil
slicks. A unique advantage is that once the oil is [………………..] into the mat,
it remains fixed there [……………..]. The downside, however, is that the mats
become toxic waste.
Scientists are also trying to improve other methods to fight oil spills. At the
scenes of oil [………………..] around the world, they’ve found bacteria that
seem to have an [………………..] for the toxic black [……………..]. Now, the
scientists are breeding these bacteria and studying them
to […………………..]which is most effective at reducing oil levels. Eventually,
they hope to put the best bacteria to work in helping clean up after oil
spill […………………..]. The bacteria actually use the oil as food. As the
bacteria [………………..], they eat more and more of the slick until it
finally […………………..]. Eventually this method should be cheap, easy
to […………………..] and be completely eco-friendly as when the slick is gone,
the bacteria’s food source is gone and they die, leaving nothing behind at all.
So far this method has no [………………..] drawbacks.
Well, that’s the end of the section of the lecture on cleaning up spills. This
subject is an optional question for your course. You’ll find the reading lists and
essay questions on the [………………………..]notice boards along with the
deadline for [………………………..]. If you choose it, [………………..]will be
held at a later date.
IELTS Listening Practice 66

SECTION 1:
Questions 1-8

each answer.
DENHAM’S SHIPPING AGENCY
customer quotation form
Example:
Country of destination: Ireland
Name: Tim 1…………………………
Address to be collected from: 2…………………………………. University
Town: Brighton
Postcode: 3……………………………………
6……………………
7……………………
Total estimated value: 8…………………………….

Questions 9 – 10
9. What is the minimum recommended cover by 10 the agency?
A. premium
B. standard
C. economy
10. Where docs the customer want the goods delivered?
A. port
B. home
C. business
SECTION 2:
Questions 11 – 15
Label the plan below.

Questions 16 – 20
What does the tour guide Tell her tour group about each of the following places
on the day’s itinerary?
Write the correct letter A, B, or C next to questions 16 – 20 below.
NB You may choose any letter more than once.
16. The Aquarium
17. Solheim Country Gub
18. Milltown Winery
19. The Zoological Gardens 20 The Stout Brewery

20. The Stout Brewery
A. They’ll definitely go there
B. They might to go there it time allows
C. They certainly won’t go there
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25
Gyroscopes are used in laser devices and are found in many consumer
21………………………… The purpose of the project is to design a functional,
22……………………………… and beneficial consumer product.
The gyroscopic exercise ball can be set in motion by movements of the

23…………………… and wrist together in synch.
The gyroscopic ball could help people in 24…………………………….. who have

lower-arm injuries.
The product could also be aimed at 25…………………………………… for whom

lower-arm strength is very important.
Questions 26 – 30

each answer.

PROTOTYPE DESIGN TESTING
Estimated Cost: £3,000 26……………………..
Numbers of Weeks 27………………………… 6
Numbers of test
28……………………………
subjects:
Breakdown of test
5 professional athletes
subjects:
29…………………………….
5 30………………………….
SECTION 4:
Questions 31 – 35
31. Speakers have to know
A. their material.
B. their audience.
C. their limitations.
32. Experienced speakers
A. always try to wing it.
B. never arrive unprepared.
C. give the best presentations.
33. You should always rehearse
A. with friends who can advise you.

B. with all the equipment you plan on using.
C. more than once.
34. It is a good idea to
A. be discreet with your audience.
B. meet your fans.
C. meet and welcome your audience.
35 Taking a few deep breaths before you begin
A. will stop you having a panic attack.
B. will guarantee that you feel more relaxed.
C. will help turn your tension into enthusiasm.
Questions 36 – 40

answer.
Useful Tips for a Successful Presentation
▪ Try to 36…………………………………. yourself making a speech and imagine your

voice loud and confident.
▪ Even if you make mistakes avoid making 37…………………………….
▪ Pay attention to your 38……………………………………. – your words carry less
meaning than your delivery.

▪ People usually remember less than 39…………………………………… of what they
hear.
▪ Be 40……………………………. about yourself; you don’t become a perfect speaker
overnight.
Answer key:
1. Laffterty
2. Abbeyfield
3. BR8 9P3
4. 25m
5. 20m
6. Music albums
7. Stationery
8. £ 3000
9. B
10. B
11. Gift Shop
12. Art Gallery
13. Main exhibition Centre
14. 3D Theatre
15. Modern Art Studio
16. B
17. A
18. C
19. A
20. B
21. Appliances
22. Practical
23. Lower arm
24. rehabilitation
25. high-performance athletes
26. £ 1,500
27. 2
28. 15

29. 5 recovery patients
30. Gym members
31. A
32. B
33. B
34. C
35. C
36. Visualise
37. Apologies
38. Body language
39. 25%
40. Realistic
SECTION 1
Jackie: Good afternoon Denham’s Shipping. How can I be of [……………..]?
Tim: Well, I wish to [……………………..]about sending a container of

personal [……………………..] from the UK to Ireland
Jackie: No problem, would you like me to give you an [………………………..]

of the cost?
Tim: Yes, please.
Jackie: Well, first of all, may I take your details?

Tim: Of course. My name’s [……………………..].
Jackie: Could you spell your surname for me, please, Tim?
Tim: Yes, it’s Laffertv; L-a-f-f-e-r-t-y Jackie: Thank you, Tim. Now, where
would you like us to pick your […………………..]up from?
Tim: My university, if possible.
Jackie: Okay, let me make a note of the address.
Tim: It’s […………………………..].
Jackie: Is that A-B-B-E-Y-F4£-L-0?
Tim: That’s right. Park Street, Brighton.
Jackie: Perfect. And may I take down your postcode, too?
Tim: It’s [………………………..].
Jackie: Great Thank you, Tim. Have you the container’s […………………..]?
Tim: I do. It’s approximately 25 metres long by 125 metres wide.
Jackie: I see Quite a big one therf
Tim: Indeed
Jackie: And the height?
Tim: I make it […………………..]deep.
Jackie: So that’s 25 by L25 by 12.

Tim: Right.
Jackie: And what will actually be in the box, Tim?
Tim: Oh, mostly old […………………..]Jackie: Okay
Tim: And some music albums.
Jackie: Anything else?
Tim: Yes, a little bit of [……………………..].
Jackie: I see. And could you put an estimate on the value of the items? Tim:
The books are quite […………………..]; they’re worth around [………………..].
The music albums, maybe half that, say £900. and you can put the stationery
down as [……………………..].
Jackie: Okay. And will you be […………………..]contents cover from us also?
Tim: Eh, I’m not sure what you mean.
Jackie: Sorry, let me explain; because your items are worth more
than [………………..], we recommend that you purchase […………………..] to
cover yourself
Tim: Makes sense. What are my options?
Jackie: Well, we offer three insurance deals – the [………………..] rate,

standard rate and […………………..]rate ones. Premium offers full cover in the
event of loss, damage or […………………..], which means you would
be […………………..]with the full cost of replacing your belongings.
Tim: What about standard and economy?

Jackie: Standard will give you today’s value — the second-hand value of your
belongings – and economy provides you with a fixed payment
of […………………..] in the event of loss, damage or theft.
Tim: Well, I can afford to live without those books to be […………………..]so

just give me the cheapest option.
Jackie: We recommend standard cover for all our [………………………..].
Tim: No, thank you. That won’t be necessary. The cheapest option will
Jackie: No problem. And one last thing; will you be needing [……………..]at
your office, at your house, or do you [………………..]to pick up your container
Tim: Home delivery would suit me best I think.
SECTION 2
Tour guide: Well, we certainly have a busy day ahead of us, so let’s get started,
shall we? You’ll find a map of the [……………..]with the […………………..].
I’ve just handed out. The museum’s our first port of call, so let’s lave a look at
the map now. The door on the right of the […………………..] toll leads into the
Gift Shoo and Ticket Centre. Once we pick up our entrance […………………..],
I’d ask everyone to […………………..] their bags and coats in
the […………………………..] which is located towards the back of the Gift Shop
and Ticket Centre. If you want to pick up an information [………………..], you
can […………………..] the Information Desk situated along the right-hand
side.
Now, once you come back into the entrance hall, the door on the opposite side
to the Gift Shop leads into the [………………..]. There is a special exhibition on
there at the moment which is not to be [………………..]
If you continue on up the entrance [………………..], that leads into the Main
Exhibition Centre. At the back […………………..]side there are some toilets.

Beside the toilets, voull find the 3D Theatre. I strongly recommend that you
make time for the […………………..] presentation in the theatre. It is well
worth a viewing. Running along the right-hand side of the Main Exhibition
Centre is the Modern Art Studio. Here, not only can you view some of the most
famous works of the [……………..], but you can also sit in on a […………..]
run by a local artist. So that’s the art museum.
Next on the […………………..] is the Aquarium. Depending on how long we

spend at the museum, we might have to give this one a miss. It’s not what I’d
call a [……………………..] of the day, but it would be a [………………..]if we
did¬n’t get to see it, as it’s on route to the Solheim Country Club, where we’re
booked in for lunch at [………………..]. Originally, we had planned to stop off
at the Milltown Winery [………………..], but we’ve had to scrap that plan,
otherwise we’d never get to the […………………..] Gardens before closing
time. We have [………………..] the gardens and must be there by 230. so
no […………………..] please after lunch – straight back onto the bus. The
gardens close at 3:30, so we’ve an hour there which should give
us […………………..] time to look around. Time aBowing. well stop off at the
famous Stout Brewery after that if [………………..] isnt too heavy and we’re in
Lincoln before 5. If not, we’ll head straight for the National Concert Hall where
you’re in for a real treat of an evening with a [………………..] from the world-
[…………………..]cellist, Andres Borovski. We have to be in our seats
by […………………..]. After that, it’s back to the hotel for the night where
a […………………..]meal will be waiting for us at half eight – or whenever we
get back.
SECTION 3
Tutor: So have you chosen a product yet?
Jenny: I think so. We’d like to build a [………………..] exercise aid.
Tutor: Sounds interesting. Tell me more.
Maeve: Well, we did some research and were amazed to discover the sheer
range of applications for gyroscopic […………………..].
Gyroscopes are used in laser and optical devices and can be found in
many […………………..] appliances, too.

Tutor: Right, tell me about this product [………………..]though. The aim of
the [………………..] is to create something practical, [………………..]and
beneficial for consumers. Justify your decision.
Jenny: Well, we believe we can design and build a cheap and

effective [...............…......] strengthening aid by taking […...................] of
the inertial forces created by a gyroscope.
Maeve: Yes, what we want to do is design a ball which can be held in the palm.
Within the ball, there will be a simple gyroscope. This gyroscope can be set
in […………………..] by movements of the lower arm and […………………..]
together in synch. The device will not require any […………………………..]
power source because it will be [……………………..] by the movements of the
arm and wrist. This will create considerable […………………..] and an
excellent lower¬arm [………………..] aid. It will be simple to design and cheap
to produce, yet extremely effective.
Tutor: This all sounds very good. I’m impressed
Jenny: Thanks Mark, we’re glad you like it I think we’re really onto something
here. Our research has told us there’s nothing [………………..]in the market
and that a product like this would have [………………..]uses. Not only could it
be used as an everyday toning and exercise [………………..], it could also be
beneficial to people in […………………..] who have suffered serious lower-
arm […………………..]. We see the product being marketed towards high-
performance [……………..], like tennis and golf players, for whom lower-arm
strength is [………………..], too.
Tuton: I’ve heard enough to give your project the go ahead Now, let’s talk
costs.
Maeve: Right, well we [……………..]that around [……………..] will be

required for product development.[……………..] Tutor: You mean to build
the [………………..]?
Maeve: Exactly. And we’ll need half of that again to carry out some product
testing.

Tutor: And what’s your timeline for the project?
Jenny: The prototype should be ready a […………………..] after work on the

design starts and we’ll need another […………………..] for testing.
Maeve: We want to enlist the help of 15 people to test the pro¬totype. Ideally,
we want 5 professional […………………..] to try it out, 5 recovery patients and
the remainder of the subjects will be gym members – our three […………..]
markets.
Tutor: Okay. Well, you have a lot of work to do, but you’ve certainly made a
good start. Let’s meet again on Monday to get the ball rolling.
SECTION 4
It is only natural to feel somewhat [………………..] before giving a speech, and

while a few nerves never did any harm — and can in fact
prove [………………..] – letting your nerves overcome you can
be […………………..]. Today’s presentation will focus on ways to control
those [………………..] and help you to give better presentations in future.
First and [……………..], you’ve got to know your […………………..]. I cant

stress that enough. If you fail to prepare, you might as well prepare to fail.
Even the most experienced speakers never turn up […………..] and NEVER
try to wing it. […………..] your subject and use humour, [……………..] and
conversational language. This will make it easier for you
to remember what you want to say.
Secondly, practise, practise, practise! [……...…..] well in advance.

and [.................] out loud, and with all the […………..] you plan on using.
Practise you timing – when to pause and when to breathe – and prepare for
the […………………..]. Something always goes wrong, especially when you are
relying on [………..]. So always have a back-up plaa Get to know
your [………………..] before you have to [………..] in front of them. Meet and
greet them on the way in, perhaps. It is much easier to talk to a group of
friends than a group of […………………..]. And, just as importantly, know your

room as well. Arrive early, pace the speaking area and practice using
the [………………..] and visual aids.
The hardest part is trying to relax. Never rush straight into your speech. Begin
slowly and address the audience first. In fact, even before you start, take a few
deep [………………..]. You know – one one- thousand. two one-thousand,
three one-thousand – this will turn your nervous energy into [………………..].
Visualisation can be a great confidence […………..]. Visualise your- setf

making the speech in the wav that you [……...……..]. Imagine your voice loud
and [………………..], and picture the audience […………………..] and rooting
for you. Remember, people want you to succeed. The audience wants to hear
an interesting and [……………………..] speech. They aren’t hoping you make a
fool of yourself.
Whatever you do. avoid making unnecessary […………………………..]. If you

make a mistake or two, forget about it. Few will notice and it will all be
forgotten before too long.
People often forget the importance of […………………………..]. Don’t

underestimate this. Your words carry far less meaning than your delivery.
Success is defined by your […………………………..]and confidence. If you
come across as a confident person, people will listen to you – you will
command their […………………………..]. Stand tall and proud and deliver
with […………………………..]. Humans are very bad […………………………..].
We remember less than […………………………..]of what is said and place far
more emphasis on how it is said
Last of all, be realistic and give yourself a chance. No one becomes the perfect
speaker […………………………..]. It takes time to hone your presentation
skills.

Test 67

SECTION 1
Questions 1-3
1. How many bottles of wine do you have to buy to get one free?
A. one
B. three
C. four
2. Which type of wine do David’s friends prefer?
A. French
B. Italian
C. Spanish
3. What is the price of the champagne?
A £20
B £35
C £25
Questions 4-10

each answer.
Belluci’s Restaurant
Sam’s suggestions
Would go best with the Lasagna:
4…………………………………………………….
5…………………………………………………….
Other side dishes that Sam mentions:
6 ………………………… with …………………………………..
7 ………………………… with …………………………………..
CUSTOMER DETAILS
Booking made on: 5th August
Date when customers will be at the restaurant: 8………………………………..
Time: 7. 00 pm
Number of people: 9…………………………………..
Email address: 10 ………………………..@……………………………com
Customer phone number 01445 333 6451 Customer willing to have

emails sent to them: Yes

SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 12
11. How did the players hit the ball when 12 In the 16th centufy what kind of
people the game first launched in the 12th century?
A. with a bat
B. with a racquet
C. with their bare hand
12. In the 16 century what kind of people found tennis most appealing ?
A. royal families
B. wealthy merchants
C. everyday people
Questions 13 – 20

each answer.
Number of
Interesting
Tennis Player Year Born Nationality Major Titles
Fact
Won

the French Open
in 15………. more
Bjom Borg 13………….. Swedish 14 …………….. than once the
youngest ever
male
Grand Slam
singles
Boris Becker 1967 German 16………………. champion at
17….....…
months.
He started
hitting tennis
Pete Sampras 1971 American 18……………….
balls at the age
of 3
His first 20…......

Andre Agassi 19……………….. American Eight
was in La Quinta
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27
Write NO MORE THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
College Conference 2009

Speakers Administration and Organisation
Professor Hannan – good at running Invitations to all speakers have to be
21……………………………….................. typed on the school’s headed paper.
Mr Steve Bishop The photographer will take pictures for

22…………………………… among many the school 25…………............................
Universities in England.
The caterers are called 26………………..
Sandra Bolton will give some Drama
The conference will be in the main
23……………………………….................. college hall and rooms 10,11, 12 and 13.
Mr Max Wallington will give a lecture The date of the next meeting will be on
about Shakespeare. 27……………………….....…......................
Sean O’Brien has done a lot of work in

the field of 24…………………
Geoff O’Hara has a lot of knowledge

about Albert Einstein.
Questions 28 – 30
Choose THREE letters, A – G.
What THREE rules, given to them by the headmaster, do the students have to
follow during the conference?
28……………………….
29……………………….
30……………………….

A. Make sure they tidy up the hall and rooms after the conference.
B. Provide cleaners for the conference.
C. Provide lunch for the speakers.
D. Make a record of what each student at the conference wants to study at

University
E. Make a record of all students who attend the conference.
G. Help organise the travel arrangements for the speakers.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 40
To calculate your Body Mass Index you should first take 31……………………………
in kilograms and divide it by your height in metres.
Healthy Diets
▪ It is important to eat starchy foods with fruit and vegetables.

▪ There are people who 32…………………………………….. that starchy foods are
‘fattening’.
▪ Eat a minimum of 33…………………………………. of fruit and vegetables a day.
▪ People tend to eat too much 34………………………………….. and you only need a
certain amount to keep healthy.
▪ People say that 35………………………………………… can help protect against heart
disease.
Exercise is good for us because:

1) it strengthens the heart
2) it tones our 36……………………………………..
3) it is good for the mind
▪ We do less exercise because we have domestic 37………………………………. to do

things for us.
▪ Adults should do at least 38………………………………… moderate-intensity
physical activity, five days a week.
A physical activity can be:
a) a lifestyle activity
b) a 39……………………………. Activity
c) sports
Activities that produce 40……………………………… on the bones are necessary.
Answer key:
1. B
2. B
3. A
4. Mixed Salad
5. Greek Salad
6. Bread (with) herbs
7. Cheese with peppers
8. 27th August
9. 15 (fifteen)
10. hamill@worthing
11. C
12. A

13. 1956
14. Eleven
15. The same year
16. Six
17. 17 years 7
18. Fourteen
19. 1970
20. Tournament
21. Workshops
22. Well-respected
23. Seminars
24. Genetics
25. Newsletter
26. Flying fish
27. Wednesday 6th june
28. D
29. F
30. G
31. Your weight
32. (wrongly) think
33. Five portions
34. Protein
35. Oily fish
36. Muscles
37. Appliances
38. 30 minutes
39. Structured
40. High physical stresses

SECTION 1
Sam: Hello. Belluci’s Restaurant, Sam speaking. How may I help you?
David: Hi, my name’s David Marsden, and I’m calling to ask about the offers I
saw on the […………..] for your restaurant. I am tNnking about […………...] a
party for a friend’s birthday.
Sam: Yes, Mr Marsden, what information would you like to know?
David: You can call me David
Sam: OK, great So, David, what can I help you with?
David: Well, first of all, I wanted to know if the [………………..] offer that you
have on for certain [……………..] is valid for week nights as well as on the
weekend The party may take place during the week, you see.
Sam: Well, there are many dishes that are 50% off on weekends and only a
small number of dishes are 50% off during the week. For exam¬ple,
the [……………..] Bolognaise is 50% off on whatever day you come in during
this month, and [………………..] and steaks are 50% off on our most busy
days, which are Saturday and Sunday.
David: Would you be able to do a [………………..] on the Lasagna if there was

a large group of people coming in during the week?
Sam: We can only do a [………………..], but we can do a 50% discount for

large groups on any dessert you have with the Lasagna.
David: Well, that sounds like a [………………..].
Sam: There are marry other offers that we have on, at the moment, as well.

David: What about drinks? Are there any discounts on drinks?
Sam: Yes, of course. For every [………………..]of house red or white wine
ordered, you will get a bottle free. So that is four bottles of wine for only
about [………………..]. If you order two bottles of champagne you will get half
a bottle free of charge as well.
David: That sounds like a really good offer. Which house wine do
you [………………..]? Most restaurants have French house wine and
sometimes Spanish but I think most of my friends will want to drink
Italian [………………..]
Sam: We normally serve French as the house wine but we will be able to find a
nice Italian one […………………..], if you prefer.
David: That would be great. What about Champagne? We will proba¬bly order
at least two really good [……………………..]. How much would a good bottle
cost?
Sam: Well, you are in luck because the Champagne used to

cost […………………..] per bottle but now it’s only £20 per bottle so you’ll save
£5.
David: That sounds like a good price based on my […………………..]. Now,

what side dishes are on the menu that could be […………………..]with the
Lasagna?
Sam: Well, we have a range of side dishes, some go better with the Lasagna
than others but of course it’s your choice. The chef’s special side dish is a
chicken and […………………..] dish. This may be too heavy to have with
Lasagna but we have a selection of salads such as a [……………………..]and a
Greek salad. They would be the best option with that main course. Some other
side dishes that are popular are […………………………..]bread with herbs and
Italian cheese with peppers. David That all sounds very tasty and I’m sure all
the people who are coming to the party will like these types of dishes. I might
come in during the week to try out some of your food before the party.
Sam: So, would you like to reserve the table then for your party?

David: Yes. I was wondering if you have any […………………………..]free for
the […………………………..]?
Sam: I’m afraid we are all booked up on that date but we can [……………..] a
table for you for the week after on the [………………..]. Is that OK?
Davidt Yes, that will be fine.
Sam: How many people will there be?
David: Fifteen. Can we have the table for 7:00 o’clock on that evening?
Sam: Yes, that can be […………………………..]. Please, can I take your phone
number for the booking?
David: Yes, it’s […………………………..]
Sam: OK, that’s great. Can I also take your email address to send you
information about the restaurant and update you about offers and evening
entertainment?
David: Sure, it’s david.hamill@worthing.com. d a v i d (dot) h a mill@worthing

(dot) com
Sam: Great! Well, I think that’s all I need for the moment. We will be in touch
closer to the date when you’ll be coming to the […………………………..]. If you
want to ask anything or order anything […………………………..]we can cater
for most requests.
David: Yes, that would be good as I’m sure I’ll think of something.
Sam: Bye Bye David. Speak soon.
SECTION 2

Presenter Good afternoon and welcome to the […………………………..]. Today
we have a special programme about the history of […………………………..]in
this country and we also have Steve Mackay in the studio, the all-time great
British tennis player, to give us the […………………………..]on some
interesting facts about the sport and other great tennis players.
Steve, […………………………..]tennis is one of the most popular
sports […………………………..]on T.V today. Can you tell us about the early
days of tennis?
Steve: Well, the […………………………..]form of tennis is known as ‘real

tennis’ and eventually became ‘lawn tennis’ which is what we know today.
‘Real tennis’ changed over […………………………..]from an earlier ball game
played around the […………………………..]in France. This had some
similarities to […………………………..]. People would hit a ball with a bare
hand and later with a glove. People say this game was played by monks
in […………………………..]. By the 16th century, the glove had become
a […………………………..]. ‘Real tennis’ spread in popularity throughout
royalty in Europe and was the most popular in the 16th century.
Presenter It’s amazing how the sport has changed then over time and
how […………………..] has helped to advance it with the state-of-the-art
tennis racquets that we have today. So, what about the players who will go
down in history as the best at this sport? Who do you think will be
remembered on the [……………………..]?
Steve: Well, obviously I have many […………………..] and all tennis players
have different styles and will be remembered for different […………………..]
of their game. The first player though that has to be [………………..] is the
great Bjorn Borg. He will go down in history due to the fact that he won 11
Grand Slam singles titles between [……………………..] and […………………..],
five at Wimbledon and six at the French Opea Bom in ’56 in Sweden, Borg
became the […………………..] winner of the Italian Championship just before
his […………………..], and two weeks later he was the youngest winner of the
French Championship. Borg is the only player in the open era to have won
both Wimbledon and the French Open in the same year more than once.
Another very important tennis player is Boris Becker. He was born in 1967 in
Leimen, West Germany, and he is a six-time Grand S|am singles champion.
Since he […………………..] in 1999 from the professional tour, media work
and his personal life have kept him in the […………………..]. An interesting

aspect of his career is the fact that he was the youngest ever male Grand Slam
singles champion, winning Wimbledon at 17 years. 7 months.
Moving on to our next great player, we have Pete Sampras. He was born on
August 12, 1971 in Washington D.C and during his […………………………..]
career he won 14 Grand Slam men’s singles titles. His flair for the game
was [………………..] at age 3 when he discovered a tennis rac¬quet in
the […………………..] of his home and spent hours hitting balls against the
wall. His parents are of Greek origin. He has given some truly [………………..]
performances on the court over the years.
The final player I will mention is the great Andre Agassi. He was born on April
29. in 1970 in [……………..], Nevada. During his career he won 4 Australian
Open titles, 1 French Open, 1 Wimbledon and 2 US Open which gives a total of
eight [……………..] titles. An interesting aspect of his career was that he
turned professional at the age of 16 and his first [……………..] was in La
Quinta. California. He won his first match against John Austin 64, 6-2 but
then lost his second match to Mats Wilander 6-1, 6-1. By the end of the year,
Agassi was ranked World No. 91.
Presenter: These players really have [………………..]a great amount in their

lives and they will be talked about for years to come, [………………..]when the
Wimbledon Championships come round in […………………..]. Steve, which
one is your […………………..] favourite?
Steve: I just can’t answer that; they all […………………..] great memories in
the world of tennis and they have all […………………..] so much to the game
Their names will always be [……………………..] on the wall of champions!
SECTION 3
Sant So _ Mr Peters has finally agreed that we can organise this year’s
college [……......…..], so we need to really go through all the most […………..]
items in order to establish a general […………..] for the conference and how
we are going to put it all together.
Kate: Yes, I agree. We cant leave things to the last minute and there are quite a
lot of good speakers who have offered their services for this [………………..]

Dave: It’s important that things go smoothly. Don’t forget that Mr Peters has
been against the idea of this conference for the last two years so we need to
make it […………………..]and get at least […………………………..]to attend,
so that we can prove this is an event that students can benefit from.
Lucy: The most important thing we need to […………………..] is the range of

speakers who we will invite to the conference. If they are […………………..] in
their different fields then the students will be very keen to come and hear the
talks. We don’t have a [……………………..] budget either, so we have
to […………………..] on the fees that the speakers will charge.
Kate: Sam, you mentioned before this meeting that you have had some calls
from some interesting [……………..] speakers. Can you give us the [….……..]
on the rough list that you have at the moment?
Sam: Yes, the main person on my list, who is an […………………..] in the field
of Business Management, is Professor Harman. He would be good at
running [……………..]where students can [………..]how to start a business
and he likes to include [……………..], which make the […………………..]more
interesting.
Kate: Yes, I’ve heard of him and people have told me that he is […………..]
and interesting. He doesn’t like just giving lectures; he likes to get the students
involved more in the discussion. We should [……………..]send him a
formal [………………..]. What about another area of study such as Maths?
Sam: Well, I have done some research on Mr Steve Bishop. I heard about him
because my brother went to see him give a lecture at a University in his area.
Apparently, he is well-respected among many Universities in England for
his […………………..] in the field of Maths. He’s even done some research with
some [………………..] Mathematicians.
Lucy: My sister studies Maths at University and I think he came to her

University, too, to give some extra [………………………..]. He would be a good
one to keep on the list I could send the […………………..]to him if you want,
Sam.
Sam: That would be great, thanks. We have speakers now to talk about
business and [……………..]so it would be a good idea to invite someone who is

an expert in an Arts subject, like English or Drama. I haven’t actually got any
ideas for Arts subjects.
Kate: Well, I’m planning to do Drama at University and I know of a lady who is
the head of Drama at a well-known University. Her name is […………………..].
She would give some Drama [………………..]where students can
discuss [………………..]of theatre and production in smaller groups. I also
know a […………………………..]called Mr Max Wallington. He is a Professor
of English Literature and he would come and give a lecture about Shakespeare.
I’ll send [………………..]to Ms Bolton and Mr Wallington then.
Sam: Greati That’s two Arts subjects [………………..] then. The final main
subject area we need to think about is Science. Dave, you want to
study [………………..] at University, don’t you? Do you know of any Professors
we can […………………..]?
Dave: Well, there’s the famous Professor Sean O’Brien. He’s done quite a lot of
work in the field of […………………..]. I’m sure all the [……………..] scientists
will really want to come and hear him speak. As well as this, there’s the ‘mad
scientist’, Geoff O’Hara who is very [………………..] about Albert Einstein and
he can come and talk about his famous [………………..].
Sam- Perfect. Now that we have some speakers in mind to cover the main
areas of study we need to think about the [………………..] and organisation of
the conference. To start with, we need to send the [………………..] out to all
the speakers we have agreed on, on school-headed paper. Kate, Lucy and I will
take care of that. Dave, would you be able to contact a [……………..]to come
and take pictures for the [………………..] that will be printed after the
conference?
Dave: Yes, I know a good photographer who has come to the col¬lege for some
other […………..……..]. I will contact him as his photos were of really
good […………………..].
Sam: Lucy, would you be able to order the food and drinks? Which caterers do
you think we should use? We don’t want to spend too much money. We have
about [………………..] to cover food and drink for […………………..]. We need
a selection of finger food and soft drinks.

Lucy. I will contact Flying Fish. They are quite cheap and they will do
some […………..] for us as we have used them before at the [………………..].
Don’t worry Sam, I’ll sort all that out.
Sam: Excellent We have covered a lot for today. I will book the main college
hall and rooms 10, 11, 12 and 13 this week. I think we need to have about two
more meetings before the conference. The next one we’ll schedule
for [……………..]. Can everyone do that or would Thursday 7th June be
better?
Kate: The first date you said is fine with me.
Dave: Me too.
Lucy: Yes that’s fine with me as well.
Sam: Last thing to mention before we finish up for today is some things that
Mr Peters, our lovely […………………..], has said. As we said at the beginning,
he hasn’t been so [………………..] about this conference and he has given us
some rules we have to stick to during the con¬ference. I’ve made a photocopy
of them for everyone. I think we should just go through them now to get them
out of the way.
Lucy: Good idea
Sam: Well, the first thing Mr Peters said is that we have to make a record of all
the students who [………..] the conference as he wants those […………….]
after the event to check that the money he gave us to organise it was worth it.
He also wants to know which subject each of the students who attended is
going to study at [...……..] to show that we have provided [………..]speakers
at the conference. He said that he doesn’t mind how many speakers we invite
as long as the lectures are [……………..]. The last requirement was that we
help organise the travel arrangements for the speakers. We can discuss
the [………………..] of this in the next meeting.
Kate: That all sounds fairly easy to […………………..]. Did Mr Peters not say
anything about [………………..]the hall and the rooms after? I would have
thought that he would have said something about that

Sam: That wasn’t something on the list I could check with him but
the […………………]who clean the college on a […………………..]basis might
tidy everything up. They would just have to be paid a bit more. I dont think the
conference will produce too much [………………..] anyway.
Dave: It would be good to get some help with all that anyway.
Sam: Yes. So, that’s everything then. Let’s go for lunch now, I’m [……………..].
We can speak about the next lot of things at the next meeting.
SECTION 4
Professor: I’d like to introduce our [………………..] today who has come all the
way from Manchester. Dr Paul Harold, the Head of Research in Nutrition at
Manchester University. He is going to talk to us about ways we
can [………………..]our lifestyle and […………..]. This will include watching
what we eat and being more careful about our […………………..]intake as well
as taking regular […………………..]. This is an important [……………..] issue
as many people eat too much […………………..]and the nation as a whole is
fatter than it was one hundred years ago.
Dr Harold: Thank you, James, for your introduction. You are absolutely
right; [………………..]show that the nation is […………………..] than it used
to be and this is due to the long hours that we work and the lack of time we
have to [……………..] healthy meals that are low in fat and […………………..].
There are some simple steps everyone can take to help improve their general
health; maybe lose some weight first; in the long run, it could lower
your [………..] and blood […..…..].
The first thing to do in order to check that your weight is healthy is to work out
your Body Mass Index or BMI. This is a tool that can help you find out if you
are a healthy weight for your height. Obviously the height of a person
will [………………..] what weight they should be. To work out your BMI you
should take your weight in [……………..] and divide it by your height
in [……………..]. Then you divide the results by your height in metres again.
The [……………..] you come up with can be checked on a chart to see if your
BMI is too high, too low or about right Even if your BMI is about where it
shoidd be it is still important to eat a healthy and […………..]diet. A healthy
diet involves consuming […...……..]amounts of all the food groups, including

an adequate amount of water. [………………..] can be obtained from many
different foods, so there are a wide variety of healthy diets.
To start with, it is important to eat starchy foods such as bread, [……………..],

potatoes, rice, and [……………..], together with fruit and vegetables and this
should provide the bulk of most meals. Some people wrongly think
that […………………..] are ‘fattening1. In fact they contain about half
the […………………..] of the same weight of fat Also, starchy foods often
contain a lot of [………………..]. When you eat starchy foods, you get a feeling
of [………………..]which helps to control [………………..]. It is also important
to eat at least [………………..], and ideally 7 to 9 portions, of a variety of fruit
or vegetables each day. If you eat a lot of fruit and vegetables, then your
chances of developing [……………..], a stroke, or bowel cancer are reduced.
You also need a certain amoint of protein to keep healthy. However, most
people eat more protein than is necessary. You should
choose [……………..]such as chicken or lean meat. There is […………..]that
eating oily fish helps to protect against heart disease. It is probably
the […………..] fatty acids’ in the fish oil that help to reduce build-up in
the […………..]. Aim to eat at least two [……………..] of fish per week, one of
which should be oily.
Obviously what we eat is highly important but it is also [……………….]to do

regular exercise as it strengthens the heart, tones our [………………..]and is
also good for the mind We’re increasingly living in a world
where [……………………..]has stopped being a day-to-day part of oir lives. We
have [………………..] appliances to wash and dry for us and cars to get us
around and with the […………………..]in manual labour many of us spend our
working day sitting at desks. Adults should do a minimum of […………………..
moderate-[……………………..] physical activity, five days a week. You dont
have to do the whole 30 minutes in one go. Your [……………..] could be made
up of three ten-minute [………………..] of activity spread through the day, if
you prefer. The activity can be a ‘lifestyle activity’ such as [………………….]to
the shops or taking the dog out or [………………..] exercise or sport, or
a [………………..] of these. But it does need to be of at least […………………..]
intensity. For bone health, activities that produce high physical stresses on
the […………………..]are necessary.
Well, I hope you have learned some interesting facts from this talk and that it
will help you to change your lifestyles for the better. Thank you for

your [………………..] and I believe that James has some […………………..] to
give you on this subject, James…

68
SECTION 1
Questions 1-3
1. What total discount is Jonathon’s school being offered?
A. 25%
B. 50%
C. 65%
2.Where did Jonathon first want to take his students?
A. Madrid
B. Barcelona
C. Sainsbury
3. What is the normal price of this tour?
A. £679
B. £1261

C. £1940
Questions 4 -10

each answer.
Mcfadden’s Travel
Two main things the all-inclusive price covers:
4…………………………………..
5…………………………………..
Extras also covered by the all-inclusive offer:
airport taxis, 6……………………………..
a city tour, 7…………………………………
CLIENT DETAILS:
E-mail address of contact person: 8……………………..@…………………………… .com
Number of travellers: 49
Date of travel: 7th of April
Departure time: 7:00 a.m
Arrival time: 10:30 a.m (local time)

Credit Card Number: 9………………………………..
Expiry Date: 01-Jan-2015
Total cost of booking: 10 £………………………………
SECTION 2:
Question 11 – 12
Choose the correct letter A, B, or C.
11. What does the word ‘formula’ stand for?
A. the rules drivers must respect
B. the type of roads used for the races
C. the way they drive
Questions 13 – 20


answer.
First Last Interesting

Driver Notable Record’s
Title Title Fact
won 5 world
Juan Manuel championships, a record was the first
1951 13…….
Fangio which remained for 15…..... winner
14……………. years
won the most races ever
is regarded as
Ayrton Senna 1988 1991 at the 16 …………………
the most 17……
Grand Prix
won the third driver ever was
Alain Prost 1985 1993 18…………………. number a 19…...……..of
of championships Senna
holds many records
including most drivers’
Michael is the 20.....……
1994 2004 championships, pole
Schumacher on paper
positions, race victories
and fastest laps
SECTION 3
Question 21 – 27

each answer.
Bizz – Educators Inc.

Upsides Downsides
has a proven track record wants to remain an independent
is an industry 21 …………………. is well entity, so this would be a hostile
respected and has a great name 25…………………………

has generated a lot of goodwill is a production-based company is a
consistently has an annual gross profit of 26…………………………. venture is in
22………….. has a clear and ambitious a different market so there will be
23…………….............……. has very high no synergy, and no cost savings
24………………...…… and 2013 for 2012
The official decision on whether to buy Bizz-Educators will be taken at

tomorrow’s 27……………….
Questions 28 – 30
Choose THREE letters, A – G.
What THREE requirements are there for the takeover of Bizz-Educators to

go ahead?
A. Assurances that the management of Bizz – Educators won’t oppose the deal.
B. An independent mediator be used to broker the deal.
C. An adult of the company’s books.
D. That a study of the company’s projected profit margin be conducted.
E. That the deal be kept secret until it is finalised.
F. That an analysis of the company’s goodwill assets be carried out.
G. That the asking price be lowered.
SECTION 4:
Question 31 – 40.

Conserving Energy at Home
Carbon footprint is:
The 31………….. of greenhouse gas emitted into the atmosphere by an

individual as a result of his day-to-day activities.
More than 32…………………………… of all homes are not insulated.

Reasons to better insulate your home:
Fitting adequate insulation in the 33……………………… and outer walls of your

home can reduce heating costs by as much as 25%.
The government offers 34…………………………… to people who want to

reinsulate their homes.
You will recoup your investment over a short period of time.

Painting 35…………………….. walls in dark colours is a bad idea because dark
colours 36………………………….. heat.
Replacing a normal light bulb with an energy-saving one could save you
37……………. over the lifetime of the bulb.
If you have large windows in your home, you should close the 38 ………………..
Erect 39……………….. to heat your water supply.
People should continue recycling and composting their 40……………………. to

help protect the environment.
Answer key:
1. C
2. A
3. C

4. Flights
5. (hotel) accommodation
6. Breakfast (every morning)
7. Theatre tickets
8. presley@ sainsbury.com
9. 6676 6654 9743 1251
10. £ 31,234
11. A
12. C
13. 1957
14. 46
15. Multiple championship
16. Monaco
17. Naturally gifted
18. Hightest
19. Great rival
20. Greatest driver
21. Leader
22. £ 500,000
23. Strategy
24. Projected profits
25. Takeover (bid)
26. High-risk
27. Board meeting
28. A
29. B
30. E
31. amount/volume
32. 65%
33. attic
34. grants/financial aid
35. (the/your) interior
36. absorb
37. 25

38. curtains/blinds
39. solar panels
40. waste.
SECTION 1
James: Hello. McFadden’s Travet James speaking; how may I help you?
Jonathon: Hi there; my name’s Jonathon Presley, principal of [………………..]

Secondary School. I am calling to ask about your early [………………..] offer. I
saw it advertised in the Evening Herald yesterday.
James: Certainly, Mr. Presley; what would you like to know?
Jonathon: Oh, please, Jonathon will be fine.
James: Of course, Jonathon. How can I help you?
Jonathon: Well, the first thing I’d like to know is how long is your
offer [………………..] for? My […………………..] students are planning a
holiday in early April; will they qualify for the […………………..]?
James: The good news is our special offer runs until the end of May.
Jonathon: Oh dear, oh dear, March! That’s …………..], we’ve just [………..]
James: On the contrary, Jonathon. Ifs May not March; you Will qual¬ify for
the discount.

Jonathon: Oh, […………………..].
James: And I’m only just getting started; the best news is yet to come.
Jonathon: What do you mean?
James: Well, tell me now how many students are you planning to take on this
tour?
Jonathon: I expect there’ll be about […...……..] and 3 teachers accompanying

them. Why? Are there any further discounts?
James: There are indeed We do a [……………………..]on groups of up to 40

people. For you, we can offer an even better rate; a [……………………..]
Jonathon: Wow, is that on top of the 15% early bird discount?
James: It most certainly is, which makes your total tour discount hmmmmm,
fifty plus fifteen, […………………..].
Jonathon: Surely there’s a catch, this is too good to be true.
James: Well, there is a condition that you must choose your [………………..]
from a list we have […………………………..]. You can’t book a tour to just
anywhere in the world with this discount rate.
Jonathon: I see, and would Madrid be on that list by any […………………..]?
James: I am sorry to […………………..] you but we do not offer this rate on

tours to Madrid. However, we have an excellent all-[…………………..]7-day
Barcelona tour which is available. How does that sound?
Jonathon: Sounds interesting. What is the [……………………..]per student?

James: Let’s see – It works out at […………………..] per person with the
discount. The normal price is […………………..] so you are saving £1261 per
person.
Jonathon: Hold on a moment, let me get a pen to write some of this down; it’s
getting […………………..]. Okay, how much will it cost per student?
James: £679
Jonathon: And how much of a saving is that?
James: […………………..]
Jonathon: Barcelona sounds very good indeed Tell me, what do you mean by
all-inclusive? What does £679 get us?
James: Well, that price covers flights. 3-star hotel accommodation

and […………………..].
Jonathon: James, I must say, I’m very glad I called you this morning. This is
a […………………..] deal. It covers flights, accommodation and what else?
James: Plus airport taxis, breakfast every morning, a city tour and [………....].
Jonathon: Great! and what about the teachers?
James: The teachers can travel free of charge with the students. Jonathon:
Well I might just go on this tour myself, I’ve always [………………..] a trip to
Barcelona — ehhhh, ehh but for the children’s sake, of course.
James: Of course. Now, let’s get to work on the booking. Exactly when were
you planning to leave?
Jonathon: The [………………..], if possible.

James: Yes, that’s available. And, can you [………………..] the exact number of
students please?
Jonathon: It’s either [………………..], let me see_ Yes, 45, exactly 45 students.
No, sorry, in fact that’s 46.1 forgot about Jenny McCarthy, she sent her
application in late so it’s not in the same pile as the rest
James: So that’s the 7th of April and 46 students, correct?
Jonathon: Yes, perfect, and three teachers. Is there a morning flight?
James: Yes. your flight is at 7 am on Monday the 7th of April. Arrive at the
airport [………………..] before departure. The flight will take about two and a
half hours and you’ll land at 10:30 am local time. How does that sound?
Jonathon: Sounds great. Can I give you my e-mail address to confirm the rest
of the details?
James: Of course.
Jonathon: It’s […………………..]. That’s j-o-n-a-t-h- o-n dot p-r-e-s-l-e-y at s-

a-i-n-s-b-u-r-y dot com. And we’ll pay by cred¬it card if possible.
James: That’ll be perfect. What’s your card number?
Jonathon: It’s […………………..]. expiry date 01 Jan 2015.
James: And the name on the credit card?
Jonathon: That’s my own, Jonathon Presley
James: So, £679 times 46 students, I’m going to charge
(101£31.234 to your credit card, that’s the total cost.

Jonathon: Sounds fine.
James: Great! Well, I think that’s all we need for now, Jonathon. It’s been
a [………………….]doing business with you. If you have any questions please
don’t [………………..]to give me a call. We’ll be in touch next week to confirm
the […………………..] details.
Jonathon: Okay, and thank you very much for your help, James. Bye for now.
James: Bye bye Jonathon! Speak soon.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Good morning and welcome to the programme. This week we’re
continuing our series of features on [………………..] and I am delighted to
welcome to the show, David McWilliams, widely [………………..] as the most
knowledgeable motor racing […………………..] in England. We’ve invited
David in to talk to us about what is probably the most [………………..]
and [………..] motor racing championship in […………………..] today, that is,
of course, Formula One. David, Formula One is now a [………………..] racing
franchise, but how did it all begin?
David: Well, Formula One has its roots in the [……………..]Grand Prix Motor
Racing championship which began in the [………………..]. After World War
Two, the Grand Prix was [……...…..] into a new championship format, the one
we are familiar with today, Formula One. The “Formula1 stands for the rules
which all the drivers and […………………..]must [……………………..]. The
‘One’ signifies that this racing championship is regarded as the best in the
world. The first world championship race was held in [………………..] at
Silverstone in England. It was won by Italian Guiseppe Farina, in his Alfa
Romeo. Farina narrowly beat his […………………..] Juan Manuel Fangio
of [……………..] to the title, yet it was Fangio who would go on
to […………………………..]the sport for the rest of the decade winning five
world […………………………..]. As the years went by, the sport became a
global […………………………..]and grew from strength to strength, becoming
the biggest [……………………..] sport on the planet.
Presenter: There’s no doubt that Formula One is big business today David, but
what about the real […………………..], the great drivers of Formula One, past

and present? Who […………………..] as the best, in your opinion? David:
That’s an almost [……………………..] question to answer, but I could narrow it
down to three or four amazing drivers; take your pick from any one of them.
I’ll start with the [………………..] of Formula One, the great Fangio who I’ve
already […………..] He [………………..] the sport throughout the […………..],
winning 5 titles in all, his first in 1951. his last in ’57. a record that stood
for [……………..]. Indeed, he was the first multiple championship winner.
Fangio was a [……………..] and [………….] Argentinian who never gave up.
His greatest moment came in winning the 1957 championship when he came
back from a […………………..] pit stop to recover a 30-second deficit and take
the championship on the last lap of the last race of the season. That was, of
course, to be the last time he’d win the title.
Another [………………..]great is Brazilian, Ayrton Senna Senna won the world

title three times, the first being in [……………..], the last in 1991. Tragically, he
died in a race […………..] the year after to the [………………..] of millions of
fans watching the race [……………..]live on T.V. Senna was best known for his
skills driving in the wet and he won the Monaco Grand Prix. on what
is […………………..] as the most difficult race course in Formula One, more
times than any other driver. Perhaps because of this, he is regarded as the
most [……….......] gifted driver to have ever sat behind the [……………..].
Another very [………………..] driver was Frenchman, Alain Prost Prost won
the drivers’ title four times during his career. His first title victory came
in [………………..] and his last arrived in [……………..]. Of course, Prost will
always be remembered as the driver with the third highest number of
championship […………..], and, perhaps, even more for the fact that he was a
great [……………..] of Ayrton Senna. Those two had many great [………..].
Last but not, by any means, least, Michael Schumacher is the most recent of
these driving greats who [………………..] a mention. His first title was won in
1994, and he continued to [………………..] Formula One until he won his last
title in 2004. […………………..] holds many driving records including most
drivers’ championships, race victories, fastest laps, [………………..] positions,
points scored and most races won in a single season.
He is also regarded as the greatest driver on paper having won seven world
titles.

Presenter: It sounds like Schumacher is in a league of his own; is he not clearly
the best then, David, based on his record?
David: It’s not that simple unfortunately. These drivers all raced in different
eras with different cars and under different […………………..]. I don’t believe
we can say one was the out and out best but rather that each was the best of his
time. That’s [………………..]enough.
SECTION 3
Mary: So _ let’s go over this again. We dont want to make any [……………..]
and we all need to agree we’re making the right […………………..].
John: Absolutely, we’d have to spend a lot of money to buy Bizz- Educators
Inc; almost […………………..]. So let’s get this right, otherwise it’ll be our
necks on the line.
Dave: Well, I for one think this is an excellent opportunity for our company
to […………………………..]and break into a new market. I say we should go
ahead with the […………………………..]. At £10 million, Bizz-Educators is
good value for money.
Mary: Ok Dave, I know you’re very much in favour of the […………………..].

How about you summarise the plus points of this venture for us. Mark, you’re
less certain and you’ve […………………..]some issues already. Will you
summarise the […………………..]?
Mark: I’d be only too happy to.
John: Right then, Dave, let’s start with you. Why is this [……………………..] so
attractive? What are the upsides?
Dave: It’s simple economics. Bizz-Educators has a proven track record and is
an industry leader. It is a […………………..] company with a great name, has
generated excellent goodwill, and has consistently made a gross profit of more
than [……………..] per annum with a great [………………..]return.

Mark: Yeah, but what about the net profit? That’s not nearly as high. In fact,
last year it made a net loss of [………………..]Dave: Mark, that’s only because
it invested in a new manufacturing plant. That’s a long-term investment to
secure the company’s future.
In fact, it’s a good thing, not a bad thing. It shows that the company has a clear
and [………………..]strategy going forward. Besides, a £100,000 loss is very
small in real terms. It’s hardly worth being concerned about. That loss will
be [………………..]back within two years if the projected profits for 2012 and
2013 [………………..]. The forecast is for a net profit of £500.000 in 2012 and
£1,000.000 in 2013. The [……………………..]speak for themselves. This is a
sound investment.
John: I have to agree with Dave. Why are you so sceptical Mark? Mark: I see
where Dave is coming from, but we’re […………………..]some vital facts. First
of all, this company wants to remain an independent entity. [……………..]
takeover bids are [……………..]with danger. We know from experience;
remember Davidsville Inc.? We spent a fortune researching that company and
creating a […………………………..] business plan only for the merger to fall
through.
Mary: Mark’s right, it is always difficult to buy a company that doesn’t want to
be sold. Davidsville was a [………………..]. Continue Mark.
Mark: That’s not my only concern. I am also worried that Bizz- Educators is a
production-based company. We have no experience running [………………..]
like that. Our market is [………………..]banking and trading. We would have
to hire outside [………………..]to run Bizz- Educators for us. That’s going to
cost more money. Look, I’m not saying it cant be done; I’m just saving this is a
high-risk […………..]. Plus there’s no synergy. Our business is totally
different, so we can’t save costs by […………..] departments.
John: Well, we can certainly see that this decision is not […………………..], by
any means.
Mary: Maybe, but we have to come to a […………………..]soon; it’s almost five

o’clock.

Mark: What’s the hurry? Can’t we postpone our decision and discuss the
takeover [………………..]again tomorrow?
Mary: Mark, have you forgotten that we have to have our […………………..]
ready for tomorrow’s board meeting? That’s when the official decision will be
made.
Dave: Goodness, it almost slipped my mind. Well, we’d best move oa Mary,
John, you were […………………..] before. Now that you’ve listened to the pros
and cons of the proposal, what do you think?
John: I think it’s a great opportunity for our business. Bizz-Educators

is […………………..] profitable and it is a business on the up, ifs growing and
is a very […………………..] takeover proposition for that reason.
Mary: No-one doubts that it’s a very successful business, but the question is
should we invest? I say we should, provided we can […………………..]the
following: First of all, I would like […………………..]that the management of
Bizz-Educators won’t oppose us [………………..]. That would make the bid too
difficult. Secondly, I think we need to ask an [………………..] mediator to
broker the deal on our behalf. Last time we tried to [……………………..]our
own takeover it was a [……………………..], as Mark said. John: I agree Mary.
I’d also like us to [………………..]another audit of the company’s books.
Mark: In [……………..] John, I dont think that’s necessary. We’ve done a

thorough audit already. It’ll just cost more money. We must keep the
deal [………………..] until it goes through though: if this gets [……………..] to
the press, Bizz-Educators won’t be happy. That will make the [………………..]
even more hostile towards us.
Dave: Good point, agreed I dont think we need to be concerned

about [………………..] profit margins, goodwill or [………………..] issues.
Bizz- Educators has kept very up-to-date account books.
Mary: Great, then we’re all agreed the takeover should go ahead provided we
proceed [………………..].
SECTION 4

Tutor: I’d like you to give a warm welcome to our guest speaker today, Dr.
Sophia Martin from the [………………..] of Science. Dr. Martin is an expert in
energy […………………..] and she’s going to talk to us about ways we can
conserve energy in the home. This is a very important subject as the world we
live in is facing […………………..] and potentially […………..] climate change
as a result of our excessive [………………..] and aggressive exploitation of
natural resources.
Dr. Martin: Thank you for the kind words Alice. You are quite right we face
an [………………..] climate crisis and it is up to each and every one of us to do
our bit to help stop global warming. Believe it or not, if we all took some simple
steps, we could dramatically reduce our [………..] footprint and help protect
the [……………..]. It is not a […………..], it is not silly […………………..]talk,
one person really can make a difference and I hope that after my speech today,
you will understand how.
But first, what exactly is your carbon […………………..]? Basically, it’s how
much you pollute the environment as an individual, or rather what volume
of […………..]gas is emitted into the atmosphere because of your day-to-
day […………..]. The key to stopping global warming is for each of us
to [………..] our carbon footprint, and if we […………..] energy in the home,
we can achieve some truly dramatic results.
Our homes are actually very […..…..] from an energy conservation […....…..].
Indeed, more than [….…..] of all homes arent insulated enough. This means
that they lose heat and that […………..] waste a lot of energy, not to mention
money, on heating during winter. So the first step is to fit […………..]
insulation in the attic and outer walls of your home. This can reduce your
heating bills by as much as […………..]. What’s more, the government offers
grants to people who want to have their homes […………..] so it isn’t a very
expensive [………..], and you will probably recoup your investment within a
couple of years. I would encourage everyone to consider this course
of [……………..]; both your wallet and the environment will thank you.
Believe it or not, there are even simpler things we can do. For a start, never
paint your [……………..] walls in dark colours. Dark colours [………………..]
heat therefore, you will waste more energy trying to keep you home warm.
Always use light colours on interior walls.

Did you know, a […………………..] that is 50% full uses almost the same
energy as one that is […………………..] full? The moral of the story is to wait
until your dishwasher is packed before switching it on; it’ll save you and the
environment. The same is true of most household [……………………..], so try
to use them only when necessary. Another startling fact is that replacing just
one normal light bulb with an energy-[………………..] light bulb will save
you […………..] over the lifetime of the […………………..]. Now just imagine
the savings if you replaced all the bulbs in your house.
Having large windows seems to be in [………………..] right now, yet it makes

no sense whatsoever from an energy saving […………………..]. Windows are
one of the biggest causes of heat loss. If you have large windows at home, my
advice would be to close the curtains and blinds as often as possible. This will
help your rooms retain heat Another simple way to retain heat is to close all
inside doors, especially ones which lead into […………………..] parts of the
house. Carpets and rugs are great floor [……………………..]. It’s a good idea to
have these fitted in rooms where heat [………………..]is an issue.
I would strongly advise people to consider [……………………..] solar pan¬els

on their roofs. You don’t need to live in a [……………………..] sunny place to
reap the benefits of these; even our English weather will suffice. [……………..]
can generate enough energy to heat your entire hot water supply, which is
fantastic when you think how much you pay for this [………………..] at the
moment. And, of course, I would encourage people to continue [……………..]
and [……………..] waste. The next generation will thank us if we act now and
rightfully condemn us for failing to.
Well, I can only hope you have found this speech […………………………..]and
that I have highlighted the importance of the individual to the cause
of [……………………..]protectioa Thank you for your attention, I’ll hand you
back to Alice now.

69
SECTION 1:
Questions 1-8

answer.
Fairview Lake Camping Centre
The three functions of the centre are:
conference centre
Example: educational institution
place for full-filled weekends

The customer wants to bring children who have 1___________________
SPORTS: Sailing, windsurfing, volleyball, rowing, and a sport most children

have never tried which is 2 __________________________________
Accommodation Facilities
• The Birch Unit – sleeps 3__________________________________
• Greenback Row – sleeps the same number of people.
• Cabins 1 – 3: sleep 10 people
• Cabins 4______________ : sleep 12 people each
Mr Bryson’s booking arrangements
The customer would bring 5______________ students for the course.

He would like to book the course starting Sunday 6 _______________
The cost for one week would be 7 ___________________ per child.
The school’s telephone number is 8 _________________________

Questions 9 and 10
9. The receptionist suggests Mr Bryson’s group eat with the other groups
because
A. it works out cheaper that way.
B. it’s more sociable.
C. you can do your own cooking.
10. Before he decides whether to accept the course or not, Mike Bryson will
A. check with a higher authority.
B. ask for lower prices.
C. see what the children have to say.
SECTION 2
Question 11-15

Label the map below. Write the correct letter, A – G, next to the question 11 –
15
Question 16 – 20
Label the diagram below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.

SECTION 3:
Question 21-22
Which TWO courses does the summer school offer?
A. preparation courses for graduate studies
B. teacher trainning
C. future employment
D. graduate studies
E. management trainning course
Questions 23 – 27

25. Paddy is interested in the sports programme bccause
A. he needs a qualification to teach PE.
B. he wants to improve his general teaching skills.
C. he has been told to attend it.
24. The swimming course concentrates on
A. competitive swimming.
B. teaching beginners.
C. technical aspects of swimming.
25. Paddy is interested in the equestrian course because
A. he thinks it will help him get better employment.
B. there is great interest in this sport in his present school.
C. he has always been interested in riding.
26. The beginners on the equestrian course will be taught
A. basic horsemanship.
B. only dressage and show jumping.
C. only flat work and show jumping.
27. When is the deadline for enrollment?

A. mid-April
B. late April
C. early May
Questions 28 – 30
Paddy is also interested in a course on 28___________, but he knows

nothing about it. Coveniently, it is a 29__________ so it doesn’t matter that
he is back at school. Apart from that, he is advised to take a 30___________,
which will teach him body awarness, and an appreciation of music.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 40

answer.
Sending your child to University
• Someone with a higher education earns 31_______________ more than

someone without.
• In 1997 maintenance grants abolished and 32_____________ introduced.
• University fees increasing – up to 33_____________________ a year.

• Average undergraduate needs 34__________________ for 3 years.
• Almost 80% of students’ cost are 35__________________________
PAYING FOR YOUR CHILD’S EDUCATION
• Students’ tuition can be paid for, in part, if they join the 36____________
• The RAF will sponsor, but students must take up at least 37___________
service commitment.
• Students good at sport might secure a 38________________________
• The University of Kent gives a 39_______________ cricket bursary to

promising players.
Student Loans:
• Maximum 40_________________ is 5,000 pounds.
• Needn’t be paid back until after graduation.
Answer Key:
1. Failed exams
2. Archery
3. 8 people
4. 5,6 (5 and 6)
5. 22
6. June 24th
7. £ 425
8. 1304 647864
9. B
10. A

11. C
12. B
13. A
14. G
15. D
16. Ride
17. Pay station
18. Performance
19. Arena
20. Man
21. A
22. D
23. B
24. C
25. B
26. A
27. C
28. rhythmic gymnastic
29. weekend course
30. dance course
31. 50%
32. tuition fees
33. 6000
34. 25000
35. living expenses
36. armed forces
37. 4 years
38. (sports) scholarship
39. 1500
40. yearly loan

SECTION 1
R= Receptionist C= Customer
R: Good morning, Fairview Lake Camping Centre. Can I help you?
C.: Oh yes. I’m interested in bringing a group of [………………..] to your centre

for a week’s stay this summer, and I’d like some information. Could you tell me
something about your […………………..]?
R: Certainly, sir. We have three main [………………..], really. We are a

con¬ference centre, an educational […………………..], and simply a place
where you can come and have a fun-filled weekend. Whatever your goal is, our
professional […………………..] are on hand to help you.
C: I think we’d like to have an […………………..] visit and some fun at the
same time. I was thinking particularly of some of our children who have failed
exams, and need to […………………..] them next year. .
R: I see. Well, we offer coaching in […………………..] subjects at most levels;

you know, Maths, Sciences, Geography, languages. We […………..] the courses
according to the needs of your [……………..]. As for the [………………..]side
of the centre, we offer sailing, [……………..], volleyball, rowing, [……………..]
and quite a few other sports. Most children have never tried [………………..],
so we offer courses in that, too. It’s very popular.
C: That sounds good. I’ll see if there is any interest. And where would the
children stay?
R: Well, we have the Birch Unit that sleeps […………………..], and Greenback
Row which sleeps the same number. [………………..]1-3 each sleep ten people.
Cabins 5 and 6 sleep […………………..]each. How many young people are you
thinking of bringing?

C: 22. Twelve girls and ten boys.
R: Perfect then I suggest Cabin 3 for the boys, and Cabin 5 for the girls. How
long would you want to stay? Ah, yes, I remember, you said a week, didn’t you,
Mr_?
C: Bryson, Mike Bryson. Yes, that’s right, a week.
R: Good. Groups arrive on a […………..] evening, and leave the

follow¬ing […………..] morning.
C: That would be fine. Now, when are your courses?
R: Tell me the dates that would suit you, and we’ll see what we can do.
C: The end of June would be perfect for us.
R: End of June. Let me see.- How about the week starting [………………..].
The week starting Sunday 30th is pretty much booked up.
C: Yes, the 24th would suit us fine. Now, about prices?
R: For one week, including lessons, food, […………………..] and all sporting
activities, the cost would be […………..] per child, and [……………………..]
per adult. Could I have your school’s telephone number, please, Mr Bryson?
C: Yes, certainly. It’s […………………..].
R: 647864. And the code?
C: Em, 4304. Sorry, no. 1304. By the way, are you open in the win¬ter? And if
so, what do you offer [……………………..]?
R: Yes, we certainly are, Mr Bryson, and we offer [……………………..],

cross¬country skiing and animal tracking. It’s actually very popular in the
winter.

C: Interesting. Perhaps I’ll bring a group then, too. Oh, I almost for¬got to ask.
What are the eating [……………………..]?
R: We have an [……………………..] amount of space for dining. We can divide

the dining area into several […………………..] rooms, if necessary. If you
really want your privacy we can give you a separate room, but actually we find
that […………………..] give you the opportunity to meet people from other
groups. There’s no difference in price, whatever you [………………..].
C: Right. What if we want to cook our own meals now and again?
R: Yes, that can be arranged All of the units have their own tiny […………..],
but there are also many outdoor areas where you can cook over an open fire.
We try and have several [………………..]too, which are very popular.
C: That all sounds very [………………..]. I know the kids will be enthusi¬astic,
and the prices sound fair enough, so 111 speak to my […………………..] and
get back to you as soon as possible.
R: Good, Mr Bryson. I look forward to hearing from you.
SECTION 2
Staff member
I’m [………………..] to welcome you all here to our [……………..] little

outdoor play centre. We feel very [………………..] and excited today to have
our first customers here to [………………..] the official opening. But before we
let you, and more importantly your kids, get down to the business of
enjoying [………………..], I just wanted to make everyone familiar with the
centre’s main [……………..].

If you look at the map I’ve given you, let’s start by following
the [………………..] road straight through the centre to the attraction on the
right of the [………………..]. That is the Petting Zoo: a lovely little area where
children can spend time in the company of our very friendly farm animals.
Continuing left past the bridge will take you to the Toddler’s Play Pool.
Alternatively, taking a right at the Petting Zoo will bring you down to
the [………………..] and Fairy Palace. If I can draw your [………………..] to
the Waterfall and Frog Pond, you’ll notice that there are two [………………..]
close by. Following the road that leads to a dead end takes you to Winter
Wonderland. Here, we use snow machines to create a […………………..]world
of winter […………………..]. We think this will be a big favourite. On the other
side of the map, just down from the Fairy Palace, there’s another kind
of [……………..] Waterworld. Waterworld is for the older kids; a place where
they can have fun on the [……………..] and [……………..] and play about in
the water to their heart’s [……………..]. Jumping back now to the other side of
the map again, you’ll see not so much an attraction as
a [……………………..]for you poor tired mums; this is the Babysitting Area.
You can leave your little ones in the safe hands of our […………………..] carers
should you need a rest. The last attraction I’ve to show you then is the Craft
Zone, which is on the [………………..]side, down a little closer to the entrance
than Waterworld. Here the […………………..] can learn how to make all sorts
of beautiful things like shiny [………………..]and sparkly cards.
That’s pretty much everything you need to know, but before I finish, let me just
tell you a little more [………………..]about the wonderful animals of the
Petting Zoo. The Petting Zoo is [………………..] into three areas. The area on
the left-hand side is where children can go on rides: [……………………..] the
name Ride Zone. We have a friendly donkey called Dan, and a [………………..]
little pony called Polly. Dan the Donkey and Polly the Pony are joined for this
week only by a very special [………………..]; Larry the Lama. Queue for rides
at the entrance to the […………………..] circle and pay at the Pay Station
located in front of the parents’ sit-and-watch stand.
The centre area is known as the Mini-farm Zone. Here the children can see lots
of different farm animals living just as they would on a real farm. Join Farmer
Tom as he gives [……………………..] tours of the farm and shows the little
ones how to milk the [……………………..]and [……………………..]and how to
feed the [……………………..] old pigs.

Zone three is an area we are very excited about. We call it the Performance
Zone. Inside the Arena, some of our bright¬est animals will […………………..]
a series of tricks for the children, who’ll also be […………………..] by Cluxy the
Clown and his show band, the Racketeers. The Racketeers will perform on the
Main Stage at the centre of the Arena on the hour, every hour.
That […………..] my little introduction. I hope you have a [………………..]
day.
SECTION 3
P = Paddy K = Kate
P: Excuse me, I’ve come to enquire about your summer school [……………..].
My name’s Paddy Deans. Please call me Paddy.
K: OK, Paddy, I’m at your […………………..]. Are you talking

about […………………..]on one subject or do you want to study a number of
dif¬ferent subjects? And are we talking about [……………………..] studies or
preparation for graduate studies? We can also give you [………………..] on a
new career, but we’re not in the field of Business Management or anything like
that.
P: No, nothing like that I was more interested in your sports pro¬grammes.
You see, I’m a PE teacher, and I’ve just got a new […………………..]. There’s
no [………………..]to do this, but I really want to improve on my teaching and
coaching [………………..], if you see what I mean. I believe you have
an [………………..]swimming programme, for example.
K: That’s right. Most of our [……………………..] reached international level.

Our course is designed to […………………..] the technical […………………..]
of stroke, training and the […………………..] for each participant Technical
instruction, stretching and dry land training, training […………………..]and
stroke development are [………………..] parts of the programme, so it’s for
someone who has reached a good standard of swimming.
Each [……………………..]will be […………………..]and receive a DVD with
stroke analysis.
P: That sounds like just what I’m looking for. What will I need for the course?

K: Swimming [………………..], towel, swim cap, […………………..], goggles
and a pillow and bed linen for the week.
P: Right, I understand. Now, would there be any chance of tak¬ing part

in […………………..]events? Mv new school is horse-riding mad, and to be
honest I’ve never sat on a horse in my life, although I like [………………..].
K: Well, you’ve come to the right place, Paddy, and naturally we can provide a
horse for you. We have a very [………………..] equestrian camp, and dont
worry if you’re a complete beginner – there are no end of other people in your
shoes this year for some reasoa
P: What sort of things would I do?
K: Well, the beginners would start off with basic […………………..]. how to sit
on a horse, how to make it obey simple instructions. you know. But don’t
worry. One of our instructors will have a long chat with you and
define [………………..] goals. Are you interested in […………………..], flat
work or show jumping?
P: To be honest I haven’t the faintest idea.
K: That’s fine. You can watch the experienced […………………..] and try a bit
of everything. I’m sure something will grab your […………………..].
P: Great. By the way, what’s the […………………..]deadline for all this?
K: Well, we’ve just extended it by a week, so it’s now [……………………..].
P: Fine.
K: You arrive on Sunday and leave after lunch on Thursday. The cost
is [……………………..]. This covers room and board from dinner on the first
day to lunch on the last, […………………..], programme […………………..],
evening recre¬ational activities and use of one of our horses.

P: So could I do the swimming course, followed immediately by the equestrian
course?
K: Oh, yes. They fit in quite nicely, one […………………..]after the other. Now,
was there anything else, Paddy?
P: Well, actually yes, now that I’m here. In my new school I’m having to teach
girls for the first time in my life, and they’re also big on [……………………..]
gymnastics. Now, although I’ve got […………………………..] of experience
with Olympic gymnastics, I don’t feel at all […………………..] to teach
rhythmic.
K: We do run a course in rhythmic […………………..], but it’s in September.

Would you be able to come back?
P: But I’ll be back at school then.
K: We’ve thought of that, and that’s why it’s a weekend course. Three
weekends to be exact – first three in […………………..].
P: Put me down for that one then. Any idea what the course [……………..]?
K: Well, I know you study the different events like hoop, […………………..],
ball, Indian clubs and so on, and you take a dance course.
P: A dance course! But I’m the world’s worst dancer. You should see me do
the [………………..].
K: No, Paddy, it’s not that type of dancing. It’s called educational dance, and
teaches you to be [……………..]of your body, and to [………………..]music.
Very important if you want to teach rhythmic gymnastics.
P: Well, I suppose I’d better try that too. All right, give me the [……………..].
SECTION 4

Tonight, I’d like to [………………..]myself to parents who are planning to send
their children to university, but who might be [………………..]about the cost
There’s no doubt that university education is a great […………………..]. Not
only will your children learn and grow but, according to the Department of
Skills [……………………..], on average someone with higher education earns
. […………………………..] more in a […………..] than someone without. But in
the last […………………..]or so, the cost of getting a degree has more
than [……………..]– and it looks as if things are going to get […………..].
Maintenance grants were abolished in [………………..] and tuition fees
introduced for students in England, Wales and Northern Ireland. University
fees are rising […………………..], some of them more than […………………..]a
year. If you thought funding a university education was […………………..]your
reach, think agaia. With sound planning, you can […………………..]your
children with this opportunity of a lifetime. If you’re a new parent, remember
that the earlier you start saving, the less you have to pay every month and
the […………………..]your return. Money will give you […………………..]over
where your children study and the course they choose. But how should
you […………………..]? There’s no simple answer, but there are a number of
options.
The National Union of Students estimates that the [………………..]under-

graduate needs about [………………..]to finance three years at university.
Based on these figures, it is [………………..] that when someone is at
university in 20 years’ time, the cost will be approaching [………………..], but
this is [………………..]the university fees will only increase with the rate
of […………………..]. It could, of course, be more.
Parents can save money by […………………..] their children to study locally

and live at home. Almost [……………………..] of the costs students incur are
living […………………..] (rent, food bills, travel, [………………..], etc). If your
child is already 13 years old, and you haven’t started to save yet, there’s no
time to waste.
If the young person is interested in joining the armed […………………..], for

example the Royal Air Force, he can get the RAF to [………………..] him
throughout university; then he’ll fly fighter [………………..]and after that work
in the public [………………..]as a commercial pilot. […………………………..]
from the armed forces is an option hundreds of students take every year. The
RAF, for example, will sponsor students for at least [………………..]a year. But

this involves a […………………..] service commitment for the RAF, it’s at least
4 years.
If your child likes the idea of [………………..] or law, he could consider a

‘sandwich’ course. These normally [……………..] a paid, year long placement
in the industry that he’s studying, […………………..] the normal time at
university. You get […………………..]in your chosen field – plus a year’s
salary.
When your child is 16, you should start putting [………………..]what you can,
but there’s no way you’ll be able to fund a degree on savings alone. If your child
is a gifted [……………………..], you may be able to [………………..]a sports
scholarship.
Scholarships and [………………..]come in all sizes, are awarded for a variety of

reasons and may be a one-off or annual [………………..] You may be eligible to
apply simply because of where you come from or for a specific course you
are [……………..]. They are seldom advertised and many go […………………..]
every year.
The Internet is a great way to start looking. There is a [……………..]database

at […………………..]and while you’re at the computer, go to [………………..]
and type in some key words. If you’re a keen cricketer, for example, put in
‘university bursary sport cricket’, for instance. Top of the [……………..] page is
the University of Kent, which gives a […………………..]cricket bursary to
talented players.
If you haven’t put any money aside, your […………………..] will almost
certainly need to get a student loan – by far the best way for him or her to
borrow. The maximum yearly […………………..] is about […………………..].
There are two reasons why the loan is so […………………………..]; firstly, the
index-linked interest rate is very low, far lower than you’d get from the bank.
Secondly, you dont have to start paying it back until you’ve left university and
you start earning a […………………………..]salary. Now, a few more things to
look at…
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-44/

70
Questions 1-5

each answer.
Ratner Athletics Centre
Example: Current students get membership for ___no charge/ free______
a yearly membership costs 1……………………… for alumni
Features offered include:

the Emily Pankhurst 2………………………….
the Dalton 3…………………………….............
personal 4……………………… at an extra charge
Hours: 6 am. to 5 …………………………… on weekdays and 6 am to 9 p.m. on

weekends.
Questions 6-10

each answer.
NEW CUSTOMER MEMBERSHIP FORM
Customer name: Shannon 6…………………
Street Address: 7…………………………………
City: Newcastle
Postcode: 8………………………………………
Telephone number 9………………………….
Payment method cash
Proof of address: 10……………………………
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 20
Orientation Meeting for students studying abroad in South America
Remember to sign the attendance lists on the way out!
To get a student visa you must make a folder of health information including:
• vaccination 11………………………………………………..
• proof you don’t have a serious 12 ……………………..

Have a consultation with a doctor specialised in 13…………………… information
on:
• what vaccines you will need to get

• 14 ………………………….for malaria
what to expect if you have any existing 15……………………………………………....
Health issues in South America
Malaria is a concern for most people going to South America.
• In each country, it is 16………………………………………in some areas but not

others.
• You must 17……………………………………..and not travel to high-risk areas
if you arc not protected.
To prevent insect bites:
• wear long-sleeved shirts and 18………………………….................................

• use insect repellent on 19……………………….. and flying-insect spray in
rooms
• stay indoors in the peak biting periods of 20……………… and………………….
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23
Which opinion does each person express about filling out the evaluation
forms?
Choose your answer from the box and write the letters A – F next to
questions 21 – 23.
A. They encourage students to work hard.
B. Important changes have been made because of the forms.
C. We could be judged because of what we write.

D. It is alright to say that you don’t have an opinion.
E. Probably no one reads them anyway.
F. They are required; if we don’t do them we will get bad marks.
Joshua 21………….
Ethan 22…………
Lily 23…………
Questions 24 – 30

each answer.
Opinions about
Lily Joshua Ethan
project:
Initial
Suggested 24………………… 25………………….. 26………………………
Rating
choice between
Good Points nothing specific 27……………………
28……………………..
no practical point/ should have given

Bad Points choices were both us no opinion
29………………….. 30…………………..

SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 40
Product Life Cycle
Marketing Aims by Stage
Stage 1: Market Introduction
Features: Marketing Strategy:
▪ Cost 31……………………………… Step. 1

▪ Sales volume 32…………………. Get the brand noticed by the 33…………
Step. 2
Encourage potential customers to 34……
Stage 2: Growth
Economies 35……...........................…. lead to reduced costs and rise in sales.
• Step 1
Find a way to 36…………...........................................………. return customers.
• Step 2

Differentiate the 37……........................................…………. from rival products.
Stage 3: Maturity
Sales will 38………………………………..
• Step 1
Competition will be 39………….............Continue to point out the differences

between your product and rival brands
• Step 2
Find new 40……………......................................................…….. for the product
Answer key:
1. £240
2. Fitness centre
3. Swimming pool
4. Trainers
5. Midnight/24.00
6. Fleet
7. 24 Whitehall Close
8. NEO 1EN
9. 9765 484 493
10. Electricity bill
11. Records
12. Contagious disease
13. Travel medicine
14. Medication
15. Health issues
16. Present

17. Keep informed
18. Long trousers
19. Bare skin
20. Dusk / dawn
21. D
22. E
23. B
24. 4
25. 5
26. 5
27. Well thought out
28. Two topics
29. Boring
30. More time
31. Very high
32. Low
33. Target market
34. Try the product
35. Of scale
36. Reward
37. Brand
38. Peak
39. Intense
40. Applications

Section 1
S = Former student, Shannon Fleet E = Employee
E: Hello, Ratner Athletics Centre; how can I help you?
S: Yes, hi. I’m interested in finding out some information about [………….].
E: Certainly. Are you a student?
S: No. Is that a problem? I was a student here two years ago
E: Aright, that’s no problem Current students Ret membership for no charge,

but [……….]memberships are also available for [……………….]for university
faculty, staff, alumni, and […….........], as well as their […………….]and
children.
S: Ok, good How much does it cost?
E: For an alumnus, that’s two hundred and […………………….]annually, or

one hundred pounds for a month.
S: Oh. That’s quite expensive. It’s a shame I didn’t take [……………….]of the
athletics facility when I was a student here. I’ll have to think about this.
E: Well, we do offer a really excellent [……………….]. For the cost, members

have access to the Emily Pankhurst Fitness Centre, which is a beautiful
exercise space – open and full of light. The fitness centre includes two
weight [………….], free weights, rowing machines, [………….] trainers,
recumbent and [………….] bicycles, step mills, and [……………….][exercise
machines] – and many many other activities. But the most […………….], and
I’d have to say popular, feature of the Ratner Centre is the Dalton swimming
pool. It’s […………………………….]by 25 metres and includes up to 20 lanes in
the [………………………….]dimension and nine lanes in the 50-metre
dimension, and also has two one metre diving boards [………………………….].
What activities, specifically, are you interested in?

S: Yes, well, I’m interested in swimming, and also in getting started with some
weight training, although I’ve never tried it before in my life. I feel
rather [………………………….], actually. Is there instruction available?
You know, someone to teach me to use the machines and maybe help
me [……......……….]a training programme to reach my goals?
E: Yes, we have personal trainers available for an additional cost. We also

offer [……………….] evaluation, which by the way I highly [………………….]
for someone just starting out with weight training, and you would
be […………….]to the machines as part of this.
S: Oh, one more thing. What are the opening hours?
E: We’re open from six in the morning to […………………………….]on

weekdays and from six in the morning to nine pm on weekends.
S: Oh, that’s good. Alright, well, I guess I’d like to join.
E Very well. Can I have your name please?
S: That’s Shannon Fleet S-H-A-N-N-O-N F-L-E-E-T.
E Ok, and your address?
S: […………………………….]Whitehall Close, Newcastle
E Sorry, can you please spell the street name for me?
S: Yes, of course. That’s W-H-l-T-E-H-A-L-L C-L-O-S-E.
E Got it. And your post code?
S: N-E zero, one – E – N.

E N as in night and E as in England?
S: Yes, that’s correct
E I’ll need a phone number.
S: Ok. it’s […………………………….]E That’s 9-7-6 5 4-8-4 94-3.
S: No, sorry. The last three numbers are 4-9-3, not 94-3.
E Ok. Now, you’ll need to pay when you come for the first time, and you can
either pay by cash or […………………………….]
S: I’ll pay cash.
E Fine. And be sure to bring some sort of proof of address, like a bill
or […………………………….][…………………………….].
S: I dont drive. Will my electricity bill do?
E Yes, that’s fine. And also bring a [………………………….]-sized photo so we

can make up your membership card.
S: Ok, thanks. I’ll come by this afternoon.
SECTION 2
Hello there; good afternoon. Thank you for finding the time in your
busy […………………….]to come to the […………………….]student office’s
first ori¬entation meeting for students going abroad, to South America
next [……………………….]. By the way, if you haven’t already signed next to
your name on our […………….] lists – they’re located on the table at
the [……………….]of the [………………….]– be sure to do it on your way out.
Remember, this orientation meeting is […………………….], so you need to
make sure we know that you’re here.

Alright, to begin, we’re going to be talking about health, and [……………….]
the procedures that you have to go through in order to get your student visas
for your host country. For all of you, this will [………….] gathering a folder of
health [.......….]such as vaccination records and proof from your doctors that
you’re not suffering from any serious [……………….] diseases. For many of
you, this will also entail getting some extra [………….], depending on
your [………….] country. All the specifics that each of you will need are to be
found in your host country [………………….] that you received when you were
accepted into the programme.
Also each one of you is required to attend a [………………….] with a doctor at

the student health centre who is specialised in travel medicine. The health
centre can give you details about [………………….]times, but be sure to book
your appointment early, because the spe¬cialist is only at the heath centre at
certain times; to have the most benefit, you should have your meeting at
least [……………….] before your trip, to allow time for your [………………….]
to take effect. Now, at this con¬sultation, you will be given all the latest
information about what vac¬cines you’ll need and any other health
considerations you need to be aware of – if you’ll need to take medication
for […………………….], for example – or what to expect in case of any existing
health issues.
Now, I want to talk in a bit more detail about some important health [……….]
that many of you will face. First of all I want to say a few things about Malaria,
which will apply to most of you with South American destinations. In most
South American countries, [………………….] is present in some areas, but not
in others. In Brazil, for example, the Amazon basin is a high-risk area, while
the [………………….] cities, such as Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, have a very
low risk of malaria. So, if you will be studying in Sao Paulo, you will not need
to take medication for malaria. However, if you are studying in Sao Paulo and
doing [………………….]somewhere in the Amazon basin, then you will need
medication. [………………….], if you plan to travel into rural regions, then you
will need medication. You should be [………………….]about what your plans
are, and if you decide not to take malaria medication, keep informed and
don’t [………………….]to a high-risk area. We’ve had two instances of students
returning with malaria in the last […………………….], and both cases had to
do with […………………….] travel after their studies to areas with a high risk
of malaria

Of course, there are quite a few other insect-born [………………………….]that
can be caught, so it’s essential to avoid being bitten as much as possible, even if
you are taking malaria medication. To prevent […………………….]bites, you
should wear long-sJeeved shirts and long trousers whenever [……………….],
and use an insect repellent on any bare skin. You should also bring a flying-
insect spray to help clear rooms of [………………….]. The product should
contain a pyrethroid [……………….]. Bed nets treated with permethrin, if you
will not be sleeping in an air-con¬ditioned or [……………….] room, are also a
very good idea. Although it’s not always possible, it’s best to remain indoors in
a screened or air-conditioned area during the peak biting periods of dusk
and [………………….].
Finally, in much of South America, there is a risk of Schistosomiasis – a

rather [……………….] parasitic infection that can be [……………….] in fresh
water. So do not swim in fresh water, except in well- [……………….]swimming
pools. Any questions so far?
SECTION 3
E = Ethan L = Lily J = Joshua
L Joshua! Ethan! Wait; don’t leave yet. We have to fill in an […………….] form
to hand in with our final project.
E: Not another one! We’ve done one of these forms after each […………….] all
term! It’s a bit of a waste of time, if you ask me.
L They just want to give us a […………………….]to have our say about the
project.
E: But I haven’t much of an [……………………….]about it either way. It’s just a

project.
J: Yeah, but if you did?
E: Then it wouldn’t be a waste of time I […………………….]; what’s your

point?

J: Just say you have no opinion; what’s the problem with that?
E: You’re right; I’ll do that. And it’ll be easier than making something up! But
even if we had […………………….]and wrote them down, do you think anyone
reads them? I rather doubt it
L Of course they do! Remember in the first term, when there were some
problems with people in some [………………….] not doing their fair share of
the work? There were lots of [………………….]about this on the evaluation
forms, and so Dr. Smith came and talked to us about it, and decided to add
the [……………….] evaluation forms so we could each […………………….]our
other group members’ effort. That was a really important [………………….].
J: See, Ethan, without the evaluation forms, we wouldn’t have the opportunity
to report what a [………………….] you are!
E Come on! I’ve done as much work as anyone!
L Yeah, it’s easy to joke around because we’re a good team. My last team wasn’t
so good though, and I was really […………………….]for those forms.
E; Ok – let’s get it done so we can go.
L Okay, first we have to rate the project from one to five, and com¬ment on
any good or bad points.
J: We do this part together?
L Yeah. What do you think? Four?
E Yeah, why not?
J: Um_. Why four and not five? I don’t really think there was much wrong with
it. It was a good project. The tasks were well thought out. Not like the last one
where one of the tasks was [……………………….] because there was no
research on the subject.

L I agree with you, Josh. There weren’t […………………….] any problems with
the project. It’s just that I like projects to have a sort of [……………………….]
point, you know, we should see some sort of reason for doing it. Other than the
grade, of course. If it had some sort of real- world [……………………….], it
would have been […………………………….] What do you think Ethan?
E I don’t know. Why don’t we give it a […………………………….]?
L That’s a good idea. Can we do that?
J: I don’t see why not. And I agree. Four point five.
L So what about good points? Josh said it’s well thought out anything else?
E I liked having a choice between two topics. I mean, some [………………….]

just don’t interest some people.
L Yes, you’re right. Unfortunately, I thought they were both bor¬ing! I’m
sounding a bit […………….], aren’t I? I cant think of any [……………….] good
points.
E That’s alright. Let’s move on to the bad points.
L You’re eager to go, aren’t you?
E Yeah. I’m going [………………….] tomorrow and I have to pack! But back to
the topic. I haven’t got an opinion about bad points; Lily’s already said her
share, what about you Joshua? Any […………………….]?
J: No, I think it was a good project. Um„ If I had to say something I guess it
would be the time […………………….]. I think they should have given us more
time to do this final project since it was a larger part of our grade. But I don’t
think that’s a big deal.
L Ok. I think we’re done. We just have to do the individual evaluation forms
and that’s it.

SECTION 4
Lecturer: Today we’re going to look at marketing over the life¬time of

a [……………….] and how the different […………………….]in the product life
cycle impact on the kinds of marketing [………………….]we make and
influence the marketing [………………………….] we employ.
Of course, the […………………….] in the product life cycle is known as the

Market Introduction Stage. At this point, costs are very high indeed, and, since
the product is fresh to the market, sales [………………….] can be low to start
as the product has vet to take off. What the marketing [……………….] must do
therefore is get as much […………………….] as possible for the product and
begin to develop brand [………………….] and loyalty. Think of the process as
little steps. The first step is to get the [………………….] noticed by your target
market. This will require […………………….] advertising using mediums
which are ftely to [………….] the product to, and, just as importantly, appeal
to the target [………….]. The next step would be to [………………….]the target
market to try the product. Promotions, free trials and other special offers all
play a role in [………………….]new customers over to your brand.
Don’t expect to make money during the Market Introduction Stage. The focus
should be solely on creating brand awareness.
Then we move into the Growth phase. Now here costs will reduce [………….]
as sales rise and economies of scale in production begin to kick in. Public
awareness of the product has increased and the focus of the
marketing [………………….] will now switch more from creating awareness to
generating customer […………………….] and brand recognition. The first step
for the marketing [……………….] is to find a way to reward return customers
for their loyalty – in other words, provide them with an […………………….] to
continue coming back.
During the growth phase, several new competitors are likely to emerge
as [………………….] threats to the business. The next step for the marketing
team, then, is to differentiate their brand from the [………………….] on the
market. Unless customers see your product as […………………….] from the
competitors’, they really have no reason to remain loyal to it; therefore, this
brand differentiation that I have just spoken of is […………………….].

So, you’ve grown your business, now it’s time to sit back and reap
the [………………….]. We’re into the Maturity Stage. During this period, sales
will peak as the […………………….] point is reached.
Competition will be […………………….], however, the work you have done on

developing brand [……………….] and differentiating your product from that
of […………………….] will really pay off now. The marketing depart¬ment
must continue to differentiate the brand from competitors’, and, if possible,
diversify the product features; that is, find new [……………….]for the product
in order to open up [………………….]new markets and prolong the Maturity
Stage.
The final stage in the product life cycle is Saturation and Decline. Some would
argue that reaching this stage is a natural […………………….]for every
product. However, there is a growing belief that, should the marketing
department do its job [………………….], the product should [………………….]
and never really fall into decline. We’ll […………………………….]this debate a
little more closely next time.

Test 71
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Choose the correct letter A, B, C or D.
Example:
Where did Julie leave her car?
[A] in the underground parking lot

B in the outdoor parking lot
C opposite the university building
D near the Student Services office
1. What arc the regulations for the underground parking area, level 1?
A Undergraduate parking is allowed.
B Postgraduate parking only is allowed.
C Staff parking only is allowed.
2. If you don’t have a parking permit, what action will be taken?
A Your car will have a wheel clamped.
B You will pay a fine only.
C Your car will be towed away and you will pay a fine.
3. How does Julie usually travel to university?
A by car
B by rail
C by bus
4. Where is Student Services located?
A in the Science Department

B next to the football field
C between the cafeteria and the Science Department
Questions 5-10
Complete the release form below.

each answer.
Application for the release of a vehicle in compound.
Name: 5………………………………………...............
Address: 6……………………………………................
District: 7……………………………………..................
Faculty: 8……………………………………...................
Registration number: 9………………………………….
Make of car: 10……………………………………………..
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 14
What facilities are available at each campsite?
Write the correct letter A, B or C next to questions 11-14.

11. Biddlecombe Cascades …………..
12. Crystal Falls …………..
13. 17 Mile Falls …………..
14. Edith River Crossing ……………
A. a checkpoint but no toilets
B. toilets but no checkpoint
C. a checkpoint and toilets
Questions 15 – 20
Write the correct letter, A – H, next to the questions 15 – 20.
15. Biddlecombe Cascades
16. Crystal Fall viewpoint
17. The Amphitheatre
18. 17 Mile Falls Creek
19. Sandy Camp Pool
20. Sweetwater Pool

SECTION 3
Question 21 – 25
Which person has the following opinion about the incident in 2008?
Write the correct letter, A, B, or C next to questions 21 – 25
21. It was very funny.
22. Some people must have faced serious consequences.

23. It caused embarrassment.
24. It was a very immature thing to do.
25. We arc being punished for it.
A. Laura
B. Jamie
C. Denise
Questions 26 – 30
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A – G, next to
questions 26 – 30.

SECTION 4
Questions 31-56
Write the correct letter, A-H, next to questions 31-36.

Questions 37 – 40
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
ANIMAL PRODUCTION (in millions) in the Biomes of Brazil
AREA Cattle Goats Sheep
Cerrado 37…………….. none none

Caatinga 23.9 8.8 38……………
Pantanal 39…........... none none
Pampas 26 40……….... 6
Answer key:
1. B
2. C
3. B
4. C
5. Julie Karas
6. 15 Fremont Avenue
7. Hawkesly
8. Science
9. IKE 614T
10. Fiat Panda
11. B
12. C
13. C
14. A
15. C
16. E
17. H
18. I
19. D
20. F
21. C
22. B
23. A
24. A

25. B
26. G
27. B
28. F
29. C
30. D
31. B
32. A
33. H
34. G
35. E
36. D
37. 723
38. 1
39. 3
40. none
SECTION 1
V =Vicky J =Julie C =Clerk
V: Hi, Juiie. You look […………………………….]. What’s wrong?
J: I left my car parked in the […………………….]parkins (lot) and now it’s

gone.
V: Gone? What do you mean? Do you think it’s been […………………….]?

J: I think so. I’m just so flustered. It’s such a big place and I’m not sure. I just
can’t remember where I left it, or if someone took it.
V: Was it locked?
J: Well, I think I locked it. You know, I was thinking of my class at the time
because I was running late, so I’m not […………………………….]sure.
V: Where did you leave it?
J: Underground It was Level 1.
V: Don’t you know that area is for [………………………….]students and not for
undergraduate students? Did you get a parking [………………….]from Student
Services?
J: No, I didn’t. So what does that mean?
V: It means that it’s [……………………….]been towed away.
J: Oh, no. It’s the first time I’ve brought my car. I usually [……………….]the
train in.
V: How long has it been parked for?
J: Probably around four hours. Is there anything I can do?
V: Yes. Go to the [……………….]at Student Services and ask what you have to
do to get your car back. You’ll probably have to get your car out of
the [………………….], and also pay a fine.
J: I don’t believe it!
V: I know it’s [………………….], but it’s the only way the [……………….]can
control how many people park on the grounds. There’s just not enough parking
to [………………….]all the students.

J: They could at least have […………………….] the wheel. Oh, well. How do I
get to Student Services?
V: You go towards the Science Department, which is opposite

the [………......….]field and next to the [……....…….]. It’s in the building in
between.
J: Okay, so it’s in the building in between the Science Department and

cafeteria, which is opposite the football field.
V: Thafs right. Good luck.
C: Good morning. Can I help you?
J: Yes, I was told to come here because I seem to have lost my car C: What do
you mean?
J: Well, it’s the first time I’ve brought my car and I didn’t realise there
were [……………………….], and I think it might have been towed.
C: I see. Are you a postgraduate student?
J: No, undergraduate.
C: Did you get a parking permit?
J: No. I didn’t know about the permit.
C: Okay, we’ll have to fill out a release form for the compound com¬pany
where your car has been taken. I’ll just need to get some […………………….].
Your name?
J: […………………………….]– that’s spelt K-A-R-A-S.
C: Julie K-A-R-A-S. And your address?

J: […………………………….]
C: How do you spell Fremont?
J: F-R-E-M-O-N-T, and the district is Hawkeslev.
C: How do you spell that?
J: H-A-W-K-E-S-L-E-Y.
C: [……………………….]?
J: Pm in Political Science.
C: So that’s the Science faculty?
J: Yes.
C: What’s the car registration number?
J: It’s KIE 6… No, sorry, I always get that wrong. It’s [……………………….]
C: IKE 614T. What make is the car?
J: It’s a Fiat Panda.
C: Do you know the model?
J: The model?
C: Yes, what year was it made?
J: Oh, um, […………………….],1 think, and it’s white. Well, actually it’s cream.

C: A cream […………………………….].
J: No, 1998.
C: 1998. What I’ll do is give the car compound a call, and see if they have it in
their [………………….].
J: Okay, so what should I do?
C: Take a seat in the green room. I won’t be long.
SECTION 2
The Jatbula Trail, [……………………….]within Nitmiluk National Park, is a

four-to- five day [………………….]in Australia’s Northern Territory. It follows
an […………………….]An original song line, and the [……………….]along the
way are [………….]with rock paintings. There are five [……………….]along
the trail, first, Biddlecombe Cascade, then Crystal Falls, 17 Mile Falls, Edith
River Crossing, and finally Sandy Camp Pool. Only ten people at a time are
allowed in each campsite, so you must book in [……………….], although
usually you will not see another person on the trail. Every campsite has a
source of […………….] water, but otherwise, [………………….]at each
campsite vary. Your first stop, Biddlecombe Cascades, has toilets and
an [………….]call device. The next two stops. Crystal Falls and 17 Mile Falls
are the most developed campsites: both offer toi¬lets. an emergency call
device, and a [………………….] where you must sign in to help rangers locate
you in case of an emergency. Edith River Crossing also has a checkpoint and
an emergency call device, but no […....….] toilets are provided Sandy Camp
Pool is the most [………….]site of all; there is nothing there other than a
beautiful sandy beach where you can pitch your tent
The trail begins at Nitmiluk Centre, where you must [………….]and pay a
deposit of [………………….]. After registering, you may begin your trek. You’ll
follow the trail overlooking 17 Mile Creek on your left for [………….] until you
reach the first campsite. Biddlecombe [………….], where you’ll stop for the
night.

On the second day, the track leads north from camp. After you have walked for
about 5 hours and […………………….], you’ll reach Crystal Falls campsite
located at a sharp bend in the trail.
There’s a marked trail from the campsite to the Crystal Fall viewpoint. Crystal
Falls is [……………….] high, and it’s breathtaking, so be sure to have a look.
The next day you’ll change direction and head west across a valley and then
north-west again for about 95 kilometres. The track is quite even and flat for
the first part of the day, which is a welcome [………………….]from the rocky
ground of […………………….] days. Before you reach the next campsite, you
will pass. The Amphitheatre’ – a butterfly and frog filled [……………….]that’s
important to the …….] people who have left intricate rock paintings on the
rock walls. A few kilometres further you’ll come to […………….]campsite
beside a series of rock pools and small cascades above 17 Mile Falls Creek.
There is a [………………….] over the falls that shouldn’t be missed, and is
particularly beauti¬ful at […………….].
On day four you’ll take your longest hike, 15 and a half kilometres, going to the
west. You’ll cross a boggy area as you [……………….]the Edith River. If you’re
tired you may camp here, where you first cross Edith River, or instead follow
the river south, crossing it several more times before you reach the campsite at
Sandy Camp Pool, where you can spend the last night of your [……………….]
camping on a sandy beach beside a [………….]waterhole.
Leaving Sandy Camp Pool, the track continues through [………………….]until

you pass a checkpoint at Edith River South. From here the trail is lined with
the river on the left-hand side and high rocks on the right. One last stop is a
must at [………………….]Pool. This is a large waterhole […………………….]by
rocky […………………….]that is perfect for a pic nic before you return
to [………………….]. Day trippers can access this point from Edith Falls so it
may be your first [………………….]with another person since leaving Nitmiluk.
After a swim make your way to Edith Falls, where your [………………….]ends.
Make sure you deregister at the Edith Kiosk, and then take a hot shower.
SECTION 3

L= Laura, laboratory technician J=Jamie, student D= Denise, student
L Hi there, I’m Laura. I’m the [……………….]technician for these chemistry

labs, and Professor Mills has asked me to explain the […………………….] that
you’ll all have to go through to get your final year projects [………….]. Most of
the procedure involves safety [………….], which we take very [……....….]. We
don’t want any uncontrolled […………….], no fires, and definitely no incidents
with toxic gases.
D: You mean like what happened in [……………….] when the whole science
block had to be […………………………….]?
L Yes, exactly! So you’ve heard about that already, Denise?
D: Professor Mills told us about it on the first day of class. It was […………….]!
J: Yeah, but I reckon some people must have gotten into a lot of trouble.
L To be honest it was […………………………….]embarrassing for the

chem¬istry department, because, not only could no one identify what the
toxic […………………….]was, but also at the time of the incident, no one was
actually […………………….]to be carrying out experiments with any toxic
sub¬stances [……………………….]. It turned out a student had got a bit bored
and had decided to do some [……………….] experimentation by mixing up
some random [………….] that were lying around. This is actually [………….]
foolish, because there are some extremely dangerous [……….] in the
laboratory stores, and everyone was […………………….] shocked that
someone of college age would do something so childish and [………………….].
And, in effect, this incident was the reason we developed the safety procedure
that each of you must now go through before we let you loose in
the […………………….] to do your final year project. The procedure will force
you to really be aware of safety issues, so just in case, at the moment, any of
you think it would be a laugh to mix up some [……………………….] substances
or light things on fire for no reason, by the time you’ve worked your way
through the procedure, you’ll at least pause for a second thought at least, we
would hope so!
J: So, uh, can I ask something?

L Yes, Jamie?
J: So, we’re basically being punished because some other stu¬dent

was [………………….]?
L Actually, the approval process isn’t as bad as that. We can’t really call it a
punishment! It seems really very long and [………………….] at first, because
you’ll have to get a lot of different tasks [………………….] for approval by a lot
of different staff members, and I’m sure most of them will have various
concerns and […………………….]. But my aim today is to break down the
process, and explain all the different steps to you, so that it doesn’t seem quite
so bad.
L All right, let’s get started. As I said before, a number of different staff
members will be giving you [……………….], and they may not always agree, so
just to keep things clear, you should remember that the [………………….]
supervisor has the final say about whether or not an […………………….]may
be done here, in our laboratory. Your professor has the final say on whether
you can do a [……………….]experiment for your project, provided
it’s […………………….]by the laboratory, and I’ve got the final say on how it
may be done.
So, the first step is that you will fill out this safety […………………….] form.
You will have to have a fairly clear idea of your experiment, because you’ll need
to list all the […………….] you’ll be using, the […………………….]you’ll be
using for each one, and the nature of the reactions that you’ll carry out. You’ll
also be required to [………….] a week-by-week […………….] so that we can be
sure that whatever […………….] you’re working with won’t prove to
be [……………….]if they get mixed up with whatever the person next to you on
the […………………….] is getting up to. Really, for most of you this assessment
form will be quite [………………….] because you’re simply not going to be
working with anything very dangerous. But for some of you, particularly if you
are working with any […………………….]substances, it could be a bit
more […………………….]. You might have to justify the use of certain
substances, or only be allowed to use them on particular days.
Now then, after you’ve filled out your safety [……………….]form, and given a
copy to your professor, you will submit it to the laboratory [……………….],
and he’ll review it. This could take a couple of weeks so do it early, dont leave it
to the last minute; he’s a busy man.

The laboratory supervisor will [……...….] make a recommendation to your
professor about whether the experiment can go ahead, requires […………….],
or may not be done. Next your professor will either […………….] the project,
or not If your professor does not approve the project due to safety [………….],
then you, the stu¬dent. will be [………….] and you’ll begin the process over
again by sub¬mitting a new safety assessment form that takes into account
those [………………….]safety issues. Is everyone with me so far?
J: Uh I have a question
L Yes, Jamie?
J: Er, so if we have to wait weeks for the laboratory supervisor to give his
approval, and then we have to [……………….] the form, uh, we’re going to be
quite behind our […………….] who got approval on their first go. That’s a bit
unfair, isn’t it? I mean, some people are going to have an […………….]of
several weeks over other people.
L Well, you needn’t really worry about getting behind at this [……………….];
after all, you’ll have six months to work on your final project. And you’ll only
get a two-week block of laboratory time, anyway, so there’s time to wait for the
laboratory supervisor, provided you get started [……………….]and don’t leave
it all to the last […………………….]! Also, don’t forget that this is only one
step; there are plenty of other steps for other students to get [……………….]on
farther down the line It will all [………………….]
D: But, urn, Laura, what if our projects aren’t approved?
L Then you’ll come up with another one. Don’t get too […………………….]to
your project in the beginning. Projects get turned down. Let’s see, last year I
think only […………………….]got approval on their first go.
J: Out of how many?
L Out of…. about 45,1 think; there are less of you this year.
But still, be prepared to come up with an [………………….] project. There are

plenty of people to help you if you need ideas; your professor, his RAs, even

your fellow students. And don’t forget that in the first months of your project
the library will be your second home, and the librarians will be
your [………………….] friends.
D: Laura, what’s an RA?
L RA stands for research […………………….], like Jess, over there, in the lab
coat. Hi, Jess! Now, once your professor has approved your project, you will
need to write up a set of experiment safety [………………….]guidelines. This
will include all the [……………………….]steps you’ll take to keep safe, and
exactly what you’ll do if you have a […………………….]or some such thing.
D: How will we know all this? We’ve got no experience in the laboratory. L
Well, after your professor [………………….] your project, he’ll […………….] an
RA to help you write the experimental safety procedure [……………………….].
You won’t be on your own Finally, once that’s written, you’ll give it to the
laboratory [………………….], that’s me. for approval. If I approve it then you
can begin your experiment If there are problems, we’ll sit down together and
talk about it, then you and your assigned RA will come up with a way of
making your experiment completely safe to […………………….], you’ll re-do
the guidelines, and give it to me again, until it’s approved. But the RAs know
what they’re doing so I don’t expect there will be too many problems. Ok? Any
questions?
SECTION 4
To begin our topic on [………………….] development in South America, I

would like to briefly [……………….] you with the […………………….]present
in the country. Each of these biomes has its own geographic and
environ¬mental […………………….], has unique resources that people
may [……………….], and indeed, each is facing different threats from human
development.
Biomes, if you recall, are regions that are […………….]and geo¬graphically

defined and contain [………………….] communities of plants and ani¬mals.

They are sometimes named for the plant communities that occur such as
forest, [………….], and grassland; whether these plants are [……..] or
deciduous; and climatic factors as well, for example, [………...….], temperate,
etc.
All right, let’s take a look at this map of Brazil. The largest biome in Brazil is
the Amazonian Rainforest Biofne. which you can see [……………….]in the
north of the country. It’s one of two rainforest […………….]in Brazil; the
second being the Atlantic rainforest Biome. which is located in a […………….]
narrow strip running up the eastern Atlantic [………………….] In the very
southernmost part of Brazil, bordered by the Atlantic [……………….], lies the
very small and relatively [……………….] Pampas biome. which is grassland.
Finally, stretching like a belt across the middle of the country, between the two
rainforest [………………….], lie the Pantanal, the Cerrado, and the Caatinga.
Starting at the left of the map, you can see the [……………………….] of the
three, which is the Pantanal Biome a unique [………………….] flooded wetland
area. In the centre of the country is the Cerrado. the second largest biome in
Brazil. Cerrado is tropical savannah – a [……………….]of grassland
and [……………………….]forest that experiences a short dry season. Finally,
the last biome. called [………………….]. is located between the Cerrado and
the Atlantic forest in the north east of the country. The Caatinga has a very
long dry season, lasting [………………….], and is covered in deciduous scrub.
So, let’s begin with the Amazonian Rainforest Biome. As I men¬tioned

previously, it’s rainforest, and it’s incredibly […………………….]. It contains
the largest single reserve of [……………….]organisms in the world. No one
really knows how many species occur in the Amazon forest, but
scientists [………….] that there could be as many as [………….]. Recently this
biome has been under a great deal of pressure from […………….], with large
swathes being cleared and burned to create […………….]for the 19 million
cattle that the area supports. However, the soils are […………….] with very
low levels of certain important [……….], and are quickly degraded when
heavily [……………….], which necessitates more clearing and burning of
forest. The rainforest is further […………….]by selective logging of valuable
tree species.
The second largest biome in Brazil is the Cerrado, which is a tropical savannah
environment made up of [………………….]trees and drought-resistant grasses.
The Cerrado also contains a huge […………………………….]; it’s estimated
that one third of Brazil’s plant and animal species are located in this region.

But since […………………….], the […………………….]pasture area in the
Cerrado has increased by almost [………………….]. It is a common practice to
use newly cleared land for the cultivation of crops for a few years, and then
when it starts to [……………….], to use it for pasture for […………………….].
The Cerrado now supports […………………….]cattle, which amounts
to [……………….] of the cattle in Brazil.
Next, we have the biome called the Caatinga, which is a tropical dryland with a
dry season that lasts 8 or 9 months of the year. Vegetation is deciduous, sparse
and […………….], and contains a high num¬ber of species [……………….] to
Brazil. Agriculture is limited by the lack of water but this biome
supports [……………….] goats and 8.1 million sheep, besides 23.9 million
cattle.
The Pantanal Biome, a wetland formed by the flooding of the rivers of the
Paraguay basin, is the world’s biggest flooded plain. Vegetation
is […………………….] and variable; it consists of tall grasses, bushes, and
widely [……………………….] trees similar to those of the Cerrado, except that
in the Pantanal they are partially […………………….] for a portion of the year.
Three million cattle are raised in this biome. however the available grazing
area is […………………….] by flooding so large areas can sus¬tain only low
numbers of animals. UNESCO recognizes it as a “World Biosphere Reserve*
and also as a “World Natural […………………….]Site.” Eco¬tourism is
becoming important in this region, which […………………….] the economic
activity.
The Atlantic Rain Forest is the most […………………….] biome in Brazil and
also its most [………………….] region. It’s the most important agricultiral and
industrial area of the country. It supports [………………….] cattle, and most of
the country’s dairy production takes place there. More than [……………….] of
the Brazilian population, the largest Brazilian cities and the production of
about [……………….] of Brazil’s gross [………………….] product are all
located in what used to be the Atlantic Forest. Today, as a result, less
than [………………….] of the Atlantic forest is left. The Biome is also
beginning to be recognised as […………………….] very important; in the state
of Bahia, for example, international researchers have […………………….] a
world record of 458 tree species in a single […………………….] of Atlantic
Forest. That is even more diverse than the Amazon rain forest. At the moment,
less than 2% of the remaining Atlantic forest is under pro-[…………………….]

status, and the scientific community is [………………….] to secure what little
undisturbed forest still remains.
Finally, the Brazilian Pampas Biome has a temperate climate – it’s the only
biome in Brazil that is not tropical. Grasslands […..................….]
with [……...…….]and trees are the dominant vegetatioa. The shallow soil,
origi¬nating from sedimentary rocks, often has an extremely sandy texture
that makes it fragile and highly […………………….]to water and
wind [………………….].
The Pampas supports […………………….]cattle and [……………….]sheep, in

mostly natural unmodified pastures; however this biome is being threatened
with rapid conversion to the agriculture of […………………….].
All right, so, next week we will go into more detail about the
economic [……….....….] of the Brazilian [……....……..] in relation to the
development of each of these biomes.

Test 72
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 10

each answer.
Tom’s Computer Maintenance
Customer Information Form

Date: Sunday, 12th May
Example: Answer.
Reason for call: computer problem
What happened: the screen 1…………………………
Troubleshooting checklist:
Restarted computer
The computer is 2………………. – not running on battery
Activity when the problem occurred: 3………………………………………..
Possible diagnosis: a virus
Anti-virus programme: 4……………………………………….
Appointment
Location: 5………………………………..
Time scheduled for visit: 6……………………………………
Street address: 14 7…………………………………. Crescent, 2F3
Customer name: Sandra 8……………………………………
Name on buzzer: the same as above
Fee: 9………………………………….for the first hour’s work, then £40 per hour

Estimated time for job: less than 10……………………………………..
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 17
11. The speaker’s job requires
A. a great deal of walking. B extensive travel.
B. extensive travel.
C. clean water.
12. Why is this story being told?
A. to promote Charity-Water B for entertainment purposes C to encourage

Helen
B. for entertainment purposes C to encourage Helen
C. to encourage Helen
13. Why do the charity workers usually surprise communities?
A. It makes people happy.
B. It is difficult to spread news.
C. It makes their work easier.
14. When villagers heard of the charity workers’ arrival, they

A. had a party.
B. were suspicious.
C. took no notice.
15. Helen is feeling
A. ecstatic about her new life.
B. curious about the charity workers.
C. nostalgic about her old life.
16. What did the speaker notice about Helen?
A. that she had bathed recently
B. the care she took with her appearance C that she was wearing a green
uniform
C. that she was wearing a green uniform
17. Making someone feel beautiful was
A. part of the speaker’s job description.
B. an unexpected bonus for the speaker.
C. of little importance to the speaker.
Questions 18 – 20
In what THREE ways did the new well improve Helen’s life?

Choose THREE letters A – G.
18…………………………… 19…………………………….
20……………………………..
A. Her children enjoyed better health E. She had more choices and options
B. It increased her household income F. She made new friends in her village
C. It gave her more free time G. It allowed her to go to school
D. She got a leadership position
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25

answer.
21. Jessica is interviewing Dr Kitching for ………………….. for the school

newspaper.
22. Everyone Jessica knows is rather ………………………. about how to ask for
references.
23. Dr Kitching gives Jessica permission …………………….. to their conversation.
24. Dr Kitching writes more than …………………………. a year.
25. The majority of …………………….. are in the spring or early summer when
students start thinking about their future.

Questions 26 – 30
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A –
G next to questions 26 – 30.
STEPS TO TAKE WHEN ASKING FOR A REFERENCE AFTER

GRADUATION
Start with a(n) 26…………………..
Say what 27…………………………. you took and when you took it.
Give any 28 ……………………….. to identify yourself.
Follow up with a(n) 29…………………..
Ask for a(n) 30…………………………
A. message
B. meeting
C. information
D. exam
E. telephone call
F. course
G. email

SECTION 4
Question 31 – 40
Date: 6th November
Lecture Topic Primate Behaviour
Review – Last lecture we talked about how physical features apply to:
▪ living primates
▪ classification
▪ 31………………………
▪ Human evolution is not just about how people have 32…………………….. but
also about how our behaviour evolved.
• The most notable thing about humans is not just that they walk on two legs
but that they can 33……………………….
Primate Cognitive Abilities
Cognition = the amount of 34……………………… that goes into a behaviour.
It’s difficult to come up with 35……………………. to measure cognition.
How sentient are the 36…………………………….
Sentient = there is 37………………………… conscious thought
Behaviours that support the presence ef conscious thought in primates:

▪ Various sorts of 38………………………….. (helping others without benefit)
▪ “Machiavellian Intelligence” or deliberate 39………………………………..
▪ Chimps can be language-trained – highly intelligent
▪ Cognition and intelligence in primates has deep 40……………………………..
ramifications.
Answer key:
1. Went blank
2. Plugged in
3. On the/ using the Internet
4. Not sure
5. Morningside (area)
6. 7:45
7. Branston
8. Sarrencen
9. 60
10. Half an hour
11. B
12. A
13. C
14. A
15. A
16. B
17. B
18. C
19. D
20. E
21. an article
22. puzzled
23. record
24. 50 references
25. (the) requests
26. E
27. F

28. C
29. G
30. B
31. the sossil record
32. changed physically
33. reason and/or imagine
34. thought
35. experiments
36. great apes
37. presence of
38. altruism
39. social deception
40. moral and political
SECTION 1
M = computer technician
F = woman whose computer has crashed.
M Hello. Tom’s computer […………………………….]; how may I help you?
F: Hello. Lum„ seem to have a problem with my computer.

It’s really […………………………….] too, because I’ve a deadline tomorrow
I’m […………………………….] to meet
F: Suddenly the screen went blank. Blue. A blank, […………………………….].
I don’t know If you can do something about it?
Nt Ah, the dreaded blue screen. I think I can do something about it – it’s my
job after all. There are a few different […………………………….], though, that
could be going on with your computer. You’ve tried […………………………….]
it, right?
F: Oh, yes. Nothing.
Nt And it’s plugged in. not running on battery?
F: Yes.
Nt Are you sure? Can you check again?
F: Ok. Yes, it’s plugged in.
Nt Ok. Can you give me a bit more […………………………….]about what

happened?
F: The screen went […………………………….].
M: No, I mean, what activity were you doing when the

problem […………………………….]? Your computer was on, I presume; you
were working, right? What did you do immediately before the blank
screen […………………………….]? Were you using the internet?
F: Yes. I was. Is it a virus?
M: That seems likely. What […………………………….]software are you using?

F: Uh. I’m not sure. How […………………………….]!
Nt Never mind I’ll have to come and have a look at your computer.
F: Ok, that’s great.
M: Alright, let’s see. What about tomorrow morning about 10?
F: Oh, no. That wont do I’m […………………………….]. I’ve got a very

important […………………………….]on the computer that absolutely must be
finished and […………………………….]by 9 a.m. tomorrow. By ten it’s too late,
I’m afraid. Can’t you come now?
M: Well, I’m at a job at the moment, and my wife and kids are expecting me
home by 8 for dinner.
F: Can you at least […………………………….]someone else who can work? I

know it’s Sunday evening, but surely there’s somebody, I mean, people
have […………………………….]! (beginning to sound stressed) I’ve been
calling numbers in the phone book, and you’re the only one out of about twelve
that even […………………………….]
M: Just a moment, don’t panic. Where are you located?
F: I’m in the Morningside area
M: Well, you’re in luck. I have to pass your area on my way home anyway. Now
I should be […………………………….]here by half past seven, so what about
around […………………………….]? Is that ok?
F: That’s great, thank you.
Hit What’s your address?
F: […………………………….]

M: That’s b-r-a-n-i-s-t
F: No. sorry, b r a n s t o n crescent
M: Oh, alright, and your name?
F: […………………………….]. That’s [s a double r e n c e n].
M: And the name on the […………………………….]?
F: The same.
M: Alright, I’ll be there shortly.
F: Thanks. Ah, can I ask you how much it’s going to cost?
M: Certainly. My call-out fee is […………………………….], and that covers the

first hour’s work, and after that the fee is […………………………….]an hour.
F: Oh, gosh. That’s rather expensive. How long do you think it will take?
M: If we’re lucky it will be […………………………….]quick. Honestly, though,

if it takes much more than half an hour I’ll have to finish it tomorrow morning.
But I doubt that will happen.
F: I hope not! Will you take a […………………………….], or do you prefer

cash?
M: A cheque is fine.
F: OK, so, I’ll be waiting…
M: OK. bye.
SECTION 2

As Charity-Water’s Water […………………………….]Manager, I travel to some
of the most […………………………….]places on earth in search of clean water.
And while the […………………………….]changes, there’s always one thing
that […………………………….]the same: the women are always walking.
Whether I’m in the mountains of Haiti, in […………………………….]Liberia, or
the […………………………….]of the Central African Republic, the women are
always carrying water. To give you an idea of the work that Charity-Water
does, I’ll tell you the story of one of these women.
Driving down a […………………………….]road in the middle of Northern

Uganda, our truck suddenly […………………………….]off the road and up over
an […………………………….]. We usually prefer to surprise communities by
otr [………………….] because it makes it easier to […………………….] how our
water points are [………………….] without hundreds of people watching. But
once you visit a few communities in the neighbourhood, [………………….] of
your […………………………….]spread like wildfire.
We […………………………….]of the truck and walk into a party.
This is when I met Helen Apis. She told me about the new [………………….]
well in her village. “I am happy now,” Helen […………………………….]. “I have
time to eat, my children can go to school. And I can even work in my garden,
take a shower and then come back for more water if I want! I am bathing so
well”
A few of the men […………………………….]to hear a woman talk about

bathing.
But all I noticed was Helen’s [………………….] face, the fresh flowers in her
hair, and the lovely green dress she wore for special […………………………….].
Touching her […………………….], I replied, “Well, you look great” “Yes,” she
paused. Placing both hands on my shoulders and smiling, she said, “Now, I am
beautiful.” That really hit me. My job is to focus on […………….] development,
health, [……………….] and […………….]; to make sure Charity-Wateris
projects are work¬ing in 20 years. But nowhere on any of my surveys
or [………………….]was a place to write. Today we made someone feel
beautiful.”

Before she had clean water, Helen would wake up before dawn, take her only
two […………………………….] Jerry Cans, and walk almost a mile and a half to
the nearest water point, which happens to be at a school. Because there simply
wasn’t enough water for the area’s population, she’d wait in line
with [……………….] of other women who also [………………….]clean water.
Helen’s only other option was to skip the wait and collect [……………….]
water from a pond.
Helen spent most of her day […………………………….]and waiting. She told

me each day she’d say to herself, “How should I use this water today? Should I
water my garden so we can grow food? Should I wash my
children’s [………………………….]? Should I use it to cook a meal? Should we
drink this water?” With two children, [………………….]and [……………….],
Helen had to make choices. I saw the shame in her eyes when
she […………………………….]how she would return from her long trek to find
her two young chil¬dren waiting for her. They were often sent home from
school because their […………………………….]were dirty.
With the new well in her village, her life was […………………………….].
She now had choices: free time: options. Also, Helen had been chosen to be the
Water Committee […………………………….], collecting nominal fees
from […………………………….]to use for the maintenance of their well. Water
Committees are often the first time women ever get elected
to […………………………….]positions in villages. Last month, Helen was
standing in line waiting for water. This month, she’s standing up for
her […………………………….]. And now, she is beautiful.
SECTION 3
J = Jessica K = Dr. Kitching
J: Hello Dr. Kitching, my name’s Jessica. I work for the student […………….].
I called you last week to ask if I could [……………….] you for an article about
how to ask for […………………………….].
K: Oh, yes; I remember! Come in. Have a seat.

J: Thank you. Do you have a few minutes now to do the interview?
K: Yes, that’s fine.
J: Great! I got the idea to do this […………………………….]because, well,

everyone I know is rather […………………………….]about how to get
references from [………………….]when they need them for [………………….]
for jobs or […………………….]studies. And I thought, since you’re a professor,
and you’ve been working as a student […………………….]for many years also,
what better person to ask.
It Yes, I have got some advice I can share on this topic. Where shall we begin?
J: First of all, do you mind if j record our […………………………….]?
K: No. I dont mind.
J: Thanks. Do you write many references yourself?
K: Oh yes, I certainly do! Let’s see, it’s […………………………….]of course, but

I’d say I average at least […………………………….].
J: My goodness! That’s nearly five per month! It’s more than one per week!
K: Yes, it’s a lot. And of course, most of the […………………………….]are made

in the spring or early summer, when students are starting to think seriously
about where they will be heading after they […………………………….]in June.
J: Do most professors do so many?
K: Yes, it’s part of the job. Of course, because I’m an advisor, students probably
feel like I know them rather better than some pro¬fessors, so I probably get a
few more than I would […………………………….].
J: Alright, so what do we students need to know in terms of asking for

references or letters of […………………………….]? It’s incredibly daunting,

actually, […………………………….]since we have such large classes. I’m not
sure if my professors even know who I am!
It Yes, that’s probably the biggest issue students face in getting references. You
will […………………………….]have to contact former Professors even if you
have never spoken to them outside of class. Following on this, if I were giving
a […………………………….]student advice, I would say to make sure you’ve
had […………………………….]with several Professors outside of class so you
won’t be a […………………………….]. All it takes is visiting during office
hours, even if it’s just to say “Hello, I’m enjoying your [………………….]“.
J: But what if we didn’t do that?
K: Then you’ll just have to contact your professor anyway. Make

a […………………………….]call; tell him or her who you are, and what classes
you […………………………….], this sort of thing. Remember, for your
professor, recalling an [………………….] student out of hundreds and
hundreds isn’t easy. So tell him or her what course you took, and
what [………………….]and year it was. Include what grade you got and
anything […………………….]. Perhaps you spilled your [………………….].
Though at the time it wasn’t funny it might be enough for Professor Brown to
remember you and it won’t shed any […………………….]light on you; it was
an […………………………….]. Or perhaps, although you never spoke outside of
class, you went up and asked a question that was a great one. Any information
you can give to […………….]yourself is going to help you out
J: Should I visit Professor Brown in person?
K: Yes, that would be ideal. I would suggest giving the information first over
the phone, then follow up by […………………….]it to your professor. During
the phone conversation, ask if you could meet […………………….]. This will be
both a physical reminder of who you are and also another chance to make a
good […………………….].
J: Isnt it very difficult to write […………………….]for all these students you’ve

never spoken to or really even met?
K: Yes; for example, I was recently called by a student from […………….] ago!
He lived in another country. I really didn’t recall him.

He told me a little about himself and I looked back at his records. I told him
that all I could do was [………………….]that he was in my class, that
he [……………….]for all the classes and that he received a [……………….] in
my class. Sometimes Pm very surprised that students who did very poorly in
my class ask me for a [……………………….].
J: What do you do in that case? Give a poor reference?
It I, like most Professors I know, never say anything negative about the
student; however it is what is [……………………….]that can say it all. So you
really want to make sure you’re remembered in a [……………….]way and have
left a good […………………….].
J: Ok, thanks very much for all this information. The story should come out in
our next printing, so if you’re interested I’ll drop one copy over to you.
K: I’ll be looking forward to seeing it.
Section 4
Good morning; today’s lecture will be about […………………….] behaviour. Up

until now I’ve talked mostly about […………………………….]features: how
they apply to living primates; how we use them for [………………….]; how
they apply to the fossil record. But human […………………….]isn’t simply
about how we’ve changed [……………….] over the last […………………….]
years; it’s also about how our behaviour has changed.
Now, if I asked you to define what is meant by the term “human”, you could
probably, hopefully, give me a list of [……………………….]that physically
define us. But at a [……………………….]level, I would hope that what you’d be
really proud of is not that we normally walk on two legs, but that we can reason
and [………………….]. Descartes put it […………………………….]: “I think,
therefore I am” although, [………………….], not quite in this context.
This lecture isn’t about human [………………….]per se, but about primate
behaviour in general, and animal behaviour too, since just as we can use the
physical characteristics of living primates to give us clues and [……………….]
into the physical characteristics of human […………….], so we hope that the

behaviours of non-human primates will be similarly [………………….]for the
behaviour of our ancestors.
To begin, let’s talk a bit about primate […………………….]abilities. I don’t

want to mention a lot of different behaviours without first mentioning
cognition. Cognition is the amount of thought that goes into a behaviour.
There is a world of difference between an […………………….]hitting a nut with
a rock and cracking it by […………………………….], and an animal thinking to
itself: “I can’t [……………………….] into this nut. I know, I need something to
use as a […………………………….]to crack it.” However, it can be very difficult
coming up with experiments to […………………………….]these two.
We can easily test [………………….]skills, such as recall and discrimination,

using methods such as the Wisconsin general test apparatus and vari¬ous
training experiments. But it’s much harder to work out the degree of
thought [……………….]. This is still a big problem in evaluating the status of
great apes. Just how nearly “sentient” are they? […………………….], for those
of you who don’t remember, means there is the presence of conscious thought
There are various behaviours that could be seen to [……………………….]the

presence of [………………….] thought in primates. Various sorts
of […………………………….], or helping others without directly benefiting, can
be found in certain great [………………….]. The animals team up
to [………………………….]various goals: for example, hunting, in chimps. This
would seem to [……………….]a degree of cognition. Another feature that has
come to light recently is “Machiavellian [……………….]“. Work, especially
with [………………….], seems to indicate that there is a lot
of […………………….]social deception going one sneaky mating: passing the
blame onto others; using infants for […………………….]. At first glance, this
seems very complicated [………………….], but again, it can, just about, be
explained in a fairly […………….] cogni-tive way. Highly trained chimps, such
as the signing chimp, Washoe, and the computer-aided communication of
Kanzi also indicate a high level of […………………….]. An interesting fact is
that these language-trained chimps do much better in the [……….]
intelligence tests too, indicating that we probably […………….] primate
intelligence in our traditional experiments. It seems that primates are not all
that interest¬ed in the colour of pencils; they want to know the latest gossip
about their friends – sound familiar?

And of course, cognition and intelligence in primates is a thorny problem, with
deep moral and political […………………………….].

Test 73
SECTION 1
Questions 1-10

answer.
NOTES: travelling to France
Example Answer
Time of travel September
Advantages of travelling by train:
1………………………………….
2…………………………………
3. take as much………………………………. as you need
The Eurostar:

▪ runs on schedule 4…………………………….. of the time
▪ can reach speeds of 5………………………….. miles per hour
Two options from Paris to Nice:
▪ Catch the TGV train at 6………………….

▪ Catch the TGV train at 7…………………. and travel 8………………………
Single tickets cost approximately 9…………………………… the return fare.
Flying from London to Nice takes 10…………………………
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15

each answer.
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE
Project name: Length of project: Current stage of project:
The Cube 11………………….. halfway through
ACTIVITY TIME FRAME
Completion of each floor 12…………………..
Installation of exterior Beginning in 13…………
Towards the end of 14…………..

Topping out” of frame
Installation of fretwork screen Coming together in 15………………….

Questions 16 – 20
Label the floor plan below.
Write the correct letter A – G next to the questions below.
16. restaurant with view
17. hotel
18. office space
19. exclusive shops
20. Waterside restaurant
SECTION 3

Questions 21 – 25
Which student expresses each of the opinions about their tutor?
Choose your answer from the box and write the letters A – D next
to questions 21 – 25.
A David
B Thomas
C Sophie
D Lynn
When things don’t make sense I think it’s my mistake at first 21………
I find the tutor’s mistakes entertaining. 22……..
I think it’s unfortunate when tutors confuse people. 23……..
I don’t believe the situation is so serious. 24……..
The professor should be aware of his tutor’s abilities. 25……..
Questions 26 – 30
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SURVIVING THE CONFUSING LAB

CLASS

▪ Remember that English is not Mariena’s first language. She doesn’t
understand when you’re joking around, so don’t 26……………… her so much.
▪ If you pick on her, you will make her 27……………………………. that she can’t
think clearly.
▪ If you need help, make an appointment to meet with her 28…………….and you
might see a 29……………. of her.
▪ Remember that tutors are not old academics; she is not yet experienced as a
30…………………………..
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 40

each answer.
COURSE: epidemiology 101 DATE: 23 May
Tuberculosis (also called TB)
Tuberculosis is closely associated with the 31………………………….

In the UK:
common in the 19th century
since than better living conditions, 32………………………. immunisation and

effective treatments have made it uncommon.
Globally:
still common in 33………………….. and parts of 34……………………………
cause 35……………….. deaths per year; more than any other infectious disease
overall, 36…………………. of the world’s population is infected but net everyone

gets sick

Risk factors
a weakened immune system – due to HIV infection, immune-suppressing

treatment, or alcohol or 37………………
age – babies and the elderly are more likely to become sick
certain environment – more common among homeless people, among

prisoners, and people in 38……………….. and in more impoverished areas
Treatment
50 years ago, a way 39……………………. TB was found
The most recent form of tuberculosis, XDR-TB, poses a 40………………….. to

general TB control.
Answer key:
1. faster
2. more affordable
3. luggage
4. 92.4 percent
5. 186
6. 11:46
7. 22:25
8. overnight
9. half (of)
10. 2 hours
11. 142 weeks
12. 2-3 weeks
13. February
14. summer
15. early autumn
16. C
17. E
18. F
19. B

20. A
21. D
22. B
23. C
24. A
25. D
26. tease
27. so nervous
28. individually
29. different side
30. teacher
31. AIDS epidemic
32. better nutrition
33. developing countries
34. Eastern Europe
35. three million
36. one third
37. drug addiction
38. large cities
39. to cure
40. (serious) threat
Section 1
F= Travel agent M= Student

F: Good morning!
M: Hi.
F: How can I help you?
M: I’m looking for information about travelling to […………………………….].

I’m studying in Nice next year and need to go there in September. I’m thinking
of driving, so I guess it’s either through the […………………………….], or by
ferry. Um— I think the ferry’s a lot slower, isn’t it?
F: Indeed it is; it takes around nine hours from […………………………….]to

Paris, including the […………………………….]bits, and usually it’s more
expensive too, unless you book well ahead of time; then sometimes the ferry’s
more […………………………….].
M: How much does it cost?[…………………………….]F: Well, when you take

the train and the [……………….] now, you must buy your
tickets [……………….]
M: Actually I’d prefer to take the […………………………….]. How much does

that cost?
F: That depends on your travel date and availability of tickets, but you
can [………………….]to pay about […………………………….]each way for the
car, in addition to your […………………………….]fares.
M: It’s not cheap.
F: No; will you be using your car a lot while you’re in France?
M: Uh, not really, but I’ll have a lot of […………………………….], so it seems

like the easiest way. Besides, I hate flying.
F: Driving is never the easiest way to get from the UK to France, I’m afraid!
And of course, your [………………….] wheel will be on the wrong side when
you get there! If you’re not going to need your car when

you […………………………….], may I suggest leaving it at home and travelling
by train?
It’s much faster, more affordable and you can take as much luggage as you
need, there aren’t limits.
M: Oh, I didn’t know that about the luggage – that’s good It

would [……………….] be more relaxing, I suppose. Ok, tell me about the train.
F: It’s […………………………….]the most popular option these days. Eurostar

has now captured over […………………………….] of the London to Paris
market from the […………………………….], and maybe this has something to
do with the fact that […………………………….]of Eurostar trains run on time,
against just [………………….] of flights on the same [……………………….].
From central London to central Paris, Eurostar is faster than flying as well.
M: And the Eurostar is _ what exactly? A train company?
F: Oh, sorry! The Eurostar is the […………………………….]passenger train

that runs from London to Paris via the Channel Tunnel. Eurostar can
reach […………………………….]per hour, and the journey takes just 2 hours 15
minutes.
M: All right, so it’s easy to get to Paris, but what about Nice? It’s a fair bit
farther.
F: Yes, but it couldn’t be easier. There are two main options; you can leave
London at seven twenty-seven in the morning, then […………………………….]
in Paris to catch the TGV train at […………………………….], which takes about
five and a half hours, and be in Nice in time for an evening meal. Or, you can
take any Eurostar to Paris in time to catch the twentv-two twenty-five from
Paris, which arrives in Nice at […………………………….]. It’s a longer journey,
but many people prefer the […………………………….]of travelling overnight.
M: Yes, that appeals to me. About how much does the overnight journey cost?
F: The example I’ve pulled up on the computer now costs a hundred and
thirty-five pounds return, but sometimes it’s lower as low

as [……………………….]. I’ll write down a couple of website [……………….]
for you, and you can search for various times and fares on your own.
M: Thanks, that’s great _ oh _ one more thing. Ill need a single fare, because I
won’t be returning for a while. Is that going to be more [……………………….] ?
F: No, don’t worry. Singles are […………………………….]half of the return

fare, though this wasn’t true several years ago, when it wasn’t [……………….]
for a return to be cheaper than a single.
Nt Ok, this sounds good, but what about flying? Is that an option?
F: If you aren’t going to opt for taking the train, flying is another good option.
While the train’s the […………………………….]way to travel from London to
Paris, you can actually save time by opting to fly from London to the South of
France.
M: I guess there’s an airport in Nice, isn’t there?
F: Yes; the Nice Cote d’Azur Airport. It’s about […………………………….] from
the centre of Nice. Since it’s the third most important airport in France after
Charles de Gaulle and Orly in Paris, there’s no […………………………….]of
flights.
M: Do you know […………………………….]how long it takes?
F: Two hours.
M: That’s quick!
F: Yes, but you need to consider that you’ll lose time checking in and waiting to
collect luggage and such. And of course, there’s a […………………………….]
allowance.
M: True. All right, thanks very much for your help. I’ve got a lot to think about
now.

F: No problem at all. Feel free to come back if you have more questions.
Section 2
Good morning ladies and gentlemen! Thanks for joining me on our

monthly […………………………….]to visit new […………………………….]and
city planning developments in our city of Birmingham. Today, as you can see,
we’re here at the […………………………….]site of “the Cube”, and its
construction is well […………………………….]. Indeed, the year ahead will be
an exciting year for Birmingham Development Company and
its […………………………….]arm, Buildability, as the construction of “the
Cube’, the most […………………………….]building in Birmingham, continues
at speed. This new building, valued at over […………………………….], has
been designed by the internationally renowned […………………………….],
MAKE Their design team, led by Ken Shuttleworth, has created
a […………………….] cube aimed at providing a spectacular contrast to the
increasing number of towers appearing on the Birmingham [……………….].
The complex […………………………….]building programme that will

trans¬form the Birmingham […………………………….]upon its completion, is
currently over halfway through its development. The building will continue
to […………………………….], over the coming year, with each floor
taking […………………………….]to complete. As you can see, to your right, the
first [………………….] of the special gold […………………………….]cladding
that will adorn the cube has now arrived on site, and from February,
the […………………………….] golden […………………………….]will begin to
be installed, bringing the […………………………….]building to life. Late
summer will see the topping out1 of the […………………………….]frame of the
cube structure, with the […………………………….]metallic fretwork screen
beginning to take shape in the early […………………………….].
What has been […………………………….]to date in the city’s regeneration has

been nothing short of amazing, yet we hope to set a new […………………….]
for developments in Birmingham. The Cube will bring forward a new standard
of architecture and a building, which will not only be Birmingham’s most
striking […………………………….]location, but also one wNch
is […………………………….]around the world. The Cube breaks all
the […………………………….]of what has been achieved in Birmingham so far.

The finished Cube will be a mixed-use building. It will house the city’s
first […………………………….]restaurant with […………………………….]views
whilst a boutique hotel and residential apartments below will
feature […………………………….] views over the twisting atrium. Further
down, high specification.
Grade A office space is planned with more exclusive retail

and […………………………….]restaurants at the base. The Mailbox has already
raised the bar in the quality and […………………………….]of our architecture
and the [………………….] offerings, worldwide brand names
and […………………….]restaurants have given Birmingham a […………….]
profile rivalling the capitals of Europe.
From the outset, the Cube’s design team sought to create a

new […………………….] building for Birmingham which fits into its context
and which towns people in. Lined with coloured glass and with
an […………………….]dad in [……………………….] metal fretwork, the Cube
has visible links to Birmingham’s heritage in engineering and [……………….]
manufacture It was essential that the building created a strong
visual […………………….], immediately identi¬fiable as a gateway to
the […………………………….]and city centre area to the north.
Our city is a city of the future and as a […………………………….]building

with […………………………….] foresight in style and design, the Cube
is [………………………….] of our plans in how we see Birmingham developing.
The Cube will help to […………………………….]us onto a global stage Now,
let’s go and have a look at the progress of the […………………….] gateway.
SECTION 3
L= Lynn T= Thomas S= Sophie D= David
L Thomas, let’s not go to the […………………………….]. Let’s just stay here in

the student […………………………….]and drink tea and review the chapter.
T: You know we can’t do that. We’ve a […………………………….]to turn up

and make sure our tutor has understood the week’s lectures. If we don’t go, no

one will ever even [……………………….] she’s got the […………………….]ail
muddled up S: Oh really?
L Sophie, it’s awful Marlena just opens her mouth and I’m [……………….].
Really, she…
T: Marlena’s our tutor.
S: Yeah, I gathered that…
L You lot have got no […………………………….]; I was in the middle of saying

some¬thing? Shell say things that make no sense […………………………….],
and I’m thinking I’ve […………………………….]something, and f’m looking
around the room and everyone has these looks on their faces of…
T: Disbelief and […………………………….]!
L Maybe you do, Thomas, but we’re not all […………………………….]. Really,
I’ll be so worried that I’ve got it all wrong, then people start asking questions,
and by and by we figure out that she’s […………………………….]something up.
S: That’s too bad It’s not a good situation at all.
D: But surely you’re […………………………….]a bit. Lynn…
L No, it’s awful I don’t know how she got through her undergraduate studies,
much less got […………………………….]as a […………………………….]here.
You’d think our professor would have some idea about her abilities.
D: Marlena’s an unusual name. Is she English?
L She’s Spanish, David She’s got a really strong […………………………….]– T:

Really that’s a lot of the problem, I think. I don’t think she’s thick; she just
doesn’t […………………………….]very well. I’m not sure she understands us
completely, especially when someone’s […………………………….]around. And
we do […………………………….]her a bit I must admit

S: What a nightmare! I’d hate to have you in my class if I was a tutor, Tom!
T: As long as you’re […………………………….]Sophie, you’d have nothing to

worry about…
S: But you’ve just said she’s not thick!
D: I think I’ve met her, actually; I think we had a class […………………….],

maybe last year. She was really shy and quiet Hardly spoke the whole term.
But she was always […………………………….]and friendly. She seemed nice,
actually, and I think she got one of the […………………….] marks in the class.
Maybe you’ve all picked on her so much that she’s so [……………………….]
that she can’t think clearly. Ever think of that?
L But we don’t need to babysit; we need help! It’s a difficult subject!
S: Has anyone ever gone up and asked her for help […………………………….]?
T: Yes, actually, I have. I couldn’t understand one of

the […………………………….]in the first chapter – the theory about why it
worked just made no […………………………….]to me, so I went and asked her
about it and she cleared it right up. She was very […………………………….].
She’s not thick; I already said that.
S: She’s just so much fun to […………………………….], right?
T: Yep, that’s it!
S: Lynn, if you are having […………………………….]with something why don’t

you make an […………………………….]to meet with her individually and see if
she can help you that way? Maybe you’d see a different side of her. I reckon she
just hates getting up in front of the class and I can hardly [………………….]
her.
L Yes, I could try that I suppose.

D: Guys, the tutors aren’t old […………………………….]who’ve been teaching
for thirty years; they’re just like us, two years down the road, if we’re clever
enough to continue with our […………………………….]. I know I’d
be […………………………….]to get up in front of you lot, and I don’t think I’ll
feel that differently in a couple of years’ time. You know, we’re far
more […………………………….]as students than they are as teachers.
T: You’re right, David. Really, it’s more like one of our […………………….]is
trying to help us out, but you know, our mates aren’t so […………………….] of
us!
S: Yeah, but you aren’t so […………………………….]to your mates, are you?
SECTION 4
Hello there; can I have your […………………………….]please? We’ve got a lot

to cover today and we need to get started If you recall, last week
we [……………………….] the AIDS […………………………….], and its effect on
health care systems in the countries with the highest [……………………….].
Well, today I’m going to speak about another […………………………….]disease
that is rather closely associated with the AIDS epidemic – [………………….].
In the UK, active Tuberculosis, otherwise known as TB, was com¬mon in

the […………………….] century – the old ‘consumption’ of romantic novels.
Since then, better-living conditions, better nutrition, [……………………….]
and effective treatments in the twentieth century have
all […………………………….]to make TB uncommon in the UK today.
However. TB is still common in developing countries and parts of Eastern
Europe. It causes more deaths […..........] than any other [……….]disease –
about three million per year. This is a tragic [………….] since TB is now
generally a [……………….] disease. Overall, one-third of the world population
is currently infected with the bacteria that cause TB. However, people infected
with TB […………………………….]will not necessari¬ly become sick with the
disease. The immune system “walls off” the TB bacilli which, protected by a
thick […………………………….]coat can lie [………………….] for years. It’s
estimated that […………………………….]of people who are [………………….]
with TB bacilli, but who are not infected with HIV, become sick or infectious at
some time during their life. Left […………………….], each person with active
TB disease will infect on average between 10 and 15 peo¬ple every year.

There are certain risk factors that make certain people more like¬ly to become
ill with TB. When people’s […………………………….]systems are weak¬ened,
their chances of becoming sick are greater, for example, due to HIV
infection, […………………………….]treatment, or alcohol or drug addiction.
Age is also a factor, with babies, young children and the elderly being
most […………………………….]. In addition, poor nutrition and lack of
vitamin D are linked to TB. Finally, TB is more common in cer¬tain
environments such as among […………………………….]people, among
prisoners, in large cities and in more […………………………….]areas.
Until […………………….]ago, there were no medicines to cure TB. Finding

medicines to cure TB was a [……………………….]breakthrough.
But now, strains that are […………………………….]to a single drug have been
documented in every country […………………………….]what’s more, strains of
TB resist¬ant to all major anti-TB drugs have emerged. Drug-resistant TB is
caused by […………………………….]or partial treatment, when patients do not
take all their medicines regularly for the required period because they start to
feel better because doctors and health workers […………………………….]the
wrong treatment […………………………….], or because the drug supply is
unreli¬able.
A particularly dangerous form of […………………………….]TB is multidrug-

resistant TB, […………………………….]as MDR-TB, which is defined as the
disease caused by TB bacilli resistant to at least the two most powerful anti- TB
drugs. Rates of MDR-TB are high in some countries, especially in the former
Soviet Union, and […………………………….]TB control efforts. While drug-
resistant TB is generally […………………………….], it requires extensive
chemothera¬py – up to two years of treatment – with second-line anti-TB
drugs These second-line drugs are more costly than first-line drugs, and
produce […………………………….]drug reactions that are more severe, though
still […………………………….].
The recent emergence of […………………………….]drug-resistant TB. called

XDR-TB, particularly in settings where many TB patients are
also […………………………….]with HV, poses a serious threat to TB control
and con¬firms the urgent need to […………………………….]basic TB control
and to apply the new WHO guidelines for the […………………………….]of
drug-resistant TB.

Test 74
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Which documents could Sam use as proof of her name?
Example passport
1 …………………………….
2 …………………………….
Which could she use as proof of her address?
council tax bill
3 …………………………….
phone bill (fixed line)
4 …………………………….

Questions 5-7
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS OR NUMBERS for each

answer.
Name of bank? Savings Bank
Open which days? Monday-Friday
Opening hours? 5 …………………………….
Where? 6 …………………………….
Free gift? 7 …………………………….
Questions 8-10
Match the places in Questions 8-10 to the appropriate letters A-H
on the map.
8 Royal Bank ________
9 Northern Bank. ________
10 National Bank. ________

SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Preparing for the interview
What to do How to do it
Gather all documents, e.g. copies of

resume.
Step 1: Prepare things to take.
Choose 11………………… e.g. designs,
drawings, written work.

Check you have pen and paper.
Ask firm for a 12………………………

Step 2: Get more information.
See profiles at Chamber of Commerce,
library.
Contact 13………………….. of this or

related firms.
Compare yourself with what is

required.
Step 3: Focus on you and the job.

Imagine likely questions and your
answers.
Decide how to make up for any

14……….................…….. you lack
Questions 15-20
At the interview
Arrive no more than 15…………………………….before the time of the interview.
After you hear the question, you can 16…………………………….before you reply.
You can 17…………………………….if you don’t understand what they’re asking

you.
Wait for them to offer you the job before you say what 18…………………………….
you want.

Learning from the experience will make you more 19…………………………….in
future interviews.
Pay attention to your 20…………………………….- it shows you have a positive

attitude.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Complete the summary below by writing NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS in the spaces provided.
To many employers, academic success and personal development as a result of

being at 21…………………………….can be as important as course content, so
choose 22…………………………….modules that you may do well in. You should,
however, think more carefully about your choice if your course is 23
…………………………….. In this case the course normally includes all the modules
necessary for professional training, but if you are in any doubt check with your
academic department or the 24……………………….at the university.
Questions 25-29
Write the appropriate letters A-C against questions 25-29.
Which modules have the following features?
A Applied Chemical Engineering
B Fluid Mechanics
C Chemical Engineering: Science 1
25 developing computer skills …………

26 exemption from part of a module …………
27 assessment by formal examination …………
28 developing speaking and writing skills …………
29 learning through problem-solving ………….
Question 30
30 Which chart shows the percentage of private study time on the Spanish 1A
module?
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
Label the diagram. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR
Questions 34-36
Choose from letters A-C and write them on your answer sheet.

34. The crater at Acraman is
A nowadays entirely covered by sea water.
B one of the most beautiful on Karth.
C less spectacular than others in Australia.
35. Williams realised what had happened at Acraman when he
A saw pictures of the area taken from above.
B visited Acraman for the first time in 1980.
C noticed a picture of the crater in a textbook.
36. Where was rock from Acraman found?
A Only in the Flinders mountains.
B At several placcs over 300 km from Acraman.
C At a place 500 km from Acraman, but nowhere else.
Questions 37-40
37. What made the sea water shake?…………………………….
38. What threw the pebbles into the air?…………………………….
39. What was mixed with silt to form a layer of rock?…………….

40. What shaped the ripples on top of the rock?…………………….
Answer key
1. driving license
2. benefit book
3. insurance certificate
4. electricity bill
5. 9.30 – 3.30
6. ground floor
7. no/ nothing
8. F
9. A
10. C
11. work samples
12. job description
13. employees
14. experience or skills
15. ten minutes
16. take your time
17. ask for clarification
18. salary
19. confident
20. appearance
21. university
22. interesting
23. vocational
24. careers service
25. A
26. C
27. B
28. A
29. C

30. C
31. 90,000/ ninety thousand
32. 4 km/ four kilometres
33. 40 km/ forty kilometres
34. C
35. A
36. B
37. (the) earthquake / shock waves
38. (the) explosion
39. sand
40. (the) (huge) waves
Section 1
TERRY Expats Helpline; Terry Davies here. What can I do for you?
SAM Hello Terry, I’ve been in this country for a while and I’ve just
been [………………………………]a job in the city, so I think I’m going to need
to open a [………………………………]. I haven’t had one before, so I’m
wondering what papers I need.
TERRY Well basically you’ll need to be able to [………………………………]to

the bank that you’re who you say you are and that you live where you say you
do, OK?

SAM Uh-huh.
TERRY And for some banks, at least, that means you’ll have to show them
two [………………………………]pieces of [………………………………], so I’ll
run through the list if you like.
SAM Yes, please.
TERRY OK, I’ll bring it up on the screen. Let’s see … here it is … right, the first
thing it says is ‘a valid [………………………………].
SAM Mine’s Australian.
TERRY Yes, that would be fine of course. The next one is ‘a […………………],
and again one from your country would be OK. Then that’s followed by
‘birth [………………………………]… oh hang on, that’s only if you’re under 18.
SAM Which I’m not.
TERRY Right, so not that then. But you can also show them a
‘[………………………] book’, for instance if you’re in […………………………] or
unemployed or getting income support.
SAM Yes, I could bring that. Or a letter from my employer, maybe?
TERRY Well that’s not actually on the list; so we’ll have to […………………]
you can’t.
SAM OK. And to prove where I live?
TERRY Again, there are several possible things listed here. For instance you
could use a bill for [………………………………], or something else for where
you live, such as an insurance [………………………………].
SAM I’ve got one of those. Somewhere among all my papers. But what about
bills? Things like phone bills, I mean.

TERRY As long as it has your address on it, yes, fine.
SAM So a bill for my mobile would do, would it?
TERRY Ah – I’m afraid it would have to be for a fixed line phone. You could
use other types of [………………………………]bill, though. As long as you get
them through the post.
SAM How about an electricity bill? That’ll say where I live, won’t it?
TERRY If it’s in your name, and not that of a er… [………………………………],

yes.
SAM It is, so I’ll probably take that then.
TERRY There’s one other you might want to use: a ‘vehicle […………………]
document’. If you have a car or motorbike or something, of course.
SAM No I haven’t, actually.
SAM Now I believe there’s a bank actually inside the [……………………………],

and I might open an account there, seeing as how that’s where I’ll be every day.
TERRY Yes, that would seem to make sense. I know people who bank there.
SAM I actually read about it in a city [………………………………]– my cousin

picked it up when he was here a couple of years ago – and hmadc a few notes.
Do you mind if I run through them with you now, just to make sure the details
haven’t [………………………………]?
TERRY Fine – go ahead.
SAM OK, first question: it’s still a [………………………………] of the Popular

Bank, is it, the one with links to Australian banks?

TERRY No, it’s actually been taken over by another big banking group:
the [………………………………]. It still seems quite popular, though, especially
with people doing business in the Asia/Pacific area.
SAM And when is it open? Monday to Saturday?
TERRY I’ll have to check their [………………………………]for that. Give me a

second or two, will you.
SAM Sure.
TERRY Right, I’ve got it … ‘[………………………………]service’… and it’s … just

weekdays. I’m afraid.
SAM Does it say what their business hours are?
TERRY I’m just looking for that, it’s on a different page for some reason … I
think there’s been a change at some banks in the last year or so … yes here it is
… it’s open from [………………………………]in the morning till half past three
in the afternoon.
SAM And it’s on the top floor of the main Centre building is it, next to
the [………………………………]?
TERRY That’s where it used to be, but they’ve since moved it to a [……………]
bigger place. It’s on the ground floor now.
SAM And one last thing on this: I know most banks give [……………………] to
young people to open accounts with them, but [………………………………]this
one didn’t. Do you know if they are offering anything these days?
TERRY I’ll just check … I’m sure they’d say so on their ‘new clients’ page if they
were … no, there’s nothing [………………………………]there.
SAM That’s a pity. I was quite looking forward to getting my free gift!

TERRY There are plenty of other banks within walking distance you know. It
may be worth shopping around to see what they’ve got to offer: longer opening
hours, including Saturdays, perhaps less [………………………………]…
SAM Can you tell me how to get to a couple of them? I know where the
Commercial Centre is, so that’s probably my best starting place.
TERRY Sure. For the Royal Bank you need to turn left when you leave the
Centre, go along Market Street past the Post Office, and turn left up Bridge
Street, past the [………………………………]. Then you take the first right.
You’ll see an Internet café on the other side and the […………………………] is
just a bit further along on the right, directly [………………………………]the
Park Hotel.
SAM OK, I’ve got that. What about the Northern Bank?
TERRY For that one you turn right as you come out of the Centre, and go along
Market Street until you come to the [………………………]with West Street.
There^you turn right again, and carry on up as far as the next junction, where
you take a left. You’ll see the bank from there: it’s the [………………] on the
right.
SAM Fine. And the last one, the National Bank?
TERRY You can go either way from the Centre, really: up West Street or Bridge
Street and then along past City Hall. The bank is on the other side of the road,
right next to the Tourist Office. You can’t miss it.
SAM Great. Thanks a lot for you help.
TERRY Any time. Bye.
SAM Bye

Section 2
PRESENTER Today I have with me Sandy Richardson of the local Workforce

Center, and she’ll be talking about that [………………………………]step
towards the goal of employment: the interview. Sandy, what is an interview
for, and what’s the best way to [………………………………]it?
SANDY A job interview is simply a meeting between you and

a [……………………] employer to discuss your [………………………………]and
see if there is a ‘fit’. The employer wants to verify what they know about you
and talk about your qualifications. If you have been called for
an [………………………………], you can assume that the employer is interested
in you. The employer has a need that you may be able to meet, so it’s your goal
to [………………………………]that need and [………………………………]the
employer that you’re the one for the job. As everyone knows, interviews can
be [………………………………], but when you’re well prepared there’s no
reason to panic. Preparation is the key to success in a job search, and you can
begin by collecting together all the documents you may need for the interview,
such as extra copies of your [………………………………], lists
of [………………………………], and letters of [………………………………]. You
could also take some work samples, selecting from what you have designed,
drawn or written, for instance. And make sure you have a pen and pad of paper
for taking notes. The next step is to find out about the post. The more you
know about the job, the employer and the [………………………………], the
better prepared you will be to [………………………………]your qualifications.
Always request a job [………………………………]from the employer, and
research employer profiles at the Chamber of Commence or local library. You
could also try to network with people who work for the company, or with
employees of companies [………………………………]with it. The next step is to
match your qualifications to the [………………………………]of the job. A good
approach is to write out your [………………………………]along with the job
requirements. Think about some standard interview questions and how you
might respond. Most questions are [………………………………]to find out
more about you, your qualifications or to test your [………………………………]
in a given situation. If you don’t have any experience or skills in a required
area, think about how you might [………………………………]for those
deficiencies.
Sandy During an interview it’s important that you be yourself. Get a good
night’s sleep and plan your travel to be there in plenty of time, so that you’re

not arriving out of breath with [………………………………]to spare. Don’t,
though, present yourself for the interview too early: […………………………] at
most. In the interview, listen carefully to each question asked. Take your time
in [………………………] and make sure your answers are [……………………].
It’s important to express a good [………………………………]and show that you
are willing to work, eager to learn and are [………………………………]. If you
are unsure of a question, don’t be [………………………] to ask
for […………………]. In fact, it’s sometimes a good [………………………………]
is to close a response with a question for the interviewer. In general, focus on
your qualifications and look for [………………………………]to personalize the
interview. Briefly answer questions with examples of how you [……………] in
comparable situations, from either your life or previous job experiences.
Something you should avoid are ‘yes’ or ‘no’ responses to questions, but
don’t [………………………………] too long on non-job related topics. Use
caution if you are questioned about your [………………] requirements. The
best strategy is to avoid the question until you have been offered a job.
Questions about salary asked before there is a job offer are
usually […………………] questions that may […………………] you from
consideration, so be warned. On the other hand, it isn’t […………………] to
show your enthusiasm if your first [………………………………] of the interview
and of the employer are good ones, so, if the job sounds like what you are
looking for – say so. Keep in mind that the interview is not over when you are
asked if you have any questions. Come prepared to ask a couple
of [………………………………] questions that again show your knowledge and
interest in the job. Close the interview in the same friendly,
positive [………………………………] in which you started. When the interview
is over, leave [………………………………]. Don’t overstay your time. Think
about the interview and learn from the experience. Evaluate the success
and [………………………………]. The more you learn from the interview, the
easier the next one will become. You’ll become much more […………………].
To close, here are a few more tips. First, maintain good eye contact throughout
the interview, and be aware of [………………………………]body language.
Second, dress a step above what you would wear on the job, go to
the […………………], have a shave, et cetera. Remember that your appearance
is a key […………………] of whether you have the right [……………………], so
it can pay to give some thought to how you look. And, finally, don’t be a clock
watcher!
Section 3

TUTOR As you know, this week you choose your modules for the first year of
study, so this introductory meeting is aimed at helping you
make [………………………………]choices. I think the best way to do this is on a
question-and-answer basis, so who’d like to start? Pat?
PAT Yes, there’s something I’ve been wondering about: will my choice affect
my career [………………………………]?
TUTOR Well, for most students the choice of Level One modules won t
be […………………] in terms of a later career. In fact, many […………………]
level jobs will accept graduates from a range of degree courses. Employers will
often be at least as interested in how well a student
has [………………………………]academically, and how the whole experience of
university has [………………………………]the student as a person, as in the
detail of the course options chosen. Selecting modules that will interest you
and in which you think you will be [………………………………]successful is
therefore also likely to make good [………………………………]in career terms.
On certain degree courses, though, module choice can be [………………]. This
applies mainly to [………………………………]courses where the degree confers
an [………………………………]professional training as well as university
education. Usually the modules students are required to take will include all
those [………………………………]to meet those professional requirements.
Your academic [………………], in this case Chemical and Process Engineering,
and the university’s Careers Service will be able to [……………………] you, and
will be pleased to help you sort out anything you’re not certain about. pat
Right.
RAJAV I’d like to ask a few things about the Applied […………………]
Engineering module.
TUTOR Fine. What would you like to know?
RAJAV Well, apart from the work on [………………………………]engineering,

what other topics are [………………………………]?
TUTOR Some that might surprise you. One that students always seem to like
includes interviewing [………………………………], presentation skills and
producing written reports.

RAJAV Hmm … they sound interesting. How are they taught?
TUTOR Through [………………], practical classes and personal [……………].

Applied Chemical Engineering lasts all year of course, so there’s plenty of time.
RAJAV And what about [………………………………]?
TUTOR Through project work, usually, or [………………………………]. Not

exams as such.
RAJAV Is that the same for the Information Technology part of the module?
TUTOR Yes, things like word processing and learning to create [……………]
are tested in a similar way on this [………………………………].
SONIA That’s not the case in some other modules, is it?
TUTOR No, it isn’t. Are you thinking of any in particular?
SONIA Yes, I’m considering doing Fluid Mechanics.
The work on flow analysis looks interesting and I like the look of some of the
other topics, too. So how is that module [………………………………]?
TUTOR That’s one of those which still uses written exams. The sit-down,
formal type I’m [………………………………]!
SONIA Oh that doesn’t matter. 1 quite like that kind as it happens.
TUTOR Pat, you’ve got a question.
PAT Yes, I was wondering about Science I in Chemical Engineering. How is

that [………………………………]? It’s a bit different from other modules isn’t
it?

TUTOR Yes, it aims to give the necessary basis of [………………………………]
and [………………………] for those students who haven’t studied
the [………………………………]subject at A level or equivalent.
In practice it means that students who have already studied […………………]

are excused the physics [………………………………], while those who’ve
done […………………………]are exempt from attending the biology lectures.
In the second part of the module you’re [………………………………]on your
project work in one of those subjects.
PAT And does the teaching [………………………………]differ, too?
TUTOR Yes, particularly in one respect: you are [………………………………]to

learn by working out the solutions to problems for yourself.
PAT I like the sound of that.
TUTOR OK, anything else?
SONIA Yes, I believe it’s possible to do a modern language as part of the

course. Can you tell me a bit about the [………………………………]1A module?
TUTOR Certainly. The main emphasis in 1A is on understanding and speaking,

but students also learn to carry out some […………………… ]reading and
writing tasks. Basic aspects of grammar are also introduced and […………].
The module comprises […………] hours of class contact, mainly in tutorial
groups of sixteen to twenty, and students are expected to do [………………]
sixty-four hours of […….......…] study.
SONIA It sounds interesting. I did some Spanish at the Cervantes Institute last
year. Passed an exam, in fact.
TUTOR Ah, I’m afraid that means you can’t do 1 A. The regulations say‘this
module may NOT be taken by students with a [………………………………]in
Spanish’. Though you could do IB …

Section 4
LECTURER Lake Acraman in South Australia is Armageddon for

the [……………………]. No other [……………………] impact on Earth
has […………………].the surrounding rocks with such an […………………],
unequivocal geological record of [………………………], earthquake, wind, fire
and [………………………………]– the giant waves formed by major earth
movements. The story it tells is [………………………………], without dying
dinosaurs or even Bruce Willis to complicate its simple message
of [……………………] . First, the numbers: about [………………………………]
years ago, a rocky meteorite more than 4 kilometres across and travelling at
around [………………………………]an hour slammed into an area of
red [……………………]rock about 430 kilometres northwest of Adelaide.
Within seconds the meteorite [………………] in a ball of fire, carving out a
crater about 4 kilometres deep and 40 kilometres
in [………………………………]and spawning earthquakes fierce enough to raise
100-metre-high tsunamis in a shallow sea [………………………………]away.
Ancient, stable and [………………………………], the [………………………]of
Australia preserves some of the most [………………………………]impact
craters in the world. Acraman is not one of them. Half a billion years
of [……………………] has taken its toll. A salt pan surrounded by low hills is all
that remains to mark the site of the [………………………………]. The true
nature of the place dawned on [………………………………]George Williams of
Adelaide University in 1979. [………………………………]at a sheaf of newly
acquired satellite images, he saw the small, […………………………] shape of
Lake Acraman surrounded by a ring of [………………………………] and
low [………………………………]40 km across, and an outer ring twice this size.
A year later he made it to the site. On islands near the centre of the lake,
Williams found bedrock [……………] in a conical pattern that experts consider
a sure sign of a meteorite impact. Except for a crater, which had long
since […………………], the area was a textbook example of an impact site.
In [………………………………] further [………………………………]evidence
turned up. Vic Gostin, another [………………………………]geologist, had been
studying a thin band of [………………………………]red volcanic rock in 600-
million-year- old shale in the Flinders Ranges, more than 300 kilometres east
of Acraman. To his [………………………………], the volcanic chunks turned
out to be a billion years older than the shale. Where had they come from?
Comparing samples, Gostin and Williams found that their rocks
were [………………………………]: the red rock in the Flinders Ranges had
been [………………………………]there from Acraman. Later, the same material
turned up at sites 500 km from Acraman.

LECTURER Everywhere, the bands of fragments showed the same
structure: [………………] pebbles at the bottom, then a [……………………]of
silt and sand, then layers of increasingly fine sand […………………………]on
top into a wavy, [………………………………]pattern. These layers also show,
step by step, how the meteorite transformed the floor of an ancient sea
hundreds of kilometres away, according to Malcolm Wallace of Melbourne
University. First came the [………………………………]. Travelling at about 3
kilometres a second, shock waves arrived [………………………………]within a
minute or two of the [………………………………], stirring up the water with
clouds of silt as the seabed shook. Then shattered rock from the explosion
arrived by
air. [………………………………]and [………………………………]crashed into
the water, reaching a depth of about [………………………………]within a
minute. One day they would become the lower band of the Flinders rock. Sand
took up to an hour to come to rest, finally bedding down with the silt that was
also now settling on the sea floor as the effects of the earthquake died away.
This mixture would eventually form the next layer. About an hour after
the [………………………] impact, huge waves [………………………………]in,
leaving the [………………………………] on the surface that later hardened into
rock. ’Clear as mud’ is not an [………………………………]. In Acraman, the arid
timeless Australian Outback has [………………………………]the closest thing
the Earth can boast to a perfect pockmark – the pinnacle of [………………].

Test 75
SECTION 1:
Question 1-6
What does Lisa say about each object?
Complete the table as follows. Write
A if she says it is ESSENTIAL

B if she says it is RECOMMENDED.
C if she says it is NOT RECOMMENDED.
Example Documents Answer A
1 At least £50 …………
2 Warm clothing …………
3 Personal computer …………
4 Food from home …………
5 Favourite tapes or CDs …………
6 Photos from home …………
Questions 7-10
The labels on Dan’s luggage must state ‘Mr & Mrs 7……………………………. and
their address.
Lisa says he should carry some spare clothes in 8……………………………..
For health reasons, Dan intends to wear 9……………………….during the flight.
Dan should practise carrying his luggage for a minimum distance of 10………..

SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
What does Sally say about universities?
A. Compared to the general population, few students are disabled.
B. Most universities don’t want students aged over 25.
C. Old universities can present particular difficulties for the disabled. D All
university buildings have to provide facilities for the disabled. E There arc very
few university disability advisors.
F. Some disability advisors can do little to help disabled students.
Questions 14-19
Disability Facilities
General personal care and assistance
ramps and easy access,

Mobility impairment fire and emergency procedures
14_____________
15___________ lavatory facilities
Sight impairment Braille translators,

17__________on stairs, floors, etc

fire and emergency procedures
use of computer
Dyslexia
18__________ to finish work
access to treatment: medication/therapy

Other difficulties
19___________ procedures
Question 20
Choose the correct letter A, B, C or D.
20 What is the speaker’s main purpose?
A. to explain why comparatively few students are disabled
B. to advise disabled students what to look for in a university
C. to describe the facilities for the disabled in a particular university
D. to criticize the facilities for the disabled in most universities
SECTION 3
Questions 21-26
Complete the notes below using letters A-F from the box.
NB You may use any letter more than once.
A. tour of the university campus
B. formal dinner party
C. meeting with ‘senior students

D. driving in this country
E. visit to a night club
F. tour of the city
Orientation Course for international students
What Liz liked about the course.
21 …………
22 …………
23 …………
What Mark thinks could be improved.
24 …………
25 …………
26 …………
Questions 27-30
Choose the correct letters A, B, C, or D.
27. Your room during the Orientation Course is
A usually shared with another student.
B the same room you will have for the rest of the year.

C some distance from the university.
D furnished, and with bedclothes provided.
28 The daytime temperature will probably be
A less than 10°C.
B between 10°C and 20°C.
C 20°C.
D more than 20°C.
29 How much free email time do you get?
A 30 minutes
B 20 minutes
C 15 minutes
D 10 minutes
30 There are Orientation Course activities from A Sunday to Saturday.
B Sunday to Friday.
C Monday to Friday.
D Monday to Saturday.
SECTION 4

Questions 31-33
Fireworks were first used in China, probably in the 31…………………………….

century.
By the following century, they were known in Arabia as 32…………………………
Fireworks first appeared in 33…………………………….in the thirteenth century.

Questions 38-40
Choose the correct letters A, B, C or D.
38 A multibreak shell
A is more dangerous than a simple shell.
B may make a noise when it bursts.
C has a single fuse for all its sections.
39 An aerial heart shape is made by the explosion of
A stars placed inside a shell in the form of a circle.
B heart-shaped stars placed inside a shell.
C stars arranged in the form of a heart inside a shell.
40 What does a Serpentine shell look like in the sky?
Answer key:
1. A

2. A
3. C
4. C
5. B
6. B
7. Wark
8. his hand luggage
9. wear tights
10. 500 metres
11. 11 – 13 A, C, F (any order)
12. A
13. C
14. F
15. lifts that work
16. hearing impairment
17. visual doorbells
18. clear markings
19. extra time
20. emergency
21. D
22. C
23. B
24. F
25. E
26. A
27. D
28. D
29. B
30. B
31. C
32. sixth/6th
33. Chinese Arrows
34. Europe
35. shell

36. 75/seventy-five mm/millimetres
37. 500/ five hundred mm/millimetres
38. lifting
39. B
40. C
41. B
Section 1
LISA Homestay Language Learning; Lisa McDowEll here. How can I help you?
DAN Hello. My name’s Dan…
LISA Hello Dan.
DAN and I’m going to be living with a family in [………………………………]for

three months, so I’d like some advice on what to bring with me. I’m flying in
via Singapore on the [………………………………].
LISA Right. Well perhaps most important of all are your

documents: [……………] certificate, [….....………] letter and the certifying letter
from us for [……………].
DAN Yes, I’ve got all those in order, I think. What I’m really wondering about
are money and clothes, and things for my room. Personal [………………], in
other words.

LISA OK, let’s start with cash. You’ll already have money in
your [……………………]here, of course, but make sure when you get here you
have some [………………………]on you. Pounds that is, not euros or dollars.
DAN How- much do you suggest?
USA I’d say fifty, as an absolute [………………………………].
DAN OK. Now the next thing is which clothes to bring. What do think?
LISA Well, as I’m sure you know it can get [………………………………]cold

here, so you will need some warm clothing. There are shops near here that sell
winter clothes quite cheaply, so you really don’t need to bring much. Do make
sure, though, that you have at least one thick [………………………………]and
a […………………] with you when you arrive here: the […………………]likely
to be a lot lower than in Singapore!
DAN Thanks for the warning! Now something else I’m not sure about is
whether to bring my computer. It’s a laptop, so it won’t take up much room.
Lisa Two problems: firstly, it might not be [………………………………]with the

electricity supply in this country, and, secondly, there’s a risk of it getting
broken in [………………………………]. Someone travelling here had
hers [………………………………]only last month.
DAN But surely I can carry it as hand [………………………………]?
LISA Usually, yes. But because of all the tight security right now you may have
to check it in. So my advice is to leave yours at home.
DAN OK, I think I will. Is there anything else you’d advise against bringing?
LISA Well you won’t need [………………………………]or cooking things: they’ll

all be provided. And importing food, of course, isn’t allowed by Customs.
Though I [………………………………]you already knew that.
DAN Well, er, yes.

LISA But there are one or two things I’d suggest you find room for in
your [………………………………]…
DAN Yes?
LISA Perhaps a few of your favourite [………………………………]or compact

disks? Of course, you might be able to find them in the shops here, but then
again you might not.
DAN That’s a good idea. Anything else?
LISA Yes – some photographs of people and places that are […………………]
to you could be nice. They can really make your room feel like home. It’s just a
thought.
DAN Hmm. I’ll see if I’ve got a few good ones.
LISA Just a few points about packing: make sure all your cases are
clearly [………………………………], in English, with your host family’s name
and address. Just in case they go missing on the way. It has been known to
happen.
DAN What name do I write, by the way?
LISA It’s ‘Wark’, Lewis and Amy Wark.
DAN So that’s W-A-L-K?
LISA It’s actually W-A-R-K, but we’ll be posting full […………………………] to

you later this week.
DAN Right, fine. And I’d better put some [………………………………]in my

hand luggage. Enough for a night or two in case, as you say, anything happens
to my main, er, cases.

LISA Yes – I’d recommend a change of T-shirt and socks and so on, plus
any [………………………] you may need. And a [………………………………], of
course.
DAN And my tights.
LISA Your tights?
DAN Yes, for the flight. Wearing them helps prevent deep-vein [………………]
when you’re flying long distances, not getting any exercise.
LISA Oh yes … I’ve heard about that. Now talking about exercise, there’s one
last thing. When you’ve packed your [………………………………], check you
can carry it – all of it – at least [………………………………], without any help.
You may have to do that!
DAN OK. Well, thanks for all your help. You’ve cleared up a lot of points.
LISA You’re welcome. Have a safe [………………………………], and we’ll look

forward to seeing you next month. Bye.
DAN Bye.
Section 2
PRESENTER Welcome to Student Times, the [………………………………]with

all the latest on whats happening at [………………………………]around the
country. Today we’ll be discussing disabled [………………………………], and
the kind of support they can expect to find – or not find – at the university of
their choice. With me to tell us more is Student
Disability [………………………………]Sally Taylor. Good morning, Sally.
SALLY Good morning, Hugh. I’d like to start by [………………………………]

that although one in four people has some kind of disability,
the [………………………………]among students is much lower. This
is [………………………………] because most students are under 25 and many
people only develop their [………………………………]as they get older – but

it’s also because some universities don’t do much to [………………………]
access. It is true, though, that some have quite sticky problems when it comes
to, for instance, [………………………………] access – ancient
buildings, […………………] streets built centuries ago, and so on. When faced
with such a situation, some universities make an extra special effort to provide
for students with particular disabilities, while others have […...........………]
accommodation. In fact, all universities should have a written
policy […………] on students with disabilities, setting out what [……………]
they have, what their [……………………]is, and what they’re prepared to do.
But, having said that, only you can properly understand the […………………]of
any disability you have, and so, before accepting a place at a university (or
even, while you’re considering applying, if only to raise the
universities’ [………………………………]), it’s good to talk to them and find out
how much they can (and will) do for you. The problem is who to talk to. Most
universities and some students’ unions have a disability advisor who
is [………………………………]to know what [………………]they already have
and will help with further [………………………………]if necessary or possible.
However, all too often this person is a token. Sometimes it’s just an extra
responsibility given to a [……………………]. They don’t know what
the [………………………………]is in practice, and they don’t have any
real [………………………………]to change anything. So, given that for
any [………………………………]student it’s best to visit a university before
applying, it’s an especially good idea for students with disabilities or special
needs to check whether the place really does come up to […………………]. In
general, the university should provide personal care and [……………………],
and there are certain key [………………]to look out for if you have a particular
disability, including the following.
SALLY Firstly, if your [………………………………]is impaired, check there are

ramps and easy [………………………………]to all buildings, not just
accommodation or teaching rooms. Then, when you’re inside, look for clear
instructions on fire and [………………………………]procedures for the
disabled. Also make sure there are [………………………………]that work – not
the usual ones that seem to be out of order half the time – and check for
suitable [………………………………]facilities. There is a different set of things
to look for if you […………………]from any kind of hearing […………………].
There should be induction loops in lecture [………………………………],
flashing sirens in all rooms, and, in accommodation, visual […………………]
that light up when somebody calls round to see you. If it is your sight that
is […………………], there obviously need to be Braille […………………]of

books and documents. In all buildings, the stairs, floors, [……………………]
and windows must have clear markings, and there also have to be special fire
and [………………] procedures for you. If you suffer from […………………],
you will need a computer for general use and in exams. And, as exams may
take you longer to [………………………………], you should be allowed extra
time in which to do so. This applies to work in general, too. There are of course
many other [………………………………]health difficulties that you may suffer
from, such as [………………………………], [………………………………], or
heart conditions. If this is the case, check the availability of access to
appropriate treatment including medication
and/or [………………………………]. Finally, make sure that in the event of an
emergency, it is clear what you – and other people who may be involved – have
to do.
Section 3
JULIA So you were both on last year’s [………………………………]Course,

then. How did it go?
LIZ I loved it. The activities were well [………………………………], and I met
people from all over the world.
MARK Yes, it was useful.
JULIA And you think I should sign up for this year’s course?
LIZ Yes, definitely. Apart from being fun, it really

does [………………………………] you for all the things you have to do in your
first couple of weeks. In fact, one of the most useful things was [………………]
to people who’d already been there for a year, [………………………] senior
students. They’d been on the Orientation Course the year before last,
and […………………………] it to us. Oh, and there was a great [……………] at
the formal dinner, too. It was so […………………………], with people in their
traditional dress from Asia, Africa, South America. It was one of the high
points of the whole week.

MARK That was right at the end, of course. The first thing they did, on the
Monday, was take us on a [………………………………]tour of the Students
Union.
LIZ And after that they took us round the city centre, showing us things like
the bus [………………………………], the main shops …
MARK And the best [………………………………]…
LIZ Right. So it was very [………………………………].
MARK Yes, though maybe they could have taken us to a better night club. The
music at the place we went to was [………………………………].
LIZ That’s a matter of taste, surely! Well anyway the next day they showed us
round everything on the [………………………………].
MARK And believe me it was everything. We must have [……………………]

miles. I could have done with less information on every building in sight, given
that I’ll probably never need to go into half of them, and a bit more
on [………………………………]everyone’s likely to use at some time or other.
Like the sports [………………………………], the health centre, the bicycle and
car parks…
LIZ Which reminds me, there was an afternoon [………………………………]on

how to drive in this country, which [………………………………]to me a bit
weird – you know, for a university course.
MARK I suppose it’s because there’ve been accidents […………………………]

students who aren’t used to people driving on the left. I was there actually.
LIZ How was it?
MARK Well, I must say I was a bit [………………………………]. There were

some useful driving tips, but it might have been more helpful if it had included
stuff for [………………………………]. How to avoid getting run over, for
example.

LIZ You didn’t go to the session on ‘safety’, then?
MARK No.
LIZ Well [………………………………]that dealt with road safety for

pedestrians, along with lots of other [………………………………]of course. I
wasn’t there myself, but that might be something worth going to, Julia.
JULIA I like the sound of the whole thing. Tell me, what’s the accommodation
like? Do you have a room to yourself or do you have
to [………………………………]? What do you have to take with you?
LIZ For the orientation course, you’ll have an individual room in one of the
halls of [………………………………]. That’ll be a different hall from the one
you’re [………………………………]into for the year, but they’re both on
the [………………………………]so you won’t have far to go.
MARK And you won’t have to take too much with you. The room will
have [………………………………], table, [………………………………], bed,
mattress, blankets, sheets and so on.
LIZ Take a warm coat or jacket, though. It may well rain and it’s unlikely to
reach even [………………………………] in late September.
MARK But it shouldn’t drop below about ten, at least during the day. Which is
something, I [………………………………]!
JULIA Right. Now I know they can’t do much about the weather, but did you
have the feeling that they were looking after you on the course?
LIZ Yes, we did. There were some little [………………………………]that

showed they’d thought about what it was like to be starting a course of study
abroad.
JULIA Such as?

LIZ Well it’s just a small example, but they gave us free
email [………………………] to contact people at home. [………………………], if
I remember correcdy.
MARK Actually I think it was twenty.
LIZ Yes, you’re right. 1 was on for over half an hour and paid for an extra ten
or [………………………………]. Not that it was much!
JULIA Emails don’t take long to write anyway.
LIZ No, they don’t.[………………………………]JULIA So, just one more thing:

the [………………………………]. When does the course actually start and
finish?
MARK Well a lot of people get there on the Sunday, though you’d have to find
a room for an extra night as the course accommodation is only [……………]
from the Monday, when things get going.
LIZ Then they’ll keep you busy all week, until the dinner on the Friday.
JULIA And that’s it, is it?
LIZ Yes, there’s nothing after that.
MARK Though most people stay over till Saturday, [………………………]to

recover from the party but also because they can then move straight into
their [………………………]rooms.
JULIA 1 think I’ll do that. Well, thanks a lot for all your advice. I’m sure I’ll
enjoy the course.
LIZ I wish I could go on this year’s, too!
Section 4

LECTURER Good afternoon everyone, and welcome to this short talk on
the [………………………………]of [………………………………]. Now, fireworks,
as I’m sure many of you know, were [………………………………]in China,
though there has long been [………………………………]as to exactly when, or
even in which century. The [………………………………]nowadays, though, is
that it was in the sixth, as there is considerable [………………………………]of
war rockets being made then. We also know that fireworks were in use by the
seventh century in Arabia, where they were called ‘Chinese
Arrows’, [………………………………]their military potential. It then took a long
time for them to [………………………………]to Europe: in fact it wasn’t until
the [………………………………]that fireworks made their appearance there.
LECTURER The basic [………………………………]of fireworks have changed

little to this day. Their [………………………………]capacity comes mainly from
black powder, also known as [………………………………], which is produced
from a mixture of [………………………………], sulphur and potassium nitrate.
A modem aerial firework – the kind used nowadays in big
public [………………………………], not the small rocket type that you might
remember from your childhood – is normally made in the form of a shell, often
a [………………………………]about the size of a [………………………………].
Inside the shell are a number of stars [………………………………]by black
powder, and running through the centre of the round shell is a charge that
makes the [………………………………]explode when it reaches the
desired [……………]. This is known as the [………………………………]charge.
When this explodes, it ignites the outside of the stars, which begin to burn with
bright showers of [……………………]. Since the explosion throws the stars in
all directions, you get the huge [………………………………]of sparkling light
that is so familiar at [………………………………]displays. A shell of this kind is
launched from a [………………………………] millimetre-diameter mortar,
which in some ways [……………………]the type used by the military.
The [……………………] is a steel or – increasingly, for safety reasons –
shatterproof plastic pipe. This is likely to be 500 […………………………]long
and sealed at one end. The other end is [………………………………]at the sky
and at the bottom of the pipe, below the shell, is placed
a [………………………………]containing black powder. This has a long fuse
which projects out of the [……………………]. When this is lit, it quickly burns
down to the lifting charge, which [………………………………] to launch the
shell. In so doing, it also lights the shell’s [………………………]. The shell’s fuse
burns while the shell rises to its correct […………………………], and
then [………………………………] the bursting charge so it explodes. More
complicated shells are divided into sections and burst in two or three phases.

Shells like this are called [………………………………]shells. They may contain
stars of different colours and [………………………………]to create softer or
brighter light, more or less sparks, etc. Some shells contain
explosives […………………] to crackle in the sky, or whistles that
explode […………………] with the stars. The sections of a [……………………]
shell are […………………]by different fuses and the bursting of one
section [………………………………]the next. The shells must be assembled in
such a way that each section explodes in [……………………] to produce a
distinct separate [………………]. The pattern that an [……………………]shell
paints in the sky depends on the [………………………………]of stars inside the
shell. For example, if the stars are equally spaced in a cirde, with black powder
inside the [………………………………], you will see an aerial display of smaller
star [………………………………]equally spaced in a circle. To create a
specific […………………]in the sky. for instance a heart shape, you create an
outline of the figure in stars inside the shell. You then place [……………………]
charges inside those stars to blow them [………………………………]into the
shape of a large heart. Each charge has to be [………………………………]at
exactly the right time or the whole thing is [………………………………]. Many
other shapes have particular names, like the Willow. This is formed by stars
that fall in the shape of willow tree [………………………………]spreading a
little to the side and then [………………………]. The high
charcoal [………………………]of the stars makes them long-burning, so they
may even stay visible until they hit the ground. The Ring Shell is fairly basic. It
is produced by stars [………………] outwards to produce
a […………………………]ring of coloured lights. More complex is the pattern
created by the [……………………], which contains large comets, or charges in
the shape of a [………………………………]. These travel outwards, explode and
then curve downwards like the limbs of a palm tree. The Serpentine, the last
one for now, is different again. When this one [……………………], it sends
small tubes of [………………………………] scattering outwards in random
paths, which may [………………………]in exploding stars. It can be quite
spectacular.

Test 76

Section 1: Questions 1-10
Questions 1-5: Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN
Transport from Airport to Milton
Example Answer
Distance: 147 miles
Options:
• Car hire
don’t want to drive
1 ………………
expensive
• Greyhound bus
$15 single, $27.50 return
direct to the 2 ……………….

long 3 ………………
• Airport Shuttle
4...............service
every 2 hours
$35 single, $65 return
need to 5 ………………..

Questions 6-10: Complete the booking form below. Write ONE WORD AN
DIOR A NUMBER for each answer.
AIRPORT SHUTTLE BOOKING FORM
To: Milton
Date: 6 ………………. No. of passengers: One
Bus Time: 7 …………….. pm Type of ticket: Single
Name: Janet 8 ………………..
Flight No: 9 ……………. From: London Heathrow
Address in Milton: Vacation Motel , 24 Kitchener Street
Fare: $35
Credit Card No: (Visa) 10 ……………..

Questions 11-16: Choose the correct letter A, B or C.
11. PS Camping has been organising holidays for ……………..
12. 15 years.
13. 20 years.
14. 25 years.
15. The company has most camping sites in ……………..
16. France.
17. Italy.

18. Switzerland.
19. Which organised activity can children do every day of the week?
20. football
21. drama
22. model making
23. Some areas of the sites have a ‘no noise’ rule after ………………..
24. 9.30 p.m.
25. 10.00 p.m.
26. 10.30 p.m.
27. The holiday insurance that is offered by PS Camping …………….............
28. can be charged on an annual basis.
29. is included in the price of the holiday.
30. must be taken out at the time of booking.
31. Customers who recommend PS Camping to friends will receive …………
32. a free gift.
33. an upgrade to a luxury tent.
34. a discount .
Questions 17-20: What does the speaker say about the following items?
1. They are provided in all tents.

2. They are found in central areas of the campsite.
3. They are available on request.
4. barbecues
5. toys
6. cool boxes
7. maps and buckets

Section3: Questions 21-30
Questions 21-23: Complete the notes below. Write ONE WORD ONLY for
each answer.
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INDIVIDUALS IN THE WORKPLACE
Individuals bring different:
▪ ideas
♦ 21 ……………….
▪ learning experiences
Work behaviour differences are due to:
▪ personality
▪ 22 ………………..
Effects of diversity on companies:
Advantage: diversity develops 23 ……………….
Disadvantage: diversity can cause conflict
• Janice thinks that employers should encourage workers who are 24 ………
• potential leaders.
• open to new ideas.
• good at teamwork.
• Janice suggests that managers may find it difficult to 25 ………………........
• form successful groups.
• balance conflicting needs.
• deal with uncooperative workers.
• Janice believes employers should look for job applicants who 26…………….

• can think independently.
• will obey the system.
• can solve problems.
• Janice believes managers should 27 ……………….
• demonstrate good behaviour.
• encourage co-opcration early on.
• increase financial incentives.
Questions 28-30: Complete the sentences below. Write ONE WORD

ONLY for each answer.
All managers need to understand their employees and recognise their

company’s 28………………………
When managing change, increasing the company’s 29…………….. may be more

important than employee satisfaction.
During periods of change, managers may have to cope with increased amounts
of 30 ……………………..
Section 4: Questions 31- 40

Questions 31-35: Complete the notes below. Write ONE WORD ONLY for
each answer.
SEMINAR ON ROCK ART
Preparation for fieldwork trip to Namibia in 31 …………………
Rock art in Namibia may be
• paintings

• engravings
Earliest explanation of engravings of animal footprints
They were used to help 32 …………….. learn about tracking
But:
• Why are the tracks usually 33 ……………..?

• Why are some engravings realistic and others unrealistic?
• Why are the unrealistic animals sometimes half 34 ………………?
More recent explanation:
Wise men may have been trying to control wild animals with 35 ………………..
Comment:
Earlier explanation was due to scholars over-generalising from their

experience of a different culture.
Questions 30-40: Complete the sentences below. Write ONE WORD

ONLY for each answer.
• If you look at a site from a …………… you reduce visitor pressure.

• To camp on a site may be disrespectful to people from that ………………..
• Undiscovered material may be damaged by ………………….......................
• You should avoid ……………… or tracing rock art as it is so fragile.
• In general, your aim is to leave the site …………………..............................
ANSWER KEY
1. (a) taxi/cab
2. city centre/center

3. wait
4. door-to-door
5. reserve (a seal)
6. (the) 17th(of) October
7. 12.30
8. Thomson
9. AC 936
10. 3303 8450 2045 6837
11. B
12. A
13. B
14. C
15. C
16. A
17. C
18. A
19. C
20. B
21. attitude(s)
22. gender/sex
23. creativity/creativeness
24. A
25. B
26. A
27. B
28. culture
29. profit(s)
30. stress/strain
31. April
32. children
33. repeated
34. human
35. magic
36. distance

37. culture
38. fire(s)
39. touching
40. intact
TRANSCRIPT FOR IELTS LISTENING PRACTICE

TEST 36
SECTION 1
MAN: Hello, this is Land Transport Information at Toronto Airport. How

may I help you?
WOMAN: Oh, good morning. Um. I’m living to Toronto Airport next week, and
I need to get to a town called um, Milton. Could you tell me how I can gel
there?
MAN: Milton, did you say? Let me see. I think that’s

about 150 miles southwest of here. In fact it’s 147 miles to be exact, so it’ll
lake you at least say, three to four hours by road.
WOMAN: Wow! Is it as far as that?
MAN: Yes, I m afraid so. But you have a number of options to get you there
and you can always rent a car right here at the airport, of course.
WOMAN: Right. Well, I don’t really want to drive myself, so I’d like more
information about public transport.
MAN: OK. In that case the quickest and most comfortable is a cab and of
course there are always plenty available. But it’ll cost you. You can also lake
a Greyhound bus or there’s an Airport Shuttle Service lo Milton.

WOMAN: Hmnm, I think lor that kind of distance a cab would be way
beyond my budget. But the bus sounds OK. Can you tell me how much that
would cost?
MAN: Sure. Let’s see. that would be $15 one way. or $27.50 return… that’s on
the Greyhound.
WOMAN: Oh. that’s quite cheap great! But whereabouts does it stop in
Milton?
MAN: It goes directly from the airport here lo the City Centre and it’s pretty
fast. But you have to bear in mind that there is only one departure a day, so
it depends what time your flight gets in.
WOMAN: Oh. of course. Hang on, we’re due to get there at 11.30 pm.
MAN: Hmmtn, too bad. the bus leaves at 3.45, so you would have quite a wait
more than 4 hours.
WOMAN: Oh. I see. Well, what about the Shuttle you mentioned?
MAN: OK. I hat s the Airport Shuttle that will take you from the airport right
to your hotel or private address. It’s a door-to-door service and it would suit
you much better, because there’s one every two hours.
WOMAN: So how much docs that cost?
MAN: Let’s see. Yeah, that’s $35 one way, $65 return, so I guess it’s a bit more
expensive than the Greyhound.
WOMAN: Oh, that doesn’t sound too bad, especially if it’ll take me straight to
the hotel.
MAN: But you do need to reserve a scat.
WOMAN: OK, is it possible to make a booking right now? Through you?

MAN: Sure.
MAN: OK, I just have to fill this form out for you. So what date do you want to
book this for?
WOMAN: The 16th of October oh, no, sorry, that’s my departure date. I
arrive on the 17th, so book it for then, please.
MAN: So. that’s the Toronto Airport Shuttle to Milton. And this is for just one
person or… ?
WOMAN: Yes, just me, please.
MAN: Right. And you said your expected time of arrival was 11.30? So if I
book your Shuttle for after 12.00 let’s say, 12.30: that should give
you plenty of time to, you know, collect your baggage, maybe grab a coffee?
WOMAN: Yeah, that sounds fine, as long as we land on tune!
MAN: Well, we’ll take your flight details so you don’t need to worry too much
about that. Now. what about the fare? What sort of ticket do you want? One
way or . . .?
WOMAN: Yes, that’ll be fine, provided I can book the return trip once I’m
there.
MAN: No problem just allow a couple of days in advance to make sure you get
a seat. And what’s your name, please?
WOMAN: Janet. Janet Thomson.
MAN: Is that Thompson spell with a ‘p’?
WOMAN: No. it s T-H-O-M-S-O-N.

MAN: OK. And you’ll be coming from the UK? What flight will you be
travelling on?
WOMAN: Oh, it’s Air Canada flight number AC936, from London Heathrow.
MAN: Right. Now. do you know where you’ll be staying? We need to give the
driver an address.
WOMAN: Yes. it’s called the Vacation Motel and I think it’s near the town
centre. Anyway, the address is 24, Kitchener Street that’s KITCHKNER Street.
MAN: I hat’s fine. Right, so that’s S35 to pay please. Have you got
your credit card number there?
WOMAN: Yes. it’s a VISA card, and the number is 3303 8450 2045 6837.
MAN: OK. Well, that seems to be everything. Have a good trip and we’ll see
you in Toronto next week!
WOMAN: Yes, bye oh, thanks for your help!
SECTION 2
Thank you all for coming to my talk this evening. It’s nice to see so many
people in the audience. For those of you who don’t know very much
about PS Camping, let me start by giving you some background information
about the company.
The company started twenty–five years ago. It actually opened us a

retail chain selling camping equipment, and then twenty years ago, it bought
a small number of campsites in the UK, and began offering camping
holidays. The company grew rapidly and has been providing holidays
in continental Europe for the last fifteen years.

If you book a camping holiday with us, you’ll have a choice of over three
hundred sites. In Italywe now have some 64 sites that we either own, or
have exclusive use of. France is where we have the majority of sites, and we
currently have a project to expand into Switzerland.
We also have a number of sites in Northern Spain, particularly in the

mountainous region of Picos de Europa. We’ve upgraded all these Spanish
sites, and improved them considerablyfrom their original three-star rating.
We believe our holidays offer superb facilities for the whole family. Parents
who want their children to be fully occupied for all or part of the day can take
advantage of our children’s activities. These are organised by our well–
qualified and enthusiastic staff. Each day kicks off with a sports match,
perhaps football, or volleyball, followed hy an hour of drama for everyone This
may include singing or dancing, mime or other activities. In the afternoon,
there’s a different art activity for each day of the week including
a poster competition or modelmaking. What’s more, our sites are truly
child-friendly, and. with this in mind, we operate a no-noise rule in the
evenings. Children’s evening activities usually finish at 9.30, or occasionally
10, and from 10.30 holiday-makers are expected to be quiet in the areas where
there are tents.
We want nothing to go wrong on a PS Camping holiday, but if it does, we also

want all customers to be insured. If you haven’t organised an annual
insurance policy of your own you’ll need to take out the low-cost cover we
offer and we require that you arrange this when you make your
holiday reservation.
There are many advantages to choosing PS Camping, and to recommending it

to others. As a regular customer, you’ll he kept informed of special offers, and
your friends can benefit from ten per cent off their holiday, or book
a luxury tent for the price of a standard one. In return, we’ll send you a thank-
you present, which you can choose from a list of high-quality items.
When it comes to our tents, these are equipped to the highest standard. We
really do think of every essential detail, from an oven and cooking rings
fuelled by bottled gas, to mirrors in the bedroom areas. If you don’t want to
cook indoors, you can borrow a barbecue if you ask in advance lor one to be
made available, and there’s even a picnic blanket tent. Inside, a box of games
and toys can be found, and childrens tents can be hired if to sit on outside

your required. All tents have a fridge, and if you want. In spend the day on
the beach, for example, ask for a specially designed PS Camping cool box,
which will keep your food and drinks chilled. There are excellent
washing facilities at all our sites, with washing machines and clothes lines in
the central areas, along with mops and buckets in case your tent needs
cleaning during your stay. All sites have a cale and/or a shop for those who’d
rather “eat in’ than dine at a local restaurant.
SECTION 3
TUTOR: Well, you’ve both been looking at different styles

of managing individuals in companies and the workplace. How’s the
research going. Philip?
PHILIP: Well. I’ve been looking at why individualism. I mean individual

differences, are such an important area of management studies. When you
think about any organization, be it a family business or
a multinational company, they are all fundamentally a group of people-
working together. But it’s what these individuals contribute to their places of
work that makes you realize how important they are. Of course they bring
different ideas, but it s also their attitudesand their experiences of
learning. Diversity is important in these areas too.
TUTOR: So why do people behave so differently from one another at work?
PHILIP: There are lots of reasons but research has shown a lot of it comes
down to personality. And the other factor is gender. It’s a well known fact
that men and women do lots of things in different ways, and the workplace is
no different.
TUTOR: Did you look at the effects of this variation on companies?
PHILIP: Yes, I did. On the positive side, exposure lo such diversity helps
encourage creativity which is generally an assel lo a company. But
unfortunately individual dilferences are also the root of conflict between staff
and they can lead to difficulties for management, which can sometimes be
serious.

TUTOR: Thanks, Philip. So now I guess the two main things to remember here
are to identifyindividual talent and then to utilize it. So Janice,you were
looking at identifying different talents in workers. Do you think this is easy
for managers to do?
JANICE: Well, currently teamwork is hi fashion in the workplace and in my

opinion the importance of the individual is generally neglected. What
managers should be targeting is those employees who can take the lead in
a silnation and are not afraid to accept the idea of responsibility.
TUTOR: Thai’s true Janice but unfortunately many managers think

the entire notion of encouraging individuality amongst their stall is far loo
hard.
JANICE: Yes, that may be true but I think one of Ihe most important tasks of
managers is to consider the needs of the individual on one hand and
group co–operation and conformity on the other. It requires creative
thinking on the part of management to avoid tension.
TUTOR: So Janice, what kind of people do you think companies should be

looking lor?
JANICE: Well, it has to start from the very beginning when companies are
looking for new employees. When the personnel department is choosing
between applicants they need to look for someone who’s broken the mould and
can think for themselves. Instead, people making these decisions often use a
range of psychological tests to see if a person is a problem solver, or will do
as they’re told. I’m not convinced these qualities are actually the most
important.
TUTOR: So do you think being a good team player is overrated?
JANICE: No. it’s not overrated. You do need to learn the rules and learn them
fast. No individual can get around this if you’re working in an organization.
TUTOR: So how should managers deal with this?

JANICE: Rewards. When an individual demonstrates the behaviour
the organisation expects, some kind of incentive can be given. What’s
important here is that this happens right at the beginning so
new recruits learn the rules of the system immediately. Also
the incentiveshould be something the individual actually wants, and this isn’t
always just money.
TUTOR: To come back to you. Philip. You were saying that recognition of
good performers is essential. What else should managers be looking for?
PHILIP: Well, managing people means you not only have an understanding of
your employees, but you also recognise the culture of the organization. In
fact, for some organizations creativity and individuality may be the last thing
they want to see during working hours!
TUTOR: Very true.
PHILIP: Yes, but managing people isn’t as easy as it looks. For example,
change in the workplace can be quite tricky, especially if there’s a need to
increase profit. And at times like these managers may have to
give priority to profit rather than individual staff needs.
TUTOR: Yes. and that creates difficult situations for people.
PHILIP: Yes but what’s important is that managers arc able to deal with quite
high levels of personal stress. During times of change they should be
thinking not only about the strain on their stall’ but take time out to think of
themselves.
TUTOR: Absolutely. So what are the implications of that for. . ,
SECTION 4
Good afternoon, everyone!

This is the first seminar in preparation for our archaeological fieldwork in
Namibia: we are fantastically lucky to have received partial research funding
for this trip from our Institute so I shall expect 200% attention and
participation from you all. First in this seminar. I’m going to give
a brief introduction to contemporary research on rock art. and in the
second part I’m going to give you some do’s and don’ts for our fieldwork trip
in April so please listen very carefully.
I’m first going to focus on the interpretation of rock art in Namibia. We are
very fortunate to be going to an area where you can find some of the most
important sites in the entire world. And I hope to show you how easy it is for
everyone to make mistakes in looking at cultures which are different from
our own the first and most important lesson we have to learn.
In Namibia there arc both paintings and engravings that’s where

the surface of the rock is cut out. Many of the engravings show footprints of
animals and most scholars used to think that the purpose of these was simple
and obvious: this rock art was like a school book with pictures lo teach children
about tracks: which track belonged lo which animal – giraffe, lion and so on.
But there were some mysteries. First, when you look at a typical Namibian
painting or engraving, you see the tracks are repeated, there are dozens of
tracks for the same animal. Youd expect just one clear illustration if the
reason the aim was to teach tracking.
Now there were two more problems. Why are some of the engravings of
animals very accurateas you’d expect all clearly identifiable and others
quite unrealistic?
And another mystery some of these unrealistic animals that’s in the engravings
seem to be half human. Some, for example, have got human faces.
Many researchers now think that these were pictures the wise men engraved
of themselves. They believed they could use magic to control the animals they
had drawn, so the hunters could then catch them for food.
This shows you some of the dangers of coming from one culture to another, as
we’ll be doing, without understanding it fully. Scholars imagined that
children looked al rock art pictures to learn to track just because they
themselves had learnt skills from pictures: many researchers now believe

that rock art had a much more complex purpose. And we’ll talk more about
it next week!
Now before I invite you to join in a discussion in this second part of

the seminar. I’d like to make some very important points about
our fieldwork and in fact any field lrip to look at rockart.
We’re going to a number of sites, and we won’t always be together. I he single

largest problem faced by people who manage the sites is – yes. I’m sure you’ve
guessed damage caused by visitors, even though it’s usually unintentional.
Whenever you do go to a site, don’t forget you can learn many things
from observing at a distance instead of walking all over it. This can really
help to reduce visitor pressure. People often say. ‘Well, there’s only two of us
and just this one time’, but maybe thousands of people are saying the same
thing.
And then some basic rules to guide you – we’ll have our own camp near
a village, but remember never to camp on a site if you go on your own It may
be disrespectful to the people of that culture, and certainly don’t make fires,
however romantic it may seem. It’s really dangerous in dry areas, and you
can easily burn priceless undiscovered material by doing so.
So, how are we going to enjoy the rock art on our field trip? By looking at it.
drawing it and photographing it – NEVER by touching it or even tracing it.
Rock art is fragile and precious.
Remember that climbing on rocks and in caves can destroy in a moment what
has lasted for centuries. So no heroics in Namibia, please! Try to be extra
careful and help others to be too.
And lastly please don’t even move rocks or branches to take photographs you
should leave the site intact. I’m sure I can rely on you to do that.
Well, that’s about all I want to say before today’s first discussion, but if you
have any questions please ask them now and don’t forget you’ll find
some fascinating information about world–wide sites on the Internet.
Right, first question then?

Test 77
Questions 1-10: Complete the table below. Write ONE WORD AND/OR A
Questions 11-15: Label the map below. Choose FIVE answers from the box and
write the correct letter A-H next to questions 11-15.
A biography
B fiction

C magazines
D newspapers
E non-fiction
F photocopiers
G reference books
H study area
Questions 16-20: Choose the correct letter, A. Bor C.
16. After two years, library members have to ………………
A. show proof of their current address.
B. pay for a new membership card.
C. bring a passport or identity card into the library.
17. What happens if you reserve a book?

A. It will be available after five days.
B. You can collect It a week later.
C. You will be contacted when it is available.
18. Which materials can be borrowed for one week only?
A. some reference books
B. CD-ROMs
C. children’s DVDs
19. On which day does the library stay open later than it used to?
A. Wednesday
B. Saturday
C. Sunday
20. Large bags should be left on the ………………
A. first floor.
B. second floor.
C. third floor.
Section 3: Question 21 – 30
Questions 21-25: Choose the correct letter, A. B or C.

21. Why did Anita and Lee choose to talk about John Chapman?
A. He was Lee’s childhood hero.
B. They wanted to talk about the USA.
C. He was relevant to the topic of their studies.
22. Where did the students record their sources of information?
A. on their laptops
B. on a handout
C. on a database
23. The tutor claims she does not understand whether ……………..
A. apples grew in America before Europeans arrived.
B. the Native Americans had always eaten apples.
C. American apples were first bred in Europe.
24. The tutor says the audience was particularly interested to hear about ……….
A. grafting techniques in ancient China.
B. the cultivation of apples in Kazakhstan.
C. the spread of apples along the Silk Route.
25. How will Anita and Lee present their follow-up work?

A. on the department website
B. as a paper
C. as a poster
Questions 26-30: What do Lee and Anita agree about their presentation skills
with their tutor?
A. excellent
B. acceptable
C. poor
Presentation skills
26. use of equipment
27. handling software
28. timing of sections
29. design of handout
30. clarity of speech
Questions 31- 40: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE
WORD for each answer.

ANSWER KEY
1. 41
2. museums
3. hour
4. Elliscoat
5. ferry
6. summer
7. 1887
8. scooter(s)
9. entertainment
10. kitchen
11. B
12. H
13. C
14. E
15. A
16. A
17. C
18. C
19. B
20. B
21. C
22. B
23. A

24. C
25. A
26. A
27. B
28. C
29. B
30. A
31. cans
32. lime
33. tasteless
34. returns
35. warm
36. soundproofed
37. fresher
38. texture / thickness
39. liquids
40. strawberry
TRANSCRIPT FOR IELTS LISTENING PRACTICE TEST
LISTENING SECTION 1
Man: Good morning. Can I help you?
Woman: I hope so! I have a friend in Spain and her two daughters are
coming to the city to study for a month. So I thought the Tourist Information
Centre was the best place to ask about hostels. Can you recommend any?
Man: Of course. Ah, I usually suggest one of the Hostelling International

places. HI West End is a big hostel in a residential area, but it’s only ten
minutes from downtown if you take a bus. It’s really popular.
Woman: OK. Sounds good! I need to know how much it costs. The girls want
a double room to themselves. They don’t want to share with other people.

Man: That makes it more expensive. The price is under $30 for a bed in
a dormitory but they’ll be paying $50 a night. But if they become members
of Hostelling International, the price comes down to $41 a night. Membership
costs $35.
Woman: Right.
Man: And membership offers them benefits too on all kinds of activities.
Woman: Ah, what kind of things?
Man: Oh, er, skydiving and white-water rafting. Things like that.
Woman: Mm, I don’t think they’re interested in that kind of thing.
If they become members, will they get cheaper entrance tickets to museums?
Man: Oh, yes and also discounts on bicycle and car hire.
Woman: OK. It’s probably worth it. Is the hostel very noisy? They’re coming
here to do some studying.
Man: Ah, I think it is quite noisy as it’s a really big hostel. And if they want to
use the Internet this hostel still makes a charge unfortunately. It’s $1 for 15
minutes and $3 for an hour.
Woman: Mm … it might not be ideal for them. What else can you recommend?
Is there anything in a quiet area?
Man: There’s Elliscoat Hostel.
Woman: Mm, how do you spell that?
Man: E-L-L-I-S-C-O-A-T.

Woman: I’ve never heard that name before. And where is that?
Man: It’s on the beach looking over the bay. Here, look on the map. It’s quiet
but not far from Dragon Island – there’s plenty going on there in the
evening.
Woman: Oh, that’s a nice area. And if they want to go to Dragon Island it only
takes a couple of minutes to walk down to the ferry. So how much is a room
there?
Man: It’s in such a nice spot that the rooms are a bit more expensive.
They’re $62.
Woman: Does that include any meals?
Man: Unfortunately not. It is possible to buy meals in the hostel at

a reasonable price but because it isn’t very busy in the winter, they only cook
in summer.
Woman: Oh, I think I know the place you mean. It’s an old building, isn’t it?
Man: Yes, it’s well known as it’s one of the oldest in the city.
There’s been a hotel there since 1887 when it was first built.
It was turned into a hostel in 1985 and they’ve invested a lot of

money restoring it inside.
Woman: Mm, they’d like that but I’m just looking on the map at where
their college is – it’s right in the centre. It is a bit far for them from there.
Man: The hostel actually has scooters for hire at a very good price. So they
could do that. Er, it would be quicker than cycling or walking to the centre.
Woman: Mm, it is a bit expensive … But it sounds like the best one so
far unless there’s something a bit cheaper?

Man: OK. Er, well, what about the Backpackers Hostel? That’s not so
expensive. It’s in a side street in the entertainment district. They wouldn’t
need to go far to find everything they want – they could walk everywhere. And
it’s very reasonable. Only $45 and another $5 if they want to have breakfast.
Woman: Mm, but what about other meals?
Man: There’s no café but on each floor in this hostel there’s a kitchen
for residents to cook in. I’m not sure how well equipped they are but it
should be fine for basic meals.
Woman: Well, that’s really very helpful. I’ll pass all this information on now. .
Man: Do ask your friends to ring me if they need to know anything else.
Woman: I will. Thank you.
LISTENING SECTION 2
Welcome to the Selmore Public Library which has just been reopened after
major refurbishment. This tour will introduce you to the building and
its services. At any time you can stop the tour. We enter by the café and our
tour begins at the issue desk.
If you stand between the information desk and the issue desk and look at
the opposite wall, you will see shelves of books in the left-hand corner. This
is where vou will find a large number of novels and short stories. They are
arranged alphabetically. If you’re looking for something in particular and it’s
not on the shelf you can reserve it. The next area, directly opposite the issue
desk, is a section where people can study. The library provides computers for
users free of charge on the next floor beside the reference books but this area
is for people to use their own laptops. You should ask for the
internet passcode at the information desk.

In the right-hand corner of this floor there is a café. A selection of
daily newspapers is always available there but you can also take magazines
into the café to read while you have a drink. You will find these on the racks to
the left of the café and there is a large selection. They are for reference only
and cannot be borrowed but you are welcome to photocopy any articles of
interest. We ask you to,return them when you have finished. You are not
allowed to take fictionor any other books from the shelves into the café.
Next to the café is the exit door leading to the stairs and escalator to the other
floors. The largest collection of books in the library is fiction and the next
largest is non–fiction which is in the corner of this floor opposite the café.
These can all be borrowed as opposed to the reference books on the next floor,
most of which cannot be taken out of the library – but they can be
photocopied. There are several photocopiers available for this
purpose downstairs in the basement. To one side of the issue desk is a door
leading onto a gallery. This was added to the library as a public space where
talks are given once a week on a Saturday by visiting authors of both fiction
and non-fiction. It also houses the biography section. There are notices
advertising the talks in the study area.
Any books that you want to borrow should be taken to the issue desk. Before
we leave this floorI will give you some information about using the library.
There are also helpful notices by the information desk.
To join the library and take books out, you need a membership card. Take your
passport or identity card, as well as proof of your home address, to the
information desk and you will be issued with a card. After a period of two
years, all readers are required to go to the desk with a document that has their
name and current address on it so the library can keep up-to-date records of
where people are living. There’s no need to show a passport again and there
is no charge for this but any lost cards are charged at £5.
If you can’t find the book you want on the shelves, you can reserve it. If it’s in
another library in the city, we can usually get it for you within a week. If
someone else has borrowed it, it can take a few weeks. Either wav, we notify
vou bv phone or email when the item is available to be picked up. We will hold
it for you for five days.
Books can be borrowed for fourteen days and can be renewed for
a further two weeks. Children’s books also have a two-week borrowing

period. The same system exists for CD-ROMs and CDs but DVDs, both
children’s and adults’, can only be borrowed for UP to seven davs. It isn’t
possible to renew them. Some reference books can be borrowed but
normally only for one day, so 24 hours.
The library opening hours have been changed slightly. Instead of opening late
on Wednesdayevenings till 8pm, we will be closing at 6, as on other
weekdays, but we will close at 7 instead of 5.30 on Saturdays and – a new
development – we are going to open on Sunday mornings from next month – 9
to 1. We are closed on public holidays and notices are posted in the library
about these.
Before you go upstairs, please note that if you are going to

the exhibition area on the third floor, large bags are not allowed.
There are lockers beside the reference area on the second floor where vou
can deposit them. If you need change, you can get that from the information
desk on the first floor.
Now press ‘pause’ and proceed to the second floor. When you reach the top of
the stairs press ‘play’.
LISTENING SECTION 3
Tutor: Well, Anita and Lee. That was an interesting presentation you made
about John Chapman. There are a few points I’d like to run through before
you write it up. One thing which you didn’t explain was why you decided to do
a presentation on this man who spread apple varieties across the US?
Anita: Well, ages ago, we were chatting about stuff we’d read as children, and
I told Lee the Johnny Appleseed story – I had these American story books
when I was small. Then when we were looking into the area
of domesticated species of plants for our presentation, we realisedthat the
introduction of the apple with the settlers in the US would be a good case
study …
Lee: And I remembered Chapman, so we looked up the real guy behind

the legend.

Tutor. Right. I think that would have made a good Intro.
Anita: I thought it was too personal.
Tutor: Just a couple of minutes would have drawn your listeners in.
Anyway. Now a more serious point. You didn’t mention the sources of some of
your information.
Lee: We used some books and journal articles and did an internet search and
found some good sites.
Anita: We’ve put them on the back of the handout we gave everyone at the
end.
Tutor: Ah, let me see. Oh. here it is. Johnny Appleseed: Man and Myth, 1967.
Well, the thing is. you really have to make this explicit when you talk. And
anything you show, data you project from your laptop, etc., you must have the
source on it.
Anita: Right, OK.
Tutor: At least you have got it all documented. I was a bit concerned about
that.
Anita: Sorry.
Tutor. Anyway. Now, the content of your talk What vour listeners wanted to
understand was whether, there were apples in the US before the Europeans
started to live there. You told us the early settlers had brought
young apple trees but that few of them had thrived because the climate
was harsh, but what about native species? I don’t think you were very clear
about species already there.
Lee: Um, according to what I’ve read, there were some crab apples, but that
was all. Everything that people now think of as traditional American apples,
were species that the Europeans either introduced or bred by chance.

Anita: Because they tended to sow seeds rather than use grafting.
Tutor Yes, quite. But what to me was fascinating – and I saw most members
of your audiencestart to take notes – was when you discussed how the
apple genes spread via the Silk Route into Europe from the wild
apple woods of Kazakhstan.
Lee: Yes, well. I’d like to have said more about the development of grafting
in ancient China, as a way of producing predictable varieties. It was so early
in history!
Tutor But it’s the natural development of the original wild apple into new
species that people wanted more about. Which says a lot for your presentation.
You enthused your audience! So, now we need to discuss the form
your follow–up work will take. Are you going to produce a paper? Or are you
thinking of putting it all up on the department website?
Anita: Um, I felt we could do both. And we could do a poster of some of the
data. But Lee wasn’t sure.
Lee: No. I think it would be enough to use the website.We can offer a link to
our email for queries. That would save time and trees!
Tutor I think Lee’s nght. A poster would be nice, but it’d take too much time.
Anita: OK.
Tutor: Now I just want to give you a few pointers about the techniques of
your presentation. Mostly it was good, but there are a few things you need to
bear in mind next time you do one. You both managed the hardware. I mean
the projector and things, very well indeed, which is always a great help.
Anita: Good.
Lee: Thanks.
Tutor You’d obviously checked it out carefully.

Lee: Yes. But unfortunately we hadn’t finished our maps when we did
the practice on my computer at home, that’s why there were some the wrong
way up.
Anita: We didn’t realise the software on the laptop was a bit different from
the one I have.
Tutor: But you sorted out the problem very quickly and didn’t let
it fluster you, so it wasn’t a big problem. We could all read the map when we
needed to.
Anita: So it was OK. but we could have done better, we realise.
Tutor : Mm. There was a bit at the end where I felt something didn’t go as
you’d planned – am I right?
Lee: We had a few maps which we ended up leaving out, because we needed to
get on to our conclusions.
Anita: Yes, it took longer to explain the technical aspects of grafting than we’d
expected,
Lee: So sticking to the time limit for each part of our presentation something
we didn’t manage at all..Which means we’ve definitely got to improve before
we do another one.-
Anita: Yes.
Tutor. Apart from that, weil, the handout was perfectly, adequate for a
seminar like this, it gave all the kev information, and need to do
those references in the correct format, as footnotes, in. future,
Anita: OK.
Lee: Yes, sorry, we will.

Tutor: And finally, other students will be presenting projects later in the
course. I shall be reminding them how well vou both spoke and that no one
had any problem hearing or understanding either of you. In that respect your
talk was a model that the others can follow.
Lee: Oh. thank vou.
Anita: Yes, thanks very much. This feedback has been very helpful. Tutor
Well done, both of you. See you in a fortnight.
Anita and Lee: Bye. Thanks.
LISTENING SECTION 4
Lecturer: This morning I’m going to describe for you a few of the kinds
of experiments that have been used to investigate the sense of taste, which
is now recognised as being a far more complex and important area
of neurological science than was previously believed by most people. The
results of some of these experiments can be quite fun and I shall suggest that
you may want to choose one or two to try out in groups before having a go at
designing a new experimental procedure of your own and trying
to pinpoint the cause of your findings.
The first one concerns a marketing exercise by a soft drinks company. The
green colour of some cans was altered by the addition of yellow, so they were
a brighter green. Then test subjects were asked what they thought about the
flavour of the drink in the new-style cans, and they stated that there was more
lime in the drink if it was in the ones with the new colour. This was because
the brain picks up cues from the way the product is presented, as well as the
product itself, which trigger taste sensations. Before food was packaged,
humans used colour to gauge the ripeness of fruit, for example.
Next there’s the old problem with chewing gum. Everyone knows that after a
few minutes’ chewing it loses its minty flavour. However, if you ask people to
chew up to the point where it becomes tasteless, and then ask them to eat a
little sugar and continue chewing, to most people’s surprise, what happens is

that the original mintiness actually returns because it is
the sweetness which is needed to make the mintiness perceptible. So
combinations of flavours can be significant, as the brain needs one of them in
order to recognise the other.
Another experiment demonstrates something we’ve all done.
Drink half a fizzy drink straight from the fridge and then leave it at room
temperature for a while. Take a sip and you may well decide you don’t like it.
The warm drink is too sweet to be refreshing. So put the rest back in
the fridge until it’s chilled again. Now try it. Much better. Of course
the sweetness doesn’t change, it is our perception, because how sweet it
tastes depends on the temperature. The extent to which the drink
is sweetened is less evident if the drink has been cooled.
Another interesting result has been derived from experiments with sound.
One of these involved eating crisps. Subjects were put
into soundproof rooms and given batches of crisps to eat. As they ate, the
sound of crunching which they made as they ate the crisps was played back to
them. This was adjusted so that they sometimes heard the crunching as
louder, or, at other times, more high–frequency sounds were audible in the
sound feedback that accompanied their eating. Fascinatingly, if the sound
level.
So, we’ve looked briefly at colour, at complementary flavours, at

temperature and sound. It seems that all the senses are working together here,
but what about the sense of touch? A number of experiments have been done
in this area. If you take, for instance, cheese sauce and prepare different
versions, some thicker and some thinner, but without any alteration in the
strength of flavour, what do you think the subjects perceive? Yup, if the sauce
is thicker, they’ll say the cheesy flavour is less strong. It was clear that the
thing that was influencing the subjects’ judgement about the flavour of the
sauces was the texture of each one. Now, this result is important
for dietitians as well as marketing executives.
Lastly, another variation on the two flavours theme. This concerns the capacity
of the brain for bridging a sensory gap. The subjects in this experiment
stuck out their tongues so that the testers could drip two liquids onto
them simultaneously, one strawberry flavoured and one sugar flavoured.
The testers then took away each flavour in turn. When the sweetness was taken

away, the subjects reported they could hardly taste anything, but they
continued to think they could taste strawberry even after it was taken away!
So that taste gap was filled.
Well, that’s just a quick look at some of the examples in the

current literature. The references will be in the handout you’ll get at the end
of the session. Now let’s see about trying a few of them for ourselves.

Test 78
Questions 1-10: Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Example Answer
Number of offices in Sydney: 3
Booking reference number: 1 …………………
Office just by 2 …………………. terminal.
Opening hours: 3 …………………. to …………………..
After-hours charge: 4 ………………… $
Cheapest model of car available: 5 ………………….
Information needed when hooking: 6 …………………. number

Length of hire period: 7 …………………..
Reduce cost by driving under 8 …………….. km per week.
Insurance does not cover 9 ………………….
After hours put keys in box near the office on the 10 …………………

Questions 11-15: The following are essential requirements for which jobs?
Write the correct letter. A, B or C. next to questions 11-15.
Essential requirements
A. foreign languages
B . willingness to travel abroad
C. professional qualification
11. conference organiser
12 . catering manager
13. housekeeper
14. fitness centre staff
15. reservations assistant
Questions 16-20: Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct
letter, A-G, next to questions 16-20.

1. CV
2. names of referees
3. work permit
4. recruitment seminar
5. evidence of qualifications
6. conditions of employment
7. initial interview

Questions 21 and 22: Choose TWO letters, A-E.
Which TWO possible objections to a roof garden are discussed?
1. problems of access
2. the cost of construction

3. the time needed to install it
4. who will look after it
5. how to support the weight of it
Questions 23 and 24: Choose TWO letters, A-E.
Which TWO recent developments in roof-garden building are mentioned?
1. waterproof barrier materials

2. drainage systems
3. tank designs
4. lightweight construction materials
5. watering systems
Questions 25-30: Label the diagram below.
Write the correct letter A-H next to questions 25-30.
25. wall
26. electric wire
27. fibre optic cable
28. wooden post
29. glass cap
30. acrylic rod


TWO WORDS for each answer.
The Argus system
Developed by Rob Holman in N. Carolina with other researchers.
Research is vital for understanding of 31 ………………….
Matches information from under the water with information from 32

…………….. According to S. Jeffress Williams, useful because can make
observations during a 33 …..
Dr Holman’s sand collection
Dr H. has samples from every 34 ………………….
Used in teaching students of 35 ………………….

e.g. US East Coast display: grains from south are small, light-coloured and
36……………… in shape
Questions 37-40: Complete the flow-chart below. Write NO MORE THAN

Taking samples when travelling
ANSWER KEY FOR IELTS LISTENING PRACTICE

TEST 34
1. 743002
2. international
3. (0)6.45 (a.m.) / 6.15 (p.m.) /18.15
4. thirty / 30
5. Echo
6. credit card
7. seven / 7 days / one / i week / a week
8. 1,000 / a / one /1 thousand
9. (his/the) luggage
10.pavement
11. A
12. C
13. B

14. C
15. A
16. F
17. A
18 . G
18. E
19. D
21/22 B/D (in any order)
23/24 A/E (in any order)
20. F
21. H
22. C
23. D
24. B
25. A
26. beach erosion
27.(fixed) camera
28. storm
29. continent
30. geology (must be spelt correctly)
31. rounded / round
32. spoon
33. permanent marker
34. (layers of) newspaper
35. (identification) label
TRANSCRIPT FOR IELTS LISTENING PRACTICE TEST 34
LISTENING SECTION 1

Woman: Hello, how can I help you?
Man: Hi. I’m Carlton Mackay, and you booked me some flights recently, to
Australia – and some internal ones?
Woman: Oh, yes, Mr Mackay, I remember you now, of course.
Man: Well, I find I’m going to need car hire while I’m in Sydney after all. I
think you said you could recommend a good-value company?
Woman: Yes, that’s right. Costwise Cars. They’re very good and
don’t charge lots of extras. They have three offices in the Sydney area,
including one office right at the airport.
Man: So, I’ll just book it online?
Woman: Yes, you can book online but you should have their phone number
too, just in case.
Man: Mm, of course.
Woman: That’s 1800 705 639. It’s on the website. And you can get
a discount if you quote your booking reference from us.
Man: Oh. what’s that?
Woman: I mean the one you got from me when we booked your flights. I have
it here – 743002.
Man: Oh, thanks. I guess I’ve got it at home, but I’ll write it down again in case.
A discount is good. So where exactly is the office? I’ll be coming to
the domestic terminal from Melbourne.
Woman: It’s immediately outside the international terminal.

Man: OK. And, another thing I want to check is, will they be open when I
arrive? Or is it just office hours?
Woman: Mm … they open at quarter to seven and close at 6.15 in the evening.
So, let’s see, you’re due to land at ten past six. By the time you’ve collected your
bags and so on, which will take a little while, they won’t be open, but if
you arrange it in advance, they can wait for you. You do have to pay an
extra $30 for that, though.
Man: OK. Well, I’m staying near the airport the first night, so I could go back
in the morning and save a day’s hire?
Woman: Yes, that’d be better. That’d save you about $50.
Man: Do you know what kind of cars they have?
Woman: Quite a variety, I think. Er, the best value should be under $60 a
day with luck. That would be the ‘Echo’. I guess.
Man: Sorry?
Woman: E-C-H-O. like when your voice bounces back?
Man: I suppose I have to book online before I leave?
Woman: Mm, that’s the best way. Er, they won’t deduct any charges until you
finish with the car, but they do need vour credit card number when you book
and of course they’ll want to see your driving licence when you collect. How
long will you need it?
Man: I’m in Sydney for seven davs. I’ll only actually need to use it on three or
four of those days. I hope, but I’ll keep it for the whole week. I guess it’s going
to be a few hundred dollars. Can you suggest anything I can do to keep the
cost down?
Woman: Oh, you get quite a big discount if you do less

than 1.000 kilometres in the week.

Man: Oh, that’s good. I don’t suppose I will be driving that far, actually.
Woman: But, oh, yes, the other thing I should mention is the insurance. It’s
included in the price.
Man: Oh, that is good value then.
Woman: Yes, but what you must remember is that it doesn’t cover
anything except the car, so you must be careful not to leave anything at all in
it when you park because your luggage isn’t insured, even if it’s out of sight,
locked in the boot.
Man: Yeah, well, I think my travel policy will cover that actually.
Woman: Good!
Man: OK. And can I return the car outside office hours? My flight home is
very early in the morning. Can I put the keys through the door, or something?
Woman: There’s a secure box just outside the office on the pavement. You
just drop the keys in there.
Man: Oh, good.
Woman: And one other thing: you should remember to buy petrol before you
leave it. If you don’t drop the car back with a full tank you get charged to fill
it. I recommend you go to a supermarket before you go out to the airport.
Man: Thanks for the tip!
Woman: Not at all. Do call in again if there’s anything else I can help with.
Man: I will. Many thanks.
LISTENING SECTION 2

Speaker: Good morning. It’s a great pleasure to be here in London and to see
so many people interested in working in hotels. We in the International Finest
Group of hotels are very proud of our business and we are always on
the lookout for quality recruits in every department.
Now, I’m going to outline some of the areas of work where we are currently
recruiting and the essential skills or qualifications for them, then I’ll run
through our recruitment procedure. OK?
At the moment we’re looking for a number of people

for administrative posts in different parts of the world and also some roles
which involve a lot of travelling.
One of our main business streams is hosting special events for other
businesses. If you have good communication and organisational skills with a
good level of fluency in at least one European and one non–
European language. I’d suggest you think about becoming part of the team
which sets up these events for all our centres. This would mean being based
full-time in our London office. The work ranges from setting up small meetings
a few days ahead to organising international conferences two years in
advance, so there’s plenty of variety. Some of the conferences we run have as
many as a thousand delegates, so it’s quite challenging.
Then there are some posts available for professionals in the catering field.
Chefs we can find; it seems this is a popular career choice in many parts of the
world as in the UK these days, in spite of the exacting standards, but people to
manage catering departments need more than a love of producing quality
food.
We’re after really energetic and totally efficient young managers, who already
have the relevant business qualifications – no training on the job here – and
they must share the team’s determination to make everything
run smoothly at any time of the day or night.
Or, if you are the type of person who enjoys a challenge, what about becoming
one of our relief housekeepers? You’ll be a good people person, well
organised, and supremely flexible. As well as covering UK
holidays, maternity and paternity leave, there will be times when you have
to fill a key post when someone’s sick, which could be anywhere in our

European. Middle Eastern or Far Eastern hotels, so you must be prepared to
hop on a plane at five minutes’ notice.
The International Finest brand name attracts visitors from all over the world
and on all kinds of business and leisure trips. Our swimming pools and gyms
need to be run by people with the highest standards of customer service. You
don’t have to be a great athlete, but smart appearance and
a pleasant manner are necessary. A diploma in sports science would be the
minimum requirement here.
Lastly, I’d just like to mention that the main London office has
another vacancy. Most bookings come online, especially from the Far East for
people coming to Europe. If you have fluency and some keyboard skills in. for
example. Spanish, or any Far Eastern languages, either having taken
a degree, or preferably from having lived and worked overseas, you might be
just the person we’re looking for to deal with email bookings and queries in
the office here. A flexible attitude to working hours is also important as you
may have to come in outside normal office hours.
So that’s an overview of the kind of jobs, now how to get them!
First of all, provided you have a UK work permit, you can go online
and register an interest in working for us. By return, you’ll receive a
unique applicant’s code, which is your personal identification number and
which we’ll use in all communications. Along with that you get access to the
Human Resources website, where you should make sure you understand the
legal terms and conditions which apply to all our employees. That’s also
where you can then download the application form – fill it in and send it back
along with vour CV. You’ll know within 48 hours whether you’re
being considered as you get an automated response. Sorry if it’s a
bit impersonal, but at least it’s quick. Hopefully, if we like the sound of you,
there will be in that automated response a list of times for an initial interview
which will take place by telephone during the following week. You confirm by
email which of the time slots will suit you. Provided the interview
is satisfactory, at that point we’ll ask for any evidence of qualifications
required, which might be vour degree or diploma certificate or so on. which
vou have to send certified copies of. and we contact your referees. The last
thing you have to do is you come along and have a look round the
International Finest Group head office, get to know some of our team in
Human Resources face to face, and participate in a one-

day recruitment seminar, which involves a number of group and individual
activities along with other potential employees.
Then, with luck, we’ll offer you a job! So, I hope you like the sound of joining
our organisation.
LISTENING SECTION 3
Tutor: So, let’s hear what you’re doing for your next project.
Student: I’ve decided to design a roof garden for a supermarket.
I’ve been looking at some on the web and I think that a garden on top of a
building is the up-and-coming thing.
Tutor: OK. So you’ve done a bit of reading already? What benefits would
there be for the client? Why do you think a supermarket chain would be
willing to meet ttie expense of construction? You do realise that would be the
first thing they raise.
Student: Yes, I know. But I’d explain that In spite of the initially high
expense, they would save that much in approximately five years. Well. I’d
have to do sums. I mean calculatespecifically …
Tutor Yes. how would the saving come about?
Student: Mainly through lower heating and aircon Mis. The

extra insulation offered by having a layer of living plants in the soil would
make a huge difference
Tutor: OK But they might feel the expense of maintenance would be an issue.
After all, supermarkets don’t normally employ gardeners.
Student: What I thought was, if they made it a community garden, rather than
a simple low–maintenance green roof…

Tutor: So there’d be public access?
Student: Oh, yes! Then there’d be a sense of ownership in the local community
and people could take responsibility for it, instead of the supermarket paying
a commercial company, and it’d really boost their public relations.
Tutor That’s a good point. And have you been looking into
how roof gardens are built nowadays?
Student: I’m still exploring that, but if I take advantage of the latest
technologies for roof gardens. It shouldn’t be too difficult. But in any case, you
have to use lightweight materials.
Tutor But that’s a matter of making the right choices. You can even use quite
traditional ones such as wood for the planting areas.
Student: Yes. that’s what I thought. It’ll look good and it isn’t too heavy.
Tutor But for the basic construction, the issue you have to address first is the
material used between the building and the garden.
Student: You mean the banter fabric, which ensures there’s no chance
of rainwater leaking down into the building?
Tutor: Yes, nowadays that is very good, and Quite easily sourced.
Student: Then on the other hand, there’s the business of water within the roof
garden itself.
Tutor: You mean drainage? That’s an important feature of the construction in

any roof design.
Student: Yes. but I think most drainage issues have been well understood lor
quite a long time.

Tutor: Ok, but another thing is with plants in an exposed situation, you
usually need to find ways to optimise rainfall.
Student: Yes, because rainwater is best for the garden, if you can store it for
when it’s needed. What I’ve been looking at are some buildings which use
fairtv conventional storage tanks the Kind Eiat have been in use for
decades, but have them linkeo to modem automatic watering systems.
Tutor. Sounds complicated!
Student: It’s less so In practice than it sounds, I think. I’ve been researching
them and actually the Safest ones definitely, work very well and they can
be electronically regulated to suit the local microclimate.
Tutor: Mmm, that sounds interesting. You seem to have been doing some
thorough research! Make sure you reference all your sources when you
write it up.
Student: Yes, sure. Um, there’s one more aspect I’d just like to run past you, if
there’s time? I want to include a light feature in the design.
Tutor: Of course.
Student: I’ve got a sketch here.
Tutor: Let’s have a look then.
Student: Well, I was really impressed by something I saw on a roof in Cornwall

and I’d like to design something similar. Um, you have an area of planting, and
I’m thinking of installing this lighting in an area filled with low-growing
evergreen shrubs.
Tutor: Mmm. You’d have to have lights and things well away from anywhere
children might be. But I can see this could be very effective, if a bit
complicated. How would it work? On this drawing, this is a section view? You
have this low wall on the right?

Student: Yes, that’s it. This is just one element and these areas would
be repeated all round the planted area. I think this will probably be a
wooden wall, using reclaimed timbers, with an angled ceramic top surface.
Tutor: Perhaps even ridge tiles like they use on roofs?
Student: Oh, yes, that’d be just the sort of thing. And that’d make
it weatherproof. Um, and then the heavy duty electric wiring comes UP
through the floor iust outside the planted area and into the wall. Then it’s
brought through to a projector low in the side of the wall, and that sends a
beam of light along the fibre optic cable.
Tutor: So there’s no electricity in the actual lights. The fibre optic goes across
the surface of the soil in the planting area.
Student: Yes, that’s the beauty of it. The shrubs will soon grow to cover it up, of
course, and then the cable goes past a wooden post which is between the
shrubs, and can be a support for them as they grow bigger, and then runs up
into each element of the installation.
Tutor: So the lioht beam is carried UP to the top of each element

and illuminates a kind of conical glass cap? I see! Is that the bit which
would glow in the dark?
Student: Yes.
Tutor: And what’s the cap supported on? Is it a wall?
Student: No, it’s a slender acrylic rod, er. like the stem of a flower
or mushroom, which the cable runs up inside of.
Tutor: Well, I’ll be interested to see the final drawings.
Student: Thank you! I’m looking forward to putting it all together.
LISTENING SECTION 4

Student: First, I would like to tell you how the
Argus computerised photography system has helped marine researchers.
Then I shall talk a bit about sand collecting.
Well, Argus is the system Doctor Rob Holman developed when he was working
at a research pier on the coast of North Carolina, about 20 years ago.
This pier stretches out over the water, and it’s the longest research pier in the
world, with an observation tower on the end of it. The researchers there
make precise measurements of how the sand moves about under the waves.
This research is critical to the Study of beach erosionin places where
the coastline is being worn away.
The Argus system helps to solve the difficulties encountered by these

researchers. The system correlates the data from under the water with what
Dr Holman gets from his fixed camera, which is mounted above the water on
the pier and uses time–lapse photography.
Some of Doctor Holman’s results have changed the way people understand
how sand moves. To quote S. Jeffress Williams, a coastal geologist with the
United States Geological Survey, the system is ‘a critical piece of new
technology’ and ‘The Argus system allows us to quantify and document visually
the changes to the coast on a variety of different time frames. A lot of these
take place when there is a storm or at other times when it is difficult to have
people out on the beach making observations and taking measurements.’
Up to now Argus installations have been installed in places in Oregon,

California, Hawaii, England, the Netherlands, Australia, New Zealand,
Spain, Italy and Brazil, as well as in North Carolina.
Now I’d like to introduce Dr Holman’s sand collection. He started collecting

sand in the 1980s, and he still collects it now, even though he has around a
thousand samples. They come from his travels and
from geologists and amateurs all over the world – and the collection
includes sand from each continent, including Antarctica.
People send him sand in envelopes, plastic bags, paper towels and all
sorts! Each is stored in a glass jar, which Dr Holman labels

by latitude and longitude of its origin, as well as he can work them out –
sometimes the information is a bit sketchy!
Anyway. it’s mainly geology students at the university who study his collection,
and they can learn a lot from it.
For instance, one set of tubes displays sand from the East Coast of the US. So
you can see that the sand gets lighter and finer from north to south. By the
time a grain of sand eventually washes up on a beach in Florida at the
southern end of that journey, it has, been battered by waves for a long time so
the grains are fine and rounded because most of the time sand is
not stationary on the beach.
OK, so if you’d like to collect sand and maybe even send some to Dr Holman,
how should you go about it? Well, the list of equipment is very short and easy
to find, but you should keep a supply when you’re travelling, as you never
know when you’ll come across an interesting sand sample.
One really handy thing for digging sand, especially if it’s hard or frozen, is a
spoon. It’s perfect for that. If you’re travelling by air it’ll have to be plastic, but
metal is preferable, as plastic tends to break. You need something to put the
samples in that is damp–proof and easy to carry. You can just use plastic
bags, but you need to record the location and date on the bag, so you must also
have a permanent marker with you, because you can never assume you will
remember where you gathered a sample from later on and you don’t want it to
rub off before you get home.
And that’s about all you need in the field to collect sand. When you get home,
your samples should be logged in a notebook or computer. You need to note
the location and be really specific as to exactly whereabouts on the beach
you gathered your sample – low tide mark, under cliff area, etc.
Then, you store your sample. You want to keep everything in good condition
and avoid contamination. So first you make absolutely sure that each
sample is perfectly dry. You don’t need any complicated apparatus for this,
you can just air it out on layers of newspaper, which is suitably absorbent.
Most people find that’s the best way.

Then, lastly, but this is really important, before there can be any chance
of confusing this latest sample with another, you put it in a clean small bag or
a jar, and you must stick an identification label on straight away. Some
people put one inside as well in case the outer label falls off, but that’s up to
you. Well, that’s about all you need to know to get started as a sand collector.
Any questions?

Test 79
WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Midbury Drama Club
Background
Example Answer
• club staged in 1957
• prize recently won by 1 ……………… section
• usually performs 2 ……………….. plays
Meetings
• next auditions will be on Tuesday 3 ………………..
• help is needed with 4 ……………….. and …………………..
• rehearsals take place in the 5 ………………….. hall

• nearest car park for rehearsals is in Ashburton Road opposite the 6
……………
Costs
• annual membership fee is 7 £ ………………….
• extra payment for 8 …………………
Contact
• secretary’s name is Sarah 9 ………………….
• secretary’s phone number is 10 ……………………
Questions 11-15: Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.’
11. What does the charity Forward thinking do?
A. It funds art exhibitions in hospitals.
B. It produces affordable materials for art therapy.
C. It encourages the use of arts projects in healthcare.
12. What benefit of Forward thinking’s work does Jasmine mention?
A. People avoid going to hospital.
B. Patients require fewer drugs.
C. Medical students do better in tests.

13. When did the organization become known as Forward thinking?
A. 1986
B. in the 1990s
C. 2005
14. Where does Forward thinking operate?
A. within Clifton city
B. in all parts of London
C. in several towns and villages near Clifton
15. Jasmine explains that the Colville Centre is ………………..
A. a school for people with health problems.
B. a venue for a range of different activities.
C. a building which needs repairing.
Questions 16-20: Who can take part in each of the classes?
Class participants
A. children and teenagers
B. adults

C. all ages
16. Learn Salsa ……………..
17. Smooth Movers …………………
18. Art of the Forest …………………
19. The Money Maze ………………….
20. Make a Play …………………
Section 3: Question 21-30
Questions 21-26: Complete the flow-chart below. Choose SIX answers from
the box and write the correct letter. A-l. next to questions 21-26.
A. air quality
B. journey times
C. land use
D. leisure facilities
E. means of transport
F. parking facilities
Q. number of pedestrians
H. places of employment

I. traffic flow
Questions 27-30: Who will be responsible for each task?
A. Stefan
B. Lauren
C. both Stefan and Lauren
Write the correct letter next to questions 27-30.
27. draw graphs and maps
28. choose photographs
29. write report
30. do presentation

Questions 31-35: Complete the sentences below. Write ONLY ONE
Manufacturing in the English Midlands
31. In the eighteenth century, the …………………. still determined how most
people made a living.
32. In the ground were minerals which supported the many ………………….. of
the region.
33. Since the late sixteenth century the French settlers had made
……………………
34. In Cheshire …………………. was mined and transported on the river Mersey.
35. Potters worked in a few ………………… situated on the small hills of North
Staffordshire.
Questions 36-40: Complete the notes below. Write ONE WORD for each
answer.
Pottery notes
Earthenware
advantages:
• pottery used 36 ……………. clay
• saved money on 37 ……………….
disadvantages:
• needed two firings in the Kiln to be 38 ……………….

• fragility led to high 39 ……………….. during manufacturing
Stoneware
• more emotive but better made from a 40 ……………… of clay and flint
ANSWER KEY
1. youth
2. comedy
3. 12th March / March 12th / 12 March / March 12
4. publicity / design / lights (in any order)
5. community
6. sports centre
7. 180
8. costumes / costume hire
9. Sawdicott
10. 07955 240063
11. C
12. B
13. C

14. C
15. B
16. B
17. B
18. C
19. B
20. A
21. C
22. A
23. I
24. F
25. G
26. E
27. B
28. C
29. A
30. C

31. land
32. industries / trades
33. glass
34. salt
35. villages
36. local
37. fuel
38. waterproof
39. wastage / waste
40. mixture / mix / combination

Test 80
SECTION 1 Questions 1-10
Questions 1-6: Complete the form below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
PRIME RECRUITMENT

Employee record
Example Answer
Surname Riley
Email 1 …………………… @worldnet.com
Nationality 2 ……………………
Reference Name: John Keen
(professional) Job: Manager of 3 …………………..
Reference Name: Eileen Dorsini
(personal) Job: 4 ………………..
Special current 5 …………………. certificate
qualifications certificate of competence in 6 …………………
Questions 7-10: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE
PRIME RECRUITMENT CHILDCARE VACANCIES
Location Name Children Special requirements
London Benton girl and boy be keen on 7 …………
near Oxford Granger 8 …………… be animal-lover
boys

9 …………. Campbell four girls be willing to 10 ……….
when camping
Questions 11 and 12: Choose TWO letters A-E. Which TWO sources of
funding helped build the facility?
A. the central government
B. local government
C. a multinational company
D. a national company
E. city residents
Questions 13 and 14: Choose TWO letters A-E. Which TWO pre-existing
features of the site are now part of the new facilities?
A. football stadium
B. playing fields
C. passenger hall
D. control tower
E. aircraft hangars
Questions 15-20: Label the map below. Write the correct letter A-H next to
questions 15-20
15. hotel

16. transport hub
17. cinema
18. fitness centre
19. shops
20. restaurant
Questions 21-25: Choose the correct fetter, A, B or C.
21. What is Chloe concerned about?
A. her knowledge of maths
B. her ability to write essays

C. her lack of business experience
22. Which of the following does Ivan feel he has improved?
A. his computer skills
B. his presentation skills
C. his time management
23. What does Chloe especially like about the course?
A. She won’t have to do a final examination.
B. She can spend time working in a business.
C. She can study a foreign language.
24. Ivan is pleased that the university is going to have ………………..
A. more lecture rooms.
B. a larger library.
C. more courses.
25. What does Ivan advise Chloe to do?
A. contact his tutor
B. read about some other universities
C. visit the university

Questions 26-30: What does Chloe decide about the following subjects?
Write the correct letter, A, B or C, next to questions 26-30.
A. She will study it.
B. She won’t study it.
C. She might study it.
WORDS tor each answer.
History of weather forecasting
Early methods
• Almanacs connected the weather with the positions of different 31

……………….. at particular times.
Invention of weather instruments
• A hydrometer showed Levels of 32 ……………….. (Nicholas Cusa 1450)
• Temperature variations – first measured by a thermometer containing 33

………………. (Galileo Galilei 1595)
• A barometer indicated air pressure (Evangelista Torricelli 1645)
Transmitting weather information
• The use of the 34 ………………… allowed information to be passed around the

world.

• Daily 35 ……………….. were produced by the French from 1&>3.
Questions 36-40: Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN

TWO WORDSfor each answer.
Producing a weather forecast
36. Weather observation stations are found mostly at ……………… around

the country.
37. Satellite images use the colour orange to show ……………….
38. The satellites give so much detail that meteorologists can distinguish
a particular …………………
39. Information about the upper atmosphere is sent from instruments

attached to a ……………….
40. Radar is particularly useful for following the movement of ………………….
ANSWER KEY
1. edwinari / Edwinari / EDWINARI
2. New Zealander
3. play centre
4. (a) professor
5. first aid
6. sailing
7. sport

8. twin/two
9. Scotland
10. cook
11. D/E
12. E/D
13. B/C
14. C/B
15. E
16. B
17. A
18. D
19. F
20. C
21. B
22. C
23. A
24. C

25. A
26. C
27. A
28. A
29. B
30. C
31. planets
32. humidity
33. water
34. (electric) telegraph
35. (weather) maps
36. airports
37. dry air
38. cloud
39. balloon
40. hurricanes

Test 81
SECTION 1: Question 1-10
Questions 1 and 2: Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE

THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Example: The caller works as a teacher.
1. There will be ……………………. passengers on the coach.
2. The students leave the school ……………………….

THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Example
Company name: Burnham Coaches
Name of Client: 3 ……………………..
Address: Down Language School
Down House
4 ………………………
Brighton
Contact number: 5 ………………….. to be contacted on 01273

512634

Pick-uptime: 6 …………………..
Return time: 7 …………………..
Purpose of Hire: Visit to Stonehenge and 8 ……………………..
Questions 9 and 10: Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN
9. What does the cost of hiring the coach include? …………………………
10. Who does the customer have to speak to before confirming the booking?
………………………
Questions 11 and 12: Choose the correct letter A, B or C.
11. Sally Jackson is ……………………..
A. a university lecturer.
B. a university student.
C. a secretary at the university.
12. What does Sally say about bank accounts? .
A. You are obliged to open a new one at the university.
B. The matter should be discussed with the Director of Studies.

C. Some students may not have to worry about opening one.
Questions 13-17: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Day Event Time

Notes Tour of campus
Monday – Friday Orientation & Welfare 10 am

Sessions to develop
13 ……………………
Monday – Friday Tour of Upton 5 pm

Visits to 14 …………………
and Ghost walk.
Monday Academic Fair 1 pm

Talk to students and 15 …………………
Tuesday Societies Fair 1 pm

More than 16 …………………….
societies and sports clubs.
Wednesday 17 …………………… 2-5 pm

Lots of bargains and free gifts.
Questions 18-20: Which THREE statements are true about the

entertainment programme?

A. Sally cannot reveal the name of the hand for the first party.
B. Students can bring a guest to the opening party.
C. There will be a concert in the Cotswold Theatre on Monday.
D. There is an important event on Thursday.
E. There is no formal dress code for the Freshers’ Ball.
F. Students should check the notice board for changes to the announced
programme.
Questions 21-23: Which THREE symptoms of compulsive eating disorder

are mentioned?
Choose THREE letters A F.
A. overeating
B. excess weight
C. weight loss
D. constant hunger
E. depression
F. continuous eating

Questions 24-28: Complete the flow chart below. Write NO MORE THAN
COMPULSIVE EATING DISORDER

THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
29. What disease can sufferers of compulsive eating disorder develop?

………………………….
30. Which organization offers help to people suffering from compulsive eating
disorder? ………………………..
Section 4: Questions 31 -40
Questions 31-33: Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
31. What does the speaker say about newspapers?

A. They never report developments in science accurately.
B. He became interested in his subject because of a newspaper report.
C. They only report developments in renewable energy technology.
32. What significant event took place in 1956?
A. Scientists discovered a new source of energy.
B. A new type of power station came into service.
C. Helium was first produced from hydrogen.
33. What docs the speaker consider to be the main problem with nuclear
fusion?
A. Irresponsible scientists make false claims on the subject.
B. It takes loo long to produce the required reaction.
C. The reaction has not produced usable quantities of energy.

THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
34. Temperatures of at least ……………………. degrees are needed for fusion to

take place.
35. Creating the pressure required in a …………………. is a major technological

problem.
Questions 36 40: Complete the summary below. Write NO MORE THAN


In order for nuclear fusion to produce useful quantities of energy, isotopes of
hydrogen must be brought together at extremely high temperatures and
pressures. A number of 36 ………………. will suspend the fuel so that it does not
come into contact with the sides of the 37 ………………….. Another one will raise
the temperature of the fuel pellet to that required to start the 38
…………………… Extra energy released in this process will be used to produce 39
…………………….. that can be used to generate electricity. It is believed that the
amount of energy that can be produced from 40 ………………………. of fusion
fuel is equivalent to that which can be produced from 10,000 tonnes of fossil
fuel.
ANSWER
1. 34/thirty-four
2. on Monday
3. Paul Scott
4. Hill Street
5. (the) school secretary
6. 7.30/seven thirty
7. 11 pm/eleven p.m. latest
8. Bath
9. tax and insurance
10. (the) school accountant
11. B

12. C
13. study skills
14. castle and museum
15. academic staff
16. 150
17. Trade Fair
18-20. (in any order) A D E
21-23. (in any order) A B E
24. eating snacks
25. loses control
26. embarrassed
27. extreme diets
28. eating again
29. diabetes
30. Overeaters Anonymous
31. B
32. B

33. C
34. 100 million/100,000,000
35. fusion reactor
36. lasers
37. reactor
38. (fusion) reaction
39. steam
40.

Test 82
ction 1: Question 1-10
Complete the form below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

COMPLAINT RECORD FORM
Example
Name: Susan Yorke

Address: Flat 1
1 ……………..
Harchester
HA6 5LD
Daytime telephone number: 0781 233 452
Purchase reference number: 2 …………………… 8443
Date of purchase: 15th January
Item description: Aqua Powershot digital camera in a
3 …………………… colour
Insurance? Yes, has a 4 ………………… policy
Details of complaint: 5 ………………….. missing
should be 6 ………………….. but isn’t
7 …………………… on case
Action to be taken If repair not possible, offered to provide a
8 ……………………, but customer requests a

9 ……………………

Asked customer to send item to 10
…………………….
Questions 11-15: Match the places. Write the correct letter A-II next to the
Questions 11-15.
11. tourist information
12. car park
13. museum
14. picnic area

15. gift shop
Questions 16-18: Which THREE activities or events do you need to pay to

get in?
A. museum
B. castle
C. fireworks
D. gardens
E. rock concert
F. jazz concert
Questions 19 and 20: Answer the questions below.

answer.
19. How often is the charity event held? ………………………
20. Who does Age Concern help? …………………………
Questions 21-26: Choose the correct letter A, B or C

21. Before giving his presentation, Paul is worried about ……………………..
A. choosing what information to use.
B. not remembering what to say.
C. organizing the projection equipment.
22. Paul’s friends advise him not to ……………………
A. speak about popular periods.
B. talk at length about art history.
C. speak too quickly in the presentation.
23. Why does Paul like the idea of the timeline?
A. It will be visually pleasing.
B. It will save some time.
C. It will keep him focused.
24. Paul is going to show famous works of art to ……………………
A. show people that he has good taste.
B. make people think about what counts as art.
C. prove that modern art isn’t as good as classic art.
25. Paul wants his presentation to …………………..

A. change personal opinions.
B. create a big fight.
C. start an exciting debate.
26. What does Isabel say about modern artists?
A. They are skillful.
B. They paint like children.
C. They have a sense of freedom.

TIPS TO FIND PICTURES
• go to fine art section in 27 …………………….
• ask 28 …………………. for access to slide bank
• if not, use the 29 ……………………..
• find pictures using a 30 ………………………
Questions 31-36: Complete the diagram below. Write NO MORE THAN


IELTS Practice Test Listening 28
IELTS
Practice Test Listening 28
37. Technology has made communication easier, encouraging the use of a

………………………

38. Some speakers may associate major languages with better …………………….
39. A group of people can lose their …………………… when their language
becomes extinct.
40. We can help preserve languages through specific programmes and by

encouraging people to become …………………………
ANSWER
1. Alpine Avenue
2. DMX
3. silver
4. Four Star/four star
5. memory card
6. waterproof
7. (big) scratch
8. replacement
9. refund
10. Customer Services/customer services
11. F

12. G
13. D
14. B
15. H
16-18. (in any order) B C E
19. every year
20. elderly people
21. A
22. B
23. B
24. B
25. C
26. C
27. (the) library
28. (the) staff
29. (library) computers
30. search engine

31. Minority/minority
32. Number/number
33. Population/population
34. total
35. 15%
36. Europe
37. common language
38. (economic) status
39. oral traditions
40. literate

Test 83
SEction 1: Question 1-10
Question 1-4: Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Example
Name Mari Dominguez

Present address 1 ……………………. , Pine Tree Terrace, Westcliff
Currently lives with 2 ……………………. other people
First time Maria has lived 3 ……………………..
Journey time to the university: 4 ……………………….
Questions 5 and 6: Which TWO things arc causing problems for

Maria? Choose TWO letters A-F.
A. the distance from the university
B. the bad behaviour of the girls
C. that she has little space at home
D. that it’s boring where she lives
E. that there are mice in the house
F. that the landlady is forgetful
Questions 7-10: Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN

7. Where does the adviser suggest Maria could check to find accommodation?
………………………..
8. In which college is there a space to share a room? ……………………………
9. Which subject is Maria going to change to? …………………………..
10. When will Maria return to the accommodation office? …………………………

Questions 11-15: Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
11. Steve Penfold did voluntary service ……………………..
A. before university.
B. during university.
C. after university.
12. Steve had to pay for ……………………
A. his travel
B. his accommodation.
C. his day-to-day expenses.
13. Where did the charity organization want to send Steve at first?
A. Trinidad
B. India
C. Tobago
14. What does Steve say about the population of Trinidad?
A. There are more people of Indian descent than African.

B. The majority arc descendants of slaves.
C. There are several different ethnic groups.
15. Steve says that some language terms in Trinidad ……………………..
A. are not connected to the English language.
B. have meanings that have a local origin.
C. are from other carnivals around the world.
Questions 16 and 17: Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE

THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
16. How much money does the best carnival group get? ……………………….
17. Where did Steve take the children camping? ………………………
Questions 18-20:
What does Steve say about his time in the Caribbean?
Choose your answers from the box and write the correct letter A-F next to
Questions 18 20.
A. were of varying types
B. express various emotions
C. had a connection with dolphins
D. showed respect

E. had many problems
F. try to help people
18. The students ……………………….
19. The Samaritans …………………………
20. The festivals ……………………….
21. The students are meeting to ……………………..
A. organize a party.
B. answer questions about a course.
C. decide on their studies.
22. Sonia and Mattheus ……………………..
A. agree the teacher was flexible.
B. disagree about their teacher’s flexibility.
C. didn’t like all of the discussions they had.
23. The college offered ……………………

A. only morning classes.
B. only evening classes.
C. both morning and evening classes.
24. Sonia ……………………….
A. liked all the books.
B. liked only one of the books.
C. didn’t like any of the books.
25. Sonia and Mattheus ………………………
A. want to study literature.
B. have different plans for their careers.
C. are both interested in psychology.
26. Which of these was a problem with the campus library?
A. Books were not always available.
B. The people working there were unhelpful.
C. There were not enough computers.
Question 27-30: Label the plan below.
Choose FOUR answers from the box below and write the correct letter A-H
next to Questions 27-30.

A. reference
B. photocopy room
C. literature
D. management
E. periodicals
F. new publications
G. toilets
H. computer studies

Questions 31-33: Choose the correct letter. A, B or C.
31. The speaker says ………………………..
A. rounders is the most popular Irish sport.
B. Gaelic handball is thousands of years old.
C. hurling may have been an ancient Celtic game.
32. The speaker probably ………………………..
A. used to play hurling.
B. shows the students a photo.
C. can’t speak any Gaelic.
33. In hurling, you cannot score by ………………………….
A. hitting the ball over the net.
B. hitting the ball into the net.
C. kicking the ball into or over the net.
Questions 34-37:
When did the following take place?
A. in the 20th century
B. in the 19th century

C. in the 18th century
Write the correct letter A, B or C next to Questions 34-37.
34. Hurling experienced a golden age ……………….
35. A university established a set of rules …………………
36. The Gaelic Athletics Association was started ………………….
37. The All Ireland Hurling Championship began ……………………..

38 ……………………. has a national hurling team.
39. Gaelic football is like a mixture of the sports of ………………………
40. Women play the game for a …………………. time.
ANSWER
1. 12/twelve
2. 3/three
3. abroad
4. 50/fifty minutes
5/6 A, D (in either order)

7. (the) (student) noticeboard(s)/notice board(s)/notice-board(s)
8. Hillside (College)
9. literature/Literature
10. (on) Monday
11. C
12. A
13. B
14. C
15. B
16. a million dollars/$ 1000000/$ 1,000,000/1.000,000/1000000 dollars
17. (in) the jungle
18. D
19. F
20. A
21. B
22. A
23. C

24. B
25. B
26. A
28. A
29. D
30. B
31. C
32. A
33. C
34. C
35. B
36. B
37. A
38. Ireland
39. soccer/football and basketball
40. shorter

Test 84
ction 1: Question 1-10
Question 1-3: Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN

Example: How did Peter and Joan last communicate with each other? on the
telephone
1. What is going to be closed down? …………………..
2. What does Peter want to organize? ………………………
3. What does Joan suggest they get people to do? …………………………
Questions 4-6: Choose the correct letter. A, B or C
4. Which of the following might they need?
A. an orchestra
B. a caterer
C. a telephonist
5. Where will they probably hold the meeting?
A. the youth club
B. somebody’s living room

C. the village hall
6. When do they decide to hold the meeting?
A. they haven’t decided yet
B. at the weekend
C. some time during the week
Question 7-10: Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN

7. Dr Perkins is the best person to describe the ………………….. at the clinic.
8. Joan often meets Mr Sims’ wife ……………………
9. The editor of the newspaper might let them advertise …………………..
10. …………………. will be needed to go from door to door posting leaflets.
Questions 11-14: Choose the correct letter A, B or C
11. What can visitors use free of charge?
A. pushchairs
B. child carriers
C. coats and bags

12. Which of the following can visitors buy at the shop?
A. coins
B. refreshments
C. postcards
13. When did the Grand Opening of the baths occur?
A. 1894
B. 1897
C. 1994
14. The Romans built on the site …………………….
A. after the Celts.
B. before the Celts.
C. at the same time as the Celts.
Question 15-20: Complete the summary below. Write NO MORE THAN

The Great Bath is 15 …………………. deep. Around the bath area are alcoves
where there were 16 …………………. and tables where bathers could relax. The
water temperature of the Sacred Spring is 17……………………. The water is rich
in 18 ……………………… In Roman times, the Sacred Spring was well-known for
its 19 ………………….. The Temple was constructed between 20 ………………….
AD.

Question 21-25: Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN

21. What is John researching? ……………………
22. Apart from pollution, what would John like to see reduced?
……………………….
23. According to Johns tutor, what can cars sometimes act as?
……………………….
24. How much does Johns tutor pay to drive into London? ………………………
25. In Singapore, what do car owners use to pay their road tax? …………………….

TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
26. In Athens, cars can only enter the city centre on ………………………..
27. ‘BRT’ stands for ‘bus ’ ……………………….
28. In London, after a new road tax was introduced, moped and bicycle use
increased by ……………………..
29. Both Japan and Holland provide …………………… for those cycling to train
stations.
30. In the USA, police officers on bikes make more ……………………. than those
in patrol cars.


31. The lecture is intended mainly for those entering the ……………………, but is
relevant to all students present.
32. The lecturer believes that too ………………….. a specialization can be

damaging.
33. The number of …………………….. who were also writers is surprising.
34. The speaker believes that literature provides a ……………………. which

medical schools do not.
Questions 35-40: What is said about each of these books? Choose your
answers from the box and write the letters A-H next to questions.
A. It conveys the thrill of scientific discovery.
B. It is of interest to any natural historian.
C. This is a classic of scientific writing.
D. It is about the life of a scientist.
E. This book is now sometimes used in schools.
F. This is also a good travel book.
G. This book examines the dark side of human nature.
H. This book was a response to another book.

35. A Short History of Nearly Everything
36. Wonderful Life
37. The Rise and Tall of the Third Chimpanzee
38. The Water Babies
39. The Emperor of Scent
40. On The Origin of Species
ANSWER
1. (the) local clinic
2. a charity event
3. hold a protest
4. B
5. C
6. A
7. financial situation
8. socially
9. for free

10. Volunteers
11. B
12. C
13. B
14. A
15. 1.6 m/metres
16. benches
17. 46° C/forty-six degrees centigrade
18. minerals
19. healing powers
20. 60/sixty and 70/seventy
21. (urban) transport systems
22. (traffic) congestion
23. (a) status symbol
24. £5/five pounds
25. (a) credit card
26. alternate days

27. rapid transit
28. 17%/seventeen per cent
29. (special) parking facilities/areas
30. arrests
31. medical profession
32. narrow
33. physicians
34. human dimension/mind
35. E
36. A
37. G
38. H
39. D
40. C

Test 85

Question 1-5: Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
Example: Mr Thomson has just been ………………….
A. writing reports on the pupils.
B. reading about the pupils’ progress.
C. speaking to a class of pupils.
1. The camping trip will be held …………………….
A. the following month.
B. from the 24* to the 26*.
C. over a five-day period.
2. Jamie’s complaint about last year’s trip was that ……………………..
A. the camp wasn’t big enough.
B. he was unhappy while at the camp.
C. he had problems finding the camp.
3. The campsite is located ……………………..
A. in the Lake District.
B. in Carlisle.
C. beside I.ake Brant.

4. Jamie thinks the forests will be good for children who ……………………
A. are used to nature.
B. live in cities.
C. like sports.
5. Each child will pay ……………………….
A. less than £4 a night.
B. approximately £5.
C. more than £10.

THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
6. After they arrive, the children will have a ………………… at 8 o’clock.
7. On Saturday morning the children will get up at …………………….
8. During the ‘talk back’ session the children can ……………………..
9. On Sunday the children will go on a day trip to visit ……………………….
10. At 6 o’clock on Sunday the children will be on the …………………….

Question 11-15: Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN
11. The man is the ……………………. of Student Services at Radstock.
12. The ………………………… are all enrolled as students at the university.
13. The student discount cards allow students to save up to ……………………. per
cent when eating out.
14. Students interested in joining a club can sign up on weekdays between

…………………….. o’clock.
15. The man advises the students to …………………… and enjoy themselves.

16. What kind of difficulties might people experience? ……………………….
17. What is the first problem that the man mentions? ………………………
18. How often do drop-in sessions take place? ……………………….
19. How long do drop-in sessions usually last for? ………………………
20. Who runs the workshops on personal development? ……………………….
Questions 21 and 22: Choose the correct letter, A. B or C.
21. Simons main problem is that he …………………….

A. disagrees with some of the sources.
B. can’t find some of the sources.
C. doesn’t know what sources to read.
Question 23-25: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN

HISTORY OF SCIENTIFIC METHOD
Era Location Details
Early 1600s BC Egypt, Babylon Use of examination, 23 ………

treatment and prognosis.
5th century BC Ancient Greece Widespread, although many still
believed in the power of 24 ….. ;
Plato was influential.
Middle Ages, Muslim world Stress on experimentation.
before 25 …………….
Questions 26-30: Complete the flow chart below. Write NO MORE THAN
ONE WORD for each answer.


31. In which part of London is the Tate Modem? …………………………
32. What did the building the Tate Modem is in use to be? ……………………….
33. Work by whom is displayed on level 2 of the Tate Modern?

………………………

• Tate St. Ives

Location: Cornwall
Built on site of: 34 ……………………
Housed in: 35 …………………….
Opening dale: 1993
Exhibits: 36 ………………….. , including St Ives School
• Tate Britain
Location: Westminster
Opening date: 37 ……………….. leave
Built on site of: old prison
Founder: Sir Henry Tate
Exhibits: 38 ………………….. and modem art
• Tate Liverpool
Opening date: 1988
Exhibits: displays from Tate Collection and 39 ………………….
Housed in: 40 ……………………
ANSWER

1. A
2. A
3. C
4. B
5. A
6. barbecue
7. 7/seven
8. discuss their day
9. (some)/(the) caves
10. buses
11. director/Director
12. reception staff
13. 35/thirty-five
14. 10 and 3/ten and three
15. get involved
16. emotional or physical
17. homesickness

18. daily
19. (about) 45 minutes/forty-five minutes
20. (the) Counselling Service
21. B
22. C
23. diagnosis
24. pure rational thought
25. (the) 11th century
26. problem
27. analyse
28. unreliable/unusual/surprising
29. modify
30. communicate
31. (the) South Bank
32. (a) power station
33. contemporary artists
34. (a) gasworks

35. (a) 3/three-storey buildings
36. modern British artists
37. 1897
38. historic
39. temporary exhibitions
40. (a) warehouse

Test 86
Question 1-4: Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each answer.
1. On which day and date does the woman want to fly to Toronto?
…………………….
2. What class does the woman want to fly in? ………………………
3. What is the lowest price for a ticket on the days the customer has chosen?
……………………….
4. What do the ticket prices include? ………………………….
Question 5-8: Complete the following information about the flight times,
using NO MORE THAN ONE WORD OR A TIME for each gap.

Airline Outward flight Return flight Stopover
Departure Arrival Departure Arrival
Air Canada 10:00 10:00 16:00 18:00 Vancouver
Qantas 5 ……… 10:15 09:00 11:00 6 …………..
Pacific 7 ……… 23:55 8 ……… 06:10 Los Angeles
Question 9 and 10: Answer the following questions using NO MORE

THAN TWO WORDSfor each answer.
9. What is the customer’s full name? …………………………….
10. Which company docs she work for? ……………………………..
Question 11-14: Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN

11. A tenancy agreement is a …………………. between the tenant and the

landlord.
12. An assured shorthold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the …………………..
13. Tenants should keep a ………………. of the tenancy agreement.

14. ……………………. is a list of all the items in the property.
Question 15-17: Decide which THREE of the following statements about

deposits are correct and write the appropriate letters on your answer sheet in
any order.
A. They are special to England.
B. They are generally equal to one month’s rent.
C. They can be used instead of one month’s rent.
Question 18-20: Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict
a tenant (other than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on
your answer sheet in any order.
A. By moving into the property
B. By moving a member of his/her family into the property
C. By applying to your educational institution for your eviction
D. By waiting until the tenancy agreement expires
E. By giving you notice that you have to leave
F. By giving you at least 4 weeks’ written notice that you have to leave

G. By getting a court to issue an order for you to leave
H. By contacting a law centre or the Citizens Advice Bureau

21. What did Klara: originally want to do her project on? ……………………
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day? ……………………
23. Which facilities might influence housing prices? ……………………
24. What did Klara’s friend suggest including information on? …………………..
25. Where could Klara get such information from? ……………………..
Question 26-30: Complete the following sentences using NO MORE

THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
26. In the middle part, Klara needs to use a ……………………
27. The professor suggests …………………….. of the bibliography.
28. The professor suggests that headings are …………………
29. Klara has to finish the project in …………………….
30. The last thing Klara needs to do before giving the professor her project is
……………………

Question 31-33: Complete the following information about British Education

Scholarships, using NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR
NUMBER for each gap.
British Education Scholarships
• available to all overseas students
• for students at 31 …………………. level
• 2,000 awarded each year
• full award, 32 ………………….. award, or partial award
• worth up to 33 …………………..
Question 34 and 35: Answer the following questions about Commonwealth

Scholarships, using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR
NUMBERS for each answer.
34. Where should you apply for this scholarship? ……………………..
35. How much is each scholarship worth? ………………………
Question 36-38: Complete the following information about Foreign Office

Scholarships, using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
Foreign Office Scholarships
• awarded jointly by the Foreign Office and HE institutions

• usually awarded for 36 ……………………
• not employed by the government or 37 ……………………..
• course must be in field of 38 ……………………..
Question 39 and 40: Answer the following questions about Overseas

Students Research Awards, using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
39. What is covered by these awards? ……………………..
40. Which organization provides these awards? ………………………
ANSWER
1. Thursday 16th
2. business
3. $3,200
4. taxes and surecharges 5.13:45/1:45 p.m
6. Vancouver 7.18:15/6:15p.m
8. 22:25/10:25 p.m
9. Mary- Anne Reece
10. ABC Stocks

11. written legal agreement
12. first six months
13. copy
14. An inventory
15. B
16. D
17. E
18. D
19. F
20. G
21. voting patterns
22. (in the) newspapers
23. schools
24. Crime rates/ statistics
25. (the) police
26. uniform approach
27. changing the formal

28. short
29.1/ 1 month
30. (final) proffreading
31. postgraduate
32. fees-only
33. £20,000
34. British Council office
35. £5,000 – £ 15,000
36. taught postgraduate course
37. (an) international organisation
38. development
39. fees
40. Ministry of Education

Test 87

Question 1-4: Complete the following information.
Surname 1 ………………………
Given name Garba
Local address 2 ………………………
Home address Lagos, Nigeria
Date of birth 3 ………………………
Course 4 ………………………

5. How many other UK universities have libraries open 24 hours? ………………
6. What size photocopies are available at the library? ……………………….
7. How many entries are there on the library database? ……………………………

THREE WORDSfor each gap.
8. It is not necessary to be …………………… on the lower floor of the library.
9. On the upper floor of the library are ……………………….
10. It is not always necessary to make an appointment to use the ………………..

room.


TWO WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
11. Students on courses lasting over a year are usually given until ………………….
to leave the country.
12. You should send your application …………………. before your permission
expires.
13. Your application must only include ……………………. documents.
Question 14-16: Decide which three things ALL applicants MUST send
when extending their leave to remain. Write the appropriate letters in boxes
14,15 and 16 in any order.
A. Your passport
B. Your children’s passports
C. Your Police Registration Certificate
D. A letter from your college or university saying that you are on a full-time
course of study, or that you will be beginning one
E. Bank statements covering the past three months
F. A recent passport-sized photograph of yourself
G. Recent passport-sized photos of your children


17. Where can you download the FLRS application form? ……………………….
18. Which postal service should you use when sending your application?
…………………….
19. Which organization has a 24-hour emergency line? ……………………….
20. How long do people have to appeal a decision? ……………………….

TWO WORDSfor each gap.
21. The professor already knows something about Clare from her ………...……..
22. The professor wants to ask Clare about her experience and …………………….
23. Clare studied ……………………… at university.
24. Clare felt she would be more ……………………. if she was farther from her
family.
25. Clare chose Infrastructure as one of her …………………… optional courses.

TWO WORDSfor each answer
26. What did Clare want to concentrate on in her studies? ………………………
27. During which time of the year did she work abroad? ………………………..
28. What didn’t she like in India? ………………………..

29. What did the workers have to remove to make the roads in Sierra Leone?
……………………..
30. What Master’s course does Clare plan to take? ……………………….
Question 31-35: Complete the information in the table, using NO MORE

THAN THREE WORDS for each gap
UK Parts Geography Industries
31 …… England mostly lowland manufacturing
upland in 32 ……. farming
services
Scotland mountains oil
lochs (33 …….. ) electronics
glens (valleys) biotechnology

fishing
forestry
Wales 34 ……………. electronics
mountains auto parts
lakes 35 ……………

health care
professional services
Northern Ireland beautiful countryside tourism

36. What kind of weather do many foreigners think Britain has?

………………………
37. Which is the driest month in London? ……………………….
38. Which part of Britain tends to be drier? ………………………..
39. Where is snow usual in winter? ……………………..
40. When is the weather generally most variable? ………………………..
ANSWER
1. Buwal
2.16 Bridgeway Road
3. 25 may 1983
4. MSc Engineering
5. one /1

6. A4
7. half a million/ 500,000
8. silent
9. books and reports
10. video and DVD
11. 31 October
12. one/ 1 month
13. (the) original
14. A
15. D
16. F
17. Home Office website
18. recorded delivery
19. Immigration Advisory Service
20. (a) few days
21. application form
22. academic background

23. Geography
24. independent
25. third year
26. human geography
27. (the) summer
28. (the) climate
29. vegetation
30. Development Studies
31. Great Britain
32. north and west
33. lakes
34. coastline
35. food processing
36. rain and fog
37. April
38. (the) east
39. (parts of) Scotland

40. (the) early spring

Test 88
Question 1-4: Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.
1. How did the student get the university prospectus?
A. From the woman
B. From the Internet
C. From a friend
D. During a visit to the university
2. What is the A-level requirement for the course?
A. BBB
B. BBC
C. BCC
D. There is no clear requirement.
3. What A levels is the student taking?

A. He doesn’t say.
B. He hasn’t started his A levels yet.
C. Politics, a language, and another subject
D. Economics, geography, and history
4. Who can use the language lab?
A. Only students who have chosen to study a language
B. Only students who are preparing for work abroad
C. Students who have chosen one of the five languages offered on the course
D. Any student

THREE WORDS OR NUMBERS for each answer.
5. Who decides the country in which the student will work in year three?
…………………………
6. How many students went to work in either Singapore or Brunei this year?
……………………………
7. What is the advantage of translating or checking translations?

…………………………

THREE WORDSfor each gap.
8. The woman points out that the student can teach English and
………………………… together.

9. First-year students can study a language or do a project, but are
………………………….. on one.
10. There are no department ………………………….. for first-year students.

TWO WORDS OR NUMBERS for each answer.
11. According to Mr. Singh, on which thing do many people make superficial
observations? …………………………
12. According to Mr. Singh, how do cultures change? …………………………....
13. How many children does Mr. Singh have? ………………………..................
14. According to Mr. Singh, what are young Indians not concerned about?
……………………….
15. According to Mr. Singh, what great advantage do young Indians have?
……………………….

16. According to Mr. Singh, the biggest problem for young Indians is that their
parents ………………………. them too much at school.
17. ………………………. is becoming more widely available to people in India.
18. Mr. Singh believes that the best way to be successful is to be …………………

19. Mr. Singh believes that Western methods plus the ………………………. are an
excellent mix.
20. Mr. Singh says his generation could only dream, but the new one
can………......... too.

21. When is the deadline for handing in dissertations? ……………………….
22. What should the word count exclude? ……………………........................
23. Who must approve the dissertation topic? ………………………..............
24. How long should the research take? ………………………........................
25. What will the students probably spend the second half of April doing?
…………………….
Question 26-30: Complete the following statements using NO MORE

26. The professor recommends referring to ……………………… dissertations.
27. The students already have a printed …………………….. to help them with
their dissertations.
28. Helen Trailforth’s book is named ……………………….....................................

29. The library has a ……………………. for getting books back from other
students if you need them.
30.The professor says that questionnaires may not get interviewees real …….....
Question 31-34: Complete the following notes using NO MORE THAN

TWO WORDS for each gap.
Lack of preparation can lead to contamination, e.g. forgetting to remove 31

……………………. or including the 32 …………………….. of material. The 33
…………………….. at the processing facility removes contaminants, but
processors may refuse 34 ……………………. materials.

35. MRF is short for ……………………
36. At the MRF, trucks are ……………………..
37. Trucks leave the materials on the ……………………..

38. What are the two types of sorting? …………………………….
39. What closes the recycling loop? …………………………..
40. What is the current recycling rate? …………………………….

ANSWER
1. B
2. C
3. D
4. D
5. (the) student
6. none/O
7. (quite) well paid / (the) pay
8. do aid work
9. (only) assessed
10. scholarships
11. rock music
12. very slowly
13. two /2
14. politics
15. mobility

16. push/ are pushing
17. Education
18. creative
19. Indian value system
20. achieve
21. 28 May
22. contents, referances, bibliography
23. (your) personal tutor
24. 8-10 weeks
25. (extra) research
26. other/ previous students’
27. research guide
28. Dissertation Research Techniques
29. recall system
30. feelings and opinions
31. container lids
32. wrong type

33. sorting process
34. heavily contaminated
35. material recovery facility
36. weighed
37. tipping floor
38. manual and automatic
39. buying recycled products
40. 33.9%

Test 89
Question 1-5: Complete the following information using NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
Surname 1 …………………….
Given name Sharon
Address 2 …………………….. , Tipton, TP3 4MB
Date of birth 3 ……………………..

Type of membership annual
Amount due 4 ……………. £
Credit card number 4673 9702 0361
Expiry date 5 ………………………
Question 6-9: Label the diagram of the gym, using FOUR of the following
six labels. Write the appropriate letter in the correct space on your answer
sheet.
A. free weights area D. refreshment area
B. ladies’ changing area E. treadmills
C. men’s changing area F. various machines
Question 10: Decide which pair of pie charts illustrate the membership of the
gym and spa and write the appropriate letter on your answer sheet.

Question 11 and 12: Complete the following sentences using NO MORE

THAN TWO WORDS for each gap.
11. The university has produced a …………………. to inform students about the
different accommodation options available.
12. All catered and self-catered accommodation is close to the

……………………….
Question 13-16: In boxes 13 -16 on your answer sheet, write
A. if the statement applies to catered accommodation
B. if the statement applies to self-catered accommodation
C. if the statement applies to private accommodation
D. if the statement is not mentioned at all by the accommodation officer
13. Meals are included in the rent.

14. This is the best accommodation for people who want to choose when they
eat.
15. Most students live in this kind of accommodation.
16. This is the most expensive type of accommodation.
Question 17-20: Decide which letter on the map shows the location of each
of the following university halls of residence.
17. Malvern Halls
18. Grampian Halls
19. Brecon Halls
20. Sperrin Halls

Question 21-24: Answer the questions using NO MORE THAN THREE
21. When did Jenny arrive at the university? ……………………..........................
22. What is Tom going to study? …………………….............................................
23. What is Jenny going to study? ……………………..........................................
24. What two items have the students been given? ……………………...............

25. Tom’s Halls of Residence is named ……………………
26. Tom’s accommodation is a ………………. from the campus.
27. Jenny’s accommodation is near the campus, close to the …………………..
Question 28-30: Decide which three items Jenny needs to buy and write the
appropriate letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. binders
B. notebooks
C. notepaper
D. paperclips
E. pencils
F. pens

G. primer
H. printer paper
Question 31-33:
31. Which pie chart shows the ages of the Asian students surveyed?
32. Which pie chart the main reasons Asian students wanted to study abroad?
33. Which bar chart shows the percentage of Asian students who made
Australia their first choice destination?

Question 34 and 35: Answer the following questions using A NUMBER for
each answer.
34. Approximately how many foreign students enrolled in Australia in the year
2000?
35. How much did Australia’s education exports rise by last year?

THAN TWO WORDS OR NUMBERS for each gap.
36. It became harder to get a ……………………… for the USA after September 11.
37. ……………………… of Asian students gave lower study fees as a reason for
choosing Australia.
38. Asian students rank Australia number …………………. in terms of

educational quality.
39. ……………………… programmes are unlikely to reduce the number of

students going

abroad in the near future.
40. Asian students are increasingly using …………………… to help arrange their
studies abroad.
ANSWER
1. Pierce
2. 70 Welcome Lane 3.13 July 1980
4.180
5. September 2009
6. D
7. E
8. A
9. B
10. C
11. guide
12. city centre
13. A
14. B

15. B
16. D
17. B
18. D
19. H
20. F
21. Thursday
22. European History
23. Geography
24. timetable, reading/ book list
25. Wish Lane
26. 30 -minute walk
27. north gate
28. A
29. B
30. H
31. D

32. B
33. A
34. 100,000
35. 17.8%
36. visa
37. 20%
38. three/3
39. Transnational (education)
40. education agents

Test 90
Question 1 and 2: Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.
1. Thieves often target students’ homes because students …………………….
A. are often at classes.
B. often have high-value, portable items.

C. are wealthier than other young people.
D. don’t usually lock campus accommodation.
2. If personal items are lost, destroyed or damaged, the insurance company

will usually ………………………
A. allow the student to buy a similar replacement item at the current cost.
B. give the student the sum of money the item originally cost.
C. give the student a fixed amount.
D. get the money from the thief.
Question 3-6: Decide whether the following are insured for up to
A. £150. B. £250. C. £600. D. £2,000. E. £3,000.
3. a computer
4. two musical instruments
5. ten computer games
6. three suits

THREE WORDS AND / OR NUMBERS for each gap.
7. Academic ……………………. are insured up to £5.000.
8. The …………………… is valid until the end of June.

9.The insurance company has a 24-……………………
10. The insurance company’s office is usually open until ……………………….

ONE WORDS OR NUMBER for each gap.
11. What percentage of the students are mature? ……………………
12. What percentage of the students are from abroad? …………………..
13. How are the suburbs described? …………………..
14. How many students does the university have? ………………….

15. Newtown is England’s ……………………. city.
16. The …………………. is at Salt Lane.
17. A relatively high proportion of students decide to ………………….. in

Newtown after
graduating.
Question 18-20: Complete the notes on using the university accommodation

services, using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
18. The university accommodation services office is in the ……………………….

19. The university accommodation services have a ……………………… that
students can look
through online.
20. The website also has responses to ………………………..............................
Question 21-25: Complete the notes about what makes a good teacher,
a good communicator with an interesting 21 ……………………...................
knows students – doesn’t 22 ………………….. at primary/secondary levels
knows subject at both 23 ……………………… levels
takes students step by step
honest and 24 ………………...
clothes – 25 ……………………
Question 26-40: Complete the notes about what makes a good student,
using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each gap.
active – e.g. asks questions to aid understanding or for 26 ………………….
motivated – has goals
disciplined – good behaviour and maintains 27 ……………………. – reviews and

previews

finds reasons to do things rather than reasons not to do things
realises learning is not always linear and /or immediate
doesn’t 28 …………………… with more experience of life /education
doesn’t 29 …………………… teachers for his/her own faults – accepts suggestions
makes studying 30 ………………………
Question 31 and 32: Complete the following sentences using NO MORE

31. The lecturer says that an essay is like ……………………… to a specific

question.
32. A key thing for lecturers to consider when they mark an essay is whether it
is …………………….
Question 33-36: Complete the notes on the words used in the essay title,
implications ideas following on from the 33 …………………

for rising divorce
phenomenon refers to rising divorce
different explanations suggests that various 34 ………………….

have thought of different
reasons for the phenomenon

critically analyze 35 …………………… of a theory, a policy, a
piece of research, an argument, etc.
36 ……………….. a term which limits the subject to a

place
the last 20 years a term which limits the subject to a time
Question 37-40: Decide which student or students (A, B, and/or C) would do

or write the following.
37. Look at divorce statistics.
38. Assess the views of sociologists.
39. Use interviews to gather information.
40. Consider the effects of divorce on children.
ANSWER
1. B
2. A
3. D
4. C
5. C
6. B

7. (course) fees
8. Special introductory rate
9. hour helpline
10. 5 (o’clock)
11.13%
12. 9 %
13. leafy
14. 28,000
15. greenest
16. third campus
17. live and work
18. Student Union Building
19. private housing database
20. frequently asked question
21. voice
22. make friends
23. current and previous

24. patient
25. dress tidily
26. confirmation
27. study routine
28. criticise teacher
29. blame
30. enjoyable
31. an extended answer
32. relevant
33. explainations
34. analysts
35. assess the value
36. Western countries
37. A C
38. C
39. B
40. A

Test 91
SECtion 1: Question 1-10

1. Martina Bila’s appointment with the accommodation officer is at

………………….........................................................................................………
2. Martina’s current accommodation is ……………………….. from the university

than she expected.
3. The landlady is a ………………………................................................................
4. The ……………........................................………… to the university isn’t good.
5. Martina is looking for ……………………..........................................................
A. catered accommodation.
B. self-catering accommodation.
C. a place with a landlady.
D. catered or self-catering university accommodation.

6. The accommodation officer received details of some accommodation
…………….................................................................................................……..
A. the day before Martina made the appointment.
B. the day Martina made the appointment.
C. the day after Martina made the appointment.
D. the day before he met Martina.
7. When does the accommodation officer think other accommodation will be

available?
A. In the next few days C. Not for along while
B. In the next few weeks D. He doesn’t know.

8. How much do students pay for catered accommodation during term-time?

………….....................................................................................................………..
9. What nationality arc Martina’s new flatmates? …………………..................…..
10. What will Martina lose? ….......................................................…………………
Question 11 and 12: Answer the following questions using NO MORE


11. What is the title of a series of presentations that David Price will make?
…………….............................................................................................………..
12. What item has David Price given each student? …………………..........….
Question 13 and 14: Decide which TWO things David Price recommends
doing one year before going abroad.
You may write your answers in either order. Choose from the following list:
A. apply for scholarships
B. consult tutor about current course
C. make a precise budget for your studies abroad
D. think about how you will pay your fees
F. pay your fees to the foreign university
Question 15 and 16: Decide which TWO things David Price recommends
doing six months before going abroad.
You may write your answers in either order. Choose from the following list:

Question 19 and 20: Complete the following summary of what students

should do about health issues, using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each gap.
One month before leaving, find out if you can get 19…………………. where you
are going to. Two weeks before you leave, ask your doctor to 20……………………..
giving reasons for any medicines you are taking with you.

21. What was the student surprised to discover he had a lot of? ……………………..
22. What does the student need to learn the fundamentals of? ………………………
23. On what basis should the student prepare his schedules? ………………………..
Question 24-26: Complete the following notes using only ONE word for
each gap. Professor’s suggestions:
• Make a plan for your studies

• Make a plan for your free time
• 24 ………………….. plans if necessary
• See how much time you need for activities as you 25 ………………….. with
your studies
• Keep schedules balanced and 26 …………………
27. The professor points out that the university language centre ………………….
A. would certainly be useful for the student.
B. is likely to be useful for the student.
C. is available for students.
D. has a wide range of materials.
28. The professor suggests that the student ………………...............................…….
A. join the support group for students on his course.
B. join the support group for students from his country.
C. identify problems that people from his country have in Britain.
D. create a support group.
29. The student says that ………….........................................................…....…….
A. he doesn’t know anyone on his course.

B. he doesn’t know the overseas students on his course.
C. there are no people from his country on his course.
D. there are few overseas students on his course.
30. The International Student Advisor recommended a book …………………..
A. but didn’t say the title clearly.
B. but couldn’t remember the title.
C. for all students.
D. for overseas students.

31. Students whose previous educational experience was …………………. often

find it hard to become independent learners.
32. A student or staff member might become a …………………….. to a student

working independently.
33. Study trips provide opportunities for independent students to learn off
……………………......................................
34. The ELC is used by students on a …………….......................……….. basis.

Question 35-37: Complete the notes concerning the example of Mary and
Jim, using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each gap.
• talk to the English tutor at the ELC
• 35 ………………… materials
• decide which materials to use first and how
• discuss problems, 36 ………………….. , and evaluate each other
• review using notes
• decide if 37 …………………… has been achieved
• continue with topic or move to another
Question 38: Decide which of the following can be used by independent

learners. Write all the correct letters in any order.
A. tapes
B. computer programs
C. letters
D. discussions with native speakers
E. newspapers and magazines
Question 39-40: Decide which of the following places independent learners

can learn at. Write both the correct letters in either order.
A. libraries

B. the International Student Affairs Office
C. museums
D. shops
E. cafes
ANSWER
1. ten/ 10 o’clock
2. farther
3. heavy smoker
4. bus connection
5. D
6. C
7. D
8. £37.50
9. British and Indian
10. (her) deposit

11. Countdown to Departure
12. (a) guide
13. A
14. D
15. D
16. F
17. B
18. C
19. free health treatment
20. write a letter
Section 3
21. free time
22. time management
23. weekly or monthly
24. revise
25. progress
26. realistic

27. C
28. D
29. D
30. C
31. teacher focussed
32. (personal) mentor
33. (the) campus
34. self-access
35. identify suitable
36. compare notes
37. initial aim
38. B C E
39. A
40. C

Test 92

Question 1-4: Complete the following information about the cars available
for rental, using NO MORE THAN ONE WORD OR NUMBER for each
gap.
Name Size Miles per gallon

Price
IOTA small 20
£23
COMBI medium 18
£28.75
ROADSTER 1 …………. 2 ………………

3 ……….
* Prices include tax and 4 ………………….
Question 5-7: Complete the following information using NO MORE THAN

Name David 5 ………………….
Company 6 …………………..
Address 7 …………………… , Arlington Close, Baddleton,

Yorkshire
Telephone 0675934 888


8. In the car, there is a and a torch ………………………….
9. The registration number of the car is ………………………..
10. The car uses a locking system ………………………..

11. How did the traveller hear about New York? ………………………
12. How many times had the traveller flown by plane? ……………………..
13. What surprised the traveller about New York’s airport? ……………………….
14. What happened in London? ………………………

15. The traveller liked the different kinds of ………………………..
16. Things that the traveller didn’t like in New York were the ………………………
17. From the flat, the traveller could see the ……………………..
Question 18-20: Choose the correct answer or answers from A – D.
18. The traveller found New Yorkers to be …………………..

A kind. C. pushy.
B. rude. D. helpful.
19. Which people showed the traveller around New York?
A Her friend C. Her friends’ neighbours
B. Her friends D. Strangers
20. What events did the traveller see?
A. A chess tournament
B. The Annual Feast of San Gennaro
C. The Annual African American Day Parade
D. The Richmond County Fair
Question 21-24: Complete the notes on how to teach kinaesthetic learners,

using only ONEword for each gap.
21. Use gestures – especially ……………………. ones.
22. Spell out words in the ……………………
23. Put a ……………………. on the board and students label it.
24. Students …………………… out words and others guess them.

Question 25-27: Complete the following sentences about visual learners,
25. Flashcards can be different colours according to the …………………….
26. Students can words in texts and ask their partners for meanings
…………………….
27. Lastly, Tina points out that can be used ………………………
Question 28-30: Complete the summary on auditory learners, using NO

MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
• Students listen to a 28 ………………….. and draw what they hear, or the teacher
could describe a picture and the teacher and students can see whose picture
was closest to the original.
• Each student gets a flashcard and holds up their card when the 29
………………….. is used in a song, poem or story. Students add a sentence to a
story, including the word on their flashcard.
•The teacher gives the students lyrics with some words replaced by 30
………………………. words. Students listen to the song and make corrections.
Question 31-33: Complete the following sentences according to the

information given by the tutor. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each gap.
31. Note taking improves your ability to …………………… on what the speaker
says.

32. Note taking allows you to get a ………………….. of the material being
presented.
33. There are many ways of taking notes, but they must allow you to
………………….. contained in them and connect them together.
Question 34-38: Complete the following notes according to the information

given by the tutor. Use NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each gap.
Title of lecture Write it down 34 ……………………….
Direct signal For example 35 …………………….. “ you get

this down.”
Indirect signals Pausing. Speaking slowly, loudly. Using

stress.
Repetition 36 …………………… and add new

information.
Book recommendation Tutor usually 37 ……………………. reading

the whole book.
General advice Avoid repetition. 38 …………………….

obvious points.
Summarize important ideas.
Question 39-40: Complete the following notes on recommended books.

Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each
gap.
Title Author Suggested units
39 ………....... Tony Lynch 6 and 12

Learning to Study in English Brian Heaton and Don Dunmore 40..…
ANSWER
1. medium
2.17
3. 31,05
4. insurance
5. Browne
6. Heetrix Electronics
7. Unit 2/two
8. first -aid kit
9. K758 SMD
10. central
11. (from) friends
12. none/never/O/zero
13. lots of foreigners
14. (they) changed planes

15. building and monuments
16. crowds, bad weather
17. ocean
18. A D
19. C
20. B D
21. finger
22. air
23. poster
24. act
25. part(s) of speech
26. highlight
27. spider diagrams
28. dictation
29. word or phrase
30. rhyming
31. concentrate

32. deeper understanding
33. reproduce the ideas
34. in full
35. Make sure
36. go back
37. doesn’t
38. Omit
39. Study Listening
40. 5 and 10

Test 93
Question 1-4: Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B, C,
or D on your answer sheet.
1. Where is Mr. Garcia living?
A. Private accommodation C. Self-catering university

accommodation

B. With friends D. Catered university
accommodation
2. Why doesn’t he like his accommodation?
A. The food is not good. C. He doesn’t like his

cohabitants.
B. The meals are at inconvenient times. D. It’s on the university

campus.
3. Where are Mr. Garcia and his friends from?
A. Costa Rica, Spain, Bolivia C. Mexico, Columbia, Spain
B. Ecuador, Spain, Mexico D. Spain, Brazil, Argentina
4. What kind of place are they hoping to find?
A. A house with a garden next to the university
B. A flat or a house next to the university
C. A house not too near to the university
D. A flat or a house not too near to the university
Question 5-7: Complete the details below using NO MORE THAN THREE
Name Manuel Garcia
Current address 5 ………………….
Telephone number 0453 672 348

E-mail address 6 ………………….
Age 19
Gender Male
Smoker? No
Budgeted monthly rent 7 …………………. £
Question 8-10: Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B,
C, or D on your answer sheet.
8. Why can Mr. Garcia expect a small reduction in rent?
A. The salesman like him. C. July is a good month to move in.
B. There is no contract. D. He and his friends will stay all year.
9. How much is the accommodation agency’s fee for Mr. Garcia?
A. 1/2 month’s rent C. 3/2 month’s rent
B. 1 month’s rent D. There’s no fee.
10. Which items does Mr. Garcia consider necessary?
A. Kitchen utensils, washing machine. Internet connection
B. Washing machine, Internet connection, TV
C. DVD player, TV, Internet connection
D. Shower, TV, washing machine

Question 11-13: Choose the correct answers to the following questions.

Only ONE answer is possible for each question.
11. Which member or members of the speaker’s family have health problems?
A. The speaker C. The speaker’s father

and younger sister
B. The speaker’s parents D. None of the speaker’s

family does.
12. Why didn’t the family go to Rotorua?
A. They couldn’t afford it C. Because of health

problems
B. They wanted to go somewhere with friends D. Because they wanted

to go somewhere new
13. How did the speaker’s family first find out about the Waiwera spa?
A. From people they met in their home town C. From people they met
in Rotorua
B. From the Internet D. From a travel agent
Question 14-16: Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS OR NUMBERS for each gap.
14. Altogether, the number of people in the speaker’s holiday group was
………………………

15. One of the children from the other family was a than the speaker
……………………………
16. Before leaving, the speaker and his family got information from the
Internet and a ………………………..

17. What did the speaker especially like about the holiday? ……………………
18. Where were the children most of the time? ………………………
19. How does the speaker describe the people at the resort? ……………………
20. Which activities didn’t the speaker participate in, even though those
activities were available? …………………..
Question 21-23: Complete the notes on what Mika says at the beginning of
the discussion.
Mika says that if you miss what other people in a seminar say, it makes it hard
to 21 …………………… the discussion. She might have a 22 …………………….. if she
didn’t understand what a tutor was asking her, but if she was wrong, it was 23
…………………..
Question 24-27: Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE

WORDS for each gap.
24. Martina says that native speaker students often continue talking even if
non-native speaker students, like her, ……………….

25. However, Martina points out that native speaker students will usually stop
talking if you …………………
26. Martina says that non-native speaker students need to anticipate and
………………….. in order to get involved in seminar discussions.
27. Michael points out that non-native speaker students can use …………………..
and body language to indicate when they are ready to add to a discussion.
Question 28-30: Choose the correct answer or answers to complete each

sentence.
28. Martina thinks that non-native speaker students can improve the situation
by being ………………..
A. aggressive. C. well prepared.
B. argumentative. D. polite.
29. Mika thinks that non-native speakers can improve …………………….
A. both their English and their subject knowledge quickly.
B. their English quickly, but not their subject knowledge.
C their subject knowledge quickly, but not their English.
D. neither their English nor their subject knowledge quickly.
30. Mika says that ………………….
A. English students know a lot of technical terminology.
B. English students like making friends with her outside seminars.

C. English students arc interested in learning about situations in foreign
countries.
D. non-native speaker students shouldn’t take much time to state their views.
Question 31 and 32: Complete the following summary of the lecturer’s

introduction by using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
The lecturer says that he will first look at how some cultural values influence
31 ……………………. and that then he will 32 …………………… demonstrating that
approaches to learning in one culture may not be considered suitable in others.
Question 33 and 36: Complete the notes on the way students learn in
different cultures. Use only ONE word for each gap.
33 …………… Arab culture 34 ……………. of the Koran influences
how other subjects are learnt.
Chinese culture Little or no talking or 35 ………….......
with other students or teachers.
extending American culture Focus on developing 36 …....….. skills
through questioning, for example.
Question 37-40: Complete the notes on three Asian students and their
experiences. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
Country of origin Level of study Experience of own education system

China 37 ….……….. Students contribute little to discussions.
Students 38 ……. to ask lecturers questions.
Japan Master’s Less focus on constructing 39 ………........
India research 40 …… is responsible for providing information
about facilities and requirements
ANSWER
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. C
5. 35C Campus lane
6. garciainuk@email.uk
7. 200-250/ 200 to 250
8. D
9. A
10. B

11. C
12. D
13. C
14. 9/nine
15. year older
16. travel agency
17. (the) accommodation / hotel
18. (in/ the/ some) play areas
19. gentle, warm, helpful
20. basketball and volleyball
21. catch up with
22. guess
23. (quite) embarrassing
24. raise a hand
25. (just) interrupt (someoneO
26. think quickly
27. eye contact

28. C D
29. C
30. C D
31. teaching and learning
32. present evidence
33. conserving
34. Memorisation
35. interacting/ interaction
36. argumantation
37. undergraduate
38. hesitate
39. logical arguments
40. Lecturer or supervisor

Test 94

Question 1-3: Complete the description of the man’s briefcase, using NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR LETTERS for each gap.
Very light brown briefcase, approx. 50 x 30 cms. Distinctive 1 …………………….

clasp on front. Red trimmings. Black 2 ……………………… Initials 3
…………………… on clasp.

4. What is the lost property number given to the man? ………………………....
5. When does the lost property office open? ………………………......................
6. How is the man going to the airport next week? ………………………….........
7. What is to the left of the lost property office? ……………………….................

8. What is the shortest time lost items are kept by the office? ……………………
9. How often does the office sell lost items? ………………………........................
10. Where does money from the December sale go? ………………………...........
Question 11-14: Decide which method or methods of sending money abroad

is/are being described.
Write A for international money order.

Write B for bank draft.
Write C for electronic transfer.
Write D for telegraphic transfer.
11. You need a local bank account to use this.
12. You can avoid a commission fee if you use a local bank and the local
currency.
13. Using a local bank and the local currency will allow you to get access to
your money sooner.
14. This is the quickest way to send money abroad.
Question 15-16: Complete the following summary about taking money out of
your country.
Your government might 15 ………………….. of money in and out of your country,

so you might need to find out how to 16 ………………….. to transfer money, if
there is a limit on transfers and what regulations there are.
Question 17-20: Complete the following notes about having enough money
for your first few days abroad.
Cash useful for 17………… less secure
Traveller’s cheques insured against 18………… not widely accepted
can be 19………………. in some
shops/restaurants

Credit cards widely accepted may involve 20……………
can get cash from bank machines commission fee being charged
Question 21-24: Complete the notes on the purposes of a lesson plan,

A LESSON PLAN
• helps with 21 ……………………

• creates a focus
• shows material
• clarifies 22 ………………….
• reminders to put aims first
• 23 ……………….. student problems
• creates opportunities for solutions
• brings lesson 24 ………………….
• teacher-student interaction
• distribution of time for each activity
• reminder of materials
Question 25-28: Complete the following notes on the example lesson plan.
Student level 25 ………………………
Time 50 minutes
Class profile academic, 3-month study, improve

spoken English
Aims elicit reading comprehension and speaking

abilities for storytelling,

practice the present simple and the
past simple
Teacher’s aims 26 ………………………
Assumptions students can understand instructions
Anticipated problems students may not know some extreme

sports 27 ……………………
Solutions elicit differences using questions
Teaching aids textbook, blackboard, chalk, chalk

eraser, pictures of 28 …………………. climbing

29. When using books, what should the student definitely write down, apart
from the title? ……………………
30. What does the tutor give the student a list of? …………………

31. Which three foreign languages are traditionally taught in the USA? ………….
32. How old are the youngest schoolchildren learning Chinese? ……………………
33. How many students are learning the 15 leading languages? ……………………..

34. What percentage of Europeans speak a second language? ………………………

35 ……………………. are secondary to cultural exchange at Potomac Elementary.
36. The young boy finds writing the strokes of Chinese characters in the
…………………….. to be difficult.
37. The lecturer says that children take more interest in learning if …………. do.
38. Apart from Chinese, the NEP focuses on ……………………..........................
Question 39-40: Decide which university student or students (A, B. and/or

C) is /are being referred to.
39. They have (He/She has) been learning Chinese since they were (he/she
was) 11 or younger.
40. They are (He/She is) learning Chinese to help with their (his/her) future
career.
ANSWER
1. (bright) red
2. handle
3. AEJ
4. EDV 758

5. 6 a.m/ 06:00
6. (by) underground/subway/tube
7. (large/electronic) departures board
8. 3/three months
9. twice a year
10. a children’s charity
11. B C D
12. B
13. B
14. D
15. control the flow
16. get permission
17. (covering) small purchases
18. loss or theft
19. used like cash
20. (quite) substantial
21. pace and timing

22. aims
23. highlights potential
24. coherence and cohension
25. low- intermediate
26. avoid excessive instructions
27. vocabulary
28. rock and mountain
29. pages/ page numbers
30. websites
31. French, Spanish ,German ( NB in any order)
32. 6
33. 1.4 million/ 1,400,000
34. 52,7%
35. Weighty national priorities
36. right order
37. (their) parents
38. Arabic, korean, Russian ( NB in any order)

39. A B C
40. A B C

Test 95

1. How long will the customer’s course last? ………………………
2. Which course has the customer already taken at the school?

………………………..
3. How much discount can returning students qualify for? ………………………..

4. The customer’s address is ………………………
5. The customer can contact his former teacher by ……………………….
6. There are hours of classes each day, Monday to Friday ……………………….


7. What is the customer’s impression of the female Arabic teacher?
……………………….
8. What other languages can the customer speak? …………………………
9. What does the customer decide is the third factor in choosing a school?
……………………….
10. What does the customer say the reception area should be like?
…………………………

11. The Construction Education Centre has existed for ……………………….
12. The CEC receives visitors, trainees, and delegates each year
…………………………
13. Equipment is available for days …………………….
Question 14-16: Complete the following information about the various

rooms available at the CEC.
Name of room Capacity Usage
London Room seating 140 Used for seminars, presentations,
receptions
reception 200 divisible into 14 ……………

Bloomsbury Room seating 72 used for seminars, lectures, receptions
reception 100
Holborn 1 15 ………..... Used for meetings, training classes,
presentations
Holborn 2 18 Used for meetings, training
classes, presentations
Oxford Suite ………............ Used for 16 ………. , presentations

17. In which part of the CEC was the “Sustainable London” event held?
………………………..
18. How many schemes were shown at the “Sustainable London” event?
………………………
19. When does the CEC expect to have 150 students? ……………………
21. David says that he thinks a gap year is unsuitable for …………………..
A. a few people C. the majority of people

B. some people D. almost all people
22. Gap years began because Oxford and Cambridge ……………………..
A. demanded all students take one
C. only considered applicants whose results were known
B. demand all students take one
D. only consider applicants whose results are known
23. Gap years are popular in …………………….
A. the UK and Australia
C. the UK, Australia, and most of Europe
B. the UK, Australia, and the USA
D. developed countries
Question 24-27: Choose the correct answer or answers A, B, C and or D
24. Students in most European countries
A. study 4-year courses at university ………………………..
B. have longer courses than British students
C. have longer holidays than British students
D. have less chance to cam money during a gap year

25. David says that gap years cost £15,000 to £20,000 because that is
………………………
A. the total cost of travel, accommodation, food, insurance, etc…
B. the salary a new graduate can expect
C. the cost of the gap year plus the salary a graduate can expect
D. how much a person loses throughout their career by taking a gap year
26. Kelly says that a gap year can benefit young people by ……………………….
A. increasing motivation
B. providing insights into their study field
C. making their CV attractive to employers
D. helping them get a higher salary after graduating
27. David says that ……………………..
A. useful non-academic skills can be learned during a gap year
B. most young people get good university degrees
C. gap years don’t teach young people useful skills
D. employers think gap years are a waste of time


28. Kelly suggests working for a …………………..
29.Research shows employers appreciate young people who have lived outside
………………......
30. The graduate workplace requires flexibility and …………………..

31. Prairie dog’s barks have meanings …………………….
32. Prairie dogs are able to invent ……………………. for things they have never
seen before.
33. Prairie dogs in Arizona and Colorado appear to speak different, but
mutually comprehensible ……………………….
Question 34-36: Complete the following notes on the criteria set by linguists
for something to be a language.
• has words with 34 …………………….
• word order helps convey meaning
• possible to introduce fresh vocabulary
• made up of 35 …………………
• can 36 …………………… regardless of time and space

37. What did the researcher use to record prairie dog’s barks? ……………....
38. What kind of animal is the great-horned owl? ………………………............
39. Why wouldn’t the prairie dogs know of the European ferret? …………….
40. What kind of animal is the coyote described as? ………...........…………….
ANSWER
1. 4/four weeks
2. Arabic refresher (course)
3. 5%
4. 38 Temple Way
5. e-mail
6. 4/four
7. well spoken, friendly
8. French and German
9. location
10. welcoming

11. seventy / 70 years
12. over 100,000
13. half or whole
14. three / 3 separate rooms
15. 20- 22
16. executive meeting
17. (in/the) exhibition area/part
18. over 60
19. in two/2 years
20. (a) car park
21. C
22. C
23. A
24. B
25. B
26. A
27. A

28. charity
29. their comfort zones
30. improvisation skills
31. distinct, individual (NB just one of these two words is acceptable)
32. (new) terms
33. dialects
34. abstract meaning
35. smaller elements
36. use words
37. digital recorders
38. nocturnal
39. (it is) foreign
40. (a) predator

Test 96
SECTION 1: Questions 1-10

Answer the following question in NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS.
Where has Jane decided to go for her holiday?
Example: Southeast Asia
Question 1-4: Answer the following questions. Write NO MORE THAN

1. What does Jane have to be back in time for? …………………….
2. What project will Jane do while on her vacation? ……………………….
3. What helped Jane make enough money for her trip? ………………………..
4. What award does Jane’s father have? ……………………..
Question 5: Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS.
Sally says free air tickets can normally only be used on flights with
………………………
Question 6 and 7: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each

answer.
What two tropical illnesses does Sally mention?
6……………………..
7……………………..
Question 8 and 9: Choose ONE letter, A-C
8. Jane is sure she will visit ………………………..

A. West and East Malaysia
B. Singapore and Vietnam
C. Singapore and Indonesia
9. How does Jane intend to travel around?
A. Bus and train in the cities
B. Rental boat
C. Bicycle
Question 10: Answer the question in ONE WORD.
What is the name of Jane’s brother? ………………………
Question 11-13: Complete the following sentences. Write NO MORE THAN

The speaker says university residences are expensive but 11………………………..

He also says it is usually best to try to live in a 12……………………. with at least
one 13………………………..
Question 14-16: Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each

answer.
List three things that new students looking for accommodation should do.
14……………………

15……………………
16……………………
Question 17 and 18: Choose TWO letters, A-F
The speaker says …………………….
A. some studio flats have kitchens
B. a few estate agents act as rental agents for landlords
C. a current account is best for paying utility bills
D. standing orders cannot be used to pay the rent
E. car insurance is not optional in the UK
F. student unions are allowed to recommend insurance companies
Question 19 and 20: Answer each question in NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS
19. What branch of the British government issues work permits to foreign
students? ………………………..
20. What types of work can foreign students sponsored by a long-term UK

resident do? ………………………..
Question 21 and 22: Choose TWO letters, A-R

A. Rick says most students don’t take notes.
B. Rita says most students don’t use notes properly.
C. Rick asks if listening closely is more important than note-taking.
D. Rita says different things work better for different people.
E. Rick says the research began in 1920s.
Question 23 and 24: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
23. What is the key to the usefulness of notes? ……………………….....................
24. What does Prof. Howe say contributes to remembering information?

……………………….
Question 25: Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN

TWO WORDS.
Rita reads a sentence that says using information is improved if note-taking is

combined with ………………………
Question 26-30: Compute the table below. Write the appropriate Utters, A-F
against Questions 26-30.
Activity Effect
Putting information in different geometric figures 26…………………….
Thinking about relationships between facts 27…………………….
High-level information processing 28……………...…….

Reorganizing notes while reviewing 29………………......
Taking notes word for word 30……………………
A. improves comprehension
B. inhibits high level information processing
C. changes organization of notes
D. has no effect on the most successful student
E. improves test scores
F. enhances reorganization of notes

answer.
What three physical qualities is the therapist looking at in the child in the
swimming pool?
31………………………..
32……………………….
33……………………….

Question 34: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for your answer.
Name a medical establishment that is not far from Dr Roberts’

hospital………………………..
Question 35 and 36: Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer
In addition to a degree, in what other activities must a candidate participate to

become a certified recreational therapist?
35………………………
36………………………
Question 37 and 38: Complete the table below. Write the appropriate
letters, A-E against Questions 37 and 38.
Therapeutic activity Target problems
Sibling play 37……………………….
Physical play 38………………………
A. Lack of physical skills
B. Fear of surgery
C. Aggression
D. Understanding upcoming surgery
E. Poor functioning

Question 39-40: Complete the following sentences. Write NO MORE
THAN TWO WORDSfor each answer.
39. Problem-solving is part of functioning ………………………….
40. Disabled children are being treated by more and more ……………………………
nowadays.
ANSWER
1. new term
2. recycling
3. waitress job
4. frequent flyer
5. empty seats
6. yellow fever
7. malaria
8. C
9. B
10. Dave
11. Convenient

12. co-op house
13. native speaker
14. arriving early
15. to housing office
16. chatting with people
17. C
18. E
19. Home Office
20. any sort
21. C
22. D
23. reviewing notes
24. note- writing
25. critical thinking
26. F
27. C
28. A

29. E
30. B
31. balance
32. leg motion range
33. lower body strength
34. St James
35. a formal internship
36. a certification examination
37. C
38. E
39. cognitive
40. animal assited therapy

Test 97
Choose the correct letter, A-C

The radio station broadcasts …………………………
A. national news and local news
B. campus news only
C. Portsmouth news
Example: C
Question 1-3: Choose the correct letters, A-C
1. The first part of the news will be ……………………..
A. entertainment
B. academic C sports
2. Mike is most likely to be studying …………………….
A. history
B. animal psychology
C. physics
3. How many goals did Molly Mbeka score against Southampton?
A. Three
B. Four
C. Five

Question 4-5: Complete the following sentences with NO MORE THAN
TWO WORDS for each answer
4. Susie Smith’s nickname is …………………………
5. Molly Mbeka comes from the country of ………………………
Question 6: Choose ONE letter, A-C
How many goals did Molly Mbeka score in international matches last year?
A. 25
B. A few more than 25
C. A lot more than 25
Question 7-10: Answer the following questions in NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS OR A NUMBER for each answer
7. Why didn’t Bristol University’s two best players play against Portsmouth
University? ………………………………..
8. Where does the bad news come from? ……………………………
9. What is Mike’s favourite beer? ……………………………
10. What is the radio station’s telephone number? …………………………..

Question 11-13: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
Name three types of people in the audience
11……………………………..
12……………………………..
13……………………………..
Question 14-15: Choose TWO letters, A-E
Why were sales of the company’s new mobile phones disappointing?
A. The company didn’t promote them.
B. Poor market research
C. Lack of experience
D. Competitors were ready with new models.
E. Not easy to break into the cell phone market
Question 16: Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for your answer
In addition to reliability, what quality will the company stress in its next
mobile phone marketing campaign? ……………………………
Question 17-20: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
17. The company’s professional digital cameras are selling well in the field of
…………………………..
List two things that have reduced the company’s costs.

18……………………………….
19……………………………….
20. The company is not involved in the digital music because of fierce
competition, high legal fees, and ……………………………
21. What does Mary want to talk about with Mr Hays? …………………………….
22. Where are Mary’s parents? ……………………………….
23. Name one of Mary’s favourite places in the city where she lives
…………………………
Which statements are correct?
A. Mary lives close to the countryside.
B. Mr Hays lives far from the sea.
C. Mary is enthusiastic about her university studies.
D. Mary used to like German.
E. Mary was good at German.

Question 26-29: Write ONE WORD for each answer
26. When did Mary last talk with her mother or father?
27. What industry do Mary’s parents work in?
28. What city are Mary and Mr Hays meeting in?.
29. What high school club was Mary the president of?
Question 30: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for your answer
Where will Mary go as soon as she returns to university? ……………………………..

answer
31. Today, what stands on the site of Tenochtitlan? …………………………
32. The Aztecs prevented soil run-off by ………………………..
33. To prepare for chinapas, the Aztecs first ……………………..
34. The Aztecs used those floating gardens to plant vegetables like (name any 3
kinds of vegetables) ………………………
Question 35-38: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
Data on the Aztec’s Calendar Stone

Number of years needed to make it 35 ……………………
Dimensions Thickness: 3 feet
Diameter. 36 …………. feet
Weight: approx 24 tons
Number of months in year 18
Number of days in each month 37 …………………………….
English meaning of “Nemontemi” 38 ……………......………….

answer
39. Apart from angry gods, what did the Aztecs blame for disease?
…………………………….
40. What did Aztec doctors do to treat an illness? ………………………………..
ANSWER
1. C
2. B
3. B
4. Blond Dynamite

5. Ghana
6. A
7. injury
8. Students’ Union
9. Bitter
10. 8759 765
11. board member
12. staff member
13. stockholder
14. C
15. E
16. long battery life
17. medical imaging
18. interested sourcing
19. energy efficiency
20. minimum
21. university

22. New Zealand
23. Canterburry Catheral
24. A
25. E
26. Easter
27. filming
28. London
29. Chess
30. debating society
31. Mexico City
32. building terraces
33. dug canals
34. beans, chili peppers, avocados, squash, tomatoes ( any three of these )
35. 52
36. 12
37. 20
38. sacrificial days

39. bad birth signs
40. using herbal medicine

Test 98
Mrs Grey ……………………..
A. recognised the caller
B. was expecting the call that day
C. waited for a call for a day or two
Example: C
Question 1: Choose the correct letter, A-C
Mrs Grey ………………………….
A. does not have any pets
B. had just put the kettle on for coffee when the call came
C. is impressed by Yuki waiting up late to call

Question 2-3: Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN
THREE WORDS for each answer
Yuki’s teacher says English people 2………………………. or go

3………………………….. after dinner.
Question 4-5: Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD or A TIME for each
answer
4. About what time does Mrs Grey expect Fred to get back? …………………………
5. Who is the oldest among Yuki, Richard, and Ann? ……………………………
A. Ann is studying away at university.
B. Yuki will have his own room at the Grey’s.
C. Yuki is the Grey family’s first Japanese homestay student.
Question 7-10: Complete the following notes written by Mrs Grey with NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer
Arrive Heathrow 7………………………………, 15th at 10:30 a.m.
Japan Airlines flight 8…………………………….
Lots of 9…………………………….. (so, take station wagon)
Write 10……………………………..

Question 11-12: Choose the correct letters, A-C
11. Why is the visa officer showing slides of forms?
A. The forms can be downloaded from ukvisas.gov.uk.
B. Copies of the forms are available in the visa office.
C. To reduce costs
12. Which of the following people don’t need an entry clearance before
entering the UK?
A. Citizens of one of the European Economic Area countries
B. Visa nationals
C. Foreigners who intend to live in the UK with a British spouse

answer
List three reasons why the holder of a valid UK visa may be refused entry to
the UK on arrival.
13………………………………….
14………………………………….
15………………………………….
Question 16: Choose ONE letter, A-C
UK visas are usually ……………………………..

A. valid for three months
B. multiple entry
C. complete with the names of people the holder will stay with
Question 17: Answer the following question in NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS
On the questionnaire, what question follows Country of Nationality?

……………………………….
Question 18-20: Choose THREE letters, A-F
The visa officer says sponsored visitors to the UK ………………………….
A. must have friends or relatives in the UK
B. can stay in the UK for less than six months
C. should leave the UK at the end of the visit
D. need to fill out a special application form
E. should have enough money to live on without working
F. cannot apply for a housing benefit

answer

What arc the first three things that Joan says she is worried about?
21…………………………….
22…………………………….
23…………………………….
Question 24: Choose the correct letter, A-C Bob’s company
A. advises environmentally responsible companies and consumers
B. helps such companies educate consumers
C. advises consumers to buy green products
Question 25: Write ONE WORD for your answer
What type of pollutant does Joan say is found at high levels in two Arctic
animals? ………………………..
Why did John and Joan buy a new fridge?
A. Their old one was not working well.
B. Their old one was too large.
C. To save energy
D. They didn’t like the old one.
E. To save money on electricity bills

answer
28. What are POPs? ……………………….
29. What type of illness does Joan mention? ………………………….
30. Where do John and Joan get most of their vegetables from? ………………..
Question 31-32: Complete the following sentence. Write NO MORE THAN

ONE WORD for each answer
The professor says studying properly uses our 31…………………………. and gives
us 32……………………………..
Question 33-34: Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
What two things does the professor say can be challenged by crosswords and
computer games?
33………………………..
34………………………..

answer
What two immediate benefits of physical exercise does the professor mention?
35…………………………….

36……………………………. and memory
37. The professor says we do things better when we do them in places that we
………………………….. a particular activity.
The professor says it is good to study in a library because of …………………….
A. the quiet
B. the academic atmosphere
C. the relaxing environment
Question 39-40: Complete the sentence with NO MORE THAN TWO

The professor says questions raised before you start studying are like
39…………………………. and every forty or fifty minutes you should think back
and 40………………………….
ANSWER
1. C
2. watch television
3. to the pub
4. 8 p.m
5. Yuki

6. B
7. next Wednesday
8. JA2674
9. luggage
10. a big sign
11. C
12. A
13. charged circumstances
14. false information
15. untold important facts
16. B
17. Current Location
18. B
19. C
20. E
21. melting ice caps
22. tigers going extinct

23. her grandchildren’s future
24. A
25. PCBs
26. C
27. E
28. peristent organic pollutants
29. cancer
30. their own garden
31. creativity
32. satisfaction
33. minds
34. reflexes
35. a positive mind
36. increasing creativity
37. associate with
38. B
39. little hooks

40. relax

Test 99
Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS
Mr White is a …………………….
Example: personnel manager
Question 1: Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS
Ms Jones got to the interview ………………….
Question 2-5: Complete the following form. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
Personal details of applicant
Full name Penny Ann 2…………………..
Citizenship 3…………………….
Date of birth Jan 3,1980
Address Flat 502, 56 4……………………….. , Oxford
Home phone number 5………………………

E-mail address jenny27@hotmail.com
Question 6: Complete the following sentence with THREE WORDS
Ms Jones has a degree in ……………………………
Ms Jones says ………………………..
A. her major would help her satisfy various interests
B. she wasn’t at first interested in the health field
C. her parents helped her to select her major

answer
8. Where is Ms Jones applying for a job? ………………………
9. What does Mr White call companies’ threats of job losses? ………………………..
10. What does Ms Jones say can help companies reduce costs? ……………………..

THREE WORDSfor each answer
The headmistress will first tell her visitors about her kindergarten’s
11……………………… and 12………………………. . Maria Montessori is an
13………………………….

THAN TWO WORDSfor each answer
The headmistress says playing with toys and other things can help children to
develop 14……………………… . She says things like 15…………...and 16………………..
should be seen as valuable resources.
On this map of the school, A is the 17……………………. and B is the

18………………………….
IELTS Listening Test 09

THAN TWO WORDSfor each answer
19. The headmistress says getting dirty in the garden is good for the children’s
…………………….
20. There are inside the cupboard of the first classroom ………………………

Why was Jill late?
A. She was busy doing something for Harry and Bob.
B. She needed to eat breakfast.
C. She had a problem with a shoe.
D. She had too many phone calls.
E. Because of traffic jams
Question 23-25: Answer the following questions in NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDS
23. Where does Jill say Bob and Harry go every night? …………………………..
24. What does Jill say Bob and Harry should do first? ……………………………
25. What does Jill consider her suggestions as? ……………………………..........

For a few weeks, Jill wants Harry and Bob to stop 26………………………..
and 27……………………………. Jill wants the other two to 28………………………..
timetable as soon as she leaves them.
Jill says ………………………..
A. the time for reviewing is limited
B. when reviewing, it is best to take a five-minute break every hour

C. when reviewing, one should walk around once an hour
D. reviewing separately is not a good idea
E. Harry and Bob should question each other regularly while reviewing
Question 31-35: Fill in the blanks on the following form. Use NO MORE
THAN TWO WORDS OR A NUMBER for each answer
Data collected on the town of 31…………………………..
No. of households 32…………………………..
33…………………….. 31,000
Average annual household income £83,000
No. of families with income over £50,000 34…………………………..
No. of families surveyed 35…………………………..
Two types of facilities that are planned to be added in the second and third
years after the school opens are 36…………………….. and 37………………………..
And one of the most important facilities required by most parents is a
38……………………
According to the talk, which of the followings are right?

A. The club does not need a large golf practice range.
B. The range is close to the site of the proposed school.
C. The parents insist on no computer games.
D. The parents want a cafeteria selling fast food to save students* time.
E. Musical instruments arc included in the budget.
ANSWER
1. by bus
2. Jones
3. British
4. Rose Gardens
5. 798 4865
6. Public Health Management
7. A
8. US
9. political hot potato
10. adopting cleaner technologies

11. philosophy of education
12. teaching principles
13. educator and doctor
14. abstract ideas
15. waste
16. soil
17. dining hall
18. classroom block
19. healthy development
20. blankets
21. A
22. E
23. the bar
24. organise their time
25. basic stuff
26. going to parties
27. drinking

28. write down
29. A
30. B
31. Green Forest
32. 7.500
33. population
34. 3.200
35. 320
36. classrooms
37. residences
38. language lab/ sports facilities/ computer center/ Cafeteria/ main hall
39. A
40.E

SECTION 1
Question 1-10

Complete the following sentences with NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS.
Mr Jones want an appointment with the doctor because he needs a______.
Example: medical examination
Question 1
Choose the correct letter, A -C Mr Johns moved to Los

Angeles____________.
A. two weeks ago
B. three days ago
C. two days ago
Question 2
Answer the question with NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS.
When does Mr Johns have to go to his office?_____________.
Question 3
Choose the correct letter, A- C.
Mr Jones works for a(n)___________.

A. insurance company
B. medical company
C. real estate company
Question 4 and 5
Complete the following sentences with ONE WORD OR A NUMBER.
Mr jones’ appointment with the doctor is at 4.____________a.m on

5.__________
Question 6-8
List any three medical tests that the insurance company requires Mr Jones to
have. 6._________________ 7.__________________
8.__________________
Question 9 and 10
Answer the following questions. Write ONE WORD OR A NUMBER for each
answer.
1. What is Mr Jones’ home telephone number, including the area

code?_____________
2. What is the secretary’s first name?_________________

SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
Complete the following sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
1. Mr Smith manages group tours to Australia, New Zealand and

the__________________.
• Morning Sun Travel did some ________________ and developed their new tour.
• From the Five Seasons Hotel Sydney, one can clearly see a habour, a bridge, and
_____________.
Question 14
Choose the correct latter, A-C.
Mr Smith says that, to get used to the time difference, it is best

ti____________.
A. have a rest
B. visit a harbour
C. go outside
Question 15
Complete the following sentences with ONE WORD ONLY.

A wombat looks like a ___________with two short legs.
Question 16
After the visit to the Sydney Olympic Site, the tour group will return to
downtown Sydney by _________’
A. bus
B. boat
C. seaplane
Question 17 Answer the question is ONE WORD AND A NUMBER.
How high will the seaplane fly over bondi Beach?______________
Question 18 and 19 Complete the sentence with ONE WORD for each
answer.
Mr Smith says that, in addition to Italian and Chinese food, in Australian

cities, one can find 18._______and 19.__________cuisine.
Question 20 Answer the question in ONE WORD.
After Sydney, what is the destination on the tour itinerary?____________

SECTION 3
Question 21-23
Choose Three letters, A-F.
Why is Ann late preparing her talk?
A. Her mother is ill.
B. The doctor says Ann should do all the cooking and cleaning for her mother.
C. Ann and her mother can’t pay for extra help.
D. the neighbours are all too busy to help her mother.
F. She spends too much time playing computer games.
Question 24 and 25
Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN TWO

When studying 24.___________in high school, Bill read about an

experiment on how wearing a uniform can change people’s 25__________.
Question 26 and 27

1. Bill thinks that the professor is from_________.
A. University of America
B. University of California
C. University of Los Angles
1. The police took the students to a________.

A. school
B. prison
C. police station
Question 28 and 29
why does Bill say the ‘arrested’ students didn’t know the other students?
A. They hadn’t been introduced.
B. They went to different schools.
C. To prevent them realising they were there for the experiment they had
signed up for.
D. The other students were in uniform.

E. The professor didn’t want them to know each other.
Question 30
Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS.
Bill says the ‘prisons’ started having__________________.
SECTION 4
Question 31 and 32
Choose TWO letters,A-E.
The lecturer will talk about_____________.
A. the media
B. the Internet
C. types of message
D. Yahoo
E. advertising
Question 33 and 34

The speaker says effective advertising depends on the right 33._________
and the 34.____________.
Question 35
Choose ONE letter, A-C.
Advertisers always want to change people’s
A. buying habits
B. life
C. working habits
Question 36-40.
Complete the sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
People usually buy 36._______________because they recognise the name

of the manufacture. The speaker says that Shell has purchased a
37._____________ and marketed a beer they called 38.______Video Store
handed out cards with a 39. __________ and a 40._________of the store
locations of them.

John thinks the new school is ………………………
A. worse than the old one
B. better than the old one
C. the same as the old one
Example: B
Joan thinks John should start his article by …………………….
A. describing the new school’s buildings
B. comparing the new school with the old school
C. introducing the new school’s headmaster
Question 2: Write ONE WORD ONLY for your answer
What is the name of the French teacher at the old school?………………………
The new headmaster told the school ………………..

A. they must study hard for their futures
B. his ideas on education
C. he is progressive
D. keeping fit is good
E. exercising the brain makes it more creative
Question 5: Complete the following sentence with TWO WORDS
The headmaster said, exercise can “put you in a ………………………”.
Name two types of equipment Joan says are in the gym
6. ……………………………………..
7. ……………………………………..
John has been to the fitness centre
A. every day for two weeks
B. on alternate days for two weeks

C. most days for two weeks
Question 9-10: Complete each sentence with TWO WORDS
9. Joan is doing a ……………………….
10. The old music teacher’s name is …………………………
Question 11: Complete the following sentence with TWO WORDS
Parks in London that were established by order of a king or queen of England

are called ………………………..
King Henry VIH got the land for Hyde Park from ………………..
A. religious people
B. his family
C. the government
Question 13-14: Complete the following sentence with NO MORE THAN

TWO WORDSand A YEAR

Today’s World Expos date back to the 13…………………… in 14……………………..
The speaker says people who like Hyde Park include ……………………..
A. people who live near the park
B. visitors
C. university students

answer
16. What is the name of the place where people gather in Hyde Park to argue?
…………………………
17. What was the name of Queen Victoria’s husband? ……………………………
18. Westminster Palace is known today as the ……………………………..
19. At what time on Sundays does the Queen’s lifeguard change at Whitehall?
………………………….
20. Greenwich Park contains the National Maritime Museum, the Queen’s
House, the Old Royal Observatory, and the …………………………….

For his major, Bob can’t decide between and ……………………
A. sustainable development
B. economics
C. environmental studies
D. resource management
E. sociology
Question 23: Answer the following question in ONE WORD
What type of questions will Bob ask? ………………………..
Jed thinks …………………..
A. global warming is a false alarm
B. some environmental groups care more about pandas than people
C. global wanning is very’ serious

D. climate change is partly caused by human activity
E. environmental groups are objective
Question 26-28: Choose THREE letters, A-F
Sue says …………………..
A. she has taken an environmental economics course
B. Jed likes tape recorders
C. crop yields drop when average temperatures exceed 30 degrees
D. Jed should learn what he is talking about
E. terrorism is the most serious global problem
F. species could disappear with global warming
Question 29-30: Complete the following sentences with TWO WORDS for
each answer
29. Ann says farmland could be ruined by the intrusion of ……………………….
30. Jed’s major worry is a worldwide ……………………………
SECTION 4:

Question 31-35: Insert the letter, A-E in Column 2 to the corresponding
event or date in Column 1
31. 1167 ……………… A. Oxford University’s tradition

of international exchanges started.
32. A historian gave lecture to top
Oxford teachers ………………… B. English students banned from
a French university.
33. 1190 ………………
C. Merton College founded.

34. 13th century ……………….
D. 1188
35. Records of teaching at Oxford
……………… E. 1096
Question 36: Complete the following sentence with A NUMBER
A total of Oxford colleges accept both men and women ……………………..
Question 37-38: Complete the following sentence. Write NO MORE THAN

In the bar chart below, Column A represents Oxford University students from
37………………………. and Column C students from 38 ………………………..

King Henry III ……………………
A. said Cambridge students had to make their own accommodation

arrangements
B. ordered hostels to be built for the students
C. recognised Cambridge as a seat of learning
Question 40: Answer the question in ONE WORD AND A NUMBER
When did Cambridge University start to award degrees to women?

……………………….

(Ielts Share) 101 Ielts Listening Tests

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

(Ielts Share) 101 Ielts Listening Tests

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

IELTS Listening Practice Test 1

Choose the correct letter, A, B or C

What information does the girl want to know?

1. Which is the first recommended transportation by the man?

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

B. having lost her driving license

3. What’s the minimum coach fare?

4. The disadvantage of taking a coach from airport is_

B. too many people.

C. too long time.

Complete the notes below.

Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

Name: Echo Grey

Flight No.: 6 ___________________

Arrival time: 3:05 p.m.

Heathrow airport, terminal: 7 ___________________

Ticket: single and 8 _________________

Departure time: 16:10

Fare: £18 including 9________________

Payment: American Express

Credit card number: 10_________________________

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

Health Centre East Centre West Centre

Appointment system not bad more 12___________

13___________ modern 14_______________

Home visit time 17____________ 10 a.m- 5 p.m.

Charge £8.00 18_______________

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

D. pregnant or retired patients

E, people over 70 years old

Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

visit 22_________________ in the

Part I: Campus Tour

Computer Centre: to get 23___________

24_____________ apply for membership

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

course coordinator course requirement

26______ and optional courses assessments:

27____________ 80% assignment

Part II: Course

go to department office to:

hand in optional course form

Part III: Friday Time: 5 p.m

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.

33. Music and fish

34. Species for environmental protection

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

The main threats to marine life are:

Contaminations in enclosed sea:

pollution from dense coastal population

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

“The Census of Marine Life” indicates:

There are over 37____________ invasive species in the Mediterranean Sea.

The area with 38___________________ has a high rate of speciation.

There will be around 40_____________ fish species in the world according

Tài liệu được sưu tầm bởi ielts-share.com

10. 3339 5183 7799 6047

11. City Hall

13. Medical facilities

13_ modern 14_____